FN Thomson Reuters Web of Science™ VR 1.0 PT J AU Rogers, MA Storkel, HL AF Rogers, MA Storkel, HL TI Planning speech one syllable at a time: the reduced buffer capacity hypothesis in apraxia of speech SO APHASIOLOGY LA English DT Article ID ANTICIPATORY COARTICULATION; SENTENCE PRODUCTION; VOWEL PRODUCTION; SIMILARITY; DURATION; PATIENT AB This investigation examined the phonologic similarity effect among individuals with aphasia (APH), with aphasia and apraxia of speech (APH/AOS) and normal controls (NC). Participants repeatedly produced pairs of rhyming words that contrasted with respect to the featural similarity of their onsets (i.e. shared voicing and manner, shared place and manner, no shared features). Rogers and Storkel (1998) used similar word pairs, but presented them one at a time, ostensibly requiring reprogramming of pre-motor processing buffers whenever a novel word was presented. They found that phonologic similarity delayed naming. In the present investigation, a parameter remapping task was used in which both words in the pair were presented before speakers began the rapid serial productions, thus alleviating the need to reprogram the processing buffer between the first and second word. Two measures of inter-word interval duration mere obtained. The APH and NC groups showed no differences in inter-word interval length between the 'shared features' and 'no shared features' conditions but the APH/AOS group did. Since neither the APII nor the NC group exhibited the phonologic similarity effect in the context of a task that permitted two words to be programmed in advance, the susceptibility of the APH/AOS group to the featural similarity manipulation suggests that the capacity of their processing buffers may have been sufficiently reduced to have precluded programming of both words simultaneously. These findings support the hypothesis that one fatter contributing to the disruption of normal speech production in AOS is a reduction in the capacity to program multiple syllables at a time. C1 Univ Washington, Dept Speech & Hearing Sci, Seattle, WA 98105 USA. RP Rogers, MA (reprint author), Univ Washington, Dept Speech & Hearing Sci, Seattle, WA 98105 USA. CR BADDELEY AD, 1966, Q J EXP PSYCHOL, V18, P362, DOI 10.1080/14640746608400055 BAUM SR, 1990, BRAIN LANG, V39, P33, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(90)90003-Y Boyle R, 1996, Q J EXP PSYCHOL-A, V49, P398, DOI 10.1080/027249896392702 Butterworth B., 1989, LEXICAL REPRESENTATI, P108 CALIGIURI MP, 1983, FOLIA PHONIATR, V35, P226 COLLINS M, 1983, J SPEECH HEAR RES, V26, P224 Dabul B. L., 1979, APRAXIA BATTERY ADUL DELL GS, 1986, PSYCHOL REV, V93, P283, DOI 10.1037//0033-295X.93.3.283 DERENZI E, 1978, CORTEX, V14, P41 DISIMONI FG, 1977, J SPEECH HEAR DISORD, V42, P257 Duffy J. R., 1984, APRAXIA SPEECH PHYSL, P167 Garrett M., 1980, LANGUAGE PRODUCTION, V1, P177 Kaplan E, 1983, BOSTON NAMING TEST KATZ W, 1990, BRAIN LANG, V38, P555, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(90)90137-6 KEMPEN G, 1983, COGNITION, V14, P185, DOI 10.1016/0010-0277(83)90029-X KENT RD, 1983, J SPEECH HEAR RES, V26, P231 KENT RD, 1982, BRAIN LANG, V15, P259, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(82)90060-8 Kertesz A., 1982, W APHASIA BATTERY LEBRUN Y, 1973, Cortex, V9, P126 LEVELT W, 1989, SPEAKING INTENTION A MCNEIL MR, 1994, CLIN APHASIOL, V22, P203 MCNEIL MR, 1989, CLIN APHASIOLOGY, V17, P173 MCNEIL MR, 1977, CLIN MANAGEMENT SENS, P311 MEYER AS, 1992, COGNITION, V42, P181, DOI 10.1016/0010-0277(92)90043-H MEYER DE, 1985, J MEM LANG, V24, P3, DOI 10.1016/0749-596X(85)90013-0 MILENKOVIC P, 1994, CSPEECH VERSION 4 X ROBIN DA, 1989, J SPEECH HEAR RES, V32, P512 Rogers M. A, 1996, CLIN APHASIOLOGY, V24, P83 ROGERS MA, 1998, J SPEECH LANG HEAR R, V42, P258 Rogers MA, 1997, APHASIOLOGY, V11, P433, DOI 10.1080/02687039708248482 ROSENBAUM DA, 1986, J MEM LANG, V25, P710, DOI 10.1016/0749-596X(86)90045-8 RYALLS JH, 1986, BRAIN LANG, V29, P48, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(86)90033-7 SEVALD CA, 1994, COGNITION, V53, P91, DOI 10.1016/0010-0277(94)90067-1 Shattuck-Hufnagel S., 1987, MOTOR SENSORY PROCES, P17 Shattuck-Hufnagel S., 1986, PHONOLOGY YB, V3, P117 SLOWIACZEK LM, 1992, J EXP PSYCHOL LEARN, V18, P1239 SUSSMAN HM, 1988, BRAIN LANG, V35, P369, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(88)90117-4 TREIMAN R, 1995, J MEM LANG, V34, P132, DOI 10.1006/jmla.1995.1007 TREIMAN R, 1986, J MEM LANG, V25, P476, DOI 10.1016/0749-596X(86)90039-2 TULLER B, 1987, PHONETIC APPROACHES, P243 WATKINS MJ, 1974, J VERB LEARN VERB BE, V13, P430, DOI 10.1016/S0022-5371(74)80021-6 YANIV I, 1990, J MEM LANG, V29, P1, DOI 10.1016/0749-596X(90)90007-M ZIEGLER W, 1986, BRAIN LANG, V29, P34, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(86)90032-5 ZIEGLER W, 1985, BRAIN LANG, V26, P117, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(85)90032-X NR 44 TC 23 Z9 23 PU TAYLOR & FRANCIS LTD PI LONDON PA ONE GUNPOWDER SQUARE, LONDON EC4A 3DE, ENGLAND SN 0268-7038 J9 APHASIOLOGY JI Aphasiology PD SEP-NOV PY 1999 VL 13 IS 9-11 BP 793 EP 805 PG 13 WC Clinical Neurology SC Neurosciences & Neurology GA 248MM UT WOS:000083279200015 ER PT J AU Simmons-Mackie, N Kagan, A AF Simmons-Mackie, N Kagan, A TI Communication strategies used by 'good' versus 'poor' speaking partners of individuals with aphasia SO APHASIOLOGY LA English DT Article ID CONVERSATION ANALYSIS AB Ten nonaphasic volunteers and 10 individuals with aphasia were assigned to dyads and videotaped in conversation. Judges ranked each volunteer in the videotaped conversations from 'best' to 'worst' communication partner. The two best and two worst interactions were submitted to detailed analysis using Conversation Analysis (CA) methodology. Discourse devices and resources employed by speaking partners in the dyads were identified. Results abstracted from the CA were compared to contrast discourse characteristics between the high ranked and low ranked partners. Specific strategies identified and implications for aphasia intervention are discussed. C1 SE Louisiana Univ, Dept Special Educ & Commun Sci & Disorders, Hammond, LA 70402 USA. Pat Arato Aphasia Ctr, Toronto, ON, Canada. RP Simmons-Mackie, N (reprint author), 59020 Highway 433, Slidell, LA 70460 USA. CR Boles L., 1997, ASIA PACIFIC J SPEEC, V2, P43 CLARK HH, 1986, COGNITION, V22, P1, DOI 10.1016/0010-0277(86)90010-7 FERGUSON A, 1992, CLIN APHASIOLOGY, V21, P299 GOODWIN C, 1990, ANNU REV ANTHROPOL, V19, P283, DOI 10.1146/annurev.an.19.100190.001435 GOODWIN C, 1995, RES LANG SOC INTERAC, V28, P233, DOI 10.1207/s15327973rlsi2803_4 Grice H. P., 1975, SPEECH ACTS, P41 HICKEY E, 1995, ANN CONV AM SPEECH L Holland A, 1996, TOP STROKE REHABIL, V2, P27 KAGAN A, IN PRESS 2 OBSERVATI Kagan A, 1995, TOP STROKE REHABIL, V2, P15 Kagan A., 1993, APHASIA TREATMENT WO, P199 Kertesz A., 1982, W APHASIA BATTERY Klippi A., 1996, CONVERSATION ACHIEVE Laakso M, 1997, STUDIA FENNICA LINGU, V8 Lyon J., 1997, APPROACHES TREATMENT, P203 LYON JG, 1989, CLIN APHASIOLOGY P, V18, P339 Lyon JG, 1997, APHASIOLOGY, V11, P693, DOI 10.1080/02687039708249416 MAXWELL M, 1993, ASHA MONOGRAPH, V30, P68 MILROY L, 1992, CLIN LINGUIST PHONET, V6, P27, DOI 10.3109/02699209208985517 Oelschlaeger ML, 1998, APHASIOLOGY, V12, P971, DOI 10.1080/02687039808249464 PERKINS L, 1995, EUR J DISORDER COMM, V30, P372 Psathas George, 1995, CONVERSATION ANAL SACKS H, 1974, LANGUAGE, V50, P696, DOI 10.2307/412243 Schegloff E.A., 1988, LINGUISTICS CONTEXT, P135 Schegloff Emanuel, 1973, SEMIOTICA, V8, P289 Schegloff Emanuel A., 1982, ANAL DISCOURSE TEXT, P71 Shiffrin D., 1994, APPROACHES DISCOURSE Shiffrin D., 1987, DISCOURSE MARKERS SIMMONMACKIE N, 1995, CLIN APHASIOLOGY, V23, P93 SIMMONS N, 1993, ETHNOGRAPHIC INVESTI SIMMONSMACKIE N, 1999, CONSTRUCTING COMPETE Simmons-Mackie N., 1987, CLIN APHASIOLOGY C P, P106 Swanson K M, 1993, Image J Nurs Sch, V25, P352 Tannen D., 1989, TALKING VOICES REPET Tannen D., 1984, CONVERSATIONAL STYLE Wilkinson R., 1995, CASE STUDIES CLIN LI, P271 NR 36 TC 37 Z9 37 PU TAYLOR & FRANCIS LTD PI LONDON PA ONE GUNPOWDER SQUARE, LONDON EC4A 3DE, ENGLAND SN 0268-7038 J9 APHASIOLOGY JI Aphasiology PD SEP-NOV PY 1999 VL 13 IS 9-11 BP 807 EP 820 PG 14 WC Clinical Neurology SC Neurosciences & Neurology GA 248MM UT WOS:000083279200016 ER PT J AU Wambaugh, JL Martinez, AL McNeil, MR Rogers, MA AF Wambaugh, JL Martinez, AL McNeil, MR Rogers, MA TI Sound production treatment for apraxia of speech: overgeneralization and maintenance effects SO APHASIOLOGY LA English DT Article ID APHASIA AB This investigation was designed to examine the effects of a sound production training program on the production of selected sounds from a speaker with apraxia of speech and Broca's aphasia. Treatment combined modelling-repetition, integral stimulation, articulatory placement cueing and minimal contrast practice and was applied sequentially to three sounds in the context of a multiple baseline design. Despite positive acquisition and response generalization effects for all trained sounds, maintenance effects, measured during the training phase of the next targeted sound, exhibited marked declines relative to the level of sound production accuracy that had been achieved during training. A detailed analysis of production errors indicated that overgeneralization of the target sound undergoing training was the most consistent factor contributing to the decline. Preliminary evidence is provided supporting the importance of using multiple sound targets to increase variability during training, and ostensibly, stabilization of learning. C1 Univ Utah, Dept CMDIS, Salt Lake City, UT 84112 USA. Salt Lake City VA Med Ctr, Salt Lake City, UT USA. Univ Pittsburgh, Pittsburgh, PA USA. Univ Washington, Seattle, WA 98195 USA. RP Wambaugh, JL (reprint author), Univ Utah, Dept CMDIS, 1201 Behav Sci Bldg, Salt Lake City, UT 84112 USA. CR Dabul B. L., 1979, APRAXIA BATTERY ADUL Duffy J.R, 1995, MOTOR SPEECH DISORDE German DJ, 1990, TEST ADOLESCENT ADUL HOLTZAPPLE P, 1977, CLIN APHASIOLOGY C P, P46 Kertesz A., 1982, W APHASIA BATTERY LAPOINTE LL, 1984, APRAXIA SPEECH PHYSL, P277 McNeil MR, 1997, CLIN MANAGEMENT SENS, P311 MCREYNOLDS LV, 1989, GEN STRATEGIES TREAT NICHOLAS LE, 1993, J SPEECH HEAR RES, V36, P338 Porch B. E., 1981, PORCH INDEX COMMUNIC RAYMER AM, 1991, CLIN APHASIOLOGY, P285 ROGERS MA, 1998, J SPEECH LANG HEAR R, V42, P258 Schmidt R, 1988, MOTOR CONTROL LEARNI SQUARE PA, 1985, CLIN APHASIOLOGY C P, P319 SQUARESTORER PA, 1989, ACQUIRED APRAXIA SPE, P190 WAMBAUGH JL, 1996, CLIN APHASIOLOGY, P97 Wambaugh JL, 1998, J SPEECH LANG HEAR R, V41, P725 WAMBAUGH JL, 1998, UNPUB TREATMENT AOS WAMBAUGH JL, 1994, CLIN APHASIOL, V22, P231 WAMBAUGH JL, 1998, APHASIOLOGY, V7, P731 Wertz RT, 1984, APRAXIA SPEECH ADULT WILSON R S, 1979, Journal of Clinical Neuropsychology, V1, P49, DOI 10.1080/01688637908401097 Yorkston K. M., 1981, ASSESSMENT INTELLIGI NR 23 TC 26 Z9 26 PU TAYLOR & FRANCIS LTD PI LONDON PA ONE GUNPOWDER SQUARE, LONDON EC4A 3DE, ENGLAND SN 0268-7038 J9 APHASIOLOGY JI Aphasiology PD SEP-NOV PY 1999 VL 13 IS 9-11 BP 821 EP 837 PG 17 WC Clinical Neurology SC Neurosciences & Neurology GA 248MM UT WOS:000083279200017 ER PT J AU Bouchard-Lamothe, D Bourassa, S Laflamme, B Garcia, LJ Gailey, G Stiell, K AF Bouchard-Lamothe, D Bourassa, S Laflamme, B Garcia, LJ Gailey, G Stiell, K TI Perceptions of three groups of interlocutors of the effects of aphasia on communication: an exploratory study SO APHASIOLOGY LA English DT Article ID STROKE; ILLNESS AB Aphasia has an effect on both the transactional functions (e.g. exchanging information) and the interactional functions (e.g. establishing relationships) of communication. The goal of the present study was to explore the perceptions of physicians, spouses and adolescents of the effect of aphasia on both functions of communication and to identify their compensatory strategies. This study confirms: (1) that the interactional function of communication and its subsequent breakdown in aphasia should not be minimised; and (2) that the perceived effect of aphasia on this function is influenced by the interlocutor. Family members perceived a greater effect of aphasia on interactional functions while physicians were generally preoccupied with the transactional functions. The importance of addressing both functions of communication as well as the importance of intervening at the interlocutor level to reduce the situations of handicap is stressed. C1 Univ Ottawa, Audiol & Speech Language Pathol Programme, Sch Rehabil Sci, Fac Hlth Sci, Ottawa, ON K1N 6N5, Canada. RP Garcia, LJ (reprint author), Univ Ottawa, Audiol & Speech Language Pathol Programme, Sch Rehabil Sci, Fac Hlth Sci, 545 King Edward, Ottawa, ON K1N 6N5, Canada. CR ARMSDEN GC, 1993, PATIENT EDUC COUNS, V22, P153, DOI 10.1016/0738-3991(93)90095-E BARNES HL, 1985, CHILD DEV, V56, P438, DOI 10.1111/j.1467-8624.1985.tb00118.x Bethoux F, 1996, INT J REHABIL RES, V19, P291 Blackford K A, 1988, J Psychosoc Nurs Ment Health Serv, V26, P33 BOISCLAIRPAPILL.R, 1993, APHASIQUE, P165 BOLAND JP, 1987, J SEX MARITAL THER, V13, P286 BROTHERSON MJ, 1994, TOP EARLY CHILD SPEC, V14, P101 Brown G., 1983, DISCOURSE ANAL Brunelle J., 1988, SUPERVISON INTERVENT, P179 CHRISTENSEN JM, 1989, J COMMUN DISORD, V22, P225, DOI 10.1016/0021-9924(89)90018-X COOPER CR, 1982, M AM PSYCH ASS WASH DESCALZO A, 1989, PERSPECT PSYCHIATR C, V28, P116 FLICKINGER EE, 1994, REHABILITATION NURSI, V19, P403 FOUGEYROLLAS P, 1997, REVISION QUEBEC CLAS HERRMANN M, 1993, PSYCHOSOCIAL ASPECTS Kagan A, 1995, TOP STROKE REHABIL, V2, P15 Kagan A., 1993, APHASIA TREATMENT WO, P199 LABOUREL D, 1987, PSYCHOL MED, V19, P119 LACOSTE LD, 1987, PSYCHOL REP, V61, P115 LACOSTE LD, 1985, THESIS NICHOLLS STAT MCCLENAHAN R, 1992, EUR J DISORDER COMM, V27, P209 MEEUWESEN L, 1991, SOC SCI MED, V32, P1143, DOI 10.1016/0277-9536(91)90091-P MILLER KE, 1992, SUICIDE LIFE-THREAT, V22, P226 MULLER DJ, 1984, INT J REHABIL RES, V7, P195 NORTHCUTT C, 1989, DISS ABSTR INT, V49, pB286 PESSAR LF, 1993, BRAIN INJURY, V7, P231, DOI 10.3109/02699059309029675 ROLLAND JS, 1994, J MARITAL FAM THER, V20, P327, DOI 10.1111/j.1752-0606.1994.tb00125.x Roter Deborah, 1992, DOCTORS TALKING PATI SANDIN KJ, 1994, ARCH PHYS MED REHAB, V75, pS52 SimmonsMackie NN, 1995, CLIN APHASIOL, V23, P95 Weisman C S, 1987, Public Health Rep, V102, P147 WEST, 1993, SOCIAL ORG DOCTOR PA, P127 ZARE N, 1984, SOC SCI MED, V19, P671, DOI 10.1016/0277-9536(84)90238-7 NR 33 TC 4 Z9 4 PU TAYLOR & FRANCIS LTD PI LONDON PA ONE GUNPOWDER SQUARE, LONDON EC4A 3DE, ENGLAND SN 0268-7038 J9 APHASIOLOGY JI Aphasiology PD SEP-NOV PY 1999 VL 13 IS 9-11 BP 839 EP 855 PG 17 WC Clinical Neurology SC Neurosciences & Neurology GA 248MM UT WOS:000083279200018 ER PT J AU Lasker, J Beukelman, DR AF Lasker, J Beukelman, DR TI Peers' perceptions of storytelling by an adult with aphasia SO APHASIOLOGY LA English DT Article ID COMMUNICATIVE COMPETENCE; USER AB This study explored potential partners' willingness to participate in storytelling conversations with communicators who have aphasia. We investigated adult peers' perceptions of a communicator with aphasia as he told autobiographical stories using three communication modes-natural speech, AAC notebook and AAC digitized speech. Participants rated the communicator on five dependent measures, ranked the three storytelling modes and participated in a focus-group discussion. Analysis of variance revealed a significant main effect for storytelling mode. Specifically, participants rated AAC digitized speech highest of the three storytelling modes on all dependent measures. In the ranking task, a majority of peers ranked AAC digitized speech as their most preferred storytelling mode and natural speech as their least preferred storytelling mode. Rating and ranking scores were influenced by the understandability of the story and the perceived effort required to transmit and receive it. Other issues raised in the focus-group discussions related to the authorship of the communicative message, participants' lack of familiarity with the communicator and concerns regarding the therapeutic nature of the interaction. The findings of this investigation offer preliminary data about how to incorporate storytelling into the communication systems of adults with aphasia in ways that may facilitate peer participation. C1 Western Michigan Univ, Dept Speech Pathol & Audiol, Kalamazoo, MI 49008 USA. Univ Nebraska, Lincoln, NE 68583 USA. RP Lasker, J (reprint author), Western Michigan Univ, Dept Speech Pathol & Audiol, 1201 Oliver St, Kalamazoo, MI 49008 USA. CR BEDROSIAN JL, 1992, J SPEECH HEAR RES, V35, P1105 Beukelman D. R., 1998, AUGMENTATIVE ALTERNA Beukelman D. R., 1993, AUGMENTATIVE ALTERNA, V9, P95, DOI 10.1080/07434619312331276481 BODEN D, 1986, LANG COMMUN, V6, P73, DOI 10.1016/0271-5309(86)90007-8 Bogdan R. C., 1992, QUALITATIVE RES ED I CAPBELL DT, 1963, EXPT QUASIEXPERIMENT Cohen J., 1988, STAT POWER ANAL BEHA, V2nd GORENFLO CW, 1991, J SPEECH HEAR RES, V34, P19 HIGGINBOTHAM DJ, 1997, COMMUNICATION TECHNO, P23 HOAG LA, 1992, J SPEECH HEAR RES, V35, P1363 Keppel G., 1991, DESIGN ANAL RESEARCH Kertesz A., 1982, W APHASIA BATTERY Krueger R. A, 1994, FOCUS GROUPS PRACTIC LASKER J, 1997, THESIS U NEBRASKA LI Light J, 1988, AUGMENTATIVE ALTERNA, V4, P66, DOI [10.1080/07434618812331274657, DOI 10.1080/07434618812331274657] MATHYLAIKKO P, 1984, ANN CONV AM SPEECH L NUSSBAUM JF, 1994, INTERPERSONAL COMMUN, P209 Silverman F., 1995, COMMUNICATION SPEECH Stuart S., 1994, J MED SPEECH-LANG PA, V2, P89 STUART S, 1995, UNPUB STORYTELLING E WALLACE JB, 1992, GERONTOLOGIST, V32, P120 WESTBY C, 1992, BEST PRACTICES SCH S NR 22 TC 16 Z9 16 PU TAYLOR & FRANCIS LTD PI LONDON PA ONE GUNPOWDER SQUARE, LONDON EC4A 3DE, ENGLAND SN 0268-7038 J9 APHASIOLOGY JI Aphasiology PD SEP-NOV PY 1999 VL 13 IS 9-11 BP 857 EP 869 PG 13 WC Clinical Neurology SC Neurosciences & Neurology GA 248MM UT WOS:000083279200019 ER PT J AU Rogers, MA Redmond, JJ Alarcon, NB AF Rogers, MA Redmond, JJ Alarcon, NB TI Parameters of semantic and phonologic activation in speakers with aphasia with and without apraxia of speech SO APHASIOLOGY LA English DT Article ID SENTENCE PRODUCTION; LANGUAGE PRODUCTION; LEXICAL RETRIEVAL; TIME COURSE; COMPREHENSION; ONLINE; DISORDERS; ACCESS; ADULTS; WORDS AB A cross-modal picture-word interference paradigm was employed to investigate parameters of semantic and phonologic activation in four speakers with aphasia (APH), four speakers with aphasia and a concomitant apraxia of speech (APH/AOS) and ten speakers with normal speech and language (NC). Participants named pictured objects in the context of listening to words that were either semantically or phonologically related to the picture labels. Relative to the presentation of the target picture, these semantic and phonologic interfering stimuli (IS) were presented at seven different temporal asynchronies, labelled stimulus onset asynchronies (SOA). Speech onset latencies were analysed and SOAs at which the semantic and phonologic IS began and ceased to slow naming latencies were obtained. The time course of semantic and phonologic processing was inferred using the following four activation parameters: (1) interference onset SOA; (2) interference offset SOA; (3) peak interference SOA; and (4) activation period. The results indicated that onset of phonologic activation occurred later for APH/AOS than for APH participants. Additionally, the offset of semantic interference was significantly delayed in the APH/AOS group relative to the APH group. It is hypothesized that phonologic activation accrues more slowly in aphasic individuals who have a concomitant apraxia of speech and that prolonged semantic activation may be necessary to achieve sufficient levels of phonologic activation for naming. C1 Univ Washington, Dept Speech & Hearing Sci, Seattle, WA 98105 USA. RP Rogers, MA (reprint author), Univ Washington, Dept Speech & Hearing Sci, 1417 NE 42nd St, Seattle, WA 98105 USA. CR BATEMAN F, 1890, APHASIA LOSS SPEECH BEESON P, 1997, AM SPEECH HEAR ASS C Benson DF, 1979, STUDIES NEUROLINGUIS, V4, P293 Brennen T, 1996, COGNITIVE NEUROPSYCH, V13, P93, DOI 10.1080/026432996382079 BUTTERWORTH B, 1992, COGNITION, V42, P261, DOI 10.1016/0010-0277(92)90045-J CARAMAZZA A, 1983, BRAIN LANG, V18, P128, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(83)90011-1 Dabul B. L., 1979, APRAXIA BATTERY ADUL DELL GS, 1981, J VERB LEARN VERB BE, V20, P611, DOI 10.1016/S0022-5371(81)90202-4 DELL GS, 1988, J MEM LANG, V27, P124, DOI 10.1016/0749-596X(88)90070-8 DELL GS, 1991, PSYCHOL REV, V98, P604, DOI 10.1037/0033-295X.98.4.604 DELL GS, 1986, PSYCHOL REV, V93, P283, DOI 10.1037//0033-295X.93.3.283 DERENZI E, 1978, CORTEX, V14, P41 Ellis A., 1992, COGNITIVE NEUROPSYCH, P207 GAINOTTI G, 1986, BRAIN LANG, V29, P18, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(86)90031-3 Garrett M. F., 1976, NEW APPROACHES LANGU, P231 Goodglass H, 1998, APHASIOLOGY, V12, P287, DOI 10.1080/02687039808249534 Hamsher K., 1978, MULTILINGUAL APHASIA HEILMAN KM, 1976, BRAIN, V99, P415, DOI 10.1093/brain/99.3.415 Kaplan E, 1983, BOSTON NAMING TEST KEMPEN G, 1983, COGNITION, V14, P185, DOI 10.1016/0010-0277(83)90029-X Kempler D, 1998, AM J SPEECH-LANG PAT, V7, P61 Kertesz A., 1982, W APHASIA BATTERY Kremin H, 1986, J NEUROLINGUIST, V2, P131, DOI DOI 10.1016/S0911-6044(86)80008-2 LAINE M, 1992, CORTEX, V28, P537 LEVELT WJM, 1991, PSYCHOL REV, V98, P122, DOI 10.1037//0033-295X.98.1.122 LEVELT WJM, 1992, COGNITION, V42, P1, DOI 10.1016/0010-0277(92)90038-J LEVELT WJM, 1983, COGNITION, V14, P41, DOI 10.1016/0010-0277(83)90026-4 LORDAT J, 1843, ANAL PAROL SERVIR TH, P1 MARTIN N, 1989, J MEM LANG, V28, P462, DOI 10.1016/0749-596X(89)90022-3 McNeil MR, 1997, CLIN MANAGEMENT SENS, P311 McNeil M.R., 1990, CEREBRAL CONTROL SPE, P349 MILENKOVIC P, 1994, CSPEECH VERSION 4 X ROGERS MA, 1998, J SPEECH LANG HEAR R, V42, P258 SCHRIEFERS H, 1990, J MEM LANG, V29, P86, DOI 10.1016/0749-596X(90)90011-N Shapiro L, 1998, AM J SPEECH-LANG PAT, V7, P49 Tompkins CA, 1998, AM J SPEECH-LANG PAT, V7, P68 Wertz RT, 1984, APRAXIA SPEECH ADULT NR 37 TC 11 Z9 11 PU TAYLOR & FRANCIS LTD PI LONDON PA ONE GUNPOWDER SQUARE, LONDON EC4A 3DE, ENGLAND SN 0268-7038 J9 APHASIOLOGY JI Aphasiology PD SEP-NOV PY 1999 VL 13 IS 9-11 BP 871 EP 886 PG 16 WC Clinical Neurology SC Neurosciences & Neurology GA 248MM UT WOS:000083279200020 ER PT J AU Ramsberger, G Miyake, A Menn, L Reilly, K Filley, CM AF Ramsberger, G Miyake, A Menn, L Reilly, K Filley, CM TI Selective preservation of geographical and numerical information in a patient with severe anomia SO APHASIOLOGY LA English DT Article ID APHASIC PATIENTS; CATEGORY; RECOGNITION; IMPAIRMENTS; DEFICIT AB This paper reports a single-case study of a patient with severe anemia, who demonstrated a remarkably spared ability to produce spoken output for numerical and geographical information in the context of severe word-retrieval impairments for common objects and concepts. This unique profile of naming impairments does not seem to reflect problems at the level of visual processing or speech output. He performed poorly, however, on a set of experimental tasks and standardized tests that we believe are heavily dependent on visual semantic knowledge, suggesting that impairments in visual semantic knowledge may have underlain his category-specific naming deficits. C1 Univ Colorado, Dept Speech Language & Hearing Sci, Boulder, CO 80309 USA. Univ Colorado, Hlth Sci Ctr, Denver, CO USA. Denver Vet Adm Med Ctr, Denver, CO 80220 USA. RP Ramsberger, G (reprint author), Univ Colorado, Dept Speech Language & Hearing Sci, Campus Box 409, Boulder, CO 80309 USA. RI Miyake, Akira/A-8694-2008 CR ALLPORT A, 1985, CURRENT PERSPECTIVES Ellis A.W., 1998, HUMAN COGNITIVE NEUR ELLIS AW, 1992, COGNITIVE NEUROPSYCH FARAH MJ, 1991, J EXP PSYCHOL GEN, V120, P339, DOI 10.1037/0096-3445.120.4.339 GARDNER H, 1991, ACQUIRED APHASIA GLASS CV, 1970, STAT METHODS ED PSYC Goodglass H., 1966, CORTEX, V2, P74 GOODGLASS H, 1986, CORTEX, V22, P87 Goodglass H., 1993, UNDERSTANDING APHASI Goodglass H., 1983, BOSTON DIAGNOSTIC AP, V2nd GORDON B, 1997, ANOMIA NEUROANATOMIC HART J, 1985, NATURE, V316, P439, DOI 10.1038/316439a0 HELMESTABROOKS N, 1992, APHASIA DIAGNOSTIC P HUMPHREYS GW, 1984, Q J EXP PSYCHOL-A, V36, P385 Kaplan E., 1983, BOSTON NAMING TEST LAW KR, 1995, MEMORY, V3, P397 LEZAK MD, 1983, NEUROPSYCHOLOGICAL A MIYAKE A, 1994, COGNITIVE NEUROPSYCH, V11, P671, DOI 10.1080/02643299408251989 RAVEN J, 1977, RAVEN COLOURED PROGR SACCHETT C, 1992, COGNITIVE NEUROPSYCH, V9, P73, DOI 10.1080/02643299208252053 SAFFRAN E, 1994, ATTENTION PERFORMANC, V15 SHERIDAN J, 1993, COGNITIVE NEUROPSYCH, V10, P143, DOI 10.1080/02643299308253459 Siegel S., 1988, NONPARAMETRIC STAT B SNODGRASS JG, 1980, J EXP PSYCHOL-HUM L, V6, P174, DOI 10.1037/0278-7393.6.2.174 Toglia M. P., 1978, HDB SEMANTIC WORD NO WARRINGTON EK, 1984, BRAIN, V107, P829, DOI 10.1093/brain/107.3.829 WARRINGTON EK, 1982, PHILOS T ROY SOC B, V298, P15, DOI 10.1098/rstb.1982.0069 Wechsler D., 1981, WAIS R MANUAL NR 28 TC 2 Z9 2 PU TAYLOR & FRANCIS LTD PI LONDON PA ONE GUNPOWDER SQUARE, LONDON EC4A 3DE, ENGLAND SN 0268-7038 J9 APHASIOLOGY JI Aphasiology PD AUG PY 1999 VL 13 IS 8 BP 625 EP 645 PG 21 WC Clinical Neurology SC Neurosciences & Neurology GA 231DR UT WOS:000082293300003 ER PT J AU Baum, SR AF Baum, SR TI Compensation for jaw fixation by aphasic patients under conditions of increased articulatory demands: a follow-up study SO APHASIOLOGY LA English DT Article ID SPEECH RATE; VOWEL PRODUCTION; SPEAKING RATE; LIP MOVEMENT; PERTURBATION; APRAXIA; EQUIVALENCE; DURATION AB This investigation explored the ability of eight non-fluent aphasic patients and 10 normal control speakers to compensate for fixation of the jaw by a bite block in the production of vowels and fricative consonants. The articulatory demands were increased relative to production of isolated syllables by eliciting stimuli five times in succession at a rapid rate of speech. Acoustic analyses of the vowels and fricatives revealed comparable patterns in both speaker groups, demonstrating (incomplete) compensation for the bite-block perturbation. The results confirm earlier find: gs of relatively normal articulatory compensation in non-fluent aphasic patients, extending them to conditions of increased articulatory demands. Implications for the role of left hemisphere cortical structures in speech adaptation are briefly considered. C1 McGill Univ, Sch Commun Sci & Disorders, Montreal, PQ H3G 1A8, Canada. RP Baum, SR (reprint author), McGill Univ, Sch Commun Sci & Disorders, 1266 Pine Ave W, Montreal, PQ H3G 1A8, Canada. CR Abbs J. H., 1986, INVARIANCE VARIABILI, P202 ADAMS SG, 1993, J SPEECH HEAR RES, V36, P41 Baum SR, 1996, J ACOUST SOC AM, V99, P3791, DOI 10.1121/1.414996 BAUM SR, 1993, BRAIN LANG, V44, P431, DOI 10.1006/brln.1993.1026 BAUM SR, 1990, BRAIN LANG, V39, P33, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(90)90003-Y Baum SR, 1997, J ACOUST SOC AM, V102, P2353, DOI 10.1121/1.419619 BAUM SR, 1992, APHASIOLOGY, V6, P501, DOI 10.1080/02687039208249487 Baum SR, 1997, BRAIN LANG, V56, P354, DOI 10.1006/brln.1997.1734 BAUM SR, 1993, BRAIN LANG, V44, P414, DOI 10.1006/brln.1993.1025 Baum SR, 1996, BRAIN LANG, V52, P328, DOI 10.1006/brln.1996.0015 Blumstein S., 1991, ACQUIRED APHASIA, P151 BOLLER F, 1978, CORTEX, V14, P212 BUCKINGHAM HW, 1991, ACQUIRED APHASIA, P271 Caplan D., 1992, LANGUAGE STRUCTURE P FLEGE JE, 1988, J ACOUST SOC AM, V83, P212, DOI 10.1121/1.396424 FOLKINS JW, 1982, J ACOUST SOC AM, V71, P1225, DOI 10.1121/1.387771 FOWLER CA, 1980, PHONETICA, V37, P306 GANDOUR J, 1994, BRAIN LANG, V46, P419, DOI 10.1006/brln.1994.1023 GAY T, 1981, PHONETICA, V38, P148 GAY T, 1979, P 9 INT C PHON SCI, V2, P344 GAY T, 1973, PHONETICA, V27, P44 GAY T, 1981, J ACOUST SOC AM, V69, P802, DOI 10.1121/1.385591 Goodglass H, 1983, ASSESSMENT APHASIA R, V2nd HAMLET S, 1976, J PHON, V3, P199 HOOLE P, 1986, P 11 INT C PHON SCI, V4, P16 HUGHES OM, 1976, PHONETICA, V33, P199 KATZ WF, 1988, BRAIN LANG, V35, P380, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(88)90118-6 KATZ WF, 1987, BRAIN LANG, V30, P367, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(87)90110-6 KELSO JAS, 1983, J SPEECH HEAR RES, V26, P217 KELSO JAS, 1984, J EXP PSYCHOL HUMAN, V10, P812, DOI 10.1037/0096-1523.10.6.812 KENT RD, 1983, J SPEECH HEAR RES, V26, P231 LINDBLOM B, 1979, J PHONETICS, V7, P147 LINDBLOM B, 1977, ARTICULATORY MODELIN LINDBLOM BE, 1971, J ACOUST SOC AM, V50, P1166, DOI 10.1121/1.1912750 LUBKER JF, 1979, PHONETICA, V36, P273 MCCLEAN MD, 1995, J SPEECH HEAR RES, V38, P772 MCFARLAND DH, 1995, J ACOUST SOC AM, V97, P1865, DOI 10.1121/1.412060 McFarland DH, 1996, J ACOUST SOC AM, V100, P1093, DOI 10.1121/1.416286 MCNEIL MR, 1990, BRAIN LANG, V38, P135, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(90)90106-Q MERTUS J, 1989, BLISS OSTRY DJ, 1985, J ACOUST SOC AM, V77, P640, DOI 10.1121/1.391882 PERKELL J, 1980, LANGUAGE PRODUCTION, P337 ROBIN DA, 1996, CLIN APH C RHOD ISL ROBIN DA, 1989, J SPEECH HEAR RES, V32, P512 Seddoh SAK, 1996, J SPEECH HEAR RES, V39, P590 SUSSMAN H, 1986, BRAIN LANG, V27, P56, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(86)90005-2 SUSSMAN HM, 1988, BRAIN LANG, V35, P369, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(88)90117-4 WARREN DW, 1980, J ACOUST SOC AM, V67, P1828, DOI 10.1121/1.384265 NR 48 TC 5 Z9 5 PU PSYCHOLOGY PRESS PI HOVE PA 27 CHURCH RD, HOVE BN3 2FA, EAST SUSSEX, ENGLAND SN 0268-7038 J9 APHASIOLOGY JI Aphasiology PD JUL PY 1999 VL 13 IS 7 BP 513 EP 527 DI 10.1080/026870399401984 PG 15 WC Clinical Neurology SC Neurosciences & Neurology GA 220QW UT WOS:000081679800001 ER PT J AU Snow, PC Douglas, JM Ponsford, JL AF Snow, PC Douglas, JM Ponsford, JL TI Narrative discourse following severe traumatic brain injury: a longitudinal follow-up SO APHASIOLOGY LA English DT Article ID SEVERE HEAD-INJURY; PROCEDURAL DISCOURSE; ADULTS; LANGUAGE; CHILDREN; COMPREHENSION; ABILITIES; DEFICITS; COHESION; SKILLS AB This paper describes the narrative discourse abilities of a group of severely traumatically brain injured (TBI) speakers at two intervals post-injury. At initial assessment (between 3 and 6 months post-injury) a group of 26 TBI speakers were assessed using a picture description task. The performance of two control groups was also examined. The first control group was comprised of 26 non-TBI orthopaedically injured speakers and the second control group comprised 26 university students. These control groups were selected in order to examine the possibility that premorbid demographic factors can influence the discourse skills of TBI speakers. Measures of interest included content (number and type of story grammar elements present), communicative efficiency (syllables per story grammar element) and pragmatic performance (errors on a modified version of Damico's Clinical Discourse Analysis-the CDA-M). The measure which most clearly separated the performance of the TBI speakers from that of the controls on an initial assessment was the CDA-M. At follow-up, a mean of 2 years 10 months post-injury, 24 of the TBI speakers were seen for review. Results at follow-up revealed significant improvement over time and the performance of the TBI speakers could no longer be differentiated from that of the orthopaedic patients included in the initial study. The findings are discussed with respect to the implications for narrative discourse sampling and measurement, in relation to severity and chronicity of brain injury. C1 La Trobe Univ, Melbourne, Vic, Australia. RP Snow, PC (reprint author), Deakin Univ, Sch Psychol, Burwood Highway, Burwood, Vic 3125, Australia. RI Douglas, Jacinta/C-2380-2009 CR American Speech-Language-Hearing Association, 1990, ASHA S2, V2, P17 BAMBERG MGW, 1987, NEW BABYLON STUDIES, V49 BARRIEBLACKEY S, 1978, CLIN ORAL LANGUAGE S BELLACK AS, 1983, BEHAV RES THER, V21, P29, DOI 10.1016/0005-7967(83)90123-7 Biddle KR, 1996, J COMMUN DISORD, V29, P447, DOI 10.1016/0021-9924(95)00038-0 Bond M, 1984, CLOSED HEAD INJURY P, P148 BROOKS N, 1984, CLOSED HEAD INJURY P, P123 BROWN G, 1981, PSYCHOL MED, V11, P63 COELHO CA, 1990, J PSYCHOLINGUIST RES, V19, P405, DOI 10.1007/BF01068887 COELHO CA, 1995, APHASIOLOGY, V9, P409, DOI 10.1080/02687039508248707 COELHO CA, 1995, BRAIN INJURY, V9, P471, DOI 10.3109/02699059509008206 COELHO CA, 1991, ARCH PHYS MED REHAB, V72, P465 COPPENS P, 1995, BRAIN INJURY, V9, P195, DOI 10.3109/02699059509008192 Damico J. S., 1985, COMMUNICATION SKILLS, P165 DAMICO JS, 1991, COMMUNICATION SKILLS, P125 Davis GA, 1997, BRAIN LANG, V56, P183 DICKER BG, 1989, J HEAD TRAUMA REHAB, V4, P73, DOI 10.1097/00001199-198912000-00012 DIKMEN S, 1987, NEUROBEHAVIORAL RECO, P73 DIKMEN S, 1995, J HEAD TRAUMA REHAB, V10, P74, DOI 10.1097/00001199-199502000-00008 DOLLAGHAN CA, 1990, J SPEECH HEAR DISORD, V55, P582 EHRLICH JS, 1988, J COMMUN DISORD, V21, P1, DOI 10.1016/0021-9924(88)90006-8 Goodglass H, 1972, ASSESSMENT APHASIA R Grice H. P., 1975, SYNTAX SEMANTICS, P41, DOI DOI 10.1017/S0022226700005296 HAAS JF, 1987, J NEUROL NEUROSUR PS, V50, P52, DOI 10.1136/jnnp.50.1.52 Hartley LL., 1995, COGNITIVE COMMUNICAT HEDBERG NL, 1986, TOP LANG DISORD, V7, P58 Hudson Richard, 1980, SOCIOLINGUISTICS HARTLEY L L, 1991, Brain Injury, V5, P267, DOI 10.3109/02699059109008097 Keppell G., 1991, DESIGN ANAL RES HDB LILES BZ, 1993, J SPEECH HEAR RES, V36, P868 LILES BZ, 1989, J SPEECH HEAR DISORD, V54, P356 MCDONALD S, 1993, BRAIN LANG, V44, P28, DOI 10.1006/brln.1993.1003 MCKINLAY WW, 1984, J CLIN NEUROPSYCHOL, V6, P87, DOI 10.1080/01688638408401199 MENTIS M, 1987, J SPEECH HEAR RES, V30, P88 MERRITT DD, 1987, J SPEECH HEAR RES, V30, P539 PARSONS CL, 1989, AUSTR J HUMAN COMMUN, V17, P37 Prigatano GP, 1995, PSYCHOL ASSESSMENT, V7, P396 PRUTTING CA, 1987, J SPEECH HEAR DISORD, V52, P105 MENTIS M, 1991, J SPEECH HEAR RES, V34, P583 RIMEL RW, 1990, REHABILITATION ADULT, P8 ROTH FP, 1994, DISCOURSE ANAL APPL, P131 Ruff R, 1991, COGNITIVE REHABILITA, P23 SHORES EA, 1986, MED J AUSTRALIA, V144, P569 SLOAN S, 1995, TRAUMATIC BRAIN INJU, P65 Snow P, 1997, BRAIN INJURY, V11, P409 Snow P, 1998, BRAIN INJURY, V12, P911, DOI 10.1080/026990598121981 SNOW P, 1995, APHASIOLOGY, V9, P365, DOI 10.1080/02687039508248210 Snow P, 1997, APHASIOLOGY, V11, P947, DOI 10.1080/02687039708249421 Stein NR, 1979, NEW DIRECTIONS DISCO, P53 THORNDYKE PW, 1977, COGNITIVE PSYCHOL, V9, P77, DOI 10.1016/0010-0285(77)90005-6 ULATOWSKA HK, 1983, BRAIN LANG, V18, P315, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(83)90023-8 VANZOMEREN AH, 1985, J NEUROL NEUROSUR PS, V48, P21, DOI 10.1136/jnnp.48.1.21 Westby C. E., 1982, COMMUNICATION DISORD, V7, P1 WINOGRAD T, 1977, COGNITIVE PROCESS, P63 WOLFOLK WB, 1992, B PSYCHONOMIC SOC, V30, P226 NR 55 TC 18 Z9 18 PU TAYLOR & FRANCIS LTD PI LONDON PA ONE GUNPOWDER SQUARE, LONDON EC4A 3DE, ENGLAND SN 0268-7038 J9 APHASIOLOGY JI Aphasiology PD JUL PY 1999 VL 13 IS 7 BP 529 EP 551 PG 23 WC Clinical Neurology SC Neurosciences & Neurology GA 220QW UT WOS:000081679800002 ER PT J AU Ostrosky-Solis, F Marcos-Ortega, J Ardila, A Rosselli, M Palacios, S AF Ostrosky-Solis, F Marcos-Ortega, J Ardila, A Rosselli, M Palacios, S TI Syntactic comprehension in Broca's aphasic Spanish-speakers: null effects of word order SO APHASIOLOGY LA English DT Article ID ENGLISH AB The syntactic and nonsyntactic strategies used for understanding sentences by Spanish-speaking Broca's aphasic patients in off-line tasks were analysed. It is emphasized that given the characteristics of syntax in Spanish, such as its flexibility (greater freedom in the order of constituents), the function of the direct object with the preposition a (to) and the effect of determiners, research with Spanish-speaking patients will allow for a characterization of specific disorders that cannot be generalized on the basis of research conducted in other languages. A linguistic instrument was applied to 10 Broca's aphasic patients. A forced choice task was used in which the patient listened to 190 different reversible sentences and was asked to select one of four options presented on a plate; each option contained a pair of animals performing a specific act and only one option was correct. The results showed significant differences in the use of syntactic and nonsyntactic strategies. Broca's aphasic patients used only morpho-syntactic marks with high cue validity. No significant effects of word order were found. These findings imply the existence of specific off-line linguistic mechanisms that influence the comprehension in non-fluent aphasic patients. C1 Natl Autonomous Univ Mexico, Fac Psychol, Dept Psychophysiol, Mexico City 04510, DF, Mexico. RP Ardila, A (reprint author), 12230 NW 8 St, Miami, FL 33182 USA. CR BATES E, 1987, BRAIN LANG, V32, P19, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(87)90116-7 BATES E, 1991, BRAIN LANG, V41, P123, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(91)90149-U BATES EA, 1988, BRAIN LANG, V33, P323, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(88)90072-7 BLACKWELL A, 1995, J COGNITIVE NEUROSCI, V7, P228, DOI 10.1162/jocn.1995.7.2.228 Bradley D. C., 1980, BIOL STUDIES MENTAL Caplan D., 1988, DISORDERS SYNTACTIC CAPLAN D, 1986, BRAIN LANG, V27, P117, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(86)90008-8 CAPLAN D, 1981, BRAIN LANG, V14, P120, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(81)90070-5 CARAMAZZA A, 1976, BRAIN LANG, V3, P37 Caramazza A., 1985, AGRAMMATISM COMRIE B, 1989, LANGUAGE UNIVERSAL L CUETOS F, 1988, COGNITION, V30, P73, DOI 10.1016/0010-0277(88)90004-2 FRIEDERICI AD, 1988, APHASIOLOGY, V2, P279, DOI 10.1080/02687038808248924 GARRETT M, 1992, COGNITION, V42, P143, DOI 10.1016/0010-0277(92)90042-G GILI F, 1964, CURSO SUPERIOR SINTA GONZALEZ B, 1995, ADAPTACION W APHASIA HAGIWARA H, 1990, BRAIN LANG, V38, P159, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(90)90107-R HOOPER PJ, 1980, LANGUAGE, V56, P251 HOOVER ML, 1992, J PSYCHOLINGUIST RES, V21, P275, DOI 10.1007/BF01067514 KAIL M, 1989, CROSSLINGUISTIC STUD Kertesz A., 1990, BATERIA AFASIAS W W MACWHINNEY B, 1984, J VERB LEARN VERB BE, V23, P127, DOI 10.1016/S0022-5371(84)90093-8 MARCOS J, 1995, ESTUDIOS LINGUISTICA MOLHO M, 1980, TRAVAUX LINGUIST, V18, P213 PRATHER P, 1991, J PSYCHOLINGUIST RES, V20, P271, DOI 10.1007/BF01067219 PULVERMULLER F, 1995, J COGNITIVE NEUROSCI, V7, P165, DOI 10.1162/jocn.1995.7.2.165 *REAL ACAD ESP, 1978, ESB NUEV GRAM LENG E SECO R, 1980, MANUAL GRAMATICA ESP WULFECK B, 1991, BRAIN LANG, V41, P311, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(91)90158-W ZURIF E, 1983, COGNITION, V15, P207, DOI 10.1016/0010-0277(83)90041-0 ZURIF E, 1993, BRAIN LANG, V45, P448, DOI 10.1006/brln.1993.1054 NR 31 TC 4 Z9 5 PU TAYLOR & FRANCIS LTD PI LONDON PA ONE GUNPOWDER SQUARE, LONDON EC4A 3DE, ENGLAND SN 0268-7038 J9 APHASIOLOGY JI Aphasiology PD JUL PY 1999 VL 13 IS 7 BP 553 EP 571 PG 19 WC Clinical Neurology SC Neurosciences & Neurology GA 220QW UT WOS:000081679800003 ER PT J AU Lum, C Cox, R Kilgour, J Morris, J Tobin, R AF Lum, C Cox, R Kilgour, J Morris, J Tobin, R TI PATSy: a multimedia distributed web-base resource for aphasiologists in research and education SO APHASIOLOGY LA English DT Article AB This paper describes PATSy, a distributed, multimedia system designed to be a repository of patient cases and their test data. PATSy will initially consist of adult aphasia cases, though it can eventually accommodate test data from a variety of neurological and non-neurological adult and child cases. The genetic aspects of PATSy also allow it to accept test data from various disciplines. Authorized users will have passwords to allow them to access PATSy via the internet. The development of PATSy addresses several challenges in research and education. These include archiving data from rare and unusual cases, limiting loss of data, improving opportunities for data re-utilization by other researchers, and forging more direct and transparent links between research and education. Users will have access to raw test data of patients reported by researchers. Above all, the structure and design of PATSy is highly suited to case-based learning, though other methods of teaching are also accommodated. C1 Queen Margaret Coll, Dept Speech & Language Sci, Edinburgh EH12 8TS, Midlothian, Scotland. RP Lum, C (reprint author), Queen Margaret Coll, Dept Speech & Language Sci, Edinburgh EH12 8TS, Midlothian, Scotland. CR Bishop D, 1989, TROG TEST RECEPTION HMELO CE, 1995, P 7 ANN C COGN SCI S, P403 MACWHINNEY B, 1998, HDB NEUROLINGUISTICS, V44, P599 SKOYLES JR, 1992, FTP INTERNET DATA AR Williams S. M., 1992, J LEARN SCI, V2, P367, DOI 10.1207/s15327809jls0204_2 NR 5 TC 2 Z9 2 PU TAYLOR & FRANCIS LTD PI LONDON PA ONE GUNPOWDER SQUARE, LONDON EC4A 3DE, ENGLAND SN 0268-7038 J9 APHASIOLOGY JI Aphasiology PD JUL PY 1999 VL 13 IS 7 BP 573 EP 579 PG 7 WC Clinical Neurology SC Neurosciences & Neurology GA 220QW UT WOS:000081679800004 ER PT J AU Honda, R Mitachi, M Watamori, TS AF Honda, R Mitachi, M Watamori, TS TI Production of discourse in high-functioning individuals with aphasia - with reference to performance on the Japanese CADL SO APHASIOLOGY LA English DT Article ID PROCEDURAL DISCOURSE; CONNECTED SPEECH; THERAPY; ADULTS AB The discourse performance was examined of 13 high-level individuals with aphasia and 13 matched controls using a television programme which illustrated helpful hints for daily life. The discourse task was recounting the TV programme. The participants with aphasia also took the Japanese CADL (Communicative Abilities of Daily Living: JCADL) test, and its relationship with the discourse performance was investigated. The analysis of the discourse focused on organizational structure, including reference to the title, proportion of functional components, organizational pattern of functional components and organization ratings, in addition to the amount of information. The results indicated that both the amount of information and organizational structure were still limited in individuals with aphasia. The results of the JCADL were examined in terms of total score and observation of organizational skills on two complex behavioural tasks selected from the 34 subtest items. The discourse organization ratings correlated with the JCADL total score, and the participants who produced organized discourse demonstrated preserved organizational skills on the two selected behavioural tasks. It was found that higher levels of discourse abilities, such as organization, were limited even in high-level individuals with aphasia, and this study suggested that there is a relationship between discourse organization and behavioural organization. C1 Hiroshima Prefectural Coll Hlth & Welf, Dept Commun Disorders, Mihara, Hiroshima 7230053, Japan. Univ Oregon, Eugene, OR 97403 USA. RP Honda, R (reprint author), Hiroshima Prefectural Coll Hlth & Welf, Dept Commun Disorders, 1-1 Gakuen Machi, Mihara, Hiroshima 7230053, Japan. CR ARMSTRONG EM, 1991, CLIN LINGUIST PHONET, V5, P39, DOI 10.3109/02699209108985501 Bastiaanse R, 1997, APHASIOLOGY, V11, P614, DOI 10.1080/02687039708248493 BOLLINGER RL, 1993, APHASIOLOGY, V7, P301, DOI 10.1080/02687039308249512 Chapman S B, 1992, Clin Commun Disord, V2, P64 COELHO CA, 1994, CLIN APHASIOL, V22, P145 Coelho C. A., 1994, DISCOURSE ANAL APPL, P95 Giles E, 1996, APHASIOLOGY, V10, P395, DOI 10.1080/02687039608248419 HASEGAWA T, 1975, STANDARD LANGUAGE TE LEZAK MD, 1995, NEUROPSYCHOLOGICAL A Nicholas Linda E., 1995, Journal of Speech and Hearing Research, V38, P145 NICHOLAS LE, 1993, J SPEECH HEAR RES, V36, P338 NORTH AJ, 1986, INT J AGING HUM DEV, V23, P267, DOI 10.2190/BPF0-2BWD-BGNQ-HWCW Penn C, 1997, APHASIOLOGY, V11, P629, DOI 10.1080/02687039708248497 TAKEUCHI A, 1989, JAPAN J LOGOPEDICS P, V30, P178 Ulatowska H. K., 1994, DISCOURSE ANAL APPL, P29 ULATOWSKA HK, 1993, NARRATIVE DISCOURSE IN NEUROLOGICALLY IMPAIRED AND NORMAL AGING ADULTS, P171 ULATOWSKA HK, 1983, BRAIN LANG, V18, P315, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(83)90023-8 ULATOWSKA HK, 1981, BRAIN LANG, V13, P345, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(81)90100-0 WATAMORI T, 1990, COMMUNICATIVE ABILIT WATAMORI T, 1993, HIGHER BRAIN FUNCTIO, V13, P191 WATAMORI T, 1985, UNPUB RIVERMEAD BEHA WATAMORI TS, 1989, JAPANESE J REHABILIT, V26, P23 YORKSTON KM, 1980, J SPEECH HEAR DISORD, V45, P27 NR 23 TC 5 Z9 5 PU TAYLOR & FRANCIS LTD PI LONDON PA ONE GUNPOWDER SQUARE, LONDON EC4A 3DE, ENGLAND SN 0268-7038 J9 APHASIOLOGY JI Aphasiology PD JUN PY 1999 VL 13 IS 6 BP 475 EP 493 PG 19 WC Clinical Neurology SC Neurosciences & Neurology GA 204ZJ UT WOS:000080796300002 ER PT J AU Jokel, R Conn, D AF Jokel, R Conn, D TI Mirror reading, writing and backward speech in a woman with a head injury: a case of conversion disorder SO APHASIOLOGY LA English DT Article ID HYSTERIA; INFARCTION AB This paper presents a case of a 46-year-old, right-handed female, L.R., admitted to a behavioural neurology unit after sustaining a mild head injury. The patient presented as a very complex case with difficulties in neuropsychological, emotional and medical domains. The unusual features of her backward speech, and mirror reading and writing, evident upon admission, are described here. Results of assessment are considered in relation to conversion disorder and existing theories on mirror phenomena. C1 Univ Toronto, Baycrest Ctr Geriatr Care, Dept Commun Disorders, Toronto, ON M6A 2E1, Canada. RP Jokel, R (reprint author), Univ Toronto, Baycrest Ctr Geriatr Care, Dept Commun Disorders, 3560 Bathurst St, Toronto, ON M6A 2E1, Canada. CR Adams RD, 1993, PRINCIPLES NEUROLOGY American Psychiatric Association, 1994, DIAGN STAT MAN MENT, V4th ANNETT M, 1991, European Journal of Cognitive Psychology, V3, P363, DOI 10.1080/09541449108406234 Bleckwenn WJ, 1930, J AMER MED ASSOC, V95, P1168 BRADSHAW JL, 1988, BRAIN LANG, V33, P189, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(88)90061-2 BUXBAUM LJ, 1993, NEUROPSYCHOLOGIA, V31, P1417, DOI 10.1016/0028-3932(93)90108-C CAPLAN D, 1994, LANGUAGE STRUCTURE P, P297 CHIA LG, 1987, J NEUROL NEUROSUR PS, V50, P786, DOI 10.1136/jnnp.50.6.786 COCCHI R, 1986, ACTA NEUROL BELG, V86, P224 Corballis M.C., 1976, PSYCHOL LEFT RIGHT COWAN N, 1987, J CHILD LANG, V14, P393 COWAN N, 1985, J MEM LANG, V24, P679, DOI 10.1016/0749-596X(85)90053-1 COWAN N, 1982, J SPEECH HEAR RES, V25, P48 COWAN N, 1982, J CHILD LANG, V9, P481 Critchley M., 1928, MIRROR WRITING CRITCHLEY M, 1926, P ROY SOC MED, V9, P397 DENNYBROWN D, 1993, PROBLEMS DYNAMIC NEU DOWNEY J, 1914, PSYCHOL REV, V11, P408 DRAKE ME, 1993, PSYCHOSOMATICS, V34, P524 FEINBERG T, 1985, CORTEX, V21, P261 FLORHENRY P, 1981, BIOL PSYCHIAT, V16, P601 FORD CV, 1985, PSYCHOSOMATICS, V26, P371 GALIN D, 1977, AM J PSYCHIAT, V134, P578 GRODZINSKY Y, 1990, THEORETICAL PERSPECT, P42 HANAKITA J, 1991, SURG NEUROL, V35, P290, DOI 10.1016/0090-3019(91)90007-V HAVENS LL, 1966, J NERV MENT DIS, V141, P505 HEILMAN KM, 1979, NEUROPSYCHOLOGIA, V17, P315, DOI 10.1016/0028-3932(79)90077-0 HEILMAN KM, 1980, J NEUROL NEUROSUR PS, V43, P774, DOI 10.1136/jnnp.43.9.774 KUZUYA M, 1991, Japanese Journal of Geriatrics, V28, P499 LEBRUN Y, 1995, EUR J DISORDER COMM, V30, P279 Lebrun Y., 1989, READING WRITING DISO, P355 LEONHARD K, 1961, Wien Z Nervenheilkd Grenzgeb, V18, P246 LUDWIG AM, 1972, ARCH GEN PSYCHIAT, V27, P771 MAHER LM, 1995, BRAIN LANG, V49, P105, DOI 10.1006/brln.1995.1023 MITCHELL SW, 1903, J NEUROLOGICAL MENTA, V31, P193, DOI 10.1097/00005053-190304000-00001 Orton ST, 1928, J AMER MED ASSOC, V90, P1095 PERRY CJ, 1982, AM J PSYCHIAT, V139, P552 PICK A, 1904, J NEUROLOGICAL MENTA, V31, P1, DOI 10.1097/00005053-190401000-00001 PINKER S, 1993, LEARNABILITY COGNITI, P172 SARTORI G, 1987, COGNITIVE NEUROPSYCH, V4, P1, DOI 10.1080/02643298708252031 SCHOTT GD, 1980, J NEUROL NEUROSUR PS, V43, P768, DOI 10.1136/jnnp.43.9.768 SLATER E, 1965, J PSYCHOSOMATICS RES, V9, P913 STREIFLER M, 1976, CORTEX, V12, P356 TANKLE RS, 1983, BRAIN LANG, V19, P115, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(83)90058-5 TASHIRO K, 1987, J NEUROL NEUROSUR PS, V50, P1572, DOI 10.1136/jnnp.50.12.1572 Veith Ilza, 1965, HYSTERIA HIST DIS WADE JB, 1991, J CLIN EXP NEUROPSYC, V13, P299, DOI 10.1080/01688639108401045 WHITLOCK FA, 1967, ACTA PSYCHIAT SCAND, V43, P144, DOI 10.1111/j.1600-0447.1967.tb11023.x NR 48 TC 4 Z9 4 PU TAYLOR & FRANCIS LTD PI LONDON PA ONE GUNPOWDER SQUARE, LONDON EC4A 3DE, ENGLAND SN 0268-7038 J9 APHASIOLOGY JI Aphasiology PD JUN PY 1999 VL 13 IS 6 BP 495 EP 509 PG 15 WC Clinical Neurology SC Neurosciences & Neurology GA 204ZJ UT WOS:000080796300003 ER PT J AU Atkinson, JM Heritage, J AF Atkinson, JM Heritage, J TI Structures of social action: Studies in conversation analysis SO APHASIOLOGY LA English DT Article AB The transcript notation used in this book, and in conversation analytic research more generally, has been developed by Gall Jefferson. It is a system that continues to evolve in response to current research interests, and for some of the chapters included in the present collection it has been necessary to incorporate symbols for representing various non-vocal activities, such as gaze, gestures, and applause. Previous experience suggests that it is useful to group symbols with reference to the phenomena they represent. NR 0 TC 5 Z9 5 PU TAYLOR & FRANCIS LTD PI LONDON PA ONE GUNPOWDER SQUARE, LONDON EC4A 3DE, ENGLAND SN 0268-7038 J9 APHASIOLOGY JI Aphasiology PD APR-MAY PY 1999 VL 13 IS 4-5 BP 243 EP 249 PG 7 WC Clinical Neurology SC Neurosciences & Neurology GA 193UH UT WOS:000080155200002 ER PT J AU Perkins, L Crisp, J Walshaw, D AF Perkins, L Crisp, J Walshaw, D TI Exploring conversation analysis as an assessment tool for aphasia: the issue of reliability SO APHASIOLOGY LA English DT Article ID REPAIR; DISCOURSE AB This paper describes an investigation of the temporal reliability of analyses of collaborative repair in aphasic conversation. Whilst it has been proposed that conversation analysis has a useful contribution to make to the assessment of aphasia, assessment methods which use natural interaction as a basis for analysis have been assumed to lack reliability because of variability in conversation in contrast to the standardization across assessments possible with formal assessments. This issue was addressed through comparison of quantitative and qualitative analyses of collaborative repair in dyadic conversations recorded on four different occasions between eight people with aphasia and their relatives. Quantitative results revealed significant within-participant variation in the quantity of collaborative repair occurring in the conversations but between-participant variation was of much greater magnitude. The findings of the qualitative analysis indicated reliability in the interactional challenges experienced as a consequence of aphasia, with consistency in the nature of trouble sources giving rise to collaborative repair work across the participants' four conversations. The findings also indicated reliability in the interactional mechanisms employed to deal with trouble sources, with consistency across the participants' four conversations in the resolution of collaborative repair. The implications of the findings for the use of conversation analysis as an assessment tool to motivate intervention and to measure change over time are discussed. C1 Univ Newcastle Upon Tyne, Dept Speech, Newcastle Upon Tyne NE1 7RU, Tyne & Wear, England. RP Perkins, L (reprint author), Univ Newcastle Upon Tyne, Dept Speech, Newcastle Upon Tyne NE1 7RU, Tyne & Wear, England. CR Clark H., 1987, LANG COGNITIVE PROC, V2, P19, DOI 10.1080/01690968708406350 CLARK HH, 1989, COGNITIVE SCI, V13, P259, DOI 10.1207/s15516709cog1302_7 FERGUSON A, 1994, APHASIOLOGY, V8, P143, DOI 10.1080/02687039408248647 Lesser R., 1993, LINGUISTICS APHASIA Lesser R., 1999, COGNITIVE NEUROPSYCH Lindsey J. K., 1993, MODELS REPEATED MEAS MANOCHIOPINIG S, 1992, APHASIOLOGY, V6, P519, DOI 10.1080/02687039208249489 Miller J., 1996, SYSTEMATIC ANAL LANG MILROY L, 1992, CLIN LINGUIST PHONET, V6, P27, DOI 10.3109/02699209208985517 PERKINS L, 1995, EUR J DISORDER COMM, V30, P372 PERKINS L, 1993, THESIS U NEWCASTLE U PERKINS L, 1995, INT J PSYCHOLINGUIST, V11, P167 PERKINS L, 1993, FOUNDATIONS OF APHASIA REHABILITATION, P211 PERKINS L, 1998, CONVERSATION ANAL AP PERKINS L, 1999, IN PRESS PRAGMATIC L Rosenbek J.C., 1989, APHASIA CLIN APPROAC Schegloff E, 1993, RES LANG SOC INTERAC, V26, P99, DOI 10.1207/s15327973rlsi2601_5 SCHEGLOFF EA, 1977, LANGUAGE, V53, P361, DOI 10.2307/413107 Schegloff E.A., 1988, LINGUISTICS CONTEXT, P135 Whitworth A, 1997, CONVERSATION ANAL PR WILKINSON R, 1995, WORK PROGR, V5, P134 Wilkinson R., 1995, CASE STUDIES CLIN LI, P271 NR 22 TC 26 Z9 28 PU TAYLOR & FRANCIS LTD PI LONDON PA ONE GUNPOWDER SQUARE, LONDON EC4A 3DE, ENGLAND SN 0268-7038 J9 APHASIOLOGY JI Aphasiology PD APR-MAY PY 1999 VL 13 IS 4-5 BP 259 EP 281 PG 23 WC Clinical Neurology SC Neurosciences & Neurology GA 193UH UT WOS:000080155200004 ER PT J AU Booth, S Perkins, L AF Booth, S Perkins, L TI The use of conversation analysis to guide individualized advice to carers and evaluate change in aphasia: a case study SO APHASIOLOGY LA English DT Article ID REPAIR; DISCOURSE; THERAPY; ISSUES AB Recent research findings have suggested that there is a need for an individualized approach to the development of facilitation strategies which takes into account the unique effects of aphasia. The aim of this paper is to examine the use of conversation analysis (CA) to guide individualized advice to the brother (RB) of a man with aphasia (JB) and to provide a mechanism to evaluate the effect of the interaction. RE attended a weekly communication skills training group which ran once a week for six consecutive weeks. Prior to his inclusion in the group a qualitative analysis of a conversation between him and his brother provided detailed information on collaborative repair management. An assessment of his perception of the linguistic and pragmatic manifestations of his brother's aphasia was performed using the Conversation Analysis Profile for People with Aphasia (CAPPA). The detailed insights provided by the analyses guided the issues covered during the group. Following the intervention, the assessments were repeated and a comparison was made with the pre-intervention results to investigate the outcome of the group. This paper illustrates the effective use of CA to guide an intervention programme which addresses issues specific to the person with aphasia and their key conversational partner. Furthermore, the comparison of the pre-and post-intervention analyses demonstrates the use of CA to evaluate the outcome of an intervention. C1 Glasgow Royal Infirm, Speech & Language Therapy Dept, Glasgow G4 0SF, Lanark, Scotland. Univ Newcastle Upon Tyne, Dept Speech, Newcastle Upon Tyne NE1 7RU, Tyne & Wear, England. RP Booth, S (reprint author), Glasgow Royal Infirm, Speech & Language Therapy Dept, 4th Floor,Watson Bldg, Glasgow G4 0SF, Lanark, Scotland. CR *ACT DYSPH AD, 1993, APH SER Bishop DVM, 1983, TEST RECEPTION GRAMM BOISCLAIRPAPILL.R, 1993, LIVING APHASIA PSYCH, P173 BOOTH S, 1999, IN PRESS INT J LANGU BOOTH S, 1999, PERSONALISED ADVICE BRUMFITT S, 1983, APHASIA THERAPY, P89 Buck M., 1968, DYSPHASIA PROFESSION *CHEST HEART STROK, 1986, LEARN SPEAK AG HINTS Clark H. H., 1987, LANG COGNITIVE PROC, V2, P1 CLARK HH, 1989, COGNITIVE SCI, V13, P259, DOI 10.1207/s15516709cog1302_7 Couper-Kuhlen E., 1992, CONTEXTUALIZATION LA, P337 Goffman E, 1955, PSYCHIATR, V18, P213 GREEN G, 1984, BRIT J DISORD COMMUN, V19, P35 Jefferson G, 1987, TALK SOCIAL ORG, P86 Kagan A, 1995, TOP STROKE REHABIL, V2, P15 Kagan A., 1993, APHASIA TREATMENT WO, P199 KAY J, 1992, PSYCHLINGUISTIC ASSE LESSER R, 1995, NEUROPSYCHOL REHABIL, V5, P67, DOI 10.1080/09602019508520176 LESSER R, 1998, COGNITIVE NEUROPSYCH LETOURNEAU PY, 1993, LIVING APHASIA PSYCH, P173 LYON JG, 1989, CLIN APHASIOLOGY C P, P11 MALONE RL, 1970, J SPEECH HEAR DISORD, V5, P175 MILROY L, 1992, CLIN LINGUIST PHONET, V6, P27, DOI 10.3109/02699209208985517 MULHALL DJ, 1978, BRIT J DISORD COMMUN, V13, P127 Muller J., 1989, CONVERSATION INTERDI PENN C, 1985, NEUROPSYCHOLOGY, V3, P117 PERKINS L, 1995, EUR J DISORDER COMM, V30, P372 PERKINS L, 1995, INT J PSYCHOLINGUIST, V11, P167 PERKINS L, 1993, FOUNDATIONS OF APHASIA REHABILITATION, P211 PERKINS L, 1999, IN PRESS PRAGMATIC L Sacks H, 1984, STRUCTURES SOCIAL AC, P413 SCHEGLOFF EA, 1977, LANGUAGE, V53, P361, DOI 10.2307/413107 Schegloff E. A., 1979, SYNTAX SEMANTICS, V12, P261 SCHEGLOFF EA, 1987, LINGUISTICS, V25, P201, DOI 10.1515/ling.1987.25.1.201 SCHEGLOFF EA, 1992, AM J SOCIOL, V97, P1295, DOI 10.1086/229903 Schegloff Emanuel A., 1982, GEORGETOWN U ROUNDTA, P71 Schiffrin D, 1988, LINGUISTICS CAMBRIDG, P251 SIMMONS N, 1987, CLIN APHASIOLOGY, V17, P106 Simmons-Mackie N. N., 1996, AM J SPEECH-LANG PAT, V5, P37 Stubbs M., 1983, DISCOURSE ANAL Sundet K, 1992, Scand J Rehabil Med Suppl, V26, P60 Whitworth A, 1997, CONVERSATION ANAL PR WILKINSON R, 1995, WORK PROGR, V5, P134 WILLIAMS SE, 1993, ARCH PHYS MED REHAB, V74, P361 YORKSTON K, 1980, CLIN APHASIOLOGY, V10, P96 NR 45 TC 53 Z9 55 PU TAYLOR & FRANCIS LTD PI LONDON PA ONE GUNPOWDER SQUARE, LONDON EC4A 3DE, ENGLAND SN 0268-7038 J9 APHASIOLOGY JI Aphasiology PD APR-MAY PY 1999 VL 13 IS 4-5 BP 283 EP 303 PG 21 WC Clinical Neurology SC Neurosciences & Neurology GA 193UH UT WOS:000080155200005 ER PT J AU Lindsay, J Wilkinson, R AF Lindsay, J Wilkinson, R TI Repair sequences in aphasic talk: a comparison of aphasic-speech and language therapist and aphasic-spouse conversations SO APHASIOLOGY LA English DT Article ID FUNCTIONAL COMMUNICATION; ISSUES AB The phenomena discussed in this paper emerged from a study that examined the talk of two aphasic-speech and language therapist (SLT) and two aphasic-spouse partnerships. In the aphasic-spouse conversations there was a pattern in which, following an 'error' in the aphasic person's spoken output, the partnership engaged in a collaborative revision of aphasic production. These revision sequences explicitly brought repair to the conversational surface and were unusual in their extension of repair beyond the point where the target became known. Whilst opportunities for revision existed in the aphasic-SLT talk, the SLTs' reluctance to model production helped to ensure that similar sequences did not occur in these conversations. A wider review of repair phenomena revealed that whilst the SLTs worked to minimize the interactive consequences of aphasic troubles in talk, spouses played a part in exposing and prolonging repair. Possible reasons for different patterns of repair in aphasic-SLT and aphasic-spouse conversations are discussed, as are some clinical implications of these findings. C1 City Univ London, Dept Clin Commun Studies, London EC1V 0HB, England. UCL, Dept Human Commun Studies, London, England. RP Lindsay, J (reprint author), City Univ London, Dept Clin Commun Studies, Northampton Sq, London EC1V 0HB, England. EM j.e.lindsay@city.ac.uk CR Atkinson J. M., 1984, STRUCTURES SOCIAL AC Bishop D. V. M, 1982, TEST RECEPTION GRAMM CONWAY N, 1990, THESIS U NEWCASTLE T COPELAND M, 1989, APHASIOLOGY, V3, P301, DOI 10.1080/02687038908249001 Couper-Kuhlen E., 1992, CONTEXTUALIZATION LA, P337 Davis G, 1985, ADULT APHASIA REHABI FLORANCE CL, 1981, CLIN APHASIOLOGY C P, P204 Goffman E, 1955, PSYCHIATR, V18, P213 GOODWIN C, 1987, SOC PSYCHOL QUART, V50, P115, DOI 10.2307/2786746 Goodwin C., 1981, CONVERSATIONAL ORG I GREEN G, 1984, BRIT J DISORD COMMUN, V19, P35 HOLLAND AL, 1982, J SPEECH HEAR DISORD, V47, P50 HOLLAND AL, 1977, J SPEECH HEAR DISORD, V42, P307 Holland A. L., 1991, J NEUROLINGUIST, V6, P197, DOI 10.1016/0911-6044(91)90007-6 Kagan A, 1995, TOP STROKE REHABIL, V2, P15 Kay J., 1992, PSYCHOLINGUISTIC ASS Klippi A., 1996, CONVERSATION ACHIEVE LEIWO M, 1994, APHASIOLOGY, V8, P467, DOI 10.1080/02687039408248671 Lesser R., 1993, LINGUISTICS APHASIA LESSER R, 1995, NEUROPSYCHOL REHABIL, V5, P67, DOI 10.1080/09602019508520176 LINEBAUGH CW, 1986, CLIN APHASIOLOGY C P, P188 LINEBAUGH CW, 1985, CLIN APHASIOLOGY C P, P229 LOMAS J, 1989, J SPEECH HEAR DISORD, V54, P113 Lubinski R., 1980, CLIN APHASIOLOGY C P, P111 Lyon J, 1992, AM J SPEECH-LANG PAT, V1, P7 MILROY L, 1992, CLIN LINGUIST PHONET, V6, P27, DOI 10.3109/02699209208985517 Milroy L., 1987, OBSERVING ANAL NATUR OXENHAM D, 1994, APHASIOLOGY, V8, P488, DOI 10.1080/02687039408248673 Parr S., 1997, TALKING APHASIA LIVI PERKINS L, 1995, EUR J DISORDER COMM, V30, P372 SCHEGLOFF EA, 1977, LANGUAGE, V53, P361, DOI 10.2307/413107 SCHEGLOFF EA, 1987, LINGUISTICS, V25, P201, DOI 10.1515/ling.1987.25.1.201 SILVAST M, 1991, APHASIOLOGY, V5, P383, DOI 10.1080/02687039108248540 Simmons-Mackie N., 1987, CLIN APHASIOLOGY C P, P106 WILKINSON R, 1995, WORK PROGR, V5, P134 Wilkinson R., 1995, CASE STUDIES CLIN LI, P271 Worrall L., 1995, TREATMENT APHASIA, P47 NR 37 TC 37 Z9 37 PU PSYCHOLOGY PRESS PI HOVE PA 27 CHURCH RD, HOVE BN3 2FA, EAST SUSSEX, ENGLAND SN 0268-7038 J9 APHASIOLOGY JI Aphasiology PD APR-MAY PY 1999 VL 13 IS 4-5 BP 305 EP 325 PG 21 WC Clinical Neurology SC Neurosciences & Neurology GA 193UH UT WOS:000080155200006 ER PT J AU Wilkinson, R AF Wilkinson, R TI Sequentiality as a problem and resource for intersubjectivity in aphasic conversation: analysis and implications for therapy SO APHASIOLOGY LA English DT Article ID REPAIR; ORGANIZATION; WORD AB Investigations of non-aphasic conversation have displayed the importance of sequentiality in the meaning and understanding of utterances in conversation. Sequentiality refers to the way in which an utterance is constructed so as to display its relation to the immediately preceding utterances and to make expectable a certain type of utterance in the following turn. As such, it has been shown to be a central resource for participants in achieving intersubjectivity, or a state of mutual understanding, in conversation. In this paper, sequentiality in aphasic conversation is investigated. It is found that aphasia can disrupt the speaker's ability to display the sequential properties of utterances in conversation and can, therefore, be an important reason why certain aphasic turns can be difficult for hearers to understand. However, aphasic speakers are also shown to be able to use the sequential context of earlier turns as a resource to aid communication by referring deictically to prior utterances. It is suggested that these findings have clinical importance in assessing functional language use and planning therapy. In particular, it is noted that these conversational problems may require a different approach to the types of therapy employed for disorders at the word and sentence level. Some ways in which a more interactionally focused therapy may target these problems are discussed. C1 UCL, Dept Human Commun Sci, London WC1N 1PG, England. RP Wilkinson, R (reprint author), UCL, Dept Human Commun Sci, Chandler House,2 Wakefield St, London WC1N 1PG, England. EM ray.wilkinson@ucl.ac.uk CR Atkinson J. M., 1984, STRUCTURES SOCIAL AC Buckingham H, 1987, APHASIOLOGY, V1, P381, DOI 10.1080/02687038708248861 Drew P, 1997, J PRAGMATICS, V28, P69, DOI 10.1016/S0378-2166(97)89759-7 Ellis A. W., 1994, COGNITIVE NEUROPSYCH, P287 FEYEREISEN P, 1991, APHASIOLOGY, V5, P323, DOI 10.1080/02687039108248533 Garrett M., 1982, NORMALITY PATHOLOGY, P19 GERBER S, 1989, Seminars in Speech and Language, V10, P263, DOI 10.1055/s-2008-1064268 Goodglass H, 1983, ASSESSMENT APHASIA R, V2nd Goodwin Charles, 1992, RETHINKING CONTEXT L, P1 GOODWIN C, 1995, RES LANG SOC INTERAC, V28, P233, DOI 10.1207/s15327973rlsi2803_4 GOODWIN MH, 1986, SEMIOTICA, V62, P51 Heritage J., 1984, STRUCTURES SOCIAL AC, P299 Heritage John, 1984, GARFINKEL ETHNOMETHO Jefferson G., 1974, LANG SOC, V3, P181 Jefferson Gail, 1972, STUDIES SOCIAL INTER, P294 JONES EV, 1986, BRIT J DISORD COMMUN, V21, P63 Klippi A., 1996, CONVERSATION ACHIEVE Laakso M., 1997, SELF INITIATED REPAI LEMAY A, 1988, APHASIOLOGY, V2, P137 Lesser R., 1993, LINGUISTICS APHASIA Levinson Stephen C., 1983, PRAGMATICS Lubinski R., 1980, CLIN APHASIOLOGY C P, P111 Luria A. R., 1973, THE WORKING BRAIN MARSHALL J, 1990, APHASIOLOGY, V4, P167, DOI 10.1080/02687039008249068 MILROY L, 1992, CLIN LINGUIST PHONET, V6, P27, DOI 10.3109/02699209208985517 Nickels L, 1996, APHASIOLOGY, V10, P109, DOI 10.1080/02687039608248401 NICKELS L, 1991, BRIT J DISORD COMMUN, V26, P175 PERKINS L, 1995, INT J PSYCHOLINGUIST, V11, P167 Pomerantz Anita, 1984, STRUCTURES SOCIAL AC, P57 SACKS H, 1974, LANGUAGE, V50, P696, DOI 10.2307/412243 Schegloff E. A., 1984, STRUCTURES SOCIAL AC, P28 SCHEGLOFF EA, 1977, LANGUAGE, V53, P361, DOI 10.2307/413107 SCHEGLOFF EA, 1980, SOCIOL INQ, V50, P104, DOI 10.1111/j.1475-682X.1980.tb00018.x SCHEGLOFF EA, 1987, LINGUISTICS, V25, P201, DOI 10.1515/ling.1987.25.1.201 SCHEGLOFF EA, 1992, AM J SOCIOL, V97, P1295, DOI 10.1086/229903 Schegloff Emanuel, 1990, CONVERSATIONAL ORG I, P51 Schegloff Emanuel A., 1982, GEORGETOWN U ROUNDTA, P71 SCHEGLOFF EA, 1988, J PRAGMATICS, V12, P55, DOI 10.1016/0378-2166(88)90019-7 Schegloff Emmanuel, 1973, SEMIOTICA, V7, P289, DOI DOI 10.1515/SEMI.1973.8.4.289 Whitworth A, 1997, CONVERSATION ANAL PR WILKINSON R, IN PRESS PRAGMATIC L Wilkinson R, 1998, Int J Lang Commun Disord, V33 Suppl, P144 Wilkinson R., 1995, CASE STUDIES CLIN LI, P271 NR 43 TC 36 Z9 37 PU PSYCHOLOGY PRESS PI HOVE PA 27 CHURCH RD, HOVE BN3 2FA, EAST SUSSEX, ENGLAND SN 0268-7038 J9 APHASIOLOGY JI Aphasiology PD APR-MAY PY 1999 VL 13 IS 4-5 BP 327 EP 343 DI 10.1080/026870399402127 PG 17 WC Clinical Neurology SC Neurosciences & Neurology GA 193UH UT WOS:000080155200007 ER PT J AU Laakso, M Klippi, A AF Laakso, M Klippi, A TI A closer look at the 'hint and guess' sequences in aphasic conversation SO APHASIOLOGY LA English DT Article ID REPAIR AB The focus of this article is to examine in more detail the collaborative nature of aphasic conversation. In particular, collaborative efforts can be seen in such situations where aphasic problems, such as word searching, emerge. These problems have traditionally been studied as a cognitive process of an aphasic individual. The aim is to demonstrate that in aphasic conversation word search is a visible activity which often initiates a collaborative problem-solving sequence, traditionally called a 'hint and guess' sequence. As the special practices by which this collaboration is accomplished are relatively unknown, the 'hint and guess' sequences of both fluent and non-fluent aphasic speakers have been analysed in detail. The main findings suggest that these sequences have a regular structure of four distinct phases that are quite similar irrespective of the type of aphasia. C1 Univ Oulu, Oulu, Finland. Univ Helsinki, FIN-00014 Helsinki, Finland. RP Laakso, M (reprint author), Rehabil Turku City Hosp, Kunnallissairaalantie 20, FIN-20700 Turku, Finland. CR FERGUSON A, 1994, APHASIOLOGY, V8, P143, DOI 10.1080/02687039408248647 FERGUSON A, 1992, CLIN APHASIOLOGY, V21, P299 GOODWIN C, 1987, SOC PSYCHOL QUART, V50, P115, DOI 10.2307/2786746 Goodwin C., 1981, CONVERSATIONAL ORG I GOODWIN C, 1990, CONTEXTUALIZATION LA, P77 GOODWIN C, 1995, RES LANG SOC INTERAC, V28, P233, DOI 10.1207/s15327973rlsi2803_4 GOODWIN MH, 1986, SEMIOTICA, V62, P51 HEESCHEN C, 1998, C DIS ORD TALK CONV Jefferson Gail, 1972, STUDIES SOCIAL INTER, P294 Kagan A., 1993, APHASIA TREATMENT WO, P199 Kertesz A, 1982, W APHASIA BATTERY TE KLIPPI A, IN PRESS SITUATING L Klippi A., 1996, CONVERSATION ACHIEVE Laakso M., 1997, SELF INITIATED REPAI LAAKSO M, IN PRESS SITUATING L LEHTIHALMES M, 1986, W APHASIA BATTERY Lesser R., 1993, LINGUISTICS APHASIA Linell P., 1995, INT J PSYCHOLINGUIST, V11, P143 Lubinski R., 1980, CLIN APHASIOLOGY C P, P111 MILROY L, 1992, CLIN LINGUIST PHONET, V6, P27, DOI 10.3109/02699209208985517 SCHEGLOFF EA, 1977, LANGUAGE, V53, P361, DOI 10.2307/413107 Schegloff E. A., 1979, SYNTAX SEMANTICS, V12, P261 Schegloff Emmanuel, 1973, SEMIOTICA, V7, P289, DOI DOI 10.1515/SEMI.1973.8.4.289 SORJONEN M, 1996, INTERACTION GRAMMAR WHITEHOUSE P, 1978, BRAIN LANG, V6, P63, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(78)90044-5 NR 25 TC 46 Z9 46 PU TAYLOR & FRANCIS LTD PI LONDON PA ONE GUNPOWDER SQUARE, LONDON EC4A 3DE, ENGLAND SN 0268-7038 J9 APHASIOLOGY JI Aphasiology PD APR-MAY PY 1999 VL 13 IS 4-5 BP 345 EP 363 PG 19 WC Clinical Neurology SC Neurosciences & Neurology GA 193UH UT WOS:000080155200008 ER PT J AU Heeschen, C Schegloff, EA AF Heeschen, C Schegloff, EA TI Agrammatism, adaptation theory, conversation analysis: on the role of so-called telegraphic style in talk-in-interaction SO APHASIOLOGY LA English DT Article ID GRAMMATICAL MORPHOLOGY; BROCAS APHASIA; REPAIR; PARAGRAMMATISM; ORGANIZATION; SYMPTOMS; CONTEXT; SYNTAX AB In this paper, a specific aphasiological problem is approached by means of conversation analysis: the varying manifestations of agrammatism in the speech of one patient. According to the adaptation theory by Kolk and Heeschen, (most) agrammatics have the option to speak either in complete sentences (with the usual problems familiar to any aphasiologist) or to resort to systematically simplified expressions ('telegraphic style'). Two episodes from a conversation between an agrammatic patient and her best friend are analysed-one episode in which the patient uses hardly any 'telegrams' and one in which telegraphic expressions figure more centrally. The core questions are: What is achieved by resorting to telegraphic style in talk-in-interaction? and; How far does the healthy co-participant organize her conduct contingent on the varying practices in the patient's speech? A first answer suggests that telegraphic style is a resource for mobilizing the co-participant to become more engaged and to provide more help and is deployed specifically to exploit this feature. In the analytic explication of the episodes, turn by turn, turn component by turn component is addressed in some detail, thereby not disregarding any observation as irrelevant a priori. It is this procedure that is central to the potential contribution of CA to aphasiology. In the course of the explication further questions emerge: Is the notion of 'telegram' meaningful within an interaction-oriented approach? Is there variation in the patient's speech not only across occasions, but also across co-participants and across settings? The process of analysis of the episodes is informed by two domains of data: prior aphasiological knowledge and the experience and expertise of conversation analysts with talk and conduct in interaction among language-unimpaired speakers. Combining the two lines of research is not straightforward: it might lead to complex multivalent characterizations of some occurrences in the data, specifically those related to the question of how far the co-participant treats the patient as 'impaired' and how far she avoids the exposure of Linguistic deficiencies in the patient. C1 Max Planck Inst Psycholinguist, NL-6500 AH Nijmegen, Netherlands. Univ Calif Los Angeles, Dept Sociol, Los Angeles, CA 90024 USA. RP Heeschen, C (reprint author), Max Planck Inst Psycholinguist, Postbus 310, NL-6500 AH Nijmegen, Netherlands. CR BLUMSTEIN SE, 1980, BRAIN LANG, V9, P153, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(80)90137-6 Caplan D., 1987, NEUROLINGUISTICS LIN Clark H., 1987, LANG COGNITIVE PROC, V2, P19, DOI 10.1080/01690968708406350 Clark Herbert H, 1977, PSYCHOL LANGUAGE DEBLESER R, 1987, COGNITIVE NEUROPSYCH, V4, P187, DOI 10.1080/02643298708252039 Egbert MM, 1996, LANG SOC, V25, P587 Giles H., 1991, CONTEXTS ACCOMMODATI, P1, DOI DOI 10.1017/CBO9780511663673 GOODGLASS H, 1993, CORTEX, V29, P377 GOODWIN C, 1996, 5 INT PRAGM C MEX CI, P153 GOODWIN C, 1995, RES LANG SOC INTERAC, V28, P233, DOI 10.1207/s15327973rlsi2803_4 GOODWIN MH, 1986, SEMIOTICA, V62, P51 GOODWIN MH, 1980, SOCIOL INQ, V50, P303, DOI 10.1111/j.1475-682X.1980.tb00024.x HAARMANN HJ, 1992, CORTEX, V28, P97 HEESCHEN C, 1994, SPRACHE GEBIRN GRUND, P125 HEESCHEN C, 1988, APHASIOLOGY, V2, P299, DOI 10.1080/02687038808248928 Heeschen C., 1985, AGRAMMATISM, P207 Heritage J., 1984, STRUCTURES SOCIAL AC, P299 Hertitage J., 1984, STRUCTURE SOCIAL ACT Hesketh A, 1996, APHASIOLOGY, V10, P49, DOI 10.1080/02687039608248398 Hofstede B. T. M., 1992, 9207 NICI HOFSTEDE BTM, 1994, BRAIN LANG, V46, P278, DOI 10.1006/brln.1994.1017 Huber W., 1983, AACHENER APHASIE TES ISSERLIN M, 1922, Z GESAMTE NEUROLOGIE, V75, P322 Jefferson G, 1973, SEMIOTICA, V9, P47, DOI 10.1515/semi.1973.9.1.47 Jefferson G., 1974, LANG SOC, V3, P181 Jefferson G, 1987, TALK SOCIAL ORG, P86 Jefferson G., 1984, DISCOURSE ANAL NATUR, P11 KLEIN W, 1998, TYPOLOGY VERBAL CATE, P215 KLEIN W, 1985, ELLIPSEN FRAGMENTARI, P1 Kolk H, 1996, APHASIOLOGY, V10, P81, DOI 10.1080/02687039608248399 KOLK H, 1990, APHASIOLOGY, V4, P221, DOI 10.1080/02687039008249075 KOLK H, 1992, LANG COGNITIVE PROC, V7, P89, DOI 10.1080/01690969208409381 Labov William, 1977, THERAPEUTIC DISCOURS LERNER GH, 1991, LANG SOC, V20, P441 LEVELT W, 1989, SPEAKING INTENTION A McNeill D., 1992, HAND MIND WHAT GESTU POECK K, 1986, NEUROLOGIE REGENBRECHT F, 1992, LINGUISTISCHE ASPEKT, P111 Sacks H., 1979, EVERYDAY LANGUAGE ST, P15 SACKS H, 1974, LANGUAGE, V50, P696, DOI 10.2307/412243 Sacks H., 1987, TALK SOCIAL ORG, P54 Schegloff E, 1996, INTERACTION GRAMMAR, P52, DOI 10.1017/CBO9780511620874.002 SCHEGLOFF EA, 1977, LANGUAGE, V53, P361, DOI 10.2307/413107 Schegloff E. A., 1989, INTERACTION HUMAN DE, P139 SCHEGLOFF EA, 1988, SOC PROBL, V35, P442, DOI 10.1525/sp.1988.35.4.03a00080 Schegloff E. A., 1996, STUDIES ANAPHORA, P437 Schegloff E. A., 1992, TALK WORK INTERACTIO, P101, DOI DOI 10.1177/1097184X06287760 SCHEGLOFF EA, 1996, AM J SOCIOL, V104, P161 Schegloff EA, 1997, DISCOURSE SOC, V8, P165, DOI 10.1177/0957926597008002002 SCHEGLOFF EA, 1997, UNPUB OVERLAP INTERR SCHEGLOFF EA, 1995, UNPUB SEQUENCE ORG Schegloff Emanuel A., 1992, RETHINKING CONTEXT L, P193 SCHEGLOFF EA, 1987, SOC PSYCHOL QUART, V50, P101, DOI 10.2307/2786745 Schegloff Emanuel A., 1991, TALK SOCIAL STRUCTUR, P44 Schegloff EA, 1997, DISCOURSE PROCESS, V23, P499 STARK JA, 1990, AGRAMMATIC APHASIA C, P281 Thompson Sandra A., 1996, INTERACTION GRAMMAR, P238, DOI 10.1017/CBO9780511620874.005 Wambaugh JL, 1997, APHASIOLOGY, V11, P521, DOI 10.1080/02687039708248488 1982, BIBLE NR 59 TC 35 Z9 35 PU TAYLOR & FRANCIS LTD PI LONDON PA ONE GUNPOWDER SQUARE, LONDON EC4A 3DE, ENGLAND SN 0268-7038 J9 APHASIOLOGY JI Aphasiology PD APR-MAY PY 1999 VL 13 IS 4-5 BP 365 EP 405 PG 41 WC Clinical Neurology SC Neurosciences & Neurology GA 193UH UT WOS:000080155200009 ER PT J AU Whitworth, A Lesser, R McKeith, I AF Whitworth, A Lesser, R McKeith, I TI Profiling conversation in Parkinson's disease with cognitive impairment SO APHASIOLOGY LA English DT Article ID LEWY BODY TYPE; SPEECH-THERAPY; SENILE DEMENTIA AB The impact of cognitive impairment on the interaction between people with Parkinson's disease (PD) and their carers was examined. A conversation analytic approach was taken to profile the nature of the communication difficulties of 12 people with PD with cognitive impairment in addition to the articulatory and prosodic disturbances typically associated with PD. Using a methodology that combined carer reports and analysis of conversational data, the complex relationship between impaired communicative behaviour, carers' perceptions and the influence of changes from premorbid conversational styles and contexts was examined. The interactional consequences of altered communication behaviour were explored by analysing the types of strategies that were spontaneously used by carers when difficulties arose in conversation. The study further compared the conversational profiles of people with PD diagnosed with two putatively different pathologies in an attempt to determine whether analysis of interaction could discriminate between (i) people with PD who developed dementia with Lewy bodies (DLB) and (ii) those whose cognitive impairment was attributed to subcortical pathology. This analysis sought to inform a wider debate as to whether particular interactional changes may be indicative of certain underlying cognitive deficits. The implications of analysing conversational interaction for working with this population are discussed. C1 Univ Newcastle Upon Tyne, Dept Speech, Newcastle Upon Tyne NE1 7RU, Tyne & Wear, England. Newcastle Gen Hosp, Inst Hlth Elderly, Newcastle Upon Tyne NE4 6BE, Tyne & Wear, England. RP Whitworth, A (reprint author), Univ Newcastle Upon Tyne, Dept Speech, King George VI Bldg, Newcastle Upon Tyne NE1 7RU, Tyne & Wear, England. CR Bayles K. A., 1987, COMMUNICATION COGNIT Bayles K. A., 1993, ARIZONA BATTERY COMM BLOOM RL, 1995, DISCOURSE ANAL APPL BROWN RG, 1984, LANCET, V2, P1262 BYRNE EJ, 1987, LANCET, V28, P501 BYRNE EJ, 1989, J NEUROL NEUROSUR PS, V52, P709, DOI 10.1136/jnnp.52.6.709 CUMMINGS JL, 1986, BRIT J PSYCHIAT, V149, P682, DOI 10.1192/bjp.149.6.682 DUBOIS B, 1991, HDB NEUROPSYCHOLOGY FOLSTEIN MF, 1975, J PSYCHIAT RES, V12, P189, DOI 10.1016/0022-3956(75)90026-6 JOHNSON JA, 1990, BRIT J DISORD COMMUN, V25, P183 LEDORZE G, 1992, EUR J DISORDER COMM, V27, P313 LESSER R, 1993, LINGUISTIC APHASIA P LEVIN BE, 1992, NEUROL CLIN, V10, P471 LUBINSKI R, 1991, DEMENTIA COMMUNICATI, P142 McKeith IG, 1996, NEUROLOGY, V47, P1113 MCKEITH IG, 1992, PSYCHOL MED, V22, P911 Orange J. B, 1991, DEMENTIA COMMUNICATI, P168 PERKINS L, 1995, BRIT APH SOC BIENN I Perkins L, 1998, J NEUROLINGUIST, V11, P33, DOI 10.1016/S0911-6044(98)00004-9 PERKINS L, 1996, LANGUAGE POSSIBLE DI Perkins L., 1997, CONVERSATION ANAL PR PERRY RH, 1990, J NEUROL SCI, V95, P119, DOI 10.1016/0022-510X(90)90236-G RAMIG LO, 1995, THERAPY PARKINSONS D, P539 ROBERTSON SJ, 1984, BRIT J DISORD COMMUN, V19, P213 Schiffrin D, 1988, LINGUISTICS CAMBRIDG, P251 SCOTT S, 1983, J NEUROL NEUROSUR PS, V46, P140, DOI 10.1136/jnnp.46.2.140 SMITH ME, 1995, J VOICE, V9, P453, DOI 10.1016/S0892-1997(05)80210-3 Sullivan M. D., 1996, DISORDERS MOTOR SPEE, P287 WHITWORTH A, 1998, COMMUNICATION DIFFIC WHITWORTH A, 1999, IN PRESS PARTNERSHIP NR 30 TC 6 Z9 6 PU TAYLOR & FRANCIS LTD PI LONDON PA ONE GUNPOWDER SQUARE, LONDON EC4A 3DE, ENGLAND SN 0268-7038 J9 APHASIOLOGY JI Aphasiology PD APR-MAY PY 1999 VL 13 IS 4-5 BP 407 EP 425 PG 19 WC Clinical Neurology SC Neurosciences & Neurology GA 193UH UT WOS:000080155200010 ER PT J AU Friedland, D Miller, N AF Friedland, D Miller, N TI Language mixing in bilingual speakers with Alzheimer's dementia: a conversation analysis approach SO APHASIOLOGY LA English DT Article ID REPAIR AB Bilingual speakers with Alzheimer's disease (AD) may use the wrong language for the setting/interlocutor or produce what appears to be an inappropriate mixture of their two languages. The few published studies to date examining this phenomenon have investigated it within a discourse analysis framework, interpreting the behaviour either as a problem of language choice (choosing the appropriate language in which to converse) or language separation (keeping two languages separate in production). These authors contend that while such a distinction is theoretically feasible, it is extremely problematic to apply these labels to actual conversational data. Using examples from free conversations of four bilingual women with AD, some of the difficulties inherent in a discourse analytic approach to this question are illustrated. Applying principles from conversation analysis (CA) it is argued that a methodology that is data driven and context relevant offers more valuable insights into individuals' language use and interaction. It avoids the inconclusiveness of the choice-separation dichotomy and offers more constructive accounts of whether and how language behaviour is appropriate or not. C1 Univ Newcastle Upon Tyne, Dept Speech, Newcastle Upon Tyne NE1 7RU, Tyne & Wear, England. RP Miller, N (reprint author), Univ Newcastle Upon Tyne, Dept Speech, Newcastle Upon Tyne NE1 7RU, Tyne & Wear, England. CR Bayles K. A., 1987, COMMUNICATION COGNIT BAYLES KA, 1993, DEV NEUROPSYCHOL, V9, P131 Crystal D., 1991, DICT LINGUISTICS PHO De Santi S., 1990, DISCOURSE ABILITY BR, P224 DEBOT K, 1992, APPL LINGUIST, V13, P1, DOI 10.1093/applin/13.1.1 Grosjean F., 1982, LIFE 2 LANGUAGES INT HUGHES CP, 1982, BRIT J PSYCHIAT, V140, P566, DOI 10.1192/bjp.140.6.566 HYLTENSTAM K, 1993, PROGRESSION & REGRESSION IN LANGUAGE, P222 Hyltenstam K., 1989, BILINGUALISM LIFESPA, P202 Hyltenstam K, 1995, ONE SPEAKER 2 LANGUA, P302 Levinson Stephen C., 1983, PRAGMATICS LUDERUS L, 1995, LANGUAGE CHOICE LANG Orange JB, 1996, J SPEECH HEAR RES, V39, P881 Paradis M., 1997, TUTORIALS BILINGUALI, P331 Perkins L, 1998, J NEUROLINGUIST, V11, P33, DOI 10.1016/S0911-6044(98)00004-9 SCHEGLOFF EA, 1977, LANGUAGE, V53, P361, DOI 10.2307/413107 Ulatowska Hanna K., 1988, NEUROPSYCHOLOGICAL S, P108 NR 17 TC 11 Z9 12 PU TAYLOR & FRANCIS LTD PI LONDON PA ONE GUNPOWDER SQUARE, LONDON EC4A 3DE, ENGLAND SN 0268-7038 J9 APHASIOLOGY JI Aphasiology PD APR-MAY PY 1999 VL 13 IS 4-5 BP 427 EP 444 PG 18 WC Clinical Neurology SC Neurosciences & Neurology GA 193UH UT WOS:000080155200011 ER PT J AU Watson, CM Chenery, HJ Carter, MS AF Watson, CM Chenery, HJ Carter, MS TI An analysis of trouble and repair in the natural conversations of people with dementia of the Alzheimer's type SO APHASIOLOGY LA English DT Article ID DISEASE; DISCOURSE; APHASIA; COMMUNICATION; ORGANIZATION; STRATEGIES; PATTERNS AB Conversational Analysis (CA) is increasingly being used to examine the conversations of people with neurogenic language disorders because it allows for the description of how trouble in a conversation is signalled, how it is repaired and to what extent these conversational repairs are successful. The present study has used CA to investigate the frequency and nature of trouble and repair in conversations between persons with Senile Dementia of the Alzheimer's Type (SDAT) and their communication partners. The study recorded spontaneous conversations between 10 subjects with SDAT and 10 control subjects tall unfamiliar to the SDAT subject). The conversations were audiotaped and later transcribed and analysed according to type of Trouble Indicating Behaviour (12), pattern of Repair Trajectory (6), specific Repair Types (7), and whether or not the repair was successful. The results of the study revealed that the normal partners used a high proportion of interactive trouble indicating behaviours to signal a breakdown in the conversation. Whereas indicating trouble in a conversation was more an interactive enterprise between the two conversational partners, the normal partner assumed a greater burden when negotiating the repair sequence. Paraphrasing was an effective repair strategy used by the normal partners. The subjects with SDAT, however, used more non-interactive trouble indicating behaviours reflecting topic maintenance and elaboration difficulty that contributed to conversational dysfluency and discontinuity. There were more instances of inappropriate repair by the SDAT subjects that were sometimes accepted by the normal partner in an attempt to preserve the self esteem of the subject with SDAT and/or to maintain the flow of conversation. The study's findings highlighted the potential usefulness of CA in recommending communication strategies to the partners of individuals with SDAT that are effective in signalling and repairing conversational breakdown. C1 Univ Queensland, Dept Speech Pathol & Audiol, St Lucia, Qld 4072, Australia. RP Chenery, HJ (reprint author), Univ Queensland, Dept Speech Pathol & Audiol, St Lucia, Qld 4072, Australia. EM h.chenery@mailbox.uq.edu.au RI Chenery, Helen/F-5194-2010 CR American Psychiatric Asociation A, 1994, DIAGN STAT MAN MENT Bayles KA, 1991, ARIZONA BATTERY COMM BOHLING HR, 1991, INT J AGING HUM DEV, V33, P249, DOI 10.2190/8U1F-792P-W9XD-1J94 BREMER K, 1987, ADULT LANGUAGE ACQUI, V2, P153 BRINTON B, 1986, J SPEECH HEAR RES, V29, P75 Brown Penelope, 1978, QUESTIONS POLITENESS, P256 CROCKFORD C, 1994, EUR J DISORDER COMM, V29, P165 FERGUSON A, 1994, APHASIOLOGY, V8, P143, DOI 10.1080/02687039408248647 FERGUSON A, 1992, CLIN APHASIOLOGY, V21, P299 FOLSTEIN MF, 1975, J PSYCHIAT RES, V12, P189, DOI 10.1016/0022-3956(75)90026-6 GALLAGHER TM, 1981, J CHILD LANG, V8, P51 GALLAGHER TM, 1977, J SPEECH HEAR RES, V20, P303 Garcia LJ, 1997, BRAIN LANG, V58, P92, DOI 10.1006/brln.1997.1871 Garfinkel H, 1967, STUDIES ETHNOMETHODO Garvey C, 1977, INTERACTION CONVERSA, P63 Goffman E, 1974, FRAME ANAL ESSAY ORG Grice H. P., 1975, LOGIC GRAMMAR, P64 HAMILTON HE, 1988, LINGUISTISCHE BERICH, V113, P53 Hamilton Heidi, 1994, CONVERSATIONS ALZHEI JUVA K, 1994, ACTA NEUROL SCAND, V90, P293 LEVELT WJM, 1983, COGNITION, V14, P41, DOI 10.1016/0010-0277(83)90026-4 LEVINSON SC, 1979, LINGUISTICS, V17, P365, DOI 10.1515/ling.1979.17.5-6.365 Mattis S, 1988, DRS DEMENTIA RATING MCKHANN G, 1984, NEUROLOGY, V34, P939 MCLAUGHLIN ML, 1984, CONVERSATION TALK OR MCNAMARA P, 1992, BRAIN LANG, V42, P38, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(92)90055-J MENTIS M, 1995, J SPEECH HEAR RES, V38, P1054 MILROY L, 1992, CLIN LINGUIST PHONET, V6, P27, DOI 10.3109/02699209208985517 Orange JB, 1996, J SPEECH HEAR RES, V39, P881 PERKINS L, 1995, EUR J DISORDER COMM, V30, P372 REMLER JE, 1978, PAPERS REGIONAL M CH, V14, P391 RIPICH DN, 1988, J SPEECH HEAR DISORD, V53, P8 SABAT SR, 1994, J COMMUNITY APPL SOC, V4, P157, DOI 10.1002/casp.2450040303 SACKS H, 1974, LANGUAGE, V50, P696, DOI 10.2307/412243 SCHEGLOFF EA, 1977, LANGUAGE, V53, P361, DOI 10.2307/413107 SCHEGLOFF EA, 1992, AM J SOCIOL, V97, P1295, DOI 10.1086/229903 Siegel S., 1988, NONPARAMETRIC STAT B VANLIER L, 1988, CLASSROOM LANGUAGE L, P180 VUCINICH S, 1977, SEMIOTICA, V20, P229 NR 39 TC 15 Z9 15 PU TAYLOR & FRANCIS LTD PI LONDON PA ONE GUNPOWDER SQUARE, LONDON EC4A 3DE, ENGLAND SN 0268-7038 J9 APHASIOLOGY JI Aphasiology PD MAR PY 1999 VL 13 IS 3 BP 195 EP 218 DI 10.1080/026870399402181 PG 24 WC Clinical Neurology SC Neurosciences & Neurology GA 170RK UT WOS:000078819700002 ER PT J AU Zemva, N AF Zemva, N TI Aphasic patients and their families: wishes and limits SO APHASIOLOGY LA English DT Article AB Aphasic patients and their relatives meet difficulties in various domains. They are confronted with communication problems. Together with the patient the family has to deal with the fact that the relative is dependent on their help as well as socially different. The goal of the research was to establish handicaps most commonly occurring in the life of aphasic patients and their relatives in a sample attending a speech therapy clinic in Slovenia. The authors were interested in their wishes and expectations. Twenty aphasic patients and 20 of their relatives were interviewed. It has been found that the everyday life of aphasic patients and their relatives is encumbered with a large number of difficulties. The patients are much more troubled by their communication problems than are the family. The latter are more concerned with the problems accompanying aphasia. In expressing wishes, both the patient and the relatives give priority to the hope that the patient will recover the capacity to speak. C1 Inst Rehabil, Ljubljana 1001, Slovenia. RP Zemva, N (reprint author), Inst Rehabil, Linhartova 51,POB 381, Ljubljana 1001, Slovenia. EM nada.zemva@ir-rs.si CR Gainotti G, 1997, APHASIOLOGY, V11, P635, DOI 10.1080/02687039708249412 Hemsley G, 1996, DISABIL REHABIL, V18, P567 HERRMANN M, 1989, APHASIOLOGY, V3, P516 HERRMANN M, 1990, APHASIOLOGY, V4, P527, DOI 10.1080/02687039008248505 KINSELLA GJ, 1979, SCAND J REHABIL MED, V11, P129 LEDORZE G, 1995, APHASIOLOGY, V9, P239 OXENHAM D, 1995, APHASIOLOGY, V9, P477, DOI 10.1080/02687039508248710 PARR S, 1994, APHASIOLOGY, V8, P457, DOI 10.1080/02687039408248670 Sarno MT, 1997, APHASIOLOGY, V11, P665, DOI 10.1080/02687039708249414 SARNO MT, 1993, APHASIOLOGY, V7, P321, DOI 10.1080/02687039308249514 ZRAICK RI, 1991, J SPEECH HEAR RES, V34, P123 NR 11 TC 27 Z9 27 PU TAYLOR & FRANCIS LTD PI LONDON PA ONE GUNPOWDER SQUARE, LONDON EC4A 3DE, ENGLAND SN 0268-7038 J9 APHASIOLOGY JI Aphasiology PD MAR PY 1999 VL 13 IS 3 BP 219 EP 224 DI 10.1080/026870399402190 PG 6 WC Clinical Neurology SC Neurosciences & Neurology GA 170RK UT WOS:000078819700003 ER PT J AU Martin, P Serrano, JM Iglesias, J AF Martin, P Serrano, JM Iglesias, J TI Phonological/semantic errors in two Spanish-speaking patients with anomic aphasia SO APHASIOLOGY LA English DT Article AB Difficulty in finding words is one of the principal characteristics of aphasia. Nevertheless, cognitive neuropsychology models point out that aphasia is not a homogeneous alteration, since it can be caused by different alterations depending on the component of the naming process that is damaged. This paper presents additional evidence for what has been found in the English language, with two cases of Spanish-speaking patients-RMA and JGG-that illustrate two different types of anemia with different altered components. The first of these demonstrates a semantic alteration resulting from difficulties in representation of the meaning of words, leading to semantic errors in the emission of words. The second case, in contrast to the first, demonstrates a phonological alteration, caused by a deficit in the representation of the sound of words, and resulting in phonological errors in the naming task. Results are also compatible with theories that propose different cerebral locations for different anemic deficits, considering the alterations in functional and anatomically differentiated language systems. C1 Univ Autonoma Madrid, Fac Psicol, Dpto Psicol Biol, Madrid 28049, Spain. RP Martin, P (reprint author), Univ Autonoma Madrid, Fac Psicol, Dpto Psicol Biol, Cantoblanco, Madrid 28049, Spain. RI Iglesias, Jaime/C-1036-2011; Serrano, Juan Manuel/B-7149-2011 OI Serrano, Juan Manuel/0000-0002-0708-568X CR CASANOVA JP, 1986, THESIS U NAVARRA NAV DAMASIO AR, 1992, NEW ENGL J MED, V326, P531, DOI 10.1056/NEJM199202203260806 Ellis A. W., 1988, HUMAN COGNITIVE NEUR ELLIS AW, 1985, PROGR PSYCHOL LANGUA, V2 ELLIS AW, 1991, COGNITIVE NEUROPSYCH, P207 GOODGLASS M, 1972, ASSESSMENT APHASIC R HOWARD D, 1984, COGNITIVE NEUROPSYCH, V1, P163, DOI 10.1080/02643298408252021 KAY J, 1987, BRAIN, V110, P613, DOI 10.1093/brain/110.3.613 MESULAM MM, 1990, ANN NEUROL, V28, P597, DOI 10.1002/ana.410280502 SNODGRASS JG, 1980, J EXP PSYCHOL-HUM L, V6, P174, DOI 10.1037/0278-7393.6.2.174 Wechsler D., 1955, WECHSLER ADULT INTEL Wechsler D, 1945, WECHSLER MEMORY SCAL NR 12 TC 3 Z9 3 PU TAYLOR & FRANCIS LTD PI LONDON PA ONE GUNPOWDER SQUARE, LONDON EC4A 3DE, ENGLAND SN 0268-7038 J9 APHASIOLOGY JI Aphasiology PD MAR PY 1999 VL 13 IS 3 BP 225 EP 236 DI 10.1080/026870399402208 PG 12 WC Clinical Neurology SC Neurosciences & Neurology GA 170RK UT WOS:000078819700004 ER PT J AU Ross, KB Wertz, RT AF Ross, KB Wertz, RT TI Comparison of impairment and disability measures for assessing severity of, and improvement in, aphasia SO APHASIOLOGY LA English DT Article ID CONNECTED SPEECH; ADULTS AB The relationship between impairment and disability measures was examined for assessing initial severity of, and change in, aphasia. Twenty-two aphasic adults were administered three aphasia tests at two points in time. Videotaped speech samples were collected and scored using Correct Information Unit and Main Concept analyses. Ten normal listeners viewed randomized, paired pre- and post-samples to provide a social judgement of change. Most impairment measures were significantly related, and most predicted disability scores. Change on most impairment measures was not related, and change on only one impairment measure predicted change in disability. Three of the connected speech measures predicted listener judgements. Thus, some redundancy was observed among measures in the ability to determine severity and measure change, but the results do not support one measure as an adequate replacement for another. Moreover, the relationship between change on the standardized impairment and disability measures and listener perception of change was, at best, moderate. C1 Vet Adm Med Ctr, Nashville, TN 37212 USA. Vanderbilt Univ, Nashville, TN USA. RP Ross, KB (reprint author), Vet Adm Med Ctr, 1310 24th Ave S, Nashville, TN 37212 USA. CR BROOKSHIRE RH, 1994, J SPEECH HEAR RES, V37, P399 DePiero J., 1991, CLIN APHASIOLOGY, V19, P163 Doyle P. J., 1996, AM J SPEECH-LANG PAT, V5, P53, DOI 10.1044/1058-0360.0503.53 DOYLE PJ, 1986, CLIN APHASIOLOGY, V16, P123 DOYLE PJ, 1987, J SPEECH HEAR DISORD, V52, P143 DOYLE PJ, 1989, J APPL BEHAV ANAL, V22, P157, DOI 10.1901/jaba.1989.22-157 FLEISS JL, 1971, PSYCHOL BULL, V76, P378, DOI 10.1037/h0031619 FRATTALI CM, 1992, APHASIOLOGY, V6, P63, DOI 10.1080/02687039208248577 Goodglass H, 1972, ASSESSMENT APHASIA R HOLLAND AL, 1980, CADL TEST FUNCTIONAL Kagan A., 1993, APHASIA TREATMENT WO, P199 Kertesz A., 1982, W APHASIA BATTERY Nicholas Linda E., 1995, Journal of Speech and Hearing Research, V38, P145 NICHOLAS LE, 1993, J SPEECH HEAR RES, V36, P338 Porch B. E., 1967, PORCH INDEX COMMUNIC SANDERS SB, 1978, CLIN APHASIOLOGY C P, V10, P117 Sarno MT, 1969, FUNCTIONAL COMMUNICA WERTZ RT, 1984, CLIN APHASIOLOGY C P, V16, P40 World Health Organization, 1980, INT CLASS IMP DIS HA NR 19 TC 30 Z9 30 PU TAYLOR & FRANCIS LTD PI LONDON PA ONE GUNPOWDER SQUARE, LONDON EC4A 3DE, ENGLAND SN 0268-7038 J9 APHASIOLOGY JI Aphasiology PD FEB PY 1999 VL 13 IS 2 BP 113 EP 124 DI 10.1080/026870399402235 PG 12 WC Clinical Neurology SC Neurosciences & Neurology GA 163LD UT WOS:000078406200002 ER PT J AU Ferguson, A AF Ferguson, A TI Learning in aphasia therapy: It's not so much what you do, but how you do it! SO APHASIOLOGY LA English DT Article ID REHABILITATION C1 Univ Newcastle, Dept Linguist, Newcastle, NSW 2308, Australia. RP Ferguson, A (reprint author), Univ Newcastle, Dept Linguist, Univ Dr, Newcastle, NSW 2308, Australia. CR ARMSTRONG A, 1993, WORLD PERSPECTIVES A, P203 BADDELEY A, 1993, NEUROPSYCHOL REHABIL, V3, P235, DOI 10.1080/09602019308401438 BAILEY S, 1989, APHASIA THERAPY, P178 Bandura A., 1971, SOCIAL LEARNING THEO BASSO A, 1979, ARCH NEUROL-CHICAGO, V36, P190 Beyn E.-S., 1966, CORTEX, V2, P96 Bloom BS, 1954, TAXONOMY ED OBJECTIV Boud D., 1991, CHALLENGE PROBLEM BA BRUMFITT SM, 1989, APHASIA THERAPY, P89 BYNG S, 1994, APHASIOLOGY, V8, P315, DOI 10.1080/02687039408248663 BYNG S, 1995, EUR J DISORDER COMM, V30, P303 BYNG S, 1993, WORLD PERSPECTIVES A Code C., 1994, LANGUAGE INTERVENTIO, P380 DOBSON KS, 1993, AUST PSYCHOL, V28, P137, DOI 10.1080/00050069308258892 Duffy JR, 1994, LANGUAGE INTERVENTIO DYCK MJ, 1993, AUST PSYCHOL, V28, P133, DOI 10.1080/00050069308258891 FAWCUS M, 1989, APHASIA THERAPY, P113 FERGUSON A, 1996, P 3 NAT APH S AUSTR, P53 GALBRAITH MW, 1991, FACILITATING ADULT L HARTMAN J, 1987, ARCH NEUROL-CHICAGO, V44, P646 HELMESTABROOKS NA, 1991, MANUAL APHASIA THERA, P177 Holland A. L., 1991, J NEUROLINGUIST, V6, P197, DOI 10.1016/0911-6044(91)90007-6 Horner J, 1994, LANGUAGE INTERVENTIO, P135 HOUGH MS, 1994, LANGUAGE INTERVENTIO, P246 Howard D., 1987, APHASIA THERAPY HIST JAMES JE, 1993, AUST PSYCHOL, V28, P151, DOI 10.1080/00050069308258894 KATZ RC, 1994, LANGUAGE INTERVENTIO, P322 Kolb DA, 1984, EXPERIENTIAL LEARNIN LAPOINTE LL, 1977, J SPEECH HEAR DISORD, V42, P90 Lecours A. R., 1983, APHASIOLOGY LEE C, 1993, AUST PSYCHOL, V28, P156, DOI 10.1080/00050069308258895 LEIWO M, 1994, APHASIOLOGY, V8, P467, DOI 10.1080/02687039408248671 Luria AR, 1963, RESTORATION FUNCTION MARSHALL J, 1993, APHASIOLOGY, V7, P177, DOI 10.1080/02687039308249505 MARTIN AD, 1981, LANGUAGE INTERVENTIO, P141 MURRAY LL, 1995, APHASIOLOGY, V9, P397, DOI 10.1080/02687039508248212 ONSLOW M, 1995, BEHAV MODIFICATION S PORCH BE, 1994, LANGUAGE INTERVENTIO, P175 RAO PR, 1994, LANGUAGE INTERVENTIO, P358 ROWLEY DT, 1989, APHASIA THERAPY, P171 SHEWAN CM, 1994, LANGUAGE INTERVENTIO, P184 Skinner B., 1969, CONTINGENCIES REINFO Sparks R. W., 1994, LANGUAGE INTERVENTIO, P368 Weigl E, 1961, Z PHONETIK SPRACHWIS, V14, P337 NR 44 TC 19 Z9 19 PU TAYLOR & FRANCIS LTD PI LONDON PA ONE GUNPOWDER SQUARE, LONDON EC4A 3DE, ENGLAND SN 0268-7038 J9 APHASIOLOGY JI Aphasiology PD FEB PY 1999 VL 13 IS 2 BP 125 EP 132 DI 10.1080/026870399402244 PG 8 WC Clinical Neurology SC Neurosciences & Neurology GA 163LD UT WOS:000078406200003 ER PT J AU Grela, B Gandour, J AF Grela, B Gandour, J TI Stress shift in aphasia: a multiple case study SO APHASIOLOGY LA English DT Article ID RIGHT-HEMISPHERE; ACOUSTIC ANALYSIS; SPEECH PRODUCTION; VOWEL PRODUCTION; DAMAGED PATIENTS; PROSODY; COMPREHENSION; DURATION; LANGUAGE; DEFICITS AB An acoustic-perceptual investigation of the Rhythm Rule (RR), a phonological phenomenon in which adjacent stresses are adjusted to avoid 'stress clash' (e.g. thirTEEN vs THIRteen MEN), was undertaken to identify the locus of functional impairments in speech prosody in different aphasic syndromes. Subjects included two left brain-damaged aphasic patients (one fluent, one nonfluent), one right brain-damaged non-aphasic patient, and one non-neurological control. They were instructed to read sentences containing experimental target words ('double stressed'; e.g, fourteen) and matching control words ('initial stressed': e.g, forty) in the presence of a clause boundary or its absence. Perceptual tests indicated that rhythmic disturbances associated with the RR emerged for the non-fluent aphasic only. Acoustic analysis revealed that duration of the final syllable was the principal, auditory correlate of the RR for all talkers but the non-fluent aphasic. Findings are discussed in relation to issues concerning the nature and extent of disruption of the RR, phonology and phonetics of the RR, and more generally dysprosody after brain damage. C1 Purdue Univ, Dept Audiol & Speech Sci, W Lafayette, IN 47907 USA. RP Gandour, J (reprint author), Purdue Univ, Dept Audiol & Speech Sci, Heavilon Hall, W Lafayette, IN 47907 USA. CR BAUM S, 1998, UNPUB NEURAL BASES P Baum SR, 1998, J SPEECH LANG HEAR R, V41, P31 BAUM SR, 1993, BRAIN LANG, V44, P431, DOI 10.1006/brln.1993.1026 BAUM SR, 1990, BRAIN LANG, V39, P33, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(90)90003-Y Baum SR, 1997, APHASIOLOGY, V11, P177, DOI 10.1080/02687039708248463 BAUM SR, 1992, APHASIOLOGY, V6, P501, DOI 10.1080/02687039208249487 BAUM SR, 1993, BRAIN LANG, V44, P414, DOI 10.1006/brln.1993.1025 Baum SR, 1996, BRAIN LANG, V52, P328, DOI 10.1006/brln.1996.0015 BEHRENS SJ, 1988, BRAIN LANG, V33, P104, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(88)90057-0 BEHRENS SJ, 1989, BRAIN LANG, V37, P181, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(89)90014-X BLUMSTEIN SE, 1994, PHILOS T ROY SOC B, V346, P29, DOI 10.1098/rstb.1994.0125 BRYAN KL, 1989, APHASIOLOGY, V3, P285, DOI 10.1080/02687038908249000 CANCELLIERE AEB, 1990, BRAIN COGNITION, V13, P133, DOI 10.1016/0278-2626(90)90046-Q Dabul B. L., 1979, APRAXIA BATTERY ADUL DANLY M, 1982, BRAIN LANG, V16, P171, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(82)90082-7 DYKSTRA K, 1995, APHASIOLOGY, V9, P453, DOI 10.1080/02687039508248709 EMMOREY KD, 1987, BRAIN LANG, V30, P305, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(87)90105-2 Gandour J. T, 1998, HDB NEUROLINGUISTICS, P207, DOI 10.1016/B978-012666055-5/50017-4 Grabe E., 1995, PAPERS LAB PHONOLOGY, V4, P95 GRELA B, 1998, IN PRESS BRAIN LANGU Gussenhoven C., 1991, PHONOLOGY, V8, P1, DOI 10.1017/S0952675700001263 HAYES B, 1984, LINGUIST INQ, V15, P33 Hoskins S., 1995, PAPERS LAB PHONOLOGY, V4, P111 KENT RD, 1987, J SPEECH HEAR DISORD, V52, P367 KENT RD, 1983, J SPEECH HEAR RES, V26, P231 Kertesz A., 1982, W APHASIA BATTERY KLATT DH, 1976, J ACOUST SOC AM, V59, P1208, DOI 10.1121/1.380986 LEVELT W, 1989, SPEAKING INTENTION A LIBERMAN M, 1977, LINGUIST INQ, V8, P249 OUELLETTE GP, 1994, APHASIOLOGY, V8, P257, DOI 10.1080/02687039408248656 Pell MD, 1997, BRAIN LANG, V60, P163 Pell MD, 1997, BRAIN LANG, V57, P195, DOI 10.1006/brln.1997.1736 PIMENTAL PA, 1989, MINI INVENTORY RIGHT RYALLS JH, 1988, APHASIOLOGY, V2, P107, DOI 10.1080/02687038808248897 Ryalls J., 1987, PHONETIC APPROACHES, P23 SLUIJTER AMC, 1995, PHONETICA, V52, P71 VANLANCKER D, 1992, J SPEECH HEAR RES, V35, P963 VIJAYAN A, 1995, BRAIN LANG, V48, P106, DOI 10.1006/brln.1995.1004 VIJAYAN A, 1998, IN PRESS BRAIN LANGU WEINTRAUB S, 1981, ARCH NEUROL-CHICAGO, V38, P742 WENIGER D, 1993, LINGUISTIC DISORDERS, P209 NR 41 TC 8 Z9 8 PU TAYLOR & FRANCIS LTD PI LONDON PA ONE GUNPOWDER SQUARE, LONDON EC4A 3DE, ENGLAND SN 0268-7038 J9 APHASIOLOGY JI Aphasiology PD FEB PY 1999 VL 13 IS 2 BP 151 EP 166 DI 10.1080/026870399402253 PG 16 WC Clinical Neurology SC Neurosciences & Neurology GA 163LD UT WOS:000078406200009 ER PT J AU Cummings, JL AF Cummings, JL TI D. Frank Benson, MD: biography and overview of contributions SO APHASIOLOGY LA English DT Article ID POSTERIOR CORTICAL ATROPHY; MULTI-INFARCT DEMENTIA; ALZHEIMERS-DISEASE; LANGUAGE ALTERATIONS; FRONTAL LEUKOTOMY; VISUAL AGNOSIA; EPILEPSY; DEPRESSION; APHASIA; AMNESIA AB D. Frank Benson (1928-1996) was a formative figure in behavioural neurology and architect of much of the current knowledge structure of neurobehavioural syndromes. He investigated aphasia, amnesia, agnosia, dementia, frontal lobe syndromes, and neuropsychiatric disturbances. The themes that characterize his work are comprehensive mental status assessment, corroboration of the regional significance of clinical findings through radiologic and anatomic studies, emphasis on understanding the neurobiological basis of a wide range of behavioural syndromes, and a commitment to teaching others. C1 Univ Calif Los Angeles, Sch Med, Reed Neurol Res Ctr, Los Angeles, CA 90095 USA. RP Cummings, JL (reprint author), Univ Calif Los Angeles, Sch Med, Reed Neurol Res Ctr, 710 Westwood Plaza, Los Angeles, CA 90095 USA. CR ALEXANDER MP, 1979, NEUROLOGY, V29, P334 Benson D., 1994, NEUROLOGY THINKING BENSON DF, 1973, ARCH NEUROL-CHICAGO, V28, P339 Benson D F, 1973, Br J Psychiatry, V123, P555, DOI 10.1192/bjp.123.5.555 Benson D. F., 1996, APHASIA CLIN PERSPEC BENSON DF, 1974, ARCH NEUROL-CHICAGO, V30, P307 BENSON DF, 1988, ARCH NEUROL-CHICAGO, V45, P789 BENSON DF, 1970, NEW ENGL J MED, V283, P609, DOI 10.1056/NEJM197009172831201 BENSON DF, 1983, ARCH NEUROL-CHICAGO, V40, P711 Benson DF, 1979, APHASIA ALEXIA AGRAP BENSON DF, 1976, CLIN NEUROLOGY, V1, pCH8 BENSON DF, 1982, ALZHEIMERS DIS REPOR, P79 BENSON DF, 1986, ARCH NEUROL-CHICAGO, V43, P471 BENSON DF, 1982, PSYCHIAT ASPECTS NEU, V2 BENSON DF, 1974, ACTA NEUROL SCAND, V50, P133 BENSON DF, 1976, NEUROLOGY, V26, P147 BENSON DF, 1985, DUAL BRAIN HEMISPHER BENSON DF, 1981, ARCH NEUROL-CHICAGO, V38, P165 BENSON DF, 1969, ARCH NEUROL-CHICAGO, V20, P82 BENSON DF, 1982, ARCH NEUROL-CHICAGO, V39, P616 BENSON DF, 1977, ARCH NEUROL-CHICAGO, V34, P327 BENSON DF, 1978, SOUTHERN MED J, V71, P1221 BENSON DF, 1982, NEUROLOGY, V32, P1353 BENSON DF, 1967, J NEUROL NEUROSUR PS, V30, P539, DOI 10.1136/jnnp.30.6.539 BENSON DF, 1988, APHASIOLOGY, V2, P229, DOI 10.1080/02687038808248915 Benson DF, 1975, PSYCHIAT ASPECTS NEU BENSON DF, 1958, NEUROLOGY, V8, P852 BENSON DF, 1967, CORTEX MILANO, V3, P373 Cummings J. L., 1983, DEMENTIA CLIN APPROA CUMMINGS JL, 1985, NEUROLOGY, V35, P394 CUMMINGS JL, 1988, NEUROLOGY, V38, P680 Cummings JL, 1992, DEMENTIA CLIN APPROA, V2nd CUMMINGS JL, 1984, ARCH NEUROL-CHICAGO, V41, P874 CUMMINGS JL, 1980, JAMA-J AM MED ASSOC, P2434 CUMMINGS JL, 1984, NEUROLOGY, V34, P679 FRANKEL M, 1986, NEUROLOGY, V36, P378 GERSON SN, 1977, AM J PSYCHIAT, V134, P966 GILBERT JJ, 1972, J NERV MENT DIS, V154, P461, DOI 10.1097/00005053-197206000-00010 GOULD R, 1986, J NERV MENT DIS, V174, P593, DOI 10.1097/00005053-198610000-00003 Kertesz A, 1970, Cortex, V6, P362 LANDIS T, 1986, ARCH NEUROL-CHICAGO, V43, P132 MAYEUX R, 1979, NEUROLOGY, V29, P1616 MENDEZ MF, 1986, ARCH NEUROL-CHICAGO, V43, P766 MENDEZ MF, 1984, PSYCHOSOMATICS, V25, P883 MERCER B, 1977, ARCH NEUROL-CHICAGO, V34, P429 METTER EJ, 1983, BRAIN LANG, V19, P33, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(83)90054-8 MILLER BL, 1986, J CLIN PSYCHIAT, V47, P204 MILLER R, 1986, M D COMPUT, V3, P34 NAESER MA, 1981, ARCH NEUROL-CHICAGO, V38, P30 POWELL AL, 1988, NEUROLOGY, V38, P717 ROBINSON RG, 1981, BRAIN LANG, V14, P282, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(81)90080-8 RUBENS AB, 1971, ARCH NEUROL-CHICAGO, V24, P305 SELTZER B, 1974, NEUROLOGY, V24, P527 Signer S, 1989, J Neuropsychiatry Clin Neurosci, V1, P40 SIGNER SF, 1990, AM J PSYCHIAT, V147, P235 STUSS D T, 1981, Journal of Clinical Neuropsychology, V3, P13, DOI 10.1080/01688638108403110 STUSS DT, 1986, BRAIN LANG, V28, P66, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(86)90091-X STUSS DT, 1981, BIOL PSYCHIAT, V16, P1085 STUSS DT, 1984, PSYCHOL BULL, V95, P3, DOI 10.1037//0033-2909.95.1.3 Stuss DT, 1986, FRONTAL LOBES TRAUTNER RJ, 1988, AM J PSYCHIAT, V145, P350 VICTOROFF J, 1994, ARCH NEUROL-CHICAGO, V51, P269 VICTOROFF JI, 1994, ARCH NEUROL-CHICAGO, V51, P155 NR 63 TC 1 Z9 1 PU TAYLOR & FRANCIS LTD PI LONDON PA ONE GUNPOWDER SQUARE, LONDON EC4A 3DE, ENGLAND SN 0268-7038 J9 APHASIOLOGY JI Aphasiology PD JAN PY 1999 VL 13 IS 1 BP 3 EP 11 DI 10.1080/026870399402280 PG 9 WC Clinical Neurology SC Neurosciences & Neurology GA 159MR UT WOS:000078177900002 ER PT J AU Alexander, MP AF Alexander, MP TI D. Frank Benson, MD: contributions to clinical aphasiology SO APHASIOLOGY LA English DT Article C1 Harvard Univ, Sch Med, Boston, MA USA. RP Alexander, MP (reprint author), Beth Israel Deaconess Med Ctr, Behav Neurol Unit, 330 Brookline Ave, Boston, MA 02215 USA. CR ADAMS RD, 1972, PRINCIPLES NEUROLOGY, P317 ALAJOUANINE T, 1956, BRAIN, V79, P1, DOI 10.1093/brain/79.1.1 ALEXANDER MP, 1992, BRAIN LANG, V43, P83, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(92)90022-7 Annett M, 1996, NEUROPSYCHOLOGIA, V34, P1215, DOI 10.1016/0028-3932(96)00048-6 BENSON DF, 1973, ARCH NEUROL-CHICAGO, V28, P339 BENSON DF, 1979, ARCH NEUROL-CHICAGO, V36, P187 Benson D F, 1973, Br J Psychiatry, V123, P555, DOI 10.1192/bjp.123.5.555 Benson D. F., 1971, CLIN NEUROLOGY Benson D. F., 1996, APHASIA CLIN PERSPEC BENSON DF, 1967, CORTEX MILANO, V3, P373 BRAIN WR, 1969, DIS NERV SYST, P95 Buckingham H. W., 1992, CONDUCTION APHASIA, P77 Dejerine J, 1891, MEMOIRES SOC BIOL, V3, P197 DEMONET JF, 1992, BRAIN, V115, P1753, DOI 10.1093/brain/115.6.1753 GESCHWIN.N, 1965, BRAIN, V88, P585, DOI 10.1093/brain/88.3.585 GESCHWIN.N, 1965, BRAIN, V88, P237, DOI 10.1093/brain/88.2.237 Goodglass H, 1972, ASSESSMENT APHASIA R KERTESZ A, 1977, BRAIN, V100, P1, DOI 10.1093/brain/100.1.1 Kertesz A, 1970, Cortex, V6, P362 LHERMITTE F, 1969, HDB CLIN NEUROLOGY, P84 MERRITT HH, 1967, TXB NEUROLOGY, P193 NIELSEN JM, 1962, CLIN NEUROLOGY, V1, P433 Palumbo C. L., 1992, CONDUCTION APHASIA, P51 ROBINSON RG, 1981, BRAIN LANG, V14, P282, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(81)90080-8 ROBINSON RG, 1981, ANN NEUROL, V9, P447, DOI 10.1002/ana.410090506 WALTON JN, 1977, DIS NERV SYST, P98 Wernicke C., 1874, APHASICHE SYMPTOMEN NR 27 TC 0 Z9 0 PU TAYLOR & FRANCIS LTD PI LONDON PA ONE GUNPOWDER SQUARE, LONDON EC4A 3DE, ENGLAND SN 0268-7038 J9 APHASIOLOGY JI Aphasiology PD JAN PY 1999 VL 13 IS 1 BP 13 EP 20 DI 10.1080/026870399402299 PG 8 WC Clinical Neurology SC Neurosciences & Neurology GA 159MR UT WOS:000078177900003 ER PT J AU Lecours, AR AF Lecours, AR TI Frank Benson's teachings on acquired disorders of written language (with addenda) SO APHASIOLOGY LA English DT Article ID DYSLEXIA; LITERACY; LEXICON AB Benson's taxonomy of alexia and agraphia is presented. Clinical characterization of the different alexias is reviewed. It is pointed out that Benson rightfully insisted on the following facts: A past history of developmental dyslexia may have a strong impact on the clinical manifestations of acquired dyslexia and dysgraphia; clinical evidence can also vary from one writing system to another; and recovery of acquired reading and writing disorders is in certain cases related to a takeover of the right-hemisphere. An attempt at reconciliating neurosciences and cognitive sciences is introduced in the second section of the paper. A model for reading aloud and a model for writing to dictation are presented. It is proposed that there are three manners of reading and writing related to occipital-frontal interactions for reading aloud and retrorolandic-frontal interactions for writing. Finally, occipital alexia, parietal-temporal alexia, frontal alexia and agraphia are examined from both the neuroscience point of view and from the cognitive sciences perspective. C1 Univ Montreal, Quebec City, PQ, Canada. RP Lecours, AR (reprint author), Ctr Rech, Inst Geriatrie, 4565 Chemin Reine Marie, Montreal, PQ H3W 1W5, Canada. CR Alajouanine T., 1949, ENCEPHALE, V28, P245 Alajouanine T., 1964, REV NEUROL, V110, P5 ARDILA A, 1989, BRAIN ORG LANGUAGE C, P147 BEHRMANN M, 1992, COGNITIVE NEUROPSYCH, V9, P209, DOI 10.1080/02643299208252059 BENSON DF, 1981, NEUROPSYCHOLOGICAL C, P69 Benson DF., 1985, HDB CLIN NEUROLOGY, P433 Benson DF, 1979, APHASIA ALEXIA AGRAP Benson DF, 1969, HDB CLIN NEUROLOGY, V4, P112 BENSON DF, 1994, NEUROLOGY THINKING, P141 BENSON DF, 1971, NEUROLOGY, V21, P951 BENSON DF, 1982, NEUROLOGY APHASIA, P139 BENSON DF, 1977, ARCH NEUROL-CHICAGO, V34, P327 BERTELSON P, 1986, COGNITION, V24, P1, DOI 10.1016/0010-0277(86)90002-8 BOUTON CP, 1984, DISCOURS PHYSIQUE LA Braak H, 1996, ACTA NEUROPATHOL, V92, P197 BROCA P, 1864, GAZETTE HOPITAUX CIV, P35 BROWN JW, 1983, J AM ACAD PSYCHOAN, V11, P35 BUB A, 1987, COGNITIVE NEUROPSYCH, P79 Bunge M., 1980, MIND BODY PROBLEM CARAMAZZA A, 1985, COGNITIVE NEUROPSYCH, V2, P81, DOI 10.1080/02643298508252862 CAREMELLI P, 1997, ALZHEIMERS DIS ASS D, V11, P9 CHARCOT JB, 1892, MEMOIRES SOC BIOL, V39, P235 CHARCOT JM, 1883, DIFFERNTI FORME AFAS COLTHEART M, 1983, FUNCTIONS RIGHT HEMI, P172 Coltheart M., 1980, DEEP DYSLEXIA Coltheart M., 1980, DEEP DYSLEXIA, P326 Dejerine J., 1914, SEMIOLOGIE AFFECTION Derouesne J., 1985, SURFACE DYSLEXIA, P399 Exner S., 1881, UNTERSUCHUNGEN LOKAL Goodman R. A., 1986, LANG COGNITIVE PROC, V1, P263, DOI 10.1080/01690968608404678 GREENBLATT SH, 1976, BRAIN LANG, V3, P229, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(76)90019-5 HANNEQUIN D, 1990, AGRAPHIES, P291 Hecaen H., 1978, HUMAN NEUROPSYCHOLOG Hjelmslev Louis, 1966, LANGAGE Joanette Y., 1990, RIGHT HEMISPHERE VER JOB R, 1984, Q J EXP PSYCHOL-A, V36, P435 JOUBERT S, 1998, UNPUB COGNITIVE NEUR KAES T, 1907, GROSSHIMRINDE MENCHE Lecours A. R., 1979, APHASIE LECOURS AR, 1981, JARGONAPHASIA, P9 LECOURS AR, 1979, APHASIE, P85 LECOURS AR, 1990, SPR S NEUR, P60 LECOURS AR, 1980, APHASIA, P212 LECOURS AR, 1998, NEUROBEHAVIOR LANGUA LECOURS AR, 1998, CONSCIOUSNESS FRONTI, P167 LECOURS AR, 1996, LANGUAGE ECRIT HIST LECOURS AR, 1976, BRAIN LANG, V3, P88, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(76)90008-0 Lhermitte F., 1973, CORTEX, V9, P433 LITTRE E., 1966, DICT LANGUE FRANCAIS, Vtroisieme MANN VA, 1986, COGNITION, V24, P65, DOI 10.1016/0010-0277(86)90005-3 MARIE P, 1888, PROGR MED, V7, P81 MARSHALL JC, 1973, J PSYCHOLINGUIST RES, V2, P175, DOI 10.1007/BF01067101 MORAIS J, 1986, COGNITION, V24, P45, DOI 10.1016/0010-0277(86)90004-1 Nespoulous J.-L., 1987, MOTOR SENSORY PROCES, P53 Patterson KE, 1985, SURFACE DYSLEXIA NEU PERECMAN E, 1981, JARGONAPHASIA, P177 READ C, 1986, COGNITION, V24, P31, DOI 10.1016/0010-0277(86)90003-X RIBOT T, 1894, MALADIES MEMOIRE RUIZ A, 1994, BRAIN LANG, V46, P245, DOI 10.1006/brln.1994.1015 TAINTURIER MJ, 1986, THESIS U MONTREAL QU TERRACE HS, 1979, SCIENCE, V206, P891, DOI 10.1126/science.504995 TOMATIS A, 1963, OREILLE LANGAGE Wernicke C., 1874, APHASISCHE SYMPTOMEN Yakovlev P. I., 1967, REGIONAL DEV BRAIN E, P3 YAKOVLEV P I, 1963, Recent Adv Biol Psychiatry, V6, P21 NR 65 TC 1 Z9 1 PU PSYCHOLOGY PRESS PI HOVE PA 27 CHURCH RD, HOVE BN3 2FA, EAST SUSSEX, ENGLAND SN 0268-7038 J9 APHASIOLOGY JI Aphasiology PD JAN PY 1999 VL 13 IS 1 BP 21 EP 40 DI 10.1080/026870399402307 PG 20 WC Clinical Neurology SC Neurosciences & Neurology GA 159MR UT WOS:000078177900004 ER PT J AU Mega, MS AF Mega, MS TI D. Frank Benson's quest for a better view: the neuro-imaging of neurobehaviour SO APHASIOLOGY LA English DT Article ID DEMENTIA; LANGUAGE; MEMORY; PET AB Neuro-imaging developed in the last half of this century at a time when neuro-behaviour was rejuvenated by greater interest in the cognitive correlates of structural and functional brain lesions. Perhaps more than any other individual within the growing behavioural neuroscience discipline D. Frank Benson embraced the latest neuro-imaging techniques of the rime and applied them to the cognitive and behavioural deficits he found through careful examination of patients. From the early days of pneumoencephalography to radioisotope scanning, cisternography, computed tomography, magnetic resonance imaging, and positron emission tomography, Benson sought out the best imaging technique that promised a better view of brain behaviour relationships. His interests were far reaching and open minded but he always stressed the primacy of the careful clinical exam above any laboratory result. This review of his contribution to neuro-imaging in behavioural neurology documents the new vistas he helped open for those who followed his lead through these rich landscapes; and emphasizes the caution necessary when mapping brain behaviour relationships. C1 Univ Calif Los Angeles, Sch Med, Dept Neurol, Los Angeles, CA 90095 USA. RP Mega, MS (reprint author), Univ Calif Los Angeles, Sch Med, Dept Neurol, Box 951769, Los Angeles, CA 90095 USA. CR ANGEL RW, 1959, NEUROLOGY, V9, P426 BENSON DF, 1984, SEMIN NEUROL, V4, P169, DOI 10.1055/s-2008-1041546 BENSON DF, 1988, ARCH NEUROL-CHICAGO, V45, P789 BENSON DF, 1986, NEUROL CLIN, V4, P341 BENSON DF, 1967, CORTEX, V3, P258 BENSON DF, 1970, NEW ENGL J MED, V283, P609, DOI 10.1056/NEJM197009172831201 BENSON DF, 1983, ARCH NEUROL-CHICAGO, V40, P711 BENSON DF, 1982, NEUROLOGY NEUROSURGE, V3, P1 BENSON DF, 1983, LOCALIZATION NEUROPS, P121 BENSON DF, 1984, PSYCHIAT ANN, V14, P192 BENSON DF, 1983, BIOL ASPECTS ALZHEIM, P309 BENSON DF, 1967, CORTEX MILANO, V3, P373 BENSON DW, 1982, PEDIATR CARDIOL, V2, P39, DOI 10.1007/BF02265615 KEMPLER D, 1990, J NEUROL NEUROSUR PS, V53, P987, DOI 10.1136/jnnp.53.11.987 METTER EJ, 1983, BRAIN LANG, V19, P33, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(83)90054-8 PATTEN DH, 1968, J NUCL MED, V9, P457 Wernicke C., 1874, APHASISCHE SYMPTOMEN NR 17 TC 1 Z9 1 PU TAYLOR & FRANCIS LTD PI LONDON PA ONE GUNPOWDER SQUARE, LONDON EC4A 3DE, ENGLAND SN 0268-7038 J9 APHASIOLOGY JI Aphasiology PD JAN PY 1999 VL 13 IS 1 BP 41 EP 53 DI 10.1080/026870399402316 PG 13 WC Clinical Neurology SC Neurosciences & Neurology GA 159MR UT WOS:000078177900005 ER PT J AU Ardila, A AF Ardila, A TI The role of insula in language: an unsettled question SO APHASIOLOGY LA English DT Article ID BUCCOFACIAL APRAXIA; AUDITORY AGNOSIA; CT SCAN; APHASIA; LOCALIZATION; LESION; MUTISM; CORTEX; BRAIN; PET AB In this paper some of Benson's ideas about the role of the insula in language are developed. It is proposed that the insula is involved in tao different aspects of language. On one hand, the insula should be regarded as a part of the brain language area. Damage to the insula frequently results in aphasia. Among the various language disturbances associated with damage in the left insula are Broca's aphasia, conduction aphasia, and the word-deafness component of Wernicke's aphasia. Apraxia of speech and mutism have been also reported associated with insula damage. Then on the other hand, recent studies of anatomical connections of the insula point to an important viscero-limbic role and it has been suggested that the insula may influence verbal motivation and verbal affect. C1 Miami Inst Psychol, Miami, FL 33166 USA. RP Ardila, A (reprint author), Miami Inst Psychol, 8180 NW 36 St, Miami, FL 33166 USA. CR Albert M. L., 1981, CLIN ASPECTS DYSPHAS ALEXANDER MP, 1987, BRAIN, V110, P961, DOI 10.1093/brain/110.4.961 ALEXANDER MP, 1989, BRAIN LANG, V37, P656, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(89)90118-1 ARDILA A, 1989, BRAIN ORG LANGUAGE C, P147 Ardila A, 1997, APHASIOLOGY, V11, P1159, DOI 10.1080/02687039708249438 Augustine JR, 1996, BRAIN RES REV, V22, P229, DOI 10.1016/S0165-0173(96)00011-2 AZIZ O, 1987, GASTROENTEROLOGY, V113, P50 Baker SC, 1997, PSYCHOL MED, V27, P565, DOI 10.1017/S0033291797004856 Benson D. F., 1996, APHASIA CLIN PERSPEC BENSON DF, 1971, CLIN NEUROLOGY, V1, P112 Benson DF, 1979, APHASIA ALEXIA AGRAP Bernheim F., 1900, APHASIE MOTRICE Bonda E, 1996, J NEUROPHYSIOL, V75, P1730 BOTTINI G, 1994, EXP BRAIN RES, V99, P164 Cappa S. F., 1987, APHASIOLOGY, V1, P35, DOI 10.1080/02687038708248809 Cummings JL, 1992, DEMENTIA CLIN APPROA, V2nd Damasio H, 1983, LOCALIZATION NEUROPS, P231 Dejerine J., 1914, SEMIOLOGIE AFFECTION Dronkers NF, 1996, NATURE, V384, P159, DOI 10.1038/384159a0 Fifer R C, 1993, J Am Acad Audiol, V4, P364 Foundas AL, 1997, NEUROPSY NEUROPSY BE, V10, P81 Freud S, 1891, APHASIA CRITICAL STU GAZZANIGA M S, 1973, Cortex, V9, P136 GOLDSTEIN K, 1911, ARCH PSYCHIAT NEUROL, V48, P408 Goodglass H, 1972, ASSESSMENT APHASIA R Griffiths TD, 1997, BRAIN, V120, P785, DOI 10.1093/brain/120.5.785 GROSWASSER Z, 1988, BRAIN LANG, V34, P157, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(88)90129-0 HABIB M, 1995, NEUROPSYCHOLOGIA, V33, P327, DOI 10.1016/0028-3932(94)00108-2 HEAD H, 1920, APHASIA KINDRED DISO HENDERSON VW, 1985, ARCH NEUROL-CHICAGO, V42, P1210 KABAYAKAWA T, 1996, NEUROSCI LETT, V212, P155 KERTESZ A, 1991, APHASIOLOGY, V5, P207, DOI 10.1080/02687039108248525 Kertesz A., 1983, LOCALIZATION NEUROPS, P209 KERTESZ A, 1979, BRAIN LANG, V8, P34, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(79)90038-5 Kertesz A, 1981, JARGONAPHASIA, P63 Levine DN, 1983, LOCALIZATION NEUROPS, P185 Lichtheim L., 1885, BRAIN, V7, P433 LIEPMANN H, 1902, MANUSCHRIFT PSYCHIAT, V17, P289 Luria A. R., 1966, HIGHER CORTICAL FUNC Luria AR, 1970, TRAUMATIC APHASIA MAZZOCCHI F, 1979, CORTEX, V15, P627 MCCARTHY G, 1993, P NATL ACAD SCI USA, V90, P4952, DOI 10.1073/pnas.90.11.4952 Mesulam M. M, 1985, PRINCIPLES BEHAV NEU, P1 Mesulam M. M., 1985, CEREB CORTEX, V4, P179 Mohr J. P., 1976, STUDIES NEUROLINGUIS, V1, P201 MOHR JP, 1978, NEUROLOGY, V28, P311 MURDOCH BE, 1988, APHASIOLOGY, V2, P437, DOI 10.1080/02687038808248952 MURDOCH BE, 1986, AUSTR J HUMAN COMMUN, V14, P5 NIELSEN J, 1936, AGNOSIA APRAXIA APHA Nielsen J. M., 1942, B LOS ANGELES NEUROL, V8, P131 Penfield W, 1959, SPEECH BRAIN MECH PINEDA D, 1992, APHASIOLOGY, V6, P285, DOI 10.1080/02687039208248598 Price CJ, 1996, P ROY SOC B-BIOL SCI, V263, P1501, DOI 10.1098/rspb.1996.0219 ROUSSEAUX M, 1990, REV NEUROL, V146, P345 Rumsey JM, 1997, BRAIN, V120, P739, DOI 10.1093/brain/120.5.739 SCHIFF HB, 1983, ARCH NEUROL-CHICAGO, V40, P720 SHUREN J, 1993, J NEUROL, V240, P216, DOI 10.1007/BF00818707 SIGNORET JL, 1984, BRAIN LANG, V22, P303, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(84)90096-8 STARKSTEIN SE, 1988, BRAIN LANG, V34, P253, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(88)90137-X SUSSMAN NM, 1983, J NEUROSURG, V59, P514, DOI 10.3171/jns.1983.59.3.0514 Wernicke C., 1874, APHASISCHE SYMTOMENK Xu XP, 1997, NEUROREPORT, V8, P555, DOI 10.1097/00001756-199701200-00035 YAQUB BA, 1988, BRAIN, V111, P457, DOI 10.1093/brain/111.2.457 NR 63 TC 25 Z9 25 PU TAYLOR & FRANCIS LTD PI LONDON PA ONE GUNPOWDER SQUARE, LONDON EC4A 3DE, ENGLAND SN 0268-7038 J9 APHASIOLOGY JI Aphasiology PD JAN PY 1999 VL 13 IS 1 BP 79 EP 87 DI 10.1080/026870399402334 PG 9 WC Clinical Neurology SC Neurosciences & Neurology GA 159MR UT WOS:000078177900007 ER PT J AU Yoshihata, H Watamori, T Chujo, T Masuyama, K AF Yoshihata, H Watamori, T Chujo, T Masuyama, K TI Acquisition and generalization of mode interchange skills in people with severe aphasia SO APHASIOLOGY LA English DT Article ID COMMUNICATION AB The purpose of this study was to investigate the acquisition and generalization of mode interchange skills in people with severe aphasia. The experiment had three phases. In the first, three subjects were trained to acquire gestures for and to draw items used in the experiment. In the second phase, subjects were trained to change the communication mode, that is, drawing to gesture or gesture to drawing, in a 'request' situation using a single-subject design. The third phase was a probe for generalization. Subjects acquired both gestures and drawings, however none used these mode interchange skills spontaneously and needed additional training using prompt signs to signal mode interchange. Further the responses of communication partners were noted to determine the use of mode interchange skills. To increase non-verbal communication flexibility, it appeared to be important that partners wait for another response by the subject and thus provide the subject with an opportunity to use the mode interchange skills. C1 Hiroshima Prefectural Coll Hlth & Welfare, Dept Commun Disorders, Hiroshima 7230053, Japan. Aida Mem Hosp, Ibaragi, Japan. Chofu Hosp, Tokyo, Japan. RP Yoshihata, H (reprint author), Hiroshima Prefectural Coll Hlth & Welfare, Dept Commun Disorders, 1-1 Gakuenmachi, Hiroshima 7230053, Japan. CR Coelho C., 1991, CLIN APHASIOLOGY, V19, P209 COELHO CA, 1987, BRAIN LANG, V31, P328, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(87)90078-2 CUBELLI R, 1991, COGNITIVE NEUROPSYCH, V8, P369, DOI 10.1080/02643299108253378 Davis G., 1981, LANGUAGE INTERVENTIO, P169 GARRETT KL, 1996, ADULT APHASIA REHABI, P259 Garrett KL, 1995, CLIN APHASIOL, V23, P237 GARRY F, 1989, VET CLIN N AM-FOOD A, V5, P55 HASEGAWA T, 1975, MANUAL STANDARD LANG Holland A., 1980, COMMUNICATIVE ABILIT Kagan A., 1993, APHASIA TREATMENT WO, P199 KRAAT AW, 1990, APHASIOLOGY, V4, P321, DOI 10.1080/02687039008249086 Mochizuki A., 1988, J MULTIHANDICAPPED P, V1, P233, DOI 10.1007/BF01102626 PURDY MH, 1994, CLIN APHASIOL, V22, P345 SimmonsMackie NN, 1995, CLIN APHASIOL, V23, P95 WATAMORI T, 1990, COMMUNICATION ADL TE NR 15 TC 7 Z9 7 PU TAYLOR & FRANCIS LTD PI LONDON PA ONE GUNPOWDER SQUARE, LONDON EC4A 3DE, ENGLAND SN 0268-7038 J9 APHASIOLOGY JI Aphasiology PD DEC PY 1998 VL 12 IS 12 BP 1035 EP 1045 DI 10.1080/02687039808249468 PG 11 WC Clinical Neurology SC Neurosciences & Neurology GA 148LA UT WOS:000077505700001 ER PT J AU Sohlberg, MM Todis, B Glang, A AF Sohlberg, MM Todis, B Glang, A TI SCEMA: a team-based approach to serving secondary students with executive dysfunction following brain injury SO APHASIOLOGY LA English DT Article ID MEMORY; SCHOOL C1 Univ Oregon, Eugene, OR 97403 USA. RP Sohlberg, MM (reprint author), Univ Oregon, 5252, Eugene, OR 97403 USA. CR Albin R. W., 1988, GENERALIZATION MAINT, P99 BOLICK N, 1991, AM SCH BOARD J, V178, P34 BUTTERS MA, 1993, J CLIN EXP NEUROPSYC, V15, P219, DOI 10.1080/01688639308402559 COHEN SB, 1991, J HEAD TRAUMA REHAB, V6, P56, DOI 10.1097/00001199-199103000-00010 COOLEY E, 1991, J HEAD TRAUMA REHAB, V6, P47, DOI 10.1097/00001199-199103000-00009 DUNLAP G, 1993, BEHAV ANAL TREATMENT Engelmann S., 1982, THEORY INSTRUCTION P FERGUSON DL, 1992, WHEN INCLUSION ISOLA FINLAYSON MA, 1994, BRAIN INJURY REHABIL FLOWER JC, 1993, HDB CONSULTATION SER FOX TJ, 1980, QUALITY ED SEVERELY GLANG A, 1996, FAMILIES CHILDREN AC GLANG A, 1989, J SPECIAL ED TECHNOL, V10, P137 Glang A., 1992, J HEAD TRAUMA REHAB, V7, P93, DOI 10.1097/00001199-199212000-00011 GLISKY EL, 1986, J HEAD TRAUMA REHAB, V1, P54, DOI 10.1097/00001199-198609000-00009 GRENOTSCHEYER M, 1994, J ASSOC PERS SEVERE, V19, P253 HALL B, 1984, INT REV EDUC, V30, P289 HARRIS JE, 1980, MEM COGNITION, V8, P31, DOI 10.3758/BF03197549 Horner R. H., 1982, DESIGN HIGH SCH PROG, P61 Horner R. H., 1986, ED LEARNERS SEVERE H, P289 KOEGEL LK, 1986, J APPL BEHAV ANAL, V19, P425, DOI 10.1901/jaba.1986.19-425 KRAEMER BR, 1997, STUDENTS ACQUIRED BR, P3 Lash M, 1993, NeuroRehabilitation, V3, P13, DOI 10.3233/NRE-1993-3304 LEHR E, 1990, PSYCHOL MANAGEMENT T, P133 MATEER CA, 1996, J HEAD TRAUMA REHAB, V11, P65 MILLER E, 1980, J NEUROL NEUROSUR PS, V43, P525, DOI 10.1136/jnnp.43.6.525 MOUNT B, 1988, WHAT ARE WE LEARNING NAGLE RJ, 1982, SCH PSYCHOL REV, V11, P359 OBRIEN J, 1989, ACTION INCLUSION IMP Parente R., 1996, RETRAINING COGNITION PECK CA, 1993, ANN C ASS PERS SEV H Raskin SA, 1996, J HEAD TRAUMA REHAB, V11, P32 ROSEN CD, 1986, HEAD TRAUMA ED REINT Rosenshine B., 1986, HDB RES TEACHING, P376 SALISBURY CL, 1995, EXCEPT CHILDREN, V62, P125 Savage RC, 1997, J HEAD TRAUMA REHAB, V12, P11, DOI 10.1097/00001199-199704000-00003 SNOW J, 1987, SUPPORT CIRCLES BUIL SOHLBERG MM, 1989, J CLIN EXP NEUROPSYC, V11, P871, DOI 10.1080/01688638908400941 Sohlberg MM, 1998, BRAIN INJURY, V12, P333 SOWERS JA, 1996, ROAD AUTONOMY PROMOT STAUB D, 1994, J ASSOC PERS SEVERE, V19, P314 Strully C., 1985, J ASSOC PERS SEVERE, V10, P224 SZEKERES S, 1985, HEAD INJURY REHABILI Todis B, 1997, STUDENTS ACQUIRED BR, P33 TODIS B, 1993, FOCUS EXCEPT CHILD, V26, P1 VANDERCOOK T, 1989, J ASSOC PERS SEVERE, V14, P205 Willer B., 1990, NEUROBEHAVIORAL SEQU Yin R. K., 1989, CASE STUDY RES DESIG Ylvisaker M, 1991, J HEAD TRAUMA REHAB, V6, P10, DOI 10.1097/00001199-199103000-00006 YLVISAKER M, 1994, ED DIMENSIONS ACQUIR ZENICUS A, 1991, BRAIN INJURY, V5, P321 ZENICUS A, 1990, BRAIN INJURY, V4, P33 ZOREP L, 1993, OR C U OR EUG OR US Zwernick K., 1988, ITS NEVER TOO EARLY NR 54 TC 4 Z9 4 PU TAYLOR & FRANCIS LTD PI LONDON PA ONE GUNPOWDER SQUARE, LONDON EC4A 3DE, ENGLAND SN 0268-7038 J9 APHASIOLOGY JI Aphasiology PD DEC PY 1998 VL 12 IS 12 BP 1047 EP 1061 DI 10.1080/02687039808249469 PG 15 WC Clinical Neurology SC Neurosciences & Neurology GA 148LA UT WOS:000077505700002 ER PT J AU Annoni, JM Khateb, A Custodi, MC Debeauvais, V Michel, CM Landis, T AF Annoni, JM Khateb, A Custodi, MC Debeauvais, V Michel, CM Landis, T TI Advantage of semantic language therapy in chronic aphasia: a study of three cases SO APHASIOLOGY LA English DT Article ID RIGHT-HEMISPHERE; WORD RETRIEVAL; RECOVERY; DEFICITS AB The aim of this study was to determine the effects of semantically and of phonologically oriented therapies on word-finding recovery in chronic aphasic patients, more than 3 years after their stroke. For this purpose, three patients were selected who differed in their residual difficulties in language processing: the first patient (JHN) showed problems in both semantic and phonological processing, the second patient (GE) showed difficulties predominantly in semantic functions, and the third patient (EG) suffered mainly from difficulties in phonological processing. All three patients underwent two intensive multimodal therapies, one semantically and the other phonologically oriented. Both types of therapy were applied for 1 month, with a break of 2 months between them. Patient JHN, with both semantic and phonological residual difficulties after his left franto-temporo-insular stroke, showed a significant improvement in his naming abilities after semantically-oriented therapy only. Patient GE with semantic residual difficulties after a left capsulo-lenticular stroke responded significantly better to semantic than to phonological therapy. Patient EG, with phonological residual difficulties after a left sylvian anterior stroke did not respond to any therapy. Moreover, after the total therapy sessions, which consisted of both semantic and phonological therapy, the overall improvement in the naming tasks was significant for JHN and GE but not for EG. These results support the view that, in chronic aphasic patients, improvement of language, and specifically of naming abilities, is still possible several years after the stroke. This progress in word finding seems to be more related to improvements in semantic than in phonological abilities, a finding that might be due to the participation of the right hemisphere specific linguistic abilities in language recovery. C1 Geneva Univ Hosp, Geneva, Switzerland. RP Annoni, JM (reprint author), Neurol Clin, 24 Rue Micheli du Crest, CH-1211 Geneva 14, Switzerland. CR BACHYLANGEDOCK N, 1989, BATTERIA EXAMENS TRO Basso A, 1997, NEUROPSYCHOL REHABIL, V7, P215, DOI 10.1080/713755533 BERLIN P, 1996, NEUROLOGY, V47, P1504 Best W, 1997, NEUROPSYCHOL REHABIL, V7, P105 Cappa SF, 1997, BRAIN LANG, V56, P55, DOI 10.1006/brln.1997.1737 CARAMAZZA A, 1993, NEUROPSYCHOL REHABIL, V3, P217, DOI 10.1080/09602019308401437 CHIARELLO C, 1985, BRAIN LANG, V26, P146, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(85)90034-3 Code C., 1987, LANGUAGE APHASIA RIG COLOMBO FT, 1992, EUR REV APPL PSYCHOL, V42, P67 CUMMINGS JL, 1979, NEUROLOGY, V29, P1547 DELL GS, 1981, J VERB LEARN VERB BE, V20, P611, DOI 10.1016/S0022-5371(81)90202-4 DEPARTZ MP, 1986, COGNITIVE NEUROPSYCH, V3, P149, DOI 10.1080/02643298608252674 DREWS E, 1987, NEUROPSYCHOLOGIA, V25, P419, DOI 10.1016/0028-3932(87)90029-7 EISENSON J, 1973, ADULT APHASIA GAZZANIGA M. S., 1970, THE BISECTED BRAIN GOULET P, 1994, BRAIN LANG, V46, P257, DOI 10.1006/brln.1994.1016 GOWERS WR, 1987, LECT DIAGNOSIS DIS B HARLEY TA, 1993, LANG COGNITIVE PROC, V8, P251 HILLIS AE, 1989, ARCH PHYSICAL MED RE, V7, P623 HILLIS AE, 1995, MEMORY, V3, P333, DOI 10.1080/09658219508253156 HOWARD D, 1985, BRAIN, V108, P817 Joanette Y., 1990, RIGHT HEMISPHERE VER KERTESZ A, 1977, BRAIN, V100, P1, DOI 10.1093/brain/100.1.1 Lecours A. R., 1979, APHASIE LEDORZE G, 1994, APHASIOLOGY, V8, P127 LEDORZE G, 1995, APHASIOLOGY, V9, P51 Lemay M. A, 1990, EXAMEN DYSLEXIES ACQ Mazaux J. M., 1981, BOSTON DIAGNOSTIC AP Michel Christoph M., 1997, Neurology, V48, pA306 MOHR B, 1994, NEUROPSYCHOLOGIA, V32, P105, DOI 10.1016/0028-3932(94)90073-6 MOORE WH, 1984, CORTEX, V20, P193 Nettleton J., 1991, J NEUROLINGUIST, V6, P139, DOI 10.1016/0911-6044(91)90004-3 Ohyama M, 1996, STROKE, V27, P897 PAPANICOLAOU AC, 1988, ARCH NEUROL-CHICAGO, V45, P1025 Petit J. M., 1979, BRAIN LANG, V7, P191, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(79)90016-6 PRING T, 1990, APHASIOLOGY, V4, P479, DOI 10.1080/02687039008248788 RAYMAN J, 1991, BRAIN LANG, V40, P89, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(91)90118-K WIEGELCRUMP C, 1973, CORTEX, V9, P412 NR 38 TC 11 Z9 11 PU TAYLOR & FRANCIS LTD PI LONDON PA ONE GUNPOWDER SQUARE, LONDON EC4A 3DE, ENGLAND SN 0268-7038 J9 APHASIOLOGY JI Aphasiology PD DEC PY 1998 VL 12 IS 12 BP 1093 EP 1105 DI 10.1080/02687039808249475 PG 13 WC Clinical Neurology SC Neurosciences & Neurology GA 148LA UT WOS:000077505700008 ER PT J AU Bastiaanse, R Jonkers, R AF Bastiaanse, R Jonkers, R TI Verb retrieval in action naming and spontaneous speech in agrammatic and anemic aphasia SO APHASIOLOGY LA English DT Article ID ARGUMENT STRUCTURE; LANGUAGE; FLUENT AB The production of verbs in an action naming test and in spontaneous speech was evaluated in 16 aphasic patients: eight agrammatics and eight anomics. Action naming was also compared to object naming. The action naming test was controlled for factors known to be relevant for verb retrieval (i.e. word frequency, instrumentality, name-relation to a noun, transitivity and argument structure) and the objects were related to the verbs and chosen to match the verbs as precisely as possible on word frequency. For both aphasic subgroups object naming was better than action naming and there was no difference between agrammatics and anomics, neither in object naming, nor in action naming. In spontaneous speech, both agrammatics and anomics differed from normal controls on 'verb diversity'; furthermore the agrammatics mere significantly worse than normal speakers (and the anomics) in verb inflection and the proportion of verbs produced without internal argument was higher than in normal speakers (and in anomics). There was no significant correlation between the scores on the action naming tests and the diversity of verbs produced in spontaneous speech. It is suggested that far the anomics, this is due to the fact that for some patients it is more difficult to retrieve verbs in spontaneous speech than in isolation. For the agrammatics, the interference between verb retrieval and verb inflection seems responsible for the lack of a significant correlation. C1 Univ Groningen, Dept Linguist, Grad Sch Behav & Cognit Neurosci, NL-9700 AS Groningen, Netherlands. RP Bastiaanse, R (reprint author), Univ Groningen, Dept Linguist, Grad Sch Behav & Cognit Neurosci, POB 716, NL-9700 AS Groningen, Netherlands. CR BASSO A, 1990, APHASIOLOGY, V4, P185, DOI 10.1080/02687039008249069 BASTIAANSE R, 1998, IN PRESS BRAIN LANGU BASTIAANSE R, 1991, CLIN LINGUIST PHONET, V5, P355, DOI 10.3109/02699209108985902 Bastiaanse R., 1995, LANGUAGE COGNITION, V5, P13 Bastiaanse R, 1996, APHASIOLOGY, V10, P561, DOI 10.1080/02687039608248437 BATES E, 1991, BRAIN LANG, V41, P203, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(91)90153-R Berndt RS, 1997, BRAIN LANG, V56, P107 Berndt RS, 1997, BRAIN LANG, V56, P68 BING S, 1989, APHASIOLOGY, V3, P241 Bird H, 1996, J NEUROLINGUIST, V9, P187, DOI 10.1016/0911-6044(96)00006-1 BROOKSHIRE RH, 1994, J SPEECH HEAR RES, V37, P399 Caramazza A., 1985, AGRAMMATISM, P27 EDWARDS S, 1993, APHASIOLOGY, V7, P217, DOI 10.1080/02687039308249507 GOODGLASS H, 1993, CORTEX, V29, P377 Graetz P., 1992, AKENSE AFASIETEST Grodzinsky Y, 1996, BRAIN LANG, V55, P50 Edwards S, 1998, APHASIOLOGY, V12, P99, DOI 10.1080/02687039808250466 Jonkers R, 1996, BRAIN LANG, V55, P37 KISS K, 1997, WORKSH GRAMM DIS APH KOHN SE, 1989, CORTEX, V25, P57 Manning L, 1996, NEUROPSYCHOLOGIA, V34, P809, DOI 10.1016/0028-3932(95)00166-2 MICELI G, 1984, CORTEX, V20, P207 Mitchum C., 1994, COGNITIVE NEUROPSYCH, P317 MYERSON R, 1972, LANG SPEECH, V15, P40 SAFFRAN EM, 1989, BRAIN LANG, V37, P440, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(89)90030-8 SAFFRAN EM, 1980, LANGUAGE PRODUCTION SAFFRAN EM, 1982, BRIT J PSYCHOL, V73, P317 Thompson CK, 1995, CLIN APHASIOL, V23, P121 Thompson CK, 1997, APHASIOLOGY, V11, P473, DOI 10.1080/02687039708248485 VERMEULEN J, 1989, BRAIN LANG, V36, P252, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(89)90064-3 VERMEULEN J, 1984, STOORNISSEN SPONTANE WILLIAMS SE, 1987, BRAIN LANG, V32, P124, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(87)90120-9 ZINGESER LB, 1990, BRAIN LANG, V39, P14, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(90)90002-X NR 33 TC 79 Z9 79 PU TAYLOR & FRANCIS LTD PI LONDON PA ONE GUNPOWDER SQUARE, LONDON EC4A 3DE, ENGLAND SN 0268-7038 J9 APHASIOLOGY JI Aphasiology PD NOV PY 1998 VL 12 IS 11 BP 951 EP 969 DI 10.1080/02687039808249463 PG 19 WC Clinical Neurology SC Neurosciences & Neurology GA 133WB UT WOS:000076709200001 ER PT J AU Oelschlaeger, ML Damico, JS AF Oelschlaeger, ML Damico, JS TI Spontaneous verbal repetition: a social strategy in aphasic conversation SO APHASIOLOGY LA English DT Article ID REPAIR AB This study investigated the spontaneous verbal repetition of a person with aphasia during conversation. Research questions were: Does repetition occur as a spontaneous verbal behaviour? How is repetition effectively used! What are the motivations for its use? A person with aphasia and his wife video recorded eight of their naturally occurring conversations which mere subsequently transcribed and sequenced into turns-at-talk. Frequency of repetition and the sequential organization of conversation sequences containing repetition were analysed. Repetition was a frequent behaviour, occurring an average of 8% of the time for all conversations. Repetition was effectively used to meet the social needs of the conversation relating to displays of uncertainty, agreement, alignment and acknowledgement. Motivations for repetition related to its use as a compensatory strategy to overcome specific language barriers and to establish perceptions of conversational proficiency. C1 No Arizona Univ, Dept Speech Pathol & Audiol, Flagstaff, AZ 86011 USA. Univ SW Louisiana, Lafayette, LA 70504 USA. RP Oelschlaeger, ML (reprint author), No Arizona Univ, Dept Speech Pathol & Audiol, POB 15045, Flagstaff, AZ 86011 USA. CR Atkinson J. M., 1984, STRUCTURES SOCIAL AC COPELAND M, 1989, APHASIOLOGY, V3, P301, DOI 10.1080/02687038908249001 DAMASIO AR, 1992, NEW ENGL J MED, V326, P531, DOI 10.1056/NEJM199202203260806 Damico JS, 1995, CLIN APHASIOL, V23, P83 Ferguson A, 1996, CLIN LINGUIST PHONET, V10, P55, DOI 10.3109/02699209608985161 FERGUSON A, 1994, APHASIOLOGY, V8, P143, DOI 10.1080/02687039408248647 FERGUSON A, 1992, CLIN APHASIOLOGY, V21, P299 Goodglass H, 1983, ASSESSMENT APHASIA R, V2nd GOODWIN C, 1987, SOC PSYCHOL QUART, V50, P115, DOI 10.2307/2786746 GOODWIN C, 1995, RES LANG SOC INTERAC, V28, P233, DOI 10.1207/s15327973rlsi2803_4 Hemsley G, 1996, DISABIL REHABIL, V18, P567 Jefferson G, 1973, SEMIOTICA, V9, P47, DOI 10.1515/semi.1973.9.1.47 Kagan A., 1993, APHASIA TREATMENT WO, P199 Kertesz A., 1982, W APHASIA BATTERY KIRCHNER DM, 1987, CLIN LINGUIST PHONET, V1, P147, DOI 10.3109/02699208708985009 KLIPPI A, 1991, APHASIOLOGY, V5, P373, DOI 10.1080/02687039108248538 LAASKO M, 1997, SELF INITIATED REPAI Lyon J, 1992, AM J SPEECH-LANG PAT, V1, P7 MILROY L, 1992, CLIN LINGUIST PHONET, V6, P27, DOI 10.3109/02699209208985517 Oelschlaeger ML, 1998, CLIN LINGUIST PHONET, V12, P459, DOI 10.3109/02699209808985238 OELSCHLAEGER ML, 1996, 5 INT PRAGM C MEX CI OELSCHLAEGER ML, 1996, CLIN APH C NEWP RHOD PERKINS L, 1995, EUR J DISORDER COMM, V30, P372 Perkins M. R., 1995, CASE STUDIES CLIN LI, P293 Sacks H., 1992, LECT CONVERSATION SACKS H, 1974, LANGUAGE, V50, P696, DOI 10.2307/412243 Schegloff E, 1996, INTERACTION GRAMMAR, P52, DOI 10.1017/CBO9780511620874.002 SIMMONS NN, 1990, APHASIA RELATED NEUR, P54 Simmons-Mackie N. N., 1996, AM J SPEECH-LANG PAT, V5, P37 SimmonsMackie NN, 1996, DISABIL REHABIL, V18, P540 SimmonsMackie NN, 1997, APHASIOLOGY, V11, P761, DOI 10.1080/02687039708250455 Wilkinson R., 1995, CASE STUDIES CLIN LI, P271 World Health Organization, 1980, INT CLASS IMP DIS HA NR 33 TC 32 Z9 33 PU TAYLOR & FRANCIS LTD PI LONDON PA ONE GUNPOWDER SQUARE, LONDON EC4A 3DE, ENGLAND SN 0268-7038 J9 APHASIOLOGY JI Aphasiology PD NOV PY 1998 VL 12 IS 11 BP 971 EP 988 DI 10.1080/02687039808249464 PG 18 WC Clinical Neurology SC Neurosciences & Neurology GA 133WB UT WOS:000076709200002 ER PT J AU Hinckley, JJ Craig, HK AF Hinckley, JJ Craig, HK TI Influence of rate of treatment on the naming abilities of adults with chronic aphasia SO APHASIOLOGY LA English DT Article ID CONNECTED SPEECH SAMPLES; LANGUAGE TREATMENT; STROKE PATIENTS; RECOVERY; THERAPY; ACQUISITION; REPETITION; SPEAKERS; SKILL AB There is a lack of empirical evidence on which clinicians can base their daily decisions about aphasia treatment rate and duration. The purpose of this series of studies was to review the outcomes of various rates of speech/language therapy on the naming performances of adults with aphasia. A retrospective pre/post design was employed with a total of 40 subjects across studies. Results revealed the significant positive effects of intensive speech/language therapy on the naming skills of adults with aphasia, and that these improvements were greater than those obtained during non-intensive treatment. Although there are limitations of the treatment-based, retrospective research design, this line of research contributes to the ability of rehabilitation professionals to make appropriate treatment recommendations regarding treatment rate. C1 Univ Michigan, Commun Disorders Clin, Residential Aphasia Program, Ann Arbor, MI 48109 USA. RP Hinckley, JJ (reprint author), Univ Michigan, Commun Disorders Clin, Residential Aphasia Program, 1111 E Catherine, Ann Arbor, MI 48109 USA. CR ATEN J, 1991, CLIN APHASIOLOGY, V20, P156 ATEN JL, 1994, LANGUAGE INTERVENTIO, P292 BACHYRITA P, 1990, NEUROPSYCHOLOGIA, V28, P547, DOI 10.1016/0028-3932(90)90033-K Backus O, 1952, J SPEECH HEAR DISORD, V17, P116 Backus OL, 1945, J SPEECH DISORD, V10, P149 BASSO A, 1979, ARCH NEUROL-CHICAGO, V36, P190 CHALLIS BH, 1993, J EXP PSYCHOL LEARN, V19, P115, DOI 10.1037//0278-7393.19.1.115 Cohen J., 1965, HDB CLIN PSYCHOL, P95 COHEN NJ, 1980, SCIENCE, V210, P207, DOI 10.1126/science.7414331 COLLINS MJ, 1983, CLIN APHASIOLOGY, V13, P156 CRAIG HK, 1993, APHASIOLOGY, V7, P155, DOI 10.1080/02687039308249503 DAVIS G, 1981, LANGUAGE INTERVENTIO, P251 Denes G, 1996, APHASIOLOGY, V10, P385, DOI 10.1080/02687039608248418 DEWEER B, 1993, J CLIN EXP NEUROPSYC, V15, P789, DOI 10.1080/01688639308402596 ELIAS S, 1984, B COLL SPEECH THERAP, V388, P6 ELLIS N, 1993, Q J EXPT PSYCHOL A, V46, P33 Giaquinto S, 1990, Acta Neurol (Napoli), V12, P337 Goodglass H, 1983, ASSESSMENT APHASIA R, V2nd HAGEN C, 1973, ARCH PHYS MED REHAB, V54, P454 Hersh D, 1998, APHASIOLOGY, V12, P207, DOI 10.1080/02687039808249447 HINCKLEY JJ, 1993, MSHA J, V26, P23 Holland A. L., 1991, J NEUROLINGUIST, V6, P197, DOI 10.1016/0911-6044(91)90007-6 Holland AL, 1996, J SPEECH HEAR RES, V39, pS27 JENKINS WM, 1990, NEUROPSYCHOLOGIA, V28, P573, DOI 10.1016/0028-3932(90)90035-M Kaplan E, 1983, BOSTON NAMING TEST KAPLAN MS, 1988, ARCH PHYS MED REHAB, V69, P984 KEEFE KA, 1995, AM J SPEECH-LANG PAT, V4, P88 Larfeuil C, 1997, APHASIOLOGY, V11, P783, DOI 10.1080/02687039708250456 LEGHSMITH JA, 1987, J NEUROL NEUROSUR PS, V50, P1488, DOI 10.1136/jnnp.50.11.1488 LEMOINE HE, 1993, J EXP CHILD PSYCHOL, V55, P297, DOI 10.1006/jecp.1993.1018 LENN NJ, 1991, AM J NEUROLOGICAL RE, V13, P505 LINCOLN NB, 1984, LANCET, V1, P1197 LISKINGASPARRO JE, 1982, ETA ORAL PROFICIENCY MACKENZIE C, 1901, APHASIOLOGY, V5, P435 MARSHALL JF, 1984, ANNU REV PSYCHOL, V35, P277, DOI 10.1146/annurev.psych.35.1.277 Marshall R. C., 1997, AM J SPEECH-LANG PAT, V6, P5 Meline T., 1997, AM J SPEECH-LANG PAT, V6, P33 NICHOLAS LE, 1993, J SPEECH HEAR RES, V36, P338 POECK K, 1989, J SPEECH HEAR DISORD, V54, P471 RATHS L, 1972, M NEEDS CHILDREN Robey RR, 1998, J SPEECH LANG HEAR R, V41, P172 Schallert T, 1997, ADV NEUROL, V73, P229 SHEWAN CM, 1984, BRAIN LANG, V23, P272, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(84)90068-3 SHEWAN CM, 1983, AUDITORY COMPREHENSI SMITH A, 1972, DIAGNOSIS INTELLIGEN TOEPFER CF, 1982, J RES DEV EDUC, V15, P1 WALL PD, 1986, RECOVERY FUNCTION TH, P91 WALSH RN, 1976, ENV THERAPY BRAIN DY WERTZ RT, 1986, ARCH NEUROL-CHICAGO, V43, P653 WERTZ RT, 1981, J SPEECH HEAR RES, V24, P580 WOLTZ DJ, 1993, INTELLIGENCE, V17, P333, DOI 10.1016/0160-2896(93)90004-O YORKSTON KM, 1980, J SPEECH HEAR DISORD, V45, P27 NR 52 TC 23 Z9 24 PU TAYLOR & FRANCIS LTD PI LONDON PA ONE GUNPOWDER SQUARE, LONDON EC4A 3DE, ENGLAND SN 0268-7038 J9 APHASIOLOGY JI Aphasiology PD NOV PY 1998 VL 12 IS 11 BP 989 EP 1006 DI 10.1080/02687039808249465 PG 18 WC Clinical Neurology SC Neurosciences & Neurology GA 133WB UT WOS:000076709200003 ER PT J AU Ferguson, A AF Ferguson, A TI Conversational turn-taking and repair in fluent aphasia SO APHASIOLOGY LA English DT Article ID DISCOURSE; COMMUNICATION; ORGANIZATION; FAMILIARITY; STRATEGIES AB This study replicated and extended the previous investigation of conversational turn-taking in fluent aphasia by Schienberg and Holland. The present study analysed a series of casual conversations which were videotaped between two fluent aphasic speakers talking with each other, and with non-aphasic partners who varied with regard to clinical experience with aphasia and personal familiarity with the aphasic speakers. Analysis was based on transcription and examined general aspects of turn-taking, as well as turn allocation techniques and their success, with results being compared with those presented by Schienberg and Holland. Additionally, repair trajectories and their acceptance were analysed for each dyad. Results supported Schienberg and Holland's previous findings and conclusions with regard to the relative preservation of communicative competence in aphasia. Additionally, results suggest that measures of turn-taking allocation showed no effect of the familiarity of the partners. For some individuals, it was suggested that turn-taking techniques might be consistent across occasions of sampling, so long as the role relationship remains constant. Measures of repair showed no effect of familiarity, and varied across occasions of sampling. C1 Univ Newcastle, Dept Linguist, Newcastle, NSW 2308, Australia. RP Ferguson, A (reprint author), Univ Newcastle, Dept Linguist, Newcastle, NSW 2308, Australia. CR CLARK HH, 1989, COGNITIVE SCI, V13, P259, DOI 10.1207/s15516709cog1302_7 CROCKFORD C, 1994, EUR J DISORDER COMM, V29, P165 DUNCAN S, 1972, J PERS SOC PSYCHOL, V23, P283, DOI 10.1037/h0033031 FERGUSON A, 1997, P 4 NAT APH S AUSTR, P10 FERGUSON A, 1994, P 2 NAT APH S AUSTR, P25 FERGUSON A, 1994, APHASIOLOGY, V8, P143, DOI 10.1080/02687039408248647 Goodglass H, 1983, ASSESSMENT APHASIA R, V2nd Heritage J., 1984, STRUCTURES SOCIAL AC, P1 Klippi A., 1996, CONVERSATION ACHIEVE KOEHLER TL, 1994, UNPUB ASHA CONV Laakso M., 1997, SELF INITIATED REPAI LABOV W, 1997, THERAPEUTIC DISCOURS Lesser R., 1993, LINGUISTICS APHASIA MILROY L, 1992, CLIN LINGUIST PHONET, V6, P27, DOI 10.3109/02699209208985517 PERKINS L, 1995, EUR J DISORDER COMM, V30, P372 SACKS H, 1974, LANGUAGE, V50, P696, DOI 10.2307/412243 SCHEUERMANN EA, 1979, ERNAHRUNGSWIRTSCHAFT, P23 SCHEGLOFF EA, 1977, LANGUAGE, V53, P361, DOI 10.2307/413107 SCHEGLOFF EA, 1992, AM J SOCIOL, V97, P1295, DOI 10.1086/229903 Schegloff Emanuel Abraham, 1987, TALK SOCIAL ORG, P70 Schienberg S., 1980, CLIN APHASIOLOGY, P106 SOBIECKAKOSZEL G, 1991, APHASIOLOGY, V5, P197, DOI 10.1080/02687039108249482 Williams Sarah E., 1994, Journal of Communication Disorders, V27, P207, DOI 10.1016/0021-9924(94)90001-9 1997, SCOLARI SAGE PUBLICA NR 24 TC 22 Z9 22 PU TAYLOR & FRANCIS LTD PI LONDON PA ONE GUNPOWDER SQUARE, LONDON EC4A 3DE, ENGLAND SN 0268-7038 J9 APHASIOLOGY JI Aphasiology PD NOV PY 1998 VL 12 IS 11 BP 1007 EP 1031 DI 10.1080/02687039808249466 PG 25 WC Clinical Neurology SC Neurosciences & Neurology GA 133WB UT WOS:000076709200004 ER PT J AU Ardila, A AF Ardila, A TI Semantic paralexias in the Spanish language SO APHASIOLOGY LA English DT Article ID DEEP DYSLEXIA; HEMISPHERIC-SPECIALIZATION; ERRORS; PHONOLOGY; AGRAPHIA; APHASICS; ALEXIA; ROUTE AB The applicability of current psycholinguistic models of alexias (acquired dyslexias) to Spanish language is analysed. It is emphasized that Spanish language uses a graphophonemic reading strategy; and under normal circumstances logographic reading is not required. Four cases of alexia associated with semantic paralexias in Spanish speakers recently reported in the literature are examined. All of the patients were individuals with a high level of education, presenting a motor type of aphasia. Semantic paralexias were reported only after several months or years of intensive language therapy. Further, a review of 14 cases of patients with semantic paralexias published in English literature is examined, Most of these English speaking patients were males with a high school level of education, usually presenting with extensive lesions, and more frequently associated with a nonfluent aphasia. However, as a whole, the English sample appeared to be more heterogenous than the Spanish sample in most of the variables examined. It is proposed that, although Spanish reading proceeds using a graphophonemic strategy, additional strategies can also be introduced under special circumstances. Semantic paralexias represent a more commonly encountered and frequent phenomenon in English-speaking aphasics. This phenomena is quite unusual in Spanish-speaking aphasics, and is restricted to a very specific aphasic subsample. Lastly, it is proposed that the characteristics of alexic disturbances will positively correlate with the idiosyncracies of the respective writing systems. C1 Miami Inst Psychol, Miami, FL 33166 USA. RP Ardila, A (reprint author), Miami Inst Psychol, 8180 NW 36 St,2nd Floor, Miami, FL 33166 USA. CR ALALAOUIFARIS M, 1994, REV NEUROL, V150, P771 ARDILA A, 1989, BRAIN ORG LANGUAGE C, P147 ARDILA A, 1984, RIGHT HEMISPHERE NEU, P99 ARDILA A, 1993, 3 C LAT NEUR MONT UR Ardila A, 1996, APHASIOLOGY, V10, P723, DOI 10.1080/02687039608248446 ARDILA A, 1993, BRAIN LANG, V44, P165, DOI 10.1006/brln.1993.1011 ARDILA A, 1991, BRAIN LANG, V41, P437, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(91)90165-W BEAUVOIS MF, 1979, J NEUROL NEUROSUR PS, V42, P115 BEAUVOIS MF, 1981, BRAIN, V104, P21, DOI 10.1093/brain/104.1.21 Benson D. F., 1996, APHASIA CLIN PERSPEC Benson DF., 1985, HDB CLIN NEUROLOGY, P433 Benson DF, 1979, APHASIA ALEXIA AGRAP BENSON DF, 1977, ARCH NEUROL-CHICAGO, V34, P327 BERNINGER V, 1991, ARCH CLIN NEUROPSYCH, V6, P375 CARAMAZZA A, 1990, CORTEX, V26, P95 Coltheart M., 1983, FUNCTIONS RIGHT CERE, P171 COLTHEART M, 1982, PHILOS T ROY SOC B, V298, P151, DOI 10.1098/rstb.1982.0078 Coltheart M., 1980, DEEP DYSLEXIA COLTHEART M, 1983, Q J EXP PSYCHOL-A, V35, P469 Coltheart M., 1980, DEEP DYSLEXIA, P197 Coltheart M., 1980, DEEP DYSLEXIA, P326 Dewey G., 1971, ENGLISH SPELLING ROA DIAZ AR, 1995, AFFERENT MOTOR APHAS Ellis A. W., 1993, READING WRITING DYSL FERRERES AR, 1995, BRAIN LANG, V49, P156 FRIEDMAN RB, 1988, HDB NEUROPSYCHOLOGY, V1, P377 FRIEDMAN RB, 1982, NEUROPSYCHOLOGIA, V20, P559, DOI 10.1016/0028-3932(82)90029-X Friedman RB, 1985, CLIN NEUROPSYCHOLOGY, P49 GLOSSER G, 1990, CORTEX, V26, P343 GOLDBLUM MC, 1986, J NEUROLINGUIST, V2, P103, DOI 10.1016/S0911-6044(86)80006-9 HAATA T, 1992, NEUROPSYCHOLOGIA, V30, P361 HAATA T, 1978, JAPONESE PSYCHOL RES, V20, P51 IWATA M, 1984, TRENDS NEUROSCI, V7, P190 Kaplan E., 1981, ACQUIRED APHASIA, P303 KATZ RB, 1992, Q J EXP PSYCHOL-A, V45, P575 KLEIN D, 1994, COGNITIVE NEUROPSYCH, V11, P579, DOI 10.1080/02643299408251986 LAINE M, 1990, BRAIN LANG, V38, P207, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(90)90111-S LANDIS T, 1983, NEUROPSYCHOLOGIA, V21, P359, DOI 10.1016/0028-3932(83)90022-2 LECOURS AR, 1992, ACQUIRED IMPAIRMENTS LUKATELA G, 1990, MEM COGNITION, V18, P128, DOI 10.3758/BF03197089 Luria A. R., 1966, HIGHER CORTICAL FUNC Luria A. R., 1960, INT J SLAV LING POET, V3, P13 Marcel A., 1980, DEEP DYSLEXIA, P227 MARSHALL JC, 1973, J PSYCHOLINGUIST RES, V2, P175, DOI 10.1007/BF01067101 MATTHEWS C, 1991, J COMMUN DISORD, V24, P21, DOI 10.1016/0021-9924(91)90031-D MICELI G, 1994, NEUROPSYCHOLOGIA, V32, P317, DOI 10.1016/0028-3932(94)90134-1 Morton J, 1980, DEEP DYSLEXIA, P91 Newcombe F., 1980, DEEP DYSLEXIA, P176 NICKELS L, 1992, COGNITIVE NEUROPSYCH, V9, P155, DOI 10.1080/02643299208252057 PATTERSON K, 1982, Q J EXP PSYCHOL-A, V34, P411 PATTERSON KE, 1978, Q J EXP PSYCHOL, V30, P587, DOI 10.1080/14640747808400688 RASTATTER MP, 1989, PERCEPT MOTOR SKILL, V69, P1083 RASTATTER MP, 1990, CORTEX, V26, P423 ROELTGEN D, 1987, 8 EUR C INT NEUR SOC Roeltgen D. P., 1993, CLIN NEUROPSYCHOLOGY, P63 RUIZ A, 1994, BRAIN LANG, V46, P245, DOI 10.1006/brln.1994.1015 SAFFRAN EM, 1977, Q J EXP PSYCHOL, V29, P515, DOI 10.1080/14640747708400627 SAMPSON G, 1985, WRITING SYSTEMS Sasanuma S, 1971, Cortex, V7, P1 SCHWEIGER A, 1989, BRAIN LANG, V37, P73, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(89)90102-8 SECO R, 1988, HDB SPANISH GRAMMAR SHALLICE T, 1983, Q J EXP PSYCHOL-A, V35, P111 Shallice T, 1980, DEEP DYSLEXIA, P109 SUGISHITA M, 1992, BRAIN, V115, P1563, DOI 10.1093/brain/115.5.1563 TAYLOR I, 1981, READING RES ADV THEO, V2, P159 YAMADA J, 1990, J GEN PSYCHOL, V117, P311 YAMADORI A, 1988, APHASIOLOGY, V2, P427, DOI 10.1080/02687038808248950 YAMADORI A, 1975, BRAIN, V98, P231, DOI 10.1093/brain/98.2.231 NR 68 TC 13 Z9 14 PU TAYLOR & FRANCIS LTD PI LONDON PA ONE GUNPOWDER SQUARE, LONDON EC4A 3DE, ENGLAND SN 0268-7038 J9 APHASIOLOGY JI Aphasiology PD OCT PY 1998 VL 12 IS 10 BP 885 EP 900 DI 10.1080/02687039808249457 PG 16 WC Clinical Neurology SC Neurosciences & Neurology GA 129UU UT WOS:000076482700002 ER PT J AU Henderson, LW Frank, EM Pigatt, T Abramson, RK Houston, M AF Henderson, LW Frank, EM Pigatt, T Abramson, RK Houston, M TI Race, gender, and educational level effects on Boston Naming Test scores SO APHASIOLOGY LA English DT Article ID NORMATIVE DATA; TEST-PERFORMANCE; ADULTS; DEMENTIA AB The Boston Naming Test is designed to identify word retrieval problems; however, normative data for this test are limited. One hundred subjects participated in this study to examine race, gender, and educational level effects on test scores. Subjects included 25 African American males, 25 African American females, 25 Caucasian males, and 25 Caucasian females with no neurologic impairment from a wide age range. Race and gender did not have a significant effect on test scores; however, educational level had an effect on the number of correct responses. Subjects with more years of education were determined to have exposure to a wider vocabulary base which was credited with the higher test scores. C1 Univ S Carolina, Dept Speech Language Pathol & Audiol, Columbia, SC 29208 USA. RP Frank, EM (reprint author), Univ S Carolina, Dept Speech Language Pathol & Audiol, Columbia, SC 29208 USA. CR ARMSTRONG L, 1994, EUR J DISORDER COMM, V29, P371 Chapey R., 1994, LANGUAGE INTERVENTIO Chenery HJ, 1996, APHASIOLOGY, V10, P423, DOI 10.1080/02687039608248423 FARMER A, 1990, APHASIOLOGY, V4, P293, DOI 10.1080/02687039008249081 HACHINSKI VC, 1975, ARCH NEUROL-CHICAGO, V32, P632 HAWKINS KA, 1993, ARCH CLIN NEUROPSYCH, V8, P525, DOI 10.1016/0887-6177(93)90053-4 Kaplan E., 1983, BOSTON NAMING TEST LABARGE E, 1986, BRAIN LANG, V27, P380, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(86)90026-X LICHTENBERG PA, 1994, CLIN NEUROPSYCHOL, V8, P109, DOI 10.1080/13854049408401548 Mattis S., 1976, GERIATRIC PSYCHIAT H, P108 NEILS J, 1995, J SPEECH HEAR RES, V38, P1143 NICHOLAS LE, 1989, APHASIOLOGY, V3, P569, DOI 10.1080/02687038908249023 ROSS TP, 1995, CLIN NEUROPSYCHOL, V9, P321, DOI 10.1080/13854049508400496 *US DEP COMM, 1995, STAT ABSTR US 1995 Welch LW, 1996, BRAIN LANG, V53, P260, DOI 10.1006/brln.1996.0047 WORRALL LE, 1995, APHASIOLOGY, V9, P541, DOI 10.1080/02687039508248713 ZUNG WWK, 1965, ARCH GEN PSYCHIAT, V12, P63 NR 17 TC 11 Z9 11 PU TAYLOR & FRANCIS LTD PI LONDON PA ONE GUNPOWDER SQUARE, LONDON EC4A 3DE, ENGLAND SN 0268-7038 J9 APHASIOLOGY JI Aphasiology PD OCT PY 1998 VL 12 IS 10 BP 901 EP 911 DI 10.1080/02687039808249458 PG 11 WC Clinical Neurology SC Neurosciences & Neurology GA 129UU UT WOS:000076482700003 ER PT J AU Eales, C Pring, T AF Eales, C Pring, T TI Using individual and group therapy to remediate word finding difficulties SO APHASIOLOGY LA English DT Article ID MATCHING TASKS; NAMING DISORDERS; RETRIEVAL AB Several studies have shown that the word finding problems of people with dysphasia may be treated by the use of lexical semantic therapy. Clinicians may be concerned, however, that comparatively large amounts of therapy time are required to make relatively small gains. An experiment is reported in which four subjects were first treated individually on different but complimentary sets of words. This was followed by group therapy in which they were asked to use the words in conversational settings. Gains were made on the treated words after individual therapy and on words used in conversation after group therapy and were maintained at a follow up assessment. The method offers a way of treating word finding problems which is both more naturalistic and more economical of therapy resources. C1 Rivermead Rehabil Ctr, Oxford OX1 4XD, England. City Univ London, London EC1V 0HB, England. RP Eales, C (reprint author), Rivermead Rehabil Ctr, Abingdon Rd, Oxford OX1 4XD, England. CR Davis A., 1991, NEUROPSYCHOL REHABIL, V1, P135, DOI 10.1080/09602019108401387 Francis WN, 1982, FREQUENCY ANAL ENGLI HOWARD D, 1985, BRAIN, V108, P817 HOWARD D, 1984, COGNITIVE NEUROPSYCH, V1, P163, DOI 10.1080/02643298408252021 Kay J., 1992, PSYCHOLINGUISTIC ASS MARSHALL J, 1990, APHASIOLOGY, V4, P167, DOI 10.1080/02687039008249068 Nickels L, 1996, APHASIOLOGY, V10, P109, DOI 10.1080/02687039608248401 Nickels L, 1996, APHASIOLOGY, V10, P21, DOI 10.1080/02687039608248397 PRING T, 1990, APHASIOLOGY, V4, P479, DOI 10.1080/02687039008248788 PRING T, 1993, APHASIOLOGY, V7, P383, DOI 10.1080/02687039308249517 SNODGRASS JG, 1980, J EXP PSYCHOL-HUM L, V6, P174, DOI 10.1037/0278-7393.6.2.174 VischBrink EG, 1997, APHASIOLOGY, V11, P1057, DOI 10.1080/02687039708249427 NR 12 TC 7 Z9 7 PU TAYLOR & FRANCIS LTD PI LONDON PA ONE GUNPOWDER SQUARE, LONDON EC4A 3DE, ENGLAND SN 0268-7038 J9 APHASIOLOGY JI Aphasiology PD OCT PY 1998 VL 12 IS 10 BP 913 EP 918 DI 10.1080/02687039808249459 PG 6 WC Clinical Neurology SC Neurosciences & Neurology GA 129UU UT WOS:000076482700004 ER PT J AU Thompson, IM Copolov, DL AF Thompson, IM Copolov, DL TI The psycholinguistics of auditory hallucinations SO APHASIOLOGY LA English DT Article ID CEREBRAL BLOOD-FLOW; NEGATIVE SYMPTOMS; THOUGHT-DISORDER; SCHIZOPHRENIA; LANGUAGE; BRAIN; RELIABILITY; MEMORY; NEUROANATOMY AB The purpose of this study was to investigate psycholinguistic behaviour, as language processing, verbal reasoning and discourse production, in hallucinating and non-hallucinating subjects suffering from psychotic disorders. Nineteen hallucinating and 13 non-hallucinating subjects were assessed on a battery of tests of psycholinguistic functioning with complementary measures of abstraction and discourse cohesion. The experimental groups were matched with healthy controls by age, gender and education. Only a discourse score differentiated the patient groups. No tests of receptive or executive psycholinguistic functioning or abstraction distinguished the patient groups with hallucinating or non-hallucinating behaviour, thus disorders of Linguistic processing in these domains are not specific to patients with auditory hallucinations. The patient groups did differ from their healthy controls on tests that required abstract processing and reasoning. There is also some evidence that both patient groups had difficulty with lexical retrieval or word generation, and with memory and comprehension. The conclusions support a concept of dysfunction of the executive system that facilitates linguistic processing in psychotic disorders. They also support further investigation of a comprehension deficit in psychosis and the use of discourse analysis as a diagnostic tool in this heterogeneous disease. C1 Mental Hlth Res Inst, Parkville, Vic 3052, Australia. RP Thompson, IM (reprint author), Mental Hlth Res Inst, 155 Oak St, Parkville, Vic 3052, Australia. CR ANDREASEN NC, 1979, ARCH GEN PSYCHIAT, V36, P1315 ARMSTRONG E, 1997, GRAMMATICAL ANAL APH Baddeley A. D., 1986, WORKING MEMORY BERMAN KF, 1990, J NEUROL NEUROSUR PS, V53, P150, DOI 10.1136/jnnp.53.2.150 Cannon M., 1996, J NEUROL NEUROSUR PS, V61, P604 Carter D., 1996, J NERV MENT DIS, V184, P161 CARTER DM, 1995, SCHIZOPHR RES, V16, P157, DOI 10.1016/0920-9964(94)00069-K CATTS SV, 1995, AM J PSYCHIAT, V152, P213 Coltheart M., 1987, COGNITIVE NEUROPSYCH, P1 Condray R, 1996, SCHIZOPHR RES, V20, P1, DOI 10.1016/0920-9964(95)00061-5 CRITCHLEY EMR, 1994, BRIT J PSYCHIAT, V165, P573, DOI 10.1192/bjp.165.5.573 DAVID AS, 1994, BRAIN DAM B, P269 DAVID AS, 1994, BRIT J CLIN PSYCHOL, V33, P81 DAVID AS, 1993, BRIT J CLIN PSYCHOL, V32, P341 DAVID AS, 1992, BRIT J PSYCHIAT, V161, P244, DOI 10.1192/bjp.161.2.244 DAVIS GA, 1989, APHASIOLOGY, V3, P723, DOI 10.1080/02687038908249040 Ellis A. W., 1988, HUMAN COGNITIVE NEUR De Renzi E, 1978, Cortex, V14, P279 FRASER WI, 1986, BRIT J PSYCHIAT, V148, P275, DOI 10.1192/bjp.148.3.275 FRISTON KJ, 1992, BRAIN, V115, P367, DOI 10.1093/brain/115.2.367 FRITH CD, 1988, BRIT J PSYCHIAT, V153, P437, DOI 10.1192/bjp.153.4.437 GOODGLASS H, 1963, BOSTON DIAGNOSTIC EX Habib M, 1996, APHASIOLOGY, V10, P217, DOI 10.1080/02687039608248409 HALLIDAY MAC, 1980, LANGUAGE CONTEXT TEX Kay J, 1996, APHASIOLOGY, V10, P159, DOI 10.1080/02687039608248403 Kay J., 1992, PSYCHOLINGUISTIC ASS KING K, 1991, BRIT J PSYCHIAT, V147, P513 LEUDAR I, 1992, BRAIN LANG, V43, P487, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(92)90114-T LEZAK MD, 1983, NEUROPSYCHOLOGICAL A LIDDLE PF, 1992, BRIT J PSYCHIAT, V160, P179, DOI 10.1192/bjp.160.2.179 MCGRATH J, 1991, BRIT J PSYCHIAT, V158, P307, DOI 10.1192/bjp.158.3.307 MCGRATH J, 1996, SCHIZOPHRENIA NEUROP, P183 MCGUIRE PK, 1993, LANCET, V342, P703, DOI 10.1016/0140-6736(93)91707-S MCKENNA PJ, 1994, BRAIN DAM B, P163 MESULAM MM, 1990, ANN NEUROL, V28, P597, DOI 10.1002/ana.410280502 MORICE RD, 1982, AUST NZ J PSYCHIAT, V16, P11, DOI 10.3109/00048678209161186 Nelson H. E., 1982, NATL ADULT READING T OCARROLL R, 1992, SCHIZOPHR RES, V8, P137, DOI 10.1016/0920-9964(92)90030-9 PANTELIS C, 1996, SCHIZOPHRENIA NEUROP, P318 Price CJ, 1996, BRAIN, V119, P919, DOI 10.1093/brain/119.3.919 RAVEN JC, 1960, GUIDE STAND PROGR MA ROCHESTER SR, 1977, BRAIN LANG, V4, P95, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(77)90009-8 RUTTER DR, 1985, BRIT J PSYCHIAT, V146, P399, DOI 10.1192/bjp.146.4.399 SNOW P, 1995, APHASIOLOGY, V9, P365, DOI 10.1080/02687039508248210 Spreen O., 1969, NEUROSENSORY CTR COM SWINDELL CS, 1988, APHASIOLOGY, V2, P411, DOI 10.1080/02687038808248947 Thomas P, 1996, BRIT J PSYCHIAT, V168, P334, DOI 10.1192/bjp.168.3.334 Thomas P, 1996, BRIT J PSYCHIAT, V168, P337, DOI 10.1192/bjp.168.3.337 THOMAS P, 1987, ACTA PSYCHIAT SCAND, V76, P144, DOI 10.1111/j.1600-0447.1987.tb02877.x THOMAS P, 1995, BRIT J PSYCHIAT, V166, P287, DOI 10.1192/bjp.166.3.287 THOMAS P, 1991, BRIT J PSYCHIAT, V15, P204 Thomas P., 1997, DIALECTICS SCHIZOPHR THOMPSON IM, 1995, AUSTR COMMUNICAT SPR, P18 Thomson R, 1994, Qual Health Care, V3, P65, DOI 10.1136/qshc.3.2.65 VILLARDITA C, 1985, CORTEX, V21, P627 WYKES T, 1982, BRAIN LANG, V15, P117, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(82)90051-7 NR 56 TC 2 Z9 2 PU PSYCHOLOGY PRESS PI HOVE PA 27 CHURCH RD, HOVE BN3 2FA, EAST SUSSEX, ENGLAND SN 0268-7038 J9 APHASIOLOGY JI Aphasiology PD OCT PY 1998 VL 12 IS 10 BP 919 EP 932 DI 10.1080/02687039808249460 PG 14 WC Clinical Neurology SC Neurosciences & Neurology GA 129UU UT WOS:000076482700005 ER PT J AU Hopper, T Holland, A AF Hopper, T Holland, A TI Situation-specific training for adults with aphasia: an example SO APHASIOLOGY LA English DT Article ID AGRAMMATIC APHASIA; DEFICITS AB Two individuals with aphasia were taught to communicate in simulated emergency situations using a situation-specific training strategy. A single-subject experimental design was used to determine the efficacy of the treatment procedure. The results indicated that both individuals improved within 10 treatment sessions with variable levels of generalization and lasting effects at 4 weeks following treatment. These preliminary data provide evidence that a situation-specific approach has promise as an efficacious technique to facilitate functional communicative outcomes in patients with aphasia. C1 Univ Arizona, Dept Speech & Hearing Sci, Natl Ctr Neurogen Commun Disorders, Tucson, AZ 85721 USA. RP Hopper, T (reprint author), Univ Arizona, Dept Speech & Hearing Sci, Natl Ctr Neurogen Commun Disorders, POB 210071, Tucson, AZ 85721 USA. CR BILLINGSLEY F, 1980, BEHAV ASSESS, V2, P229 CONNELL PJ, 1986, J SPEECH HEAR DISORD, V51, P214 DOYLE PJ, 1987, J SPEECH HEAR DISORD, V52, P143 Frattali C, 1995, AM SPEECH LANGUAGE H FRATTALI C, 1996, NEUROPHYSIOLOGY NEUR, V6, P7 HAFFET W, 1995, OUTCOME ORIENTED REH, P125 HILLIS AE, 1989, ARCH PHYS MED REHAB, V70, P632 HOLLAND A, 1997, FUNCTIONAL OUTCOMES, P245 Kertesz A., 1982, W APHASIA BATTERY Lowell S., 1995, AM J SPEECH-LANG PAT, V4, P109 McReynolds L. V., 1983, SINGLE SUBJECT EXPT Olswang L. B., 1994, AM J SPEECH-LANG PAT, V3, P55 RAYMER AM, 1993, APHASIOLOGY, V7, P27, DOI 10.1080/02687039308249498 STOKES TF, 1977, J APPL BEHAV ANAL, V10, P349, DOI 10.1901/jaba.1977.10-349 Thompson C. K., 1989, GEN STRATEGIES TREAT, P82 Thompson CK, 1996, BRAIN LANG, V52, P175, DOI 10.1006/brln.1996.0009 THOMPSON CK, 1986, J SPEECH HEAR RES, V29, P193 THOMPSON CK, 1993, APHASIOLOGY, V7, P111, DOI 10.1080/02687039308249501 WarrenHicks W, 1996, HUM ECOL RISK ASSESS, V2, P2, DOI 10.1080/10807039.1996.10387452 NR 19 TC 7 Z9 7 PU TAYLOR & FRANCIS LTD PI LONDON PA ONE GUNPOWDER SQUARE, LONDON EC4A 3DE, ENGLAND SN 0268-7038 J9 APHASIOLOGY JI Aphasiology PD OCT PY 1998 VL 12 IS 10 BP 933 EP 944 DI 10.1080/02687039808249461 PG 12 WC Clinical Neurology SC Neurosciences & Neurology GA 129UU UT WOS:000076482700006 ER PT J AU Marshall, RC AF Marshall, RC TI An introduction to supported conversation for adults with aphasia: perspectives, problems and possibilities SO APHASIOLOGY LA English DT Article ID COMMUNICATION; THERAPY C1 Univ Rhode Isl, Dept Commun Disorders, Kingston, RI 02881 USA. RP Marshall, RC (reprint author), Univ Rhode Isl, Dept Commun Disorders, 2 Butterfield Rd,Suite 1, Kingston, RI 02881 USA. CR ATEN JL, 1982, J SPEECH HEAR DISORD, V47, P93 CODE C, 1996, FORUMS CLIN APHASIOL DAVID R, 1982, J NEUROL NEUROSUR PS, V45, P957, DOI 10.1136/jnnp.45.11.957 EATONGRIFFITH V, 1975, BRIT MED J, V76, P633 GREEN G, 1984, BRIT J DISORD COMMUN, V19, P35 HOLLAND A, 1983, CLIN APH C P MINN BR, P44 Holland A. L., 1991, J NEUROLINGUIST, V6, P197, DOI 10.1016/0911-6044(91)90007-6 Kagan A., 1996, PICTOGRAPHIC COMMUNI KAGAN A, 1995, TOP STROKE REHABIL, V2, P1 Kagan A., 1993, APHASIA TREATMENT WO, P199 LESSER R, 1986, INT J REHABIL RES, V9, P259, DOI 10.1097/00004356-198609000-00005 LYON J, 1989, CLIN APHASIOLOGY, V18, P11 LYON JG, 1995, APHASIOLOGY, V9, P33, DOI 10.1080/02687039508248687 Lyon JG, 1997, APHASIOLOGY, V11, P693, DOI 10.1080/02687039708249416 Marshall R. C., 1987, APHASIOLOGY, V1, P59, DOI 10.1080/02687038708248812 Marshall R. C., 1997, AM J SPEECH-LANG PAT, V6, P5 MARSHALL RC, 1989, J SPEECH HEAR DISORD, V54, P462 MURRAY LL, 1995, APHASIOLOGY, V9, P397, DOI 10.1080/02687039508248212 Penn C., 1987, APHASIOLOGY, V1, P235, DOI 10.1080/02687038708248840 Simmons-Mackie N, 1998, APHASIOLOGY, V12, P231, DOI 10.1080/02687039808249451 Simmons-Mackie N., 1987, CLIN APHASIOLOGY C P, P106 NR 21 TC 1 Z9 1 PU TAYLOR & FRANCIS LTD PI LONDON PA ONE GUNPOWDER SQUARE, LONDON EC4A 3DE, ENGLAND SN 0268-7038 J9 APHASIOLOGY JI Aphasiology PD SEP PY 1998 VL 12 IS 9 BP 811 EP 816 DI 10.1080/02687039808249574 PG 6 WC Clinical Neurology SC Neurosciences & Neurology GA 114ZZ UT WOS:000075640200002 ER PT J AU Kagan, A AF Kagan, A TI Supported conversation for adults with aphasia: methods and resources for training conversation partners SO APHASIOLOGY LA English DT Article ID THERAPY C1 Aphasia Ctr N York, N York, ON M2P 177, Canada. RP Kagan, A (reprint author), Aphasia Ctr N York, 53 Links Rd, N York, ON M2P 177, Canada. CR Darley F. L., 1982, APHASIA Davis G., 1981, LANGUAGE INTERVENTIO, P169 EWING SA, 1991, MOVING STROKE APHASI EWING SA, 1991, WHAT IS APHASIA FOX LE, 1996, ISAAC, V12, P257 Garrett K. L., 1992, AUGMENTATIVE COMMUNI, P245 GREEN G, 1984, BRIT J DISORD COMMUN, V19, P35 HOLLAND A. L., 1977, RATIONALE ADULT APHA, P167 Holland A. L., 1991, J NEUROLINGUIST, V6, P197, DOI 10.1016/0911-6044(91)90007-6 Kagan A., 1996, PICTOGRAPHIC COMMUNI Kagan A., 1996, SUPPORTED CONVERSATI Kagan A, 1995, TOP STROKE REHABIL, V2, P15 Kagan A., 1993, APHASIA TREATMENT WO, P199 Kirchner D., 1983, PRAGMATIC ASSESSMENT, P29 LEDORZE G, 1995, APHASIOLOGY, V9, P239 LUBINSKI R, 1981, LANGUAGE INTERVENTIO, P223 LYON JG, 1989, CLIN APHASIOLOGY C P, P11 LYON JG, 1992, AM J SPEECH-LANG PAT, V3, P7 MAYERJOHNSON R, 1981, PICTURE COMMUNICATIO Parr S., 1997, TALKING APHASIA LIVI Parr S, 1996, APHASIOLOGY, V10, P469, DOI 10.1080/02687039608248426 PENN C, 1988, CLIN LINGUIST PHONET, V2, P179 SCHEGLOFF EA, 1987, SOC PSYCHOL QUART, V50, P101, DOI 10.2307/2786745 SIMMONS N, 1993, THESIS LOUISIANA STA Simmons-Mackie N., 1987, CLIN APHASIOLOGY C P, P106 Strauss A., 1990, BASICS QUALITATIVE R NR 26 TC 130 Z9 134 PU TAYLOR & FRANCIS LTD PI LONDON PA ONE GUNPOWDER SQUARE, LONDON EC4A 3DE, ENGLAND SN 0268-7038 J9 APHASIOLOGY JI Aphasiology PD SEP PY 1998 VL 12 IS 9 BP 816 EP 830 DI 10.1080/02687039808249575 PG 15 WC Clinical Neurology SC Neurosciences & Neurology GA 114ZZ UT WOS:000075640200003 ER PT J AU Simmons-Mackie, N AF Simmons-Mackie, N TI In support of supported conversation for adults with aphasia SO APHASIOLOGY LA English DT Article ID COMPENSATORY STRATEGIES; COMMUNICATION; MODEL C1 SE Louisiana Univ, Hammond, LA 70402 USA. RP Simmons-Mackie, N (reprint author), 59020 Highway 433, Slidell, LA 70460 USA. CR ALARCON N, 1997, NONTR APPR APH C YOU ARMSTRONG E, 1989, AM SPEECH LANG HEAR Blackstone S., 1991, AUGMENTATIVE COMMUNI, V4, P1 Boles L., 1997, ASIA PACIFIC J SPEEC, V2, P43 BROOK DW, 1995, AM J ADDICTION, V4, P118 CLARK HH, 1986, COGNITION, V22, P1, DOI 10.1016/0010-0277(86)90010-7 Davis A. G., 1985, ADULT APHASIA REHABI Garrett KL, 1995, CLIN APHASIOL, V23, P237 Giles H., 1973, LANG SOC, V2, P177, DOI DOI 10.1017/S0047404500000701 Goffman Irving, 1967, INTERACTION RITUAL HOLLAND AL, 1982, J SPEECH HEAR DISORD, V47, P50 Kagan A., 1996, SUPPORTED CONVERSATI KRAAT AW, 1990, APHASIOLOGY, V4, P321, DOI 10.1080/02687039008249086 LEDORZE G, 1995, APHASIOLOGY, V9, P239 LEDORZE G, 1997, NONTR APPR APH C YOU Lyon J., 1997, APPROACHES TREATMENT, P203 Lyon JG, 1997, APHASIOLOGY, V11, P693, DOI 10.1080/02687039708249416 MILROY L, 1992, CLIN LINGUIST PHONET, V6, P27, DOI 10.3109/02699209208985517 Parr S., 1997, TALKING APHASIA LIVI Parr S, 1996, APHASIOLOGY, V10, P469, DOI 10.1080/02687039608248426 POUND C, 1997, NONTR APPR APH C YOU SIMMONS N, 1993, AM SPEECH LANG HEAR SIMMONS N, 1987, CLIN APH C P SIMMONS N, 1993, THESIS LOUISIANA STA SIMMONSMACKIE N, 1994, APH CTR N YORK TOR C SIMMONSMACKIE N, 1997, NONTR APPR APH C YOU SIMMONSMACKIE N, 1993, J MCGEE LAMB C DENT Simmons-Mackie N. N., 1996, AM J SPEECH-LANG PAT, V5, P37 SimmonsMackie NN, 1996, DISABIL REHABIL, V18, P540 SimmonsMackie NN, 1995, CLIN APHASIOL, V23, P95 SimmonsMackie NN, 1997, APHASIOLOGY, V11, P761, DOI 10.1080/02687039708250455 VIGIL NA, 1976, LANG LEARN, V26, P281, DOI 10.1111/j.1467-1770.1976.tb00278.x WARREN R, 1996, ASHA SPECIAL INTEREC, V6 NR 33 TC 18 Z9 18 PU TAYLOR & FRANCIS LTD PI LONDON PA ONE GUNPOWDER SQUARE, LONDON EC4A 3DE, ENGLAND SN 0268-7038 J9 APHASIOLOGY JI Aphasiology PD SEP PY 1998 VL 12 IS 9 BP 831 EP 838 DI 10.1080/02687039808249576 PG 8 WC Clinical Neurology SC Neurosciences & Neurology GA 114ZZ UT WOS:000075640200004 ER PT J AU Penn, C AF Penn, C TI Clinician-researcher dilemmas: comment on 'Supported conversation for adults with aphasia' SO APHASIOLOGY LA English DT Article C1 Univ Witwatersrand, Dept Speech Pathol & Audiol, ZA-2050 Johannesburg, South Africa. RP Penn, C (reprint author), Univ Witwatersrand, Dept Speech Pathol & Audiol, ZA-2050 Johannesburg, South Africa. CR COCHRANE RM, 1984, NEUROLOGICAL COMMUNI, V1, P4 Kagan A., 1993, APHASIA TREATMENT WO, P199 NEL D, 1997, EFFECT TRAINING CONV PENN C, 1992, CLIN LINGUIST PHONET, V6, P11, DOI 10.3109/02699209208985516 Penn C, 1992, S Afr J Commun Disord, V39, P74 NR 5 TC 6 Z9 6 PU TAYLOR & FRANCIS LTD PI LONDON PA ONE GUNPOWDER SQUARE, LONDON EC4A 3DE, ENGLAND SN 0268-7038 J9 APHASIOLOGY JI Aphasiology PD SEP PY 1998 VL 12 IS 9 BP 839 EP 844 DI 10.1080/02687039808249577 PG 6 WC Clinical Neurology SC Neurosciences & Neurology GA 114ZZ UT WOS:000075640200005 ER PT J AU Holland, AL AF Holland, AL TI Why can't clinicians talk to aphasic adults! Comments on supported conversation for adults with aphasia: methods and resources for training conversational partners SO APHASIOLOGY LA English DT Article C1 Univ Arizona, Dept Speech & Hearing Sci, Tucson, AZ 85721 USA. RP Holland, AL (reprint author), Univ Arizona, Dept Speech & Hearing Sci, Tucson, AZ 85721 USA. CR GOODWIN C, 1995, RES LANG SOC INTERAC, V28, P233, DOI 10.1207/s15327973rlsi2803_4 Holland A, 1996, TOP STROKE REHABIL, V2, P27 WEBSTER E, 1977, COUNSELING PARENTS H NR 3 TC 17 Z9 17 PU TAYLOR & FRANCIS LTD PI LONDON PA ONE GUNPOWDER SQUARE, LONDON EC4A 3DE, ENGLAND SN 0268-7038 J9 APHASIOLOGY JI Aphasiology PD SEP PY 1998 VL 12 IS 9 BP 844 EP 847 DI 10.1080/02687039808249578 PG 4 WC Clinical Neurology SC Neurosciences & Neurology GA 114ZZ UT WOS:000075640200006 ER PT J AU Parr, S Byng, S AF Parr, S Byng, S TI Breaking new ground in familiar territory: a comment on 'Supported conversation for adults with aphasia', by Aura Kagan SO APHASIOLOGY LA English DT Article C1 City Univ London, Dept Clin Commun Studies, London EC1V 0HB, England. RP Parr, S (reprint author), City Univ London, Dept Clin Commun Studies, Northampton Sq, London EC1V 0HB, England. CR Finkelstein V., 1993, DISABLING BARRIERS E, P26 FRENCH D, 1993, DISABLING BARRIERS E, P44 GOODWIN C, 1995, RES LANG SOC INTERAC, V28, P233, DOI 10.1207/s15327973rlsi2803_4 GREEN G, 1984, BRIT J DISORD COMMUN, V19, P35 LYON JG, 1988, CLIN APHASIOLOGY, V18, P11 Nettleton S, 1995, SOCIOLOGY HLTH ILLNE Parr S., 1997, TALKING APHASIA LIVI SIMMONSMACKIE N, 1998, SOCIAL CONSTRUCTION Sutherland A., 1981, DISABLED WE STAND NR 9 TC 2 Z9 2 PU TAYLOR & FRANCIS LTD PI LONDON PA ONE GUNPOWDER SQUARE, LONDON EC4A 3DE, ENGLAND SN 0268-7038 J9 APHASIOLOGY JI Aphasiology PD SEP PY 1998 VL 12 IS 9 BP 847 EP 850 DI 10.1080/02687039808249579 PG 4 WC Clinical Neurology SC Neurosciences & Neurology GA 114ZZ UT WOS:000075640200007 ER PT J AU Kagan, A AF Kagan, A TI Philosophical, practical and evaluative issues associated with 'Supported conversation for adults with aphasia' - Reply SO APHASIOLOGY LA English DT Article CR Anderson A., 1984, TEACHING TALK STRATE Beukelman DR, 1992, AUGMENTATIVE ALTERNA CALCULATOR S, 1997, ANN AM SPEECH LANG H COCHRANE RM, 1984, NEUROLOGICAL COMMUNI, V1, P4 Crago Martha B, 1991, PRAGMATICS LANGUAGE, P99 DAMICO J, 1995, CLIN APHASIOLOGY, P83 DUCHAN J, 1998, IN PRESS CONSTRUCTIN Elman RJ, 1995, CLIN APHASIOL, V23, P77 FOX LE, 1996, ISAAC, V12, P257 Holland A. L., 1991, J NEUROLINGUIST, V6, P197, DOI 10.1016/0911-6044(91)90007-6 KAGAN A, 1998, UNPUB OUTCOME MEASUR Kagan A, 1995, TOP STROKE REHABIL, V2, P15 KAGAN A, 1998, IN PRESS GROUP TREAT Kagan A., 1993, APHASIA TREATMENT WO, P199 Lyon J., 1997, APPROACHES TREATMENT, P203 Lyon JG, 1997, APHASIOLOGY, V11, P693, DOI 10.1080/02687039708249416 Parr S., 1997, TALKING APHASIA LIVI PARR S, 1997, NONTRADITIONAL APPRO Paul R., 1995, LANGUAGE DISORDERS I POUND C, 1997, NONTRADITIONAL APPRO SCHEGLOFF EA, 1987, SOC PSYCHOL QUART, V50, P101, DOI 10.2307/2786745 SIMMONS N, 1993, THESIS LOUISIANA STA Simmons-Mackie N. N., 1996, AM J SPEECH-LANG PAT, V5, P37 SimmonsMackie NN, 1996, DISABIL REHABIL, V18, P540 NR 24 TC 7 Z9 7 PU TAYLOR & FRANCIS LTD PI LONDON PA ONE GUNPOWDER SQUARE, LONDON EC4A 3DE, ENGLAND SN 0268-7038 J9 APHASIOLOGY JI Aphasiology PD SEP PY 1998 VL 12 IS 9 BP 851 EP 864 DI 10.1080/02687039808249580 PG 14 WC Clinical Neurology SC Neurosciences & Neurology GA 114ZZ UT WOS:000075640200008 ER PT J AU Wertz, RT Auther, LL Burch-Sims, GP Abou-Khalil, R Kirshner, HS Duncan, GW AF Wertz, RT Auther, LL Burch-Sims, GP Abou-Khalil, R Kirshner, HS Duncan, GW TI A comparison of the mismatch negativity (MMN) event-related potential to tone and speech stimuli in normal and aphasic adults SO APHASIOLOGY LA English DT Article; Proceedings Paper CT 27th Clinical Aphasiology Conference CY JUN, 1997 CL BIGFORK, MONTANA ID DEVIANCE AB We evaluated the mismatch negativity (MMN) event-related potential (ERP) in normal and aphasic adults to tone and speech stimuli to determine aphasic patients' auditory discrimination and the relationship between MMN measures and severity of aphasia. MMNs were present in 89 % of normal subjects and 79 % of aphasic subjects to tone stimuli. MMNs were present in 100% of normal subjects and 54 % of aphasic subjects to speech stimuli. The duration of the MMN ERP to speech stimuli was significantly related to severity of aphasia on the Western Aphasia Battery, Porch Index of Communicative Ability, and the Token Test. Thus, not all aphasic people show an early, preconscious orientation response to tone and speech stimuli. However, the duration of this response, when present, to speech stimuli appears to be related to the severity of aphasia. C1 Vet Adm Med Ctr, Nashville, TN 37212 USA. Vanderbilt Univ, Sch Med, Nashville, TN 37212 USA. Tennessee State Univ, Nashville, TN 37203 USA. Meharry Med Coll, Nashville, TN 37208 USA. RP Wertz, RT (reprint author), Vet Adm Med Ctr, 1310 24th Ave S, Nashville, TN 37212 USA. CR AALTONEN O, 1993, BRAIN LANG, V44, P139, DOI 10.1006/brln.1993.1009 AALTONEN O, 1987, BIOL PSYCHOL, V24, P197, DOI 10.1016/0301-0511(87)90002-0 ALHO K, 1986, PSYCHOPHYSIOLOGY, V23, P613, DOI 10.1111/j.1469-8986.1986.tb00680.x CARHART R, 1971, J SPEECH HEAR DISORD, V36, P476 GIARD MH, 1990, PSYCHOPHYSIOLOGY, V27, P627, DOI 10.1111/j.1469-8986.1990.tb03184.x Kertesz A., 1982, W APHASIA BATTERY KRAUS N, 1992, EAR HEARING, V13, P158, DOI 10.1097/00003446-199206000-00004 NAATANEN R, 1982, BIOL PSYCHOL, V14, P53, DOI 10.1016/0301-0511(82)90017-5 Näätänen R, 1995, Int J Neurosci, V80, P317, DOI 10.3109/00207459508986107 NAATANEN R, 1987, CURRENT TRENDS E S40 PEACH RK, 1994, CLIN APHASIOL, V22, P81 Peach RK, 1992, CLIN APHASIOLOGY, V21, P323 Porch B. E., 1967, PORCH INDEX COMMUNIC SAMS M, 1985, ELECTROEN CLIN NEURO, V62, P437, DOI 10.1016/0168-5597(85)90054-1 SAMS M, 1991, PSYCHOPHYSIOLOGY, V28, P21, DOI 10.1111/j.1469-8986.1991.tb03382.x Spreen O, 1977, NEUROSENSORY CTR COM NR 16 TC 17 Z9 18 PU TAYLOR & FRANCIS LTD PI LONDON PA ONE GUNPOWDER SQUARE, LONDON EC4A 3DE, ENGLAND SN 0268-7038 J9 APHASIOLOGY JI Aphasiology PD JUL-AUG PY 1998 VL 12 IS 7-8 BP 499 EP 507 DI 10.1080/02687039808249553 PG 9 WC Clinical Neurology SC Neurosciences & Neurology GA ZU108 UT WOS:000074162800002 ER PT J AU Hinckley, JJ AF Hinckley, JJ TI Investigating the predictors of lifestyle satisfaction among younger adults with chronic aphasia SO APHASIOLOGY LA English DT Article; Proceedings Paper CT 27th Clinical Aphasiology Conference CY JUN, 1997 CL BIGFORK, MONTANA ID LIFE; STROKE; QUALITY AB Perceptions of lifestyle satisfaction are an important component of quality of life and handicap measurements. Thirty-one adults with aphasia completed a questionnaire in which they rated their Lifestyle satisfaction and reported other demographic, health, communication, social contact and Vocational information. Forty-six per cent of the respondents reported general lifestyle satisfaction. Logistic regressions were estimated to differentiate the effects of the predictor variables on the likelihood of a positive lifestyle-satisfaction rating. A negative effect of time post-onset was demonstrated. The results are discussed in the context of previous reports of lifestyle satisfaction in the general stroke population. C1 Univ Michigan, Communicat Disorders Clin, Ann Arbor, MI 48109 USA. RP Hinckley, JJ (reprint author), Univ Michigan, Communicat Disorders Clin, 1111 E Catherine St, Ann Arbor, MI 48109 USA. CR ASTROM M, 1992, STROKE, V23, P527 Baltes PB, 1997, AM PSYCHOL, V52, P366, DOI 10.1037//0003-066X.52.4.366 BALTES PB, 1998, THEORETICAL MODELS H, V1 BEESON P, 1995, TOPICS STROKE REHABI, V2, P85 DEHAAN R, 1993, STROKE, V24, P320 DIENER E, 1985, J PERS ASSESS, V49, P71, DOI 10.1207/s15327752jpa4901_13 GLASS TA, 1992, SOC SCI MED, V34, P1249, DOI 10.1016/0277-9536(92)90317-J Hinckley J. J., 1995, TOP STROKE REHABIL, V2, P53 Hoen B, 1997, APHASIOLOGY, V11, P681, DOI 10.1080/02687039708249415 HYMAN MD, 1971, GERIATRICS, V26, P132 JOUSSEN K, 1984, FOLIA PHONIATR, V36, P66 KAMMANN R, 1983, NEW ZEAL J PSYCHOL, V12, P14 Mathieson CM, 1991, PSYCHOL HEALTH, V5, P153, DOI 10.1080/08870449108400418 MYRTEK M, 1987, INT J REHABIL RES, V10, P373, DOI 10.1097/00004356-198712000-00002 OBRYANT SL, 1991, INT J AGING HUM DEV, V32, P41, DOI 10.2190/8JEF-TBXP-7KF3-ND40 PARIKH RM, 1990, ARCH NEUROL-CHICAGO, V47, P485 Rea L. M., 1992, DESIGNING CONDUCTING RECORDS NL, 1996, ANN CONC AM SPEECH L Sarno MT, 1997, APHASIOLOGY, V11, P665, DOI 10.1080/02687039708249414 SHIN DC, 1978, SOC INDIC RES, V5, P475, DOI 10.1007/BF00352944 SINYOR D, 1986, BRAIN, V109, P537, DOI 10.1093/brain/109.3.537 VITTANEN M, 1988, SCANDINAVIAN J REHAB, V20, P17 Wahrborg P, 1997, APHASIOLOGY, V11, P709, DOI 10.1080/02687039708249417 WAHRBORG P, 1991, ASSESSMENT MANGEMENT World Health Organization, 1980, INT CLASSIFICATION I NR 25 TC 10 Z9 10 PU TAYLOR & FRANCIS LTD PI LONDON PA ONE GUNPOWDER SQUARE, LONDON EC4A 3DE, ENGLAND SN 0268-7038 J9 APHASIOLOGY JI Aphasiology PD JUL-AUG PY 1998 VL 12 IS 7-8 BP 509 EP 518 DI 10.1080/02687039808249554 PG 10 WC Clinical Neurology SC Neurosciences & Neurology GA ZU108 UT WOS:000074162800003 ER PT J AU Linebaugh, CW Baron, CR Corcoran, KJ AF Linebaugh, CW Baron, CR Corcoran, KJ TI Assessing treatment efficacy in acute aphasia: paradoxes, presumptions, problems and principles SO APHASIOLOGY LA English DT Article; Proceedings Paper CT 27th Clinical Aphasiology Conference CY JUN, 1997 CL BIGFORK, MONTANA ID LANGUAGE RECOVERY; THERAPY; DEFICITS AB It is paradoxical that most studies that have examined the efficacy of aphasia rehabilitation have involved patients with stable, chronic aphasia, while most clinicians treat patients whose aphasia is of much shorter duration and often more dynamic. Extending the results of treatment efficacy studies with chronic patients to acute patients requires that two essential presumptions be made: (1) a method that works with chronic patients will in fact work with acute patients; (2) the method is equally appropriate for both chronic and acute patients. These presumptions and problems that may arise when assessing treatment efficacy in acutely aphasic patients are discussed. Principles that may guide future studies are enumerated. C1 George Washington Univ, Washington, DC 20052 USA. Natl Rehabil Hosp, Washington, DC USA. RP Linebaugh, CW (reprint author), George Washington Univ, Rice 602,2121 I St NW, Washington, DC 20052 USA. CR BASSO A, 1979, ARCH NEUROL-CHICAGO, V36, P190 Battig W. F., 1969, J EXPT PSYCHOL MON 2, V80 BERMAN M, 1967, J SPEECH HEAR DISORD, V32, P372 BYNG S, 1994, APHASIOLOGY, V8, P315, DOI 10.1080/02687039408248663 BYNG S, 1995, EUR J DISORDER COMM, V30, P303 BYNG S, 1994, CLIN APHASIOL, V22, P265 DOYLE PJ, 1987, J SPEECH HEAR DISORD, V52, P143 Francis WN, 1982, FREQUENCY ANAL ENGLI Goodglass H., 1983, BOSTON DIAGNOSTIC AP, V2nd SPARKS R, 1974, Cortex, V10, P303 HELMESTABROOKS N, 1982, J SPEECH HEAR DISORD, V47, P385 HERSON M, 1976, SINGLE CASE EXPT DES HILLIS AE, 1989, ARCH PHYS MED REHAB, V70, P632 HORNER J, 1981, CLIN APHASIOLOGY, P174 KEEFE KA, 1995, AM J SPEECH-LANG PAT, V4, P88 KERTESZ A, 1977, BRAIN, V100, P1, DOI 10.1093/brain/100.1.1 Kertesz A., 1982, W APHASIA BATTERY LINEBAUGH CW, 1996, AM SPEECH LANG HEAR LINEBAUGH CW, 1995, AM SPEECH LANG HEAR MARSHALL J, 1990, APHASIOLOGY, V4, P167, DOI 10.1080/02687039008249068 MAZZONI M, 1992, APHASIOLOGY, V6, P387, DOI 10.1080/02687039208248609 McReynolds L. V., 1983, SINGLE SUBJECT EXPT MURRAY LL, 1995, APHASIOLOGY, V9, P397, DOI 10.1080/02687039508248212 RAYMER AM, 1993, APHASIOLOGY, V7, P27, DOI 10.1080/02687039308249498 ROTHI LJG, 1991, NIDCD MONOGRAPH, V2, P91 Sarno M. T., 1969, REHABILITATION MONOG, V42 SARNO MT, 1970, J SPEECH HEAR RES, V13, P607 SHAPIRO LP, 1994, CLIN APHASIOL, V22, P291 Thompson CK, 1997, J SPEECH LANG HEAR R, V40, P228 VIGNOLO LA, 1964, CORTEX, V1, P344 WARREN RL, 1987, CLIN APHASIOLOGY, V17, P1 NR 31 TC 15 Z9 15 PU TAYLOR & FRANCIS LTD PI LONDON PA ONE GUNPOWDER SQUARE, LONDON EC4A 3DE, ENGLAND SN 0268-7038 J9 APHASIOLOGY JI Aphasiology PD JUL-AUG PY 1998 VL 12 IS 7-8 BP 519 EP 536 DI 10.1080/02687039808249555 PG 18 WC Clinical Neurology SC Neurosciences & Neurology GA ZU108 UT WOS:000074162800004 ER PT J AU Russo, KD Peach, RK Shapiro, LP AF Russo, KD Peach, RK Shapiro, LP TI Verb preference effects in the sentence comprehension of fluent aphasic individuals SO APHASIOLOGY LA English DT Article; Proceedings Paper CT 27th Clinical Aphasiology Conference CY JUN, 1997 CL BIGFORK, MONTANA ID LEXICAL PREFERENCE AB This investigation examined sentence processing of fluent aphasic subjects with varying severity levels. Subjects performed a cross-modal lexical decision task for transitive and intransitive verbs in preferred and non-preferred frameworks. Verb processing was measured by reaction times during on-line sentence comprehension. Reaction times to the cross-modal lexical decision (CMLD) task indicated that the subjects with aphasia were insensitive to preference information associated with the processing of verbs in sentences. Severity level did not alter the pattern observed regarding verb type and preferences. C1 Rush Univ, Rush Presbyterian St Lukes Med Ctr, Chicago, IL 60612 USA. George Washington Univ Hosp, Washington, DC USA. San Diego State Univ, San Diego, CA 92182 USA. RP Peach, RK (reprint author), Rush Univ, Rush Presbyterian St Lukes Med Ctr, 1653 W Congress Pkwy, Chicago, IL 60612 USA. CR CLIFTON C, 1984, J VERB LEARN VERB BE, V23, P696, DOI 10.1016/S0022-5371(84)90426-2 CONNINE C, 1984, J PSYCHOLINGUIST RES, V13, P307, DOI 10.1007/BF01076840 EISENSON J, 1994, EXAMINING APHASIA AS MACDONALD MC, 1994, PSYCHOL REV, V101, P676, DOI 10.1037//0033-295X.101.4.676 MCELREE B, 1993, J MEM LANG, V32, P536, DOI 10.1006/jmla.1993.1028 SHAPIRO LP, 1990, BRAIN LANG, V38, P21, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(90)90100-U SHAPIRO LP, 1991, J EXP PSYCHOL LEARN, V17, P983, DOI 10.1037//0278-7393.17.5.983 SHAPIRO LP, 1987, COGNITION, V27, P219, DOI 10.1016/S0010-0277(87)80010-0 SHAPIRO LP, 1993, BRAIN LANG, V45, P423, DOI 10.1006/brln.1993.1053 SHAPIRO LP, 1993, J MEM LANG, V32, P96, DOI 10.1006/jmla.1993.1006 Tanenhaus Michael, 1989, LANG COGNITIVE PROC, V4, P211, DOI 10.1080/01690968908406368 TANENHAUS MK, 1990, COGNITIVE MODELS SPE TRUESWELL JC, 1993, J EXP PSYCHOL LEARN, V19, P528, DOI 10.1037//0278-7393.19.3.528 NR 13 TC 7 Z9 7 PU TAYLOR & FRANCIS LTD PI LONDON PA ONE GUNPOWDER SQUARE, LONDON EC4A 3DE, ENGLAND SN 0268-7038 J9 APHASIOLOGY JI Aphasiology PD JUL-AUG PY 1998 VL 12 IS 7-8 BP 537 EP 545 DI 10.1080/02687039808249556 PG 9 WC Clinical Neurology SC Neurosciences & Neurology GA ZU108 UT WOS:000074162800005 ER PT J AU Boles, L Bombard, T AF Boles, L Bombard, T TI Conversational discourse analysis: appropriate and useful sample sizes SO APHASIOLOGY LA English DT Article; Proceedings Paper CT 27th Clinical Aphasiology Conference CY JUN, 1997 CL BIGFORK, MONTANA ID APHASIA; REPAIR AB The time required to transcribe and analyse lengthy conversation puts conversational discourse analysis (CDA) out of reach for most practising clinicians. However, standards have not been established for appropriate conversation sample size. Data are presented supporting the use of conversation samples 5-10 minutes when studying conversation repair, speaking rate, and utterance length. Ten minute samples adequately represented 'parent' conversations from which they were derived when measuring conversation repair for six of eight cases. For measuring speaking efficiency (length of utterance and speaking rate) 5 minutes was adequate for all eight cases. For variables occurring once per minute, 10 minute samples were adequate, and for variables occurring three times per minute, 5 minute samples were adequate. C1 Univ Hawaii, Honolulu, HI 96822 USA. RP Boles, L (reprint author), Univ Hawaii, 1410 Lower Campus Rd, Honolulu, HI 96822 USA. CR ARNEY WR, 1990, UNDERSTANDING STAT S, P73 BESNIER N, 1989, LANG SOC, V18, P315 Boles L., 1997, ASIA PACIFIC J SPEEC, V2, P43 BOLES L, 1996, UNPUB CLIN APH C NEW BROOKSHIRE RH, 1978, J SPEECH HEAR RES, V21, P652 BROOKSHIRE RH, 1994, CLIN APHASIOL, V22, P119 DAMICO JS, 1991, UNPUB AM SPEECH LANG DAMICO JS, 1992, UNPUB AM SPEECH LANG FERGUSON A, 1994, APHASIOLOGY, V8, P143, DOI 10.1080/02687039408248647 FUJIKI M, 1990, APPL PSYCHOLINGUIST, V11, P201, DOI 10.1017/S0142716400008778 Holland A., 1980, COMMUNICATIVE ABILIT KENNEDY MRT, 1994, CLIN APHASIOL, V22, P67 Kertesz A., 1982, W APHASIA BATTERY MCCORMICK TC, 1941, ELEMENTARY SOCIAL ST, P130 PERKINS L, 1995, EUR J DISORDER COMM, V30, P372 Psathas G, 1995, CONVERSATION ANAL ST SACKS H, 1974, LANGUAGE, V50, P696, DOI 10.2307/412243 SimmonsMackie NN, 1996, DISABIL REHABIL, V18, P540 TOMASELLO M, 1990, J CHILD LANG, V17, P115 WEINGARTEN K, 1992, FAM PROCESS, V31, P45, DOI 10.1111/j.1545-5300.1992.00045.x NR 20 TC 16 Z9 16 PU TAYLOR & FRANCIS LTD PI LONDON PA ONE GUNPOWDER SQUARE, LONDON EC4A 3DE, ENGLAND SN 0268-7038 J9 APHASIOLOGY JI Aphasiology PD JUL-AUG PY 1998 VL 12 IS 7-8 BP 547 EP 560 DI 10.1080/02687039808249557 PG 14 WC Clinical Neurology SC Neurosciences & Neurology GA ZU108 UT WOS:000074162800006 ER PT J AU Doyle, PJ McNeil, MR Spencer, KA Goda, AJ Cottrell, K Lustig, AP AF Doyle, PJ McNeil, MR Spencer, KA Goda, AJ Cottrell, K Lustig, AP TI The effects of concurrent picture presentations on retelling of orally presented stories by adults with aphasia SO APHASIOLOGY LA English DT Article; Proceedings Paper CT 27th Clinical Aphasiology Conference CY JUN, 1997 CL BIGFORK, MONTANA ID DISCOURSE; COHESION AB This study investigated whether measures of verbal productivity, verbal disruption, information content, grammatical complexity, and grammatical well formedness would vary as a function of experimental conditions in which the presence of pictured stimuli was manipulated during the oral presentation and retelling of stories. Fifteen adults with aphasia retold stories under three experimental conditions: (i) concurrent presentation of oral and pictured versions of stories followed by a picture-supported retell, (ii) concurrent presentation of oral and pictured versions of stories followed by a 'free' retell, and (iii) orally presented stories followed by a free retell. Group analyses revealed no significant differences across experimental conditions for any of the dependent measures. Analyses of individual subjects' data revealed clinically important differences for several measures of information content, with individual subjects responding differently to the experimental conditions. C1 Pittsburgh VA Hlth Care Syst, Aphasia Rehabil Res Lab & Clin, Pittsburgh, PA 15206 USA. Univ Pittsburgh, Dept Commun Sci & Disorders, Pittsburgh, PA USA. RP Doyle, PJ (reprint author), Pittsburgh VA Hlth Care Syst, Aphasia Rehabil Res Lab & Clin, 7180 Highland Dr, Pittsburgh, PA 15206 USA. CR Bayles K. A., 1993, ARIZONA BATTERY COMM BOTTENBERG D, 1987, CLIN APHASIOLOGY, V17, P202 Brookshire R., 1993, DISCOURSE COMPREHENS CAMPBELL TF, 1987, UNPUB CONVENTIONS TR CORREIA L, 1990, J SPEECH HEAR DISORD, V55, P713 Dabul B. L., 1979, APRAXIA BATTERY ADUL Darley F. L., 1982, APHASIA Doyle P. J., 1995, AM J SPEECH-LANG PAT, V4, P130 DOYLE PJ, 1994, CLIN APHASIOL, V22, P135 GIBBONS J, 1986, CHILD DEV, V57, P1014, DOI 10.1111/j.1467-8624.1986.tb00262.x HICKMAN M, 1982, THESIS U CHICAGO Kertesz A., 1982, W APHASIA BATTERY McNeil M. R., 1978, REV TOKEN TEST Nicholas Linda E., 1995, Journal of Speech and Hearing Research, V38, P145 NICHOLAS LE, 1993, J SPEECH HEAR RES, V36, P338 Porch B. E., 1981, PORCH INDEX COMMUNIC POTECHIN GC, 1987, CLIN APHASIOLOGY, V17, P216 PRATT MW, 1985, DEV PSYCHOL, V21, P350, DOI 10.1037/0012-1649.21.2.350 Raven JC, 1976, COLOURED PROGR MATRI RIPICH DN, 1988, J LEARN DISABIL, V21, P165 Schneider P., 1996, AM J SPEECH-LANG PAT, V5, P86 SHADDEN BB, 1991, CLIN APHASIOLOGY, V20, P327 ULATOWSKA HK, 1989, SEMINARS SPEECH LANG, V10, P293 ULATOWSKA HK, 1983, BRAIN LANG, V19, P317, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(83)90074-3 ULATOWSKA HK, 1981, BRAIN LANG, V13, P345, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(81)90100-0 WILSON R S, 1979, Journal of Clinical Neuropsychology, V1, P49, DOI 10.1080/01688637908401097 NR 26 TC 23 Z9 23 PU TAYLOR & FRANCIS LTD PI LONDON PA ONE GUNPOWDER SQUARE, LONDON EC4A 3DE, ENGLAND SN 0268-7038 J9 APHASIOLOGY JI Aphasiology PD JUL-AUG PY 1998 VL 12 IS 7-8 BP 561 EP 574 DI 10.1080/02687039808249558 PG 14 WC Clinical Neurology SC Neurosciences & Neurology GA ZU108 UT WOS:000074162800007 ER PT J AU McNeil, MR Doyle, PJ Spencer, K Goda, AJ Flores, D Small, SL AF McNeil, MR Doyle, PJ Spencer, K Goda, AJ Flores, D Small, SL TI Effects of training multiple form classes on acquisition, generalization and maintenance of word retrieval in a single subject SO APHASIOLOGY LA English DT Article; Proceedings Paper CT 27th Clinical Aphasiology Conference CY JUN, 1997 CL BIGFORK, MONTANA ID APHASIA AB A study by McNeil et nl. reported no generalization effects in two individuals with aphasia following application of a word finding treatment in which subjects were trained sequentially on lexical items arranged by form class. The present investigation examined, in one of the two subjects from the original study, whether training on lexical items from a variety of form classes concurrently would result in greater response generalization than was observed previously in this subject. Results replicated earlier findings with positive acquisition and maintenance effects and little evidence of generalization to untrained items within or across form classes. C1 Univ Pittsburgh, Dept Commun Sci & Disorders, Pittsburgh, PA 15260 USA. VAMC, Aphasia Rehabil Res Lab & Clin, Pittsburgh, PA USA. Univ Maryland, Dept Neurol, College Pk, MD 20742 USA. RP McNeil, MR (reprint author), Univ Pittsburgh, Dept Commun Sci & Disorders, 4033 Forbes Tower, Pittsburgh, PA 15260 USA. CR BAER DM, 1981, PLAN GEN BECK AT, 1961, ARCH GEN PSYCHIAT, V4, P561 Boyle M., 1995, AM J SPEECH-LANG PAT, V4, P94 Brookshire R., 1993, DISCOURSE COMPREHENS BROOKSHIRE RH, 1975, HUMAN COMMUNICATION, V3, P63 CAYNE BS, 1991, NEW LEXICON WEBSTERS DABULB, 1986, APRAXIA BATTERY ADUL German DJ, 1990, TEST ADOLESCENT ADUL HILLIS AE, 1989, ARCH PHYS MED REHAB, V70, P632 HOWARD D, 1985, BRAIN, V108, P817 Howard D., 1987, APHASIA THERAPY HIST Kearns K. P., 1985, CLIN APHASIOLOGY, P196 Kertesz A., 1982, W APHASIA BATTERY LaPointe L. L., 1979, READING COMPREHENSIO Lesser R., 1989, COGNITIVE APPROACHES, P65 Linebaugh Craig W., 1997, P112 McNeil M. R., 1978, REVISED TOKEN TEST McNeil M. R., 1995, AM J SPEECH-LANG PAT, V4, P76, DOI 10.1044/1058-0360.0404.76 McNeil MR, 1997, APHASIOLOGY, V11, P385, DOI 10.1080/02687039708248479 MCNEIL MR, 1991, CLIN APHASIOLOGY, V20, P21 NICKELS L, 1995, NEUROPSYCHOLOGIA, V33, P1281, DOI 10.1016/0028-3932(95)00102-9 PATTERSON KE, 1983, APHASIA THERAPY, P76 Porch B. E., 1981, PORCH INDEX COMMUNIC Raven J. C., 1965, COLOURED PROGR MATRI Schneider W., 1984, VARIETIES ATTENTION, P1 SCHNEIDER W, 1977, PSYCHOL REV, V84, P1, DOI 10.1037/0033-295X.84.1.1 SERON X, 1979, CORTEX, V15, P149 SHIFFRIN RM, 1977, PSYCHOL REV, V84, P127, DOI 10.1037/0033-295X.84.2.127 THOMPSON CK, 1991, CLIN APHASIOLOGY, V20, P239 THOMPSON CK, 1981, CLIN APHASIOLOGY, V11, P35 THOMPSON CK, 1986, BRAIN LANG, V28, P141, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(86)90097-0 NR 31 TC 15 Z9 15 PU TAYLOR & FRANCIS LTD PI LONDON PA ONE GUNPOWDER SQUARE, LONDON EC4A 3DE, ENGLAND SN 0268-7038 J9 APHASIOLOGY JI Aphasiology PD JUL-AUG PY 1998 VL 12 IS 7-8 BP 575 EP 585 DI 10.1080/02687039808249559 PG 11 WC Clinical Neurology SC Neurosciences & Neurology GA ZU108 UT WOS:000074162800008 ER PT J AU Kendall, DL McNeil, MR Small, SL AF Kendall, DL McNeil, MR Small, SL TI Rule-based treatment for acquired phonological dyslexia SO APHASIOLOGY LA English DT Article; Proceedings Paper CT 27th Clinical Aphasiology Conference CY JUN, 1997 CL BIGFORK, MT AB In the context of a multiple-baseline design, this study demonstrated the positive effects of behavioural treatment using grapheme to phoneme correspondence rules to treat a patient with phonological dyslexia 17 years after stroke onset. Treatment used repeated exposure to real and nonsense word stimuli embodying the regularities of two grapheme to phoneme correspondence rules (GPCR) with hierarchical cueing and knowledge of results. Results revealed a pattern of performance that increased beyond baseline variability and coincided in time with the institution of treatment. Generalization of these treatment effects occurred to words requiring knowledge of other GPCR and to an independent processing based reading measure. C1 Univ Pittsburgh, Dept Commun Sci & Disorders, Pittsburgh, PA 15260 USA. Univ Maryland, Sch Med, Dept Neurol, Baltimore, MD 21201 USA. RP Kendall, DL (reprint author), Univ Pittsburgh, Dept Commun Sci & Disorders, 4033 Forbes Tower, Pittsburgh, PA 15260 USA. CR BEAUVOIS MF, 1979, J NEUROL NEUROSUR PS, V42, P1115, DOI 10.1136/jnnp.42.12.1115 Coltheart M, 1996, COGNITIVE NEUROPSYCH, V13, P749 COLTHEART M, 1985, ATTENTION PERFORMANC, V11 Dabul B., 1986, APRAXIA BATTERY ADUL DEPARTZ MP, 1986, COGNITIVE NEUROPSYCH, V3, P149, DOI 10.1080/02643298608252674 GATES A, 1978, GATES MACGINITIE REA German DJ, 1990, TEST ADOLESCENT ADUL Howard D., 1992, PYRAMIDS PALM TREES Kaplan E, 1983, BOSTON NAMING TEST Kertesz A., 1982, W APHASIA BATTERY LaPointe L. L., 1979, READING COMPREHENSIO MATTHEWS C, 1991, J COMMUN DISORD, V24, P21, DOI 10.1016/0021-9924(91)90031-D MAY F, 1973, HELP CHILDREN READ M McNeil M. R., 1978, REVISED TOKEN TEST Mitchum C. C., 1991, J NEUROLINGUIST, V6, P103, DOI 10.1016/0911-6044(91)90003-2 MITCHUM CC, 1993, APHASIOLOGY, V7, P71, DOI 10.1080/02687039308249500 Newcombe F., 1985, SURFACE DYSLEXIA, P35 *NICH BROOKSH, 1993, DISC PROD TEST ODELL KH, 1983, THESIS U WISCONSIN PAIVIO A, 1968, J EXP PSYCHOL, V76, P1, DOI 10.1037/h0025327 SAFFRAN EM, 1977, Q J EXP PSYCHOL, V29, P515, DOI 10.1080/14640747708400627 Wechsler D., 1987, WECHSLER MEMORY SCAL NR 22 TC 13 Z9 13 PU ROUTLEDGE JOURNALS, TAYLOR & FRANCIS LTD PI ABINGDON PA 4 PARK SQUARE, MILTON PARK, ABINGDON OX14 4RN, OXFORDSHIRE, ENGLAND SN 0268-7038 EI 1464-5041 J9 APHASIOLOGY JI Aphasiology PD JUL-AUG PY 1998 VL 12 IS 7-8 BP 587 EP 600 DI 10.1080/02687039808249560 PG 14 WC Clinical Neurology SC Neurosciences & Neurology GA ZU108 UT WOS:000074162800009 ER PT J AU Baumgaertner, A Tompkins, CA AF Baumgaertner, A Tompkins, CA TI Beyond frequency: predicting auditory word recognition in normal elderly adults SO APHASIOLOGY LA English DT Article; Proceedings Paper CT 27th Clinical Aphasiology Conference CY JUN, 1997 CL BIGFORK, MT ID AGE-OF-ACQUISITION; LEXICAL DECISION; NEIGHBORHOOD; FAMILIARITY; CONCRETENESS; ACCESS AB This study examined the contributions of several lexical variables to prediction of the variance in spoken word recognition performance in a sample of 29 normal older adults. Subjects responded to 50 experimental stimulus words varying in frequency, age-of-acquisition, and familiarity, in a speeded auditory lexical decision task. The contributions of familiarity and age of acquisition were examined after accounting for word frequency, the variable most often controlled in such studies. Strong age of acquisition effects were observed after accounting for frequency, whereas familiarity did not contribute to predicting lexical decision reaction times. Clinical and research implications are discussed. C1 Univ Pittsburgh, Dept Commun Sci & Disorders, Pittsburgh, PA 15260 USA. RP Baumgaertner, A (reprint author), Univ Pittsburgh, Dept Commun Sci & Disorders, 4033 Forbes Tower, Pittsburgh, PA 15260 USA. CR American National Standards Institute, 1969, S361969 ANSI ANDREWS S, 1989, J EXP PSYCHOL LEARN, V15, P802, DOI 10.1037/0278-7393.15.5.802 ANNETT M, 1970, BRIT J PSYCHOL, V61, P303 BALOTA DA, 1984, J EXP PSYCHOL HUMAN, V10, P340, DOI 10.1037/0096-1523.10.3.340 Brookshire RH, 1995, CLIN APHASIOL, V23, P107 BROWN GDA, 1987, MEM COGNITION, V15, P208, DOI 10.3758/BF03197718 Carroll J. B., 1971, AM HERITAGE WORD FRE Coltheart M., 1977, ATTENTION PERFORM, P535 CONNINE CM, 1990, J EXP PSYCHOL LEARN, V16, P1084, DOI 10.1037/0278-7393.16.6.1084 Cruttenden Alan, 1994, GIMSONS PRONUNCIATIO Dunn L. M., 1981, PEABODY PICTURE VOCA FOLSTEIN MF, 1975, J PSYCHIAT RES, V12, P189, DOI 10.1016/0022-3956(75)90026-6 FORSTER KI, 1992, ORTHOGRAPHY PHONOLOG, P413 Forster KI, 1996, J EXP PSYCHOL LEARN, V22, P696, DOI 10.1037/0278-7393.22.3.696 GEFEN G, 1982, DICHOTIC MONITORING GERNSBACHER MA, 1984, J EXP PSYCHOL GEN, V113, P256, DOI 10.1037//0096-3445.113.2.256 Gilhooly K., 1981, CURRENT PSYCHOL REV, V1, P269, DOI 10.1007/BF02684489 GILHOOLY KJ, 1980, BEHAV RES METH INSTR, V12, P395, DOI 10.3758/BF03201693 GILHOOLY KJ, 1980, BRIT J PSYCHOL, V71, P105 GRAINGER J, 1990, J MEM LANG, V29, P228, DOI 10.1016/0749-596X(90)90074-A GROSJEAN F, 1980, PERCEPT PSYCHOPHYS, V28, P267, DOI 10.3758/BF03204386 HAYES DP, 1988, J MEM LANG, V27, P572, DOI 10.1016/0749-596X(88)90027-7 HIRSH KW, 1994, COGNITIVE NEUROPSYCH, V11, P435, DOI 10.1080/02643299408251981 HOLLINGSHEAD AB, 1975, UNPUB 4 FACTOR INDEX Kucera H., 1967, COMPUTATIONAL ANAL P LABOVITZ S, 1970, AM SOCIOL REV, V35, P515, DOI 10.2307/2092993 Lively Scott, 1994, HDB PSYCHOLINGUISTIC, P265 LOVELACE EA, 1988, B PSYCHONOMIC SOC, V26, P410 LUCE PA, 1990, ACL MIT NAT, P122 MARSLENWILSON WD, 1987, COGNITION, V25, P71, DOI 10.1016/0010-0277(87)90005-9 MCCLOSKEY M, 1980, J VERB LEARN VERB BE, V19, P485, DOI 10.1016/S0022-5371(80)90330-8 Metsala JL, 1997, MEM COGNITION, V25, P47, DOI 10.3758/BF03197284 Monsell S., 1991, BASIC PROCESSES READ, P148 MORRISON CM, 1992, MEM COGNITION, V20, P705, DOI 10.3758/BF03202720 MORRISON CM, 1995, J EXP PSYCHOL LEARN, V21, P116, DOI 10.1037/0278-7393.21.1.116 NICKELS L, 1995, NEUROPSYCHOLOGIA, V33, P1281, DOI 10.1016/0028-3932(95)00102-9 NUSBAM HC, 1984, 10 IND U SPEECH RES SEARS CR, 1995, J EXP PSYCHOL HUMAN, V21, P876, DOI 10.1037//0096-1523.21.4.876 SHOBEN EJ, 1982, HDB RES METHODS HUMA, P287 WALLEY AC, 1990, PERCEPT PSYCHOPHYS, V47, P267, DOI 10.3758/BF03205001 Ware JE, 1994, SF 36 PHYSICAL MENTA NR 41 TC 4 Z9 4 PU PSYCHOLOGY PRESS PI HOVE PA 27 CHURCH RD, HOVE BN3 2FA, EAST SUSSEX, ENGLAND SN 0268-7038 J9 APHASIOLOGY JI Aphasiology PD JUL-AUG PY 1998 VL 12 IS 7-8 BP 601 EP 617 DI 10.1080/02687039808249561 PG 17 WC Clinical Neurology SC Neurosciences & Neurology GA ZU108 UT WOS:000074162800010 ER PT J AU Ulatowska, HK Chapman, SB Highley, AP Prince, J AF Ulatowska, HK Chapman, SB Highley, AP Prince, J TI Discourse in healthy old-elderly adults: a longitudinal study SO APHASIOLOGY LA English DT Article; Proceedings Paper CT 27th Clinical Aphasiology Conference CY JUN, 1997 CL BIGFORK, MONTANA ID LIFE-SPAN; INFORMATION; MEMORY; TEXT; AGE AB This longitudinal study investigated discourse abilities in 16 normal adults in their 80s and 90s at two separate testing times. The discourse tasks evaluated macro-level processing of narratives as manifested on retells, summaries, gists, and morals, and in explanations of proverbs. The group results showed preservation with increased age on those discourse tasks that required global levels of processing. No significant decreases in performance were found in applying strategies of reduction, generalization, and interpretation, factors associated with preserved discourse function in normal advanced ageing are discussed. The findings have implications for differential diagnosis of dementia and aphasia. C1 Univ Texas, Callier Ctr Commun Disorders, Dallas, TX 75235 USA. RP Chapman, SB (reprint author), Univ Texas, Callier Ctr Commun Disorders, 1966 Inwood Rd, Dallas, TX 75235 USA. CR ADAMS C, 1991, PSYCHOL AGING, V6, P323, DOI 10.1037/0882-7974.6.3.323 Adams C., 1990, J GERONTOL B-PSYCHOL, V45, P17 BALTES PB, 1993, GERONTOLOGIST, V33, P580 BLESSED G, 1968, BRIT J PSYCHIAT, V114, P797, DOI 10.1192/bjp.114.512.797 Chapman SB, 1997, APHASIOLOGY, V11, P337, DOI 10.1080/02687039708248475 CHAPMAN SB, 1994, HDB NEUROLOGICAL SPE COHEN G, 1981, COGNITION, V9, P59, DOI 10.1016/0010-0277(81)90014-7 DELIS DC, 1984, UNPUB CALIFORNIA PRO FOLSTEIN MF, 1975, J PSYCHIAT RES, V12, P189, DOI 10.1016/0022-3956(75)90026-6 Goodglass H, 1983, ASSESSMENT APHASIA R, V2nd Hess T. M., 1990, AGING COGNITION KNOW, P93 HULTSCH DF, 1984, LIFE-SPAN DEV BEHAV, P77 Kaplan E, 1983, BOSTON NAMING TEST KEMPER S, 1987, EXP AGING RES, V13, P47 LABOUVIEVIEF G, 1985, MODELS COGNITIVE FUN Light L. L., 1988, EMERGENT THEORIES AG, P177 MAGLIANO JP, 1991, POETICS, V20, P193, DOI 10.1016/0304-422X(91)90007-C McCleary R, 1996, ALZ DIS ASSOC DIS, V10, P216, DOI 10.1097/00002093-199601040-00007 McGuire LC, 1996, EXP AGING RES, V22, P403, DOI 10.1080/03610739608254020 MEYER BJF, 1987, ANN REV GERONTOLOGY, P93 MEYER BJF, 1995, PSYCHOL AGING, V10, P84, DOI 10.1037/0882-7974.10.1.84 OCONNOR DW, 1994, DEMENTIA NORMAL AGIN, P91 Olson D. R., 1977, SCH ACQUISITION KNOW, P65 Raven J. C., 1978, COLOURED PROGR MATRI SCHAIE KW, 1994, AM PSYCHOL, V49, P304, DOI 10.1037/0003-066X.49.4.304 Snowdon DA, 1997, JAMA-J AM MED ASSOC, V277, P813, DOI 10.1001/jama.277.10.813 Ulatowska HK, 1994, DISCOURSE ADULT CLIN, P19 Ulatowska HK, 1995, CLIN APHASIOL, V23, P179 ULATOWSKA HK, 1998, IN PRESS ANTHOLOGY O ULATOWSKA HK, 1991, GERIATRIC COMMUNICAT, P21 Wechsler D., 1987, WECHSLER MEMORY SCAL Wechsler D, 1981, WECHSLER ADULT INTEL WILLIS SL, 1992, RES AGING, V14, P68, DOI 10.1177/0164027592141004 Zacks R. T., 1988, LANGUAGE MEMORY AGIN, P154 Zelinski E. M., 1988, LANGUAGE MEMORY AGIN, P117 Zelinski EM, 1996, J MEM LANG, V35, P689, DOI 10.1006/jmla.1996.0036 NR 36 TC 17 Z9 17 PU TAYLOR & FRANCIS LTD PI LONDON PA ONE GUNPOWDER SQUARE, LONDON EC4A 3DE, ENGLAND SN 0268-7038 J9 APHASIOLOGY JI Aphasiology PD JUL-AUG PY 1998 VL 12 IS 7-8 BP 619 EP 633 DI 10.1080/02687039808249562 PG 15 WC Clinical Neurology SC Neurosciences & Neurology GA ZU108 UT WOS:000074162800011 ER PT J AU Rogers, MA Alarcon, NB AF Rogers, MA Alarcon, NB TI Dissolution of spoken language in primary progressive aphasia SO APHASIOLOGY LA English DT Article; Proceedings Paper CT 27th Clinical Aphasiology Conference CY JUN, 1997 CL BIGFORK, MONTANA ID CONNECTED SPEECH AB The dissolution of speech and language was investigated over a 4 year period in a male with an 8 year history of isolated speech and language deterioration exhibiting a non-fluent profile of primary progressive aphasia (PPA). The course of his communication impairment began with apraxia of speech and difficulty accessing word form (e.g. as evidenced by frequent 'tip-of-the-tongue' errors that typically contained correct production of word onsets or first syllables but not whole words). Ultimately all aspects of oral language use deteriorated until the individual became non-vocal. His ability to communicate through non-verbal modalities remained intact. Results of repeated administrations of standardized tests and analyses of connected speech obtained over 2 years were compared. The ability of various assessment probes to substantiate clinical impressions of noticeable declines in expressive language use was examined. It was concluded that the most sensitive indices of spoken language dissolution are likely to be measures derived from connected speech. Unlike level-specific subtests (i.e. subtests that are designed to probe relatively isolated stages of processing such as word retrieval apart from syntactic formulation), the requisite simultaneity of processing across levels during connected speech taxes the aphasic's entire language processing system. Three principles guided the approach to management: (i) anticipatory implementation of treatment goals; (ii) therapy is dyad oriented; and (iii) therapy is directed at the level of the disability, defined as the limitations to perform specific functions within a natural context The cornerstone of this approach, labelled proactive management, lies in the concept that the goals are formulated and implemented in anticipation of future declines so that the patient with PPA is prepared to maximize communication effectiveness at every stage despite the relentless progression of the disease. C1 Univ Washington, Dept Speech & Hearing Sci, Seattle, WA 98195 USA. RP Rogers, MA (reprint author), Univ Washington, Dept Speech & Hearing Sci, 1417 NE 42nd St, Seattle, WA 98195 USA. CR [Anonymous], 1991, DIS AM NAT AG PREV DUFFY JR, 1992, APHASIOLOGY, V6, P1, DOI 10.1080/02687039208248573 Goodglass H, 1983, ASSESSMENT APHASIA R, V2nd Hamsher K., 1978, MULTILINGUAL APHASIA Kaplan E, 1983, BOSTON NAMING TEST KEMPLER D, 1990, J NEUROL NEUROSUR PS, V53, P987, DOI 10.1136/jnnp.53.11.987 Kertesz A., 1982, W APHASIA BATTERY MESULAM MM, 1982, ANN NEUROL, V11, P592, DOI 10.1002/ana.410110607 MESULAM MM, 1992, BAILLIERE CLIN NEUR, V1, P43 NICHOLAS LE, 1993, J SPEECH HEAR RES, V36, P338 REITAN HM, 1985, HALSTEAD REITAN NEUR Rey A, 1964, EXAMEN CLIN PSYCHOL ROGERS MA, 1997, UNPUB 1997 CLIN APH Rosenbek JC, 1985, CLIN MANAGEMENT NEUR, P97 SCHELTENS P, 1994, NEUROLOGY, V44, P279 SCHUELL HS, 1973, DIFFERENTIAL DIAGNOS SNOWDEN JS, 1992, ANN NEUROL, V31, P174, DOI 10.1002/ana.410310208 Wechsler D., 1987, WECHSLER MEMORY SCAL Wechsler D, 1981, WECHSLER ADULT INTEL WEINTRAUB S, 1990, ARCH NEUROL-CHICAGO, V47, P1329 Wertz RT, 1984, APRAXIA SPEECH ADULT YORKSTON KM, 1980, J SPEECH HEAR DISORD, V45, P27 NR 22 TC 12 Z9 12 PU TAYLOR & FRANCIS LTD PI LONDON PA ONE GUNPOWDER SQUARE, LONDON EC4A 3DE, ENGLAND SN 0268-7038 J9 APHASIOLOGY JI Aphasiology PD JUL-AUG PY 1998 VL 12 IS 7-8 BP 635 EP 650 DI 10.1080/02687039808249563 PG 16 WC Clinical Neurology SC Neurosciences & Neurology GA ZU108 UT WOS:000074162800012 ER PT J AU Murray, LL AF Murray, LL TI Longitudinal treatment of primary progressive aphasia: a case study SO APHASIOLOGY LA English DT Article; Proceedings Paper CT 27th Clinical Aphasiology Conference CY JUN, 1997 CL BIGFORK, MT ID GENERALIZED DEMENTIA; LANGUAGE; COMMUNICATION; DISEASE AB The purpose of this longitudinal study was to describe the evolving treatment regimen provided to a woman with a 4 year history of non-fluent primary progressive aphasia (PPA). Over her 2.5 years of treatment, three different therapy approaches were used to adapt to her changing communicative abilities and needs: (i) a traditional stimulation-facilitation approach, (ii) the 'Back-to-the-drawing board' programme, and (iii) a functional communication approach including provision of an augmentative communication device. Improvement was found following each treatment approach indicating that PPA patients can continue to benefit from long-term speech-language pathology services. C1 Indiana Univ, Dept Speech & Hearing Sci, Bloomington, IN 47405 USA. RP Murray, LL (reprint author), Indiana Univ, Dept Speech & Hearing Sci, 200 S Jordan Ave, Bloomington, IN 47405 USA. CR Ackermann H, 1997, APHASIOLOGY, V11, P1017, DOI 10.1080/02687039708249424 BELAND R, 1992, BRAIN LANG, V43, P355, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(92)90107-P BUSCH C, 1989, J SPEECH HEAR DISORD, V53, P475 CLARK LW, 1995, TOP LANG DISORD, V15, P47 Dabul B. L., 1979, APRAXIA BATTERY ADUL Davis G., 1981, LANGUAGE INTERVENTIO, P169 DELGADO AP, 1993, AC APH ANN M TUCS AR DUFFY JR, 1992, APHASIOLOGY, V6, P1, DOI 10.1080/02687039208248573 Frattali C, 1995, AM SPEECH LANGUAGE H Goodglass H., 1983, BOSTON DIAGNOSTIC EX GRACE J, 1998, UNPUB ASSESSING RELI GREEN J, 1990, NEUROLOGY, V40, P423 Hammill D., 1988, TEST LANGUAGE DEV 2 Hart RP, 1997, APHASIOLOGY, V11, P73, DOI 10.1080/02687039708248456 Helm-Estabrooks N., 1991, MANUAL APHASIA THERA HERRMANN M, 1988, BRAIN LANG, V33, P41, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(88)90053-3 HICKEY E, 1996, INT APH REH C BOST M Hodges J R, 1996, J Int Neuropsychol Soc, V2, P511 Holland A., 1980, COMMUNICATIVE ABILIT HOLLAND AL, 1996, ADULT APHASIA REHABI, P161 Jastak S, 1984, WIDE RANGE ACHIEVEME Kagan A., 1993, APHASIA TREATMENT WO, P199 Kaplan E, 1983, BOSTON NAMING TEST KARBE H, 1993, ARCH NEUROL-CHICAGO, V50, P193 KASZNIAK AW, 1978, ANN NEUROL, V3, P246, DOI 10.1002/ana.410030311 Kertesz A., 1982, W APHASIA BATTERY KERTESZ A, 1994, NEUROLOGY, V44, P2065 KESLER A, 1995, ISRAEL J MED SCI, V31, P626 KIRSHNER HS, 1987, ANN NEUROL, V22, P527, DOI 10.1002/ana.410220413 LOMAS J, 1989, J SPEECH HEAR DISORD, V54, P113 Mattis S., 1988, DEMENTIA RATING SCAL McNeil M. R., 1995, AM J SPEECH-LANG PAT, V4, P76, DOI 10.1044/1058-0360.0404.76 MESULAM MM, 1982, ANN NEUROL, V11, P592, DOI 10.1002/ana.410110607 MESULAM MM, 1992, RES PER ALZ, P43 MITRUSHINA M, 1988, J CLIN EXP NEUROPSYC, V10, P316 Morgan A, 1987, CLIN APHASIOLOGY, V16, P34 MURRAY LL, 1996, AM SPEECH HEARING AS NORTHEN B, 1990, APHASIOLOGY, V4, P55, DOI 10.1080/02687039008249054 Paulsens JS, 1996, ASSESSMENT, V3, P327, DOI 10.1177/1073191196003003012 PENDERGAST K, 1969, PHOTO ARTICULATION T PHILBRICK KL, 1994, PSYCHOSOMATICS, V35, P138 POECK K, 1988, BRAIN, V111, P151, DOI 10.1093/brain/111.1.151 ROGERS MA, 1997, CLIN APH C BIG FORK Schneider SL, 1996, APHASIOLOGY, V10, P297, DOI 10.1080/02687039608248414 SCHOLTEN IM, 1995, APHASIOLOGY, V9, P495, DOI 10.1080/02687039508248711 Schuell H, 1965, MINNESOTA TEST DIFFE SIMMONS NM, 1987, CLIN APHASIOLOGY, V16, P106 Thompson CK, 1997, APHASIOLOGY, V11, P297, DOI 10.1080/02687039708248473 Tyler LK, 1997, BRAIN LANG, V56, P426, DOI 10.1006/brln.1997.1857 Watt S, 1997, BRAIN LANG, V56, P211, DOI 10.1006/brln.1997.1742 Wechsler D, 1981, WECHSLER ADULT INTEL WEINTRAUB S, 1990, ARCH NEUROL-CHICAGO, V47, P1329 Yorkston K. M., 1981, ASSESSMENT INTELLIGI NR 53 TC 10 Z9 11 PU PSYCHOLOGY PRESS PI HOVE PA 27 CHURCH RD, HOVE BN3 2FA, EAST SUSSEX, ENGLAND SN 0268-7038 J9 APHASIOLOGY JI Aphasiology PD JUL-AUG PY 1998 VL 12 IS 7-8 BP 651 EP 672 DI 10.1080/02687039808249564 PG 22 WC Clinical Neurology SC Neurosciences & Neurology GA ZU108 UT WOS:000074162800013 ER PT J AU Gordon, JK AF Gordon, JK TI The fluency dimension in aphasia SO APHASIOLOGY LA English DT Article; Proceedings Paper CT 27th Clinical Aphasiology Conference CY JUN, 1997 CL BIGFORK, MONTANA ID SPONTANEOUS SPEECH; TESTS AB A survey of 24 speech-language pathologists was conducted to investigate the reliability of rating expressive language parameters in aphasia. Ratings of the expressive language dimensions from the patient profile of the BDAE were made from spontaneous speech and sentence repetition samples and were compared to fluency judgements for 10 different aphasic subjects. Agreement on a fluent/non-fluent diagnosis reached a criterion of two-thirds for only half of the subjects, despite the reports of most clinicians that they used fluency classifications almost all the time. A wide range of terms were used to describe each patient's language deficits. The distributions of ratings were also highly variable for individual subjects, especially on the dimensions of articulation and paraphasia rating. The results are explored for underlying contributors to the variability of ratings observed. Implications for clinical practice and research studies are discussed. C1 McGill Univ, Sch Commun Sci & Disorders, Montreal, PQ H3G 1A8, Canada. RP Gordon, JK (reprint author), McGill Univ, Sch Commun Sci & Disorders, 1266 Pine Ave W, Montreal, PQ H3G 1A8, Canada. CR BENSON DF, 1967, CORTEX MILANO, V3, P373 Bock K, 1995, SPEECH LANGUAGE COMM, P181 FEYEREISEN P, 1991, APHASIOLOGY, V5, P1, DOI 10.1080/02687039108248516 FEYEREISEN P, 1986, J CLIN EXP NEUROPSYC, V8, P393, DOI 10.1080/01688638608401329 Fillmore Charles, 1979, INDIVIDUAL DIFFERENC, P85 Goodglass H, 1983, ASSESSMENT APHASIA R, V2nd Goodglass H., 1964, CORTEX, V1, P133, DOI [10.1016/S0010-9452(64)80018-6, DOI 10.1016/S0010-9452(64)80018-6] GOODGLASS H, 1993, CORTEX, V29, P377 GOODGLASS H, 1990, APHASIOLOGY, V4, P93, DOI 10.1080/02687039008249056 HOFMANN E, 1980, TEMPORAL VARIABLES S, P121 HOLLAND AL, 1986, J SPEECH HEAR DISORD, V51, P176 HOWES D, 1964, DISORDERS LANGUAGE, P47 Kerschensteiner M, 1972, Cortex, V8, P233 KERTESZ A, 1990, APHASIOLOGY, V4, P97, DOI 10.1080/02687039008249057 Kertesz A., 1982, W APHASIA BATTERY KERTESZ A, 1977, BRAIN LANG, V4, P1, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(77)90001-3 KNOPMAN DS, 1983, NEUROLOGY, V33, P1170 LEVELT W, 1989, SPEAKING INTENTION A LOVE RJ, 1992, NEUROLOGY SPEECH LAN MARSHALL JC, 1986, NEUROPSYCHOLOGIA, V24, P5, DOI 10.1016/0028-3932(86)90040-0 MARSHALL RC, 1982, BRAIN LANG, V15, P292, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(82)90061-X POECK K, 1983, BRAIN LANG, V20, P79, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(83)90034-2 Poeck K., 1989, CHARACTERISTICS APHA, P23 Schuell H, 1965, MINNESOTA TEST DIFFE SWINDELL CS, 1984, CLIN APHASIOLOGY, P48 Trupe E. H., 1984, CLIN APHASIOLOGY, P55 VERMEULEN J, 1989, BRAIN LANG, V36, P252, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(89)90064-3 WAGENAAR E, 1975, BRAIN LANG, V2, P281, DOI 10.1016/S0093-934X(75)80071-X WEPMAN JM, 1966, BRIT J DISORD COMMUN, V1, P46 WERTZ RT, 1984, CLIN APHASIOLOGY, P40 NR 30 TC 19 Z9 19 PU TAYLOR & FRANCIS LTD PI LONDON PA ONE GUNPOWDER SQUARE, LONDON EC4A 3DE, ENGLAND SN 0268-7038 J9 APHASIOLOGY JI Aphasiology PD JUL-AUG PY 1998 VL 12 IS 7-8 BP 673 EP 688 DI 10.1080/02687039808249565 PG 16 WC Clinical Neurology SC Neurosciences & Neurology GA ZU108 UT WOS:000074162800014 ER PT J AU Helm-Estabrooks, N Ramage, A Bayles, KA Cruz, R AF Helm-Estabrooks, N Ramage, A Bayles, KA Cruz, R TI Perseverative behaviour in fluent and non-fluent aphasic adults SO APHASIOLOGY LA English DT Article; Proceedings Paper CT 27th Clinical Aphasiology Conference CY JUN, 1997 CL BIGFORK, MONTANA AB Perseveration by type (recurrent, continuous, or stuck-in-set) was examined for 30 stroke patients, 20 of whom exhibited fluent aphasia, and 10 with non-fluent aphasia. Comparisons were made between the two aphasic subject groups on two verbal and two non-verbal tasks. Twenty-eight of the patients (93%) produced at least one instance of perseveration. The most commonly occurring type was recurrent perseveration. Instances of continuous perseveration also were common and were produced by 18 patients. Stuck-in-set perseveration was uncommon with only two patients exhibiting this form of perseveration. No differences were observed in the frequency of perseveration across the four tasks between fluent and non-fluent aphasic patients. Perseveration was significantly correlated with aphasia severity, but not with time post-onset. C1 Univ Arizona, Natl Ctr Neurogen Commun Disorders, Tucson, AZ 85721 USA. RP Ramage, A (reprint author), Univ Arizona, Natl Ctr Neurogen Commun Disorders, POB 210071, Tucson, AZ 85721 USA. RI Ramage, Amy/F-6990-2010 CR ALBERT ML, 1986, CORTEX, V22, P103 BAYLES KA, 1985, BRAIN LANG, V25, P102, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(85)90123-3 BUCKINGHAM HW, 1979, STUDIES NEUROLINGUIS, V4, P329 EMERY P, 1989, P CLIN APH C, V18, P64 Heaton R. K., 1981, MANUAL WISCONSIN CAR HELMESTABROOKS N, 1992, APHASIA DIAGNOSTIC P HELMESTABROOKS N, 1987, ARCH NEUROL-CHICAGO, V44, P1253 HELMICK JW, 1976, J COMMUN DISORD, V9, P143, DOI 10.1016/0021-9924(76)90006-X HOTZ G, 1995, BRAIN INJURY, V9, P160 LURIA AR, 1965, BRAIN, V88, P1, DOI 10.1093/brain/88.1.1 NEISSER A, 1895, ALLG Z PSYCHIAT, V51, P1061 RAMAGE A, 1997, UNPUB FREQUENCY PERS SANDSON J, 1984, NEUROPSYCHOLOGIA, V22, P715, DOI 10.1016/0028-3932(84)90098-8 SANDSON J, 1987, NEUROLOGY, V37, P1736 Santo Pietro M J, 1982, J Speech Hear Res, V25, P184 SHINDLER AG, 1984, BRAIN LANG, V23, P148, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(84)90013-0 WILSON R S, 1979, Journal of Clinical Neuropsychology, V1, P49, DOI 10.1080/01688637908401097 YAMADORI A, 1981, Neuropsychologia, V19, P591, DOI 10.1016/0028-3932(81)90026-9 NR 18 TC 7 Z9 7 PU TAYLOR & FRANCIS LTD PI LONDON PA ONE GUNPOWDER SQUARE, LONDON EC4A 3DE, ENGLAND SN 0268-7038 J9 APHASIOLOGY JI Aphasiology PD JUL-AUG PY 1998 VL 12 IS 7-8 BP 689 EP 698 DI 10.1080/02687039808249566 PG 10 WC Clinical Neurology SC Neurosciences & Neurology GA ZU108 UT WOS:000074162800015 ER PT J AU Clark, HM Robin, DA AF Clark, HM Robin, DA TI Generalized motor programme and parameterization accuracy in apraxia of speech and conduction aphasia SO APHASIOLOGY LA English DT Article; Proceedings Paper CT 27th Clinical Aphasiology Conference CY JUN, 1997 CL BIGFORK, MONTANA ID SPEAKERS; TASKS; LIP AB The present study examined three aspects of motor programming (generalized motor programme (GMP) accuracy, temporal parameterization accuracy, and amplitude parameterization accuracy) in subjects with apraxia of speech (AOS) or conduction aphasia (CA) and normal speaking participants. Subjects were presented with a movement pattern on a monitor that they were required to produce with the jaw, after the target pattern had been removed from view. Analyses examined differences in relative (parameterization) and absolute (GMP) timing and amplitude between the target and actual movement. Examination of individual subject performance revealed inter-subject variability within the AOS group, with two of the four subjects demonstrating unimpaired GMP accuracy but poor parameterization accuracy, while the other two subjects exhibited the opposite pattern, impaired GMP accuracy but normal parameterization. No clear pattern of deficit was noted for the subjects with CA. Results are discussed with respect to motor control theories of AOS and CA. C1 Appalachian State Univ, Dept Language Reading & Except, Boone, NC 28608 USA. Univ Iowa, Dept Speech Pathol & Audiol, Natl Ctr Voice & Speech, Iowa City, IA 52242 USA. RP Clark, HM (reprint author), Appalachian State Univ, Dept Language Reading & Except, Boone, NC 28608 USA. RI Robin, Donald/F-2109-2010 CR Benton A. L., 1989, MULTILINGUAL APHASIA CLARK HM, 1998, UNPUB EFFECT REDUCED Darley F. L., 1969, AC APH M BOST MASS Darley F.L, 1975, MOTOR SPEECH DISORDE FOLKINS JW, 1995, J PHONETICS, V23, P139, DOI 10.1016/S0095-4470(95)80038-7 Goodglass H, 1983, ASSESSMENT APHASIA R, V2nd HAGEMAN CF, 1994, CLIN APHASIOL, V22, P219 HEUER H, 1995, BIOL CYBERN, V73, P343, DOI 10.1007/BF00199470 HEUER H, 1988, PSYCHOL REV, V95, P552, DOI 10.1037//0033-295X.95.4.552 HOUGH MS, 1996, DISORDERS MOTOR SPEE, P341 Kent R. D., 1987, PHONETIC APPROACHES, P181 KENT RD, 1983, J SPEECH HEAR RES, V26, P231 Kertesz A., 1984, APRAXIA SPEECH PHYSL, P73 Kertesz A., 1982, W APHASIA BATTERY MCNEIL MR, 1994, CLIN APHASIOL, V22, P203 McNeil M. R., 1991, CLIN APHASIOLOGY, V19, P279 MCNEIL MR, 1990, BRAIN LANG, V38, P135, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(90)90106-Q McNeil M.R., 1990, CEREBRAL CONTROL SPE, P349 MCNEIL MR, 1990, J SPEECH HEAR RES, V33, P255 MULLER EM, 1979, J ACOUST SOC AM, V65, P481, DOI 10.1121/1.382348 ODELL K, 1991, CLIN APHASIOLOGY, V19, P295 ODELL K, 1991, J SPEECH HEAR RES, V34, P67 ROBIN DA, 1989, J SPEECH HEAR RES, V32, P512 ROBIN DA, 1998, UNPUB ORAL MOTOR CON Schmidt R, 1988, MOTOR CONTROL LEARNI SCHMIDT RA, 1975, PSYCHOL REV, V82, P225, DOI 10.1037/h0076770 Seddoh SAK, 1996, J SPEECH HEAR RES, V39, P590 SQUARESTORER P, 1991, DYSARTHRIA APRAXIA S, P216 WEISMER G, 1981, DYSARTHRIA APRAXIA S, P15 WULF G, 1993, J EXP PSYCHOL LEARN, V19, P1134 Young D.E., 1991, MAKING THEM MOVE MEC, P129 NR 31 TC 28 Z9 29 PU TAYLOR & FRANCIS LTD PI LONDON PA ONE GUNPOWDER SQUARE, LONDON EC4A 3DE, ENGLAND SN 0268-7038 J9 APHASIOLOGY JI Aphasiology PD JUL-AUG PY 1998 VL 12 IS 7-8 BP 699 EP 713 DI 10.1080/02687039808249567 PG 15 WC Clinical Neurology SC Neurosciences & Neurology GA ZU108 UT WOS:000074162800016 ER PT J AU Haley, KL Wertz, RT Ohde, RN AF Haley, KL Wertz, RT Ohde, RN TI Single word intelligibility in aphasia and apraxia of speech SO APHASIOLOGY LA English DT Article; Proceedings Paper CT 27th Clinical Aphasiology Conference CY JUN, 1997 CL BIGFORK, MONTANA ID APHEMIA; VOWEL AB Single word speech intelligibility was evaluated in three groups: aphasia with apraxia of speech, aphasia with no apraxia of speech, and normal controls. Intelligibility was significantly lower in the two aphasic groups compared with the normal group and intelligibility did not differ significantly between the aphasia and apraxia of speech and the aphasia only groups. Seventy per cent of the speakers with apraxia of speech obtained intelligibility scores below the normal range and 80 % of the speakers with aphasia only obtained intelligibility scores within the normal range. There was a moderate, but statistically nonsignificant, correlation between intelligibility and severity of apraxia of speech on an eight-point rating scale. C1 Univ N Carolina, Dept Med Allied Hlth Profess, Div Speech & Hearing Sci, Chapel Hill, NC 27599 USA. Vet Adm Med Ctr, Nashville, TN 37203 USA. Vanderbilt Bill Wilkerson Ctr Otolaryngol & Commu, Dept Speech & Hearing Sci, Nashville, TN USA. RP Haley, KL (reprint author), Univ N Carolina, Dept Med Allied Hlth Profess, Div Speech & Hearing Sci, Med Sch Wing D,CB 7190, Chapel Hill, NC 27599 USA. CR BAUM SR, 1990, BRAIN LANG, V39, P33, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(90)90003-Y BLUMSTEIN SE, 1980, BRAIN LANG, V9, P153, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(80)90137-6 Blumstein S.E., 1973, PHONOLOGICAL INVESTI COLLINS M, 1983, J SPEECH HEAR RES, V26, P224 CULTON GL, 1969, J SPEECH HEAR RES, V12, P825 Dronkers NF, 1996, NATURE, V384, P159, DOI 10.1038/384159a0 GANDOUR J, 1993, BRAIN LANG, V45, P160, DOI 10.1006/brln.1993.1041 HALPERN H, 1976, CORTEX, V12, P365 HOITDALGAARD J, 1983, BRAIN LANG, V20, P329, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(83)90048-2 ITOH M, 1982, BRAIN LANG, V17, P193, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(82)90016-5 JOHNS DF, 1970, J SPEECH HEAR RES, V13, P556 Kent R. D., 1994, AM J SPEECH-LANG PAT, V3, P81 KENT RD, 1983, J SPEECH HEAR RES, V26, P231 KENT RD, 1989, J SPEECH HEAR DISORD, V54, P482 Kertesz A., 1979, APHASIA ASS DISORDER Kertesz A., 1982, W APHASIA BATTERY KUSHNER M, 1987, BRAIN LANG, V31, P201, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(87)90070-8 LICHTENSTEIN MJ, 1988, JAMA-J AM MED ASSOC, V259, P2875, DOI 10.1001/jama.259.19.2875 McNeil MR, 1997, CLIN MANAGEMENT SENS, P311 ODELL K, 1990, J SPEECH HEAR DISORD, V55, P345 Osberger M. J., 1992, SPEECH INTELLIGIBILI, P233 PELLAT J, 1991, BRAIN LANG, V40, P459, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(91)90143-O SCHIFF HB, 1983, ARCH NEUROL-CHICAGO, V40, P720 Seddoh SAK, 1996, J SPEECH HEAR RES, V39, P590 SQUARE PA, 1982, CLIN APHASIOLOGY, P245 SUGISHITA M, 1987, BRAIN, V110, P1393, DOI 10.1093/brain/110.5.1393 Ventry I M, 1983, ASHA, V25, P37 Wertz RT, 1984, APRAXIA SPEECH ADULT Yorkston K. M., 1992, INTELLIGIBILITY SPEE, P265 NR 29 TC 18 Z9 18 PU TAYLOR & FRANCIS LTD PI LONDON PA ONE GUNPOWDER SQUARE, LONDON EC4A 3DE, ENGLAND SN 0268-7038 J9 APHASIOLOGY JI Aphasiology PD JUL-AUG PY 1998 VL 12 IS 7-8 BP 715 EP 730 DI 10.1080/02687039808249568 PG 16 WC Clinical Neurology SC Neurosciences & Neurology GA ZU108 UT WOS:000074162800017 ER PT J AU Wambaugh, JL West, JE Doyle, PJ AF Wambaugh, JL West, JE Doyle, PJ TI Treatment for apraxia of speech: effects of targeting sound groups SO APHASIOLOGY LA English DT Article; Proceedings Paper CT 27th Clinical Aphasiology Conference CY JUN, 1997 CL BIGFORK, MONTANA AB A multiple baseline design was used to assess the effects of a treatment programme for sound errors with a speaker with moderately severe apraxia of speech (AOS) and Broca's aphasia. Treatment consisted of training correct production of three groups of sounds (i.e. stops, fricatives, and glides/liquids) in sentences containing multiple exemplars of those sounds. The treatment combined modelling, repetition, integral stimulation, Visual cueing, and response-contingent feedback and was applied sequentially to the groups of sounds. Acquisition effects of treatment were measured by evaluating production of trained sentences in probes. Response generalization effects were assessed by examining sound production in untrained sentences containing exemplars of trained sounds and untrained sentences containing untrained sounds. Treatment resulted in improved production for trained sound groups, with response generalization closely following acquisition effects. Generalization across sound groups was negligible. Additionally, measures of sentence duration were conducted for sentences produced in two baseline, one mid-treatment, and two end-of-treatment probes. Statistically significant reductions in duration were noted at the completion of treatment in comparison to baseline measures. C1 Univ Utah, Dept Commun Disorders, Salt Lake City, UT 84112 USA. VA Med Ctr, Salt Lake City, UT USA. Pittsburgh VA Healthcare Syst, Pittsburgh, PA USA. RP Wambaugh, JL (reprint author), Univ Utah, Dept Commun Disorders, 1201 Behav Sci Bldg, Salt Lake City, UT 84112 USA. CR Dabul B. L., 1979, APRAXIA BATTERY ADUL Darley F.L, 1975, MOTOR SPEECH DISORDE DEAL JL, 1978, J SPEECH HEAR DISORD, V43, P89 Deck J., 1986, LANGUAGE INTERVENTIO, P320 DWORKIN JP, 1988, J SPEECH HEAR DISORD, V53, P280 German DJ, 1990, TEST ADOLESCENT ADUL HOLTZAPPLE P, 1977, CLIN APHASIOLOGY C P, P46 Kertesz A., 1982, W APHASIA BATTERY McNeil MR, 1997, CLIN MANAGEMENT SENS, P311 Porch B. E., 1981, PORCH INDEX COMMUNIC RAYMER AM, 1991, CLIN APHASIOLOGY, P285 ROSENBEK JC, 1973, J SPEECH HEAR DISORD, V38, P462 RUBOW RT, 1982, ARCH PHYS MED REHAB, V63, P150 Schmidt R, 1988, MOTOR CONTROL LEARNI SQUARE PA, 1994, LANGUAGE INTERVENTIO, P467 SQUARE PA, 1986, CLIN APHASIOLOGY C P, P221 STOKES TF, 1977, J APPL BEHAV ANAL, V10, P349, DOI 10.1901/jaba.1977.10-349 WAMBAUGH JL, 1996, CLIN APHASIOLOGY, P97 WAMBAUGH JL, 1998, IN PRESS J SPEECH LA WAMBAUGH JL, 1998, UNPUB TREATMENT AOS WAMBAUGH JL, 1994, CLIN APHASIOL, V22, P231 Wertz RT, 1984, APRAXIA SPEECH ADULT Yorkston K. M., 1981, ASSESSMENT INTELLIGI NR 23 TC 20 Z9 21 PU TAYLOR & FRANCIS LTD PI LONDON PA ONE GUNPOWDER SQUARE, LONDON EC4A 3DE, ENGLAND SN 0268-7038 J9 APHASIOLOGY JI Aphasiology PD JUL-AUG PY 1998 VL 12 IS 7-8 BP 731 EP 743 DI 10.1080/02687039808249569 PG 13 WC Clinical Neurology SC Neurosciences & Neurology GA ZU108 UT WOS:000074162800018 ER PT J AU Hough, MS Fox, BO Demarco, S AF Hough, MS Fox, BO Demarco, S TI Linguistic contextual influences on categorization skills after traumatic brain injury SO APHASIOLOGY LA English DT Article; Proceedings Paper CT 27th Clinical Aphasiology Conference CY JUN, 1997 CL BIGFORK, MONTANA ID PROCESSING CATEGORY TERMS; SEMANTIC CATEGORIES; HEAD AB This study examined the effect of linguistic context on the graded structure representation of common categories in adults with traumatic brain injury (TBI). Graded structure indicates that all members of a category are not equally representative with some members being better examples than others. Ten adults who had suffered traumatic brain injuries as the result of motor vehicle accidents and 10 age-and gender-matched neurologically intact adults participated in the study. The experimental task consisted of presenting each participant with 20 contextual sentences and asking them to select the best example of a category label mentioned in each sentence. Each of the 20 sentences were followed by six exemplars: four exemplars of the common category label mentioned in the sentence and two exemplars that were members of other categories. The specific exemplar of the category label was inferred by the context meaning. The neurologically intact adults were significantly more accurate than the TBI adults in choosing the best category example. However, error patterns were similar for each group with both groups choosing a significantly higher proportion of true unrelated exemplars than any other type of error. Results are discussed relative to the process of restructuring common category graded structure as a result of semantic constraints imposed by linguistic context and limitations in cognitive flexibility observed in TBI adults. C1 E Carolina Univ, Dept Commun Sci & Disorders, Greenville, NC 27858 USA. RP Hough, MS (reprint author), E Carolina Univ, Dept Commun Sci & Disorders, Greenville, NC 27858 USA. CR ADAMOVICH BB, 1990, FOLIA PHONIATR, V42, P11 ADAMOVICH BB, 1985, COGNITIVE REHABILITA AGNLIN JM, 1977, WORD OBJECT CONCEPTU Barsalou L., 1995, THEORIES MEMORY Barsalou L, 1987, CONCEPTS CONCEPTUAL, P101 BASALOU LW, 1992, FRAMES FIELDS CONTRA, P21 German DJ, 1990, TEST ADOLESCENT ADUL Giles GM, 1993, BRAIN INJURY REHABIL Gillis R.J., 1996, TRAUMATIC BRAIN INJU GRUEN AK, 1990, J COMMUN DISORD, V23, P163, DOI 10.1016/0021-9924(90)90020-Y HAGEN C, 1979, ANN AM SPEECH LANG H Hartley LL., 1995, COGNITIVE COMMUNICAT Hux K., 1993, J MED SPEECH-LANG PA, V1, P121 JORDAN SP, 1990, THESIS E CAROLINA U Kaplan E, 1983, BOSTON NAMING TEST Keil F. C., 1989, CONCEPTS KINDS COGNI KENNEDY MRT, 1991, COMMUNICATION DISORD, P123 Linebaugh Craig W., 1997, P112 LOHMAN T, 1989, APHASIOLOGY, V3, P685, DOI 10.1080/02687038908249036 Malkmus D., 1980, REHABILITATION HEAD MEDIN DL, 1984, ANNU REV PSYCHOL, V35, P113, DOI 10.1146/annurev.ps.35.020184.000553 MERVIS CB, 1981, ANNU REV PSYCHOL, V32, P89, DOI 10.1146/annurev.ps.32.020181.000513 PIERCE R, 1990, ANN AM SPEECH LANG H ROSCH E, 1975, COGNITIVE PSYCHOL, V7, P573, DOI 10.1016/0010-0285(75)90024-9 Rosch E, 1978, COGNITION CATEGORIZA, P27 ROSCH E, 1975, J EXP PSYCHOL GEN, V104, P192, DOI 10.1037//0096-3445.104.3.192 ROTH EM, 1983, COGNITIVE PSYCHOL, V15, P346, DOI 10.1016/0010-0285(83)90012-9 Smith E. E., 1981, CATEGORIES CONCEPTS Sohlberg M. M., 1989, INTRO COGNITIVE REHA STUSS DT, 1987, NEUROBEHAVIORAL RECO, P166 Van Zomeren A. H., 1994, CLIN NEUROPSYCHOLOGY WHITNEY P, 1984, J EXP PSYCHOL LEARN, V10, P95, DOI 10.1037/0278-7393.10.1.95 WHITNEY P, 1986, MEM COGNITION, V14, P39, DOI 10.3758/BF03209227 NR 33 TC 0 Z9 0 PU TAYLOR & FRANCIS LTD PI LONDON PA ONE GUNPOWDER SQUARE, LONDON EC4A 3DE, ENGLAND SN 0268-7038 J9 APHASIOLOGY JI Aphasiology PD JUL-AUG PY 1998 VL 12 IS 7-8 BP 745 EP 753 PG 9 WC Clinical Neurology SC Neurosciences & Neurology GA ZU108 UT WOS:000074162800019 ER PT J AU Togher, L Hand, L AF Togher, L Hand, L TI Use of politeness markers with different communication partners: an investigation of five subjects with traumatic brain injury SO APHASIOLOGY LA English DT Article; Proceedings Paper CT 27th Clinical Aphasiology Conference CY JUN, 1997 CL BIGFORK, MONTANA ID LANGUAGE; SKILLS AB Politeness is a complex interpersonal phenomenon which has received considerable attention by linguists over recent years. This paper presents preliminary work which examines some methodological and theoretical issues related to the concept of politeness using the systemic functional approach. Results are presented for five traumatically brain injured subjects and five matched controls during telephone interactions with four different interlocutors. The results indicate that TBI subjects are able to access a wide variety of politeness strategies; however, their ability to manipulate these across the four different tenor relationships is impaired when compared with control subjects. The richness of this approach in highlighting the unique features of communication disorders following traumatic brain injury and new ways to approach their management is discussed. C1 Univ Sydney, Fac Hlth Sci, Sch Commun Sci & Disorders, Lidcombe, NSW 2141, Australia. Univ Sydney, Sydney, NSW 2006, Australia. Liverpool Are Hlth Serv, Brain Injury Rehabil Unit, Sydney, NSW, Australia. RP Togher, L (reprint author), Univ Sydney, Fac Hlth Sci, Sch Commun Sci & Disorders, POB 170, Lidcombe, NSW 2141, Australia. CR ALEXANDER MP, 1989, BRAIN LANG, V37, P656, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(89)90118-1 Austin J., 1962, DO THINGS WORDS Berry M., 1981, STUDIES DISCOURSE AN, P120 Brown P., 1987, POLITENESS SOME UNIV Brown Penelope, 1978, QUESTIONS POLITENESS, P56 Coelho CA, 1991, J HEAD TRAUMA REHAB, V6, P92, DOI 10.1097/00001199-199106000-00011 FERGUSON A, 1992, J NEUROLINGUIST, V7, P277, DOI 10.1016/0911-6044(92)90019-S FLANAGAN S, 1995, BRAIN INJURY, V9, P321, DOI 10.3109/02699059509005773 Grice H. P., 1975, SYNTAX SEMANTICS, P41, DOI DOI 10.1017/S0022226700005296 Halliday M. A., 1994, INTRO FUNCTIONAL GRA, V3rd Halliday M. A. K., 1985, INTRO FUNCTIONAL GRA Halliday M. A. K, 1985, LANGUAGE CONTEXT TEX Halliday Michael A. K., 1978, LANGUAGE SOCIAL SEMI Halliday Michael A. K., 1970, NEW HORIZON LINGUIST, P140 Hartley LL., 1995, COGNITIVE COMMUNICAT JENNETT B, 1977, J NEUROL NEUROSUR PS, V40, P291, DOI 10.1136/jnnp.40.3.291 Lakoff Robin, 1974, BERKLEY STUDIES SYNT, V1, P1 Martin J. R., 1992, ENGLISH TEXT SYSTEM MCDONALD S, 1993, BRAIN LANG, V44, P28, DOI 10.1006/brln.1993.1003 MCDONALD S, 1992, Brain Injury, V6, P283, DOI 10.3109/02699059209029670 Milton S, 1984, CLIN APHASIOLOGY C P, P114 Poynton C., 1985, LANGUAGE GENDER MAKI PRUTTING CA, 1987, J SPEECH HEAR DISORD, V52, P105 MENTIS M, 1991, J SPEECH HEAR RES, V34, P583 RUSSELL WR, 1961, ARCH NEUROL-CHICAGO, V5, P4 Searle John, 1975, SYNTAX SEMANTICS, P59 SNOW P, 1995, APHASIOLOGY, V9, P365, DOI 10.1080/02687039508248210 Stubbs Michael, 1983, DISCOURSE ANAL SOCIO TANNEN D, 1981, DISCOURSE PROCESS, V4, P221 Togher L, 1997, APHASIOLOGY, V11, P491, DOI 10.1080/02687039708248486 Togher L, 1997, BRAIN INJURY, V11, P169, DOI 10.1080/026990597123629 ULICHNY P, 1989, DISCOURSE PROCESS, V12, P309 Ventola Eija, 1987, STRUCTURE SOCIAL INT NR 33 TC 15 Z9 16 PU TAYLOR & FRANCIS LTD PI LONDON PA ONE GUNPOWDER SQUARE, LONDON EC4A 3DE, ENGLAND SN 0268-7038 J9 APHASIOLOGY JI Aphasiology PD JUL-AUG PY 1998 VL 12 IS 7-8 BP 755 EP 770 DI 10.1080/02687039808249571 PG 16 WC Clinical Neurology SC Neurosciences & Neurology GA ZU108 UT WOS:000074162800020 ER PT J AU Lehman, MT Tompkins, CA AF Lehman, MT Tompkins, CA TI Reliability and validity of an auditory working memory measure: data from elderly and right-hemisphere damaged adults SO APHASIOLOGY LA English DT Article; Proceedings Paper CT 27th Clinical Aphasiology Conference CY JUN, 1997 CL BIGFORK, MONTANA ID NORMALLY AGING ADULTS; INDIVIDUAL-DIFFERENCES; BRAIN-DAMAGE; CAPACITY; COMPREHENSION; AGE AB The use of non-standardized measures in research and clinical assessments creates difficulties with interpretation and generalization of results obtained. One example of a widely used non-standardized tool is the reading/listening span paradigm for assessment of working memory (WM). WM is an important construct because of its purported relationship to language comprehension and capacity theories of cognition. This paper investigates several facets of reliability and validity for an auditory working memory measure designed for older adults and individuals with right hemisphere brain damage (RHD). Results from 28 non-brain-damaged subjects (NBD) and 11 RHD subjects indicate that the measure is internally consistent and reliable over time. Construct validity evidence, which compares favourably with evidence from existing literature, suggests that for NBD subjects this tool differentiates WR I from simple short term memory. RHD subjects do not demonstrate the same pattern of validity results as the NBD group. Further evaluation with RHD patients is warranted, because clinically this tool may be useful as a measure of severity or a prognostic indicator of language comprehension abilities for this population. C1 Univ Pittsburgh, Dept Commun Sci & Disorders, Pittsburgh, PA 15260 USA. RP Lehman, MT (reprint author), Univ Pittsburgh, Dept Commun Sci & Disorders, 4033 Forbes Tower, Pittsburgh, PA 15260 USA. CR Anastasi A., 1988, PSYCHOL TESTING ANNETT M, 1970, BRIT J PSYCHOL, V61, P303 BAYLES K, 1990, ARIZONA BATTERY COMM Benton A, 1983, CONTRIBUTIONS NEUROP Brookshire R., 1993, DISCOURSE COMPREHENS COHEN J, 1983, APPL MULITPLE REGRES DANEMAN M, 1984, J EDUC PSYCHOL, V76, P1372, DOI 10.1037/0022-0663.76.6.1372 DANEMAN M, 1980, J VERB LEARN VERB BE, V19, P450, DOI 10.1016/S0022-5371(80)90312-6 DANEMAN M, 1983, J EXP PSYCHOL LEARN, V9, P561, DOI 10.1037/0278-7393.9.4.561 Dunn L. M., 1981, PEABODY PICTURE VOCA FOLSTEIN MF, 1975, J PSYCHIAT RES, V12, P189, DOI 10.1016/0022-3956(75)90026-6 Goodglass H, 1983, ASSESSMENT APHASIA R, V2nd JUST MA, 1992, PSYCHOL REV, V99, P122, DOI 10.1037/0033-295X.99.1.122 Kucera H., 1967, COMPUTATIONAL ANAL P Lezak M. D., 1995, NEUROLOGICAL ASSESSM LIGHT LL, 1985, J GERONTOL, V40, P737 Norusis MJ, 1990, SPSS BASE SYSTEM USE SALTHOUSE TA, 1991, DEV PSYCHOL, V27, P763, DOI 10.1037/0012-1649.27.5.763 SALTHOUSE TA, 1990, DEV REV, V10, P101, DOI 10.1016/0273-2297(90)90006-P Seashore C., 1960, SEASHORE MEASURES MU TOMPKINS CA, 1990, J SPEECH HEAR RES, V33, P307 TOMPKINS CA, 1991, J SPEECH HEAR RES, V34, P820 TOMPKINS CA, 1992, J SPEECH HEAR RES, V35, P626 TOMPKINS CA, 1992, APHASIA TREATMENT CU, P37 TOMPKINS CA, 1994, J SPEECH HEAR RES, V37, P896 TURNER ML, 1989, J MEM LANG, V28, P127, DOI 10.1016/0749-596X(89)90040-5 Waters G., 1987, ATTENTION PERFORM, P531 WATERS GS, 1995, COGNITIVE NEUROPSYCH, V12, P1, DOI 10.1080/02643299508251990 Waters GS, 1996, Q J EXP PSYCHOL-A, V49, P51, DOI 10.1080/027249896392801 Wechsler D., 1987, WECHSLER MEMORY SCAL WILLMES K, 1990, APHASIOLOGY, V4, P415, DOI 10.1080/02687039008249092 Wilson B. A., 1987, BEHAV INATTENTION TE WINGFIELD A, 1988, EXP AGING RES, V14, P103 NR 33 TC 17 Z9 18 PU TAYLOR & FRANCIS LTD PI LONDON PA ONE GUNPOWDER SQUARE, LONDON EC4A 3DE, ENGLAND SN 0268-7038 J9 APHASIOLOGY JI Aphasiology PD JUL-AUG PY 1998 VL 12 IS 7-8 BP 771 EP 785 DI 10.1080/02687039808249572 PG 15 WC Clinical Neurology SC Neurosciences & Neurology GA ZU108 UT WOS:000074162800021 ER PT J AU Turkstra, LS AF Turkstra, LS TI The effect of stimulus presentation rate on syntax test performance in brain-injured adolescents SO APHASIOLOGY LA English DT Article ID CLOSED-HEAD-INJURY; WORKING-MEMORY; INDIVIDUAL-DIFFERENCES; CHILDREN; COMPREHENSION; ADULTS; DISCOURSE; DEFICITS AB The purpose of this study was to explore how testing procedure influences performance after traumatic brain injury, and how this influence varies as a function of the subject's information-processing abilities. Twelve brain-injured subjects completed three versions of the Listening/Grammar subtest of the Test of Adolescent Language. In the first condition, sentences were presented at 2-s intervals, in the second at 4-s intervals, and in the third at variable intervals controlled by the subject. Scores in each condition were correlated with measures of working memory storage and processing ability. Performance in the 2-s condition was significantly influenced by working memory processing ability, whereas performance in the 4-s condition was significantly influenced by working memory storage ability. Both aspects of working memory contributed to performance in the variable condition, although only processing was significant. As a group, subjects with better working memory processing ability preferred the variable interval condition, which allowed greater flexibility, while subjects with poor processing ability found it more difficult. The results are discussed in terms of clinical assessment and intervention. C1 Univ Arizona, Tucson, AZ USA. RP Turkstra, LS (reprint author), Case Western Reserve Univ, Dept Commun Sci, 11206 Euclid Ave, Cleveland, OH 44106 USA. CR ABEL SM, 1972, J ACOUST SOC AM, V51, P1219, DOI 10.1121/1.1912963 BLOSSER J, 1994, PEDIAT TRAUMATIC BRA Blosser J L, 1992, Clin Commun Disord, V2, P52 Bryant B, 1991, DETROIT TESTS LEARNI CHAPMAN SB, 1992, BRAIN LANG, V43, P42, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(92)90020-F CROSSON B, 1993, CLIN NEUROPSYCHOL, V7, P250, DOI 10.1080/13854049308401897 DANEMAN M, 1980, J VERB LEARN VERB BE, V19, P450, DOI 10.1016/S0022-5371(80)90312-6 Daneman M, 1996, PSYCHON B REV, V3, P422, DOI 10.3758/BF03214546 DENNIS M, 1990, BRAIN LANG, V39, P428, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(90)90149-B EWINGCOBBS L, 1987, J CLIN EXP NEUROPSYC, V9, P575, DOI 10.1080/01688638708410770 GAULIN CA, 1994, PERCEPT MOTOR SKILL, V79, P55 GOLDSTEIN FC, 1990, J CLIN EXP NEUROPSYC, V12, P286, DOI 10.1080/01688639008400975 Hammill D., 1994, TEST ADOLESCENT ADUL HARTLEY LL, 1995, COGNITIVECOMMUNICATI HAUT MW, 1991, BRAIN COGNITION, V17, P31, DOI 10.1016/0278-2626(91)90064-F JENNETT B, 1975, LANCET, V1, P480 JUST MA, 1992, PSYCHOL REV, V99, P122, DOI 10.1037/0033-295X.99.1.122 MIYAKE A, 1994, COGNITIVE NEUROPSYCH, V11, P671, DOI 10.1080/02643299408251989 PONSFORD J, 1992, J CLIN EXP NEUROPSYC, V14, P822, DOI 10.1080/01688639208402865 Ponsford J., 1995, TRAUMATIC BRAIN INJU Rost M., 1990, LISTENING LANGUAGE L ROYER JM, 1981, CONTEMP EDUC PSYCHOL, V6, P187, DOI 10.1016/0361-476X(81)90001-1 SCHMITTEREDGECOMBE ME, 1992, J CLIN EXP NEUROPSYC, V14, P717, DOI 10.1080/01688639208402858 Semel W., 1995, CLIN EVALUATION LANG Sohlberg M. M., 1989, INTRO COGNITIVE REHA Stuss D. T., 1989, CLIN NEUROPSYCHOL, V3, P145, DOI DOI 10.1080/13854048908403287 STUSS DT, 1985, NEUROSURGERY, V17, P41 TOMPKINS CA, 1994, J SPEECH HEAR RES, V37, P896 TROMP E, 1991, J CLIN EXP NEUROPSYC, V13, P821, DOI 10.1080/01688639108405100 TURKSTRA LS, 1997, UNPUB SUPPLEMENTARY TURKSTRA LS, 1998, IN PRESS J SPEECH HE Van Zomeren A. H., 1987, NEUROBEHAVIORAL RECO, P398 YLVISAKER M, 1989, TOP LANG DISORD, V9, P34 NR 33 TC 5 Z9 5 PU TAYLOR & FRANCIS LTD PI LONDON PA ONE GUNPOWDER SQUARE, LONDON EC4A 3DE, ENGLAND SN 0268-7038 J9 APHASIOLOGY JI Aphasiology PD JUN PY 1998 VL 12 IS 6 BP 421 EP 433 DI 10.1080/02687039808249541 PG 13 WC Clinical Neurology SC Neurosciences & Neurology GA ZM372 UT WOS:000073531900001 ER PT J AU Petheram, B Parr, S AF Petheram, B Parr, S TI Diversity in aphasiology: crisis or increasing competence? SO APHASIOLOGY LA English DT Article ID COMMUNICATIVE SPEECH-THERAPY; FUNCTIONAL ASSESSMENT; DISORDERS; SCIENCE; TESTS C1 Frenchay Hosp, Speech & Language Therapy Res Unit, Bristol BS16 1LE, Avon, England. Univ W England, Bristol BS16 1QY, Avon, England. City Univ London, London EC1V 0HB, England. RP Petheram, B (reprint author), Frenchay Hosp, Speech & Language Therapy Res Unit, Bristol BS16 1LE, Avon, England. CR ALBYN DG, 1994, AM J SPEECHLANGUAGE, V3, P8 BASTIAANSE R, 1994, APHASIOLOGY, V8, P482, DOI 10.1080/02687039408248672 BENCH RJ, 1989, J SPEECH HEAR DISORD, V54, P296 *BRIT APH SOC, 1992, ADV PURCH BURY M, 1991, SOCIOL HEALTH ILL, V13, P451, DOI 10.1111/j.1467-9566.1991.tb00522.x BYNG S, 1990, APHASIOLOGY, V4, P67, DOI 10.1080/02687039008249055 CODE C, 1994, P 24 CLIN APH C 5 8 DAVID RM, 1990, APHASIOLOGY, V4, P103, DOI 10.1080/02687039008249058 EASTWOOD J, 1988, BRIT J DISORD COMMUN, V23, P171 Finkelstein V., 1993, DISABLING BARRIERS E, P26 Frank Arthur, 1991, WILL BODY FRATTALI CM, 1992, APHASIOLOGY, V6, P63, DOI 10.1080/02687039208248577 French S., 1994, EQUAL TERMS WORKING GARMAN M, 1994, APHASIOLOGY, V5, P491 Goodglass H, 1972, ASSESSMENT APHASIA R GOODGLASS H, 1990, APHASIOLOGY, V4, P93, DOI 10.1080/02687039008249056 HOLLAND AL, 1980, CADL COMMUNICATIVE A HOLLAND AL, 1993, APHASIOLOGY, V7, P581, DOI 10.1080/02687039308248634 Howard D., 1987, APHASIA THERAPY HIST JACKSON MC, 1991, SYSTEMS METHODOLOGIE, P264 JORDAN L, 1991, BRIT J DISORD COMMUN, V26, P293 Kagan A., 1993, APHASIA TREATMENT WO, P199 Kertesz A., 1982, W APHASIA BATTERY Kleinman A, 1988, ILLNESS NARRATIVES S LEIWO M, 1994, APHASIOLOGY, V8, P467, DOI 10.1080/02687039408248671 Lesser R., 1993, LINGUISTICS APHASIA Lincoln N B, 1982, Int Rehabil Med, V4, P114 LOMAS J, 1989, J SPEECH HEAR DISORD, V54, P113 LYON JG, 1996, ADULT APHASIA REHABI Mason J, 1994, ANAL QUALITATIVE DAT, P89, DOI 10.4324/9780203413081_chapter_5 *NW REG HLTH AUTH, 1995, BREAK DOWN BARR GUID PARR S, 1995, ROYAL COLL SPEECH LA, V527, P8 Parr S, 1996, APHASIOLOGY, V10, P496, DOI 10.1080/02687039608248432 Parr S, 1996, APHASIOLOGY, V10, P469, DOI 10.1080/02687039608248426 POPE C, 1995, BRIT MED J, V311, P42 Popper K.R., 1968, CONJECTURES REFUTATI PORCH B, 1989, J SPEECH HEAR DISORD, V54, P296 RINGEL R, 1984, J AM SPEECH HEAR DEC, P33 SACCHETT C, 1992, APHASIOLOGY, V6, P95, DOI 10.1080/02687039208248579 SCHUELL H, 1965, DIFFERENTIAL DIAGNOS SIEGEL GM, 1987, J SPEECH HEAR DISORD, V52, P99 Stainton-Rogers W., 1991, EXPLAINING HLTH ILLN Ulrich W., 1991, CRITICAL SYSTEMS THI WERTZ RT, 1984, LANGUAGE DISORDERS A WORRALL L, 1992, APHASIOLOGY, V6, P105, DOI 10.1080/02687039208248581 NR 45 TC 2 Z9 2 PU TAYLOR & FRANCIS LTD PI LONDON PA ONE GUNPOWDER SQUARE, LONDON EC4A 3DE, ENGLAND SN 0268-7038 J9 APHASIOLOGY JI Aphasiology PD JUN PY 1998 VL 12 IS 6 BP 435 EP 447 DI 10.1080/02687039808249542 PG 13 WC Clinical Neurology SC Neurosciences & Neurology GA ZM372 UT WOS:000073531900002 ER PT J AU Bastiaanse, R Edwards, S AF Bastiaanse, R Edwards, S TI Diversity in aphasiology: a crisis in practice or a problem of definition? SO APHASIOLOGY LA English DT Article ID SPONTANEOUS SPEECH C1 Univ Reading, Dept Linguist Sci, Reading RG6 6AA, Berks, England. Univ Groningen, Groningen, Netherlands. Univ Reading, Reading, Berks, England. RP Edwards, S (reprint author), Univ Reading, Dept Linguist Sci, Reading RG6 6AA, Berks, England. CR Bastiaanse R, 1996, APHASIOLOGY, V10, P561, DOI 10.1080/02687039608248437 BASTIAANSE R, 1994, APHASIOLOGY, V8, P482, DOI 10.1080/02687039408248672 Bates E., 1989, CROSSLINGUISTIC STUD Berndt RS, 1997, BRAIN LANG, V56, P68 Best W., 1997, LANGUAGE DISORDERS C, P102 BLOMERT L, 1994, APHASIOLOGY, V8, P381, DOI 10.1080/02687039408248666 *BRIT APH SOC, 1992, ADV PURCH BYING S, 1988, COGNITIVE NEUROPSYCH, V5, P629 CODE C, 1994, 24 CLIN APH C JUN 5 CRYSTAL D, 1987, CAMBRIDGE ENCY LANGU, P270 EDWARDS S, 1995, EUR J DISORDER COMM, V30, P333 Grodzinslcy Y., 1990, THEORETICAL PERSPECT Haendiges AN, 1996, BRAIN LANG, V52, P276, DOI 10.1006/brln.1996.0011 Howard D., 1987, APHASIA THERAPY HIST KOLK H, 1990, APHASIOLOGY, V4, P221, DOI 10.1080/02687039008249075 LEDORZE G, 1994, APHASIOLOGY, V5, P63 Lesser R., 1993, LINGUISTICS APHASIA Menn L., 1990, AGRAMMATIC APHASIA C NICHOLS L, 1996, APHASIOLOGY, V10, P21 PENN C, 1986, BRIT J DISORD COMMUN, V21, P21 Schwartz M. F., 1987, LANG COGNITIVE PROC, V2, P85, DOI 10.1080/01690968708406352 SHAPIRO LP, 1990, BRAIN LANG, V38, P21, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(90)90100-U Thompson CK, 1996, BRAIN LANG, V52, P175, DOI 10.1006/brln.1996.0009 VANDERGAAG A, 1996, COMMUNICATION QUALIT ZURIF E, 1993, BRAIN LANG, V45, P448, DOI 10.1006/brln.1993.1054 NR 25 TC 0 Z9 0 PU TAYLOR & FRANCIS LTD PI LONDON PA ONE GUNPOWDER SQUARE, LONDON EC4A 3DE, ENGLAND SN 0268-7038 J9 APHASIOLOGY JI Aphasiology PD JUN PY 1998 VL 12 IS 6 BP 447 EP 452 DI 10.1080/02687039808249543 PG 6 WC Clinical Neurology SC Neurosciences & Neurology GA ZM372 UT WOS:000073531900003 ER PT J AU Cappa, SF AF Cappa, SF TI Do we really need non-quantitative approaches in aphasiology? SO APHASIOLOGY LA English DT Article C1 Univ Brescia, Sch Med, Brescia, Italy. RP Cappa, SF (reprint author), Univ Brescia, Neurol Clin, Neurol Spedali Civili, I-25125 Brescia, Italy. CR DEMONTICELLI R, 1995, ASCESI FILOSOFICA Howard D., 1987, APHASIA THERAPY HIST Kuhn T., 1962, STRUCTURE SCI REVOLU SAGAN C, 1997, DEMONHAUNTED WORLD S NR 4 TC 1 Z9 1 PU TAYLOR & FRANCIS LTD PI LONDON PA ONE GUNPOWDER SQUARE, LONDON EC4A 3DE, ENGLAND SN 0268-7038 J9 APHASIOLOGY JI Aphasiology PD JUN PY 1998 VL 12 IS 6 BP 453 EP 455 DI 10.1080/02687039808249544 PG 3 WC Clinical Neurology SC Neurosciences & Neurology GA ZM372 UT WOS:000073531900004 ER PT J AU Elman, RJ AF Elman, RJ TI Diversity in aphasiology: let us embrace it SO APHASIOLOGY LA English DT Article C1 Aphasia Ctr Calif, Oakland, CA 94602 USA. RP Elman, RJ (reprint author), Aphasia Ctr Calif, 3996 Lyman Rd, Oakland, CA 94602 USA. CR Darwin Charles, 1962, VOYAGE BEAGLE Elman RJ, 1995, CLIN APHASIOL, V23, P77 Kuhn T. S., 1970, STRUCTURE SCI REVOLU Medawar PB, 1979, ADVICE YOUNG SCI NR 4 TC 0 Z9 0 PU TAYLOR & FRANCIS LTD PI LONDON PA ONE GUNPOWDER SQUARE, LONDON EC4A 3DE, ENGLAND SN 0268-7038 J9 APHASIOLOGY JI Aphasiology PD JUN PY 1998 VL 12 IS 6 BP 456 EP 457 DI 10.1080/02687039808249545 PG 2 WC Clinical Neurology SC Neurosciences & Neurology GA ZM372 UT WOS:000073531900005 ER PT J AU Ferguson, A AF Ferguson, A TI Explicit integration of approaches to aphasia SO APHASIOLOGY LA English DT Article ID LANGUAGE; THERAPY; TESTS C1 Univ Newcastle, Dept Linguist, Newcastle, NSW 2308, Australia. RP Ferguson, A (reprint author), Univ Newcastle, Dept Linguist, Univ Dr, Newcastle, NSW 2308, Australia. CR BYING S, 1988, COGNITIVE NEUROPSYCH, V5, P629 BYNG S, 1995, EUR J DISORDER COMM, V30, P303 BYNG S, 1990, APHASIOLOGY, V4, P67, DOI 10.1080/02687039008249055 Chapey R., 1994, LANGUAGE INTERVENTIO CHAPEY R, 1994, LANGUAGE INTERVENTIO, P3 DAVID RM, 1990, APHASIOLOGY, V4, P103, DOI 10.1080/02687039008249058 DUFFY R, 1994, LANGUAGE INTERVENTIO, P146 Ferguson A., 1993, THESIS MACQUARIE U S FERGUSON A, 1993, P 1 NAT APH S AUSTR Holland A. L., 1991, J NEUROLINGUIST, V6, P197, DOI 10.1016/0911-6044(91)90007-6 Howard D., 1987, APHASIA THERAPY HIST Knowles M. S., 1984, ADULT LEARNER NEGLEC Lesser R., 1993, LINGUISTICS APHASIA LESSER R, 1987, APHASIOLOGY, V1, P189, DOI 10.1080/02687038708248836 LOMAS J, 1978, BRAIN LANG, V5, P388, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(78)90034-2 Luria AR, 1963, RESTORATION FUNCTION MOWRER DE, 1982, METHODS MODIFYING SP NICHOLAS M, 1990, Seminars in Speech and Language, V11, P135, DOI 10.1055/s-2008-1064247 NICKELS L, 1991, BRIT J DISORD COMMUN, V26, P175 Penn C., 1987, APHASIOLOGY, V1, P235, DOI 10.1080/02687038708248840 Porch B. E., 1994, LANGUAGE INTERVENTIO, P178 PRUTTING CA, 1987, J SPEECH HEAR DISORD, V52, P105 WAHRBORG P, 1991, ASSESSMENT MANAGEMEN WERTZ RT, 1987, TOP LANG DISORD, V8, P1 NR 24 TC 0 Z9 0 PU TAYLOR & FRANCIS LTD PI LONDON PA ONE GUNPOWDER SQUARE, LONDON EC4A 3DE, ENGLAND SN 0268-7038 J9 APHASIOLOGY JI Aphasiology PD JUN PY 1998 VL 12 IS 6 BP 458 EP 467 DI 10.1080/02687039808249546 PG 10 WC Clinical Neurology SC Neurosciences & Neurology GA ZM372 UT WOS:000073531900006 ER PT J AU Gordon, JK AF Gordon, JK TI A meta-theory of aphasiology: deficit or asset? SO APHASIOLOGY LA English DT Article ID COMMUNICATION DISORDERS; SCIENCE C1 McGill Univ, Sch Commun Sci & Disorders, Montreal, PQ H3G 1A8, Canada. RP Gordon, JK (reprint author), McGill Univ, Sch Commun Sci & Disorders, 1226 Pine Ave W, Montreal, PQ H3G 1A8, Canada. CR BENCH JR, 1989, J SPEECH HEAR DISORD, V54, P296 Byng S., 1993, APHASIA TREATMENT WO, P115 Caplan D., 1987, NEUROLINGUISTICS LIN CARAMAZZA A, 1992, NIDCD MONOGRAPH, V2, P65 CRITCHLEY M, 1967, CORTEX, V3, P3 GEFFNER D, 1997, ASHA SUM, P37 GOODGLASS H, 1992, NIDCD MONOGRAPH, V2, pR7 HELMESTABROOKS N, 1992, NIDCD MONOGRAPH, V2, P1 INGHAM RJ, 1989, ASHA, V54, P298 Kuhn T. S., 1970, STRUCTURE SCI REVOLU Perkins W H, 1986, ASHA, V28, P31 POLKINGHORNE DE, 1984, J COUNS PSYCHOL, V31, P416, DOI 10.1037//0022-0167.31.4.416 RIDLEY M, 1991, EC SURVEY SCI 0216, P3 RINGEL RL, 1984, ASHA DEC, P33 ROTHI LJG, 1992, APHASIA TREATMENT CU, V2, P91 SARNO MT, 1992, NIDCD MONOGRAPHS, V2, pR11 SCHWARTZ MF, 1992, NIDCD MONOGRAPH, V2, P17 SIEGEL GM, 1987, J SPEECH HEAR DISORD, V52, P99 World Health Organization, 1980, INT CLASS IMP DIS HA NR 19 TC 0 Z9 0 PU TAYLOR & FRANCIS LTD PI LONDON PA ONE GUNPOWDER SQUARE, LONDON EC4A 3DE, ENGLAND SN 0268-7038 J9 APHASIOLOGY JI Aphasiology PD JUN PY 1998 VL 12 IS 6 BP 468 EP 473 DI 10.1080/02687039808249547 PG 6 WC Clinical Neurology SC Neurosciences & Neurology GA ZM372 UT WOS:000073531900007 ER PT J AU Jordan, L AF Jordan, L TI 'Diversity in aphasiology': a social science perspective SO APHASIOLOGY LA English DT Article C1 Middlesex Univ, Enfield EN3 4SF, Middx, England. RP Jordan, L (reprint author), Middlesex Univ, Queensway, Enfield EN3 4SF, Middx, England. CR *ACT DYSPH AD, 1997, LEG MED ADV DAY FULL Barnes C., 1991, DISABLED PEOPLE BRIT BATTRAM A, FLYER POSTER LEARNIN BRYAN K, 1996, BRIT J THERAPY REHAB, V3, P364 Enderby P, 1992, Health Trends, V24, P61 *EUR COMM, 1997, B1097 EUR COMM Finkelstein V., 1991, SOCIAL WORK DISABLED, P19 French S., 1994, EQUAL TERMS WORKING Hughes B, 1997, DISABIL SOC, V12, P325 JORDAN L, 1996, APHASIA SOCIAL APPRO Kagan A, 1995, TOP STROKE REHABIL, V2, P15 Kagan A., 1993, APHASIA TREATMENT WO, P199 LESSER R, 1995, NEUROPSYCHOL REHABIL, V5, P67, DOI 10.1080/09602019508520176 Oliver M., 1990, POLITICS DISABLEMENT Oliver M., 1996, UNDERSTANDING DISABI PARR S, 1994, APHASIOLOGY, V8, P457, DOI 10.1080/02687039408248670 PARR S, 1995, APHASIOLOGY, V9, P223, DOI 10.1080/02687039508248197 POUND C, 1993, BRIT APH SOC C WARW *ROYAL COLL SPEECH, 1997, ROYAL COLL SPEECH LA, V544, P1 World Health Organization, 1980, INT CLASS IMP DIS HA WORRALL L, 1992, APHASIOLOGY, V6, P105, DOI 10.1080/02687039208248581 NR 21 TC 3 Z9 3 PU TAYLOR & FRANCIS LTD PI LONDON PA ONE GUNPOWDER SQUARE, LONDON EC4A 3DE, ENGLAND SN 0268-7038 J9 APHASIOLOGY JI Aphasiology PD JUN PY 1998 VL 12 IS 6 BP 474 EP 480 DI 10.1080/02687039808249548 PG 7 WC Clinical Neurology SC Neurosciences & Neurology GA ZM372 UT WOS:000073531900008 ER PT J AU Petheram, B Parr, S AF Petheram, B Parr, S TI Plenty of room in the wardrobe: a response to Bastiaanse and Edwards, Cappa, Elman, Ferguson, Gordon and Jordan - Reply SO APHASIOLOGY LA English DT Article C1 Frenchay Hosp, Speech & Language Therpay Res Unit, Bristol BS16 1LE, Avon, England. Univ W England, Bristol BS16 1QY, Avon, England. City Univ London, London EC1V 0HB, England. RP Petheram, B (reprint author), Frenchay Hosp, Speech & Language Therpay Res Unit, Bristol BS16 1LE, Avon, England. CR Barnes C., 1992, DISABILITY HANDICAP, V7, P115, DOI DOI 10.1080/02674649266780151 Barnes C., 1995, MEASURING DISABLEMEN Barton L., 1996, DISABILITY SOC EMERG, P3 Coulter A, 1997, J Health Serv Res Policy, V2, P112 GRAHAM H, 1987, SOC SCI MED, V25, P47, DOI 10.1016/0277-9536(87)90206-1 *HLTH NAT, 1991, CONS DOC HLTH ENGL LEDORZE G, 1995, APHASIOLOGY, V9, P239 Mason J, 1996, QUALITATIVE RES Parr S., 1997, TALKING APHASIA LIVI POLLACK M, 1992, CURR SOCIOL, V40, P3 POUND C, IN PRESS APHASIOLOGY SIMMONSMACKIE N, IN PRESS SOCIAL CONS NR 12 TC 0 Z9 0 PU TAYLOR & FRANCIS LTD PI LONDON PA ONE GUNPOWDER SQUARE, LONDON EC4A 3DE, ENGLAND SN 0268-7038 J9 APHASIOLOGY JI Aphasiology PD JUN PY 1998 VL 12 IS 6 BP 481 EP 487 DI 10.1080/02687039808249549 PG 7 WC Clinical Neurology SC Neurosciences & Neurology GA ZM372 UT WOS:000073531900009 ER PT J AU Nagaratnam, N Gilhotra, JS AF Nagaratnam, N Gilhotra, JS TI Acute mixed transcortical aphasia following an infarction in the left putamen SO APHASIOLOGY LA English DT Article ID LESION SITES; LANGUAGE; HEMISPHERE; REPETITION; PROFILES AB Mixed transcortical aphasia is an uncommon occurrence with acute stroke. A 62 year old female is described with mixed transcortical aphasia and right hemiparesis and occlusion of the left internal carotid artery. The CT scan of the brain showed an infarction in the left putamen indicating that there is more than one anatomic possibility underlying mixed transcortical aphasia. Infarction of the putamen alone is rare. The mechanism is discussed and it is postulated that a subcortical lesion suitably placed could singularly disrupt the neural pathways to give rise to mixed transcortical aphasia. C1 Blacktown Mt Druitt Hlth, Blacktown, NSW 2148, Australia. RP Nagaratnam, N (reprint author), Blacktown Mt Druitt Hlth, Blacktown, NSW 2148, Australia. CR ALBERT MI, 1981, CLIN ASPECTS DYSPHAS, P99 ALEXANDER MP, 1987, BRAIN, V110, P961, DOI 10.1093/brain/110.4.961 BERTHIER ML, 1991, BRAIN, V114, P1409, DOI 10.1093/brain/114.3.1409 Bogousslavsky J, 1988, BRAIN, V11, P631 CAMBIER J, 1980, REV NEUROL, V136, P689 Carpenter MB, 1983, HUMAN NEUROANATOMY CROSSON B, 1985, BRAIN LANG, V25, P257, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(85)90085-9 DAMASIO AR, 1982, ARCH NEUROL-CHICAGO, V39, P15 DESPOSITO M, 1995, NEUROLOGY, V45, P38 DONNAN GA, 1991, BRAIN, V114, P51 FREEDMAN M, 1984, NEUROLOGY, V34, P409 GESCHWIN.N, 1968, NEUROPSYCHOLOGIA, V6, P327, DOI 10.1016/0028-3932(68)90005-5 Gold M, 1997, BRAIN LANG, V57, P374, DOI 10.1006/brln.1997.1750 GOLD M, 1984, LANGUAGE LANGUAGE DI, P292 HUBNER O, 1989, SCHMIDTS JB LEIPZIG, V224, P220 KERTESZ A, 1982, ARCH NEUROL-CHICAGO, V39, P475 MCFARLING D, 1982, J NEUROL NEUROSUR PS, V45, P107, DOI 10.1136/jnnp.45.2.107 NAESER MA, 1982, ARCH NEUROL-CHICAGO, V39, P2 NAGARATNAM N, 1996, J NEUROLOGIC REHABIL, V10, P253 RAPCSAK SZ, 1990, STROKE, V21, P953 ROSS ED, 1980, NEUROLOGY, V30, P144 ROTHI LJG, 1990, APHASIA RELATED NEUR, P78 VANHOESEN GW, 1981, J COMP NEUROL, V199, P205, DOI 10.1002/cne.901990205 Whitaeves J.F., 1876, GEOLOGICAL SURVEY CA, V1, P1 NR 24 TC 4 Z9 4 PU TAYLOR & FRANCIS LTD PI LONDON PA ONE GUNPOWDER SQUARE, LONDON EC4A 3DE, ENGLAND SN 0268-7038 J9 APHASIOLOGY JI Aphasiology PD JUN PY 1998 VL 12 IS 6 BP 489 EP 493 DI 10.1080/02687039808249550 PG 5 WC Clinical Neurology SC Neurosciences & Neurology GA ZM372 UT WOS:000073531900010 ER PT J AU Goodglass, H AF Goodglass, H TI Stages of lexical retrieval SO APHASIOLOGY LA English DT Article ID SPREADING-ACTIVATION THEORY; PROPER NAMES; SENTENCE PRODUCTION; LANGUAGE PRODUCTION; SEMANTIC DEMENTIA; ALZHEIMERS TYPE; TIME COURSE; APHASIA; MEMORY; ACCESS AB Beginning with a consideration of visual confrontation naming, models requiring an intervening construct between semantic input and phonological access are distinguished from those which permit direct activation of phonology upon visual identification of a picture. Discrete stage models are also distinguished from non-discrete models. In considering how various types of aphasic naming errors may be reconciled with different models of naming, it was concluded that semantic substitutions are readily accommodated by a variety of models, but that phonological errors of the type characteristic of aphasics are most easily dealt with by spreading activation models. A discussion of lexical access in free discourse emphasized not only the absence of any stages related to visual processing, but the different character of the semantic activity that leads to phonological activation in running speech, in contrast to the canonical semantic representations of picture naming and naming to description. C1 Boston Univ, Sch Med, Boston, MA 02118 USA. RP Goodglass, H (reprint author), Vet Adm Med Ctr Jamaica Plain, Aphasia Res Ctr 116B, 150 S Huntington Ave, Boston, MA 02130 USA. CR YAMADORI A, 1973, Cortex, V9, P112 Brennen T, 1996, COGNITIVE NEUROPSYCH, V13, P93, DOI 10.1080/026432996382079 CARAMAZZA A, 1990, COGNITIVE NEUROPSYCH, V7, P161, DOI 10.1080/02643299008253441 CHERTKOW H, 1990, BRAIN, V113, P397, DOI 10.1093/brain/113.2.397 CHERTKOW H, 1992, COGNITIVE NEUROPSYCH, V9, P327, DOI 10.1080/02643299208252064 COHEN G, 1986, BRIT J DEV PSYCHOL, V4, P187 DELL GS, 1981, J VERB LEARN VERB BE, V20, P611, DOI 10.1016/S0022-5371(81)90202-4 DELL GS, 1992, COGNITION, V42, P287, DOI 10.1016/0010-0277(92)90046-K DELL GS, 1986, PSYCHOL REV, V93, P283, DOI 10.1037//0033-295X.93.3.283 Fromkin V., 1973, SPEECH ERRORS LINGUI GARRETT MF, 1975, PSYCHOL LEARN MOTIV, V9, P137 Goodglass H, 1997, J Int Neuropsychol Soc, V3, P128 Goodglass H., 1993, UNDERSTANDING APHASI HART J, 1985, NATURE, V316, P439, DOI 10.1038/316439a0 HART J, 1992, NATURE, V359, P60, DOI 10.1038/359060a0 HEILMAN KM, 1976, BRAIN, V99, P415, DOI 10.1093/brain/99.3.415 HILLIS AE, 1995, J COGNITIVE NEUROSCI, V7, P452 HODGES JR, 1992, BRAIN, V115, P1783, DOI 10.1093/brain/115.6.1783 Hodges JR, 1996, BRAIN LANG, V54, P302, DOI 10.1006/brln.1996.0077 HUMPHREYS GW, 1988, COGNITIVE NEUROPSYCH, V5, P67, DOI 10.1080/02643298808252927 KOHN SE, 1984, BRAIN LANG, V23, P97, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(84)90009-9 KOHN SE, 1987, APPL PSYCHOLINGUIST, V8, P245, DOI 10.1017/S0142716400000291 Kremin H, 1986, J NEUROLINGUIST, V2, P131, DOI DOI 10.1016/S0911-6044(86)80008-2 Levelt W. J. M., 1989, SPEAKING LEVELT WJM, 1991, PSYCHOL REV, V98, P122, DOI 10.1037//0033-295X.98.1.122 MacKay D. G., 1987, ORG PERCEPTION ACTIO Morton J., 1985, CURRENT PERSPECTIVES, P217 Ratcliff G., 1982, NORMALITY PATHOLOGY, P147 ROELOFS A, 1992, COGNITION, V42, P107, DOI 10.1016/0010-0277(92)90041-F SARTORI G, 1988, COGNITIVE NEUROPSYCH, V5, P105, DOI 10.1080/02643298808252928 SCHRIEFERS H, 1990, J MEM LANG, V29, P86, DOI 10.1016/0749-596X(90)90011-N SEMENZA C, 1989, NATURE, V342, P678, DOI 10.1038/342678a0 Shallice T., 1987, COGNITIVE NEUROPSYCH, P111 SNOWDEN J, 1994, COGNITIVE NEUROPSYCH, V11, P265, DOI 10.1080/02643299408251976 STANHOPE N, 1993, BRIT J PSYCHOL, V84, P51 WARREN C, 1982, BRIT J PSYCHOL, V73, P117 WARRINGTON EK, 1984, BRAIN, V107, P829, DOI 10.1093/brain/107.3.829 NR 37 TC 9 Z9 9 PU TAYLOR & FRANCIS LTD PI LONDON PA ONE GUNPOWDER SQUARE, LONDON EC4A 3DE, ENGLAND SN 0268-7038 J9 APHASIOLOGY JI Aphasiology PD APR-MAY PY 1998 VL 12 IS 4-5 BP 287 EP 298 DI 10.1080/02687039808249534 PG 12 WC Clinical Neurology SC Neurosciences & Neurology GA ZJ162 UT WOS:000073185700002 ER PT J AU Martin, N Roach, A Brecher, A Lowery, J AF Martin, N Roach, A Brecher, A Lowery, J TI Lexical retrieval mechanisms underlying whole-word perseveration errors in anemic aphasia SO APHASIOLOGY LA English DT Article ID SPREADING-ACTIVATION MODEL; LANGUAGE PRODUCTION; INHIBITION; PERSPECTIVE; ACCOUNT AB In this study, factors that influence the occurrence of perseverative and non-perseverative word substitution errors produced by three subjects on the Philadelphia Naming Test are examined. Specifically, target-error similarity (semantic and/or phonological) is shown to influence the occurrence of both perseverative and non-perseverative errors within a subject's error profile. In a second analysis, an interaction between target-error similarity and processing factors (recency and frequency of prior production) are identified on the overall probability that word perseverations will occur. Two accounts of perseveration are considered in the discussion of these findings: (1) perseveration results from a failure to inhibit a prior response; and (2) perseveration results from a summation of residual priming activation of a prior response and spreading activation from the representation of the current target word. C1 Temple Univ, Sch Med, Ctr Cognit Neurosci, Dept Neurol, Philadelphia, PA 19140 USA. Moss Rehabil Res Inst, Philadelphia, PA USA. RP Martin, N (reprint author), Temple Univ, Sch Med, Ctr Cognit Neurosci, Dept Neurol, 3401 N Broad St, Philadelphia, PA 19140 USA. CR Arbuthnott KD, 1996, J EXP PSYCHOL GEN, V125, P261, DOI 10.1037//0096-3445.125.3.261 BLANKEN G, 1991, APHASIOLOGY, V5, P103, DOI 10.1080/02687039108249477 BUCKINGHAM HW, 1979, STUDIES NEUROLINGUIS, V4, P329 DELL GS, 1992, COGNITION, V42, P287, DOI 10.1016/0010-0277(92)90046-K DELL GS, 1986, PSYCHOL REV, V93, P283, DOI 10.1037//0033-295X.93.3.283 Dell GS, 1997, PSYCHOL REV, V104, P801, DOI 10.1037/0033-295X.104.4.801 EIKMEYER HJ, 1991, COGNITIVE SYSTEMS, V3, P128 ELLIS AW, 1985, PROGR PSYCHOL LANGUA, V2, P107 Goodglass H., 1983, BOSTON DIAGNOSTIC AP, V2nd Harley T. A., 1995, CONNECTIONIST MODELS, P311 HELMESTABROOKS N, 1987, ARCH NEUROL-CHICAGO, V44, P1253 HUDSON AJ, 1969, BRAIN, V91, P571 Kaplan E, 1983, BOSTON NAMING TEST MARTIN N, 1994, BRAIN LANG, V47, P240 MARTIN N, 1992, BRAIN LANG, V43, P240, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(92)90130-7 PLAUT DC, 1993, J COGNITIVE NEUROSCI, V5, P89, DOI 10.1162/jocn.1993.5.1.89 Roach A., 1996, CLIN APHASIOLOGY, V24, P121 SANDSON J, 1984, NEUROPSYCHOLOGIA, V22, P715, DOI 10.1016/0028-3932(84)90098-8 Santo Pietro M J, 1986, Brain Lang, V29, P1 SCHADE U, 1992, J PSYCHOLINGUIST RES, V21, P435, DOI 10.1007/BF01067523 BERG T, 1992, J PSYCHOLINGUIST RES, V21, P405 SCHWARTZ MF, 1994, BRAIN LANG, V47, P52, DOI 10.1006/brln.1994.1042 SHINDLER AG, 1984, BRAIN LANG, V23, P148, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(84)90013-0 Houghton George, 1994, P53 NR 24 TC 23 Z9 23 PU TAYLOR & FRANCIS LTD PI LONDON PA ONE GUNPOWDER SQUARE, LONDON EC4A 3DE, ENGLAND SN 0268-7038 J9 APHASIOLOGY JI Aphasiology PD APR-MAY PY 1998 VL 12 IS 4-5 BP 319 EP 333 DI 10.1080/02687039808249536 PG 15 WC Clinical Neurology SC Neurosciences & Neurology GA ZJ162 UT WOS:000073185700004 ER PT J AU Silverberg, N Vigliocco, G Insalaco, D Garrett, M AF Silverberg, N Vigliocco, G Insalaco, D Garrett, M TI When reading a sentence is easier than reading a 'little' word: the role of production processes in deep dyslexics' reading aloud SO APHASIOLOGY LA English DT Article ID GRAMMATICAL MORPHEMES; PATIENT AB Deep dyslexia is an acquired reading disorder. Investigations of this disorder have focused primarily on the error pattern for single words read aloud. An essential characteristic of deep dyslexia is a profound inability to read closed class elements ('function words'). In Garrett's language production model, closed and open class words ('content words') are retrieved by distinct mechanisms: Open class elements are retrieved independently of their phrasal environment, but closed class words are integral parts of phrase structure. This study's expectation was that if syntactic environments supporting closed class are available to deep dyslexic readers, their ability to read closed class words might improve. Two English speaking patients and one Italian speaking patient were tested using a text and list format manipulation All three were significantly better at reading closed class words presented in text format than list format. Open class words that are generally read poorly (e.g. verbs) did not show similar improvements. C1 Univ Arizona, Fac Social & Behav Sci, Tucson, AZ 85721 USA. Univ Wisconsin, Madison, WI USA. RP Silverberg, N (reprint author), Univ Arizona, Fac Social & Behav Sci, 312 Psychol Bldg, Tucson, AZ 85721 USA. CR Andreewsky E, 1975, Cortex, V11, P379 BERTARNERI M, 1994, RECUPERO E SOSTEGNO, V3 Bock Kathryn, 1994, HDB PSYCHOLINGUISTIC, P945 Breedin SD, 1996, COGNITIVE NEUROPSYCH, V13, P51, DOI 10.1080/026432996382060 BUCHANAN L, 1994, J NEUROLINGUIST, V8, P163, DOI 10.1016/0911-6044(94)90024-8 Carlson G., 1989, LINGUISTIC STRUCTURE, P107 Coltheart M, 1987, DEEP DYSLEXIA, P326 COLTHEART M, 1987, DEEP DYSLEXIA, P22 Coltheart M., 1978, STRATEGIES INFORMATI, P151 Coltheart M., 1987, DEEP DYSLEXIA DELL GS, 1990, LANG COGNITIVE PROC, V5, P313, DOI 10.1080/01690969008407066 Dell GS, 1997, PSYCHOL REV, V104, P801, DOI 10.1037/0033-295X.104.4.801 FROMKIN VA, 1987, LANGUAGE, V63, P1, DOI 10.2307/415382 Garrett M., 1982, NORMALITY PATHOLOGY, P19 Garrett MF, 1976, NEW APPROACHES LANGU, P231 Gorsuch R. L., 1991, UNIMULT UNIVARIATE M HILDEBRANDT N, 1993, READ WRIT, V5, P43, DOI 10.1007/BF01026918 HINTON GE, 1993, SCI AM, V269, P76 JONES GV, 1985, BRAIN LANG, V24, P1, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(85)90094-X Kay J., 1992, PSYCHOLINGUISTIC ASS KEMPEN G, 1987, COGNITIVE SCI, V11, P201 LEVELT W, 1989, SPEAKING INTENTION A Low AA, 1931, ARCH NEURO PSYCHIATR, V25, P556 MARIN OSM, 1975, NEW YORK AC SCI C OR Martin N, 1997, COGNITIVE NEUROPSYCH, V14, P641 MICELI G, 1989, BRAIN LANG, V36, P447, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(89)90079-5 MICELIN G, 1991, BATTERIA ESAME DEFIC MOODY S, 1988, CORTEX, V24, P473 MORTON J, 1989, DEEP DYSLEXIA MOYER SB, 1979, CORTEX, V15, P139 NESPOULOUS JL, 1988, BRAIN LANG, V33, P273, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(88)90069-7 NESPOULOUS JL, 1990, SPR S NEUR, P270 PATTERSON KE, 1979, BRAIN LANG, V8, P111, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(79)90044-0 PLAUT DC, 1995, J CLIN EXP NEUROPSYC, V17, P291, DOI 10.1080/01688639508405124 RICHARDSON JTE, 1975, NEUROPSYCHOLOGIA, V13, P281, DOI 10.1016/0028-3932(75)90004-4 Saffran E. M., 1980, DEEP DYSLEXIA, P381 SAFFRAN EM, 1989, UNPUB PHILADELOPHIA SHALLICE T, 1975, Q J EXP PSYCHOL, V27, P187, DOI 10.1080/14640747508400479 TUOMAINEN J, 1991, APHASIOLOGY, V5, P401, DOI 10.1080/02687039108248542 Vigliocco G, 1997, PSYCHOL SCI, V8, P314, DOI 10.1111/j.1467-9280.1997.tb00444.x Wiederholt J.L., 1986, GRAY ORAL READING TE NR 41 TC 12 Z9 12 PU PSYCHOLOGY PRESS PI HOVE PA 27 CHURCH RD, HOVE BN3 2FA, EAST SUSSEX, ENGLAND SN 0268-7038 J9 APHASIOLOGY JI Aphasiology PD APR-MAY PY 1998 VL 12 IS 4-5 BP 335 EP 356 DI 10.1080/02687039808249537 PG 22 WC Clinical Neurology SC Neurosciences & Neurology GA ZJ162 UT WOS:000073185700005 ER PT J AU Astell, AJ Harley, TA AF Astell, AJ Harley, TA TI Naming problems in dementia: semantic or lexical? SO APHASIOLOGY LA English DT Article ID ALZHEIMERS-DISEASE; SENILE DEMENTIA; PRESENILE-DEMENTIA; SPEECH PRODUCTION; MEMORY; RETRIEVAL; ACCESS; LANGUAGE; ERRORS; INFORMATION AB The naming behaviour was explored of patients moderately deteriorated with probable Alzheimer's disease (pAD) by analysing responses made on a picture naming and two word-picture matching tasks for the same items. Naming responses were classified into target and non-target and the relationship between non-target responses and their targets were explored. It was found that semantic relatedness influenced these non-target responses but frequency and imageability did not. The pAD participants performed significantly better on the two word-picture matching tasks than the naming task, while there was no difference on these within- and between-category tasks. These findings are explored with reference to a two-stage model of lexical access, which has separate storage of semantic, lexical and phonological information. The participants' difficulties appear to lie largely in retrieving the labels for items they comprehend. C1 Univ Abertay Dundee, Div Psychol, Dundee DD1 1NJ, Scotland. Univ Dundee, Dundee, Scotland. RP Astell, AJ (reprint author), Univ Abertay Dundee, Div Psychol, Dundee DD1 1NJ, Scotland. CR APPELL J, 1982, BRAIN LANG, V17, P73, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(82)90006-2 ASTELL AJ, 1996, UNPUB STRUCTURE SEMA Astell AJ, 1996, BRAIN LANG, V54, P196, DOI 10.1006/brln.1996.0071 BARKER MG, 1968, BRIT J PSYCHIAT, V114, P1351, DOI 10.1192/bjp.114.516.1351 BAYLES KA, 1991, J COGNITIVE NEUROSCI, V3, P165 BAYLES KA, 1989, DEV NEUROPSYCHOL, V5, P335 BAYLES KA, 1983, BRAIN LANG, V19, P98, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(83)90057-3 BLANKEN G, 1987, COGNITION, V27, P247, DOI 10.1016/S0010-0277(87)80011-2 BOLLER F, 1991, CORTEX, V27, P9 Caplan D., 1992, LANGUAGE STRUCTURE P CARAMAZZA A, 1990, CORTEX, V26, P95 CHEBTKOW H, 1990, BRAIN, V113, P397 COLLINS AM, 1975, PSYCHOL REV, V82, P407, DOI 10.1037//0033-295X.82.6.407 COLLINS AM, 1969, J VERB LEARN VERB BE, V8, P240, DOI 10.1016/S0022-5371(69)80069-1 CONSTANTINIDIS J, 1978, STUDIES GERIATRIC PS FAGLIONI P, 1993, CORTEX, V29, P501 FOLSTEIN MF, 1975, J PSYCHIAT RES, V12, P189, DOI 10.1016/0022-3956(75)90026-6 Francis WN, 1982, FREQUENCY ANAL ENGLI FUNNELL E, 1991, P ROY SOC B-BIOL SCI, V243, P173, DOI 10.1098/rspb.1991.0028 GARRETT M, 1992, COGNITION, V42, P143, DOI 10.1016/0010-0277(92)90042-G GILHOOLY KJ, 1980, BEHAV RES METH INSTR, V12, P395, DOI 10.3758/BF03201693 GLASS AL, 1975, COGNITION, V3, P313, DOI 10.1016/0010-0277(74)90002-X HACHINSKI VC, 1975, ARCH NEUROL-CHICAGO, V32, P632 HARLEY TA, 1993, LANG COGNITIVE PROC, V8, P291, DOI 10.1080/01690969308406957 Harley T. A., 1995, CONNECTIONIST MODELS, P311 HARLEY TA, 1992, PROCEEDINGS OF THE FOURTEENTH ANNUAL CONFERENCE OF THE COGNITIVE SCIENCE SOCIETY, P378 HARLEY TA, 1995, LANG COGNITIVE PROC, V10, P47, DOI 10.1080/01690969508407087 Harley TA, 1998, APHASIOLOGY, V12, P299, DOI 10.1080/02687039808249535 HART S, 1988, BRIT J CLIN PSYCHOL, V27, P115 HIER DB, 1985, BRAIN LANG, V25, P117, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(85)90124-5 HINTON GE, 1991, PSYCHOL REV, V98, P74, DOI 10.1037//0033-295X.98.1.74 HODGES JR, 1992, NEUROPSYCHOLOGIA, V30, P301, DOI 10.1016/0028-3932(92)90104-T HODGES JR, 1991, BRAIN, V114, P1547, DOI 10.1093/brain/114.4.1547 HUFF FJ, 1986, BRAIN LANG, V28, P235, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(86)90103-3 JESCHENIAK JD, 1994, J EXP PSYCHOL LEARN, V20, P824, DOI 10.1037/0278-7393.20.4.824 JONES GV, 1989, MEM COGNITION, V17, P69, DOI 10.3758/BF03199558 KEMPEN G, 1983, COGNITION, V14, P185, DOI 10.1016/0010-0277(83)90029-X KERTESZ A, 1986, CAN J NEUROL SCI, V13, P415 KIRSHNER HS, 1984, NEUROPSYCHOLOGIA, V22, P23, DOI 10.1016/0028-3932(84)90004-6 LEVELT WJM, 1992, COGNITION, V42, P1, DOI 10.1016/0010-0277(92)90038-J MARTIN A, 1983, BRAIN LANG, V19, P124, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(83)90059-7 MARTIN N, 1989, J MEM LANG, V28, P462, DOI 10.1016/0749-596X(89)90022-3 MCCLELLAND JL, 1985, J EXP PSYCHOL GEN, V114, P159, DOI 10.1037//0096-3445.114.2.159 MCCLOSKEY M, 1979, COGNITIVE PSYCHOL, V11, P1, DOI 10.1016/0010-0285(79)90002-1 MCKHANN G, 1984, NEUROLOGY, V34, P939 MEYER DE, 1970, COGNITIVE PSYCHOL, V1, P242, DOI 10.1016/0010-0285(70)90017-4 MILLER E, 1979, APPL PROBLEMS MEMORY MILLER E, 1975, PSYCHOL MED, V5, P255 NEARY D, 1986, J NEUROL NEUROSUR PS, V49, P163, DOI 10.1136/jnnp.49.2.163 NEBES RD, 1989, PSYCHOL BULL, V106, P377, DOI 10.1037//0033-2909.106.3.377 NEILS J, 1988, NEUROPSYCHOLOGIA, V26, P351, DOI 10.1016/0028-3932(88)90088-7 NICHOLAS M, 1985, CORTEX, V21, P595 Nicholas M, 1996, BRAIN LANG, V54, P184, DOI 10.1006/brln.1996.0070 OLDFIELD RC, 1965, Q J EXP PSYCHOL, V17, P273, DOI 10.1080/17470216508416445 OLDFIELD RC, 1964, NATURE, V202, P1031, DOI 10.1038/2021031a0 PAIVIO A, 1968, J EXP PSYCHOL, V76, P1, DOI 10.1037/h0025327 Quinlan P. T., 1992, OXFORD PSYCHOLINGUIS RAPP B, 1993, COGNITIVE NEUROPSYCH, V10, P113, DOI 10.1080/02643299308253458 RIDDOCH MJ, 1988, COGNITIVE NEUROPSYCH, V5, P3, DOI 10.1080/02643298808252925 RIPICH DN, 1991, BRAIN LANG, V40, P330, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(91)90133-L ROCHFORD G, 1971, NEUROPSYCHOLOGIA, V9, P437, DOI 10.1016/0028-3932(71)90008-X ROSCH E, 1973, COGNITIVE PSYCHOL, V4, P677 SAFFRAN EM, 1989, UNPUB PHILADELPHIA C Shallice T., 1988, NEUROPSYCHOLOGY MENT SHALLICE T, 1993, COGNITIVE NEUROPSYCH, V10, P251, DOI 10.1080/02643299308253463 SKELTONROBINSON M, 1984, BRIT J PSYCHIAT, V145, P168, DOI 10.1192/bjp.145.2.168 SMITH EE, 1974, PSYCHOL REV, V81, P214, DOI 10.1037/h0036351 SOMNERS LM, 1990, APHASIOLOGY, V4, P573 Stuss DT, 1986, FRONTAL LOBES TIPPETT LJ, 1994, NEUROPSYCHOLOGY, V8, P1 Toglia M. P., 1978, HDB SEMANTIC WORD NO Tulving E, 1972, ORG MEMORY WARRINGTON EK, 1979, BRAIN, V102, P43, DOI 10.1093/brain/102.1.43 NR 73 TC 21 Z9 21 PU TAYLOR & FRANCIS LTD PI LONDON PA ONE GUNPOWDER SQUARE, LONDON EC4A 3DE, ENGLAND SN 0268-7038 J9 APHASIOLOGY JI Aphasiology PD APR-MAY PY 1998 VL 12 IS 4-5 BP 357 EP 374 DI 10.1080/02687039808249538 PG 18 WC Clinical Neurology SC Neurosciences & Neurology GA ZJ162 UT WOS:000073185700006 ER PT J AU Kohn, SE Melvold, J Shipper, V AF Kohn, SE Melvold, J Shipper, V TI The preservation of sonority in the context of impaired lexical-phonological output SO APHASIOLOGY LA English DT Article ID CONDUCTION APHASIA AB The single word repetition of two fluent aphasics was evaluated to explore the nature of their lexical-phonological deficit. Phonological theory postulates that features, subcomponents of segments, are organized hierarchically according to their acoustic and articulatory properties and their role in the phonological system. This study hypothesized that the higher a feature sits in the hierarchy, the more stable it will be following neurological damage, and the less likely it is to be substituted independently of other features. Analyses focused on the status of the feature sonorant, for the following two reasons: (1) this feature is located at the top of the feature hierarchy; and (2) unlike other consonant features, it plays an important role in syllable structure by constraining the ordering of consonants within syllables. The pattern of feature substitutions produced by the two subjects in this study was identical, with the order of least to most affected type conforming to the predictions based on the feature hierarchy: consonant substitution errors due to a change in the value of the feature sonorant were rare, and when this feature changed, it generally occurred in conjunction with changes to other features. By contrast, place of articulation, a feature that: sits low in the hierarchy, was the most frequent feature substituted, and was typically altered without changing the other feature values of the affected consonant. Moreover, when sonorant feature substitutions and consonant omissions did occur, they most often produced a syllable with a less complex sonority pattern. These findings strengthen the notion that the relative preservation of sonority, both at the segmental and syllabic levels, contributes to the normal sounding quality of the neologisms produced by even the most severe jargonaphasics. C1 Moss Rehabil Res Inst, Philadelphia, PA 19141 USA. Temple Univ, Sch Med, Philadelphia, PA 19122 USA. Massachusetts Gen Hosp, Boston, MA 02114 USA. RP Kohn, SE (reprint author), Moss Rehabil Res Inst, 1200 W Tabor Rd, Philadelphia, PA 19141 USA. CR BASTIAANSE R, 1994, J NEUROLINGUIST, V8, P247, DOI 10.1016/0911-6044(94)90011-6 Beland R., 1990, J NEUROLINGUIST, V5, P125, DOI 10.1016/0911-6044(90)90009-N BELAND R, 1991, PHONETICS PHONOLOGY, V2, P201 BLUMSTEIN SE, 1978, SYLLABLES SEGMENTS Blumstein S.E., 1973, PHONOLOGICAL INVESTI Buckingham H, 1987, APHASIOLOGY, V1, P381, DOI 10.1080/02687038708248861 BUCKINGHAM H, 1990, MORPHOLOGY PHONOLOGY CHRISTMAN SS, 1994, BRAIN LANG, V46, P109, DOI 10.1006/brln.1994.1007 Clements George N., 1985, PHONOLOGY YB, V2, P225, DOI 10.1017/S0952675700000440 CLEMENTS GN, 1983, CV PHONOLOGY GENERAT CLEMENTS GN, 1988, 2 CORN U CORN PHON L CODE C, 1994, J NEUROLINGUIST, V8, P257, DOI 10.1016/0911-6044(94)90012-4 Goodglass H, 1983, ASSESSMENT APHASIA R, V2nd Harris Roy, 1916, COURS LINGUISTIQUE G Jakobson R., 1968, CHILD LANGUAGE APHAS Jakobson Roman, 1956, FUNDAMENTALS LANGUAG Jespersen Otto, 1904, LEHRBUCH PHONETIK Kenstowicz Michael, 1994, PHONOLOGY GENERATIVE Kohn SE, 1996, BRAIN LANG, V52, P129, DOI 10.1006/brln.1996.0007 KOHN SE, 1994, J NEUROLINGUIST, V8, P267, DOI 10.1016/0911-6044(94)90013-2 KOHN SE, 1985, BRAIN LANG, V24, P266, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(85)90135-X KOHN SE, 1995, APHASIOLOGY, V9, P209, DOI 10.1080/02687039508248196 KOHN SE, 1991, CORTEX, V27, P631 KOHN SE, 1994, APPL PSYCHOLINGUIST, V15, P75, DOI 10.1017/S0142716400006986 Kohn SE, 1995, CORTEX, V31, P747 KOHN SE, 1993, CORTEX, V29, P53 KOHN SE, 1989, APHASIOLOGY, V3, P209, DOI 10.1080/02687038908248992 KOHN SE, 1992, APHASIOLOGY, V6, P397, DOI 10.1080/02687039208248610 Prunet J.-F., 1991, PHONETICS PHONOLOGY, V2 Rice Keren, 1988, TORONTO WORKING PAPE, P101 SAGEY E, 1986, THESIS MIT GARLAND Sievers E., 1881, GRUNDZUGE PHONETIK Steriade D., 1982, THESIS MIT CAMBRIDGE WHITNEY WD, 1965, J AM ORIENTAL SOC, V8 NR 34 TC 5 Z9 5 PU TAYLOR & FRANCIS LTD PI LONDON PA ONE GUNPOWDER SQUARE, LONDON EC4A 3DE, ENGLAND SN 0268-7038 J9 APHASIOLOGY JI Aphasiology PD APR-MAY PY 1998 VL 12 IS 4-5 BP 375 EP 398 DI 10.1080/02687039808249539 PG 24 WC Clinical Neurology SC Neurosciences & Neurology GA ZJ162 UT WOS:000073185700007 ER PT J AU Howard, D Harding, D AF Howard, D Harding, D TI Self-cueing of word retrieval by a woman with aphasia: why a letter board works SO APHASIOLOGY LA English DT Article ID ACCESSING LEXICAL REPRESENTATIONS; SEMANTIC ERRORS; INTERFERENCE; RECOGNITION; DEFICIT; MODELS; OUTPUT AB This study reports the case of an aphasic patient, S.D., who demonstrates a spontaneous ability to self-cue for items she is unable to name, by pointing to the initial letter of the target word. The effectiveness of S.D.'s cueing strategy is demonstrated and, by comparing it with other methods of cueing, it is shown that the written form of the initial letter is required for self-cueing. It is shown that S.D.'s self-cueing can be explained, in an information processing theory, by a lexically-mediated cascade of activation from input orthography to output phonology. C1 Univ Newcastle Upon Tyne, Dept Speech, Newcastle Upon Tyne NE1 7RU, Tyne & Wear, England. RP Howard, D (reprint author), Univ Newcastle Upon Tyne, Dept Speech, Newcastle Upon Tyne NE1 7RU, Tyne & Wear, England. CR Allport D.A., 1985, CURRENT PERSPECTIVES, P32 Bachy-Langedock N, 1989, COGNITIVE APPROACHES, P211 Barton M I, 1971, Cortex, V7, P73 Beeson PM, 1997, APHASIOLOGY, V11, P323, DOI 10.1080/02687039708248474 BERMAN M, 1967, J SPEECH HEAR DISORD, V32, P372 BEST W, 1994, THESIS U LONDON Bishop D. V., 1982, TROG TEST RECEPTION BROWN AS, 1991, PSYCHOL BULL, V109, P204, DOI 10.1037//0033-2909.109.2.204 BROWN R, 1966, J VERB LEARN VERB BE, V5, P325, DOI 10.1016/S0022-5371(66)80040-3 BRUCE C, 1987, BRIT J DISORD COMMUN, V22, P191 BRUCE C, 1988, NEUROPSYCHOLOGIA, V26, P253, DOI 10.1016/0028-3932(88)90078-4 Butterworth B., 1989, LEXICAL REPRESENTATI, P108 BUTTERWORTH B, 1992, COGNITION, V42, P261, DOI 10.1016/0010-0277(92)90045-J BUTTERWORTH B, 1984, NEUROPSYCHOLOGIA, V22, P409, DOI 10.1016/0028-3932(84)90036-8 BUTTERWORTH BL, 1980, LANGUAGE PRODUCRTION, V1 CAPLAN D, 1986, COGNITIVE NEUROPSYCH, V3, P99, DOI 10.1080/02643298608252671 CARAMAZZA A, 1990, CORTEX, V26, P95 Coltheart M., 1980, DEEP DYSLEXIA COLTHEART M, 1993, PSYCHOL REV, V100, P589, DOI 10.1037/0033-295X.100.4.589 COLTHEART M, 1997, MODELS LANGUAGE ILLU, P9 DELL GS, 1989, LEXICAL REPRESENTATI, P136 EDGINGTON ES, 1998, RANDOMIZATION TESTS Ellis A. W., 1982, NORMALITY PATHOLOGY, P113 ELLIS AW, 1978, Q J EXP PSYCHOL, V30, P569, DOI 10.1080/00335557843000142 ELLIS AW, 1985, PROGR PSYCHOL LANGUA, V2, P107 Freedman J. L., 1966, PSYCHON SCI, V4, P309 FUNNELL E, 1983, BRIT J PSYCHOL, V74, P19 Garrett M., 1980, LANGUAGE PRODUCTION, V1, P177 Garrett M. F., 1976, NEW APPROACHES LANGU, P231 GOODGLASS H, 1976, CORTEX, V12, P145 GRUNEBER.MM, 1974, ACTA PSYCHOL, V38, P257, DOI 10.1016/0001-6918(74)90010-9 HILLIS AE, 1991, BRAIN LANG, V40, P106, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(91)90119-L HILLIS AE, 1995, COGNITIVE NEUROPSYCH, V12, P187, DOI 10.1080/02643299508251996 HOWARD D, 1995, Q J EXP PSYCHOL-A, V48, P999 Howard D., 1985, THESIS U LONDON Howard D., 1992, PYRAMIDS PALM TREES HOWARD D, 1987, LANGUAGE PERCEPTION, P340 Howard D., 1988, MISSING MEANING COGN HOWRD D, 1985, COGNITIVE NEUROPSYCH, V2, P41 Kay J., 1992, PSYCHOLINGUISTIC ASS KEMPEN G, 1983, COGNITION, V14, P185, DOI 10.1016/0010-0277(83)90029-X Kujala P, 1996, J NEUROL SCI, V141, P79, DOI 10.1016/0022-510X(96)00146-3 LA HEIJ W, 1990, BRIT J PSYCHOL, V81, P511 LEVELT W, 1989, SPEAKING INTENTION A LUPKER SJ, 1985, PROGR PSYCHOL LANGUA, V1, P109 LUPKER SJ, 1982, CAN J PSYCHOL, V36, P349, DOI 10.1037/h0080652 Monsell S., 1987, LANGUAGE PERCEPTION, P273 NEWCOMBE F, 1980, DEEP DYSLEXIA, P160 NICKELS L, 1995, NEUROPSYCHOLOGIA, V33, P1281, DOI 10.1016/0028-3932(95)00102-9 NICKELS L, 1994, COGNITIVE NEUROPSYCH, V11, P289, DOI 10.1080/02643299408251977 NICKELS L, 1992, COGNITIVE NEUROPSYCH, V9, P155, DOI 10.1080/02643299208252057 NICKELS L, 1995, LANG COGNITIVE PROC, V10, P13, DOI 10.1080/01690969508407086 NICKELS LA, 1992, THESIS U LONDON Patterson K., 1987, COGNITIVE NEUROPSYCH, P273 Patterson K., 1989, PARALLEL DISTRIBUTED, P131 Plaut DC, 1996, PSYCHOL REV, V103, P56, DOI 10.1037/0033-295X.103.1.56 RICKARD S, 1986, THESIS U LONDON Shallice T., 1988, NEUROPSYCHOLOGY MENT STARREVELD PA, 1995, J EXP PSYCHOL LEARN, V21, P686, DOI 10.1037/0278-7393.21.3.686 Stemberger J. P., 1985, PROGR PSYCHOL LANGUA, V1, P143 UNDERWOOD G, 1984, BRIT J PSYCHOL, V75, P243 NR 61 TC 22 Z9 22 PU TAYLOR & FRANCIS LTD PI LONDON PA ONE GUNPOWDER SQUARE, LONDON EC4A 3DE, ENGLAND SN 0268-7038 J9 APHASIOLOGY JI Aphasiology PD APR-MAY PY 1998 VL 12 IS 4-5 BP 399 EP 420 DI 10.1080/02687039808249540 PG 22 WC Clinical Neurology SC Neurosciences & Neurology GA ZJ162 UT WOS:000073185700008 ER PT J AU Lewis, FM Lapointe, LL Murdoch, BE Chenery, HJ AF Lewis, FM Lapointe, LL Murdoch, BE Chenery, HJ TI Language impairment in Parkinson's disease SO APHASIOLOGY LA English DT Article ID COGNITIVE IMPAIRMENT; SYNTAX COMPREHENSION; DEMENTIA; DEFICITS; TASKS; LESIONS; FLUENCY; HUNTINGTONS; STRATEGIES; ALZHEIMERS AB Increasingly, researchers and clinicians are beginning to unveil both cognitive and linguistic impairments in Parkinson's disease (PD), a condition characterized in the past primarily by impairment of the motoric aspects of ambulation and speech. This study describes subtle language impairment in 20 subjects with PD on a battery of measures selected to be sensitive to frontal lobe language function. Comparative performances of the PD subjects with an age, gender, and education-matched control group revealed significant performance level differences across several language variables. The PD subject group as a whole, presented with impaired naming and definitional abilities, and difficulties in interpreting ambiguity and figurative language. When the PD subjects were divided on the basis of their score on a cognitive rating scale, PD subjects with below normal cognitive status presented with deficits in naming, definition, and multi-definition abilities, as well as problems in interpreting ambiguity and figurative language, sentence construction, and semantic verbal fluency. Parkinson's disease subjects with normal cognitive status presented with difficulties in providing definitions and in sentence construction. These results are interpreted in terms of models of subcortical participation in language. C1 Univ Queensland, Dept Speech Pathol & Audiol, Brisbane, Qld 4072, Australia. Arizona State Univ, Dept Speech & Hearing Sci, Tempe, AZ 85287 USA. RP Lewis, FM (reprint author), Univ Queensland, Dept Speech Pathol & Audiol, Brisbane, Qld 4072, Australia. RI Chenery, Helen/F-5194-2010; Lewis, Fiona/F-9076-2010; Murdoch, Bruce/C-1397-2012 CR Auriacombe S, 1993, NEUROPSYCHOLOGY, V7, P182, DOI 10.1037//0894-4105.7.2.182 BAYLES KA, 1982, J SPEECH HEAR DISORD, V47, P210 Beatty W W, 1989, J Geriatr Psychiatry Neurol, V2, P22, DOI 10.1177/089198878900200106 BLONDER LX, 1989, BRAIN COGNITION, V9, P244, DOI 10.1016/0278-2626(89)90034-1 CALTAGIRONE C, 1989, J NEUROL NEUROSUR PS, V52, P334, DOI 10.1136/jnnp.52.3.334 GROSSMAN M, 1991, NEUROLOGY, V41, P1620 CHUI HC, 1986, ARCH NEUROL-CHICAGO, V43, P991 COOPER JA, 1991, BRAIN, V114, P2095, DOI 10.1093/brain/114.5.2095 CROSSON B, 1985, BRAIN LANG, V25, P257, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(85)90085-9 CUMMINGS JL, 1984, ARCH NEUROL-CHICAGO, V41, P874 DAMASIO AR, 1982, ARCH NEUROL-CHICAGO, V39, P15 FRAZIER L, 1987, J MEM LANG, V26, P505, DOI 10.1016/0749-596X(87)90137-9 GIROTTI F, 1988, J NEUROL NEUROSUR PS, V51, P1498, DOI 10.1136/jnnp.51.12.1498 GOTHAM AM, 1988, BRAIN, V111, P299, DOI 10.1093/brain/111.2.299 Hayslip B. J., 1989, ADULT DEV AGING HOEHN MM, 1967, NEUROLOGY, V17, P427 HOLM S, 1979, SCAND J STAT, V6, P65 Hornykiewies O, 1986, ADV NEUROL, V45, P19 JORGENSEN C, 1981, WORD TEST TEST EXPRE Kaplan E, 1983, BOSTON NAMING TEST LIEBERMAN P, 1992, BRAIN LANG, V43, P169, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(92)90127-Z LIEBERMAN P, 1990, J NERV MENT DIS, V178, P360, DOI 10.1097/00005053-199006000-00003 MATISON R, 1982, NEUROLOGY, V19, P124 Mattis S, 1988, DRS DEMENTIA RATING Mattis S., 1976, GERIATRIC PSYCHIAT, P77 NAESER MA, 1982, ARCH NEUROL-CHICAGO, V39, P2 NATSOPOULOS D, 1991, CORTEX, V27, P255 NICHOLAS LE, 1989, APHASIOLOGY, V3, P569, DOI 10.1080/02687038908249023 Nickels L, 1996, APHASIOLOGY, V10, P21, DOI 10.1080/02687039608248397 NORUSIS MJ, 1990, SPSS PC PLUS ADV STA OJEMANN GA, 1983, BEHAV BRAIN SCI, V6, P189 PERFETTI CA, 1990, COMPREHENSION PROCESSES IN READING, P205 PILLON B, 1989, J NEUROL NEUROSUR PS, V52, P201, DOI 10.1136/jnnp.52.2.201 PILLON B, 1991, NEUROLOGY, V41, P634 RASKIN SA, 1992, NEUROPSYCHOLOGIA, V30, P95, DOI 10.1016/0028-3932(92)90018-H Spreen O., 1969, NEUROSENSORY CTR COM STERN Y, 1986, ADV NEUROL, V45, P405 TROSTER AI, 1989, BRAIN LANG, V37, P500, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(89)90032-1 VILKKI J, 1994, NEUROPSYCHOLOGIA, V32, P1257, DOI 10.1016/0028-3932(94)90107-4 Wallesch CW, 1988, APHASIA, P256 WALLESCH CW, 1983, BRAIN LANG, V20, P298 Wiig EH, 1989, TEST LANGUAGE COMPET WILCOCK GK, 1987, PARKINSONS DIS CLIN, P95 ZIMMERMANN P, 1992, BRAIN COGNITION, V18, P60, DOI 10.1016/0278-2626(92)90111-X NR 44 TC 37 Z9 37 PU TAYLOR & FRANCIS LTD PI LONDON PA ONE GUNPOWDER SQUARE, LONDON EC4A 3DE, ENGLAND SN 0268-7038 J9 APHASIOLOGY JI Aphasiology PD MAR PY 1998 VL 12 IS 3 BP 193 EP 206 DI 10.1080/02687039808249446 PG 14 WC Clinical Neurology SC Neurosciences & Neurology GA YZ250 UT WOS:000072235300001 ER PT J AU Hersh, D AF Hersh, D TI Beyond the 'plateau': discharge dilemmas in chronic aphasia SO APHASIOLOGY LA English DT Article ID FUNCTIONAL ASSESSMENT; THERAPY; SPEECH; REHABILITATION; COMMUNICATION; STROKE; TRIAL C1 Queen Elizabeth Hosp, Adelaide, SA, Australia. RP Hersh, D (reprint author), Queen Elizabeth Hosp, Speech Pathol Dept, 28 Woodville Rd, Woodville, SA 5011, Australia. CR *AASH, 1995, PERF EV SPEECH PATH ADAMOVICH B, 1990, CLIN APH C SANT FE N ATEN J, 1991, CLIN APHASIOLOGY, V20, P299 BASSO A, 1992, APHASIOLOGY, V6, P337, DOI 10.1080/02687039208248605 BEHRMANN M, 1987, COGN NEUROPSYCHOL, V4, P365, DOI 10.1080/02643298708252044 BLOMERT L, 1990, APHASIOLOGY, V4, P307, DOI 10.1080/02687039008249085 BRINDLEY P, 1989, APHASIOLOGY, V3, P695, DOI 10.1080/02687038908249037 BYNG S, 1988, COGNITIVE NEUROPSYCH, V5, P629, DOI 10.1080/02643298808253277 Byng S., 1993, APHASIA TREATMENT WO, P115 BYNG S, 1990, APHASIOLOGY, V4, P67, DOI 10.1080/02687039008249055 Chapey R., 1994, LANGUAGE INTERVENTIO Code C., 1992, CODE MULLER PROTOCOL *COLL SPEECH LANG, 1991, COMM QUAL PROF STAND COLLINS M, 1986, DIAGN TREATM GLOB AP DAVID R, 1982, J NEUROL NEUROSUR PS, V45, P957, DOI 10.1136/jnnp.45.11.957 DEPARTZ MP, 1986, COGNITIVE NEUROPSYCH, V3, P149, DOI 10.1080/02643298608252674 EDELMAN G, 1984, ADV NEUROLOGY PROGR, P277 FAWCUS M, 1992, GROUP ENCOUNTERS SPE, P77 FRATTALI CM, 1992, APHASIOLOGY, V6, P63, DOI 10.1080/02687039208248577 GRANGER CV, 1986, TOP GERIATR REHABIL, V1, P569 HERRMANN M, 1989, APHASIOLOGY, V3, P513, DOI 10.1080/02687038908249019 HOPKINS A, 1984, LANCET, V1, P1393 Howard D., 1987, APHASIA THERAPY HIST HOWARD D, 1986, BRIT J DISORD COMMUN, V21, P89 JONES EV, 1986, BRIT J DISORD COMMUN, V21, P63 Kagan A., 1993, APHASIA TREATMENT WO, P199 LEDORZE G, 1995, APHASIOLOGY, V9, P239 LENDREM W, 1988, SPEECH THERAPY P NOV, P21 LENDREM W, 1988, APHASIOLOGY, V2, P93, DOI 10.1080/02687038808248892 LINCOLN NB, 1984, LANCET, V1, P1197 LYON JG, 1992, AM J SPEECH-LANG PAT, V3, P7 MACKENZIE C, 1993, EUR J DISORDER COMM, V28, P43 Marshall R. C., 1987, APHASIOLOGY, V1, P59, DOI 10.1080/02687038708248812 MEIKLE M, 1979, BRIT MED J, V2, P87 Miller E, 1984, RECOVERY MANAGEMENT OXENHAM D, 1995, APHASIOLOGY, V9, P477, DOI 10.1080/02687039508248710 Parr S, 1996, APHASIOLOGY, V10, P469, DOI 10.1080/02687039608248426 Pierce RS, 1996, APHASIOLOGY, V10, P480, DOI 10.1080/02687039608248427 PRING TR, 1987, BRIT J DISORD COMMUN, V22, P163 Rice B, 1987, APHASIOLOGY, V1, P247, DOI 10.1080/02687038708248841 Rosenbek J.C., 1989, APHASIA CLIN APPROAC SACCHETT C, 1992, APHASIOLOGY, V6, P95, DOI 10.1080/02687039208248579 SARNO MT, 1993, APHASIOLOGY, V7, P321, DOI 10.1080/02687039308249514 WAHRBORG P, 1991, ASSESSMENT MANAGEMEN Whurr R, 1992, EUROPEAN J DISORDERS, V27, P1 World Health Organization, 1980, INT CLASS IMP DIS HA WORRAL LS, 1989, APHASIOLOGY, V3, P483, DOI 10.1080/02687038908249010 NR 47 TC 17 Z9 18 PU TAYLOR & FRANCIS LTD PI LONDON PA ONE GUNPOWDER SQUARE, LONDON EC4A 3DE, ENGLAND SN 0268-7038 J9 APHASIOLOGY JI Aphasiology PD MAR PY 1998 VL 12 IS 3 BP 207 EP 218 DI 10.1080/02687039808249447 PG 12 WC Clinical Neurology SC Neurosciences & Neurology GA YZ250 UT WOS:000072235300002 ER PT J AU Pound, C AF Pound, C TI Therapy for life: finding new paths across the plateau SO APHASIOLOGY LA English DT Article ID APHASIA C1 City Univ London, Dept Clin Commun Studies, London EC1V 0HB, England. RP Pound, C (reprint author), City Univ London, Dept Clin Commun Studies, Northampton Sq, London EC1V 0HB, England. CR BYNG S, 1997, IN PRESS OUTCOME SPE FRENCH S, 1993, DISABLING BARRIERS E, P26 Kagan A, 1995, TOP STROKE REHABIL, V2, P15 Lyon J, 1992, AM J SPEECH-LANG PAT, V1, P7 Lyon JG, 1997, APHASIOLOGY, V11, P693, DOI 10.1080/02687039708249416 Parr S., 1997, TALKING APHASIA LIVI Parr S, 1996, APHASIOLOGY, V10, P469, DOI 10.1080/02687039608248426 POUND C, 1996, B ROYAL COLL SPEECH, V532, P12 POUND C, 1993, BRIT APH SOC C WARW SimmonsMackie NN, 1996, DISABIL REHABIL, V18, P540 NR 10 TC 8 Z9 8 PU PSYCHOLOGY PRESS PI HOVE PA 27 CHURCH RD, HOVE BN3 2FA, EAST SUSSEX, ENGLAND SN 0268-7038 J9 APHASIOLOGY JI Aphasiology PD MAR PY 1998 VL 12 IS 3 BP 222 EP 227 DI 10.1080/02687039808249449 PG 6 WC Clinical Neurology SC Neurosciences & Neurology GA YZ250 UT WOS:000072235300004 ER PT J AU Elman, RJ AF Elman, RJ TI Memories of the 'plateau': health-care changes provide an opportunity to redefine aphasia treatment and discharge SO APHASIOLOGY LA English DT Article C1 Aphasia Ctr Calif, Oakland, CA 94602 USA. RP Elman, RJ (reprint author), Aphasia Ctr Calif, 3996 Lyman Rd, Oakland, CA 94602 USA. CR BEESON P, 1994, APHASIA GROUPS APPRO ELMAN R, 1996, ASHA, V38, P52 Elman R. J., 1995, AM J SPEECH-LANG PAT, V4, P115 Hemsley G, 1996, DISABIL REHABIL, V18, P567 HOLLAND AL, 1992, NIDCD MONOGRAPH, V2, P147 Kagan A, 1995, TOP STROKE REHABIL, V2, P15 Lyon J, 1992, AM J SPEECH-LANG PAT, V1, P7 Lyon J., 1997, APPROACHES TREATMENT, P203 Parr S., 1997, TALKING APHASIA LIVI PIETRANTON A, 1995, QUALITY IMPROVEMENT, P1 POUND C, 1996, B ROYAL COLL SPEECH, V532, P12 SimmonsMackie NN, 1996, DISABIL REHABIL, V18, P540 World Health Organization, 1980, INT CLASS IMP DIS HA NR 13 TC 11 Z9 12 PU TAYLOR & FRANCIS LTD PI LONDON PA ONE GUNPOWDER SQUARE, LONDON EC4A 3DE, ENGLAND SN 0268-7038 J9 APHASIOLOGY JI Aphasiology PD MAR PY 1998 VL 12 IS 3 BP 227 EP 231 DI 10.1080/02687039808249450 PG 5 WC Clinical Neurology SC Neurosciences & Neurology GA YZ250 UT WOS:000072235300005 ER PT J AU Simmons-Mackie, N AF Simmons-Mackie, N TI A solution to the discharge dilemma in aphasia: social approaches to aphasia management SO APHASIOLOGY LA English DT Article ID THERAPY; SPEECH C1 SE Louisiana Univ, Hammond, LA 70402 USA. RP Simmons-Mackie, N (reprint author), 59020 Highway 433, Slidell, LA 70460 USA. CR ALARCON N, 1997, FAMILY BASED INTERVE Brookshire R., 1995, AM J SPEECH-LANG PAT, V4, P118 Brown G., 1983, DISCOURSE ANALYSIS ELMAN R, 1996, EFFECTIVENESS GROUP Fairclough N., 1989, LANGUAGE POWER FOX L, 1997, POWER CHOOSE RETURNI Frattali C, 1995, AM SPEECH LANGUAGE H Goffman Irving, 1959, PRESENTATION SELF EV Gumperz J., 1982, DISCOURSE STRATEGIES Gumperz JJ, 1982, LANGUAGE SOCIAL IDEN Kagan A., 1996, SUPPORTED CONVERSATI KAGAN A, 1997, IN PRESS APHASIOLOGY KAGAN A, 1995, TOP STROKE REHABIL, V2, P1 Kagan A., 1993, APHASIA TREATMENT WO, P199 KEARNS K, 1994, LANGUAGE INTERVENTIO, P304 LAPOINTE LC, 1978, CLIN APHASIOLOGY, P20 LEDORZE G, 1995, APHASIOLOGY, V9, P239 Lyon J, 1992, AM J SPEECH-LANG PAT, V1, P7 Lyon JG, 1997, APHASIOLOGY, V11, P693, DOI 10.1080/02687039708249416 NICHOLAS LE, 1993, J SPEECH HEAR RES, V36, P338 Panagos John M., 1996, P41 Parr S., 1997, TALKING APHASIA LIVI Parr S, 1996, APHASIOLOGY, V10, P469, DOI 10.1080/02687039608248426 Porch B. E., 1981, PORCH INDEX COMMUNIC POUND C, 1996, B ROYAL COLL SPEECH, V532, P12 Shiffrin D., 1987, DISCOURSE MARKERS SIMMONS N, 1993, THESIS LOUISIANA STA SIMMONS N N, 1986, Seminars in Speech and Language, V7, P181, DOI 10.1055/s-0028-1085229 SIMMONSMACKIE N, 1997, SOCIAL CONSTRUCTIONS Simmons-Mackie N., 1987, CLIN APHASIOLOGY C P, P106 Simmons-Mackie N. N., 1996, AM J SPEECH-LANG PAT, V5, P37 SimmonsMackie NN, 1996, DISABIL REHABIL, V18, P540 SimmonsMackie NN, 1995, CLIN APHASIOL, V23, P95 TANNEN D, 1984, CONVERSATION STYLE NR 34 TC 21 Z9 22 PU TAYLOR & FRANCIS LTD PI LONDON PA ONE GUNPOWDER SQUARE, LONDON EC4A 3DE, ENGLAND SN 0268-7038 J9 APHASIOLOGY JI Aphasiology PD MAR PY 1998 VL 12 IS 3 BP 231 EP 239 DI 10.1080/02687039808249451 PG 9 WC Clinical Neurology SC Neurosciences & Neurology GA YZ250 UT WOS:000072235300006 ER PT J AU Jonkers, R Bastiaanse, R AF Jonkers, R Bastiaanse, R TI How selective are selective word class deficits? Two case studies of action and object naming SO APHASIOLOGY LA English DT Article ID APHASIA; VERBS; NOUNS; RETRIEVAL; LANGUAGE; ARGUMENT; ANOMIA AB In this article two case studies of fluent aphasic speakers are presented. Both patients performed significantly worse on an action-naming task than on an object-naming task, whereas comprehension of verbs was spared. The items of the action-naming test were controlled not only for the well-known factors that may influence word retrieval (e.g. word-frequency and imageability), but also for other variables that might be of relevance-that is, instrumentality, name relation to a noun and transitivity. Although both patients retrieved nouns better than verbs, word class as such did not seem to be the discriminating factor. In one patient name relation to a noun was particularly helpful in verb retrieval (verbs related in name to nouns were retrieved as easily as nouns in general), whereas in the other patient transitivity demonstrated an effect: he retrieved transitive verbs significantly better than intransitive verbs. It will be argued that the often-made distinction between verbs and nouns may be too rough, and may create artefacts. More careful matching on linguistic and extralinguistic criteria is necessary to learn more about the cognitive representation of verbs and nouns, and to obtain a better understanding of the effect of brain damage on word retrieval. C1 Univ Groningen, Dept Linguist, NL-9700 AS Groningen, Netherlands. RP Bastiaanse, R (reprint author), Univ Groningen, Dept Linguist, POB 716, NL-9700 AS Groningen, Netherlands. CR ARDILA A, 1994, J PSYCHOLINGUIST RES, V23, P139, DOI 10.1007/BF02143920 BASSO A, 1990, APHASIOLOGY, V4, P185, DOI 10.1080/02687039008249069 BASTIAANSE R, 1991, CLIN LINGUIST PHONET, V5, P355, DOI 10.3109/02699209108985902 Bastiaanse R, 1996, APHASIOLOGY, V10, P561, DOI 10.1080/02687039608248437 Berndt RS, 1997, BRAIN LANG, V56, P107 Berndt RS, 1997, BRAIN LANG, V56, P68 CARAMAZZA A, 1991, NATURE, V349, P788, DOI 10.1038/349788a0 DAMASIO Hanna, 1991, ACQUIRED APHASIA, P45 DANIELE A, 1994, NEUROPSYCHOLOGIA, V32, P1325, DOI 10.1016/0028-3932(94)00066-2 Davidoff J, 1996, J NEUROLINGUIST, V9, P69, DOI 10.1016/0911-6044(96)00004-8 EDWARDS S, 1996, 7 INT APH REH C BOST EDWARDS S, 1993, APHASIOLOGY, V7, P217, DOI 10.1080/02687039308249507 Graetz P., 1992, AKENSE AFASIETEST Edwards S, 1998, APHASIOLOGY, V12, P99, DOI 10.1080/02687039808250466 Jonkers R, 1996, BRAIN LANG, V55, P37 KOHN SE, 1989, CORTEX, V25, P57 KREMIN H, 1994, LINGUISTISCHE BERICH, V6, P62 Manning L, 1996, NEUROPSYCHOLOGIA, V34, P809, DOI 10.1016/0028-3932(95)00166-2 MCCARTHY R, 1985, NEUROPSYCHOLOGIA, V23, P709, DOI 10.1016/0028-3932(85)90079-X MICELI G, 1984, CORTEX, V20, P207 Mitchum C., 1994, COGNITIVE NEUROPSYCH, P317 SHAPIRO LP, 1993, BRAIN LANG, V45, P423, DOI 10.1006/brln.1993.1053 Thompson CK, 1996, BRAIN LANG, V52, P175, DOI 10.1006/brln.1996.0009 WILLIAMS SE, 1987, BRAIN LANG, V32, P124, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(87)90120-9 ZINGESER LB, 1988, COGNITIVE NEUROPSYCH, V5, P473, DOI 10.1080/02643298808253270 ZINGESER LB, 1990, BRAIN LANG, V39, P14, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(90)90002-X NR 26 TC 50 Z9 50 PU TAYLOR & FRANCIS LTD PI LONDON PA ONE GUNPOWDER SQUARE, LONDON EC4A 3DE, ENGLAND SN 0268-7038 J9 APHASIOLOGY JI Aphasiology PD MAR PY 1998 VL 12 IS 3 BP 245 EP 256 DI 10.1080/02687039808249453 PG 12 WC Clinical Neurology SC Neurosciences & Neurology GA YZ250 UT WOS:000072235300008 ER PT J AU Legg, CF Sonnenberg, BR AF Legg, CF Sonnenberg, BR TI Changes in aspects of speech and language functioning following unilateral pallidotomy SO APHASIOLOGY LA English DT Article ID PARKINSONS-DISEASE; APHASIA AB Although the management of parkinsonism falls largely into the realm of drug therapy, recent neurosurgical advances and the unyielding degeneration of the disease have precipitated a resurgence in stereotactic pallidotomy as a potential treatment approach. Pallidotomy is reported to produce a significant reduction in gross motor disturbances, yet data on the effects of pallidotomy on speech functions are limited. Furthermore, as linguistic disturbances have been reported following subcortical lesions, pallidotomy may potentially affect language mediation. This pilot study was thus initiated to evaluate the effects of pallidotomy on aspects of speech and language. The study describes the speech and language abilities of a 49-year-old female parkinsonian subject who underwent unilateral pallidotomy. Baseline measures were obtained 1 week pre-operatively. Post-operative measures were obtained 1 and 4 weeks post-pallidotomy. The results revealed that the subject's Linguistic abilities remained stable, however changes in speech function were noted. It is intended that the study will provide a platform for more extensive research into the effects of pallidotomy on speech and basal ganglia language functions. C1 Univ Witwatersrand, Dept Speech Pathol & Audiol, Johannesburg, South Africa. RP Sonnenberg, BR (reprint author), 148 Nellie Rd,Norwood, ZA-2192 Johannesburg, South Africa. CR Bayles K. A., 1993, ARIZONA BATTERY COMM BAYLES KA, 1983, BRAIN LANG, V19, P98, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(83)90057-3 Benton AL, 1976, MULTILINGUAL APHASIA Crosson Bruce A., 1992, SUBCORTICAL FUNCTION DOGALI M, 1995, NEUROLOGY, V45, P753 Enderby P. M., 1983, FRENCHAY DYSARTHRIA GOETZ CG, 1993, NEUROLOGY, V43, P1 KENNEDY M, 1990, AUSTR J HUMAN COMMUN, V18, P3 KRAYENBUHL H, 1961, J NEUROSURG, V18, P429, DOI 10.3171/jns.1961.18.4.0429 LAITINEN LV, 1995, FUNCT NEUROSURG, V6, P105 LAITINEN LV, 1992, J NEUROSURG, V76, P53, DOI 10.3171/jns.1992.76.1.0053 LEVIN BE, 1992, NEUROL CLIN, V10, P471 LEZAK MD, 1995, NEUROPSYCHOLOGICAL A MATISON R, 1982, NEUROLOGY, V32, P567 RIKLAN M, 1966, J NERVOUS 41 MENTAL, V141, P403 Semel E., 1987, CLIN EVALUATION LANG SONNENBERG BR, 1995, THESIS U WITWATERSRA Spreen O., 1969, NEUROSENSORY CTR COM ULATOWSKA HK, 1993, NARRATIVE DISCOURSE IN NEUROLOGICALLY IMPAIRED AND NORMAL AGING ADULTS, P171 ULATOWSKA HK, 1981, BRAIN LANG, V13, P345, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(81)90100-0 WALLESCH CW, 1983, BRAIN LANG, V20, P286, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(83)90046-9 YANG BJ, 1989, BRAIN LANG, V37, P145, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(89)90105-3 NR 22 TC 4 Z9 4 PU TAYLOR & FRANCIS LTD PI LONDON PA ONE GUNPOWDER SQUARE, LONDON EC4A 3DE, ENGLAND SN 0268-7038 J9 APHASIOLOGY JI Aphasiology PD MAR PY 1998 VL 12 IS 3 BP 257 EP 266 DI 10.1080/02687039808249454 PG 10 WC Clinical Neurology SC Neurosciences & Neurology GA YZ250 UT WOS:000072235300009 ER PT J AU Fukuzawa, K Sasanuma, S Tatsumi, I Suzuki, T Fukusako, Y AF Fukuzawa, K Sasanuma, S Tatsumi, I Suzuki, T Fukusako, Y TI Recovery process of colour naming defects in pure alexia - a five year longitudinal experimental study SO APHASIOLOGY LA English DT Article ID HEMIANOPIA; AGRAPHIA; PATHWAYS AB The present study investigated the recovery process of colour naming defects and the ability for matching seen colour to colour name given verbally (colour pointing) in a patient with pure alexia (M.S.). The recovery process of the patient's ability to process the physical parameters involved in colour information processing was also examined. To look at how M.S. processed the physical parameters, the similarity judgment tasks of internal representation of colour generated by verbal and visual stimuli were employed. While colour pointing ability became practically normal 22 months postonset, colour naming defects took longer to recover. The analysis of the results of similarity judgment using multidimensional scaling revealed that: (1) verbal stimuli generated consistently more stable internal representation of colour than visual stimuli; and (2) colour information processing of M.S. altered 'hue with lightness' dependent to more 'hue' dependent in the 5 years since the onset of illness. The underlying neuropsychological mechanism was discussed for these findings. C1 Waseda Univ, Sch Literature, Dept Psychol, Shinjyuku Ku, Tokyo 162, Japan. Int Univ Hlth & Welf, Dept Speech & Language Pathol & Audiol, Tokyo, Japan. Tokyo Metropolitan Inst Gerontol, Dept Language & Cognit, Tokyo, Japan. Tokyo Metropolitan Bukutoh Gen Hosp, Dept Speech Therapy, Tokyo, Japan. Univ Tokyo, Inst Logoped & Phoneat, Tokyo, Japan. RP Fukuzawa, K (reprint author), Waseda Univ, Sch Literature, Dept Psychol, Shinjyuku Ku, 1-24-1 Toyama, Tokyo 162, Japan. CR AJAX ET, 1967, ARCH NEUROL-CHICAGO, V17, P645 AJAX ET, 1977, NEUROLOGY, V27, P685 CAFFARRA P, 1987, EUR NEUROL, V27, P65, DOI 10.1159/000116133 CUMMING WJK, 1970, J NEUROL NEUROSUR PS, V33, P34, DOI 10.1136/jnnp.33.1.34 DAMASIO AR, 1983, NEUROLOGY, V33, P1573 DAMASIO AR, 1979, BRAIN LANG, V7, P74, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(79)90007-5 Dejerine J., 1892, MEMOIRES SOC BIOL, V4, P61 FUKUZAWA K, 1988, BRAIN LANG, V34, P98, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(88)90126-5 GESCHWIN.N, 1966, ARCH NEUROL-CHICAGO, V15, P137 GESCHWIN.N, 1965, BRAIN, V88, P237, DOI 10.1093/brain/88.2.237 GREENBLATT SH, 1983, LOCALIZATION NEUROPS, P323 GREENBLA.SH, 1973, BRAIN, V96, P307, DOI 10.1093/brain/96.2.307 GREENBLATT SH, 1976, BRAIN LANG, V3, P229, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(76)90019-5 HENDERSON VW, 1985, NEUROLOGY, V35, P962 HENDERSON VW, 1986, BRAIN LANG, V29, P119, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(86)90037-4 INDOW T, 1960, J EXP PSYCHOL, V59, P321, DOI 10.1037/h0049149 ISONO O, 1988, CLIN NEUROLOGY, V28, P1246 KAWAMURA M, 1988, HIGHER BRAIN FUNCTIO, V8, P185, DOI 10.2496/apr.8.185 Kurachi M, 1978, Rinsho Shinkeigaku, V18, P539 MASUI T, 1977, ANN B WASEDA PSYCHOL, V11, P37 ORGOGOZO JM, 1979, SEM HOP PARIS, V55, P1389 ROSATI G, 1984, J NEUROL, V231, P20, DOI 10.1007/BF00313647 Sasanuma S., 1980, DEEP DYSLEXIA, P48 STACHOWIAK FJ, 1976, BRAIN LANG, V3, P135, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(76)90010-9 VINCENT FM, 1977, NEUROLOGY, V27, P689 NR 25 TC 0 Z9 0 PU TAYLOR & FRANCIS LTD PI LONDON PA ONE GUNPOWDER SQUARE, LONDON EC4A 3DE, ENGLAND SN 0268-7038 J9 APHASIOLOGY JI Aphasiology PD MAR PY 1998 VL 12 IS 3 BP 267 EP 282 DI 10.1080/02687039808249455 PG 16 WC Clinical Neurology SC Neurosciences & Neurology GA YZ250 UT WOS:000072235300010 ER PT J AU Edwards, S Bastiaanse, R AF Edwards, S Bastiaanse, R TI Diversity in the lexical and syntactic abilities of fluent aphasic speakers SO APHASIOLOGY LA English DT Article ID VERB-ARGUMENT STRUCTURE; SPONTANEOUS SPEECH; WERNICKE APHASIA; 3 LANGUAGES; PARAGRAMMATISMS; BROCA AB In an earlier study by the authors, it was suggested that some fluent aphasic speakers exhibit subtle grammatical deficits. In this paper, how far lexical accessing problems might account for these deficits is considered. For this study, spontaneous speech data collected from two groups of aphasic speakers, Dutch and English, and from normal controls are analysed. As expected, differences are found between the aphasic and the control groups. The English aphasic group was significantly different from the control group on lexical and grammatical measures. There was a significant difference between the Dutch aphasic group and the normal controls for one lexical measure (types and tokens of nouns used) and for one grammatical measure, the proportion of embedded clauses used. The relationship between the aphasic speakers' grammatical and lexical abilities is explored by comparing the distribution of clausal structures with the frequency and diversity of verb and noun use. A number of dissociations are found between the grammatical and the lexical measures within the aphasic groups which suggests that difficulty with lexical accessing may not always account for the grammatical limitations of fluent aphasics. C1 Univ Reading, Dept Linguist Sci, Reading RG6 2AA, Berks, England. Univ Groningen, Ctr Behav & Cognit Neurosci, Groningen, Netherlands. RP Edwards, S (reprint author), Univ Reading, Dept Linguist Sci, Reading RG6 2AA, Berks, England. CR Bastiaanse R, 1996, APHASIOLOGY, V10, P561, DOI 10.1080/02687039608248437 Bates E., 1989, CROSSLINGUISTIC STUD, P328 Bates E., 1989, CROSSLINGUISTIC STUD, P3 BATES E, 1991, BRAIN LANG, V41, P123, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(91)90149-U Bates Elizabeth A., 1989, CROSSLINGUISTIC STUD, P225 Berndt RS, 1997, BRAIN LANG, V56, P107 Berndt RS, 1997, BRAIN LANG, V56, P68 Bird H, 1996, J NEUROLINGUIST, V9, P187, DOI 10.1016/0911-6044(96)00006-1 BUTTERWORTH B, 1987, COGNITION, V26, P1, DOI 10.1016/0010-0277(87)90012-6 BUTTERWORTH B, 1990, LANG COGNITIVE PROC, V5, P115, DOI 10.1080/01690969008402101 BYNG S, 1989, APHASIOLOGY, V3, P241, DOI 10.1080/02687038908248993 EDWARDS S, 1995, EUR J DISORDER COMM, V30, P333 EDWARDS S, 1995, BRAIN LANG, V51, P103 Edwards S., 1994, LANGUAGE TESTING, V11, P49, DOI 10.1177/026553229401100105 EDWARDS S, 1994, BRAIN LANG, V47, P414 EDWARDS S, 1993, APHASIOLOGY, V7, P217, DOI 10.1080/02687039308249507 GARMAN M, 1989, FUNCTIONAL EVALUATIO, P163 GARMAN M, 1995, LINGUISTICS CLIN PRA, P134 Goodglass H, 1983, ASSESSMENT APHASIA R, V2nd GOODGLASS H, 1993, CORTEX, V29, P377 Grodzinsky Y, 1996, BRAIN LANG, V55, P50 KOLK H, 1990, AGRAMMATIC APHASIA C, P179 LESSER R, 1989, LINGUISTIC INVESTIGA NIEMI J, 1990, FOLIA LINGUIST, V24, P389, DOI 10.1515/flin.1990.24.3-4.389 SAFFRAN EM, 1989, BRAIN LANG, V37, P440, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(89)90030-8 SHAPIRO LP, 1990, BRAIN LANG, V38, P21, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(90)90100-U Shapiro LP, 1997, J SPEECH LANG HEAR R, V40, P254 SHAPIRO LP, 1993, BRAIN LANG, V45, P423, DOI 10.1006/brln.1993.1053 Thompson CK, 1995, CLIN APHASIOL, V23, P121 VERMEULEN J, 1989, BRAIN LANG, V36, P252, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(89)90064-3 ZURIF E, 1993, BRAIN LANG, V45, P448, DOI 10.1006/brln.1993.1054 NR 31 TC 54 Z9 56 PU TAYLOR & FRANCIS LTD PI LONDON PA ONE GUNPOWDER SQUARE, LONDON EC4A 3DE, ENGLAND SN 0268-7038 J9 APHASIOLOGY JI Aphasiology PD FEB PY 1998 VL 12 IS 2 BP 99 EP 117 DI 10.1080/02687039808250466 PG 19 WC Clinical Neurology SC Neurosciences & Neurology GA YW917 UT WOS:000071987700001 ER PT J AU Roberts, PM AF Roberts, PM TI Clinical research needs and issues in bilingual aphasia SO APHASIOLOGY LA English DT Article ID LEXICAL ACCESS; LANGUAGE; FAMILIARITY; MONOLINGUALS; COMPETENCE; TYPICALITY; SPEAKING; SPEECH C1 Univ Ottawa, Sch Rehabil Sci, Audiol & Speech Language Pathol Program, Ottawa, ON K1N 6N5, Canada. RP Roberts, PM (reprint author), Univ Ottawa, Sch Rehabil Sci, Audiol & Speech Language Pathol Program, 545 King Edward Ave,POB 450,Stn A, Ottawa, ON K1N 6N5, Canada. CR Albert ML, 1978, BILINGUAL BRAIN Altarriba J, 1996, MEM COGNITION, V24, P477, DOI 10.3758/BF03200936 ANISFELD M, 1969, J VERB LEARN VERB BE, V8, P257, DOI 10.1016/S0022-5371(69)80072-1 ARDILA A, 1995, J CLIN EXP NEUROPSYC, V17, P143, DOI 10.1080/13803399508406589 Benson D. F., 1996, APHASIA CLIN PERSPEC BROOKSHIRE RH, 1983, J SPEECH HEAR DISORD, V48, P342 BURKICOHEN J, 1989, LANG SPEECH, V32, P355 CARAMAZZA A, 1980, CAN J PSYCHOL, V34, P77, DOI 10.1037/h0081016 Carlomagno S, 1994, PRAGMATIC APPROACHES Cheng LRL, 1996, TOP LANG DISORD, V16, P9 De Groot A. M. B., 1993, BILINGUAL LEXICON, P27 DEBOT K, 1992, APPL LINGUIST, V13, P1, DOI 10.1093/applin/13.1.1 DELARIVA J, 1997, ANN C CAN ASS SPEECH DRONKERS N, 1995, ASPECTS BILINGUAL AP, P57 FURTADO J, 1991, CAN J PSYCHOL, V5, P448 Goodglass H, 1983, ASSESSMENT APHASIA R, V2nd GROSJEAN F, 1991, LINGUISTIQUE, V27, P35 GROSJEAN F, 1989, BRAIN LANG, V36, P3, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(89)90048-5 Hamers Josiane, 1989, BILINGUALITY BILINGU Harris R. J., 1992, COGNITIVE PROCESSING, P3 Hernandez AE, 1996, J EXP PSYCHOL LEARN, V22, P846, DOI 10.1037/0278-7393.22.4.846 Huber W., 1984, PROGR APHASIOLOGY, P291 JUNQUE C, 1989, BRAIN LANG, V36, P16, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(89)90049-7 Keatley C., 1992, COGNITIVE PROCESSING, P15 Kertesz A., 1982, W APHASIA BATTERY LAFAURY PJ, 1997, UNPUB MOTS JUMEAUX T Laine M., 1993, SCAND J LOG PHON, V18, P83 LEBLANC R, 1995, 25 YEARS 2 LANGUAGE MacWhinney B, 1989, CROSS LINGUISTIC STU Mazaux J. M., 1981, BOSTON DIAGNOSTIC AP Metz-Lutz M. N., 1991, REV NEUROPSYCHOL, V1, P73 MOLLOY DW, 1988, AGE AGEING, V17, P303, DOI 10.1093/ageing/17.5.303 MUMBY K, 1988, BRIT J DISORD COMMUN, V23, P267 NILIPOUR R, 1989, J NEUROLINGUIST, V4, P243, DOI 10.1016/0911-6044(89)90016-X NILPOUR R, 1989, BRAIN LANG, V36, P23 NORMAN WH, 1988, COGNITIVE THER RES, V12, P39, DOI 10.1007/BF01172779 PAIKEDAY TM, 1985, NATIVE SPEAKER IS DE PAIVIO A, 1988, J EXP PSYCHOL LEARN, V14, P163, DOI 10.1037/0278-7393.14.1.163 PALIJ M, 1992, COGNITIVE PROCESSING, P63 Paradis M., 1983, READINGS APHASIA BIL PARADIS M, 1987, ASSESSMENT BILIGUAL PARADIS M, 1982, BRAIN LANG, V15, P55, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(82)90046-3 PERECMAN E, 1989, BRAIN LANG, V36, P48 Porch B. E., 1967, PORCH INDEX COMMUNIC ROBERTS P, 1994, APHASIOLOGY, V8, P569, DOI 10.1080/02687039408248682 ROBERTS PM, 1997, UNPUB DENOMINATION E ROBERTS PM, 1992, ACAD APH TOR CAN ROBERTS PM, 1997, BRAIN LANGUAGE ROBERTS PM, 1997, UNPUB BILINGUAL APHA ROBERTS PM, 1995, THESIS U MONTREAL ROBERTS PM, 1997, ANN C CAN ASS SPEECH ROBERTS PM, 1996, CLIN APH C NEW PORT Rosenbek J.C., 1989, APHASIA CLIN APPROAC SANFELIU CM, 1994, UNPUB SNODGRASS VAND Sasanuma S., 1995, ASPECTS BILINGUAL AP, P111 SCARBOROUGH DL, 1984, J VERB LEARN VERB BE, V23, P84, DOI 10.1016/S0022-5371(84)90519-X Schreuder R., 1993, BILINGUAL LEXICON SCHWANENFLUGEL PJ, 1986, MEM COGNITION, V14, P150, DOI 10.3758/BF03198375 SEGALOWITZ N, 1990, CAH PSYCHOL COGN, V10, P491 SHU H, 1989, UNPUB CHINESE NORMS SNODGRASS JG, 1980, J EXP PSYCHOL-HUM L, V6, P174, DOI 10.1037/0278-7393.6.2.174 SOARES C, 1984, MEM COGNITION, V12, P380, DOI 10.3758/BF03198298 STADIE N, 1995, ASPECTS BILINGUAL AP, P85 TAYLOR I, 1976, J PSYCHOLINGUIST RES, V5, P85, DOI 10.1007/BF01067950 Van Eeckhout P., 1982, REEDUQUER CERVEU, P109 Van Schagen I., 1983, NEDERLANDS TIJDSCHRI, V38, P236 Vendrell P., 1995, ASPECTS BILINGUAL AP, P177 WATAMORI TS, 1976, J COMMUN DISORD, V9, P157, DOI 10.1016/0021-9924(76)90007-1 WATAMORI TS, 1978, BRAIN LANG, V6, P127, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(78)90052-4 WERTZ R, 1985, AM SPEECH LANG HEAR Wiener D., 1995, ASPECTS BILINGUAL AP, P37 NR 71 TC 19 Z9 20 PU TAYLOR & FRANCIS LTD PI LONDON PA ONE GUNPOWDER SQUARE, LONDON EC4A 3DE, ENGLAND SN 0268-7038 J9 APHASIOLOGY JI Aphasiology PD FEB PY 1998 VL 12 IS 2 BP 119 EP 130 DI 10.1080/02687039808250467 PG 12 WC Clinical Neurology SC Neurosciences & Neurology GA YW917 UT WOS:000071987700002 ER PT J AU Croisile, B Hibert, O AF Croisile, B Hibert, O TI Spatial or afferent agraphia without left-sided neglect SO APHASIOLOGY LA English DT Article ID PATIENT AB We report the case of a 72-year-old right-handed man, M. B., who, after a right posterior parietal infarction, developed a spatial or afferent agraphia. Language function and limb praxis were normal. The patient had no left-sided neglect but a mild visuo-constructional disorder. Spelling knowledge was preserved in oral spelling and block letter writing. Writing errors were resent only in cursive handwriting, and were part of those usually observe in afferent agraphia: spatially malformed letters, repetitions or omissions of strokes, failure to dot i's or to cross t's. Furthermore, he significantly increased his error rate when his capacity to use visual or kinaesthetic feedback to control his writing movements was impaired, confirming that the shape and the number of strokes and letters are partially controlled by visual and kinaesthetic feedback. However, M. B. had no wide left margin, no wandering lines, and no unnecessary gaps between words or letters. Thus, he showed a dissociation characterized by the presence of stroke and letter errors in the absence of symptoms of left-sided neglect agraphia. Combined with patients V.B. and S.P., M.B. confirmed (1) that symptoms of spatial agraphia can be fractionated into two dissociable clusters, one related to left-sided neglect and the other related to letter and stroke errors because of feedback impairments; and (2) that different functional deficits underlie the different types of writing error noted in afferent or spatial agraphia. C1 Hop Neurol, Lab Neuropsychol Fonct Cognit Langage Memorie, F-69003 Lyon, France. RP Croisile, B (reprint author), Hop Neurol, Lab Neuropsychol Fonct Cognit Langage Memorie, 59 Blvd Pinel, F-69003 Lyon, France. CR ALEXANDER MP, 1992, ARCH NEUROL-CHICAGO, V49, P246 BUB D, 1988, HDB NEUROPSYCHOLOGY, P393 CHEDRU F, 1972, NEUROPSYCHOLOGIA, V10, P343, DOI 10.1016/0028-3932(72)90026-7 DEBASTIANI P, 1989, COGNITIVE NEUROPSYCH, V6, P25, DOI 10.1080/02643298908253283 Ellis A. W., 1988, HUMAN COGNITIVE NEUR, P163 Ellis A. W., 1982, NORMALITY PATHOLOGY, P113 ELLIS AW, 1987, COGNITIVE NEUROPSYCH, V4, P465, DOI 10.1080/02643298708252048 HARTMAN DE, 1985, ARCH PHYS MED REHAB, V66, P182 HECAEN H, 1963, NEUROPSYCHOLOGIA, V1, P179, DOI 10.1016/0028-3932(63)90015-0 HECAEN H, 1974, HEMISPHERE FUNCTION, P345 HOOPER HE, 1957, HOOPER VISUAL ORG TE HUFF FJ, 1986, J CLIN EXP NEUROPSYC, V8, P556, DOI 10.1080/01688638608405175 JUILLARD A, 1970, ROMANCE LANGUAGES TH LEBRUIN Y, 1976, STUDIES NEUROLINGUIS, V1, P1 MARGOLIN DI, 1984, Q J EXP PSYCHOL-A, V36, P459 Margolin D. I., 1992, COGNITIVE NEUROPSYCH, P263 MAZAUX JM, 1982, ECHELLE EVALUATION A OLDFIELD RC, 1971, NEUROPSYCHOLOGIA, V9, P97, DOI 10.1016/0028-3932(71)90067-4 Rey A, 1959, MANUEL TEST COPIE RE ROELTGEN DP, 1993, CLIN NEUROPSYCHOLOGY, P39 ROELTGEN DP, 1984, BRAIN, V107, P811, DOI 10.1093/brain/107.3.811 Talairach J., 1988, COPLANAR STEREOTAXIC Van Berggeijk W. A., 1959, PERCEPT MOTOR SKILL, V9, P347 WECHSLER D, 1972, WECHSLER MEMORY SCAL WING AM, 1980, COGNITIVE PROCESSESS, P252 NR 25 TC 6 Z9 6 PU TAYLOR & FRANCIS LTD PI LONDON PA ONE GUNPOWDER SQUARE, LONDON EC4A 3DE, ENGLAND SN 0268-7038 J9 APHASIOLOGY JI Aphasiology PD FEB PY 1998 VL 12 IS 2 BP 147 EP 159 DI 10.1080/02687039808250472 PG 13 WC Clinical Neurology SC Neurosciences & Neurology GA YW917 UT WOS:000071987700007 ER PT J AU Southwood, MH Chatterjee, A AF Southwood, MH Chatterjee, A TI Phonological and articulatory disturbances in a case of primary progressive aphasia SO APHASIOLOGY LA English DT Article ID GENERALIZED DEMENTIA; SPEECH AB Phonological processing abilities of a right-handed female (B.F.) with a primary progressive aphasia (PPA) is reported. Phonemic paraphasias and articulatory errors characterized speech production. On first examination her expressive deficit suggested an apraxia of speech in the absence of any other language or cognitive deficits. However, systematic assessment of her speech showed many errors were related to poor selection and sequencing of phonemes. Auditory discrimination was comparable to that of four normal young adults. Error monitoring was poor. B.F. had difficulty monitoring her own speech production errors as well as those of others, accurately identifying errors 50% of the time. B.F. failed to identify articulatory errors (prolongations and repetitions) but not phonological errors (transpositions and substitutions). The data suggest that articulatory disturbances might cause a shift in a speaker's perceptions of accuracy of production. On the other hand, these phonetic level errors may be ignored because the intended articulatory gestures are recovered even when the acoustic signal is distorted, allowing the application of appropriate phonetic categories. Motoric and linguistic mechanisms may underlie not only the misarticulations in patients with PPA but also patients with apraxia of speech. C1 Univ Alabama, Dept Speech & Hearing Sci, Birmingham, AL 35924 USA. RP Southwood, MH (reprint author), Univ Alabama, Dept Speech & Hearing Sci, VH503, Birmingham, AL 35924 USA. CR CASELLI RJ, 1992, ARCH NEUROL-CHICAGO, V49, P770 CASELLI RJ, 1992, NEUROLOGY, V42, P1462 CHAWLUK JB, 1986, ANN NEUROL, V19, P68, DOI 10.1002/ana.410190112 COHEN J, 1965, HDB CLIN PSYCHOL, P197 COHEN L, 1993, J NEUROL NEUROSUR PS, V56, P923, DOI 10.1136/jnnp.56.8.923 CUTLER A, 1981, LINGUISTICS, V19, P561 Dabul B. L., 1979, APRAXIA BATTERY ADUL DEAL JL, 1972, J SPEECH HEAR RES, V15, P639 Duffy J.R, 1995, MOTOR SPEECH DISORDE DUFFY JR, 1992, APHASIOLOGY, V6, P1, DOI 10.1080/02687039208248573 DUFFY JR, 1987, CLIN APHASIOLOGY, P277 DUNLOP JM, 1977, CORTEX, V13, P17 GOODGLASS H, 1960, J SPEECH HEAR RES, V3, P257 Goodglass H., 1983, BOSTON DIAGNOSTIC EX GOULDING PJ, 1989, J NEUROL NEUROSUR PS, V52, P128, DOI 10.1136/jnnp.52.1.128 GREEN J, 1990, NEUROLOGY, V40, P423 HEATH PD, 1983, ANN NEUROL, V13, P678 JOHNS DF, 1970, J SPEECH HEAR RES, V13, P556 Kaplan E, 1983, BOSTON NAMING TEST Kazdin A. E., 1982, SINGLE CASE RES DESI KENT RD, 1989, J SPEECH HEAR DISORD, V54, P482 Kertesz A., 1982, W APHASIA BATTERY LESSER R, 1978, LINGUISTIC INVESTIGA LIBERMAN AM, 1985, COGNITION, V21, P1, DOI 10.1016/0010-0277(85)90021-6 MARSLENWILSON WD, 1978, COGNITIVE PSYCHOL, V10, P29, DOI 10.1016/0010-0285(78)90018-X McNeil M.R., 1990, CEREBRAL CONTROL SPE, P349 MESULAM MM, 1982, ANN NEUROL, V11, P592, DOI 10.1002/ana.410110607 MEYER AS, 1992, COGNITION, V42, P181, DOI 10.1016/0010-0277(92)90043-H MLCOCH A, 1980, ADV BASIC RES PRACTI, V4, P201 NORTHERN B, 1990, APHASIOLOGY, V1, P55 ODELL K, 1990, J SPEECH HEAR DISORD, V55, P345 POECK K, 1988, BRAIN, V111, P151, DOI 10.1093/brain/111.1.151 Rosenbek J., 1984, APRAXIA SPEECH PHYSL, P1 SAFFRAN EM, 1989, BRAIN LANG, V37, P440, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(89)90030-8 SAPIN LR, 1989, ANN NEUROL, V25, P411, DOI 10.1002/ana.410250415 SHEWAN C, 1980, BRAIN LANG, V16, P71 SQUARESTORER P, 1988, BRAIN LANG, V33, P65, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(88)90055-7 WARREN RM, 1970, SCIENCE, V167, P392, DOI 10.1126/science.167.3917.392 WEINTRAUB S, 1990, ARCH NEUROL-CHICAGO, V47, P1329 NR 39 TC 2 Z9 2 PU TAYLOR & FRANCIS LTD PI LONDON PA ONE GUNPOWDER SQUARE, LONDON EC4A 3DE, ENGLAND SN 0268-7038 J9 APHASIOLOGY JI Aphasiology PD FEB PY 1998 VL 12 IS 2 BP 161 EP 177 DI 10.1080/02687039808250473 PG 17 WC Clinical Neurology SC Neurosciences & Neurology GA YW917 UT WOS:000071987700008 ER PT J AU Bryan, K McIntosh, J Brown, D AF Bryan, K McIntosh, J Brown, D TI Extending conversation analysis to nonverbal communication SO APHASIOLOGY LA English DT Article ID APHASIA AB This paper reports on investigation of the application of the principles of conversation analysis to the non-verbal interaction of an aphasic speaker who has minimal verbal output but moderately well preserved comprehension. The results show that detailed analysis of interaction can highlight the clients abilities as well as clarifying the strategies employed by the non-dysphasic communicative partner, which facilitate interaction. The results were used to advise staff who cared for the client in a residential home on how to achieve positive and successful communication. C1 UCL, Dept Human Commun Sci, London WC1N 1PG, England. RP Bryan, K (reprint author), UCL, Dept Human Commun Sci, Chandler House,Wakefield St, London WC1N 1PG, England. CR Bishop D. V. M., 1989, TEST RECEPTION GRAMM CHAPEY R, 1992, APHASIOLOGY, V6, P85, DOI 10.1080/02687039208248578 Davis G, 1985, ADULT APHASIA REHABI FEYEREISEN P, 1991, APHASIOLOGY, V5, P323, DOI 10.1080/02687039108248533 FRATTALI CM, 1992, APHASIOLOGY, V6, P63, DOI 10.1080/02687039208248577 Howard D., 1992, PYRAMIDS PALM TREES Kertesz A., 1982, W APHASIA BATTERY KRATT AW, 1990, APHASIOLOGY, V4, P321 LaPointe L. L., 1979, READING COMPREHENSIO LEIWO M, 1994, APHASIOLOGY, V8, P467, DOI 10.1080/02687039408248671 Lesser R., 1993, LINGUISTICS APHASIA PARR S, 1995, B ROYAL COLLEGE SPEE, P8 PERKINS L, 1995, EUROPEAN J DISORDERS, V30, P373 *ROYAL COLL SPEECH, 1996, COMM QUAL Schuell H, 1964, APHASIA ADULTS Sperber D, 1986, RELEVANCE Worrall L., 1995, TREATMENT APHASIA, P47 NR 17 TC 6 Z9 7 PU PSYCHOLOGY PRESS PI HOVE PA 27 CHURCH RD, HOVE BN3 2FA, EAST SUSSEX, ENGLAND SN 0268-7038 J9 APHASIOLOGY JI Aphasiology PD FEB PY 1998 VL 12 IS 2 BP 179 EP 188 DI 10.1080/02687039808250474 PG 10 WC Clinical Neurology SC Neurosciences & Neurology GA YW917 UT WOS:000071987700009 ER PT J AU Chen, S Bates, E AF Chen, S Bates, E TI The dissociation between nouns and verbs in Broca's and Wernicke's aphasia: findings from Chinese SO APHASIOLOGY LA English DT Article ID RECOGNITION; MODULARITY; SPEECH; MODEL AB Studies in English and Italian have shown that non-fluent Broca's aphasics find it more difficult to produce verbs than nouns, while some fluent patients (including Wernicke's aphasics and anomics) show the opposite profile. Explanations for this double dissociation include grammatical accounts (e.g. verb deficits reflect differences in morphological and/or syntactic complexity), semantic-conceptual accounts (e.g. verbs are based on action meanings, which are stored in anterior motor regions; nouns are based on object meanings, which are stored in sensory cortex), and lexical accounts (verbs and nouns are stored in separate regions of the brain, independent of their semantic content). In Chinese, many words are compounds with a complex internal structure, including VN compound verbs like 'LOOK-BOOK' ('read') and VN compound nouns like 'STAND-GOOSE' ('penguin'). Hence words may be nouns at the lexical level, but they contain verbal elements at the sublexical level, providing a challenge to existing explanations for the noun-verb dissociation. An object-and action-naming study was conducted with Chinese Broca's and Wernicke's aphasics, designed to elicit several different compound types (VN nouns, VN verbs, VNN nouns, NNN nouns and NN nouns). We replicate the noun-verb double dissociation at the whole-word level, and provide further evidence for a double dissociation at the sublexical level: Broca's err more often on the verb morpheme within VN nouns as well as VN verbs; Wernicke's err more often on noun morphemes, and they often produce verb morphemes where none are required (e.g. substituting VV for NN words). Hence explanations for the noun-verb dissociation must apply at both the lexical and the sublexical level, a problem for all current accounts. C1 Univ Calif San Diego, Ctr Res Language 0526, La Jolla, CA 92093 USA. Univ So Calif, Los Angeles, CA 90089 USA. RP Bates, E (reprint author), Univ Calif San Diego, Ctr Res Language 0526, 9500 Gilman Dr, La Jolla, CA 92093 USA. CR BATES E, 1993, BRAIN LANG, V45, P94, DOI 10.1006/brln.1993.1036 BATES E, 1991, BRAIN LANG, V41, P203, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(91)90153-R Bates E., 1991, BIOL BEHAV DETERMINA, P29 BATES EA, 1988, BRAIN LANG, V33, P323, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(88)90072-7 BERNDT RS, 1991, BRAIN LANG, V41, P597, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(91)90177-3 CAPLAN D, 1987, NEUROLINGUSITICS LIN CARAMAZZA A, 1985, AGRAMMATISM, P2 CARAMAZZA A, 1991, NATURE, V346, P269 Chao Yuen Ren, 1968, GRAMMAR SPOKEN CHINE CHEN S, 1992, P 3 INT S CHIN LANG, P138 CHEN S, 1993, CONFLUENCE LINGUISTI, P177 CHEN S, 1992, AC APH TOR CAN OCT DAMASIO AR, 1989, COGNITION, V33, P25, DOI 10.1016/0010-0277(89)90005-X ELMAN J, 1986, PARALLEL DISTRIBUTED, V2, P58 Fillmore C. J., 1968, UNIVERSALS LINGUIST, P1 GLOSSER G, 1994, BRAIN LANG, V47, P546 Goodglass H., 1993, UNDERSTANDING APHASI HILLIS A, 1994, 43 J HOPK U COGN NEU HINTON GE, 1991, PSYCHOL REV, V98, P74, DOI 10.1037//0033-295X.98.1.74 HUANG SF, 1992, 3 S CHIN LANG LING H HUANG SF, 1989, INT C SYNT AC CHIN C *I LANG TEACH RES, 1985, XIAND HAN PINL CID Joanette Y., 1990, DISCOURSE ABILITY BR LAPOINTE SG, 1985, BRAIN LANG, V24, P100, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(85)90100-2 Li C. N., 1981, MANDARIN CHINESE FUN LIU YM, 1975, FREQUENCY COUNT 4000 LU SC, 1984, CIBUI MacWhinney B., 1987, MECH LANGUAGE ACQUIS, P249 MACWHINNEY B, 1991, RES CHILD LANGUAGE D, P3 MARCHMAN VA, 1993, J COGNITIVE NEUROSCI, V5, P215, DOI 10.1162/jocn.1993.5.2.215 MARTIN N, 1994, BRAIN LANG, V47, P52 MICELI G, 1984, CORTEX, V20, P207 MICELI G, 1988, APHASIOLOGY, V2, P351, DOI 10.1080/02687038808248937 MITCHUM C, 1997, IN PRESS COGNITIVE N OSMAN-SAGI J, 1987, Neuroscience, V22, pS509 Packard J., 1990, AGRAMMATIC APHASIA C, P1191 PETERSEN SE, 1988, NATURE, V331, P585, DOI 10.1038/331585a0 PLAUT DC, 1995, J CLIN EXP NEUROPSYC, V17, P291, DOI 10.1080/01688639508405124 PLAUT DC, 1994, BEHAV BRAIN SCI, V17, P77 PLUNKETT K, 1991, COGNITION, V38, P43, DOI 10.1016/0010-0277(91)90022-V PLUNKETT K, 1993, COGNITION, V48, P21, DOI 10.1016/0010-0277(93)90057-3 REN XL, 1980, HANYU GOUCHIXUE SCHWARTZ MF, 1994, BRAIN LANG, V47, P52, DOI 10.1006/brln.1994.1042 SEIDENBERG MS, 1989, PSYCHOL REV, V96, P523, DOI 10.1037/0033-295X.96.4.523 SHAPIRO LP, 1990, BRAIN LANG, V38, P21, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(90)90100-U TZENG O, 1997, UNPUB EVIDENCE LEXIC TZENG O, 1988, S APH NON LANG AC AP TZENG OJL, 1991, BRAIN LANG, V41, P184, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(91)90152-Q Wang L., 1958, HANYU SHIGAO ZHOU XL, 1993, BRAIN LANG, V45, P86, DOI 10.1006/brln.1993.1035 ZHU D, 1981, YUFA JIANGYI ZINGESER LB, 1990, BRAIN LANG, V39, P14, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(90)90002-X NR 52 TC 38 Z9 40 PU TAYLOR & FRANCIS LTD PI LONDON PA ONE GUNPOWDER SQUARE, LONDON EC4A 3DE, ENGLAND SN 0268-7038 J9 APHASIOLOGY JI Aphasiology PD JAN PY 1998 VL 12 IS 1 BP 5 EP 36 DI 10.1080/02687039808249441 PG 32 WC Clinical Neurology SC Neurosciences & Neurology GA YR530 UT WOS:000071504500002 ER PT J AU Yiu, E Worrall, L Baglioni, T AF Yiu, E Worrall, L Baglioni, T TI Classification of aphasic Chinese speakers: cluster and discriminant function analyses SO APHASIOLOGY LA English DT Article AB The Western Aphasia Battery (WAB) is a standardized aphasia test which classifies aphasias into eight syndromes based on the Wernicke-Lichtheim model, commonly known as the Bostonian model. Although the syndrome approach has its limitations it is a widely used procedure in clinical aphasiology as it allows users to classify patients into discrete syndromes and to make some inference about lesion sites (Kertesz 1983). It has been shown that the Wernicke-Lichtheim framework is also applicable in classifying aphasia in Chinese, although Chinese and English linguistic structures are very different (e.g. Naeser and Chan 1980, Packard 1986, Gao and Benson 1990, Yiu 1992). The use of a common framework to classify aphasia in different languages is a useful concept, as it allows aphasia to be compared across languages. Unfortunately, aphasia classification is not always a clear-cut procedure, and use of the WAB is often queried regarding the validity of the quantitative classification. Previous reports have shown that the agreement on classification using the criterion scores proposed by the WAB and that of statistical procedures varied from 30% to 74%. Such variability could either be attributed to the differences in the sample size and statistical methods employed, or the inherent problems with the classification criteria. This study re-examined the adequacy of the classification criterion scores proposed by Kertesz (1979, 1982) by comparing the results of the classification using the criterion scores (clinical classification) and two statistical procedures (statistical classification). The agreement between the clinical classification and the statistical classification varied between 60% and 88%. The results were interpreted to support the use of the criterion scores proposed by the WAB. C1 Univ Hong Kong, Dept Speech & Hearing Sci, Prince Philip Dent Hosp 5 F, Hong Kong, Peoples R China. Univ Queensland, Brisbane, Qld, Australia. RP Yiu, E (reprint author), Univ Hong Kong, Dept Speech & Hearing Sci, Prince Philip Dent Hosp 5 F, Hong Kong, Peoples R China. RI Worrall, Linda/D-2579-2010 OI Worrall, Linda/0000-0002-3283-7038 CR BARTLETT CL, 1994, APHASIOLOGY, V8, P103, DOI 10.1080/02687039408248645 BATES E, 1991, BRAIN LANG, V41, P121 BEELE KA, 1984, BRIT J DISORD COMMUN, V19, P169 CARAMAZZA A, 1989, BRAIN COGNITION, V10, P256, DOI 10.1016/0278-2626(89)90056-0 CRARY MA, 1992, APHASIOLOGY, V6, P29, DOI 10.1080/02687039208248575 GAO S, 1990, APHASIOLOGY, V4, P31, DOI 10.1080/02687039008249052 Goodglass H, 1983, ASSESSMENT APHASIA R, V2nd HOLLAND AL, 1986, J SPEECH HEAR DISORD, V51, P176 HU YH, 1990, BRAIN LANG, V39, P347 Kertesz A., 1979, APHASIA ASS DISORDER Kertesz A., 1982, W APHASIA BATTERY Kertesz A., 1983, LOCALIZATION NEUROPS KERTESZ A, 1977, BRAIN LANG, V4, P1, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(77)90001-3 Menn L, 1990, AGRAMMATIC APHASIA C, P3 NAESER MA, 1980, NEUROPSYCHOLOGIA, V18, P389, DOI 10.1016/0028-3932(80)90143-8 NORUSIS M, 1986, SPSS PC PLUS ADV STA PACKARD JL, 1986, BRAIN LANG, V29, P212, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(86)90045-3 RISSER AH, 1985, J CLIN EXP NEUROPSYC, V7, P463, DOI 10.1080/01688638508401277 SWINDELL CS, 1984, CLIN APHASIOLOGY, P48 TABACHNICK BARBARA G., 1989, USING MULTIVARIATE S, V2d WERTZ RT, 1984, CLIN APHASIOLOGY, P40 WORRALL SL, 1990, AUSTR J HUMAN COMMUN, V18, P53 YIU EML, 1992, J NEUROLINGUIST, V7, P374 NR 23 TC 1 Z9 1 PU TAYLOR & FRANCIS LTD PI LONDON PA ONE GUNPOWDER SQUARE, LONDON EC4A 3DE, ENGLAND SN 0268-7038 J9 APHASIOLOGY JI Aphasiology PD JAN PY 1998 VL 12 IS 1 BP 37 EP 48 DI 10.1080/02687039808249442 PG 12 WC Clinical Neurology SC Neurosciences & Neurology GA YR530 UT WOS:000071504500003 ER PT J AU Law, SP Leung, MT AF Law, SP Leung, MT TI Sentence comprehension in Cantonese Chinese aphasic patients SO APHASIOLOGY LA English DT Article ID COGNITIVE NEUROPSYCHOLOGY; ROLE ASSIGNMENT; DEFICITS; AGRAMMATISM; LANGUAGE; PASSIVES; THERAPY AB This paper begins with a brief review of major theoretical accounts of English aphasic sentence comprehension, including the mapping hypothesis (Linebarger et al. 1983), the interpretive strategy proposed in Caplan (1985), and the trace-deletion hypothesis in Grodzinsky (1990). We then discuss some of the syntactic differences between Chinese and English with particular reference to the relativized and passive constructions, and formal linguistic analyses of these structures. In light of these syntactic differences a study was conducted investigating the ability of four Cantonese Chinese aphasic patients to comprehend auditorally and visually presented sentences. The results showed a dissociation between full and truncated passives in two patients, and a tendency suggesting that subject-relative sentences were more difficult to interpret than subject object-relatives, On the basis of their performance patterns we hypothesize about the nature of impairment of each patient by making reference to the three dominant accounts. These hypotheses then lead to a discussion of the relationship between neurolinguistic data and patient rehabilitation. More specifically, the former may provide useful information to speech therapists in designing individualized assessments and treatment programmes for patients, and evaluations of the effects of such interventions may in turn be shown to be of great value to theoretical advancement. C1 City Univ Hong Kong, Hong Kong, Hong Kong. Univ Hong Kong, Hong Kong, Hong Kong. RP Law, SP (reprint author), City Univ Hong Kong, Hong Kong, Hong Kong. RI Leung, Man Tak/A-3167-2010; Leung, Man Tak/B-9664-2014 OI Leung, Man Tak/0000-0003-1184-5925 CR BADECKER W, 1985, COGNITION, V20, P97, DOI 10.1016/0010-0277(85)90049-6 BADECKER W, 1991, CORTEX, V27, P311 Berndt R.S., 1991, ACQUIRED APHASIA, P223 BYNG S, 1988, COGNITIVE NEUROPSYCH, V5, P620 CAPLAN D, 1986, BRAIN LANG, V27, P117, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(86)90008-8 CAPLAN D., 1985, AGRAMMATISM, P125 CARAMAZZA A, 1991, BRAIN LANG, V41, P402, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(91)90164-V Caramazza A., 1985, AGRAMMATISM, P27 CARAMAZZA A, 1976, BRAIN LANG, V3, P572, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(76)90048-1 CHENG LLS, 1987, TORONTO WORKING PAPE, V8, P42 Chomsky N., 1981, LECT GOV BINDING DRUKS J, 1995, COGNITION, V55, P311, DOI 10.1016/0010-0277(94)00651-Z EDMUNDSON A, 1995, TREATMENT APHASIA TH, P137 GRODZINSKY Y, 1986, BRAIN LANG, V27, P135, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(86)90009-X GRODZINSKY Y, 1989, BRAIN LANG, V37, P480, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(89)90031-X Grodzinslcy Y., 1990, THEORETICAL PERSPECT HAGIWARA H, 1993, BRAIN LANG, V45, P318, DOI 10.1006/brln.1993.1049 Her One-Soon, 1990, GRAMMATICAL FUNCTION Howard D., 1987, APHASIA THERAPY HIST JONES EV, 1986, BRIT J DISORD COMMUN, V21, P63 Lesser R., 1993, LINGUISTICS APHASIA Li Audrey Yen-Hui, 1990, ORDER CONSTITUENCY M LINEBARGER MC, 1983, COGNITION, V13, P361, DOI 10.1016/0010-0277(83)90015-X LUKATELA K, 1995, BRAIN LANG, V49, P50, DOI 10.1006/brln.1995.1021 MARTIN RC, 1986, BRAIN LANG, V28, P196, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(86)90102-1 Martin R. C., 1990, NEUROPSYCHOLOGICAL I, P390, DOI 10.1017/CBO9780511665547.020 MARTIN RC, 1989, COGNITION, V32, P157, DOI 10.1016/0010-0277(89)90002-4 MCCLOSKEY M, 1988, COGNITIVE NEUROPSYCH, V5, P583, DOI 10.1080/02643298808253276 MEI K, 1972, THESIS HARVARD U BOS NICKELS L, 1991, BRIT J DISORD COMMUN, V26, P175 Packard J., 1993, LINGUISTIC INVESTIGA Saffran E. M., 1990, NEUROPSYCHOLOGICAL I, P428, DOI 10.1017/CBO9780511665547.021 SCHWARTZ MF, 1994, APHASIOLOGY, V8, P19, DOI 10.1080/02687039408248639 SCHWARTZ MF, 1980, BRAIN LANG, V10, P249, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(80)90055-3 SCHWARTZ MF, 1985, AGRAMMATISM, P83 SU YC, 1993, INT C CHIN LING PAR, V2 TSAI WTD, 1993, MIT WORKING PAPERS L, V18, P215 Vallar G, 1990, NEUROPSYCHOLOGICAL I YIU E, 1990, CANTONESE APHASIA TE NR 39 TC 5 Z9 5 PU TAYLOR & FRANCIS LTD PI LONDON PA ONE GUNPOWDER SQUARE, LONDON EC4A 3DE, ENGLAND SN 0268-7038 J9 APHASIOLOGY JI Aphasiology PD JAN PY 1998 VL 12 IS 1 BP 49 EP 63 DI 10.1080/02687039808249443 PG 15 WC Clinical Neurology SC Neurosciences & Neurology GA YR530 UT WOS:000071504500004 ER PT J AU Yin, WG Butterworth, B AF Yin, WG Butterworth, B TI Chinese pure alexia SO APHASIOLOGY LA English DT Article AB Two Chinese pure alexic patients are reported. C.Y.T. had a circumscribed lesion in the left occipital lobe, the same location as the classic cases of pure alexia in other languages. Y.Y.X. was diagnosed with Balint's syndrome characterized by bilateral damage in the parietal and occipital lobes. The Chinese script is logographic and non-alphabetic. Nevertheless, the neuroanatomy of early processing in reading Chinese appears to be the same for readers of alphabetical and non-alphabetical scripts. Both patients displayed a 'radical-by-radical' reading strategy which is analogous (and possibly functionally equivalent) to 'letter-by-letter' reading in alphabetic patients. There was an association between constructional apraxia and a deficit in processing the visual form of Chinese characters for Y. Y. X. However, C. Y. T. had intact visuospatial function and displayed no impairment to the processing of character form. The implications of the data from pure alexic patients to our understanding of oral reading in Chinese are discussed. C1 Chinese Acad Sci, Inst Psychol, Beijing 100012, Peoples R China. UCL, London, England. RP Yin, WG (reprint author), Chinese Acad Sci, Inst Psychol, Chao Yang Dist, Beijing 100012, Peoples R China. CR BENSON D F, 1971, Stroke, V2, P559 BENSON DF, 1974, ACTA NEUROL SCAND, V50, P133 BENTON AL, 1964, CORTEX, V1, P314 CONRAD K, 1954, BRAIN, V77, P491, DOI 10.1093/brain/77.4.491 COSLETT HB, 1984, M AC APH LOS ANG CAL DAMASIO AR, 1983, NEUROLOGY, V33, P1573 Dejerine J., 1892, MEMOIRES SOC BIOL, V4, P61 Dejerine J., 1891, CR HEBD ACAD SCI, V3, P197 GESCHWIN.N, 1966, ARCH NEUROL-CHICAGO, V15, P137 GESCHWIN.N, 1965, BRAIN, V88, P237, DOI 10.1093/brain/88.2.237 GOLDSTEIN K, 1948, LANGUAGE LANGUAGE DI GREENBLA.SH, 1973, BRAIN, V96, P307, DOI 10.1093/brain/96.2.307 HAUSSER CO, 1980, CAN J NEUROL SCI, V7, P157 HECAEN H, 1954, BRAIN, V77, P373, DOI 10.1093/brain/77.3.373 HU CQ, 1986, CHINESE J NEUROLOGY, V19, P26 HUANG YL, 1980, NEUROPSYCHOLOGIA, V18, P703, DOI 10.1016/0028-3932(80)90111-6 KINSBOURNE M, 1962, BRAIN, V85, P461, DOI 10.1093/brain/85.3.461 LHERMITT.F, 1973, BRAIN, V96, P695, DOI 10.1093/brain/96.4.695 Li H. T., 1977, HIST CHINESE CHARACT LI XT, 1984, PSYCHOL STUDIES CHIN, P151 LYMAN R. S., 1938, CHINESE MED JOUR, V54, P491 Marie P., 1926, TRAVAUX MEMOIRES Mesulam M.-M., 1985, PRINCIPLES BEHAV NEU, P259 PATTERSON K, 1982, Q J EXP PSYCHOL-A, V34, P411 Poppelreuter W., 1917, PSYCHISCHEN SCHADIGU Potzl O., 1928, OPTISCH AGNOSTISCHEN Taft M., 1995, MORPHOLOGICAL ASPECT, P293 TZENG OJL, 1978, J CHINESE LINGUISTIC, V6, P287 WANG XD, 1959, CHINESE J NEUROLOGY, V5, P180 WARRINGTON EK, 1980, BRAIN, V103, P99, DOI 10.1093/brain/103.1.99 Yin W.-G., 1992, LANGUAGE PROCESSING, P349 ZHANG WT, 1984, ACTA PSYCHOL SINICA, V3, P275 NR 32 TC 7 Z9 7 PU PSYCHOLOGY PRESS PI HOVE PA 27 CHURCH RD, HOVE BN3 2FA, EAST SUSSEX, ENGLAND SN 0268-7038 J9 APHASIOLOGY JI Aphasiology PD JAN PY 1998 VL 12 IS 1 BP 65 EP 76 PG 12 WC Clinical Neurology SC Neurosciences & Neurology GA YR530 UT WOS:000071504500005 ER PT J AU Weekes, BS Chen, MJ Qun, HC Lin, YB Yao, C Xiao, XY AF Weekes, BS Chen, MJ Qun, HC Lin, YB Yao, C Xiao, XY TI Anemia and dyslexia in Chinese: a familiar story? SO APHASIOLOGY LA English DT Article ID ALZHEIMERS-DISEASE; CROSSED APHASIA; LANGUAGE PRODUCTION; SENILE DEMENTIA; SEMANTIC ERRORS; NAMING DISORDER; WORD RETRIEVAL; MODELS; SPEECH; ANOMIA AB We report a study investigating the factors that predict the naming performance of four Chinese-speaking anemic patients. The results showed that the rated familiarity of an item predicts naming performance for all of the patients, a finding that is consistent with data from studies of English-speaking anemic patients. These data are discussed in terms of current models of spoken word production that have been developed largely on the basis of data from English speakers. We also investigated the relationship between anemia and dyslexia for each patient by presenting 232 items to name from pictorial input and from print. The results showed that there was a highly significant correlation between anemia and dyslexia for the same items among three of the four patients, a finding that is consistent with other studies of Chinese-speaking aphasic patients (e.g. Hu st al. 1983). However, for one patient there was a complete dissociation between naming and oral reading of the same items (impaired picture naming co-incident with flawless oral reading), suggesting that spoken word production and oral reading can proceed via separate cognitive systems. We offer a model of spoken word production and oral reading in chinese that assumes picture naming and oral reading rely upon functionally separate pathways to account for these data. C1 Univ Kent, Dept Psychol, Canterbury CT2 7NZ, Kent, England. Australian Natl Univ, Canberra, ACT, Australia. Chinese Acad Sci, Beijing 100864, Peoples R China. China Japan Friendship Hosp, Beijing, Peoples R China. RP Weekes, BS (reprint author), Univ Kent, Dept Psychol, Canterbury CT2 7NZ, Kent, England. RI Weekes, Brendan/E-9897-2010 CR APRIL RS, 1980, ARCH NEUROL-CHICAGO, V37, P342 APRIL RS, 1977, ARCH NEUROL-CHICAGO, V34, P766 BATES E, 1993, BRAIN LANG, V45, P94, DOI 10.1006/brln.1993.1036 BATES E, 1991, BRAIN LANG, V41, P203, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(91)90153-R BAYLES KA, 1982, BRAIN LANG, V16, P265, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(82)90086-4 BAYLES KA, 1983, BRAIN LANG, V19, P98, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(83)90057-3 Beijing Institute of Language, 1986, MOD CHIN FREQ DICT BESNER D, 1996, CONVERGING METHODS U BLANKEN G, 1987, COGNITION, V27, P247, DOI 10.1016/S0010-0277(87)80011-2 BREEDIN SD, 1994, COGNITIVE NEUROPSYCH, V11, P617, DOI 10.1080/02643299408251987 BREEN K, 1994, CORTEX, V30, P231 Butterworth B., 1989, LEXICAL REPRESENTATI, P108 CHEN MJ, 1988, COGNITIVE ASPECTS CH, V1, P27 CHENG CM, 1989, BRAIN LANG, V36, P669, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(89)90093-X CHERTKOW H, 1992, COGNITIVE NEUROPSYCH, V9, P327, DOI 10.1080/02643299208252064 Cipolotti L, 1995, J Int Neuropsychol Soc, V1, P104 COLTHEART M, 1993, PSYCHOL REV, V100, P589, DOI 10.1037/0033-295X.100.4.589 DELL GS, 1986, PSYCHOL REV, V93, P283, DOI 10.1037//0033-295X.93.3.283 DELL GS, 1989, LEXICAL REPRESENTATI, P124 Diesfeldt HFA, 1992, MEMORY FUNCTIONING D Ellis A. W., 1988, HUMAN COGNITIVE NEUR FOLSTEIN MF, 1975, J PSYCHIAT RES, V12, P189, DOI 10.1016/0022-3956(75)90026-6 FRIEDMAN RB, 1992, BRAIN LANG, V43, P400, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(92)90109-R GAINOTTI G, 1981, CORTEX, V17, P401 GAINOTTI G, 1986, BRAIN LANG, V29, P18, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(86)90031-3 GAO SR, 1990, APHASIOLOGY, V1, P31 GARRETT MF, 1984, BIOL PERSPECTIVES LA, P112 GERNSBACHER MA, 1984, J EXP PSYCHOL GEN, V113, P256, DOI 10.1037//0096-3445.113.2.256 GOODGLASS H, 1976, CORTEX, V12, P145 GRAHAM KS, 1994, NEUROPSYCHOLOGIA, V32, P299, DOI 10.1016/0028-3932(94)90133-3 HARLEY TA, 1992, PROCEEDINGS OF THE FOURTEENTH ANNUAL CONFERENCE OF THE COGNITIVE SCIENCE SOCIETY, P378 HARLEY TA, 1993, APHASIOLOGY, V7, P221, DOI 10.1080/02687039308249508 Harley T.A., 1995, PSYCHOL LANGUAGE DAT HAUCK WW, 1977, J AM STAT ASSOC, V72, P851, DOI 10.2307/2286473 Henderson L., 1982, ORTHOGRAPHY WORD REC HENDERSON VW, 1990, BRAIN LANG, V39, P530, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(90)90160-I HODGES JR, 1991, BRAIN, V114, P1547, DOI 10.1093/brain/114.4.1547 Hosmer Jr DW, 1989, APPL LOGISTIC REGRES HOWARD D, 1985, BRAIN, V108, P817 HOWARD D, 1984, COGNITIVE NEUROPSYCH, V1, P163, DOI 10.1080/02643298408252021 Howard D., 1992, PYRAMIDS PALM TREES HU CQ, 1983, ACTA PSYCHOL SINICA, V3, P349 HU CQ, 1986, CHINESE J NEUROLOGY, V19, P26 HU YH, 1990, BRAIN LANG, V39, P347 HUA S, 1992, ACTA PSYCHOL SINICA, V4, P386 HUMPHREYS GW, 1988, COGNITIVE NEUROPSYCH, V5, P67, DOI 10.1080/02643298808252927 KAY J, 1987, BRAIN, V110, P613, DOI 10.1093/brain/110.3.613 KIRSHNER HS, 1984, NEUROPSYCHOLOGIA, V22, P23, DOI 10.1016/0028-3932(84)90004-6 KONTIOLA P, 1990, BRAIN LANG, V38, P364, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(90)90121-V LAMBON RALPH M. A., 1995, NEUROCASE, V1, P363, DOI 10.1093/neucas/1.4.363 LEDORZE G, 1989, BRAIN LANG, V37, P381 LEVELT WJM, 1992, COGNITION, V42, P1, DOI 10.1016/0010-0277(92)90038-J LEVELT WJM, 1983, COGNITION, V14, P41, DOI 10.1016/0010-0277(83)90026-4 LI XT, 1984, PSYCHOL STUDIES CHIN, P151 LYMAN R. S., 1938, CHINESE MED JOUR, V54, P491 MICELI G, 1993, COGNITIVE NEUROPSYCH, V10, P273, DOI 10.1080/02643299308253465 MORTON J, 1979, PSYCHOLINGUSTIC SERI, V2 NAESER MA, 1980, NEUROPSYCHOLOGIA, V18, P389, DOI 10.1016/0028-3932(80)90143-8 NICKELS L, 1994, COGNITIVE NEUROPSYCH, V11, P289, DOI 10.1080/02643299408251977 NICKELS L, 1995, LANG COGNITIVE PROC, V10, P13, DOI 10.1080/01690969508407086 Pate D. S., 1987, LANG COGNITIVE PROC, V2, P43, DOI 10.1080/01690968708406351 Patterson K., 1994, NEUROPSYCHOLOGY, V8, P395, DOI 10.1037//0894-4105.8.3.395 PATTERSON K, 1992, NEUROPSYCHOLOGIA, V30, P1025, DOI 10.1016/0028-3932(92)90096-5 Patterson K, 1995, NEUROCASE, V1, P155 PATTERSON KE, 1981, BRIT J PSYCHOL, V72, P151 PEASE D M, 1978, Cortex, V14, P178 PLAUT DC, 1993, COGNITIVE NEUROPSYCH, V10, P377, DOI 10.1080/02643299308253469 Plaut DC, 1996, PSYCHOL REV, V103, P56, DOI 10.1037/0033-295X.103.1.56 POWELL AL, 1988, NEUROLOGY, V38, P717 RAYMER AM, 1994, BRAIN LANG, V47, P479 SASANUMA S, 1992, COGNITIVE NEUROPSYCH, V9, P465, DOI 10.1080/02643299208252068 SCHWARTZ MF, 1979, BRAIN LANG, V7, P277, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(79)90024-5 SHUTTLEWORTH EC, 1988, BRAIN LANG, V34, P222, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(88)90134-4 Smith F., 1985, READING NONSENSE SNODGRASS JG, 1980, J EXP PSYCHOL-HUM L, V6, P174, DOI 10.1037/0278-7393.6.2.174 Stemberger J. P., 1985, PROGR PSYCHOL LANGUA, V1 TZENG OJL, 1991, BRAIN LANG, V41, P184, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(91)90152-Q WANG WSY, 1973, SCI AM, V228, P50 WANG XD, 1981, CHINESE J NEUROLOGY, V14, P148 Weekes B, 1996, COGNITIVE NEUROPSYCH, V13, P277, DOI 10.1080/026432996382033 WEEKES BS, 1997, IN PRESS APHASIOLOGY Yin W.-G., 1992, LANGUAGE PROCESSING, P349 Yiu EML, 1996, APHASIOLOGY, V10, P505, DOI 10.1080/02687039608248433 ZINGESER LB, 1988, COGNITIVE NEUROPSYCH, V5, P473, DOI 10.1080/02643298808253270 NR 84 TC 6 Z9 6 PU TAYLOR & FRANCIS LTD PI LONDON PA ONE GUNPOWDER SQUARE, LONDON EC4A 3DE, ENGLAND SN 0268-7038 J9 APHASIOLOGY JI Aphasiology PD JAN PY 1998 VL 12 IS 1 BP 77 EP 98 DI 10.1080/02687039808249445 PG 22 WC Clinical Neurology SC Neurosciences & Neurology GA YR530 UT WOS:000071504500006 ER PT J AU Singh, S Petheram, B AF Singh, S Petheram, B TI Aphasia assessment and therapy using hypertext-related tasks SO APHASIOLOGY LA English DT Article ID FATIGUE AB This paper discusses the potential usefulness of hypertext tools in communication disorders, particularly in aphasia assessment and therapy. The assessment of language comprehension abilities can be enhanced by evaluating patient performance on information-retrieval tasks. Hypertext tools can be used to gather information about patients' planning abilities and their semantic understanding of the available information. The paper explores the use of hypertext for generating therapy material which works with existing methods of aphasia therapy, and highlights its importance in evaluating verbal and nonverbal abilities. Patient performance on hypertext-related tasks can be quantified with the proposed parameters which quantify the degree of language deficit through information retrieval and understanding processes. These parameters need to be tested for their importance in outcome management: whether they are sensitive enough to measure changes or not. The role of hypertext applications in developing therapy exercises is discussed. The advantages of hypertext tools in single case-studies is highlighted, and an active role for hypertext applications in aphasia management is suggested. C1 Univ Plymouth, Sch Comp, Plymouth PL4 8AA, Devon, England. Frenchay Hosp, Bristol BS16 1LE, Avon, England. RP Singh, S (reprint author), Univ Plymouth, Sch Comp, Plymouth PL4 8AA, Devon, England. CR BEECH JR, 1993, ASSESSMENT SPEECH LA, P187 Bush V., 1945, ATLANTIC MONTHLY, V176, P101 BYNG S, 1990, APHASIOLOGY, V4, P67, DOI 10.1080/02687039008249055 Caplan D., 1993, AM J SPEECH-LANG PAT, V2, P59 CARROWWOOLFOLK E, 1988, THEORY ASSESSMENT IN CUSHMAN WH, 1986, HUM FACTORS, V28, P63 DARLEY F L, 1970, P51 DERENZI E, 1962, BRAIN, V85, P665, DOI 10.1093/brain/85.4.665 Goodglass H, 1983, ASSESSMENT APHASIA R, V2nd GOULD JD, 1984, HUM FACTORS, V26, P323 Hatfield F. M., 1983, APHASIA THERAPY HERSH W, 1995, INFORMATION RETRIEVA HOLLAND AL, 1980, CADL COMMUNICATIVE A KAGAN A, 1993, APHASIA TREATMENT WO Kak A. V., 1981, Proceedings of the Human Factors Society 25th Annual Meeting Kay J, 1996, APHASIOLOGY, V10, P159, DOI 10.1080/02687039608248403 KERTESZ A, 1979, W APHASIA BATTERY Lesser R., 1993, LINGUISTICS APHASIA LYON JG, 1996, ADULT APHASIA REHABI NELSON TH, 1967, INFORMATION RETRIV A Petheram B, 1996, APHASIOLOGY, V10, P267, DOI 10.1080/02687039608248412 PORCH BE, 1964, PORCH INDEX COMMUNIC Preece J., 1994, HUMAN COMPUTER INTER Sarno MT, 1969, FUNCTIONAL COMMUNICA Schuell H. M., 1964, APHASIA ADULTS DIAGN SCHUELL HS, 1973, DIFFERENTIAL DIAGNOS SINGH S, 1996, THESIS U W ENGLAND B SINGH S, 1994, P 5 INT C SPEECH SCI, P486 SINGH S, 1997, IN PRESS J COMMUNICA SPARKS RW, 1976, J SPEECH HEAR DISORD, V41, P287 VIGNOLO LA, 1964, CORTEX, V1, P344 WILKINSON RT, 1987, BEHAV INFORM TECHNOL, V6, P125 NR 32 TC 1 Z9 1 PU TAYLOR & FRANCIS LTD PI LONDON PA ONE GUNPOWDER SQUARE, LONDON EC4A 3DE, ENGLAND SN 0268-7038 J9 APHASIOLOGY JI Aphasiology PD DEC PY 1997 VL 11 IS 12 BP 1127 EP 1138 DI 10.1080/02687039708249436 PG 12 WC Clinical Neurology SC Neurosciences & Neurology GA YM472 UT WOS:000071066900001 ER PT J AU Weekes, B Coltheart, M Gordon, E AF Weekes, B Coltheart, M Gordon, E TI Deep dyslexia and right hemisphere reading - a regional cerebral blood flow study SO APHASIOLOGY LA English DT Article ID ALEXIA; RECOGNITION; DYSGRAPHIA; PARALEXIA; LANGUAGE; LESION; BRAIN AB Deep dyslexia is an acquired reading disorder that is characterized by the production of semantic reading errors, greater success when reading aloud concrete and highly imageable words, frequent visual and visual-semantic errors, morphological errors and very poor reading of nonwords. The right hemisphere hypothesis proposes that in deep dyslexia the patient is not reading with an impaired version of the normal left hemisphere reading system, and cannot use that system for reading at all. Instead, a different reading system, located in the right hemisphere is used. The right hemisphere hypothesis was examined in this study by investigating the amount of cortical activation in the left and right cerebral hemispheres of a deep dyslexic patient (L. H.) during visual word recognition. Three experimental tasks were devised to isolate a Visual Word Recognition process and a Spoken Word Production process and these tasks were administered to the deep dyslexic patient as well as another patient with left-hemisphere-damage but a different form of acquired dyslexia (surface dyslexia) and two matched control subjects. Regional cerebral blood flow (rCBF) was monitored during performance on each of the tasks. For L. H., but not the other three subjects, rCBF in the right hemisphere was greater than in the left hemisphere during Visual Word Recognition. By contrast, there was greater activation of the left hemisphere than the right hemisphere for L. H. during Spoken Word Production; this was also true of the other three subjects, but the effect was statistically significant only for L. H. These results support the right-hemisphere hypothesis of deep dyslexia. C1 Univ Kent, Dept Psychol, Canterbury CT2 7NZ, Kent, England. Macquarie Univ, Sydney, NSW 2109, Australia. Westmead Hosp, Sydney, NSW 2145, Australia. RP Weekes, B (reprint author), Univ Kent, Dept Psychol, Canterbury CT2 7NZ, Kent, England. RI Weekes, Brendan/E-9897-2010 CR AGNOLI A, 1969, CEREBRAL BLOOD FLOW, P31 BARRIE CT, 1988, P 5 MAGM SULF C HAR, P151 Baynes K, 1990, J Cogn Neurosci, V2, P159, DOI 10.1162/jocn.1990.2.3.159 BISHOP DVM, 1983, BRAIN LANG, V10, P287 CARAMAZZA A, 1990, CORTEX, V26, P95 CHIARELLO C, 1987, NEUROPSYCHOLOGIA, V25, P539, DOI 10.1016/0028-3932(87)90078-9 CODE C, 1994, CLASSICAL CASES NEUR Code C., 1987, LANGUAGE APHASIA RIG Code C, 1997, BRAIN LANG, V57, P38, DOI 10.1006/brln.1997.1833 Coltheart M., 1980, DEEP DYSLEXIA, P22 Coltheart M., 1983, FUNCTIONS RIGHT CERE Coltheart M., 1980, DEEP DYSLEXIA Coltheart M., 1980, DEEP DYSLEXIA, P326 Coltheart M., 1987, DEEP DYSLEXIA, P407 COSLETT HB, 1994, BRAIN LANG, V46, P198, DOI 10.1006/brln.1994.1012 COSLETT HB, 1989, BRAIN, V112, P327, DOI 10.1093/brain/112.2.327 COSSU G, 1995, COGNITIVE NEUROPSYCH, V12, P391, DOI 10.1080/02643299508252003 DENNIS M, 1975, BRAIN LANG, V2, P472, DOI 10.1016/S0093-934X(75)80084-8 Ellis A. W., 1996, HUMAN COGNITIVE NEUR GAZZANIGA MS, 1983, AM PSYCHOL, V38, P525, DOI 10.1037/0003-066X.38.5.525 Geshwind N, 1965, BRAIN, V88, P237 GLOSSER G, 1990, CORTEX, V26, P343 GOTT PS, 1973, J NEUROL NEUROSUR PS, V36, P1082, DOI 10.1136/jnnp.36.6.1082 GUR RC, 1988, PSYCHOPHYSIOLOGY, V25, P392, DOI 10.1111/j.1469-8986.1988.tb01874.x INGVAR DH, 1982, J CEREBR BLOOD F MET, V2, P271 JONES GV, 1985, NEUROPSYCHOLOGIA, V23, P658 Kay J., 1992, PSYCHOLINGUISTIC ASS MARSHALL JC, 1985, NEUROPSYCHOLOGIA, V23, P689, DOI 10.1016/0028-3932(85)90070-3 MARSHALL JC, 1983, NEUROPSYCHOLOGIA, V21, P425, DOI 10.1016/0028-3932(83)90031-3 MARSHALL JC, 1973, J PSYCHOLINGUIST RES, V2, P175, DOI 10.1007/BF01067101 MATHEW RJ, 1989, BIOL PSYCHIAT, V26, P717, DOI 10.1016/0006-3223(89)90106-6 Mayall K, 1996, BRIT J PSYCHOL, V87, P355 MERIC P, 1979, MED PROG TECHNOL, V6, P53 Michel F, 1996, NEUROREPORT, V7, P786, DOI 10.1097/00001756-199602290-00025 Morton J, 1980, DEEP DYSLEXIA, P91 MORTON J, 1969, PSYCHOL REV, V76, P165, DOI 10.1037/h0027366 OBRIST WD, 1975, STROKE, V6, P245 Ogden JA, 1996, NEUROPSYCHOLOGIA, V34, P905, DOI 10.1016/0028-3932(96)00005-X PATTERSON K, 1989, BRAIN, V112, P39, DOI 10.1093/brain/112.1.39 PATTERSON K, 1984, COGNITIVE NEUROPSYCH, V1, P365, DOI 10.1080/02643298408252859 PATTERSON KE, 1982, Q J EXPT PSYCHOL A, V38, P411 PATTERSON KE, 1984, COGNITIVE NEUROPSYCH, V3, P341 PETERSEN SE, 1988, NATURE, V331, P585, DOI 10.1038/331585a0 PLAUT DC, 1993, COGNITIVE NEUROPSYCH, V10, P377, DOI 10.1080/02643299308253469 PROHOVNIK I, 1988, HDB REGIONAL CEREBRA, P51 PROHOVNIK I, 1985, CEREBRAL BLOODFLOW M RABINOWICZ B, 1984, COGNITIVE NEUROPSYCH, V1, P343, DOI 10.1080/02643298408252857 Saffran E. M., 1980, DEEP DYSLEXIA, P381 SCHWEIGER A, 1989, BRAIN LANG, V37, P73, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(89)90102-8 Shallice T., 1988, NEUROPSYCHOLOGY MENT SHALLICE T, 1986, COGNITIVE NEUROPSYCH, V3, P429, DOI 10.1080/02643298608252030 SHALLICE T, 1975, Q J EXP PSYCHOL, V27, P187, DOI 10.1080/14640747508400479 SMITH A, 1975, NEUROLOGY, V25, P813 WARRINGTON EK, 1980, BRAIN, V103, P99, DOI 10.1093/brain/103.1.99 Weekes B, 1996, COGNITIVE NEUROPSYCH, V13, P277, DOI 10.1080/026432996382033 WEEKES B, 1995, APHASIOLOGY, V9, P305, DOI 10.1080/02687039508248207 WEEKES BS, 1994, COGNITIVE FUNCTION H, P83 ZAIDEL E, 1981, BRAIN LANG, V14, P205, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(81)90077-8 ZAIDEL E, 1984, COGNITIVE NEUROPSYCH, V1, P351, DOI 10.1080/02643298408252858 ZAIDEL E, 1985, DUAL BRAIN HEMISPHER NR 60 TC 18 Z9 18 PU TAYLOR & FRANCIS LTD PI LONDON PA ONE GUNPOWDER SQUARE, LONDON EC4A 3DE, ENGLAND SN 0268-7038 J9 APHASIOLOGY JI Aphasiology PD DEC PY 1997 VL 11 IS 12 BP 1139 EP 1158 DI 10.1080/02687039708249437 PG 20 WC Clinical Neurology SC Neurosciences & Neurology GA YM472 UT WOS:000071066900002 ER PT J AU Ardila, A Benson, DF Flynn, FG AF Ardila, A Benson, DF Flynn, FG TI Participation of the insula in language SO APHASIOLOGY LA English DT Article ID CT SCAN; CONDUCTION APHASIA; EMOTIONAL EXPRESSION; LESION LOCALIZATION; AUDITORY AGNOSIA; BASAL GANGLIA; DISCONNECTION; TOMOGRAPHY; APHEMIA; DAMAGE AB Many investigators have suggested that damage to the left insula plays a role in aphasia. Among the various language disturbances associated with damage in the insula are Broca's aphasia, conduction aphasia, Wernicke's aphasia and subcortical aphasia. Although a wide variety of language disturbances have been related to insula damage, whether the damage to the insula was instrumental or merely based on its close anatomical juxtaposition to other language-significant neuroanatomical areas has never been clear. Recent studies of anatomical connections of the insula, point to an important viscero-limbic role and it can be suggested that the insula may influence verbal affect, a true language role. C1 Miami Inst Psychol, Miami, FL 33166 USA. Madigan Army Med Ctr, Tacoma, WA 98431 USA. RP Ardila, A (reprint author), Miami Inst Psychol, 8180 NW 36 St, Miami, FL 33166 USA. CR Alexander MP, 1991, CLIN NEUROLOGY, P1 ALEXANDER MP, 1987, BRAIN, V110, P961, DOI 10.1093/brain/110.4.961 ALEXANDER MP, 1980, NEUROLOGY, V30, P1193 ALEXANDER MP, 1989, BRAIN LANG, V37, P656, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(89)90118-1 ARDILA A, 1989, BRAIN ORG LANGUAGE C, P147 ARDILA A, 1988, APHASIOLOGY, V2, P493, DOI 10.1080/02687038808248955 Ardila A., 1990, J NEUROLINGUIST, V5, P1, DOI 10.1016/0911-6044(90)90028-W BASSO A, 1985, BRAIN LANG, V26, P201, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(85)90039-2 BAUER RM, 1982, ARCH NEUROL-CHICAGO, V39, P702 BENSON DF, 1973, ARCH NEUROL-CHICAGO, V28, P339 Benson D. F., 1996, APHASIA CLIN PERSPEC Benson DF, 1979, APHASIA ALEXIA AGRAP Benson DF, 1994, HDB SPEECH LANGUAGE, P149 BERNHEIM F, 1900, THESIS PARIS BERTHIER M, 1987, CORTEX, V23, P673 BIEMOND A, 1956, ARCH NEURO PSYCHIATR, V75, P231 Brown J. W., 1972, APHASIA APRAXIA AGNO CANCELLIERE AEB, 1990, BRAIN COGNITION, V13, P133, DOI 10.1016/0278-2626(90)90046-Q CAPPA S, 1981, NEUROPSYCHOLOGIA, V19, P171, DOI 10.1016/0028-3932(81)90102-0 CAPPA SF, 1983, CORTEX, V19, P227 DAMASIO AR, 1982, ARCH NEUROL-CHICAGO, V39, P15 Damasio H, 1983, LOCALIZATION NEUROPS, P231 DAMASIO H, 1980, BRAIN, V103, P337, DOI 10.1093/brain/103.2.337 DARKINS EW, 1988, BRAIN LANG, V34, P350 DEJERINE J, 1901, ANATOMIE CTR NERVEAU Dejerine J., 1914, SEMIOLOGIE AFFECTION Dronkers NF, 1996, NATURE, V384, P159, DOI 10.1038/384159a0 Fifer R C, 1993, J Am Acad Audiol, V4, P364 FREUD S, 1891, AUFFASAUNG APHASIEN GAZZANIGA M S, 1973, Cortex, V9, P136 GESCHWIND N, 1965, BRAIN, V88, P239 GODLSTEIN K, 1911, ARCH PSYCHIAT NEUROL, V48, P408 HABIB M, 1995, NEUROPSYCHOLOGIA, V33, P327, DOI 10.1016/0028-3932(94)00108-2 HECAEN H, 1955, ENCEPHALE, V2, P170 HENDERSON VW, 1985, ARCH NEUROL-CHICAGO, V42, P1210 HUBER W, 1975, J NEUROL, V210, P77, DOI 10.1007/BF00316380 KELIST K, 1934, GEHIRNPATHOLOGIE KERTESZ A, 1991, APHASIOLOGY, V5, P207, DOI 10.1080/02687039108248525 Kertesz A., 1983, LOCALIZATION NEUROPS, P209 Kertesz A, 1970, Cortex, V6, P362 Kertesz A., 1979, APHASIA ASS DISORDER KERTESZ A, 1979, BRAIN LANG, V8, P34, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(79)90038-5 KERTESZ A, 1985, HDB CLIN NEUROLOGY, V45, P287 Kertesz A., 1994, LOCALIZATION NEUROIM Kertesz A, 1981, JARGONAPHASIA, P63 Lecours A. R., 1983, APHASIOLOGY Levine DN, 1983, LOCALIZATION NEUROPS, P185 Lichtheim L., 1885, BRAIN, V7, P433 LIEBERMAN A, 1977, ARCH NEUROL-CHICAGO, V34, P717 LIEPMANN H, 1902, MANUSCHRIFT PSYCHIAT, V17, P289 Luria A. R., 1966, HIGHER CORTICAL FUNC Luria AR, 1970, TRAUMATIC APHASIA LURIA AR, 1976, FUNDAMENTALS NEUROLI Marie P, 1906, SEM MED, V26, P241 MAZZOCCHI F, 1979, CORTEX, V15, P627 MENDEZ MF, 1985, ARCH NEUROL-CHICAGO, V42, P886 MESULAM MM, 1990, ANN NEUROL, V28, P597, DOI 10.1002/ana.410280502 Mesulam M. M, 1985, PRINCIPLES BEHAV NEU, P1 Mesulam M. M., 1985, CEREB CORTEX, V4, P179 METTER EJ, 1981, ANN NEUROL, V10, P173, DOI 10.1002/ana.410100208 METTER EJ, 1994, LOCALIZATION NEUROIM, P123 METTER EJ, 1987, APHASIOLOGY, V1, P3, DOI 10.1080/02687038708248808 Mohr J. P., 1976, STUDIES NEUROLINGUIS, V1, P201 MOHR JP, 1978, NEUROLOGY, V28, P311 MONRADKROHN GH, 1947, BRAIN, V70, P405, DOI 10.1093/brain/70.4.405 MURDOCH BE, 1988, APHASIOLOGY, V2, P437, DOI 10.1080/02687038808248952 MURDOCH BE, 1986, AUSTR J HUMAN COMMUN, V14, P5 NAESER MA, 1981, BRAIN LANG, V12, P140, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(81)90010-9 NAESER MA, 1994, LOCALIZATION NEUROIM, P245 Naeser M.A., 1983, LOCALIZATION NEUROPS, P63 NAESER MA, 1982, ARCH NEUROL-CHICAGO, V39, P2 Nielsen J. M., 1942, B LOS ANGELES NEUROL, V8, P131 OJEMANN GA, 1978, BRAIN LANG, V6, P239, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(78)90061-5 PERANI D, 1987, BRAIN, V110, P1211, DOI 10.1093/brain/110.5.1211 POECK K, 1984, ADV NERUOLOGY PROGR, P71 ROSS ED, 1981, ARCH NEUROL-CHICAGO, V38, P561 SCHIFF HB, 1983, ARCH NEUROL-CHICAGO, V40, P720 SHUREN J, 1993, J NEUROL, V240, P216, DOI 10.1007/BF00818707 SIGNORET JL, 1984, BRAIN LANG, V22, P303, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(84)90096-8 STARKSTEIN SE, 1988, BRAIN LANG, V34, P253, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(88)90137-X TANRIDAG O, 1987, APHASIOLOGY, V1, P107, DOI 10.1080/02687038708248822 WALLESCH CW, 1985, BRAIN LANG, V25, P357, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(85)90090-2 Wernicke C., 1874, APHASISCHE SYMTOMENK YAQUB BA, 1988, BRAIN, V111, P457, DOI 10.1093/brain/111.2.457 NR 84 TC 10 Z9 10 PU TAYLOR & FRANCIS LTD PI LONDON PA ONE GUNPOWDER SQUARE, LONDON EC4A 3DE, ENGLAND SN 0268-7038 J9 APHASIOLOGY JI Aphasiology PD DEC PY 1997 VL 11 IS 12 BP 1159 EP 1169 DI 10.1080/02687039708249438 PG 11 WC Clinical Neurology SC Neurosciences & Neurology GA YM472 UT WOS:000071066900003 ER PT J AU Beland, R Paradis, C AF Beland, R Paradis, C TI Principled syllabic dissolution in a primary progressive aphasia case SO APHASIOLOGY LA English DT Article ID GENERALIZED DEMENTIA; SCHOOL EDUCATION; NORMATIVE DATA; LANGUAGE; BATTERY; SUBSET; LEVEL; AGE AB In this longitudinal study, the syllabic paraphasias (here defined as insertions or deletions of a phoneme) produced by a Primary Progressive Aphasia case to syllabic adaptations of loanwords were compared. It is shown that paraphasias are phonologically principled and thus highly predictable. More specifically, it it shown that the repair strategies applied by the patient are very similar to those applied by normal speakers when they adapt borrowings. The rate of segment preservation as opposed to segment deletion is very high in borrowings and in the syllabic errors produced by the patient. However, the type of repair strategy applied by the patient changes with the progression of the phonological deficit, segment deletions being more frequent than segment insertions in the late stages of the illness. The evolution of the syllabic error pattern is accounted for by the effect of two principles: the Preservation and the Threshold Principles. The combined effects of these two principles entail that segment preservation has the edge over segment deletion except when the preservation of a segment requires too many phonological operations. It is suggested in this study that the Preservation Principle remains effective even in the late stages but its effect is reduced with the progression of the deficit because the patient's tolerance threshold to complex (multi-step) repair is lowered. C1 Ctr Hosp Cote Des Neiges, Ctr Rech, Montreal, PQ H3W 1W5, Canada. Univ Montreal, Grp Rech Neuropsychol Expt, Montreal, PQ, Canada. RP Beland, R (reprint author), Ctr Hosp Cote Des Neiges, Ctr Rech, 4565 Chemin Reine Marie, Montreal, PQ H3W 1W5, Canada. CR BELAND R, 1997, UNPUB PHONOLOGICAL S BELAND R, 1993, P 15 INT C LING QUEB, P11 BELAND R, 1993, APHASIOLOGY, V7, P359, DOI 10.1080/02687039308249516 BELAND R, 1990, APHASIOLOGY, V4, P439, DOI 10.1080/02687039008248786 BELAND R, 1992, BRAIN LANG, V43, P355, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(92)90107-P BELAND R, 1993, CAN J LING/REV CAN L, V38, P279 BELAND R, 1990, SPR S NEUR, P235 BELLEVILLE S, 1991, REV NEUROPSYCHOL, V1, P99 BENSON DF, 1991, NEUROPSY NEUROPSY BE, V4, P215 CARAMAZZA A, 1986, COGNITIVE NEUROPSYCH, V3, P37, DOI 10.1080/02643298608252669 CHERTKOW H, 1992, COGNITIVE NEUROPSYCH, V9, P327, DOI 10.1080/02643299208252064 Chomsky N., 1986, KNOWLEDGE LANGUAGE I CRAENHALS A, 1990, APHASIOLOGY, V4, P485, DOI 10.1080/02687039008248789 CROISILE B, 1991, REV NERUOLOGIQUE, V174, P192 Haugen E, 1950, LANGUAGE, V26, P210, DOI 10.2307/410058 HEATH PD, 1983, ANN NEUROL, V13, P687, DOI 10.1002/ana.410130625 Kaye J., 1981, THEORY MARKEDNESS GE, P287 KIRSHNER HS, 1984, ARCH NEUROL-CHICAGO, V41, P491 LEBEL C, 1994, THESIS LAVAL U QUEBE MESULAM MM, 1987, ANN NEUROL, V22, P533, DOI 10.1002/ana.410220414 MESULAM MM, 1982, ANN NEUROL, V11, P592, DOI 10.1002/ana.410110607 MESULAM MM, 1992, RES PER ALZ, P43 MINGAZZINI G, 1914, BRAIN, V36, P493, DOI 10.1093/brain/36.3-4.493 Nespoulous J, 1992, PROTOCOLE MONTREAL T PARADIS C, 1993, CAN J LING/REV CAN L, V38, P215 PARADIS C, 1995, P 31 CHIC LING SOC M, P360 PARADIS C, 1988, MCGILL WORKING PAPER, V5, P1 PARADIS C, 1993, P CANADIAN LINGUISTI, P461 PARADIS C, 1995, CURRENT TRENDS PHONO, P509 PARADIS C, 1993, CANADIAN J LINGUISTI, V38, P127 PARADIS C, 1996, MCGILL WORKING PAPER, V11, P46 PARADIS C, 1997, IN PRESS J LINGUISTI, V33 Paradis Carole, 1989, LINGUISTIC REV, V6, P71 POECK K, 1988, BRAIN, V111, P151, DOI 10.1093/brain/111.1.151 ROSE Y, 1995, THESIS LAVAL U QUEBE SCHOLTEN I, 1990, PROGRESSIVE APHASIA WECHSLER AF, 1977, J NEUROL NEUROSUR PS, V40, P303, DOI 10.1136/jnnp.40.3.303 WEINTRAUB S, 1990, ARCH NEUROL-CHICAGO, V47, P1329 Pogacar S, 1984, R I Med J, V67, P181 NR 39 TC 13 Z9 13 PU PSYCHOLOGY PRESS PI HOVE PA 27 CHURCH RD, HOVE BN3 2FA, EAST SUSSEX, ENGLAND SN 0268-7038 J9 APHASIOLOGY JI Aphasiology PD DEC PY 1997 VL 11 IS 12 BP 1171 EP 1196 DI 10.1080/02687039708249439 PG 26 WC Clinical Neurology SC Neurosciences & Neurology GA YM472 UT WOS:000071066900004 ER PT J AU Leonard, CL Baum, SR AF Leonard, CL Baum, SR TI The influence of phonological and orthographic information on auditory lexical access in brain-damaged patients: a preliminary investigation SO APHASIOLOGY LA English DT Article ID WORD RECOGNITION; SPOKEN WORDS; APHASIA; ACTIVATION; DECISION; LANGUAGE AB The effects of phonology and orthography on auditory lexical access were examined in fluent and non-fluent aphasics and right brain-damaged patients using an auditory lexical decision task. An effect of orthography independent of brain damage was suggested by the findings that, overall, responses were faster to words preceded by primes that were both phonologically and orthographically related to the target than to those that were unrelated, whereas phonologically related primes alone did not facilitate reaction times. Responses were also slower relative to the unrelated condition to targets that were orthographically but not phonologically related to their primes. These results were interpreted as counter-evidence to the claim that orthographic effects are lateralized to the left hemisphere (Zecker et al. 1986). The results concerning the effect of phonology were equivocal. C1 MCGILL UNIV,SCH COMMUN SCI & DISORDERS,MONTREAL,PQ H3G 1A8,CANADA. CR BAUM SR, 1997, IN PRESS BRAIN LANGU BLUMSTEIN SE, 1994, BRAIN LANG, V46, P181, DOI 10.1006/brln.1994.1011 BLUMSTEIN SE, 1982, BRAIN LANG, V17, P301, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(82)90023-2 Burton M. W., 1993, 34 ANN M PSYCH SOC W BURTON MW, 1989, THESIS BROWN U CAPLAN D, 1992, LANGUAGE STRUCTURE P, P403 CHENERY HJ, 1990, BRAIN LANG, V38, P215, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(90)90112-T CLARK HH, 1973, J VERB LEARN VERB BE, V12, P335, DOI 10.1016/S0022-5371(73)80014-3 CONNINE CM, 1993, J MEM LANG, V32, P193, DOI 10.1006/jmla.1993.1011 DONNENWERTHNOLAN S, 1981, J EXP PSYCHOL-HUM L, V7, P170, DOI 10.1037//0278-7393.7.3.170 FOLSTEIN MF, 1975, J PSYCHIAT RES, V12, P189, DOI 10.1016/0022-3956(75)90026-6 GAUTHIER L, 1989, INT J CLIN NEUROPSYC, V11, P49 Goodglass H, 1983, ASSESSMENT APHASIA R, V2nd GORDON JK, 1994, BRAIN LANG, V47, P661, DOI 10.1006/brln.1994.1062 HUTNER J, 1996, UNPUB EXAMINATION EF JAKIMIK J, 1985, J MEM LANG, V24, P165, DOI 10.1016/0749-596X(85)90022-1 Kaplan E, 1983, BOSTON NAMING TEST MARSLENWILSON W, 1989, J EXP PSYCHOL HUMAN, V15, P576, DOI 10.1037//0096-1523.15.3.576 MILBERG W, 1988, B PSYCHONOMIC SOC, V26, P305 MILBERG W, 1981, BRAIN LANG, V14, P371, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(81)90086-9 MILBERG W, 1988, BRAIN LANG, V34, P279, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(88)90139-3 NEELY JH, 1977, J EXP PSYCHOL GEN, V106, P226, DOI 10.1037//0096-3445.106.3.226 Posner M. I., 1975, ATTENTION PERFORM, V5, P669 SHIFFRIN RM, 1977, PSYCHOL REV, V84, P127, DOI 10.1037/0033-295X.84.2.127 TANENHAUS MK, 1980, MEM COGNITION, V8, P513, DOI 10.3758/BF03213770 Wechsler D., 1987, WECHSLER MEMORY SCAL WIIG EH, 1987, TEST LANGUAGE COMPET ZECKER SG, 1986, BRAIN LANG, V29, P372, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(86)90055-6 ZURIF EB, 1974, BRAIN LANG, V1, P167, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(74)90032-7 NR 29 TC 11 Z9 11 PU TAYLOR & FRANCIS LTD PI LONDON PA ONE GUNPOWDER SQUARE, LONDON, ENGLAND EC4A 3DE SN 0268-7038 J9 APHASIOLOGY JI Aphasiology PD NOV PY 1997 VL 11 IS 11 BP 1031 EP 1041 DI 10.1080/02687039708249425 PG 11 WC Clinical Neurology SC Neurosciences & Neurology GA YG772 UT WOS:A1997YG77200001 ER PT J AU Boles, L AF Boles, L TI A comparison of naming errors in individuals with mild naming impairment following post-stroke aphasia, Alzheimer's disease, and traumatic brain injury SO APHASIOLOGY LA English DT Article ID DEMENTIA; DISORDER AB In comparing individuals with stroke, AD, and TBI, who shared mild to moderate naming impairment, subtle differences in naming errors were found. The stroke group had a higher frequency of partial responses and derivational errors, the AD group had a higher frequency of irrelevant description errors, and both the AD and TBI groups had a higher frequency of visual misperceptions. Across groups, milder naming impairment was associated with a higher proportion of semantic errors, and more severe naming impairment was associated with errors that were not semantic in nature. The results were most consistent with semantic boundary erosion. RP Boles, L (reprint author), UNIV HAWAII,DEPT SPEECH PATHOL & AUDIOL,1410 LOWER CAMPUS DR,HONOLULU,HI 96822, USA. CR ARDILA A, 1993, BRAIN LANG, V44, P165, DOI 10.1006/brln.1993.1011 Bastiaanse R, 1996, APHASIOLOGY, V10, P363, DOI 10.1080/02687039608248417 Bayles K. A., 1987, COMMUNICATION COGNIT BAYLES KA, 1983, BRAIN LANG, V19, P98, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(83)90057-3 Chenery HJ, 1996, APHASIOLOGY, V10, P423, DOI 10.1080/02687039608248423 Chenery HJ, 1996, APHASIOLOGY, V10, P1, DOI 10.1080/02687039608248396 CORMIER P, 1991, PERCEPT MOTOR SKILL, V73, P175, DOI 10.2466/PMS.73.4.175-183 FEYEREISEN P, 1988, NEUROPSYCHOLOGIA, V26, P401, DOI 10.1016/0028-3932(88)90094-2 FUNNELL E, 1992, COGNITIVE NEUROPSYCH, V9, P135, DOI 10.1080/02643299208252056 GOLDSTEIN FC, 1992, BRAIN LANG, V43, P308, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(92)90132-X Greene JDW, 1996, BRAIN, V119, P129, DOI 10.1093/brain/119.1.129 Kertesz A., 1982, W APHASIA BATTERY KIRSHNER HS, 1984, NEUROPSYCHOLOGIA, V22, P23, DOI 10.1016/0028-3932(84)90004-6 LaBarge E, 1992, NEUROPSYCHOLOGY, V6, P77, DOI 10.1037//0894-4105.6.1.77 LAINE M, 1992, CORTEX, V28, P537 LEDORZE G, 1989, BRAIN LANG, V37, P381 LEVIN HS, 1981, BRAIN LANG, V12, P360, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(81)90025-0 MCKHANN G, 1984, NEUROLOGY, V34, P939 MITCHUM CC, 1990, APHASIOLOGY, V4, P261, DOI 10.1080/02687039008249079 Nickels L, 1996, APHASIOLOGY, V10, P109, DOI 10.1080/02687039608248401 SHUTTLEWORTH EC, 1988, BRAIN LANG, V34, P222, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(88)90134-4 STIMLEY MA, 1991, BRAIN LANG, V41, P496, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(91)90170-6 Tukey J.W., 1977, EXPLORATORY DATA ANA WATAMORI TS, 1991, CLIN APHASIOLOGY, V20, P211 WILSON RS, 1978, J CONSULT CLIN PSYCH, V46, P1554, DOI 10.1037//0022-006X.46.6.1554 NR 25 TC 1 Z9 1 PU TAYLOR & FRANCIS LTD PI LONDON PA ONE GUNPOWDER SQUARE, LONDON, ENGLAND EC4A 3DE SN 0268-7038 J9 APHASIOLOGY JI Aphasiology PD NOV PY 1997 VL 11 IS 11 BP 1043 EP 1056 DI 10.1080/02687039708249426 PG 14 WC Clinical Neurology SC Neurosciences & Neurology GA YG772 UT WOS:A1997YG77200002 ER PT J AU VischBrink, EG Bajema, IM VandeSandtKoenderman, ME AF VischBrink, EG Bajema, IM VandeSandtKoenderman, ME TI Lexical semantic therapy: BOX SO APHASIOLOGY LA English DT Article ID WORD MATCHING TASKS; APHASIC PATIENTS; MULTIPLE SEMANTICS; RETRIEVAL; COMPREHENSION; CONFUSIONS; DEFICITS; ERRORS; SYSTEM C1 ERASMUS UNIV ROTTERDAM,ROTTERDAM,NETHERLANDS. APHASIA FDN,ROTTERDAM,NETHERLANDS. RP VischBrink, EG (reprint author), UNIV HOSP ROTTERDAM DIJKZIGT,DEPT NEUROL,DR MOLEWATERPL 40,NL-3015 GD ROTTERDAM,NETHERLANDS. CR BASSO A, 1979, ARCH NEUROL-CHICAGO, V36, P190 Benson DF, 1979, STUDIES NEUROLINGUIS, V4, P293 Black M., 1991, J NEUROLINGUIST, V6, P79, DOI 10.1016/0911-6044(91)90002-Z Blanken G., 1989, NEUROLINGUISTIK, V2, P107 BLOMERT L, 1990, APHASIOLOGY, V4, P307, DOI 10.1080/02687039008249085 BONTA E, 1993, LOGOTHERAPIA SPRACHU BUCKINGHAM HW, 1981, JARGONAPHASIA, P39 BUTTERWORTH B, 1984, NEUROPSYCHOLOGIA, V22, P409, DOI 10.1016/0028-3932(84)90036-8 Caplan D., 1993, LANGUAGE STRUCTURE P CARAMAZZA A, 1990, COGNITIVE NEUROPSYCH, V7, P161, DOI 10.1080/02643299008253441 DELOCHE G, 1992, NEUROPSYCHOL REHABIL, V2, P117, DOI 10.1080/09602019208401400 DERENZI E, 1962, BRAIN, V85, P665, DOI 10.1093/brain/85.4.665 Ellis A. W., 1988, HUMAN COGNITIVE NEUR ENGL EM, 1983, LOGOTHERAPIA SPRACHU GOODGLASS H, 1976, BRAIN LANG, V3, P359, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(76)90032-8 Graetz P., 1991, AKENSE AFASIE TEST N HADAR U, 1989, APHASIOLOGY, V3, P593, DOI 10.1080/02687038908249026 HART J, 1990, ANN NEUROL, V27, P226, DOI 10.1002/ana.410270303 HILLIS AE, 1989, ARCH PHYS MED REHAB, V70, P632 Holland A., 1980, COMMUNICATIVE ABILIT HOWARD D, 1985, BRAIN, V108, P817 HOWARD D, 1985, COGNITIVE NEUROPSYCH, V2, P49, DOI 10.1080/02643298508252861 Howard D., 1992, PYRAMIDS PALM TREES HUBER W, 1981, QUANTITATIVE LINGUIS, V13, P423 Jackendoff Ray, 1983, SEMANTICS COGNITION Joanette Y., 1990, DISCOURSE ABILITY BR, P131 KAY J, 1992, PSYCHOLINGUSITIC ASS KAY J, 1987, BRAIN, V110, P613, DOI 10.1093/brain/110.3.613 Lesser R., 1993, LINGUISTICS APHASIA LESSER R, 1987, ISSUES NEUROPSYCHOLO LEVELT W, 1989, SPEAKING INTENTION A MARSHALL J, 1990, APHASIOLOGY, V4, P167, DOI 10.1080/02687039008249068 McCarthy R. A., 1990, COGNITIVE NEUROPSYCH Nettleton J., 1991, J NEUROLINGUIST, V6, P139, DOI 10.1016/0911-6044(91)90004-3 NICHOLAS LE, 1993, J SPEECH HEAR RES, V36, P338 Paivio A., 1971, IMAGERY VERBAL PROCE Patterson K., 1987, COGNITIVE NEUROPSYCH, P273 PIZZAMIG.L, 1971, J COMMUN DISORD, V3, P280, DOI 10.1016/0021-9924(71)90034-7 PRING T, 1990, APHASIOLOGY, V4, P479, DOI 10.1080/02687039008248788 Prins Ronald S., 1987, THESIS U AMSTERDAM RIDDOCH MJ, 1988, COGNITIVE NEUROPSYCH, V5, P3, DOI 10.1080/02643298808252925 RINNERT C, 1972, CORTEX, V9, P56 SERON X, 1979, CORTEX, V15, P149 SHALLICE T, 1993, COGNITIVE NEUROPSYCH, V10, P251, DOI 10.1080/02643299308253463 VANHARSKAMP F, 1991, APHASIOLOGY, V5, P529, DOI 10.1080/02687039108248558 VANMOURIK M, 1992, APHASIOLOGY, V6, P179, DOI 10.1080/02687039208248589 VANMOURIK M, 1992, APHASIOLOGY, V6, P491, DOI 10.1080/02687039208249486 Visch-Brink E. G., 1993, DEV ASSESSMENT REHAB, P211 VISCHBRINK EG, 1993, APHASIA TREATMENT WO, P227 WARRINGTON EK, 1979, BRAIN, V102, P43, DOI 10.1093/brain/102.1.43 NR 50 TC 15 Z9 16 PU TAYLOR & FRANCIS LTD PI LONDON PA ONE GUNPOWDER SQUARE, LONDON, ENGLAND EC4A 3DE SN 0268-7038 J9 APHASIOLOGY JI Aphasiology PD NOV PY 1997 VL 11 IS 11 BP 1057 EP 1078 DI 10.1080/02687039708249427 PG 22 WC Clinical Neurology SC Neurosciences & Neurology GA YG772 UT WOS:A1997YG77200003 ER PT J AU Hadano, K Hamanaka, T AF Hadano, K Hamanaka, T TI Semistereotypic speech SO APHASIOLOGY LA English DT Article ID AUTOMATISMS RECURRING UTTERANCES; APHASIA AB In this paper we describe 'semistereotypic speech' (SSS) observed in the speech production of a Japanese patient, Mrs Kichikichi, with global aphasia caused by cerebral infarction. The SSS consisted of two parts: a stereotypic part /kit integral ikit integral i/and a variable paa of a single (or a few) grammatical function word(s) agglutinated to the former. We consider this abnormal speech phenomenon as a variant of recurring utterance (speech automatism). We suggest the possibility that the grammatical structure of Japanese as an agglutinative language may facilitate the occurrence of the SSS and that, interpreted on the basis of the language production model utilized by Blanken and his coauthors, the deficit underlying the generation of the stereotypic part of the SSS in this patient can originate in the lexicalization component. C1 NAGOYA CITY UNIV,SCH MED,NAGOYA,AICHI 467,JAPAN. RP Hadano, K (reprint author), NCNP,DEPT PSYCHOGERIATR,1-7-3 KOHNODAI,ICHIKAWA 272,JAPAN. CR ALAJOUANINE T, 1956, BRAIN, V79, P1, DOI 10.1093/brain/79.1.1 BLANKEN G, 1993, APHASIOLOGY, V7, P551, DOI 10.1080/02687039308248630 BLANKEN G, 1988, APHASIOLOGY, V2, P545, DOI 10.1080/02687038808248965 BLANKEN G, 1987, COGNITION, V27, P247, DOI 10.1016/S0010-0277(87)80011-2 BLANKEN G, 1990, CORTEX, V26, P41 BLANKEN G, 1989, COGNITIVE NEUROPSYCH, V6, P211, DOI 10.1080/02643298908253419 Bock Kathryn, 1994, HDB PSYCHOLINGUISTIC, P945 Broca P. P., 1861, B SOC ANAT, V2, P330 BRUNNER RJ, 1982, BRAIN LANG, V16, P281, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(82)90087-6 Code C., 1987, LANGUAGE APHASIA RIG Code C., 1989, CHARACTERISTICS APHA, P155 CODE C, 1982, CORTEX, V18, P141 CODE C, 1994, J NEUROLINGUIST, V8, P135, DOI 10.1016/0911-6044(94)90021-3 GREEN E, 1969, LANG SPEECH, V12, P103 HAAS JC, 1988, APHASIOLOGY, V2, P557, DOI 10.1080/02687038808248966 HADANO K, 1991, SYMPTOMATOLOGY SEVER Jackson J.H, 1879, BRAIN, V2, P203 Japanese Society of Aphasiology, 1977, STAND LANG TEST APH MATSUMURA A, 1989, DAIJIRIN POECK K, 1982, KLINISCHE NEUROPSYCH POECK K, 1984, BRAIN, V107, P199, DOI 10.1093/brain/107.1.199 Shibatani Masayoshi, 1990, LANGUAGES JAPAN SHINMURA I, 1991, KOOJIEN TAKEWAKA Y, 1995, SHITSUGOSHO KENKYU, V15, P69 WALLESCH CW, 1982, FORTSCHRITTE NEUROLO, V50, P427 WALLESCH CW, 1990, APHASIOLOGY, V4, P133, DOI 10.1080/02687039008249066 NR 26 TC 1 Z9 1 PU TAYLOR & FRANCIS LTD PI LONDON PA ONE GUNPOWDER SQUARE, LONDON, ENGLAND EC4A 3DE SN 0268-7038 J9 APHASIOLOGY JI Aphasiology PD NOV PY 1997 VL 11 IS 11 BP 1117 EP 1125 DI 10.1080/02687039708249435 PG 9 WC Clinical Neurology SC Neurosciences & Neurology GA YG772 UT WOS:A1997YG77200011 ER PT J AU Mackenzie, C Begg, T Brady, M Lees, KR AF Mackenzie, C Begg, T Brady, M Lees, KR TI The effects on verbal communication skills of right hemisphere stroke in middle age SO APHASIOLOGY LA English DT Article ID LANGUAGE; INFERENCES; DISCOURSE AB Eighty-one right-handed middle-aged subjects (64 non brain-damaged and 17 right hemisphere stroke) were assessed on a series of verbal comprehension and spoken discourse tasks. Educational level was found to affect the performance of the non-brain-damaged subjects who represented three standards of education. Comparison of the stroke subjects with the appropriate educational controls showed the stroke group to be weaker in several aspects of spoken language comprehension, particularly metaphor and inference. In picture description the non-brain-damaged groups used more words, spoke for longer and produced more information. In conversation, limited facial expression and eye contact and monotonous intonational pattern were characteristic of the stroke subjects, but other discourse parameters such as verbosity and topic maintenance did not distinguish these right-brain-damaged and non-brain-damaged groups. The results highlight first the requirement for language task control data to be education referenced, and secondly the association between right brain damage and deficits in verbal communication. C1 WESTERN INFIRM & ASSOCIATED HOSP,GLASGOW,LANARK,SCOTLAND. UNIV GLASGOW,GLASGOW,LANARK,SCOTLAND. RP Mackenzie, C (reprint author), UNIV STRATHCLYDE,DEPT SPEECH & LANGUAGE THERAPY,JORDANHILL CAMPUS,GLASGOW G13 1PP,LANARK,SCOTLAND. CR ALBERT ML, 1973, NEUROLOGY, V23, P658 BAMFORD J, 1991, LANCET, V337, P1521, DOI 10.1016/0140-6736(91)93206-O BEEMAN M, 1993, BRAIN LANG, V44, P80, DOI 10.1006/brln.1993.1006 BLOISE CGR, 1993, CLIN APHASIOLOGY, V21, P145 Brookshire R., 1993, DISCOURSE COMPREHENS BROOKSHIRE RH, 1992, INTRO NEUROGENIC CON BROWNELL HH, 1983, BRAIN LANG, V18, P20, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(83)90002-0 Bryan K., 1989, RIGHT HEMISPHERE LAN BUCK R, 1981, CORTEX, V6, P351 Burns M., 1985, CLIN MANAGEMENT RIGH CANNITO M P, 1988, Seminars in Speech and Language, V9, P117, DOI 10.1055/s-0028-1082459 Cherney L., 1992, CLIN APHASIOLOGY, V21, P123 Critchley M, 1962, INTERHEMISPHERIC REL DIGGS CC, 1987, BRAIN LANG, V30, P130, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(87)90033-2 EISENSON J, 1962, LANG SPEECH, V5, P49 Goodglass H., 1983, BOSTON DIAGNOSTIC AP, V2nd HARDEN WD, 1995, J COMMUN DISORD, V28, P247, DOI 10.1016/0021-9924(94)00012-O HIER DB, 1980, APPL PSYCHOLINGUIST, V1, P279, DOI 10.1017/S0142716400000564 Joanette Y., 1990, RIGHT HEMISPHERE VER JOANETTE Y, 1987, J CLIN EXP NEUROPSYC, V9, P271 JOANETTE Y, 1994, CLIN APHASIOL, V22, P1 JOANETTE Y, 1986, BRAIN LANG, V29, P81, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(86)90035-0 JOGERMANI M, 1995, APHASIOLOGY, V9, P1 KAY J, 1992, PALPA PSYCHOL ASSESS KENNEDY MRT, 1994, CLIN APHASIOL, V22, P67 MACKISACK EL, 1987, CLIN APHASIOLOGY, V17, P143 MAXIM J, 1994, LANGUAGE ELDERLY CLI MCDONALD S, 1995, BRAIN INJURY, V9, P255, DOI 10.3109/02699059509008197 MCDONALD S, 1986, BRAIN LANG, V29, P68, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(86)90034-9 MYERS PS, 1979, CLIN APHASIOLOGY C P MYERS PS, 1991, CLIN APHASIOLOGY, V20, P167 OLDFIELD RC, 1971, NEUROPSYCHOLOGIA, V9, P97, DOI 10.1016/0028-3932(71)90067-4 PASHEK GV, 1988, CORTEX, V24, P411 Purdy M., 1992, CLIN APHASIOLOGY, V21, P135 ROSS ED, 1979, ARCH NEUROL-CHICAGO, V36, P144 Tompkins C., 1992, CLIN APHASIOLOGY, V21, P113 URYASE D, 1991, CLIN APHASIOLOGY, V19, P125 Wallesch CW, 1988, APHASIA, P256 WAPNER W, 1981, BRAIN LANG, V14, P15, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(81)90061-4 WINNER E, 1977, BRAIN, V100, P717, DOI 10.1093/brain/100.4.717 YORKSTON KM, 1980, J SPEECH HEAR DISORD, V45, P27 NR 41 TC 17 Z9 17 PU TAYLOR & FRANCIS LTD PI LONDON PA ONE GUNPOWDER SQUARE, LONDON, ENGLAND EC4A 3DE SN 0268-7038 J9 APHASIOLOGY JI Aphasiology PD OCT PY 1997 VL 11 IS 10 BP 929 EP 945 DI 10.1080/02687039708249420 PG 17 WC Clinical Neurology SC Neurosciences & Neurology GA XY420 UT WOS:A1997XY42000001 ER PT J AU Snow, P Douglas, J Ponsford, J AF Snow, P Douglas, J Ponsford, J TI Procedural discourse following traumatic brain injury SO APHASIOLOGY LA English DT Article ID CLOSED-HEAD-INJURY; PRAGMATIC LANGUAGE-SKILLS; AMNESIA; ABILITY; ADULTS AB Procedural discourse is a monologue discourse task concerned with explaining to a listener how a particular activity is carried out. The study reported here is part of a series of investigations into discourse abilities following severe traumatic brain injury (TBI). The aim of this study was to compare the procedural discourse skills of a group of 26 TBI speakers, with those of two demographically distinct control groups. The first control group comprised 26 non-TBI orthopaedic patients, and the second control group comprised 26 university students. These control groups were selected because of the hypothesis that premorbid demographic factors could influence sociolinguistic skills, and hence performance on a procedural discourse task. The TBI group was systematically compared with the control groups on content, productivity, and pragmatic measures. They were not significantly different from orthopaedic patients on measures relating to content and productivity; however, they did differ significantly from the university students on these measures. The TBI group differed significantly from both control groups with respect to the production of pragmatic errors, and these were predominantly concerned with information transfer. The results are discussed in relation to issues in selecting control groups for discourse research following TBI, together with the clinical implications of the findings. C1 LA TROBE UNIV,MELBOURNE,VIC,AUSTRALIA. BETHESDA HOSP,MELBOURNE,VIC,AUSTRALIA. RI Douglas, Jacinta/C-2380-2009 CR ANDERSON DW, 1980, J NEUROSURGERY S, V53 BAYLES C, 1994, LANGUAGE INTERVENTIO, P535 Brooks N, 1987, Brain Inj, V1, P5, DOI 10.3109/02699058709034439 CANNITO M P, 1988, Seminars in Speech and Language, V9, P117, DOI 10.1055/s-0028-1082459 Coehlo C. A., 1996, J SPEECH HEAR RES, V39, pS5 COEHLO CA, 1995, APHASIOLOGY, V9, P409 COEHLO CA, 1991, BRAIN INJURY, V5, P381 COEHLO CA, 1994, DISCOURSE ANAL APPL, P95 COEHLO CA, 1991, ARCH PHYSICAL MED RE, V72, P465 COPPENS P, 1995, BRAIN INJURY, V9, P195, DOI 10.3109/02699059509008192 Damico J. S., 1985, COMMUNICATION SKILLS, P165 EWERT J, 1989, ARCH NEUROL-CHICAGO, V46, P911 Grice H. P., 1975, SYNTAX SEMANTICS, P41, DOI DOI 10.1017/S0022226700005296 HAAS JF, 1987, J NEUROL NEUROSUR PS, V50, P52, DOI 10.1136/jnnp.50.1.52 Hagen C, 1984, LANGUAGE DISORDERS A, P245 HAGEN C, 1981, TOPICS LANGUAGE SEP, P73 Hartley LL., 1995, COGNITIVE COMMUNICAT Hudson Richard, 1980, SOCIOLINGUISTICS HARTLEY L L, 1991, Brain Injury, V5, P267, DOI 10.3109/02699059109008097 JORDAN F, 1990, AUSTR J HUMAN COMMUN, V18, P69 Keppell G., 1991, DESIGN ANAL RES HDB LILES BZ, 1989, J SPEECH HEAR DISORD, V54, P356 LINSCOTT RJ, 1996, BRAIN INJURY, V10, P3987 Loban W., 1963, 1 NCTE MCDONALD S, 1993, BRAIN LANG, V44, P28, DOI 10.1006/brln.1993.1003 MCDONALD S, 1995, BRAIN INJURY, V9, P255, DOI 10.3109/02699059509008197 MCDONALD S, 1993, COGNITIVE NEUROPSYCH, V10, P297, DOI 10.1080/02643299308253466 MCKINLAY WW, 1984, J CLIN NEUROPSYCHOL, V6, P87, DOI 10.1080/01688638408401199 MENTIS M, 1987, J SPEECH HEAR RES, V30, P88 PARSONS CL, 1989, AUSTR J HUMAN COMMUN, V17, P37 PATRY R, 1990, DISCOURSE ABILITY BR, P3 Richardson JTE, 1990, CLIN NEUROPSYCHOLOGI RIMEL RW, 1990, REHABILITATION ADULT, P8 Ruff R, 1991, COGNITIVE REHABILITA, P23 SHADDEN BB, 1991, CLIN APHASIOLOGY, V20, P327 SHORES EA, 1986, MED J AUSTRALIA, V144, P569 SLOAN S, 1995, TRAUMATIC BRAIN INJU, P65 Snow P, 1997, BRAIN INJURY, V11, P409 Snow P, 1995, TRAUMATIC BRAIN INJU, P137 SNOW P, 1995, APHASIOLOGY, V9, P365, DOI 10.1080/02687039508248210 SPENCE SE, 1993, BRIT J CLIN PSYCHOL, V32, P309 ULATOWSKA H, 1981, CLIN APHASIOLOGY C P, V17, P75 Ulatowska H. K., 1990, DISCOURSE ABILITY BR, P180 Ulatowska Hanna K., 1988, NEUROPSYCHOLOGICAL S, P108 ULATOWSKA HK, 1983, BRAIN LANG, V18, P315, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(83)90023-8 NR 45 TC 18 Z9 18 PU TAYLOR & FRANCIS LTD PI LONDON PA ONE GUNPOWDER SQUARE, LONDON, ENGLAND EC4A 3DE SN 0268-7038 J9 APHASIOLOGY JI Aphasiology PD OCT PY 1997 VL 11 IS 10 BP 947 EP 967 DI 10.1080/02687039708249421 PG 21 WC Clinical Neurology SC Neurosciences & Neurology GA XY420 UT WOS:A1997XY42000002 ER PT J AU Arnott, WL Jordan, FM Murdoch, BE Lethlean, JB AF Arnott, WL Jordan, FM Murdoch, BE Lethlean, JB TI Narrative discourse in multiple sclerosis: An investigation of conceptual structure SO APHASIOLOGY LA English DT Article ID CLOSED HEAD-INJURY; ALZHEIMERS-DISEASE; CONNECTED SPEECH; LANGUAGE; APHASIA; PERFORMANCE; LISTENER; DEMENTIA; DEFICIT; TASKS AB The aim of the present study was to determine whether multiple sclerosis (MS) affects a person's ability to formulate message content in narrative discourse. Discourse samples were elicited from 47 persons with MS and 47 matched controls in response to computer-generated, animated sequences. Within the conceptual level of discourse processing, data were analysed for story schema and informative content. The two groups, MS and control, could not be distinguished by measures of the quantity of information conveyed. However, results revealed a difference in the nature of the information produced by the two groups. The persons with MS produced less essential story information than control subjects, while a tendency for the persons with MS to produce more incorrect and ambiguous information than controls was also noted. A number of factors were considered in an attempt to explain the underlying source of these differences. It was postulated that both pragmatic and cognitive skills impact on performance in the narrative genre; hence, deficits in these areas may have contributed to the observed performance deficits. The nature of the deficits was considered consistent with subcortical plaque damage affecting fibre tracts between and within cerebral hemispheres. The findings of the present study suggest that further research into narrative production in MS is warranted. C1 UNIV QUEENSLAND,BRISBANE,QLD,AUSTRALIA. PRINCESS ALEXANDRA HOSP,BRISBANE,QLD 4102,AUSTRALIA. RI Arnott, Wendy/G-3315-2010; Murdoch, Bruce/C-1397-2012 CR ACHIRON A, 1992, NEUROLOGY, V42, P2195 ADAMS CWM, 1989, COLOUR ATLAS MULTIPL ALEXANDER MP, 1988, LANG COMMUN, P215 ALEXANDER MP, 1987, BRAIN, V110, P961, DOI 10.1093/brain/110.4.961 ALEXANDER MP, 1989, BRAIN LANG, V37, P656, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(89)90118-1 BARNARD RO, 1974, J NEUROL NEUROSUR PS, V37, P1259, DOI 10.1136/jnnp.37.11.1259 Bayles KA, 1991, ARIZONA BATTERY COMM BEATTY WW, 1990, ARCH NEUROL-CHICAGO, V47, P305 Beatty W W, 1989, J Geriatr Psychiatry Neurol, V2, P145, DOI 10.1177/089198878900200305 BEATTY WW, 1989, ARCH NEUROL-CHICAGO, V46, P1113 BEATTY WW, 1988, ARCH NEUROL-CHICAGO, V45, P611 Bennett T., 1991, COGNITIVE REHABILITA, V9, P18 Benson DF, 1979, APHASIA ALEXIA AGRAP BERKO-GLEASON J., 1980, J SPEECH HEAR RES, V23, P370 Bisset JD, 1995, CLIN APHASIOL, V23, P217 BLACKWOOD HD, 1991, CLIN APHASIOLOGY, P121 BOON DL, 1994, APHASIOLOGY, V8, P549, DOI 10.1080/02687039408248681 BRENNEISESARSHAD R, 1991, J SPEECH HEAR RES, V34, P168 Brown G., 1983, DISCOURSE ANAL BROWNELL B, 1962, J NEUROL NEUROSUR PS, V25, P315, DOI 10.1136/jnnp.25.4.315 CAINE ED, 1986, ARCH NEUROL-CHICAGO, V43, P249 CHAPMAN SB, 1992, BRAIN LANG, V43, P42, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(92)90020-F CHENERY HJ, 1994, APHASIOLOGY, V8, P159, DOI 10.1080/02687039408248648 CICONE M, 1980, CORTEX, V16, P145 COBBLE ND, 1991, ARCH PHYS MED REHAB, V72, pS324 Cooper P. V., 1990, J GERONTOL B-PSYCHOL, V45, P210 CROSSON B, 1985, BRAIN LANG, V25, P257, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(85)90085-9 DAMICO JS, 1985, COMMUNICATION SKILLS, P167 DENNIS M, 1990, DISCOURSE ABILITY BR, P199 EHRLICH JS, 1988, J COMMUN DISORD, V21, P1, DOI 10.1016/0021-9924(88)90006-8 FARMAKIDES MN, 1960, J SPEECH HEAR DISORD, V25, P385 FILIPPI M, 1994, EUR NEUROL, V34, P324, DOI 10.1159/000117071 FILLEY CM, 1989, ARCH NEUROL-CHICAGO, V46, P157 Fitzgerald FJ, 1987, AUSTR J HUMAN COMMUN, V15, P15 Foley FW, 1994, J NEUROLOGIC REHABIL, V7, P165 FOLSTEIN MF, 1975, J PSYCHIAT RES, V12, P189, DOI 10.1016/0022-3956(75)90026-6 FRANKLIN GM, 1989, ARCH NEUROL-CHICAGO, V46, P162 FREDERIKSEN CH, 1990, DISCOURSE ABILITY BR, P69 FRIEDMAN JH, 1983, ANN NEUROL, V13, P222, DOI 10.1002/ana.410130234 GERBER S, 1989, Seminars in Speech and Language, V10, P263, DOI 10.1055/s-2008-1064268 GOODKIN DE, 1989, ARCH NEUROL-CHICAGO, V46, P1107 HEATON RK, 1985, J CONSULT CLIN PSYCH, V53, P103, DOI 10.1037/0022-006X.53.1.103 HUBER W, 1982, BRAIN LANG, V16, P1, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(82)90069-4 Huber W., 1990, DISCOURSE ABILITY BR, P154 JENNEKENSSCHINKEL A, 1990, J NEUROL SCI, V95, P89, DOI 10.1016/0022-510X(90)90119-8 JENNEKENSSCHINKEL A, 1986, J NEUROL NEUROSUR PS, V49, P1354, DOI 10.1136/jnnp.49.12.1354 HARTLEY L L, 1991, Brain Injury, V5, P267, DOI 10.3109/02699059109008097 Joanette Y., 1990, DISCOURSE ABILITY BR, P131 JOANETTE Y, 1986, BRAIN LANG, V29, P81, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(86)90035-0 JORGENSEN C, 1981, WORD TESTS TEST EXPR Kaplan E, 1983, BOSTON NAMING TEST KEMPER S, 1994, J GERONTOL, V49, P223 KENNEDY MRT, 1991, COMMUNICATION DISORD, P123 KINTSCH W, 1978, PSYCHOL REV, V85, P363, DOI 10.1037//0033-295X.85.5.363 Kintsch W., 1974, REPRESENTATION MEANI Knight R. G, 1992, NEUROPSYCHOLOGY DEGE LETHLEAN JB, 1993, J MED SPEECH-LANG PA, V1, P47 LETHLEAN JB, 1994, J NEUROLINGUIST, V8, P207, DOI 10.1016/0911-6044(94)90027-2 LITVAN I, 1988, ARCH NEUROL-CHICAGO, V45, P281 MCDONALD S, 1993, BRAIN LANG, V44, P28, DOI 10.1006/brln.1993.1003 MCDONALD S, 1993, APHASIOLOGY, V7, P535, DOI 10.1080/02687039308248629 MENDEZ MF, 1992, NEUROLOGY, V42, P696 MENDOZZI L, 1993, J NEUROL SCI, V115, pS42, DOI 10.1016/0022-510X(93)90208-G Merritt D. D., 1989, J SPEECH HEAR DISORD, V54, P429 MOLFESE V J, 1981, International Journal of Aging and Human Development, V14, P45, DOI 10.2190/M3P2-9WK8-ERR9-QJNR NICHOLAS LE, 1993, J SPEECH HEAR RES, V36, P338 NICHOLAS M, 1985, J SPEECH HEAR RES, V28, P405 NORUSSIS M, 1990, SPSS PC PLUS STAT 4 OLMOSLAU N, 1977, NEUROLOGY, V27, P623 PEYSER JM, 1990, ARCH NEUROL-CHICAGO, V47, P94 PROSIEGEL M, 1993, J NEUROL SCI, V115, pS51, DOI 10.1016/0022-510X(93)90209-H PRUTTING CA, 1987, J SPEECH HEAR DISORD, V52, P105 RAO SM, 1991, NEUROLOGY, V41, P685 RAO SM, 1985, ARCH NEUROL-CHICAGO, V42, P678 Rao SM, 1993, NEUROPSYCHOLOGY, V7, P364, DOI 10.1037//0894-4105.7.3.364 RAO SM, 1986, J CLIN EXP NEUROPSYC, V8, P503, DOI 10.1080/01688638608405173 RAO SM, 1984, ARCH NEUROL-CHICAGO, V41, P625 Rao SM, 1990, SUBCORTICAL DEMENTIA, P164 Rösche J, 1994, Acta Neurol (Napoli), V16, P249 RUCHKIN DS, 1994, BRAIN, V117, P289, DOI 10.1093/brain/117.2.289 SHADDEN BB, 1991, CLIN APHASIOLOGY, P327 SNOW P, 1995, COGNITIVE LINGUISTIC Spreen O., 1969, NEUROSENSORY CTR COM TERRELL B Y, 1989, Seminars in Speech and Language, V10, P282, DOI 10.1055/s-2008-1064269 ULATOWSKA H K, 1989, Seminars in Speech and Language, V10, P298, DOI 10.1055/s-2008-1064270 UOMOTO JM, 1991, COMMUNICATION DISORD, P75 WALLACE GL, 1993, ARCH PHYS MED REHAB, V74, P637, DOI 10.1016/0003-9993(93)90163-5 Wallesch CW, 1988, APHASIA, P256 Westby C., 1992, BEST PRACTICES SCH S, P53 WEYLMAN ST, 1989, BRAIN LANG, V36, P580, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(89)90087-4 White R F, 1990, J Neuropsychiatry Clin Neurosci, V2, P422 Wiig E., 1985, TEST LANGUAGE COMPET WIIG EH, 1974, PERCEPT MOTOR SKILL, V38, P175 Williams Sarah E., 1994, Journal of Communication Disorders, V27, P207, DOI 10.1016/0021-9924(94)90001-9 YORKSTON KM, 1980, J SPEECH HEAR DISORD, V45, P27 NR 95 TC 6 Z9 6 PU TAYLOR & FRANCIS LTD PI LONDON PA ONE GUNPOWDER SQUARE, LONDON, ENGLAND EC4A 3DE SN 0268-7038 J9 APHASIOLOGY JI Aphasiology PD OCT PY 1997 VL 11 IS 10 BP 969 EP 991 DI 10.1080/02687039708249422 PG 23 WC Clinical Neurology SC Neurosciences & Neurology GA XY420 UT WOS:A1997XY42000003 ER PT J AU Murray, LL Holland, AL Beeson, PM AF Murray, LL Holland, AL Beeson, PM TI Grammaticality judgements of mildly aphasic individuals under dual-task conditions SO APHASIOLOGY LA English DT Article ID SENTENCE COMPREHENSION; SYNTACTIC COMPREHENSION; WORKING-MEMORY; LANGUAGE COMPREHENSION; AGRAMMATIC APHASICS; SUBJECTIVE MEASURES; CAPACITY THEORY; DEFICITS; SENSITIVITY; ATTENTION AB This study examined the grammaticality judgements of mildly aphasic individuals under dual-task conditions in order to examine the relationship between syntactic processing and resource capacity and allocation in aphasia. Individuals with aphasia and age-matched control subjects performed a listening task that required grammaticality judgements under isolation, focused attention, and divided attention conditions. Subjects were also required to rate task difficulty following completion of each listening condition. Although grammatical sensitivity was similar between groups during the isolation condition, introduction of a secondary, competing task resulted in significantly greater dual-task interference for the aphasic than for the control subjects. Despite these group differences in dual-task performance, aphasic and control subjects' perceptions of task difficulty failed to differ significantly. These findings provide further support for a resource limitation model of syntactic processing deficits in aphasia. C1 UNIV ARIZONA,TUCSON,AZ 85721. RP Murray, LL (reprint author), INDIANA UNIV,DEPT SPEECH & HEARING SCI,BLOOMINGTON,IN 47405, USA. CR Arvedson J. C., 1986, CLIN APHASIOLOGY, V17, P188 BARONA A, 1984, J CONSULT CLIN PSYCH, V52, P885, DOI 10.1037/0022-006X.52.5.885 Bayles KA, 1991, ARIZONA BATTERY COMM BERNDT RS, 1988, BRAIN LANG, V34, P65, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(88)90125-3 BERNDT RS, 1980, APPL PSYCHOLINGUIST, V1, P225, DOI 10.1017/S0142716400000552 BROOKSHIRE RH, 1978, CLIN MANAGEMENT NEUR, P103 BROOKSHI.RH, 1972, J SPEECH HEAR RES, V15, P551 BROOKSHIRE RH, 1976, J COMMUN DISORD, V9, P167, DOI 10.1016/0021-9924(76)90008-3 CAMPBELL TF, 1985, J SPEECH HEAR RES, V28, P513 CAPLAN D, 1994, BRAIN LANG, V47, P397 Caplan D., 1988, DISORDERS SYNTACTIC CAPLAN D., 1985, AGRAMMATISM, P125 CAPLAN D, 1985, COGNITION, V21, P117, DOI 10.1016/0010-0277(85)90048-4 CAPLAN D, 1995, COGNITIVE NEUROPSYCH, V12, P637, DOI 10.1080/02643299508252011 CAPLAN D, 1995, BRAIN LANG, V50, P325, DOI 10.1006/brln.1995.1051 CARAMAZZA A, 1976, BRAIN LANG, V3, P572, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(76)90048-1 Carpenter P. A., 1994, HDB PSYCHOLINGUISTIC, P1075 CARPENTER PA, 1995, ANNU REV PSYCHOL, V46, P91 Chomsky Noam, 1981, LECTURES GOVT BINDIN Clark H. M., 1995, AM J SPEECH-LANG PAT, V4, P143 Cohen J., 1983, APPL REGRESSION CORR COHEN J, 1993, BEHAV RES METH INSTR, V25, P257, DOI 10.3758/BF03204507 CUPPLES L, 1993, COGNITIVE NEUROPSYCH, V10, P210 Dabul B. L., 1979, APRAXIA BATTERY ADUL DEVESCOVI A, 1994, BRAIN LANG, V47, P449 FOLSTEIN MF, 1975, J PSYCHIAT RES, V12, P189, DOI 10.1016/0022-3956(75)90026-6 FRAZIER L, 1991, BRAIN LANG, V40, P51, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(91)90116-I FRIEDERICI AD, 1982, BRAIN LANG, V15, P249, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(82)90059-1 FRIEDMAN A, 1982, J EXPT PSYCHOL HUMAN, V7, P1031 GOLPER LC, 1987, CLIN APHASIOLOGY, V16, P124 Goodglass H., 1993, UNDERSTANDING APHASI GOPHER D, 1984, HUM FACTORS, V26, P519 GOPHER D, 1982, J EXP PSYCHOL HUMAN, V8, P146, DOI 10.1037/0096-1523.8.1.146 GRIER JB, 1971, PSYCHOL BULL, V75, P424, DOI 10.1037/h0031246 GRODZINSKY Y, 1986, BRAIN LANG, V27, P99 GROSSMAN M, 1982, BRAIN LANG, V16, P109, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(82)90075-X GUYATT GH, 1985, J CHRON DIS, V38, P1003, DOI 10.1016/0021-9681(85)90098-0 HAARMANN HJ, 1994, BRAIN LANG, V46, P493, DOI 10.1006/brln.1994.1028 HAARMANN HJ, 1997, IN PRESS BRAIN LANGU HELMESTABROOKS N, 1992, APHASIA DIAGNOSTIC P JORM AF, 1986, PSYCHOL MED, V16, P77 JUST MA, 1992, PSYCHOL REV, V99, P122, DOI 10.1037/0033-295X.99.1.122 Kahneman D., 1973, ATTENTION EFFORT Keppel G., 1991, DESIGN ANAL RES HDB LAPOINTE LL, 1991, APHASIOLOGY, V5, P511, DOI 10.1080/02687039108248556 LINEBARGER MC, 1983, COGNITION, V13, P361, DOI 10.1016/0010-0277(83)90015-X MARTIN RC, 1995, COGNITIVE NEUROPSYCH, V12, P623, DOI 10.1080/02643299508252010 MAUNER G, 1993, BRAIN LANG, V45, P340, DOI 10.1006/brln.1993.1050 MCNEIL MR, 1982, SPEECH LANGUAGE HEAR, V11, P692 MCNEIL MR, 1979, CLIN APHASIOLOGY, V8, P47 MCNEIL MR, 1991, CLIN APHASIOLOGY, V20, P21 MENCHER GT, 1967, J SPEECH HEAR RES, V10, P328 MILEKIC S, 1995, J PSYCHOLINGUIST RES, V24, P299, DOI 10.1007/BF02145059 MILEKIC S, 1996, ASHA SPECIAL INTERES, V6, P14 MIYAKE A, 1995, COGNITIVE NEUROPSYCH, V12, P651, DOI 10.1080/02643299508252012 MIYAKE A, 1994, COGNITIVE NEUROPSYCH, V11, P671, DOI 10.1080/02643299408251989 MURRAY LL, 1996, ANN CLIN APH C NEWP MURRAY LL, 1997, IN PRESS J SPEECH LA MURRAY LL, 1997, IN PRESS APHASIOLOGY NAESER MA, 1987, CORTEX, V23, P359 Nicol JL, 1996, APHASIOLOGY, V10, P593, DOI 10.1080/02687039608248439 NORMAN DA, 1975, COGNITIVE PSYCHOL, V7, P44, DOI 10.1016/0010-0285(75)90004-3 O'Donnel R.D., 1986, HDB PERCEPTION HUMAN, VII, P41 PICHORAFULLER MK, 1994, J SPEECH LANGUAGE PA, V18, P223 RIEDEL K, 1985, BRAIN LANG, V24, P223, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(85)90132-4 Sanders A.F., 1984, COGNITION MOTOR PROC, P231 SEIDL A, 1995, BRAIN LANG, V51, P106 SHANKWEILER D, 1989, Language and Cognitive Processes, V4, P1, DOI 10.1080/01690968908406355 SHEWAN CM, 1982, SPEECH LANGUAGE ADV, V7, P1 STUSS DT, 1989, J NEUROL NEUROSUR PS, V52, P742, DOI 10.1136/jnnp.52.6.742 SWINNEY D, 1995, BRAIN LANG, V50, P225, DOI 10.1006/brln.1995.1046 TOMPKINS CA, 1990, J SPEECH HEAR RES, V33, P307 TOMPKINS CA, 1994, J SPEECH HEAR RES, V37, P896 TSENG CH, 1993, BRAIN LANG, V45, P276, DOI 10.1006/brln.1993.1046 VERRAN JA, 1987, NURS RES, V36, P127 WATERS GS, 1994, BRAIN LANG, V47, P515 Weismer SE, 1996, J SPEECH HEAR RES, V39, P177 Wickens C. D., 1984, VARIETIES ATTENTION, P63 WULFECK BB, 1988, J SPEECH HEAR RES, V31, P72 YEH YY, 1988, HUM FACTORS, V30, P111 ZURIF EB, 1972, NEUROPSYCHOLOGIA, V10, P405, DOI 10.1016/0028-3932(72)90003-6 NR 81 TC 30 Z9 30 PU TAYLOR & FRANCIS LTD PI LONDON PA ONE GUNPOWDER SQUARE, LONDON, ENGLAND EC4A 3DE SN 0268-7038 J9 APHASIOLOGY JI Aphasiology PD OCT PY 1997 VL 11 IS 10 BP 993 EP 1016 DI 10.1080/02687039708249423 PG 24 WC Clinical Neurology SC Neurosciences & Neurology GA XY420 UT WOS:A1997XY42000004 ER PT J AU Ackermann, H Scharf, G Hertrich, I Daum, I AF Ackermann, H Scharf, G Hertrich, I Daum, I TI Articulatory disorders in primary progressive aphasia: an acoustic and kinematic analysis SO APHASIOLOGY LA English DT Article ID ANTICIPATORY COARTICULATION; PICKS DISEASE; GENERALIZED DEMENTIA; SPEECH; APRAXIA; LANGUAGE; PATIENT; MOVEMENT; DEGENERATION; TOMOGRAPHY AB Articulatory performance was investigated in a patient suffering from nonfluent primary progressive aphasia (PPA) characterized, among other factors, by apraxia of speech. Normal speakers and three subjects with spastic dysarthria due to pseudobulbar palsy served as controls. In addition to the acoustic signal, lower lip trajectories were recorded by means of an optoelectronic system during production of test sentences comprising either the sequence /pa:p/ (long vowel) or /pap/(short vowel). Normal speakers and pseudobulbar patients produced a clear-cut durational distinction between short and long vocalic targets at the acoustic and perceptual level. As compared to the short vowels, the long cognates were characterized by lengthened lower lip opening and closing gestures. In contrast, the PPA patient showed an impaired durational contrast of the vowels /a/ and /a:/. Furthermore, this subject produced, unexpectedly, a similar temporal distinction of the opening, gesture, as did the controls, but not of the closing movement. Prevailing concepts on apraxia of speech suggest impaired temporal coordination of independent articulators, whereas single gestures are considered to be largely unimpaired. Contrary to these assumptions, the present study revealed that the durational adjustment of specific orofacial movements during speech might also be disrupted. RP Ackermann, H (reprint author), UNIV TUBINGEN,KLINIKUM SCHNARRENBERG,DEPT NEUROL,HOPPE SEYLER STR 3,D-72076 TUBINGEN,GERMANY. CR ACKERMANN H, 1995, J SPEECH HEAR RES, V38, P1252 ACKERMANN H, 1997, IN PRESS MOVEMENT DI ACKERMANN H, 1994, FORTSCHR NEUROL PSYC, V62, P337, DOI 10.1055/s-2007-999065 ACKERMANN H, 1995, FOLIA PHONIATR LOGO, V47, P15 ADAMS SG, 1993, J SPEECH HEAR RES, V36, P41 Benton A. L., 1955, REVISED VISUAL RETEN BLUMSTEIN SE, 1988, HDB NEUROPSYCHOLOGY, V1, P349 BLUMSTEIN SE, 1980, BRAIN LANG, V9, P153, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(80)90137-6 Brickenkamp R., 1981, TEST D2 AUFMERKSAMKE BUCKINGHAM HW, 1991, ACQUIRED APHASIA, P271 Caselli RJ, 1995, NEUROLOGIST, V1, P1 CASELLI RJ, 1993, ANN NEUROL, V33, P200, DOI 10.1002/ana.410330210 CHAWLUK JB, 1986, ANN NEUROL, V19, P68, DOI 10.1002/ana.410190112 CODE C, 1982, J PHONETICS, V10, P325 COHEN L, 1993, J NEUROL NEUROSUR PS, V56, P923, DOI 10.1136/jnnp.56.8.923 Dahl G., 1972, REDUZIERTER WECHSLER DELECLUSE F, 1990, BRAIN, V113, P1395, DOI 10.1093/brain/113.5.1395 FREEDMAN M, 1984, NEUROLOGY, V34, P409 GRACCO VL, 1994, J SPEECH HEAR RES, V37, P4 GRAFFRADFORD NR, 1990, NEUROLOGY, V40, P620 GREEN J, 1990, NEUROLOGY, V40, P423 HERTRICH I, 1994, BRAIN LANG, V47, P182, DOI 10.1006/brln.1994.1048 HERTRICH I, 1997, IN PRESS J ACOUSTICA HODGES JR, 1992, BRAIN, V115, P1783, DOI 10.1093/brain/115.6.1783 HOLLAND AL, 1985, BRAIN LANG, V24, P36, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(85)90096-3 Huber W., 1983, AACHENER APHASIE TES ITOH M, 1979, BRAIN LANG, V7, P227, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(79)90019-1 ITOH M, 1980, BRAIN LANG, V11, P66, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(80)90110-8 JOHNS DF, 1970, J SPEECH HEAR RES, V13, P556 KATZ W, 1990, BRAIN LANG, V38, P555, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(90)90137-6 KATZ WF, 1988, BRAIN LANG, V35, P340, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(88)90116-2 KEMPLER D, 1990, J NEUROL NEUROSUR PS, V53, P987, DOI 10.1136/jnnp.53.11.987 KENT RD, 1983, J SPEECH HEAR RES, V26, P231 KIMURA D, 1963, ARCH NEUROL-CHICAGO, V8, P264 KIRSHNER HS, 1984, ARCH NEUROL-CHICAGO, V41, P491 KIRSHNER HS, 1987, ANN NEUROL, V22, P527, DOI 10.1002/ana.410220413 LECOURS AR, 1976, BRAIN LANG, V3, P88, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(76)90008-0 MANDELL AM, 1989, NEUROLOGY, V39, P55 MEHLER MF, 1987, NEUROLOGY, V37, P1448 MESULAM MM, 1987, ANN NEUROL, V22, P533, DOI 10.1002/ana.410220414 MESULAM MM, 1982, ANN NEUROL, V11, P592, DOI 10.1002/ana.410110607 MESULAM MM, 1983, ANN NEUROL, V13, P225, DOI 10.1002/ana.410130238 POECK K, 1988, BRAIN, V111, P151, DOI 10.1093/brain/111.1.151 ROBIN DA, 1989, J SPEECH HEAR RES, V32, P512 SCHELTENS P, 1994, NEUROLOGY, V44, P279 SCHIFF HB, 1983, ARCH NEUROL-CHICAGO, V40, P720 SHUTTLEWORTH EC, 1992, J NATL MED ASSOC, V31, P174 TYRRELL PJ, 1990, BRAIN, V113, P1321, DOI 10.1093/brain/113.5.1321 WECHSLER AF, 1982, ARCH NEUROL-CHICAGO, V39, P287 WEINTRAUB S, 1990, ARCH NEUROL-CHICAGO, V47, P1329 Pogacar S, 1984, R I Med J, V67, P181 ZIEGLER W, 1986, EUR ARCH PSY CLIN N, V236, P44, DOI 10.1007/BF00641058 ZIEGLER W, 1986, BRAIN LANG, V29, P34, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(86)90032-5 ZIEGLER W, 1985, BRAIN LANG, V26, P117, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(85)90032-X NR 54 TC 3 Z9 3 PU TAYLOR & FRANCIS LTD PI LONDON PA ONE GUNPOWDER SQUARE, LONDON, ENGLAND EC4A 3DE SN 0268-7038 J9 APHASIOLOGY JI Aphasiology PD OCT PY 1997 VL 11 IS 10 BP 1017 EP 1030 DI 10.1080/02687039708249424 PG 14 WC Clinical Neurology SC Neurosciences & Neurology GA XY420 UT WOS:A1997XY42000005 ER PT J AU Singh, S AF Singh, S TI Quantitative classification of conversational language using artificial neural networks SO APHASIOLOGY LA English DT Article ID APHASIA AB In this paper I shah describe the use of artificial neural networks for the classification of subjects based on their conversational speech using a set of linguistic measures, with particular reference to the application of this approach in classifying dysphasic patients. These linguistic measures can be applied to the transcribed texts of conversational speech of both normal and dysphasic subjects, and will quantify the availability of linguistic features which are dependent on word frequency. The paper presents the results of a cross-validation study using neural networks and compares them against those obtained using a linear discriminant analysis on the same data. RP Singh, S (reprint author), UNIV PLYMOUTH,SCH COMP,PLYMOUTH PL4 8AA,DEVON,ENGLAND. CR Albert M. L., 1981, CLIN ASPECTS DYSPHAS ANDREWS DF, 1972, BIOMETRICS, V28, P125, DOI 10.2307/2528964 BERNDT RS, 1980, APPL PSYCHOLINGUIST, V1, P225, DOI 10.1017/S0142716400000552 BRUNET E, 1978, STRUCTURE EVOLUTION BYNG S, 1990, APHASIOLOGY, V4, P67, DOI 10.1080/02687039008249055 CODE C, 1994, CORTEX, V30, P527 CROCKFORD C, 1994, EUR J DISORDER COMM, V29, P165 Everitt B., 1991, APPL MULTIVARIATE DA, V2nd FLETCHER P, 1988, BRIT J DISORD COMMUN, V23, P309 FU L, 1994, NEURAL NETWORKS COMP, P331 Goodglass H., 1964, CORTEX, V1, P133, DOI [10.1016/S0010-9452(64)80018-6, DOI 10.1016/S0010-9452(64)80018-6] Hockey S., 1988, OCP USERS MANUAL HOLMES DI, 1992, J ROY STAT SOC A STA, V155, P91, DOI 10.2307/2982671 HOLMES DI, 1994, COMPUT HUMANITIES, V28, P87, DOI 10.1007/BF01830689 Honore A, 1979, ASS LIT LINGUISTIC C, V7, P172 HOWES DH, 1964, DISORDERS LANGUAGE, P49 Jolliffe IT, 1986, PRINCIPAL COMPONENTS KERCHENSTEINER M, 1972, CORTEX, V8, P233 KERTESZ A, 1979, W APHASIA BATTERY LESSER R, 1995, NEUROPSYCHOL REHABIL, V5, P67, DOI 10.1080/09602019508520176 LESSER R, 1989, LINGUISTIC INVESTIGA LESSER R, 1993, LINGUISTICS PHASIA MCMURTY GJ, 1994, PRELUDE NEURAL NETWO, P252 Miller J., 1993, SYSTEMATIC ANAL LANG SAFFRAN EM, 1989, BRAIN LANG, V37, P440, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(89)90030-8 Holmes D. I., 1996, Literary & Linguistic Computing, V11, DOI 10.1093/llc/11.3.133 SINGH S, 1995, P 3 INT C STAT AN TE, V1, P355 SINGH S, 1994, P 5 INT C SPEECH SCI, V2, P486 Singh S., 1996, THESIS U W ENGLAND U STONE M, 1974, J R STAT SOC B, V36, P111 TWEEDIE F, 1994, P 3 INT C COGN SCI N, P1 WAGENAAR E, 1975, BRAIN LANG, V2, P281, DOI 10.1016/S0093-934X(75)80071-X WEPMAN JM, 1966, BRIT J DISORD COMMUN, V1, P46 WHURR R, 1988, APHASIA, P518 Zipf G. K., 1932, SELECTED STUDIES PRI NR 35 TC 1 Z9 1 PU TAYLOR & FRANCIS LTD PI LONDON PA ONE GUNPOWDER SQUARE, LONDON, ENGLAND EC4A 3DE SN 0268-7038 J9 APHASIOLOGY JI Aphasiology PD SEP PY 1997 VL 11 IS 9 BP 829 EP 844 DI 10.1080/02687039708250459 PG 16 WC Clinical Neurology SC Neurosciences & Neurology GA XW027 UT WOS:A1997XW02700001 ER PT J AU Gordon, JK AF Gordon, JK TI Measuring outcomes in aphasia: bridging the gap between theory and practice ... or burning our bridges? SO APHASIOLOGY LA English DT Article ID COMMUNICATION; REHABILITATION; FUTURE AB Economic forces have increased demands for efficacy research in the speech-language rehabilitation of aphasia that is more relevant to aphasic individuals' ability to function as productive, or at least independent, members of society. Siegel (1993) views efficacy research as 'a natural bridge between the requirements of careful research and the needs of clinical practice'; however, he acknowledges that the therapy needs of individual clients do not always mesh with the requirements for 'reliable and replicable data collection' (p. 37). How will outcome measures help to bridge these two goals of the discipline? It is a widely held belief that the renewed emphasis on measuring 'functional communication' will bring theory and practice together, by focusing research on intervention efforts directed at communicative skills required in daily life, and by involving clinicians in on-going, standardized evaluation of their own efforts. In the process the profession will be able to justify its efforts in both clinical and research domains. It is worthwhile examining the rocky shores upon which these claims are based, before diving headlong into the current of changing health-care policies. RP Gordon, JK (reprint author), MCGILL UNIV,SCH COMMUN SCI & DISORDERS,1266 PINE AVE W,MONTREAL,PQ H3G 1A8,CANADA. CR *ASHA TASK FORC TR, 1995, COLL OUTC DAT EX TOO, P36 BEHRMANN M, 1984, BRIT J DISORD COMMUN, V19, P155 BOSTON B, 1994, ASHA NOV, P35 BROOKSHIRE R, 1992, INTRO NEUROGENIC COM BYNG S, 1990, APHASIOLOGY, V4, P67, DOI 10.1080/02687039008249055 DARLEY FL, 1972, J SPEECH HEAR DISORD, V37, P3 DAVID RM, 1989, STUDIES DISORDERS CO, P15 DAVIS GA, 1994, AM J SPEECH LANG JAN, P8 DUFFY J, 1986, LANGUAGE INTERVENTIO FRATTALI C, 1994, PROFESSIONAL ISSUES, P306 FRATTALI CM, 1995, ASHA APR, P41 FUHRER MJ, 1987, REHABILITATION OUTCO, P1 Goodglass H, 1972, ASSESSMENT APHASIA R Holland A., 1980, COMMUNICATIVE ABILIT HOWARD D, 1989, COGNITIVE APPROACHES, P39 KRAAT AW, 1990, APHASIOLOGY, V4, P321, DOI 10.1080/02687039008249086 LOMAS J, 1989, J SPEECH HEAR DISORD, V54, P113 NICHOLAS M, 1990, Seminars in Speech and Language, V11, P135, DOI 10.1055/s-2008-1064247 Porch B. E., 1967, PORCH INDEX COMMUNIC, V1 ROTHI LJG, 1993, APHASIOLOGY, V7, P1, DOI 10.1080/02687039308249496 Sarno M. T., 1981, ACQUIRED APHASIA, P485 SARNO MT, 1965, ARCH PHYSICAL MED RE, V46, P101 SIEGEL GM, 1993, ASHA JAN, P36 *SUNY BUFF, 1993, GUID US UN DAT SET M WENIGER D, 1990, APHASIOLOGY, V4, P301, DOI 10.1080/02687039008249084 WERTZ RT, 1993, ASHA JAN, P38 World Health Organization, 1980, INT CLASS IMP DIS HA NR 27 TC 4 Z9 4 PU TAYLOR & FRANCIS LTD PI LONDON PA ONE GUNPOWDER SQUARE, LONDON, ENGLAND EC4A 3DE SN 0268-7038 J9 APHASIOLOGY JI Aphasiology PD SEP PY 1997 VL 11 IS 9 BP 845 EP 854 DI 10.1080/02687039708250460 PG 10 WC Clinical Neurology SC Neurosciences & Neurology GA XW027 UT WOS:A1997XW02700002 ER PT J AU Marshall, J Chiat, S Pring, T AF Marshall, J Chiat, S Pring, T TI An impairment in processing verbs' thematic roles: a therapy study SO APHASIOLOGY LA English DT Article ID WORD MATCHING TASKS; RETRIEVAL; DEFICITS; AGRAMMATISM; PATIENT; ANOMIA; NOUNS AB This paper describes a subject with a selective verb disorder. Verb retrieval was impaired both in spontaneous speech and naming. When verbs were accessed a striking dissociation emerged. Subcategorization was surprisingly intact, while the assignment of verbs' thematic roles was poor. Verb comprehension was also impaired, particularly when tasks demanded an appreciation of thematic information. A remediation programme was administered which aimed to improve insight into the role structures and mapping requirements of three argument verbs. Evaluation showed gains in the production of this type of verb, which generalized to untreated items. However, there was no generalization to verbs of a different type. Progress was also suggested by a second evaluative procedure, in which observers were asked to judge the intelligibility of the subject's output, before and after therapy. The theoretical implications of the findings are discussed. RP Marshall, J (reprint author), CITY UNIV LONDON,DEPT CLIN COMMUN STUDIES,LONDON EC1V 0HB,ENGLAND. CR Allport DA, 1985, CURRENT PERSPECTIVES BREEDIN SD, 1994, COGNITIVE NEUROPSYCH, V11, P617, DOI 10.1080/02643299408251987 BYNG S, 1988, COGNITIVE NEUROPSYCH, V5, P629, DOI 10.1080/02643298808253277 BYNG S, 1994, APHASIOLOGY, V8, P315, DOI 10.1080/02687039408248663 CARAMAZZA A, 1991, NATURE, V349, P788, DOI 10.1038/349788a0 Haegeman L, 1991, INTRO GOVT BINDING T Jackendoff Ray, 1983, SEMANTICS COGNITION JONES EV, 1984, ADV NEUROLOGY, V42 JONES EV, 1986, BRIT J DISORD COMMUN, V21, P63 Kay J., 1992, PSYCHOLINGUISTIC ASS LEVELT W, 1989, SPEAKING INTENTION A LINEBARGER MC, 1983, COGNITION, V13, P361, DOI 10.1016/0010-0277(83)90015-X MARSHALL J, 1993, APHASIOLOGY, V7, P177, DOI 10.1080/02687039308249505 MARSHALL J, 1990, APHASIOLOGY, V4, P167, DOI 10.1080/02687039008249068 Marshall J, 1996, J NEUROLINGUIST, V9, P251, DOI 10.1016/S0911-6044(97)82797-2 MARSHALL J, 1995, APHASIOLOGY, V9, P517, DOI 10.1080/02687039508248712 MARTIN RC, 1986, BRAIN LANG, V28, P196, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(86)90102-1 MCCARTHY R, 1985, NEUROPSYCHOLOGIA, V23, P709, DOI 10.1016/0028-3932(85)90079-X MICELI G, 1984, CORTEX, V20, P207 Mitchum C., 1994, COGNITIVE NEUROPSYCH, P317 NICKELS L, 1991, BRIT J DISORD COMMUN, V26, P175 Pinker Steven, 1989, LEARNABILITY COGNITI PRING T, 1990, APHASIOLOGY, V4, P479, DOI 10.1080/02687039008248788 SAFFRAN EM, 1988, APHASIOLOGY, V2, P389, DOI 10.1080/02687038808248943 SCHWARTZ MF, 1994, APHASIOLOGY, V8, P19, DOI 10.1080/02687039408248639 ZINGESER LB, 1988, COGNITIVE NEUROPSYCH, V5, P473, DOI 10.1080/02643298808253270 ZINGESER LB, 1990, BRAIN LANG, V39, P14, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(90)90002-X NR 27 TC 27 Z9 28 PU TAYLOR & FRANCIS LTD PI LONDON PA ONE GUNPOWDER SQUARE, LONDON, ENGLAND EC4A 3DE SN 0268-7038 J9 APHASIOLOGY JI Aphasiology PD SEP PY 1997 VL 11 IS 9 BP 855 EP 876 DI 10.1080/02687039708250461 PG 22 WC Clinical Neurology SC Neurosciences & Neurology GA XW027 UT WOS:A1997XW02700003 ER PT J AU Jordan, F Ward, K CremonaMeteyard, S AF Jordan, F Ward, K CremonaMeteyard, S TI Word-finding in the conversational discourse of children with closed head injury SO APHASIOLOGY LA English DT Article ID INTELLECTUAL ABILITY; LANGUAGE PERFORMANCE; BRAIN INJURY; ADOLESCENTS; IMPAIRMENT; SKILLS AB Despite the fact that dysnomia or word-finding difficulty is consistently documented as a characteristic feature of the language sequelae of childhood closed head injury (CHI), few studies have examined the effects of such word-finding problems on language performance outside the constraints of a standard confrontation naming test. The present study examined evidence for word-finding difficulties in both confrontation naming and conversation in a group of 11 children (aged 9-17) who had experienced a severe CHI. Performance of the children with CHI was compared to that of a control group individually matched for age, gender and handedness. The children with CHI demonstrated inferior performance on the test of confrontation naming. In addition, the children with CHI were found to have a conversational error profile that was different from the control group. These findings are discussed with respect to the relationship between standard test performance and communicative competence in the conversational discourse setting. C1 UNIV QUEENSLAND,ST LUCIA,QLD 4067,AUSTRALIA. CR BASSETT SS, 1990, J PEDIATR PSYCHOL, V15, P225, DOI 10.1093/jpepsy/15.2.225 Benson DF, 1979, APHASIA ALEXIA AGRAP BOCK JK, 1982, PSYCHOL REV, V89, P1, DOI 10.1037/0033-295X.89.1.1 CAPRUSO DX, 1992, NEUROL CLIN, V10, P879 CHADWICK O, 1981, Journal of Clinical Neuropsychology, V3, P101, DOI 10.1080/01688638108403117 CORMACK RA, 1994, AUSTR J HUMAN COMMUN, V22, P74 DALBY PR, 1991, DEV NEUROPSYCHOL, V7, P35 Damico J. S., 1985, COMMUNICATION SKILLS, P165 DENNIS M, 1992, TOP LANG DISORD, V13, P66 DOLLAGHAN CA, 1992, TOP LANG DISORD, V12, P56 EWINGCOBBS L, 1985, SPEECH LANGUAGE EVAL, P97 EWINGCOBBS L, 1987, J CLIN EXP NEUROPSYC, V9, P575, DOI 10.1080/01688638708410770 EWING-COBBS L., 1985, HEAD INJURY REHABILI, P71 Fisher J. P., 1992, 100 PICTURES NAMING FREY WF, 1994, ADOLESCENT MED, V5, P311 FULD PA, 1977, DEV MED CHILD NEUROL, V19, P495 German D., 1987, LANG SPEECH HEAR SER, V18, P217 GERMAN DJ, 1991, J SPEECH HEAR RES, V34, P309 HECAEN H, 1983, NEUROPSYCHOLOGIA, V21, P581, DOI 10.1016/0028-3932(83)90055-6 IMES C, 1983, COGNITIVE REHABILITA, V1, P11 HARTLEY L L, 1991, Brain Injury, V5, P267, DOI 10.3109/02699059109008097 Jordan FM, 1996, APHASIOLOGY, V10, P755, DOI 10.1080/02687039608248448 JORDAN F M, 1990, Brain Injury, V4, P27, DOI 10.3109/02699059009026145 JORDAN FM, 1990, AUSTR J HUMAN COMMUN, V18, P1 Jordan FM, 1996, BRAIN INJURY, V10, P91 JORDAN FM, 1995, APHASIOLOGY, V9, P23, DOI 10.1080/02687039508248686 JORDAN FM, 1993, APHASIOLOGY, V7, P503, DOI 10.1080/02687039308248626 JORDAN FM, 1994, BRAIN INJURY, V8, P501, DOI 10.3109/02699059409151002 Kaplan E, 1983, BOSTON NAMING TEST KENNEDY M, 1991, COMMUNICATION DISORD Kolb B., 1990, FUNDAMENTALS HUMAN N Levin H. S., 1979, J PEDIATR PSYCHOL, V4, P389, DOI 10.1093/jpepsy/4.4.389 LEVIN HS, 1982, NEUROSURGERY, V11, P668 MACLACHLAN BG, 1988, J SPEECH HEAR DISORD, V53, P2 PARSONS CL, 1989, AUSTR J HUMAN COMMUN, V17, P37 SARNO MT, 1980, J NERV MENT DIS, V168, P685, DOI 10.1097/00005053-198011000-00008 SNOW P, 1995, APHASIOLOGY, V9, P365, DOI 10.1080/02687039508248210 TEASDALE G, 1974, LANCET, V2, P81 Wiig E., 1984, LANGUAGE ASSESSMENT WIIG EH, 1975, J LEARN DISABIL, V9, P578 WILLIAMS J, 1995, DEV NEUROPSYCHOL, V11, P201 NR 41 TC 5 Z9 5 PU TAYLOR & FRANCIS LTD PI LONDON PA ONE GUNPOWDER SQUARE, LONDON, ENGLAND EC4A 3DE SN 0268-7038 J9 APHASIOLOGY JI Aphasiology PD SEP PY 1997 VL 11 IS 9 BP 877 EP 888 DI 10.1080/02687039708250462 PG 12 WC Clinical Neurology SC Neurosciences & Neurology GA XW027 UT WOS:A1997XW02700004 ER PT J AU OFlaherty, CA Douglas, JM AF OFlaherty, CA Douglas, JM TI Living with cognitive-communicative difficulties following traumatic brain injury: using a model of interpersonal communication to characterize the subjective experience SO APHASIOLOGY LA English DT Article ID CLOSED HEAD-INJURY; FAMILY; RELATIVES; ADULTS; LIFE AB This study was undertaken to better understand the subjective experience of long-term cognitive-communicative impairments following severe cerebral insult. An additional aim was to explore the utility of a model of interpersonal communication in elucidating how such difficulties affect communicative interactions. Participants in the study were five dyads in which one member had sustained a severe traumatic brain injury (TBI). Data collection and analysis utilized both qualitative and quantitative methodology. It was found that individuals with long-term TBT continue to experience significant communication difficulties, which in combination with problems of memory, fatigue and irritability commonly generate unsatisfactory interpersonal communication experiences. The model of interpersonal communication provided a useful framework for considering why these interactions are ineffective or unsatisfactory. It is felt that the methodology outlined in this paper may offer a useful means of investigating the relationship between neurogenic communication impairments/disabilities and interpersonal communication difficulties experienced by individuals from a variety of clinical populations. C1 LA TROBE UNIV,MELBOURNE,VIC,AUSTRALIA. RI Douglas, Jacinta/C-2380-2009 CR ADAMOVICH BLB, 1991, COGNITIVE REHABILITA, P75 ARGYLE M, 1986, SOCIAL INTERACTION Bateson Gregory, 1951, COMMUNICATION SOCIAL Bond M, 1984, CLOSED HEAD INJURY P, P148 BOWMAN ML, 1990, J MARRIAGE FAM, V52, P463, DOI 10.2307/353040 BROOKS DN, 1983, J NEUROL NEUROSUR PS, V46, P336, DOI 10.1136/jnnp.46.4.336 Brooks N, 1987, Brain Inj, V1, P5, DOI 10.3109/02699058709034439 Chwalisz K, 1996, Appl Neuropsychol, V3, P28, DOI 10.1207/s15324826an0301_5 COOK M, 1981, BASES HUMAN SEXUAL A Damico J. S., 1985, COMMUNICATION SKILLS, P165 Danziger Kurt, 1976, INTERPERSONAL COMMUN DEPOMPEI R, 1989, TOP LANG DISORD, V9, P78 DIRMEN S, 1993, BRAIN INJURY, V7, P113 Douglas JM, 1996, BRAIN INJURY, V10, P819, DOI 10.1080/026990596123936 DOUGLAS JM, 1997, UNPUB DEV EVALUATION EHRLICH JS, 1988, J COMMUN DISORD, V21, P1, DOI 10.1016/0021-9924(88)90006-8 Grice H. P., 1975, SYNTAX SEMANTICS, P41, DOI DOI 10.1017/S0022226700005296 GROHER M, 1977, J SPEECH HEAR RES, V20, P212 Hagen C, 1984, LANGUAGE DISORDERS A, P245 HARTLEY LL, 1995, COGNITIVE COMMUNICAT, P21 HARTLEY P, 1993, INTERPERSONAL COMMUN KELLEY HH, 1973, AM PSYCHOL, V28, P107, DOI 10.1037/h0034225 KENNY DA, 1994, INTERPERSONAL PERCEP, P16 KLONOFF PS, 1986, NEUROSURGERY, V19, P735 Kozloff R, 1987, J HEAD TRAUMA REHAB, V2, P14, DOI 10.1097/00001199-198709000-00004 KREUTZER JS, 1994, BRAIN INJURY, V8, P197, DOI 10.3109/02699059409150973 LEDORZE G, 1995, APHASIOLOGY, V9, P239 LEVIN HS, 1978, ARCH NEUROL-CHICAGO, V35, P720 LEZAK MD, 1986, REHABIL PSYCHOL, V31, P241, DOI 10.1037//0090-5550.31.4.241 LEZAK MD, 1983, NEUROPSYCHOLOGICAL A Marquardt TP, 1990, TRAUMATIC BRAIN INJU, P181 MARSH NV, 1991, J CLIN EXP NEUROPSYC, V13, P729, DOI 10.1080/01688639108401086 Menaghan Elizabeth G., 1983, MARRIAGE FAM REV, V6, P113, DOI 10.1300/J002v06n01_06 NICOTERA AM, 1993, INTERPERSONAL COMMUN ODDY M, 1984, CLOSED HEAD INJURY P, P108 Panting A, 1972, REHABILITATION, V38, P33 PETERS L C, 1990, Brain Injury, V4, P39, DOI 10.3109/02699059009026147 PONSFORD JL, 1995, BRAIN INJURY, V9, P11, DOI 10.3109/02699059509004566 PONSFORD JL, 1995, TRAUMATIC BRAIN INJU, P15 Prigatano G.P., 1986, NEUROPSYCHOL REHABIL, P18 RAPPAPORT M, 1982, ARCH PHYS MED REHAB, V63, P118 ROSENBAUM M, 1976, J CONSULT CLIN PSYCH, V44, P881, DOI 10.1037//0022-006X.44.6.881 SDOROW L, 1990, PSYCHOLOGY, P590 Swann W. B, 1990, HDB MOTIVATION COGNI, V2, P408 TATE RL, 1989, J NEUROL NEUROSUR PS, V52, P117 THOMSEN IV, 1984, J NEUROL NEUROSUR PS, V47, P260, DOI 10.1136/jnnp.47.3.260 Watzlawick Paul, 1967, PRAGMATICS HUMAN COM Ylvisaker Mark, 1992, Seminars in Speech and Language, V13, P239, DOI 10.1055/s-2008-1064200 NR 48 TC 12 Z9 12 PU TAYLOR & FRANCIS LTD PI LONDON PA ONE GUNPOWDER SQUARE, LONDON, ENGLAND EC4A 3DE SN 0268-7038 J9 APHASIOLOGY JI Aphasiology PD SEP PY 1997 VL 11 IS 9 BP 889 EP 911 DI 10.1080/02687039708250463 PG 23 WC Clinical Neurology SC Neurosciences & Neurology GA XW027 UT WOS:A1997XW02700005 ER PT J AU Laine, M Niemi, J AF Laine, M Niemi, J TI Reading morphemes SO APHASIOLOGY LA English DT Article ID MORPHOLOGY; LEXICON; FINNISH; NOUNS AB By studying the oral reading of morphologically decomposable pseudowords by a Finnish-speaking deep dyslexic, we searched for evidence of morphological decomposition in a morphologically rich language. As the patient's non-lexical reading was abolished, any effects obtained with pseudowords carrying morphemes were assumed to reflect the functions of the lexical route. Oral reading of bound stems in pseudowords was facilitated by the presence of a real but illegal inflectional suffix. As the constituents of these pseudowords were non-freestanding morphemes, the facilitation effect indicates that morphological parsing into stem and suffix took place during lexical access. This is also supported by the fact that the presence of morphological structure in pseudoword stimuli increased the rate of morphologically complex neologistic responses. C1 UNIV JOENSUU, FIN-80101 JOENSUU, FINLAND. RP Laine, M (reprint author), UNIV TURKU, DEPT NEUROL 720, FIN-20520 TURKU, FINLAND. CR BADECKER W, 1991, COGNITIVE NEUROPSYCH, V8, P335, DOI 10.1080/02643299108253377 Butterworth Brian, 1983, LANGUAGE PRODUCTION, P257 CARAMAZZA A, 1985, COGNITIVE NEUROPSYCH, V2, P81, DOI 10.1080/02643298508252862 CARAMAZZA A, 1988, COGNITION, V28, P297, DOI 10.1016/0010-0277(88)90017-0 Ellis A. W., 1988, HUMAN COGNITIVE NEUR HYONA J, 1995, STUD VIS INFORM PROC, V6, P445 Karlsson F., 1983, SUOMEN KIELEN AANNE KOSTIC A, 1991, PSYCHOL RES-PSYCH FO, V53, P62, DOI 10.1007/BF00867333 LAINE M, 1994, CLIN LINGUIST PHONET, V8, P177, DOI 10.3109/02699209408985306 LAINE M, 1995, COGNITIVE NEUROPSYCH, V12, P457, DOI 10.1080/02643299508252005 LAINE M, 1997, UNPUB LEXICAL ACCESS LUKATELA G, 1980, MEM COGNITION, V8, P415, DOI 10.3758/BF03211138 NIEMI J, 1994, LANG COGNITIVE PROC, V9, P423, DOI 10.1080/01690969408402126 SAUKKONEN P, 1979, SUOMEN KIELEN TAAJUU TAFT M, 1994, LANG COGNITIVE PROC, V9, P271, DOI 10.1080/01690969408402120 TAFT M, 1975, J VERB LEARN VERB BE, V14, P638, DOI 10.1016/S0022-5371(75)80051-X NR 16 TC 9 Z9 9 PU PSYCHOLOGY PRESS PI HOVE PA 27 CHURCH RD, HOVE BN3 2FA, EAST SUSSEX, ENGLAND SN 0268-7038 J9 APHASIOLOGY JI Aphasiology PD SEP PY 1997 VL 11 IS 9 BP 913 EP 926 DI 10.1080/02687039708250464 PG 14 WC Clinical Neurology SC Neurosciences & Neurology GA XW027 UT WOS:A1997XW02700006 ER PT J AU vandeSandtKoenderman, WME Bonta, E Wielaert, SM VischBrink, EG AF vandeSandtKoenderman, WME Bonta, E Wielaert, SM VischBrink, EG TI Stimulating sentence production in agrammatic patients: the effect of the Visual Cue Programme on spontaneous speech SO APHASIOLOGY LA English DT Article ID BROCAS APHASIA; PROCESSING DEFICITS; THERAPY AB The Visual Cue Programme (VCP), a sentence-production programme, is presented and the effect on spontaneous speech in two chronic Broca's aphasia patients is reported. In an A-B-A-B design the effect was measured by the Aachen Aphasia Test, a sentence-processing test battery, and the linguistic analysis of spontaneous speech. The overall aphasia assessment shows no improvement; the sentence-processing test battery and the spontaneous speech analysis show different patterns in the two patients. One moderately impaired Broca patient shows improved production of verbs in isolation, associated with a more complete realization of verbs plus argument structures in spontaneous speech. The other patient, who has a severe Broca's aphasia, is characterized by better production of sentences and morphosyntactic elements in constrained production tasks, and absence of generalization of this morphosyntactic ability to spontaneous speech. C1 REHABIL CTR ROESSINGH,ENSCHEDE,NETHERLANDS. UNIV ROTTERDAM HOSP,ROTTERDAM,NETHERLANDS. RP vandeSandtKoenderman, WME (reprint author), STICHTING AFASIE ROTTERDAM,REHABIL CTR RIJNDAM,POSTBOX 23181,NL-3001 KD ROTTERDAM,NETHERLANDS. CR BASTIAANSE R, 1993, THESIS GRONINGEN BERNDT RS, 1980, APPL PSYCHOLINGUIST, V1, P225, DOI 10.1017/S0142716400000552 BYNG S, 1988, COGNITIVE NEUROPSYCH, V5, P629, DOI 10.1080/02643298808253277 BYNG S, 1993, FOUNDATIONS OF APHASIA REHABILITATION, P319 BYNG S, 1989, APHASIOLOGY, V3, P241, DOI 10.1080/02687038908248993 BYNG S, 1994, APHASIOLOGY, V8, P315, DOI 10.1080/02687039408248663 Edgington E. S., 1987, RANDOMIZATION TESTS, V2nd Garrett M., 1980, LANGUAGE PRODUCTION, V1, P177 Garrett M. F., 1975, PSYCHOL LEARN MOTIV, V1, P133, DOI 10.1016/S0079-7421(08)60270-4 Garrett M. F., 1982, NORMALITY PATHOLOGY GLEASON JB, 1975, BRAIN LANG, V2, P451, DOI 10.1016/S0093-934X(75)80083-6 Goodglass H, 1972, Cortex, V8, P191 GRAETZ P, 1992, AKENSE AFASIE TEST N Grodzinslcy Y., 1990, THEORETICAL PERSPECT HELMESTABROOKS N, 1981, HELM ELICITED LANGUA Hermans J., 1982, MANUAL ALLOC80 DISCR Huber W., 1983, AACHENER APHASIE TES ISSERLIN M, 1922, Z GESAMTE NEUROLOGIE, P626 JONES EV, 1986, BRIT J DISORD COMMUN, V21, P63 KEAN ML, 1977, COGNITION, V5, P9, DOI 10.1016/0010-0277(77)90015-4 KOLK H, 1990, APHASIOLOGY, V4, P221, DOI 10.1080/02687039008249075 KOLK H, 1987, NATURAL LANGUAGE GEN Lesser R., 1993, LINGUISTICS APHASIA LINEBARGER MC, 1983, COGNITION, V13, P361, DOI 10.1016/0010-0277(83)90015-X Luria AR, 1970, TRAUMATIC APHASIA Luria AR, 1963, RESTORATION FUNCTION MARSHALL J, 1995, APHASIOLOGY, V9, P517, DOI 10.1080/02687039508248712 NICKELS L, 1991, BRIT J DISORD COMMUN, V26, P175 SAFFRAN EM, 1989, BRAIN LANG, V37, P440, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(89)90030-8 SCHWARTZ MF, 1995, NEUROPSYCHOL REHABIL, V5, P93, DOI 10.1080/09602019508520177 SCHWARTZ MF, 1994, APHASIOLOGY, V8, P19, DOI 10.1080/02687039408248639 SCHWARTZ MF, 1987, COGNITIVE NEUROPSYCH, P163 SCHWARTZ MF, 1980, BRAIN LANG, V10, P249, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(80)90055-3 Siegel S., 1956, NONPARAMETRIC STAT B TSVETKOVA LS, 1982, APHASIETHERAPIE BEI VANDESANDTKOEND.WM, 1987, LOGOPEDIE FONIATRIE, V59, P39 VANDESANDTKOEND.WM, 1986, VISUELE CUE PROGRAMM VANHARSKAMP F, 1991, APHASIOLOGY, V5, P529, DOI 10.1080/02687039108248558 VISCHBRINK EG, 1993, APHASIA TREATMENT WO, P227 VOINESCU I, 1981, S APH THER ER U ROTT NR 40 TC 2 Z9 2 PU TAYLOR & FRANCIS LTD PI LONDON PA ONE GUNPOWDER SQUARE, LONDON, ENGLAND EC4A 3DE SN 0268-7038 J9 APHASIOLOGY JI Aphasiology PD AUG PY 1997 VL 11 IS 8 BP 735 EP 759 DI 10.1080/02687039708250454 PG 25 WC Clinical Neurology SC Neurosciences & Neurology GA XP044 UT WOS:A1997XP04400001 ER PT J AU SimmonsMackie, NN Damico, JS AF SimmonsMackie, NN Damico, JS TI Reformulating the definition of compensatory strategies in aphasia SO APHASIOLOGY LA English DT Article ID COMMUNICATION; LANGUAGE; THERAPY; DISCOURSE; FUTURE; REPAIR; GENDER; MODEL; TALK AB Based on authentic data from an ethnographic study of compensatory strategies in adults with aphasia, an operational definition of compensatory strategies has been formulated. By employing seven characteristics derived from the data, this definition provides a perspective on compensation that is different from previous definitions and examples. Several assessment and treatment implications are discussed. C1 UNIV SW LOUISIANA,DEPT COMMUN DISORDERS,LAFAYETTE,LA 70504. SE LOUISIANA UNIV,HAMMOND,LA 70402. CR Agar M., 1986, SPEAKING ETHNOGRAPHY AHLSEN E, 1991, J COMMUN DISORD, V24, P1, DOI 10.1016/0021-9924(91)90029-I BAUMAN R, 1987, EXPLORATIONS ETHNOGR BEHRMANN M, 1984, BRIT J DISORD COMMUN, V19, P155 BELAND R, 1992, BRAIN LANG, V43, P355, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(92)90107-P BERMAN M, 1967, J SPEECH HEAR DISORD, V32, P372 BERTONI B, 1991, APHASIOLOGY, V5, P341, DOI 10.1080/02687039108248535 Blackstone S., 1991, AUGMENTATIVE COMMUNI, V4, P1 Brown G., 1983, DISCOURSE ANAL BUTTON J, 1987, TALK SOCIAL ORG CAMPBELL KE, 1992, J SOC PSYCHOL, V123, P419 CICONE M, 1979, BRAIN LANG, V8, P324, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(79)90060-9 Coelho C., 1991, CLIN APHASIOLOGY, V19, P209 COELHO C, 1985, CLIN APHASIOLOGY C P, P222 CRISP J, 1993, AUSTR J COMMUNICATIO, V20, P63 Damico JS, 1995, CLIN APHASIOL, V23, P83 DAMICO JS, 1993, ASHA MONOGRAPHS, V30, P92 DAMICO JS, 1992, BEST PRACTICES SCH S, V2, P1 Davis G, 1985, ADULT APHASIA REHABI DURANTI Alessandro, 1992, RETHINKING CONTEXT L Erickson Frederick, 1981, ETHNOGRAPHY LANGUAGE, P147 Garfinkel H, 1967, STUDIES ETHNOMETHODO GARRY F, 1989, VET CLIN N AM-FOOD A, V5, P55 Geertz C., 1973, INTERPRETATION CULTU Glaser B., 1967, DISCOVERY GROUNDED T GLEASON JB, 1975, BRAIN LANG, V2, P451, DOI 10.1016/S0093-934X(75)80083-6 Goffman E., 1961, ENCOUNTERS Goffman Ervin, 1967, INTERACTION RITUAL GOLDINMEADOW S, 1977, SCIENCE, V197, P401, DOI 10.1126/science.877567 Goldstein K, 1942, EFFECTS BRAIN INJURY Goldstein K., 1939, ORGANISM HOLISTIC AP GOODWIN C, 1995, RES LANGUAGE SOCIAL GREEN G, 1984, BRIT J DISORD COMMUN, V19, P35 Gumperz JJ, 1982, LANGUAGE SOCIAL IDEN HAND CR, 1979, CLIN APH C P, P261 HOLLAND AL, 1982, J SPEECH HEAR DISORD, V47, P50 HOLLAND A, 1978, COMMUNICATIVE DISORD HOLLAND A, 1988, DEEP S C COMM DIS BA HOLLAND A. L., 1977, RATIONALE ADULT APHA, P167 Hymes D., 1968, READINGS SOCIOLOGY L, P99 JACKSON JH, 1915, BRAIN, V38, P81 Kagan A., 1993, APHASIA TREATMENT WO, P199 KENDON A, 1967, ACTA PSYCHOL, V26, P22, DOI 10.1016/0001-6918(67)90005-4 Kertesz A., 1979, APHASIA ASS DISORDER KLIPPI A, 1991, APHASIOLOGY, V5, P373, DOI 10.1080/02687039108248538 KOVARSKY D, 1992, BEST PRACTICES SCH S, V2, P115 KRAAT AW, 1990, APHASIOLOGY, V4, P321, DOI 10.1080/02687039008249086 LABARCA A, 1986, STUDIES 2 LANGUAGE A, V8, P68, DOI 10.1017/S0272263100005842 LAPOINTE L, 1985, CLIN MANAGEMENT NEUR, P179 LASHLEY KS, 1929, BRAIN MECHANISMS INT Luria AR, 1970, TRAUMATIC APHASIA Luria AR, 1963, RESTORATION FUNCTION Lyon J, 1992, AM J SPEECH-LANG PAT, V1, P7 MARSHALL R, 1976, J SPEECH HEAR DISORD, V41, P178 MILROY L, 1992, CLIN LINGUIST PHONET, V6, P27, DOI 10.3109/02699209208985517 NICOLOSI L, 1978, TERMINOLOGY COMMUNIC NINIO A, 1978, J CHILD LANG, V5, P1 Norris J., 1990, LANG SPEECH HEAR SER, V21, P72, DOI 10.1044/0161-1461.2102.72 PENN C, 1992, CLIN LINGUIST PHONET, V6, P11, DOI 10.3109/02699209208985516 Penn C., 1987, APHASIOLOGY, V1, P235, DOI 10.1080/02687038708248840 PETERSON LN, 1981, BRAIN LANG, V14, P333, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(81)90084-5 RAO P, 1986, LANGUAGE INTERVENTIO, P360 RUNDQUIST S, 1992, J PRAGMATICS, V18, P431, DOI 10.1016/0378-2166(92)90083-N SACKS H, 1987, TALK SOCIAL ORG, P152 Sacks H., 1992, LECT CONVERSATION, VI Sacks H., 1992, LECT CONVERSATION, VII SCHEFLEN AE, 1963, PSYCHIATR, V26, P126 Scheflen Albert E., 1973, COMMUNICATIONAL STRU SCHEGLOF.EA, 1968, AM ANTHROPOL, V70, P1075, DOI 10.1525/aa.1968.70.6.02a00030 Schegloff Emanuel A., 1981, ANAL DISCOURSE TEXT, P71 Schuell H, 1964, APHASIA ADULTS Shiffrin D., 1987, DISCOURSE MARKERS SIMMONS N, 1993, ETHNOGRAPHIC INVESTI SIMMONS N, 1987, CLIN APH C P Simmons-Mackie N. N., 1996, AM J SPEECH-LANG PAT, V5, P37 SimmonsMackie NN, 1996, DISABIL REHABIL, V18, P540 Smith L., 1987, APHASIOLOGY, V1, P127, DOI 10.1080/02687038708248824 Spradley J., 1980, PARTICIPANT OBSERVAT Spradley J., 1979, ETHNOGRAPHIC INTERVI TANNEN D, 1990, DISCOURSE PROCESS, V13, P73 TARONE E, 1980, LANG LEARN, V30, P417, DOI 10.1111/j.1467-1770.1980.tb00326.x Thompson C., 1989, CLIN APHASIOLOGY, V18, P195 TONKOVICH J, 1982, CLIN APH C P, P283 ULATOWSKA H, 1976, CLIN APH C P, P22 WENIGER D, 1990, APHASIOLOGY, V4, P301, DOI 10.1080/02687039008249084 WHITNEY J, 1975, ANN M AM SPEECH HEAR YLVISAKER M, 1986, LANGUAGE INTERVENTIO, P474 YLVISAKER M, 1985, CLIN MANAGEMENT NEUR, P243 Zangwill OL, 1947, B J PSYCHOL-GEN SECT, V37, P60 NR 89 TC 41 Z9 42 PU TAYLOR & FRANCIS LTD PI LONDON PA ONE GUNPOWDER SQUARE, LONDON, ENGLAND EC4A 3DE SN 0268-7038 J9 APHASIOLOGY JI Aphasiology PD AUG PY 1997 VL 11 IS 8 BP 761 EP 781 DI 10.1080/02687039708250455 PG 21 WC Clinical Neurology SC Neurosciences & Neurology GA XP044 UT WOS:A1997XP04400002 ER PT J AU Larfeuil, C LeDorze, G AF Larfeuil, C LeDorze, G TI An analysis of the word-finding difficulties and of the content of the discourse of recent and chronic aphasic speakers SO APHASIOLOGY LA English DT Article ID CONNECTED SPEECH SAMPLES; VERBAL SELF-CORRECTION; ANALYSIS SSLA SYSTEM; NARRATIVE DISCOURSE; LANGUAGE PRODUCTION; ADULTS; DEMENTIA; RECOVERY; DISEASE; FLUENT AB This study examined the changes in the discourse produced by recent and chronic aphasic speakers while describing the bank robbery picture from the Montreal-Toulouse protocol (Nespoulous et al. 1986) at two different assessments, on average 6 weeks apart. The manifestations of word-finding difficulties, content unit production and several efficacy of communication indices were analysed. No statistical improvement of word-finding difficulties or of content unit production was found in the discourse in the recent aphasic group. Overall, both groups were more efficient on the second assessment on the index of number of open-class words per unit of time. Significant correlations were observed between aphasia severity and content unit production, as well as with the efficacy of communication indices. C1 UNIV MONTREAL,EQUIPE RECH ORTHOPHONIE,MONTREAL,PQ,CANADA. RI Le Dorze, Guylaine/A-1790-2014 CR ARDILA A, 1993, BRAIN LANG, V44, P165, DOI 10.1006/brln.1993.1011 ARMSTRONG EM, 1991, CLIN LINGUIST PHONET, V5, P39, DOI 10.3109/02699209108985501 BASTIAANSE R, 1994, APHASIOLOGY, V8, P482, DOI 10.1080/02687039408248672 BEDARD C, 1992, UNPUB MEMOIRE U MONT BERNSTEINELLIS E, 1987, CLIN APHASIOLOGY, V17, P12 BLANKEN G, 1987, COGNITION, V27, P247, DOI 10.1016/S0010-0277(87)80011-2 Bracy Connie B., 1993, Journal of Communication Disorders, V26, P113, DOI 10.1016/0021-9924(93)90004-T BROOKSHIRE RH, 1994, J SPEECH HEAR RES, V37, P399 CANNITO M P, 1988, Seminars in Speech and Language, V9, P117, DOI 10.1055/s-0028-1082459 Chapey R., 1994, LANGUAGE INTERVENTIO CHENERY HJ, 1994, APHASIOLOGY, V8, P159, DOI 10.1080/02687039408248648 COELHO CA, 1994, CLIN APHASIOL, V22, P145 CRAIG HK, 1993, APHASIOLOGY, V7, P155, DOI 10.1080/02687039308249503 Deser T., 1990, BRAIN LANG, V40, P67 Garrett M., 1982, NORMALITY PATHOLOGY, P19 Goodglass H, 1983, ASSESSMENT APHASIA R, V2nd HELMESTABROOKS N, 1992, MANUAL APHASIA THERA, P159 ILLES J, 1986, LINGUISTIQUE, V22, P75 ILLES J, 1988, BRAIN LANG, V33, P146, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(88)90059-4 JOANETTE Y, 1986, BRAIN LANG, V29, P81, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(86)90035-0 Kertesz A., 1982, W APHASIA BATTERY LECOURS AR, 1979, LAPHASIE LEDORZE G, 1989, BRAIN LANG, V37, P381 MARSHALL RC, 1976, J SPEECH HEAR DISORD, V41, P444 MARSHALL RC, 1994, APHASIOLOGY, V8, P535, DOI 10.1080/02687039408248680 MARSHALL RC, 1982, BRAIN LANG, V15, P292, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(82)90061-X MENN L, 1994, APHASIOLOGY, V8, P343, DOI 10.1080/02687039408248664 Nespoulous J. L., 1986, PROTOCOLE MONTREAL T NESPOULOUS JL, 1979, 2 COMPORTEMENTS VERB Nicholas Linda E., 1995, Journal of Speech and Hearing Research, V38, P145 NICHOLAS LE, 1993, J SPEECH HEAR RES, V36, P338 NICHOLAS LE, 1993, CLIN APHASIOLOGY, V21, P87 NICHOLAS M, 1985, J SPEECH HEAR RES, V28, P405 PIEHLER MF, 1984, CLIN APHASIOLOGY, P208 PRINS RS, 1978, BRAIN LANG, V6, P192, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(78)90058-5 ROBERTS JT, 1992, CLIN APHASIOLOGY, V21, P291 SARNO M T, 1971, Archives of Physical Medicine and Rehabilitation, V52, P175 Schuell H, 1965, MINNESOTA TEST DIFFE SHEWAN CM, 1988, J COMMUN DISORD, V21, P103, DOI 10.1016/0021-9924(88)90001-9 SHEWAN CM, 1988, J COMMUN DISORD, V21, P155, DOI 10.1016/0021-9924(88)90003-2 ULATOWSKA HK, 1983, BRAIN LANG, V19, P317, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(83)90074-3 WILLIAMS SE, 1982, BRAIN LANG, V17, P92, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(82)90007-4 YORKSTON KM, 1980, J SPEECH HEAR DISORD, V45, P27 Zeches JT, 1995, CLIN APHASIOL, V23, P155 NR 44 TC 12 Z9 12 PU TAYLOR & FRANCIS LTD PI LONDON PA ONE GUNPOWDER SQUARE, LONDON, ENGLAND EC4A 3DE SN 0268-7038 J9 APHASIOLOGY JI Aphasiology PD AUG PY 1997 VL 11 IS 8 BP 783 EP 811 DI 10.1080/02687039708250456 PG 29 WC Clinical Neurology SC Neurosciences & Neurology GA XP044 UT WOS:A1997XP04400003 ER PT J AU Weekes, BS Robinson, G AF Weekes, BS Robinson, G TI Semantic anemia without surface dyslexia SO APHASIOLOGY LA English DT Article ID ALZHEIMERS-DISEASE; WORD RETRIEVAL; MODELS; DEMENTIA; DISSOCIATION; MECHANISMS; PICTURES; LEXICON; APHASIA; ERRORS AB A computational model of oral reading developed by Plaut et al. (1996) proposes that reading aloud low-frequency exception words (e.g. yacht) relies upon a reading pathway that maps semantic representations directly onto output phonology. One prediction of this model is that, if the semantic reading pathway is damaged following brain damage, a pattern of surface dyslexic reading will be observed, characterized by frequent regularization errors when reading aloud low-frequency exception words (e.g. shoe --> 'show'). We report the oral reading of a semantic anemic patient (B.P.) who makes frequent semantic intrusion errors on confrontation naming tasks as well as semantic errors on word-picture and picture-picture matching tasks. Contrary to the prediction of the Plaut et al. (1996) model, B.P.'s oral reading of exception words, including his oral reading of picture names that are exception words, is intact. An important additional feature of B.P.'s language profile is that his oral reading of non-words is poor, suggesting that there is impairment to a phonological reading pathway. We argue that B.P.'s preserved oral reading reflects the operation of a lexical, non-semantic reading pathway. C1 UCL NATL HOSP NEUROL & NEUROSURG, LONDON WC1N 3BG, ENGLAND. RP Weekes, BS (reprint author), UNIV KENT, DEPT PSYCHOL, CANTERBURY CT2 7NZ, KENT, ENGLAND. RI Weekes, Brendan/E-9897-2010 CR BEHRMANN M, 1992, COGNITIVE NEUROPSYCH, V9, P209, DOI 10.1080/02643299208252059 BREEDIN SD, 1994, COGNITIVE NEUROPSYCH, V11, P617, DOI 10.1080/02643299408251987 BREEN K, 1995, CORTEX, V31, P583 CHERTKOW H, 1992, COGNITIVE NEUROPSYCH, V9, P327, DOI 10.1080/02643299208252064 Cipolotti L, 1995, J Int Neuropsychol Soc, V1, P104 Coltheart M., 1980, DEEP DYSLEXIA, P259 COLTHEART M, 1993, PSYCHOL REV, V100, P589, DOI 10.1037/0033-295X.100.4.589 COLTHEART M, 1994, J EXP PSYCHOL HUMAN, V20, P1197, DOI 10.1037/0096-1523.20.6.1197 Diesfeldt HFA, 1992, MEMORY FUNCTIONING D Francis WN, 1982, FREQUENCY ANAL ENGLI FRIEDMAN RB, 1992, BRAIN LANG, V43, P400, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(92)90109-R Funnell E, 1996, Q J EXP PSYCHOL-A, V49, P417, DOI 10.1080/027249896392711 GRAHAM KS, 1994, NEUROPSYCHOLOGIA, V32, P299, DOI 10.1016/0028-3932(94)90133-3 Harley T.A., 1995, PSYCHOL LANGUAGE DAT HAUCK WW, 1977, J AM STAT ASSOC, V72, P851, DOI 10.2307/2286473 HILLIS AE, 1991, BRAIN LANG, V40, P106, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(91)90119-L Hosmer Jr DW, 1989, APPL LOGISTIC REGRES HOWARD D, 1985, BRAIN, V108, P817 HOWARD D, 1984, COGNITIVE NEUROPSYCH, V1, P163, DOI 10.1080/02643298408252021 Howard D., 1992, PYRAMIDS PALM TREES KAY J, 1987, BRAIN, V110, P613, DOI 10.1093/brain/110.3.613 Kay J., 1992, PSYCHOLINGUISTIC ASS LAMBON RALPH M. A., 1995, NEUROCASE, V1, P363, DOI 10.1093/neucas/1.4.363 MICELI G, 1993, COGNITIVE NEUROPSYCH, V10, P273, DOI 10.1080/02643299308253465 NICKELS L, 1995, LANG COGNITIVE PROC, V10, P13, DOI 10.1080/01690969508407086 PATTERSON K, 1992, NEUROPSYCHOLOGIA, V30, P1025, DOI 10.1016/0028-3932(92)90096-5 Patterson K, 1995, NEUROCASE, V1, P155 PATTERSON KE, 1994, NEUROPSYCHOLOGY, V8, P393 PLAUT DC, 1993, COGNITIVE NEUROPSYCH, V10, P377, DOI 10.1080/02643299308253469 Plaut DC, 1996, PSYCHOL REV, V103, P56, DOI 10.1037/0033-295X.103.1.56 RAYMER AM, 1994, BRAIN LANG, V47, P479 SASANUMA S, 1992, COGNITIVE NEUROPSYCH, V9, P465, DOI 10.1080/02643299208252068 SCHWARTZ MF, 1979, BRAIN LANG, V7, P277, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(79)90024-5 SEIDENBERG MS, 1990, PSYCHOL REV, V97, P447, DOI 10.1037/0033-295X.97.3.447 SEIDENBERG MS, 1994, J EXPT PSYCHOL HUMAN, V20 SHALLICE T, 1983, Q J EXP PSYCHOL-A, V35, P111 Siedenberg M., 1989, PSYCHOL REV, V96, P523 SNODGRASS JG, 1980, J EXP PSYCHOL-HUM L, V6, P174, DOI 10.1037/0278-7393.6.2.174 VENEZKY RL, 1970, STRUCTURE ENGLISH OR VITKOVITCH M, 1991, J EXP PSYCHOL LEARN, V17, P664, DOI 10.1037/0278-7393.17.4.664 Weekes B, 1996, COGNITIVE NEUROPSYCH, V13, P277, DOI 10.1080/026432996382033 NR 41 TC 9 Z9 9 PU PSYCHOLOGY PRESS PI HOVE PA 27 CHURCH RD, HOVE BN3 2FA, EAST SUSSEX, ENGLAND SN 0268-7038 J9 APHASIOLOGY JI Aphasiology PD AUG PY 1997 VL 11 IS 8 BP 813 EP 825 DI 10.1080/02687039708250457 PG 13 WC Clinical Neurology SC Neurosciences & Neurology GA XP044 UT WOS:A1997XP04400004 ER PT J AU Gainotti, G AF Gainotti, G TI Emotional, psychological and psychosocial problems of aphasic patients: An introduction SO APHASIOLOGY LA English DT Article ID BLUNT HEAD-INJURY; POSTSTROKE MOOD DISORDERS; STROKE PATIENTS; FOLLOW-UP; DYNAMIC CHANGES; RELATIVES VIEW; DEPRESSION; SYMPTOMS; REHABILITATION; ANOSOGNOSIA AB Emotional and psychosocial problems greatly influence the quality of life and the outcome of rehabilitation in aphasic patients. However, owing to the complexity of the problem and to the poverty of research tools enabling investigators to explore it effectively, they have usually received a limited amount of research. Since methodological and conceptual advancements have been made only in recent years in this field, this special issue of Aphasiology will try to give a sketchy account of this changing situation. The present article aims to provide an introductory survey of the whole field, by taking into account separately the three main factors (neurological, psychological and psychosocial) which usually interact in the life of aphasic patients. Neurological factors directly stem from disruption of specific neural mechanisms underlying the representation and control of emotional and social behaviour. Psychological factors consist of a variety of attitudes towards illness and disability which result from an implicit or explicit awareness of defects provoked by brain damage, and of their implications for the quality of Life of the patient. Finally, the term 'psychosocial factors' refers to the consequences that the defect provoked by brain damage will have on the network of social activities and of social relationships of the patient, and to the quality of family life. Some general models aiming to give an integrated account of the emotional and behavioural problems of aphasic patients (with reference to neurological, psychological and psychosocial factors), as well as some instruments constructed having in mind these problems and these models, are discussed. RP Gainotti, G (reprint author), CATHOLIC UNIV,POLICLIN GEMELLI,NEUROSURG SERV,LARGO A GEMELLI 8,I-00168 ROME,ITALY. CR ADAMS JH, 1980, NEUROPATH APPL NEURO, V6, P319, DOI 10.1111/j.1365-2990.1980.tb00217.x *AM PSYCH ASS, 1980, STAT MAN MENT DIS DS ANDERSEN G, 1995, EUR J NEUROL, V2, P45, DOI 10.1111/j.1468-1331.1995.tb00092.x ANDERSEN G, 1994, STROKE, V25, P1050 BABINSKI MJ, 1914, REV NEUROL, V12, P845 BROOKS DN, 1983, J NEUROL NEUROSUR PS, V46, P336, DOI 10.1136/jnnp.46.4.336 BROOKS DN, 1991, J CLIN EXP NEUROPSYC, V13, P155, DOI 10.1080/01688639108407214 BROOKS N, 1986, J NEUROL NEUROSUR PS, V49, P764, DOI 10.1136/jnnp.49.7.764 BRUMFITT S, 1993, APHASIOLOGY, V7, P569, DOI 10.1080/02687039308248631 CAPPA S, 1987, NEUROPSYCHOLOGIA, V25, P775, DOI 10.1016/0028-3932(87)90115-1 CUTTING J, 1978, J NEUROL NEUROSUR PS, V41, P548, DOI 10.1136/jnnp.41.6.548 EBRAHIM S, 1987, BRIT J PSYCHIAT, V151, P52, DOI 10.1192/bjp.151.1.52 FINKLESTEIN S, 1982, ANN NEUROL, V12, P463, DOI 10.1002/ana.410120509 FOLSTEIN MF, 1977, J NEUROL NEUROSUR PS, V40, P1018, DOI 10.1136/jnnp.40.10.1018 FRAZEN EA, 1973, BRAIN RES, V54, P277 GAINOTTI G, 1995, ITAL J NEUROL SCI, V16, P439, DOI 10.1007/BF02229321 Gainotti G, 1972, Cortex, V8, P41 GAINOTTI G, 1993, NEUROPSYCHOL REHABIL, V3, P259, DOI 10.1080/09602019308401440 GAINOTTI G, 1996, IN PRESS J CLIN EXPT GAINOTTI G, 1983, HEMISYNDROMES PSYCHO, P175 HERRMANN M, 1995, STROKE, V26, P852 Herrmann M, 1993, Disabil Rehabil, V15, P55 HOUSE A, 1989, BRIT MED J, V298, P991 Kendall E, 1996, NEUROPSYCHOL REHABIL, V6, P101, DOI 10.1080/713755502 Kubler-Ross E, 1969, DEATH DYING Lazarus R. S., 1984, STRESS APPRAISAL COP LAZARUS RS, 1993, PSYCHOSOM MED, V55, P234 Lazarus R.S., 1990, PSYCHOL INQ, V1, P3, DOI 10.1207/s15327965pli0101_1 LAZARUS RS, 1982, AM PSYCHOL, V37, P1019, DOI 10.1037/0003-066X.37.9.1019 LEWIN W, 1976, BRIT MED J, V2, P1533 Lezak MD, 1987, J HEAD TRAUMA REHAB, V2, P57, DOI DOI 10.1097/00001199-198703000-00009 LIPSEY JR, 1985, AM J PSYCHIAT, V142, P527 LIPSEY JR, 1986, AM J PSYCHIAT, V143, P527 MCKINLAY WW, 1981, J NEUROL NEUROSUR PS, V44, P527, DOI 10.1136/jnnp.44.6.527 MULLER D, 1993, LINGUISTIC DISORDERS, P372 MYERS R E, 1972, Acta Neurobiologiae Experimentalis (Warsaw), V32, P567 NATHANSON M, 1952, AMA ARCH NEUROL PSY, V68, P380 PARIKH RM, 1987, STROKE, V18, P579 ROBINSON RG, 1982, STROKE, V13, P635 ROBINSON RG, 1984, BRAIN, V107, P81, DOI 10.1093/brain/107.1.81 ROBINSON RG, 1983, COMPR PSYCHIAT, V24, P555, DOI 10.1016/0010-440X(83)90024-X ROBINSON RG, 1985, J NERV MENT DIS, V173, P221, DOI 10.1097/00005053-198504000-00003 ROBINSON RG, 1984, STROKE, V15, P510 ROMANO MD, 1974, SCAND J REHABIL MED, V6, P1 ROSENBAUM M, 1976, J CONSULT CLIN PSYCH, V44, P881, DOI 10.1037//0022-006X.44.6.881 SINYOR D, 1986, STROKE, V17, P1102 STAMBROOK M, 1991, J CLIN EXP NEUROPSYC, V13, P521, DOI 10.1080/01688639108401068 Starkstein S. E., 1988, APHASIOLOGY, V2, P1, DOI 10.1080/02687038808248883 STARKSTEIN SE, 1989, BRIT J PSYCHIAT, V154, P170, DOI 10.1192/bjp.154.2.170 STARKSTEIN SE, 1987, BRAIN, V110, P1045, DOI 10.1093/brain/110.4.1045 Tanner D. C., 1988, APHASIOLOGY, V7, P79, DOI 10.1080/02687038808248889 THOMSEN IV, 1984, J NEUROL NEUROSUR PS, V47, P260, DOI 10.1136/jnnp.47.3.260 WAHRBORG P, 1988, THESIS U GOTEBORG GO WAHRBORG P, 1991, ASSESSMENT MANAGEMEN WEDDELL RA, 1987, SCAND J REHABIL MED, V19, P93 Weinstein E. A., 1955, DENIAL ILLNESS SYMBO WEINSTEIN EA, 1953, AMA ARCH NEUROL PSY, V69, P355 NR 57 TC 25 Z9 25 PU TAYLOR & FRANCIS LTD PI LONDON PA ONE GUNPOWDER SQUARE, LONDON, ENGLAND EC4A 3DE SN 0268-7038 J9 APHASIOLOGY JI Aphasiology PD JUL PY 1997 VL 11 IS 7 BP 635 EP 650 DI 10.1080/02687039708249412 PG 16 WC Clinical Neurology SC Neurosciences & Neurology GA XJ639 UT WOS:A1997XJ63900001 ER PT J AU Andersen, G AF Andersen, G TI Post-stroke depression and pathological crying: Clinical aspects and new pharmacological approaches SO APHASIOLOGY LA English DT Article ID POSTSTROKE DEPRESSION; MOOD DISORDERS; MAJOR DEPRESSION; ELECTROCONVULSIVE-THERAPY; NORTRIPTYLINE TREATMENT; METHYLPHENIDATE; CITALOPRAM; SYMPTOMATOLOGY; EMOTIONALISM; FREQUENCY AB Despite it having been firmly established that depression and pathological crying are common and debilitating sequelae of stroke, one of the major unmet needs of stroke patients is still for these conditions to be recognized and treated. About 40% of stroke survivors become depressed the first year following stroke, with most cases developing within the early stroke period. Half of initially depressed patients will recover spontaneously within the first months, whereas the remainder are likely to develop chronic depression. As a consequence their quality of life suffers, greater stress is placed on the family and social activity decreases. While less is known of depression in aphasic patients, because of the lack of reliable assessment methods, the frequency is probably the same as in non-aphasic stroke patients. The aetiology of poststroke depression seems to involve mainly organic but also non-organic factors, although no single factor has been identified which is able to explain the majority of cases. Pathological crying is extremely socially embarrassing for stroke patients. The frequency is lower than that of depression, the 1-year incidence being about 20%. In contrast to depression most cases occur in the very acute stroke period and 10% are still afflicted 1 year after stroke. There is now increasing evidence that post-stroke pathological crying is attributable to stroke-induced partial destruction of the serotoninergic raphe nuclei in the brainstem or their ascending projections to the hemispheres. Although the condition is classically described as being unrelated to depression, stroke patients with pathological crying have higher mood scores on quantitative measures, and are more likely to have depression than are other stroke patients. The need for active treatment of pathological crying is therefore two-fold. With both conditions effective and well tolerated treatment is provided by the selective serotonin re-uptake inhibitor, citalopram, side-effects if any being sparse, mild and transient. RP Andersen, G (reprint author), AARHUS UNIV HOSP,DEPT NEUROL,NORREBROGADE 44,DK-8000 AARHUS C,DENMARK. CR American Psychiatric Association, 1987, DIAGN STAT MAN MENT ANDERSEN G, 1995, EUR J NEUROL, V2, P45, DOI 10.1111/j.1468-1331.1995.tb00092.x ANDERSEN G, 1994, ACTA PSYCHIAT SCAND, V90, P190, DOI 10.1111/j.1600-0447.1994.tb01576.x ANDERSEN G, 1995, DRUG AGING, V6, P105, DOI 10.2165/00002512-199506020-00003 ANDERSEN G, 1994, STROKE, V25, P1050 ANDERSEN G, 1995, ACTA PSYCHIAT SCAND, V92, P193, DOI 10.1111/j.1600-0447.1995.tb09567.x ANDERSEN G, 1994, STROKE, V25, P1099 ANDERSEN G, 1993, LANCET, V342, P837, DOI 10.1016/0140-6736(93)92696-Q ASFORA WT, 1989, J NEUROL NEUROSUR PS, V52, P523, DOI 10.1136/jnnp.52.4.523 ASTROM M, 1993, STROKE, V24, P976 ASTROM M, 1992, STROKE, V23, P527 BECH P, 1988, ACTA PSYCHIAT SCAND, V78, P45 BECH P, 1993, J CLIN PSYCHIAT, V54, P18 Bech P, 1986, ACTA PSYCHIATR S326, V73, P7 BENEDEK DM, 1995, AM J PSYCHIAT, V152, P953 CATAPANO F, 1990, J CLIN PSYCHIAT, V51, P9 CURRIER MB, 1992, J NEUROPSYCH CLIN N, V4, P140 DAM H, 1989, ACTA PSYCHIAT SCAND, V80, P118, DOI 10.1111/j.1600-0447.1989.tb01312.x DAMECOUR CL, 1991, CORTEX, V27, P385 FEDOROFF JP, 1991, AM J PSYCHIAT, V148, P1172 FEIBEL JH, 1982, ARCH PHYS MED REHAB, V63, P276 FUJIKAWA T, 1993, STROKE, V24, P1631 FULLERTON AG, 1984, LANCET, V1, P519 Gainotti G, 1972, Cortex, V8, P41 GALLAGHER JP, 1989, ACTA NEUROL SCAND, V80, P114 GOLDSTEIN LB, 1995, NEUROLOGY, V45, P865 HANGER HC, 1993, LANCET, V342, P1235, DOI 10.1016/0140-6736(93)92214-E HERRMANN M, 1993, J NEUROL NEUROSUR PS, V56, P672, DOI 10.1136/jnnp.56.6.672 Herrmann M, 1993, Disabil Rehabil, V15, P55 HERRMANN M, 1995, STROKE, V26, P850 HOUSE A, 1987, INT J GERIATR PSYCH, V2, P211, DOI 10.1002/gps.930020403 HOUSE A, 1989, BRIT MED J, V298, P991 HOUSE A, 1991, BRIT J PSYCHIAT, V158, P83, DOI 10.1192/bjp.158.1.83 Johansson B B, 1992, Scand J Rehabil Med Suppl, V26, P105 JOHNSON ML, 1992, AM J PHYS MED REHAB, V71, P239, DOI 10.1097/00002060-199208000-00008 KATON W, 1990, Journal of Clinical Psychiatry, V51, P3 LAURITZEN L, 1994, PSYCHOPHARMACOLOGY, V114, P119, DOI 10.1007/BF02245452 LAZARUS LW, 1994, ARCH PHYS MED REHAB, V75, P403, DOI 10.1016/0003-9993(94)90163-5 LINGAM VR, 1988, J CLIN PSYCHIAT, V49, P151 LINGJAERDE O, 1987, Acta Psychiatrica Scandinavica Supplementum, V76, P1, DOI 10.1111/j.1600-0447.1987.tb10566.x LIPSEY JR, 1984, LANCET, V1, P297 MORIS PLP, 1993, AUSTR NZ J PSYCHIAT, V27, P601 MURRAY GB, 1986, J CLIN PSYCHIAT, V47, P258 OVERO KF, 1985, PSYCHOPHARMACOLOGY, V86, P253 Poeck K, 1985, HDB CLIN NEUROLOGY, P219 REDING MJ, 1986, ARCH NEUROL-CHICAGO, V43, P763 ROBINSON RG, 1983, STROKE, V14, P736 ROBINSON RG, 1993, AM J PSYCHIAT, V150, P286 ROBINSON RG, 1984, BRAIN, V107, P81, DOI 10.1093/brain/107.1.81 SCHIFFER RB, 1985, NEW ENGL J MED, V312, P1480, DOI 10.1056/NEJM198506063122303 SCHUBERT DSP, 1992, PSYCHOSOMATICS, V33, P290 STAWRKSTEIN SE, 1988, ARCH GEN PSYCHIAT, V45, P247 TURNER RJ, 1990, J NERV MENT DIS, V178, P343, DOI 10.1097/00005053-199006000-00001 WADE DT, 1987, BRIT J PSYCHIAT, V151, P200, DOI 10.1192/bjp.151.2.200 ZWIL AS, 1992, CONVULSIVE THER, V8, P103 NR 55 TC 10 Z9 10 PU TAYLOR & FRANCIS LTD PI LONDON PA ONE GUNPOWDER SQUARE, LONDON, ENGLAND EC4A 3DE SN 0268-7038 J9 APHASIOLOGY JI Aphasiology PD JUL PY 1997 VL 11 IS 7 BP 651 EP 664 DI 10.1080/02687039708249413 PG 14 WC Clinical Neurology SC Neurosciences & Neurology GA XJ639 UT WOS:A1997XJ63900002 ER PT J AU Sarno, MT AF Sarno, MT TI Quality of life in aphasia in the first post-stroke year SO APHASIOLOGY LA English DT Article; Proceedings Paper CT 6th International Aphasia Rehabilitation Conference CY 1994 CL AALBORG, DENMARK ID OF-LIFE; REHABILITATION; RELATIVES; LANGUAGE; HEALTH AB The term quality of life (QOL) is used by both scientists and lay persons and is defined in many different ways. One of the major challenges in measuring QOL results from the fact that it is a latent trait not subject to direct observation or countable phenomena. Specific attention to QOL in the stroke survivor has been rare. This paper reviews the literature, identities some of the issues, and reports a study of QOL in 59 consecutively admitted post-stroke aphasic patients who were treated in a comprehensive rehabilitation medicine programme and followed from three to twelve months post onset. The results suggest that improved QOL in aphasic persons of all types in the first poststroke year relates to the intensity and duration of aphasia rehabilitation services which addresses language, communication strategies, copying skills, and psychosocial issues. C1 NYU MED CTR,HOWARD A RUSK INST REHABIL MED,SPEECH LANGUAGE PATHOL DEPT,NEW YORK,NY 10016. RP Sarno, MT (reprint author), NYU,SCH MED,NEW YORK,NY 10003, USA. CR ALEXANDER JL, 1993, ARCH PHYSICAL MED RE, V18, P144 BANJA JD, 1990, ARCH PHYS MED REHAB, V71, P614 BECH P, 1993, PSYCHOTHER PSYCHOSOM, V59, P1 BECH P, 1990, PSYCHOTHER PSYCHOSOM, V54, P77 BENSON DF, 1967, CORTEX MILANO, V3, P373 BLOMERT L, 1994, ASSESSMENT VERBAL CO DEHAAN R, 1993, STROKE, V24, P320 DENNIS RE, 1993, EXCEPT CHILDREN, V59, P499 DRAPER P, 1992, J ADV NURS, V17, P965, DOI 10.1111/j.1365-2648.1992.tb02025.x FAVA GA, 1990, PSYCHOTHER PSYCHOSOM, V54, P70 FLANAGAN JC, 1982, ARCH PHYS MED REHAB, V63, P56 FRATTALI CM, 1992, APHASIOLOGY, V6, P63, DOI 10.1080/02687039208248577 Fugl-Meyer AR, 1991, CLIN REHABIL, V5, P25, DOI 10.1177/026921559100500105 GESCHWIN.N, 1971, NEW ENGL J MED, V284, P654, DOI 10.1056/NEJM197103252841206 GLASS TA, 1993, STROKE, V24, P64 Goodglass H, 1983, ASSESSMENT APHASIA R, V2nd GOTTSCHALK LA, 1992, PSYCHOTHER PSYCHOSOM, V58, P69 JENNINGS B, 1988, ETHICAL CHALLENGES C KATZ S, 1976, INT J HEALTH SERV, V6, P493, DOI 10.2190/UURL-2RYU-WRYD-EY3K LABI MLC, 1980, ARCH PHYS MED REHAB, V61, P561 LAWRENCE L, 1979, AGE AGEING, V8, P167, DOI 10.1093/ageing/8.3.167 MCSWEENY AJ, 1990, NEUROPSYCHOLOGY EVER, P185 PASHEK GV, 1988, CORTEX, V24, P411 *PRES COMM, 1980, PRES COMM NAT GOALS PRINS RS, 1978, BRAIN LANG, V6, P192, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(78)90058-5 PRUTTING CA, 1987, J SPEECH HEAR DISORD, V52, P105 Raven J. C., 1965, COLOURED PROGR MATRI SARNO JE, 1979, STROKE CONDITION PAT SARNO JE, 1973, ARCH PHYS MED REHAB, V54, P214 Sarno MT, 1969, FUNCTIONAL COMMUNICA SARNO MT, 1986, SILENT MINORITY PATI SARNO MT, 1993, APHASIOLOGY, V7, P321, DOI 10.1080/02687039308249514 SARNO MT, 1984, FUNCTIONAL ASSESSMEN, P210 SCHUESSLER KF, 1985, ANNU REV SOCIOL, V11, P129 SCHWARTZ GE, 1983, PSYCHOL REP, V53, P479 SIEGRIST J, 1990, PSYCHOTHER PSYCHOSOM, V54, P90 SPRANGERS MAG, 1992, J CLIN EPIDEMIOL, V45, P743, DOI 10.1016/0895-4356(92)90052-O Spreen O, 1977, NEUROSENSORY CTR COM TAYLOR M L, 1965, Arch Phys Med Rehabil, V46, P101 TAYLOR ML, 1955, APHASIA REHABILITATI TAYLOR ML, 1958, MONOGRAPH NEW YORK U, V2 Thelander MJ, 1994, REPORT EVALUATION EF Turnblom M, 1952, J SPEECH HEAR DISORD, V17, P393 World Health Organization, 1980, INT CLASS IMP DIS HA Zahn L., 1992, J ADV NURS, V17, P795, DOI 10.1111/j.1365-2648.1992.tb02000.x ZARIT SH, 1980, GERONTOLOGIST, V20, P649 NR 46 TC 39 Z9 40 PU TAYLOR & FRANCIS LTD PI LONDON PA ONE GUNPOWDER SQUARE, LONDON, ENGLAND EC4A 3DE SN 0268-7038 J9 APHASIOLOGY JI Aphasiology PD JUL PY 1997 VL 11 IS 7 BP 665 EP 679 DI 10.1080/02687039708249414 PG 15 WC Clinical Neurology SC Neurosciences & Neurology GA XJ639 UT WOS:A1997XJ63900003 ER PT J AU Hoen, B Thelander, M Worsley, J AF Hoen, B Thelander, M Worsley, J TI Improvement in psychological well-being of people with aphasia and their families: Evaluation of a community-based programme SO APHASIOLOGY LA English DT Article ID LIFE AB The York-Durham Aphasia Centre comprises a community-based programme for people with aphasia and their families. Tt offers long-term support and service at any time post-stroke or head injury. This evaluation focused on improvement in psychosocial well-being in the clients and their family members as a measure of programme effectiveness. Trained programme volunteers administered Ryff's Psychological Well-being Scale to 35 clients twice, at 6 months apart. Twelve family members also self-administered the scale twice. Volunteers handled the administration well, and aphasic clients were able to complete the scale with little difficulty. Both clients and family members showed positive change in five of six dimensions of psychological well-being. This improvement in both groups may be related to the direct attention the programmes give to psychosocial well-being and communication, the overall environment of the centre, and the test administration itself. The positive change in these aphasic clients of varying ages and time post-stroke means that improvement in psychological well-being is possible regardless of time poststroke and age. There are important implications for health and social service system planning, and more specifically for programme planning for people with aphasia and their families. CR AHRBORG P, 1991, ASSESSMENT MANAGEMEN FRATTALI CM, 1992, APHASIOLOGY, V6, P63, DOI 10.1080/02687039208248577 RYFF CD, 1989, J PERS SOC PSYCHOL, V57, P1069, DOI 10.1037/0022-3514.57.6.1069 RYFF CD, 1992, PSYCHOL AGING, V7, P507, DOI 10.1037//0882-7974.7.4.507 RYFF CD, 1989, INT J BEHAV DEV, V12, P35 RYFF CD, 1991, ANN REV GERONTOLOGY, V11, P145 RYFF CD, 1991, PSYCHOL AGING, V6, P286, DOI 10.1037/0882-7974.6.2.286 NR 7 TC 34 Z9 37 PU TAYLOR & FRANCIS LTD PI LONDON PA ONE GUNPOWDER SQUARE, LONDON, ENGLAND EC4A 3DE SN 0268-7038 J9 APHASIOLOGY JI Aphasiology PD JUL PY 1997 VL 11 IS 7 BP 681 EP 691 DI 10.1080/02687039708249415 PG 11 WC Clinical Neurology SC Neurosciences & Neurology GA XJ639 UT WOS:A1997XJ63900004 ER PT J AU Lyon, JG Cariski, D Keisler, L Rosenbek, J Levine, R Kumpula, J Ryff, C Coyne, S Blanc, M AF Lyon, JG Cariski, D Keisler, L Rosenbek, J Levine, R Kumpula, J Ryff, C Coyne, S Blanc, M TI Communication Partners: Enhancing participation in life and communication for adults with aphasia in natural settings SO APHASIOLOGY LA English DT Article AB Communication partners is a novel aphasia treatment plan whose aim is to restore a sense of purpose, direction, and control to daily life for both patient and caregiver. Treatment involves the participation of a community volunteer who, once paired with an aphasic adult, acts as a Liaison in bridging clinical and real-life pursuits. Initially, treatment pairs are taught how to interact freely and effectively. Once comfortable in each other's company these partners embark on activities of the patient's choosing at home or in the community. Results from 10 treated pairs failed to yield significant differences on the Boston Diagnostic Aphasia Examination, Communication Abilities in Daily Living, or the Affect Balance Scale. However, all participants, i.e. patients, caregivers, and communication partners, noted statistically significant gains in the aphasic adult's well-being and communication on two investigator-constructed questionnaires. Other informal measures also supported the use of this treatment. The significance of these findings, as well as methodological considerations when undertaking this type of research, are discussed. C1 WILLIAM S MIDDLETON MEM VET ADM MED CTR,MADISON,WI. UNIV WISCONSIN,SCH MED,DEPT NEUROL,MADISON,WI. UNIV WISCONSIN,DEPT PSYCHOL,MADISON,WI 53706. UNIV WISCONSIN,DEPT COMMUN DISORDERS,MADISON,WI 53706. RP Lyon, JG (reprint author), LIVING APHASIA INC,6344 HILLSANDWOOD RD,MAZOMANIE,WI 53560, USA. CR Agar M., 1986, SPEAKING ETHNOGRAPHY Bradburn NM, 1969, STRUCTURE PSYCHOL WE BYNG S, 1990, ART SCI CLIN PRACTIC CSIKSZENTMIHALY.M, 1993, EVOLVING SELF CSIKSZENTMIHALY.M, 1990, FLOW PSYCHOL OPTIMAL Damico JS, 1995, CLIN APHASIOL, V23, P83 ELMAN RJ, 1995, CLIN APHASIOLOGY, V233, P77 Goodglass H, 1983, ASSESSMENT APHASIA R, V2nd Holland A., 1980, COMMUNICATIVE ABILIT HOLLAND AL, 1992, NIDCD MONOGRAPH, V2, P147 Kagan A, 1995, TOP STROKE REHABIL, V2, P15 Lyon J, 1992, AM J SPEECH-LANG PAT, V1, P7 Sarno M. T., 1981, ACQUIRED APHASIA, P485 SARNO MT, 1993, APHASIOLOGY, V7, P321, DOI 10.1080/02687039308249514 SARNO MT, 1992, NIDCD MONOGRAPHS, V2, pR11 SCHWARTZ MF, 1992, NIDCD MONOGRAPH, V2, P17 World Health Organization, 1980, INT CLASS IMP DIS HA NR 17 TC 92 Z9 93 PU TAYLOR & FRANCIS LTD PI LONDON PA ONE GUNPOWDER SQUARE, LONDON, ENGLAND EC4A 3DE SN 0268-7038 J9 APHASIOLOGY JI Aphasiology PD JUL PY 1997 VL 11 IS 7 BP 693 EP 708 DI 10.1080/02687039708249416 PG 16 WC Clinical Neurology SC Neurosciences & Neurology GA XJ639 UT WOS:A1997XJ63900005 ER PT J AU Wahrborg, P Borenstein, P Linell, S HedbergBorenstein, E Asking, M AF Wahrborg, P Borenstein, P Linell, S HedbergBorenstein, E Asking, M TI Ten-year follow-up of young aphasic participants in a 34-week course at a Folk High School SO APHASIOLOGY LA English DT Article AB An altered social life, dependency, loneliness and even a progressive social and psychological deterioration have been reported in aphasic stroke victims. In an attempt to improve rehabilitation for aphasic people and their relatives we presented in 1987 the effects of a structured I-week course located at a 'Folk High School'. As a development of this shea course a 34-week educational programme for young aphasics was designed. Results from this course were presented in 1987. We now present results from a 10-year follow-up. Eight young aphasic people, less than 50 years of age, participated in the course. The participants were assessed on three occasions. Standardized neurological examination, aphasia examination, verbal performance rating, short-term memory and quality-of-life examination were performed. The participants improved in verbal performance as well as in aphasiological status from the beginning of the course to the end of the course. This improvement was diminished at follow-up 10 years later. All participants who completed the 34-week course showed an improvement in their aphasiological status immediately after the course. At follow-up 10 years later, all participants except one showed a more severe aphasia than at the end of the course. It is especially remarkable that in several cases the total percentile scores for auditory comprehension and/or repetition (of words and phrases) were lower than even at the beginning of the course. Concerning quality of life the participants reported differently. In this study we did not find that the improvement found immediately after the course in aphasic status and verbal performance was maintained after 10 years. It could be that the improvement found immediately after the course was due to an intensive use of language during the course, but also as a result of the rich social life at these schools. An improvement in aphasic status was found in one case. Most participants reported an improved quality of life after the course compared to before. Only one participant reported an overall deterioration, due to a depression, existing before the participant became aphasic. Despite the limited size of this study, and the associated uncertainty in data interpretation, we conclude that this course has had a major impact on the participants, and that they have gained a better quality of life even though the improved verbal performance and aphasic status were not maintained. C1 SKENE HOSP,DEPT INTERNAL MED,GOTHENBURG,SWEDEN. VASA HOSP,GOTHENBURG,SWEDEN. RP Wahrborg, P (reprint author), SAHLGRENS UNIV HOSP,DIV CARDIOL,DEV CTR,S-41345 GOTHENBURG,SWEDEN. CR BORENSTEIN P, 1987, APHASIOLOGY, V1, P263, DOI 10.1080/02687038708248843 BROMAN T, 1986, MULTIPLE SCLEROSIS G Goodglass H, 1972, ASSESSMENT APHASIA R KURTZKE JF, 1961, NEUROLOGY, V11, P686 Luria A. R., 1973, THE WORKING BRAIN MONTGOMERY SA, 1979, BRIT J PSYCHIAT, V134, P382, DOI 10.1192/bjp.134.4.382 Reinvang I., 1980, NORSK GRUNNTEST AFAS WAHRBORG P, 1986, VERBAL PERFORMANCE R WAHRBORG P, 1991, ASSESSMENT MANAGEMEN NR 9 TC 5 Z9 5 PU TAYLOR & FRANCIS LTD PI LONDON PA ONE GUNPOWDER SQUARE, LONDON, ENGLAND EC4A 3DE SN 0268-7038 J9 APHASIOLOGY JI Aphasiology PD JUL PY 1997 VL 11 IS 7 BP 709 EP 715 DI 10.1080/02687039708249417 PG 7 WC Clinical Neurology SC Neurosciences & Neurology GA XJ639 UT WOS:A1997XJ63900006 ER PT J AU Herrmann, M AF Herrmann, M TI Studying psychosocial problems in aphasia: Some conceptual and methodological considerations SO APHASIOLOGY LA English DT Article ID DEPRESSION; STROKE; ANOSOGNOSIA; SYMPTOMS; THERAPY; FAMILY AB This paper describes problems of studies and research focusing on psychosocial and emotional sequelae in aphasic patients and their relatives. Based on a model of different components of the construct 'psychosocial status' and their interactions conceptual, methodological, and statistical problems are outlined. Furthermore, some specific aspects of evaluation, treatment, and outcome in aphasia rehabilitation are discussed. RP Herrmann, M (reprint author), OTTO VON GUERICKE UNIV,DEPT NEUROL,DIV NEUROPSYCHOL,LEIPZIGER STR 44,D-39112 MAGDEBURG,GERMANY. RI Herrmann, Manfred/H-3931-2011 CR Anton G, 1898, WIEN KLIN WOCHENSCHR, V11, P227 BABINSKI J, 1918, REV NEUROL, V34, P365 BROOKSHIRE RH, 1983, J SPEECH HEAR DISORD, V48, P342 BRUMFITT S, 1993, APHASIOLOGY, V7, P569, DOI 10.1080/02687039308248631 DERMAN S, 1967, J AM SPEECH HEARING, V9, P175 DUFFY JR, 1981, J SPEECH HEAR RES, V24, P474 Gainotti G, 1972, Cortex, V8, P41 Goldstein K., 1939, ORGANISM HOLISTIC AP GORDON WA, 1988, APHASIOLOGY, V2, P85, DOI 10.1080/02687038808248890 HERMANN M, 1995, TOPICS STROKE REHABI, V2, P5 HERRMANN M, 1993, J NEUROL NEUROSUR PS, V56, P672, DOI 10.1136/jnnp.56.6.672 Herrmann M, 1993, Disabil Rehabil, V15, P55 HERRMANN M, 1995, STROKE, V26, P850 JACKSON HF, 1988, APHASIOLOGY, V2, P89, DOI 10.1080/02687038808248891 Kiresuk T, 1994, GOAL ATTAINMENT SCAL Kubler-Ross E, 1969, DEATH DYING LEDORZE G, 1995, APHASIOLOGY, V9, P239 LENDREM W, 1988, APHASIOLOGY, V2, P93, DOI 10.1080/02687038808248892 Poeck K, 1971, Cortex, V7, P254 SCHACTER DL, 1990, J CLIN EXP NEUROPSYC, V12, P155, DOI 10.1080/01688639008400962 SMITH DS, 1995, DISABIL REHABIL, V17, P15 Starkstein S. E., 1988, APHASIOLOGY, V2, P1, DOI 10.1080/02687038808248883 STARKSTEIN SE, 1990, NEUROLOGY, V40, P1380 STERN RA, 1991, AM J PSYCHIAT, V148, P351 Tanner D. C., 1988, APHASIOLOGY, V7, P79, DOI 10.1080/02687038808248889 Turnblom M, 1952, J SPEECH HEAR DISORD, V17, P393 WAHRBORG P, 1989, APHASIOLOGY, V3, P479, DOI 10.1080/02687038908249009 WAHRBORG P, 1990, APHASIOLOGY, V4, P371, DOI 10.1080/02687039008249089 Weinstein E. A., 1955, DENIAL ILLNESS SYMBO WERTZ RT, 1995, TREATMENT APHASIA TH, P309 WILLMES K, 1990, APHASIOLOGY, V4, P415, DOI 10.1080/02687039008249092 World Health Organization, 1980, INT CLASS IMP DIS HA NR 32 TC 18 Z9 18 PU TAYLOR & FRANCIS LTD PI LONDON PA ONE GUNPOWDER SQUARE, LONDON, ENGLAND EC4A 3DE SN 0268-7038 J9 APHASIOLOGY JI Aphasiology PD JUL PY 1997 VL 11 IS 7 BP 717 EP 725 DI 10.1080/02687039708249418 PG 9 WC Clinical Neurology SC Neurosciences & Neurology GA XJ639 UT WOS:A1997XJ63900007 ER PT J AU Christensen, AL AF Christensen, AL TI Communication in relation to self-esteem SO APHASIOLOGY LA English DT Article ID APHASIA; SENSE AB A holistic approach is essential in the rehabilitation of brain-damaged patients. This approach should be based not only on the specific neurolinguistic impairment, but also on the spared abilities of the patient, which are necessary to allow an acceptable role in life. The case of a patient illustrating this position is shortly presented. RP Christensen, AL (reprint author), UNIV COPENHAGEN,CTR REHABIL BRAIN INJURY,88 NJALSGADE,DK-2300 COPENHAGEN S,DENMARK. CR BRUMFITT S, 1993, APHASIOLOGY, V7, P569, DOI 10.1080/02687039308248631 HERRMANN M, 1993, APHASIOLOGY, V7, P575, DOI 10.1080/02687039308248632 HOLLAND AL, 1993, APHASIOLOGY, V7, P581, DOI 10.1080/02687039308248634 MACKENZIE C, 1993, APHASIOLOGY, V7, P584, DOI 10.1080/02687039308248635 WAHRBORG P, 1991, ASSESSMENT MANAGEMEN WENZ C, 1990, PSYCHOTHER PSYCH MED, V40, P488 NR 6 TC 2 Z9 2 PU TAYLOR & FRANCIS LTD PI LONDON PA ONE GUNPOWDER SQUARE, LONDON, ENGLAND EC4A 3DE SN 0268-7038 J9 APHASIOLOGY JI Aphasiology PD JUL PY 1997 VL 11 IS 7 BP 727 EP 734 DI 10.1080/02687039708249419 PG 8 WC Clinical Neurology SC Neurosciences & Neurology GA XJ639 UT WOS:A1997XJ63900008 ER PT J AU Devescovi, A Bates, E DAmico, S Hernandez, A Marangolo, P Pizzamiglio, L Razzano, C AF Devescovi, A Bates, E DAmico, S Hernandez, A Marangolo, P Pizzamiglio, L Razzano, C TI An on-line study of grammaticality judgements in normal and aphasic speakers of Italian SO APHASIOLOGY LA English DT Article ID SENTENCE INTERPRETATION; AGRAMMATIC APHASIA; SYNTACTIC COMPREHENSION; LEXICAL ACCESS; BROCAS APHASIA; LANGUAGE; MORPHOLOGY; TIME; SENSITIVITY; JUDGMENTS AB It has been widely argued that Broca's aphasics suffer from a loss of grammatical knowledge, accounting for the co-occurrence of expressive agrammatism (i.e. reduced, telegraphic speech with few inflections and function words) and specific problems with grammatical elements in sentence comprehension. This idea is challenged by cross-linguistic studies showing that agrammatic patients retain detailed structural properties of their native language in comprehension and production, and by studies showing that these patients can make judgements of grammaticality that would be difficult to explain ii they had lost grammatical knowledge. The present study compares sensitivity to errors of subject-verb and noun-adjective agreement in Italian, in agrammatic Broca's aphasics, fluent Wernicke's and anemic aphasics, college students and elderly controls. Stimuli vary in amount of grammatical context (i.e. the number of cues available to signal an agreement contrast), and in degree of violation (i.e. violation of only one morphological dimension, e.g. person, number or gender, vs violations that involve more than one dimension). Errors are detected 'on-line', yielding information about reaction time as well as accuracy. Results confirm that Broca's aphasics perform above chance, at levels equal to fluent patients with expressive agrammatism, providing further evidence against central agrammatism. Differential effects of grammatical context and degree of violation are observed in accuracy and reaction times for normals and patient groups. Implications for processing accounts of language breakdown in aphasia are discussed. C1 UNIV CALIF SAN DIEGO, CTR RES LANGUAGE, LA JOLLA, CA 92093 USA. UNIV ROMA LA SAPIENZA, ROME, ITALY. CLIN NEUROL & CTR RIC SANTA LUCIA, ROME, ITALY. CR BATES E, 1989, APHASIOLOGY, V3, P111, DOI 10.1080/02687038908248981 Bates E., 1989, CROSSLINGUISTIC STUD, P328 BATES E, 1995, PERCEPT PSYCHOPHYS, V57, P847, DOI 10.3758/BF03206800 Bates E., 1991, BRAIN LANGUAGE, V41 Bates E., 1989, CROSSLINGUISTIC STUD, P3 Bates E, 1996, PERCEPT PSYCHOPHYS, V58, P992, DOI 10.3758/BF03206827 BATES E, 1994, GRAMMATICAL DEFICITS BATES E, 1987, BRAIN LANG, V32, P19, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(87)90116-7 BATES E, 1991, BRAIN LANG, V41, P123, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(91)90149-U BATES E, 1987, CORTEX, V23, P545 BATES E, 1989, APHASIOLOGY, V3, P161, DOI 10.1080/02687038908248985 Blackwell A, 1996, LANG COGNITIVE PROC, V11, P337, DOI 10.1080/016909696387150 BLACKWELL A, 1995, J COGNITIVE NEUROSCI, V7, P228, DOI 10.1162/jocn.1995.7.2.228 BRADLEY D. C., 1980, BIOL STUDIES MENTAL, P269 Caplan D., 1987, NEUROLINGUISTICS LIN CAPLAN D, 1985, COGNITION, V21, P117, DOI 10.1016/0010-0277(85)90048-4 CARAMAZZA A, 1976, BRAIN LANG, V3, P572, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(76)90048-1 COHEN J, 1993, BEHAV RES METH INSTR, V25, P257, DOI 10.3758/BF03204507 DANLY M, 1982, BRAIN LANG, V16, P171, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(82)90082-7 DANLY M, 1983, BRAIN LANG, V19, P1, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(83)90052-4 DAVIDOFF J, 1994, BRAIN COGNITION, V24, P1, DOI 10.1006/brcg.1994.1001 DEBLESER R, 1994, BRAIN LANG, V46, P21, DOI 10.1006/brln.1994.1002 DEVESCOVI A, 1993, UNPUB DEV SENTENCE C DUCHEK JM, 1993, ADULT INFORMATION PR, P383 Elman J., 1996, RETHINKING INNATENES FILLMORE CJ, 1988, LANGUAGE, V64, P501, DOI 10.2307/414531 FRIEDERICI AD, 1985, COGNITION, V19, P133, DOI 10.1016/0010-0277(85)90016-2 GARRETT M, 1992, COGNITION, V42, P143, DOI 10.1016/0010-0277(92)90042-G Goldberg Adele, 1995, CONSTRUCTIONS CONSTR GOODGLASS H, 1994, UNDERSTANDING APHASI GREENFIELD PM, 1991, BEHAV BRAIN SCI, V14, P531 GRODZINSKY Y, 1993, BRAIN LANG, V45, P299, DOI 10.1006/brln.1993.1047 Grodzinslcy Y., 1990, THEORETICAL PERSPECT HAARMANN HJ, 1994, BRAIN LANG, V46, P493, DOI 10.1006/brln.1994.1028 HAGOORT P, 1993, LANG COGNITIVE PROC, V8, P439, DOI 10.1080/01690969308407585 HAGOORT P, 1993, BRAIN LANG, V45, P189, DOI 10.1006/brln.1993.1043 Hasher L., 1988, PSYCHOL LEARN MOTIV, V22, P193, DOI DOI 10.1016/S0079-7421(08)60041-9 HEILMAN KM, 1976, CORTEX, V12, P258 HERNANDEZ A, 1994, LINGUISTICS COGNITIV, P145 HERNANDEZ AE, 1994, APPL PSYCHOLINGUIST, V15, P417, DOI 10.1017/S014271640000686X HICKOK G, 1993, BRAIN LANG, V45, P371, DOI 10.1006/brln.1993.1051 JAREMA G, 1994, BRAIN LANG, V46, P683, DOI 10.1006/brln.1994.1037 Kail M, 1989, CROSSLINGUISTIC STUD, P77 KAIL M, 1994, UNPUB WORD ORDER VER Kean M. L, 1985, AGRAMMATISM KEMPLER D, 1991, J NEUROLINGUIST, V6, P301, DOI 10.1016/0911-6044(91)90024-D KILBORN K, 1991, BRAIN LANG, V41, P275, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(91)90156-U LAVER GD, 1993, PSYCHOL AGING, V8, P34, DOI 10.1037/0882-7974.8.1.34 LEVELT WJ, 1989, SIMPLY SPEAKING INTE LI P, 1993, J MEM LANG, V32, P169, DOI 10.1006/jmla.1993.1010 LIEBERMAN P, 1992, BRAIN LANG, V43, P169, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(92)90127-Z LINEBARGER MC, 1983, COGNITION, V13, P361, DOI 10.1016/0010-0277(83)90015-X LIU H, IN PRESS SINGLE WORD LIU H, 1992, APPL PSYCHOLINGUIST, V13, P451, DOI 10.1017/S0142716400005762 MACDONALD MC, 1994, PSYCHOL REV, V101, P676, DOI 10.1037//0033-295X.101.4.676 MacWhinney B., 1987, MECH LANGUAGE ACQUIS, P249 MacWhinney B., 1987, MECH LANGUAGE ACQUIS MacWhinney B., 1989, CROSSLINGUISTIC STUD MACWHINNEY B, 1991, BRAIN LANG, V41, P165, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(91)90151-P MACWHINNEY B, 1991, BRAIN LANG, V41, P234, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(91)90154-S MARTIN N, 1991, DEEP DYSL M LOND MAUNER G, 1993, BRAIN LANG, V45, P340, DOI 10.1006/brln.1993.1050 Menn L., 1990, AGRAMMATIC APHASIA C MICELI C, 1990, AGRAMMATIC APHASIA C, P717 MICELI G, 1983, BRAIN LANG, V19, P65, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(83)90056-1 MILBERG W, 1995, J COGNITIVE NEUROSCI, V7, P33, DOI 10.1162/jocn.1995.7.1.33 MILBERG W, 1981, BRAIN LANG, V14, P371, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(81)90086-9 MILBERG W, 1988, BRAIN LANG, V34, P279, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(88)90139-3 MIYAKE A, 1994, COGNITIVE NEUROPSYCH, V11, P671, DOI 10.1080/02643299408251989 NAESER MA, 1987, CORTEX, V23, P359 Neville H, 1991, J COGNITIVE NEUROSCI, V3, P155 OSTERHOUT L, 1993, LANG COGNITIVE PROC, V8, P413, DOI 10.1080/01690969308407584 OSTRIN RK, 1993, BRAIN LANG, V45, P147, DOI 10.1006/brln.1993.1040 PINKER S, 1994, LANGUAGE INSTINCT MI PLAUT DC, 1995, J CLIN EXP NEUROPSYC, V17, P291, DOI 10.1080/01688639508405124 PLEH C, 1989, CROSSLINGUISTIC STUD, P158 POLLACK I, 1964, PSYCHON SCI, V1, P125 PRATHER P, 1991, J PSYCHOLINGUIST RES, V20, P271, DOI 10.1007/BF01067219 Rumelhart D, 1986, PARALLEL DISTRIBUTED SHANKWEILER D, 1989, Language and Cognitive Processes, V4, P1, DOI 10.1080/01690968908406355 SLOBIN DI, 1991, BRAIN LANG, V41, P149, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(91)90150-Y SMITH S, 1987, BRAIN LANG, V30, P8, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(87)90025-3 Tanenhaus M.K., 1987, SPOKEN WORD RECOGNIT, P213 VONSTOCKERT TR, 1976, CORTEX, V12, P49 WILBERTZ A, 1991, STUD VIS INFORM PROC, V2, P353 WILLMES K, 1993, BRAIN, V116, P1527, DOI 10.1093/brain/116.6.1527 WULFECK BB, 1988, J SPEECH HEAR RES, V31, P72 WULFECK B, 1991, J COGNITIVE NEUROSCI, V3, P258, DOI 10.1162/jocn.1991.3.3.258 WULFECK B, 1991, BRAIN LANG, V41, P311, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(91)90158-W ZURIF E, 1993, BRAIN LANG, V45, P448, DOI 10.1006/brln.1993.1054 Zurif E. G., 1976, STUDIES NEUROLINGUIS, V1, P261 NR 91 TC 24 Z9 24 PU PSYCHOLOGY PRESS PI HOVE PA 27 CHURCH RD, HOVE BN3 2FA, EAST SUSSEX, ENGLAND SN 0268-7038 J9 APHASIOLOGY JI Aphasiology PD JUN PY 1997 VL 11 IS 6 BP 543 EP 579 DI 10.1080/02687039708248490 PG 37 WC Clinical Neurology SC Neurosciences & Neurology GA XF498 UT WOS:A1997XF49800001 ER PT J AU McCall, D Cox, DM Shelton, JR Weinrich, M AF McCall, D Cox, DM Shelton, JR Weinrich, M TI The influence of syntactic and semantic information on picture-naming performance in aphasic patients SO APHASIOLOGY LA English DT Article ID FACILITATION; LANGUAGE; ANOMIA; NORMS AB Two experiments are described investigating which aspects of the sentence completion prompt are requisite for enhancing the ability of aphasic subjects to retrieve picture names. Naming performance of eight aphasic subjects is assessed in response to sentence frames containing a semantically related word (sentence completions), semantically empty sentence frames (carrier phrases) and provision of semantic information alone (associate verbs). It was shown that, as a group, subjects demonstrated better naming performance in response to sentence completions containing a semantically related word than to semantically empty sentence frames or to verb associates. Consideration of response times provides evidence that the sentence completion condition facilitates subjects' access to picture names. Our results support the notion that it is the combination of syntactic and semantic variables that enhances naming. C1 UNIV MARYLAND,SCH MED,BALTIMORE,MD 21201. CR Barton M, 1969, Cortex, V5, P351 Benson DF, 1979, STUDIES NEUROLINGUIS, V4, P293 BERNDT RS, 1996, IN PRESS BRAIN LANGU BLOOM PA, 1980, MEM COGNITION, V8, P631, DOI 10.3758/BF03213783 BREEN K, 1994, CORTEX, V30, P231 CARAMAZZA A, 1990, CORTEX, V26, P95 DAVIES P, 1976, AM HERITAGE DICT ENG Francis WN, 1982, FREQUENCY ANAL ENGLI Geschwind N., 1967, CORTEX, V3, P97 Goodglass H, 1983, ASSESSMENT APHASIA R, V2nd GREENWALD ML, 1995, NEUROPSYCHOL REHABIL, V5, P17, DOI 10.1080/09602019508520174 Horner J, 1994, LANGUAGE INTERVENTIO, P135 HOWARD D, 1985, BRAIN, V108, P817 HOWARD D, 1985, COGNITIVE NEUROPSYCH, V2, P49, DOI 10.1080/02643298508252861 Kertesz A., 1982, W APHASIA BATTERY KOHN SE, 1985, BRAIN LANG, V24, P266, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(85)90135-X LINEBAUGH C, 1977, CLIN APHASIOLOGY, P19 LUPKER SJ, 1988, J EXP PSYCHOL LEARN, V14, P444, DOI 10.1037/0278-7393.14.3.444 LURIA A, 1975, F LANGUAGE DEV, V2, P49 Marshall R. C., 1987, APHASIOLOGY, V1, P59, DOI 10.1080/02687038708248812 McReynolds L. V., 1983, SINGLE SUBJECT EXPT MEYER DE, 1971, J EXP PSYCHOL, V90, P227, DOI 10.1037/h0031564 MITCHUM CC, 1990, APHASIOLOGY, V4, P261, DOI 10.1080/02687039008249079 MYERSPEASE D, 1978, CORTEX, V14, P178 Neely J. H., 1991, BASIC PROCESSES READ, P264 PATTERSON KE, 1983, APHASIA THERAPY, P76 PODRAZA BL, 1977, J SPEECH HEAR RES, V20, P669 SCHACTER DL, 1988, LANGUAGE, P242 SNODGRASS JG, 1980, J EXP PSYCHOL-HUM L, V6, P174, DOI 10.1037/0278-7393.6.2.174 THOMPSON C, 1981, CLIN APH C P, P35 WALES R, 1981, BRAIN LANG, V13, P301, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(81)90097-3 WILLIAMS SE, 1983, J COMMUN DISORD, V16, P357, DOI 10.1016/0021-9924(83)90018-7 WYKE M, 1973, NEUROPSYCHOLOGIA, V11, P451, DOI 10.1016/0028-3932(73)90033-X ZINGESER LB, 1988, COGNITIVE NEUROPSYCH, V5, P473, DOI 10.1080/02643298808253270 NR 34 TC 13 Z9 13 PU TAYLOR & FRANCIS LTD PI LONDON PA ONE GUNPOWDER SQUARE, LONDON, ENGLAND EC4A 3DE SN 0268-7038 J9 APHASIOLOGY JI Aphasiology PD JUN PY 1997 VL 11 IS 6 BP 581 EP 600 DI 10.1080/02687039708248491 PG 20 WC Clinical Neurology SC Neurosciences & Neurology GA XF498 UT WOS:A1997XF49800002 ER PT J AU Penn, C Jones, D Joffe, V AF Penn, C Jones, D Joffe, V TI Hierarchical discourse therapy: A method for the mild patient SO APHASIOLOGY LA English DT Article ID APHASIA C1 MAQUARIE UNIV,SCH ENGLISH & LINGUIST,SYDNEY,NSW,AUSTRALIA. RP Penn, C (reprint author), UNIV WITWATERSRAND,DEPT SPEECH PATHOL & AUDIOL,ZA-2050 JOHANNESBURG,SOUTH AFRICA. CR AU R, 1988, APHASIOLOGY, V2, P161, DOI 10.1080/02687038808248901 Biggs J. B., 1982, EVALUATING QUALITY L CHAPEY R, 1986, LANGUAGE INTERVENTIO, P220 CHAPEY R, 1983, J COMMUN DISORD, V16, P405, DOI 10.1016/0021-9924(83)90002-3 CHAPMAN SB, 1989, BRAIN LANG, V36, P651, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(89)90092-8 Davis G, 1985, ADULT APHASIA REHABI DOYLE PJ, 1989, J APPL BEHAV ANAL, V22, P157, DOI 10.1901/jaba.1989.22-157 Ellis A. W., 1988, HUMAN COGNITIVE NEUR FRIEDLAND DC, 1993, UNPUB TASK TEXT COMP HOLLAND AL, 1991, NEW FRONTIERS NEUROR Kertesz A., 1980, W APHASIA BATTERY KINTSCH W, 1978, PSYCHOL REV, V85, P363, DOI 10.1037//0033-295X.85.5.363 Marshall R. C., 1987, APHASIOLOGY, V1, P59, DOI 10.1080/02687038708248812 PENN C, 1993, APHASIA TREATMENT WO, P25 RUFF RM, 1990, COMMUNITY FOLLOWING, P85 SERON X, 1989, COGNITIVE APPROACHES SOHLBERG MM, 1990, COMMUNITY INTEGRATIO, P67 ULATOWSKA HK, 1989, SEMINARS SPEECH LANG, V10, P299 ULATOWSKA HK, 1993, NARRATIVE DISCOURSE, P182 WILLIAMS JM, 1987, REHABILITATION COGNI WOODS RL, 1990, COGNITIVE REHABILITA, P249 NR 21 TC 3 Z9 4 PU TAYLOR & FRANCIS LTD PI LONDON PA ONE GUNPOWDER SQUARE, LONDON, ENGLAND EC4A 3DE SN 0268-7038 J9 APHASIOLOGY JI Aphasiology PD JUN PY 1997 VL 11 IS 6 BP 601 EP 613 DI 10.1080/02687039708248492 PG 13 WC Clinical Neurology SC Neurosciences & Neurology GA XF498 UT WOS:A1997XF49800003 ER PT J AU Thompson, CK Ballard, KJ Tait, ME Weintraub, S Mesulam, M AF Thompson, CK Ballard, KJ Tait, ME Weintraub, S Mesulam, M TI Patterns of language decline in non-fluent primary progressive aphasia SO APHASIOLOGY LA English DT Article; Proceedings Paper CT 26th Clinical Aphasiology Conference CY JUN, 1996 CL NEWPORT, RI ID GENERALIZED DEMENTIA; AGRAMMATIC PRODUCTION AB Language samples collected yearly for up to 11 years post-onset of symptoms from four subjects presenting with non-fluent primary progressive aphasia (PPA) were analyzed and compared with samples collected from both non-brain-damaged subjects and those with agrammatic Broca's aphasia resulting from a single left-hemisphere stroke. Extensive analysis of lexical and morphosyntactic variables in these samples revealed two patterns of expressive language decline in the PPA subjects - one resembling that seen in our agrammatic aphasic subjects - i.e. impaired production of closed-class elements and loss of sentential structures governed by these elements-and the other characterized by advancing word-retrieval difficulties. These data are relevant for patient-management purposes and, in addition, they provide information relevant to language representation and organization. C1 NORTHWESTERN UNIV,DEPT NEUROL,CTR COGNIT NEUROL & ALZHEIMERS DIS,EVANSTON,IL 60208. NORTHWESTERN UNIV,INST NEUROSCI,EVANSTON,IL 60208. RP Thompson, CK (reprint author), NORTHWESTERN UNIV,DEPT COMMUN SCI & DISORDERS,APHASIA RES LAB,2299 N CAMPUS DR,EVANSTON,IL 60208, USA. RI Ballard, Kirrie/F-9558-2011 CR BASSO A, 1988, J NEUROL NEUROSUR PS, V51, P1201, DOI 10.1136/jnnp.51.9.1201 Chomsky N., 1986, BARRIERS DUFFY JR, 1987, CLIN APHASIOLOGY C P, V17, P349 DUFFY JR, 1992, APHASIOLOGY, V6, P1, DOI 10.1080/02687039208248573 Goodglass H., 1976, STUDIES NEUROLINGUIS, V1, P237 Goodglass H, 1983, ASSESSMENT APHASIA R, V2nd GOODGLASS H, 1993, CORTEX, V29, P377 HEATH PD, 1983, ANN NEUROL, V13, P687, DOI 10.1002/ana.410130625 Hooper HE, 1958, HOOPER VISUAL ORG TE KEGL J, 1995, BRAIN LANG, V50, P151, DOI 10.1006/brln.1995.1044 KEMPLER D, 1990, J NEUROL NEUROSUR PS, V53, P987, DOI 10.1136/jnnp.53.11.987 Kertesz A., 1982, W APHASIA BATTERY Kolk H. H. J., 1985, AGRAMMATISM, P165 McNeil M. R., 1995, AM J SPEECH-LANG PAT, V4, P76, DOI 10.1044/1058-0360.0404.76 MENN L, 1989, AGRAMMATIC APHASIA C MESULAM MM, 1982, ANN NEUROL, V11, P592, DOI 10.1002/ana.410110607 Miller J., 1992, SYSTEMATIC ANAL LANG NORTHEN B, 1990, APHASIOLOGY, V4, P55, DOI 10.1080/02687039008249054 Rey A., 1970, EXAMEN CLIN PSYCHOL ROCHON E, 1994, BRAIN LANG, V47, P420 SAFFRAN EM, 1989, BRAIN LANG, V37, P440, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(89)90030-8 Schneider SL, 1996, APHASIOLOGY, V10, P297, DOI 10.1080/02687039608248414 SCULLY RE, 1986, NEW ENGL J MED, V314, P303 Shipley W. C., 1946, I LIVING SCALE Thompson C. K, 1994, CLIN APHASIOLOGY, V23, P121 Thompson C. K., 1995, BRAIN LANG, V51, P124 Thompson CK, 1996, BRAIN LANG, V52, P175, DOI 10.1006/brln.1996.0009 THOMPSON CK, 1994, TENNET 5 MONTR CAN Turner RS, 1996, ANN NEUROL, V39, P166, DOI 10.1002/ana.410390205 WECHSLER D, 1981, W AIS R MANUAL Wechsler D, 1945, WECHSLER MEMORY SCAL Weintraub S., 1985, PRINCIPLES BEHAV NEU, P71 WEINTRAUB S, 1992, HDB NEUROPSYCHOLOGY, V18, P253 WEINTRAUB S, 1990, ARCH NEUROL-CHICAGO, V47, P1329 NR 34 TC 74 Z9 74 PU TAYLOR & FRANCIS LTD PI LONDON PA ONE GUNPOWDER SQUARE, LONDON, ENGLAND EC4A 3DE SN 0268-7038 J9 APHASIOLOGY JI Aphasiology PD APR-MAY PY 1997 VL 11 IS 4-5 BP 297 EP 321 DI 10.1080/02687039708248473 PG 25 WC Clinical Neurology SC Neurosciences & Neurology GA WU481 UT WOS:A1997WU48100002 ER PT J AU Beeson, PM Holland, AL Murray, LL AF Beeson, PM Holland, AL Murray, LL TI Naming famous people: An examination of tip-of-the-tongue phenomena in aphasia and Alzheimer's disease SO APHASIOLOGY LA English DT Article; Proceedings Paper CT 26th Clinical Aphasiology Conference CY JUN, 1996 CL NEWPORT, RI ID PROPER NAMES; DISORDERS; RETRIEVAL; MEMORY; STATE; FACE AB Confrontation naming of famous faces was studied in 33 individuals with aphasia (anemic, Broca's, and conduction) and 27 individuals with mild or moderate Alzheimer's disease (AD). Naming failures were examined for evidence of tip-of-the-tongue (TOT) state by probing semantic and word-form knowledge (initial letter and word shape). Basic semantic information was provided for many of the recognized faces by all subject groups. Conduction and Broca's groups showed strongest evidence of TOT, performing above chance on initial letter identification. There was little evidence of word-form knowledge in anemic and AD groups. C1 INDIANA UNIV,BLOOMINGTON,IN 47405. RP Beeson, PM (reprint author), UNIV ARIZONA,NATL CTR NEUROGEN COMMUN DISORDERS,POB 210071,TUCSON,AZ 85721, USA. CR BARONA A, 1984, J CONSULT CLIN PSYCH, V52, P885, DOI 10.1037/0022-006X.52.5.885 Barton M I, 1971, Cortex, V7, P73 Bayles K. A., 1987, COMMUNICATION COGNIT BAYLES KA, 1991, J COGNITIVE NEUROSCI, V3, P166, DOI 10.1162/jocn.1991.3.2.166 Bayles KA, 1991, ARIZONA BATTERY COMM BEESON PM, 1995, BRAIN LANG, V51, P23 BROWN R, 1966, J VERB LEARN VERB BE, V5, P325, DOI 10.1016/S0022-5371(66)80040-3 BRUCE C, 1988, NEUROPSYCHOLOGIA, V26, P253, DOI 10.1016/0028-3932(88)90078-4 Buckingham H. W., 1992, CONDUCTION APHASIA, P77 BURKE DM, 1991, J MEM LANG, V30, P542, DOI 10.1016/0749-596X(91)90026-G BURTON AM, 1992, BRIT J PSYCHOL, V83, P45 BUTTERWORTH B, 1992, COGNITION, V42, P261, DOI 10.1016/0010-0277(92)90045-J Chenery HJ, 1996, APHASIOLOGY, V10, P423, DOI 10.1080/02687039608248423 COHEN G, 1986, BRIT J DEV PSYCHOL, V4, P187 Cohen G, 1993, Memory, V1, P249, DOI 10.1080/09658219308258237 Damasio H, 1996, NATURE, V380, P499, DOI 10.1038/380499a0 FLUDE BM, 1989, BRAIN COGNITION, V11, P60, DOI 10.1016/0278-2626(89)90005-5 FOLSTEIN MF, 1975, J PSYCHIAT RES, V12, P189, DOI 10.1016/0022-3956(75)90026-6 GARRETT M, 1992, COGNITION, V42, P143, DOI 10.1016/0010-0277(92)90042-G Garrett Merrill, 1995, P881 Garrett M. F., 1984, BIOL PERSPECTIVES LA, P172 GOODGLASS H, 1976, CORTEX, V12, P145 Goodglass H., 1993, UNDERSTANDING APHASI Kertesz A., 1982, W APHASIA BATTERY KOHN SE, 1989, APHASIOLOGY, V3, P209, DOI 10.1080/02687038908248992 KORIAT A, 1974, MEM COGNITION, V2, P647, DOI 10.3758/BF03198134 LaBarge E, 1992, NEUROPSYCHOLOGY, V6, P77, DOI 10.1037//0894-4105.6.1.77 LEVELT W, 1989, SPEAKING INTENTION A LEVELT WJM, 1992, COGNITION, V42, P1, DOI 10.1016/0010-0277(92)90038-J LUCCHELLI F, 1992, CORTEX, V28, P221 Maylor E. A., 1990, J GERONTOL B-PSYCHOL, V45, P215 MCKENNA P, 1980, J NEUROL NEUROSUR PS, V43, P781, DOI 10.1136/jnnp.43.9.781 MCKHANN G, 1984, NEUROLOGY, V34, P939 Nebes R. D., 1992, HDB AGING COGNITION, P373 NICKELS L, 1992, COGNITIVE NEUROPSYCH, V9, P155, DOI 10.1080/02643299208252057 SEMENZA C, 1989, NATURE, V342, P678, DOI 10.1038/342678a0 NR 36 TC 12 Z9 12 PU TAYLOR & FRANCIS LTD PI LONDON PA ONE GUNPOWDER SQUARE, LONDON, ENGLAND EC4A 3DE SN 0268-7038 J9 APHASIOLOGY JI Aphasiology PD APR-MAY PY 1997 VL 11 IS 4-5 BP 323 EP 336 DI 10.1080/02687039708248474 PG 14 WC Clinical Neurology SC Neurosciences & Neurology GA WU481 UT WOS:A1997WU48100003 ER PT J AU Chapman, SB Ulatowska, HK Franklin, LR Shobe, AE Thompson, JL McIntire, DD AF Chapman, SB Ulatowska, HK Franklin, LR Shobe, AE Thompson, JL McIntire, DD TI Proverb interpretation in fluent aphasia and Alzheimer's disease: Implications beyond abstract thinking SO APHASIOLOGY LA English DT Article; Proceedings Paper CT 26th Clinical Aphasiology Conference CY JUN, 1996 CL NEWPORT, RI ID DEMENTIA; SPEECH AB This study compared proverb processing across three groups, i.e. patients with fluent aphasia (APH), patients with Alzheimer's Disease (AD), and normal control subjects (NC). Proverb stimuli were used to examine the effects of group membership and proverb familiarity in two presentation formats (i.e. spontaneous versus multiple-choice) on performance. The sensitivity of cognitive measures as predictors of ability to interpret proverbs was also investigated. In relation to NC subjects, patients with fluent APH exhibited significant difficulty formulating responses for familiar and unfamiliar spontaneous proverbs, whereas patients with AD demonstrated lower performance only on the unfamiliar proverbs. On the multiple-choice paradigm, however, patients with APH exhibited minimal difficulty. Conversely, the patients with AD manifested significant problems selecting the correct abstract response for familiar proverbs. With regard to predictors, language was relevant to familiar proverb interpretations and to proverbs presented in the spontaneous format. Cognition was a sensitive predictor for unfamiliar proverb interpretations and to the multiple-choice format. Deficits on the proverb tasks are discussed with reference to the potential breakdown of underlying linguistic and cognitive processes. The present data support the diagnostic value of proverbs in elucidating brain-behaviour relationships. C1 UNIV TEXAS,SW MED CTR,DALLAS,TX 75235. RP Chapman, SB (reprint author), UNIV TEXAS,CALLIER CTR COMMUN DISORDERS,1966 INWOOD RD,DALLAS,TX 75235, USA. CR Abrahams Roger D., 1968, SO FOLKLORE Q, V32, P44 BAYLES KA, 1989, J SPEECH HEAR DISORD, V54, P74 BLANKEN G, 1987, COGNITION, V27, P247, DOI 10.1016/S0010-0277(87)80011-2 Brundage SB, 1995, CLIN APHASIOL, V23, P165 CHAPMAN SB, 1994, LANGUAGE INTERVENTIO, P121 DELIS DC, 1984, UNPUB CALIFORNIA PRO FOLSTEIN MF, 1975, J PSYCHIAT RES, V12, P189, DOI 10.1016/0022-3956(75)90026-6 GIBBS RW, 1995, PSYCHOL BULL, V118, P133, DOI 10.1037/0033-2909.118.1.133 Goodglass H, 1983, ASSESSMENT APHASIA R, V2nd GREENHOUSE SW, 1959, PSYCHOMETRIKA, V24, P95, DOI 10.1007/BF02289823 HUGHES CP, 1982, BRIT J PSYCHIAT, V140, P566, DOI 10.1192/bjp.140.6.566 Kaplan E, 1983, BOSTON NAMING TEST Kempler D, 1988, Alzheimer Dis Assoc Disord, V2, P38, DOI 10.1097/00002093-198802010-00005 MATHEWS PJ, 1994, BRAIN LANG, V46, P439, DOI 10.1006/brln.1994.1024 MCKHANN G, 1984, NEUROLOGY, V34, P939 Mieder W., 1993, PROVERBS NEVER OUT S Mieder Wolfgang, 1985, PROVERBIUM, V2, P109 NICHOLAS M, 1985, J SPEECH HEAR RES, V28, P405 Norrick Neal R., 1985, PROVERBS MEAN SEMANT Raven J. C., 1962, COLOURED PROGR MATRI Seitel Peter, 1969, GENRE, V2, P143 Ulatowska HK, 1995, CLIN APHASIOL, V23, P179 Van Lancker D, 1990, Behav Neurol, V3, P169, DOI 10.3233/BEN-1990-3304 Wechsler D, 1981, WECHSLER ADULT INTEL NR 24 TC 17 Z9 18 PU TAYLOR & FRANCIS LTD PI LONDON PA ONE GUNPOWDER SQUARE, LONDON, ENGLAND EC4A 3DE SN 0268-7038 J9 APHASIOLOGY JI Aphasiology PD APR-MAY PY 1997 VL 11 IS 4-5 BP 337 EP 350 DI 10.1080/02687039708248475 PG 14 WC Clinical Neurology SC Neurosciences & Neurology GA WU481 UT WOS:A1997WU48100004 ER PT J AU Cherney, LR Drimmer, DP Halper, AS AF Cherney, LR Drimmer, DP Halper, AS TI Informational content and unilateral neglect: A longitudinal investigation of five subjects with right hemisphere damage SO APHASIOLOGY LA English DT Article; Proceedings Paper CT 26th Clinical Aphasiology Conference CY JUN, 1996 CL NEWPORT, RI ID ATTENTION; DISCOURSE; STROKE AB The relationship between unilateral visual neglect and production of narrative discourse in bye patients with right hemisphere damage (RHD) was examined longitudinally. Initially, all subjects demonstrated a left unilateral neglect on the Behavioural Inattention Test (Wilson et al. 1987a). During subsequent testing at 6-8 months and 12-16 months post-onset, subjects with a persistent unilateral neglect produced less concise discourse with reductions in the percentage of meaningful content units as compared to a group of control subjects. Subjects with a transient unilateral neglect produced informational content that was comparable to the normal subjects. Results support the notion that the presence and persistence of a unilateral visual neglect might assist in delineating more homogeneous groups of RHD subjects. C1 NORTHWESTERN UNIV,SCH MED,CHICAGO,IL. RP Cherney, LR (reprint author), REHABIL INST CHICAGO,ROOM 940,345 E SUPER ST,CHICAGO,IL 60611, USA. CR ARGUIN M, 1993, BRAIN COGNITION, V22, P148, DOI 10.1006/brcg.1993.1030 Bayles KA, 1991, ARIZONA BATTERY COMM BLOOM RL, 1992, BRAIN LANG, V42, P153, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(92)90122-U CANNITO M P, 1988, Seminars in Speech and Language, V9, P117, DOI 10.1055/s-0028-1082459 CHERNEY LR, 1993, CLIN APHASIOLOGY, V21, P123 CHERNEY LR, 1990, THESIS NW U COLOMBO A, 1982, ARCH PSYCHIAT NERVEN, V231, P539, DOI 10.1007/BF00343997 COSLETT HB, 1987, NEUROLOGY, V37, P957 FOLSTEIN MF, 1975, J PSYCHIAT RES, V12, P189, DOI 10.1016/0022-3956(75)90026-6 Heilman K. M., 1983, LOCALIZATION NEUROPS, P471 HEILMAN KM, 1978, NEUROLOGY, V28, P229 HEILMAN KM, 1984, SEMIN NEUROL, V4, P209, DOI 10.1055/s-2008-1041551 HIER DB, 1985, BRAIN LANG, V25, P117, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(85)90124-5 HIER DB, 1983, NEUROLOGY, V33, P345 JOANETTE Y, 1994, CLIN APHASIOL, V22, P1 JOANETTE Y, 1986, BRAIN LANG, V29, P81, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(86)90035-0 MESULAM M, 1981, ANN NEUROL, V10, P307 MYERS PS, 1994, CLIN APHASIOL, V22, P25 Myers PS, 1996, J SPEECH HEAR RES, V39, P870 POSNER MI, 1984, J NEUROSCI, V4, P1863 POSNER MI, 1987, NEUROPSYCHOLOGIA, V25, P135, DOI 10.1016/0028-3932(87)90049-2 RAPCSAK SZ, 1989, ARCH NEUROL-CHICAGO, V46, P178 SHERRATT SM, 1990, APHASIOLOGY, V4, P539, DOI 10.1080/02687039008248506 Trupe E. H., 1985, CLIN APHASIOLOGY C P, P83 Ulatowska Hanna K., 1988, NEUROPSYCHOLOGICAL S, P108 VALLAR G, 1986, NEUROPSYCHOLOGIA, V24, P609, DOI 10.1016/0028-3932(86)90001-1 Vallar G., 1987, NEUROPHYSIOLOGICAL N, P235 WILSON B, 1987, ARCH PHYS MED REHAB, V68, P98 Wilson B. A., 1987, BEHAV INATTENTION TE NR 29 TC 6 Z9 6 PU TAYLOR & FRANCIS LTD PI LONDON PA ONE GUNPOWDER SQUARE, LONDON, ENGLAND EC4A 3DE SN 0268-7038 J9 APHASIOLOGY JI Aphasiology PD APR-MAY PY 1997 VL 11 IS 4-5 BP 351 EP 363 DI 10.1080/02687039708248476 PG 13 WC Clinical Neurology SC Neurosciences & Neurology GA WU481 UT WOS:A1997WU48100005 ER PT J AU Freed, DB Marshall, RC Frazier, KE AF Freed, DB Marshall, RC Frazier, KE TI Long-term effectiveness of PROMPT treatment in a severely apractic-aphasic speaker SO APHASIOLOGY LA English DT Article; Proceedings Paper CT 26th Clinical Aphasiology Conference CY JUN, 1996 CL NEWPORT, RI AB This study examined the acquisition and long-term maintenance of a functional core vocabulary by a severely apractic-aphasic speaker following the application of Prompts for Restructuring Oral Muscular Phonetic Targets (PROMPT) treatment. The subject was a 24-year-old male who had suffered a single left-hemisphere thrombotic CVA approximately 2 years prior to the beginning of this investigation. Treatment and maintenance were monitored over a 41-week period. The results showed that the 30 target words and phrases were produced accurately during the treatment phases of the study and after treatment was discontinued. C1 UNIV RHODE ISL,KINGSTON,RI 02881. OREGON HLTH SCI UNIV,VET AFFAIRS MED CTR,PORTLAND,OR 97201. RP Freed, DB (reprint author), CALIF STATE UNIV FRESNO,DEPT COMMUNICAT SCI & DISORDERS,5048 N JACKSON AVE,FRESNO,CA 93740, USA. CR Chumpelik D., 1984, SEMINARS SPEECH LANG, V5, P139, DOI 10.1055/s-0028-1085172 Dunn L. M., 1981, PEABODY PICTURE VOCA Freed D. B., 1996, CLIN APHASIOLOGY, V24, P193 Goodglass H., 1983, BOSTON DIAGNOSTIC AP, V2nd Howard D., 1992, PYRAMIDS PALM TREES Porch B. E., 1981, PORCH INDEX COMMUNIC Raven J. C., 1962, COLOURED PROGR MATRI SQUARE P, 1986, CLIN PHASIOLOGY C P, V16, P221 SQUARE P, 1985, CLIN APHASIOLOGY C P, V15, P319 Square-Storer P. A., 1989, ACQUIRED APRAXIA SPE, P165 Wechsler D., 1987, WECHSLER MEMORY SCAL Wertz RT, 1984, APRAXIA SPEECH ADULT NR 12 TC 9 Z9 9 PU TAYLOR & FRANCIS LTD PI LONDON PA ONE GUNPOWDER SQUARE, LONDON, ENGLAND EC4A 3DE SN 0268-7038 J9 APHASIOLOGY JI Aphasiology PD APR-MAY PY 1997 VL 11 IS 4-5 BP 365 EP 372 DI 10.1080/02687039708248477 PG 8 WC Clinical Neurology SC Neurosciences & Neurology GA WU481 UT WOS:A1997WU48100006 ER PT J AU Marshall, RC Freed, DB Phillips, DS AF Marshall, RC Freed, DB Phillips, DS TI Communicative efficiency in severe aphasia SO APHASIOLOGY LA English DT Article; Proceedings Paper CT 26th Clinical Aphasiology Conference CY JUN, 1996 CL NEWPORT, RI ID ADULTS AB The communicative efficiency of three severely aphasic clients was assessed with a 10-item message exchange task. The three clients demonstrated distinctively different communication profiles. Client M.D. communicated verbally; B.D. relied on drawing and writing; J.S. employed elaborate gestures. Three groups of eight raters assessed the communicative efficiency (CE) and degree of communicative burden (CB) assumed by the partner for each message exchange using a visual analogue scale. One group was aware of the content of the message exchanges (Full Content); a second received partial information about message contents in the form of a cue (Partial Content); a third received no information (No Content). Mean ratings of CE and CB differed significantly for the three clients. Many of these differences can be explained in relation to the client's severity of aphasia and abilities to effectively employ output modalities available to them to convey messages. CE ratings were higher and CB ratings were lower in the No Content viewing condition than the Partial and Full Content conditions. Several possible explanations are offered for this surprising result. C1 CALIF STATE UNIV FRESNO,FRESNO,CA 93740. OREGON HLTH SCI UNIV,PORTLAND,OR 97201. RP Marshall, RC (reprint author), UNIV RHODE ISL,DEPT COMMUNICAT DISORDERS,2 BUTTERFIELD RD,SUITE 1,KINGSTON,RI 02881, USA. CR Armstrong E. M, 1993, APHASIA TREATMENT WO, P263 Davis A. G., 1985, ADULT APHASIA REHABI DERENZI E, 1962, BRAIN, V85, P665, DOI 10.1093/brain/85.4.665 Dunn LM, 1965, PEABODY PICTURE VOCA FAWCUS M, 1990, APHASIOLOGY, V4, P207, DOI 10.1080/02687039008249071 GOODWIN C, 1996, TELEROUNDS PRESENTAT, V29 HOLLAND AL, 1982, J SPEECH HEAR DISORD, V47, P50 HOLLAND A. L., 1977, RATIONALE ADULT APHA, P167 Holland A. L., 1991, J NEUROLINGUIST, V6, P197, DOI 10.1016/0911-6044(91)90007-6 Howard D., 1992, PYRAMIDS PALM TREES Kagan A., 1993, APHASIA TREATMENT WO, P199 Kaplan E, 1983, BOSTON NAMING TEST LYON J, 1989, CLIN APHASIOLOGY, V18, P11 Lyon J, 1992, AM J SPEECH-LANG PAT, V1, P7 LYON JG, 1995, APHASIOLOGY, V9, P33, DOI 10.1080/02687039508248687 MARSHALL RC, 1983, TREATMENT LANGUAGE D, P163 Porch B. E., 1981, PORCH INDEX COMMUNIC Raven J. C, 1965, COLOURED PROGRESSIVE Shewan C. M., 1979, AUDITORY COMPREHENSI SimmonsMackie NN, 1995, CLIN APHASIOL, V23, P95 Wechsler D., 1987, WECHSLER MEMORY SCAL NR 21 TC 6 Z9 6 PU TAYLOR & FRANCIS LTD PI LONDON PA ONE GUNPOWDER SQUARE, LONDON, ENGLAND EC4A 3DE SN 0268-7038 J9 APHASIOLOGY JI Aphasiology PD APR-MAY PY 1997 VL 11 IS 4-5 BP 373 EP 384 DI 10.1080/02687039708248478 PG 12 WC Clinical Neurology SC Neurosciences & Neurology GA WU481 UT WOS:A1997WU48100007 ER PT J AU McNeil, MR Doyle, PJ Spencer, KA Goda, AJ Flores, D Small, SL AF McNeil, MR Doyle, PJ Spencer, KA Goda, AJ Flores, D Small, SL TI A double-blind, placebo-controlled study of pharmacological and behavioural treatment of lexical-semantic deficits in aphasia SO APHASIOLOGY LA English DT Article; Proceedings Paper CT 26th Clinical Aphasiology Conference CY JUN, 1996 CL NEWPORT, RI ID AMPHETAMINE AB This investigation replicated and extended an earlier study of naming disorders (McNeil. et al. 1995) by administering a placebo and pharmacological agents (d-amphetamine and selegiline) in the presence and absence of a behavioural intervention termed lexical-semantic activation inhibition therapy (L-SAIT) to examine their effects on naming performance in two adults with stroke-induced aphasia. Results revealed acquisition and maintenance effects of L-SAIT on targeted lexical items, no effects of placebo or active pharmacological agents in the absence of L-SAIT, and no differential effects between placebo + L-SAIT and pharmacological agents + L-SAIT. Thus, positive treatment effects were attributed to L-SAIT. Generalization to untrained items within and across form class was not observed, nor was generalization to measures of informativeness of connected speech. Subject 1 evidenced improvement on the Rapid Automatized Naming Test (Denckla and Rudel 1976). C1 HIGHLAND DR VA MED CTR,APHASIA REHABIL RES LAB & CLIN,PITTSBURGH,PA. RP McNeil, MR (reprint author), UNIV PITTSBURGH,DEPT COMMUN SCI & DISORDERS,4033 FORBES TOWER,PITTSBURGH,PA 15260, USA. CR ALBERT ML, 1988, NEUROLOGY, V38, P877 BACHMAN DL, 1988, APHASIOLOGY, V2, P225, DOI 10.1080/02687038808248914 BOYCSON MG, 1984, ANN M SOC NEUROSCIEN, V10, P68 BROOKSHIRE RH, 1975, HUMAN COMMUNICATION, V3, P63 CLARK ANG, 1979, J AM GERIATR SOC, V27, P174 COOPER JR, 1991, NEUROPHARMACOLOGICAL CRISOSTOMO EA, 1988, ANN NEUROL, V23, P94, DOI 10.1002/ana.410230117 Dabul B., 1986, APRAXIA BATTERY ADUL Darley F. L., 1977, CLIN APHASIOL, V7, P91 Darley F. L., 1982, APHASIA DENCKLA MB, 1976, NEUROPSYCHOLOGIA, V14, P471, DOI 10.1016/0028-3932(76)90075-0 FEENEY DM, 1982, SCIENCE, V217, P855, DOI 10.1126/science.7100929 German DJ, 1990, TEST ADOLESCENT ADUL GUPTA SR, 1992, ARCH PHYS MED REHAB, V73, P373, DOI 10.1016/0003-9993(92)90012-L HADAR U, 1987, CORTEX, V23, P505 HILLIS AE, 1989, ARCH PHYS MED REHAB, V70, P632 HOWARD D, 1985, BRAIN, V108, P817 Kertesz A., 1982, W APHASIA BATTERY Lesser R., 1989, COGNITIVE APPROACHES, P65 LINEBAUGH C, 1977, CLIN APHASIOLOGY, V7, P19 Linebaugh C. W., 1990, APHASIA RELATED NEUR, P96 MACLENNAN DL, 1991, CLIN APHASIOLOGY, V20, P145 McNeil M. R., 1995, AM J SPEECH-LANG PAT, V4, P76, DOI 10.1044/1058-0360.0404.76 NICHOLAS LE, 1993, J SPEECH HEAR RES, V36, P338 Porch B. E., 1981, PORCH INDEX COMMUNIC ROCHFORD G, 1962, J NEUROL NEUROSUR PS, V25, P222, DOI 10.1136/jnnp.25.3.222 SERON X, 1979, CORTEX, V15, P149 THOMPSON CK, 1981, CLIN APHASIOLOGY, V11, P35 Walker-Batson D, 1991, CLIN APHASIOLOGY, V21, P137 Wertz RT, 1984, APRAXIA SPEECH ADULT NR 30 TC 30 Z9 30 PU TAYLOR & FRANCIS LTD PI LONDON PA ONE GUNPOWDER SQUARE, LONDON, ENGLAND EC4A 3DE SN 0268-7038 J9 APHASIOLOGY JI Aphasiology PD APR-MAY PY 1997 VL 11 IS 4-5 BP 385 EP 400 DI 10.1080/02687039708248479 PG 16 WC Clinical Neurology SC Neurosciences & Neurology GA WU481 UT WOS:A1997WU48100008 ER PT J AU Murray, LL Holland, AL Beeson, PM AF Murray, LL Holland, AL Beeson, PM TI Accuracy monitoring and task demand evaluation in aphasia SO APHASIOLOGY LA English DT Article; Proceedings Paper CT 26th Clinical Aphasiology Conference CY JUN, 1996 CL NEWPORT, RI ID SUBJECTIVE MEASURES; WORKLOAD; DISSOCIATION; PERFORMANCE; ATTENTION; SYSTEM AB This study investigated possible underlying sources of resource allocation deficits in aphasia. The ability to rate one's own accuracy, as well as to evaluate task difficulty, were examined in aphasic individuals and normal, control subjects as they performed a lexical decision Listening task alone and in competition with two distracter tasks. The aphasic subjects were as precise as control subjects in monitoring the accuracy of their lexical decisions. Despite greater error rates and slower reaction times, aphasic individuals' perceptions of task difficulty did not differ significantly from those of the control subjects. Therefore, resource allocation deficits in aphasia may reflect inadequate evaluation of task demands rather than poor self-monitoring of accuracy. C1 UNIV ARIZONA,NATL CTR NEUROGEN COMMUN DISORDERS,TUCSON,AZ 85721. RP Murray, LL (reprint author), INDIANA UNIV,DEPT SPEECH & HEARING SCI,BLOOMINGTON,IN 47405, USA. CR ARVEDSON JC, 1986, CLINAPHASIOLOGY, V15, P188 BARONA A, 1984, J CONSULT CLIN PSYCH, V52, P885, DOI 10.1037/0022-006X.52.5.885 BATTIG WF, 1969, J EXP PSYCHOL, V80, P1, DOI 10.1037/h0027577 Bayles KA, 1991, ARIZONA BATTERY COMM Clark H. M., 1995, AM J SPEECH-LANG PAT, V4, P143 COHEN J, 1982, APPL REGRESSION CORR COHEN J, 1993, BEHAV RES METH INSTR, V25, P257, DOI 10.3758/BF03204507 COHEN R, 1981, PSYCHOL RES-PSYCH FO, V43, P391, DOI 10.1007/BF00309224 Dabul B. L., 1979, APRAXIA BATTERY ADUL DERRICK WL, 1988, HUM FACTORS, V30, P95 GOODWIN LD, 1983, NURS RES, V33, P118 GOPHER D, 1984, HUM FACTORS, V26, P519 GRANT DA, 1981, WISCONSIN CARD SORTI GUYATT GH, 1985, J CHRON DIS, V38, P1003, DOI 10.1016/0021-9681(85)90098-0 HAARMANN HJ, 1996, IN PRESS BRAIN LANGU HELMESTABROOKS N, 1992, APHASIA DIAGNOSTIC P Kahneman D., 1973, ATTENTION EFFORT Keppel G., 1991, DESIGN ANAL RES HDB KINSBOURNE M, 1963, NEUROPSYCHOLOGIA, V1, P27, DOI 10.1016/0028-3932(63)90010-1 Kucera H., 1982, FREQUENCY ANAL ENGLI LAPOINTE LL, 1991, APHASIOLOGY, V5, P511, DOI 10.1080/02687039108248556 LEBRUN Y, 1987, CORTEX, V23, P251 MAHER LM, 1994, BRAIN LANG, V46, P402, DOI 10.1006/brln.1994.1022 McNeil M. R, 1982, SPEECH LANGUAGE HEAR, VIII, P692 McNeil M. R., 1983, TOP LANG DISORD, V1, P1 McNeil M. R., 1986, SEMINARS SPEECH LANG, V7, P123, DOI 10.1055/s-0028-1085226 MCNEIL MR, 1991, CLIN APHASIOLOGY, V20, P21 MURRAY LL, 1995, THESIS U ARIZONA TUC MURRAY LL, 1996, J INT NEUROPSYCHOLOG, V2, P8 MURRAY LL, 1995, BRAIN LANG, V51, P56 NAVON D, 1984, PSYCHOL REV, V91, P216, DOI 10.1037/0033-295X.91.2.216 NAVON D, 1979, PSYCHOL REV, V86, P214, DOI 10.1037/0033-295X.86.3.214 O'Donnell R.D., 1986, HDB PERCEPTION HUMAN, VII, p42/1 Robin D. A., 1989, CLIN APHASIOLOGY, V18, P62 RYAN EB, 1995, DEMENTIA COMMUNICATI, P84 Tsang P. S., 1988, HUM PERFORM, V1, P45, DOI 10. 1207/s15327043hup0101_3 TSENG CH, 1993, BRAIN LANG, V45, P276, DOI 10.1006/brln.1993.1046 VERRAN JA, 1987, NURS RES, V36, P127 VIDULICH MA, 1986, APPL ERGON, V17, P291, DOI 10.1016/0003-6870(86)90132-8 Wickens C. D., 1984, VARIETIES ATTENTION, P63 WICKENS CD, 1989, HUMAN SKILLS, P72 YEH YY, 1988, HUM FACTORS, V30, P111 NR 42 TC 16 Z9 16 PU TAYLOR & FRANCIS LTD PI LONDON PA ONE GUNPOWDER SQUARE, LONDON, ENGLAND EC4A 3DE SN 0268-7038 J9 APHASIOLOGY JI Aphasiology PD APR-MAY PY 1997 VL 11 IS 4-5 BP 401 EP 414 DI 10.1080/02687039708248480 PG 14 WC Clinical Neurology SC Neurosciences & Neurology GA WU481 UT WOS:A1997WU48100009 ER PT J AU Odell, KH Bair, S Flynn, M Workinger, M Osborne, D Chial, M AF Odell, KH Bair, S Flynn, M Workinger, M Osborne, D Chial, M TI Retrospective study of treatment outcome for individuals with aphasia SO APHASIOLOGY LA English DT Article; Proceedings Paper CT 26th Clinical Aphasiology Conference CY JUN, 1996 CL NEWPORT, RI AB Measurement of outcomes subsequent to treatment and documentation of the efficiency with which outcomes are achieved is critical information for healthcare policy makers and third-party payers. This study employed the ASHA Functional Communication Measure (FCM) scales to retrospectively analyse charts of 20 aphasic patients. By discharge, both severe and moderate groups gained a median (across modalities) of 1 FCM level. The severe group remained dependent for communication, while the moderately impaired group typically achieved independent communication levels. Efficiency (amount of FCM level gain relative to number of treatment sessions) was greater for the moderate group; average number of treatment sessions was 40 for the severe group and 22 for the moderate group. C1 MERITER HOSP,MADISON,WI. MARSHFIELD CLIN FDN MED RES & EDUC,MARSHFIELD,WI. ST LUKES HOSP,MILWAUKEE,WI. RP Odell, KH (reprint author), UNIV WISCONSIN,DEPT COMMUNICAT DISORDERS,1975 WILLOW DR,MADISON,WI 53705, USA. CR *AM SPEECH LANG HE, 1995, FUNCT COMM MEAS Department of Health and Human Services, 1994, DHHS PUBL DERENZI E, 1962, BRAIN, V85, P665, DOI 10.1093/brain/85.4.665 Frattali C. M., 1995, FUNCTIONAL ASSESSMEN FRATTALI CM, 1992, APHASIOLOGY, V6, P63, DOI 10.1080/02687039208248577 Goodglass H, 1983, ASSESSMENT APHASIA R, V2nd Kaplan E., 1983, BOSTON NAMING TEST LINACRE JM, 1994, ARCH PHYS MED REHAB, V75, P127 Lyon J, 1992, AM J SPEECH-LANG PAT, V1, P7 Sarno MT, 1969, FUNCTIONAL COMMUNICA Siegel S., 1988, NONPARAMETRIC STAT B *STAT U NEW YORK B, 1990, GUID US UN DAT SET M WERTZ RT, 1986, ARCH NEUROL-CHICAGO, V43, P653 WERTZ RT, 1981, J SPEECH HEAR RES, V24, P580 NR 14 TC 2 Z9 2 PU TAYLOR & FRANCIS LTD PI LONDON PA ONE GUNPOWDER SQUARE, LONDON, ENGLAND EC4A 3DE SN 0268-7038 J9 APHASIOLOGY JI Aphasiology PD APR-MAY PY 1997 VL 11 IS 4-5 BP 415 EP 432 DI 10.1080/02687039708248481 PG 18 WC Clinical Neurology SC Neurosciences & Neurology GA WU481 UT WOS:A1997WU48100010 ER PT J AU Rogers, MA AF Rogers, MA TI The vowel lengthening exaggeration effect in speakers with apraxia of speech: Compensation, artifact, or primary deficit? SO APHASIOLOGY LA English DT Article; Proceedings Paper CT 26th Clinical Aphasiology Conference CY JUN, 1996 CL NEWPORT, RI ID DURATION; APHASIA AB Vowel duration functions contrastively in English to signal the voicing feature of syllable-final stop consonants. This study examines three hypotheses posited to explain why speakers with apraxia of speech and a concomitant aphasia exhibit an exaggerated vowel lengthening effect relative to speakers with dysarthria, aphasia without apraxia and controls. The investigation addresses the hypotheses that the vowel lengthening exaggeration effect is attributable to: (1) a compensatory strategy, (2) an artifact of slow speaking rate, (3) the concomitant language impairment, or (4) a primary deficit reflecting the underlying nature of the apraxia disorder. The results do not support the first three of these hypotheses. It is hypothesized that the temporal measures most likely to reveal abnormalities which are uniquely characteristic of speakers with apraxia of speech are those which are relational in nature, either with respect to inter-articulator timing or contrastive durations. RP Rogers, MA (reprint author), UNIV WASHINGTON,DEPT SPEECH & HEARING SCI,1417 NE 42ND ST,SEATTLE,WA 98105, USA. CR BAUM SR, 1990, BRAIN LANG, V39, P33, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(90)90003-Y CALIGIURI MP, 1983, FOLIA PHONIATR, V35, P226 COLLINS M, 1983, J SPEECH HEAR RES, V26, P224 Darley F.L, 1975, MOTOR SPEECH DISORDE DERENZI E, 1978, CORTEX, V14, P41 DISIMONI FG, 1977, J SPEECH HEAR DISORD, V42, P257 Duffy J. R., 1984, APRAXIA SPEECH PHYSL, P167 FREEMAN FJ, 1978, BRAIN LANG, V6, P106, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(78)90048-2 HOUSE AS, 1953, J ACOUST SOC AM, V25, P105, DOI 10.1121/1.1906982 JOHNS DF, 1970, J SPEECH HEAR RES, V13, P556 KENT RD, 1983, J SPEECH HEAR RES, V26, P231 KENT RD, 1982, BRAIN LANG, V15, P259, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(82)90060-8 LEBRUN Y, 1973, Cortex, V9, P126 MCNEIL MR, 1986, AM SPEECH HEARING AS, V28, P64 MCNEIL MR, 1990, ADV PSYCHOL CEREBRAL, P349 MILENKOVIC P, 1994, CSPEECH VERSION 4 X ROBIN DA, 1989, J SPEECH HEAR RES, V32, P512 Rogers M. A, 1996, CLIN APHASIOLOGY, V24, P83 ROGERS MA, 1994, CLIN APH C TRAV CIT RYALLS JH, 1986, BRAIN LANG, V29, P48, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(86)90033-7 RYALLS JH, 1981, NEUROPSYCHOLOGIA, V19, P365, DOI 10.1016/0028-3932(81)90066-X Seddoh SAK, 1996, J SPEECH HEAR RES, V39, P590 SHINN PC, 1985, PERCEPT PSYCHOPHYS, V38, P397, DOI 10.3758/BF03207170 STRAND EA, 1987, THESIS U WISCONSIN M UMEDA N, 1975, J ACOUST SOC AM, V58, P434, DOI 10.1121/1.380688 NR 25 TC 7 Z9 7 PU TAYLOR & FRANCIS LTD PI LONDON PA ONE GUNPOWDER SQUARE, LONDON, ENGLAND EC4A 3DE SN 0268-7038 J9 APHASIOLOGY JI Aphasiology PD APR-MAY PY 1997 VL 11 IS 4-5 BP 433 EP 445 DI 10.1080/02687039708248482 PG 13 WC Clinical Neurology SC Neurosciences & Neurology GA WU481 UT WOS:A1997WU48100011 ER PT J AU Schmitzer, AB Strauss, M DeMarco, S AF Schmitzer, AB Strauss, M DeMarco, S TI Contextual influences on comprehension of multiple-meaning words by right hemisphere brain-damaged and non-brain-damaged adults SO APHASIOLOGY LA English DT Article; Proceedings Paper CT 26th Clinical Aphasiology Conference CY JUN, 1996 CL NEWPORT, RI ID NORMALLY AGING ADULTS; APPRECIATION; INFERENCES AB This investigation examined the influence of context on the interpretation of denotative and connotative meanings of homographs in right hemisphere brain-damaged (RHBD) and non-brain-damaged (NBD) adults. Subjects were required to choose the meaning of homographs in linguistically unbiased ambiguous sentences and in denotatively and connotatively semantically biased narrative contexts. The NBD group was significantly more accurate than the RHBD on the sentence and connotative narrative contexts. However, there was not significant difference between groups for the denotative narrative context. There were no significant differences between task contexts for the NBD group. The RHBD group was significantly more accurate on the denotative narrative than the sentence context but displayed no significant difference in performance on the connotative narrative versus sentence contexts. The findings suggest that right hemisphere brain damage may result in a reduced ability to process connotative components of word meaning, that does not appear to be aided by the presence of additional semantically supportive linguistic information. C1 E CAROLINA UNIV,GREENVILLE,NC 27858. PROFESS REHABIL INC,MYRTLE BEACH,SC. CR BEEMAN M, 1993, BRAIN LANG, V44, P80, DOI 10.1006/brln.1993.1006 BLOISE CGR, 1993, CLIN APHASIOLOGY Brownell H. H., 1988, RIGHT HEMISPHERE CON, P19 BROWNELL HH, 1986, BRAIN LANG, V27, P310, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(86)90022-2 BROWNELL HH, 1984, BRAIN LANG, V22, P253, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(84)90093-2 BROWNELL HH, 1990, NEUROPSYCHOLOGIA, V28, P375, DOI 10.1016/0028-3932(90)90063-T BURGESS C, 1988, BRAIN LANG, V33, P86, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(88)90056-9 Burns M., 1985, CLIN MANAGEMENT RIGH Carroll J. B., 1971, AM HERITAGE WORD FRE FOLDI NS, 1987, BRAIN LANG, V31, P88, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(87)90062-9 GARDNER H, 1973, Cortex, V9, P183 German DJ, 1990, TEST ADOLESCENT ADUL Gernsbacher M. A., 1990, LANGUAGE COMPREHENSI HIRST W, 1984, BRAIN LANG, V23, P26, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(84)90003-8 JASTRZEMBSKI JE, 1981, COGNITIVE PSYCHOL, V13, P278, DOI 10.1016/0010-0285(81)90011-6 Joanette Y., 1990, RIGHT HEMISPHERE VER JOANETTE Y, 1994, CLIN APHASIOL, V22, P1 KAPLAN JA, 1990, BRAIN LANG, V38, P315, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(90)90117-Y Kertesz A., 1982, W APHASIA BATTERY MCDONALD S, 1986, BRAIN LANG, V29, P68, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(86)90034-9 *MERR, 1985, WEBST 9 NEW COLL DIC Molloy R., 1990, DISCOURSE ABILITY BR, P113 MYERS P, 1994, LANGUAGE INTERVENTIO, P513 Myers P. S., 1981, CLIN APHASIOLOGY, P254 MYERS PS, 1991, CLIN APHASIOLOGY, V20, P167 PIERCE RS, 1984, BRAIN LANG, V22, P339, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(84)90098-1 RUBENSTE.H, 1971, J VERB LEARN VERB BE, V10, P57, DOI 10.1016/S0022-5371(71)80094-4 SIMPSON G, 1981, J VERB LEARN VERB BE, V20, P121 TOMPKINS C, 1992, J SPEECH HEAR RES, V34, P820 TOMPKINS CA, 1990, J SPEECH HEAR RES, V33, P307 Tompkins CA, 1995, RIGHT HEMISPHERE COM TOMPKINS CA, 1992, J SPEECH HEAR RES, V35, P626 TOMPKINS CA, 1991, J SPEECH HEAR RES, V34, P1142 TOMPKINS CA, 1994, J SPEECH HEAR RES, V37, P896 WAPNER W, 1981, BRAIN LANG, V14, P15, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(81)90061-4 WEYLMAN ST, 1989, BRAIN LANG, V36, P580, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(89)90087-4 WILSON R S, 1979, Journal of Clinical Neuropsychology, V1, P49, DOI 10.1080/01688637908401097 WILSON RS, 1978, J CONSULT CLIN PSYCH, V46, P1554, DOI 10.1037//0022-006X.46.6.1554 NR 38 TC 8 Z9 8 PU TAYLOR & FRANCIS LTD PI LONDON PA ONE GUNPOWDER SQUARE, LONDON, ENGLAND EC4A 3DE SN 0268-7038 J9 APHASIOLOGY JI Aphasiology PD APR-MAY PY 1997 VL 11 IS 4-5 BP 447 EP 459 DI 10.1080/02687039708248483 PG 13 WC Clinical Neurology SC Neurosciences & Neurology GA WU481 UT WOS:A1997WU48100012 ER PT J AU Slansky, BL McNeil, MR AF Slansky, BL McNeil, MR TI Resource allocation in auditory processing of emphatically stressed stimuli in aphasia SO APHASIOLOGY LA English DT Article; Proceedings Paper CT 26th Clinical Aphasiology Conference CY JUN, 1996 CL NEWPORT, RI ID WORKING-MEMORY; COMPREHENSION; SPEECH AB Kimelman and McNeil (1987) suggested that improved auditory comprehension for emphatically stressed information might be attributed to recruitment of additional processing resources. This study investigated effects of emphatic stress when it was applied to target words during a semantic judgement task on the auditory processing of non-stressed targets for a lexical decision task. Response time and accuracy were analysed for this dual-task experiment. It was first established that the stimuli contained appropriately placed stressed lexical items and that all subjects benefited from the emphatic stress. Next it was established that all subjects were able to voluntarily trade processing resources in the dual task under investigation, and were able to generate a performance operating curve (POC). Normal subjects showed the predicted performance decrement on the non-stressed word in the context of the preceding stressed word; subjects with aphasia did not. Results are discussed relative to resource allocation theory with normal subjects, and a working memory explanation for aphasic subjects' performance. C1 UNIV PITTSBURGH,PITTSBURGH,PA 15260. RP Slansky, BL (reprint author), SW TEXAS STATE UNIV,SAN MARCOS,TX 78666, USA. CR ARVEDSON JC, 1985, CLIN APHASIOLOGY, V15, P57 BATTIG WF, 1969, J EXP PSYCHOL, V80, P1, DOI 10.1037/h0027577 BAYLES KA, 1989, J SPEECH HEAR DISORD, V54, P74 Bayles KA, 1991, ARIZONA BATTERY COMM BEAN C, 1989, J SPEECH HEAR RES, V32, P707 DISIMONI FG, 1980, J SPEECH HEAR RES, V23, P511 DUFFY JR, 1980, APHASIA APRAXIA AGNO, V2, P1 Francis WN, 1982, FREQUENCY ANAL ENGLI BLUMSTEI.S, 1972, J SPEECH HEAR RES, V15, P800 HAARMANN HJ, 1991, COGNITIVE SCI, V15, P49, DOI 10.1207/s15516709cog1501_2 JUST MA, 1992, PSYCHOL REV, V99, P122, DOI 10.1037/0033-295X.99.1.122 Kahneman D., 1984, VARIETIES ATTENTION, P29 KIMELMAN MDZ, 1987, J SPEECH HEAR RES, V30, P295 KIMELMAN MDZ, 1989, CLIN APHASIOLOGY, V18, P407 KIMELMAN MDZ, 1991, J SPEECH HEAR RES, V34, P334 McNeil M. R., 1978, REVISED TOKEN TEST MILENKOVIC P, 1988, CSPEECH MILENKOVIC P, 1989, CPLAYT NAVON D, 1979, PSYCHOL REV, V86, P214, DOI 10.1037/0033-295X.86.3.214 PASHEK GV, 1982, J SPEECH HEAR RES, V25, P377 Schuell H. M., 1964, APHASIA ADULTS DIAGN TOMPKINS CA, 1994, J SPEECH HEAR RES, V37, P896 TSENG CH, 1993, BRAIN LANG, V45, P276, DOI 10.1006/brln.1993.1046 YORKSTON KM, 1980, J SPEECH HEAR DISORD, V45, P27 NR 24 TC 13 Z9 14 PU TAYLOR & FRANCIS LTD PI LONDON PA ONE GUNPOWDER SQUARE, LONDON, ENGLAND EC4A 3DE SN 0268-7038 J9 APHASIOLOGY JI Aphasiology PD APR-MAY PY 1997 VL 11 IS 4-5 BP 461 EP 472 DI 10.1080/02687039708248484 PG 12 WC Clinical Neurology SC Neurosciences & Neurology GA WU481 UT WOS:A1997WU48100013 ER PT J AU Thompson, CK Lange, KL Schneider, SL Shapiro, LP AF Thompson, CK Lange, KL Schneider, SL Shapiro, LP TI Agrammatic and non-brain-damaged subjects' verb and verb argument structure production SO APHASIOLOGY LA English DT Article; Proceedings Paper CT 26th Clinical Aphasiology Conference CY JUN, 1996 CL NEWPORT, RI ID SENTENCE COMPREHENSION; APHASIA; SYNTAX AB This study examined verb and verb argument structure production in 10 agrammatic aphasic and 10 non-brain-damaged subjects. Production of six types of verbs was examined in two conditions-a confrontation and an elicited condition; and production of verb arguments was examined in a sentence condition in which each target verb was elicited with all possible argument structure arrangements. Results showed statistically significant differences between the aphasic and non-brain-damaged subjects in all conditions, but no significant differences were found between confrontation and elicited labelling conditions for either subject group. The aphasic subjects, however, produced obligatory one-place verbs correctly significantly more often than three-place or complement verbs in the elicited condition and a consistent hierarchy of verb difficulty was found in both the confrontation and elicited conditions, For both subject groups sentence production was influenced by the number of arguments or participant roles and by the type of arguments required by the verb. In addition, the complexity of the verb (i.e. the number of possible argument structure arrangements) influenced sentence production with simple verbs produced correctly with their arguments more often than complex ones. Finally, obligatory arguments were produced correctly more often than optional ones, even when production of the optional arguments was requested. These data indicate that the argument structure properties of verbs are important dimensions of lexical organization that influence both verb retrieval and sentence production in agrammatic aphasic subjects. C1 NORTHWESTERN UNIV,APHASIA RES LAB,EVANSTON,IL 60208. NORTHWESTERN UNIV,CTR COGNIT NEUROL & ALZHEIMERS DIS,EVANSTON,IL 60208. NORTHWESTERN UNIV,INST NEUROSCI,EVANSTON,IL 60208. UNIV CALIF SAN DIEGO,CTR HUMAN INFORMAT PROC,SAN DIEGO,CA 92103. CR AHRENS K, 1995, J PSYCHOLINGUIST RES, V24, P533, DOI 10.1007/BF02143166 BASSO A, 1988, J NEUROL NEUROSUR PS, V51, P1201, DOI 10.1136/jnnp.51.9.1201 BENDT RS, 1996, COGNITION, V58, P289 CAPLAN D, 1996, IN PRESS BRAIN LANGU CAPLAN D, 1985, COGNITION, V21, P117, DOI 10.1016/0010-0277(85)90048-4 Chomsky N., 1986, BARRIERS Chomsky Noam, 1981, LECTURES GOVT BINDIN Francis WN, 1982, FREQUENCY ANAL ENGLI GOODGLASS H, 1993, CORTEX, V29, P377 GOODGLASS H, 1976, STUDIES NEUROLINGUIS, P237 GRODZINSKY Y, 1986, BRAIN LANG, V27, P135, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(86)90009-X HART J, 1985, NATURE, V316, P439, DOI 10.1038/316439a0 Kertesz A., 1982, W APHASIA BATTERY Koenig T, 1996, BRAIN LANG, V53, P169, DOI 10.1006/brln.1996.0043 Kolk H. H. J., 1985, AGRAMMATISM, P165 MENN L, 1989, AGRAMMATIC APHASIA C MICELI G, 1984, CORTEX, V20, P207 MICELI G, 1988, APHASIOLOGY, V2, P351, DOI 10.1080/02687038808248937 SAFFRAN EM, 1989, BRAIN LANG, V37, P440, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(89)90030-8 SAFFRAN EM, 1980, BRAIN LANG, V10, P249 SAFFRAN EM, 1989, PHILADELPHIA COMPREH SHAPIRO LP, 1993, J EXPT PSYCHOL LEARN, V17, P983 SHAPIRO LP, 1993, BRAIN LANG, V45, P423, DOI 10.1006/brln.1993.1053 TEYLER TJ, 1973, B PSYCHONOMIC SOC, V1, P333 Thompson C. K, 1994, CLIN APHASIOLOGY, V23, P121 Thompson C. K., 1995, BRAIN LANG, V51, P124 WARRINGTON EK, 1983, BRAIN, V106, P859, DOI 10.1093/brain/106.4.859 WARRINGTON EK, 1987, BRAIN, V110, P1273, DOI 10.1093/brain/110.5.1273 ZINGESER LB, 1990, BRAIN LANG, V39, P14, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(90)90002-X NR 29 TC 114 Z9 114 PU TAYLOR & FRANCIS LTD PI LONDON PA ONE GUNPOWDER SQUARE, LONDON, ENGLAND EC4A 3DE SN 0268-7038 J9 APHASIOLOGY JI Aphasiology PD APR-MAY PY 1997 VL 11 IS 4-5 BP 473 EP 490 DI 10.1080/02687039708248485 PG 18 WC Clinical Neurology SC Neurosciences & Neurology GA WU481 UT WOS:A1997WU48100014 ER PT J AU Togher, L Hand, L Code, C AF Togher, L Hand, L Code, C TI Measuring service encounters with the traumatic brain injury population SO APHASIOLOGY LA English DT Article; Proceedings Paper CT 26th Clinical Aphasiology Conference CY JUN, 1996 CL NEWPORT, RI AB Functional therapy tasks are frequently cited as being important for the successful carry-over of treatment objectives. Service encounters, such as shopping or enquiring for information on the telephone, are typical community integration activities used with the traumatically brain injured (TBI) population. This paper explores the use of systemic functional linguistics in the measurement of performance in service encounters using Generic Structure Potential (GSP) analysis. Results are presented for GSP analysis of service encounters on the telephone to a bus timetable information service, and the police, for five TBI individuals and five matched controls. Service encounters differed according to the complexity of information requested and the interpersonal, or tenor relationships between participants. Differences were evident between TBI and control interactions in the use of generic structural elements. Variation in generic structure was demonstrated across the two types of service encounter. The potential of GSP to measure the dynamic linguistic patterns in everyday TBT interactions is discussed. C1 LIVERPOOL AREA HLTH SERV,BRAIN INJURY UNIT,SYDNEY,NSW,AUSTRALIA. RP Togher, L (reprint author), UNIV SYDNEY,FAC HLTH SCI,SCH COMMUN DISORDERS,POB 170,LIDCOMBE,NSW 2141,AUSTRALIA. CR Armstrong E. M, 1993, APHASIA TREATMENT WO, P263 Ben-Yishay Y, 1987, J HEAD TRAUMA REHAB, V2, P35, DOI 10.1097/00001199-198703000-00007 Brennan M., 1994, CLEARTALK POLICE RES EGGINS S, 1990, THESIS U SYDNEY Halliday M. A. K., 1985, INTRO FUNCTIONAL GRA Halliday M. A. K, 1985, LANGUAGE CONTEXT TEX Hartley Leila L., 1992, Seminars in Speech and Language, V13, P264, DOI 10.1055/s-2008-1064202 Hasan R, 1984, NOTTINGHAM LINGUISTI, V13, P71 HASAN Ruqaiya, 1985, LANGUAGE CONTEXT TEX, P52 JENNETT B, 1977, J NEUROL NEUROSUR PS, V40, P291, DOI 10.1136/jnnp.40.3.291 HARTLEY L L, 1991, Brain Injury, V5, P267, DOI 10.3109/02699059109008097 Kress G., 1982, LEARNING WRITE Martin J. R., 1992, ENGLISH TEXT SYSTEM MARTIN Jim R., 1985, FACTUAL WRITING EXPL Milton S, 1984, CLIN APHASIOLOGY C P, P114 ODDY M, 1984, CLOSED HEAD INJURY P, P108 PRUTTING CA, 1987, J SPEECH HEAR DISORD, V52, P105 RUSSELL WR, 1961, ARCH NEUROL-CHICAGO, V5, P4 SLADE D, 1994, AUST REV APPL LING S, V11, P47 SOHLBERG MM, 1989, TOP LANG DISORD, V9, P15 Togher L, 1996, DISABIL REHABIL, V18, P559 VENTOLA E, 1979, J PRAGMATICS, V3, P267, DOI 10.1016/0378-2166(79)90034-1 Ventola Eija, 1987, STRUCTURE SOCIAL INT Ylvisaker Mark, 1992, Seminars in Speech and Language, V13, P308, DOI 10.1055/s-2008-1064205 NR 24 TC 26 Z9 28 PU TAYLOR & FRANCIS LTD PI LONDON PA ONE GUNPOWDER SQUARE, LONDON, ENGLAND EC4A 3DE SN 0268-7038 J9 APHASIOLOGY JI Aphasiology PD APR-MAY PY 1997 VL 11 IS 4-5 BP 491 EP 504 DI 10.1080/02687039708248486 PG 14 WC Clinical Neurology SC Neurosciences & Neurology GA WU481 UT WOS:A1997WU48100015 ER PT J AU Tompkins, CA Baumgaertner, A Lehman, MT Fossett, TRD AF Tompkins, CA Baumgaertner, A Lehman, MT Fossett, TRD TI Suppression and discourse comprehension in right brain-damaged adults: A preliminary report SO APHASIOLOGY LA English DT Article; Proceedings Paper CT 26th Clinical Aphasiology Conference CY JUN, 1996 CL NEWPORT, RI ID NORMALLY AGING ADULTS; RIGHT-HEMISPHERE; SENTENCE COMPREHENSION; CONTEXT; APPRECIATION; KNOWLEDGE; REQUESTS; ACCESS; SKILL AB Eighteen right-hemisphere-damaged (RHD) and 15 control subjects listened to sentences that ended in lexical ambiguities. The sentence verbs biased ambiguity interpretation. Probe words, representing unbiased meanings of the ambiguities, were presented for rapid judgements of their fit with the sentences. In rejecting probe words, both groups showed interference from unbiased meanings of the ambiguities at a short (175 ms) probe interval. Only RHD adults demonstrated interference 1000 ms after sentence offset, indicating that they suppressed contextually inappropriate meanings less effectively than control subjects. Discourse comprehension performance in RHD adults was also correlated with suppression. Theoretical and clinical implications are considered. RP Tompkins, CA (reprint author), UNIV PITTSBURGH,4047 FORBES TOWER,PITTSBURGH,PA 15260, USA. CR Atchley RA, 1996, BRAIN COGNITION, V30, P277 BEEMAN M, 1993, BRAIN LANG, V44, P80, DOI 10.1006/brln.1993.1006 Benton A, 1983, CONTRIBUTIONS NEUROP Brookshire R., 1993, DISCOURSE COMPREHENS BROWNELL HH, 1986, BRAIN LANG, V27, P310, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(86)90022-2 BROWNELL HH, 1992, BRAIN LANG, V43, P121, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(92)90025-A BURGESS C, 1988, BRAIN LANG, V33, P86, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(88)90056-9 CHIARELLO C, 1988, RIGHT HEMISPHERE CON, P59 FOLSTEIN MF, 1975, J PSYCHIAT RES, V12, P189, DOI 10.1016/0022-3956(75)90026-6 FREDERIKSEN CH, 1993, NARRATIVE DISCOURSE IN NEUROLOGICALLY IMPAIRED AND NORMAL AGING ADULTS, P239 GERNSBACHER MA, 1990, COMPREHENSIVE STRUCT GERNSBACHER MA, 1991, J EXP PSYCHOL LEARN, V17, P245, DOI 10.1037/0278-7393.17.2.245 GERNSBACHER MA, 1990, J EXP PSYCHOL LEARN, V16, P430, DOI 10.1037//0278-7393.16.3.430 Joanette Y., 1990, RIGHT HEMISPHERE VER JOANETTE Y, 1987, 10 EUR C INT NEUR SO Molloy R., 1990, DISCOURSE ABILITY BR, P113 MYERS PS, 1991, CLIN APHASIOLOGY, V20, P167 ONIFER W, 1981, MEM COGNITION, V9, P225, DOI 10.3758/BF03196957 REHAK A, 1992, BRAIN LANG, V42, P203, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(92)90125-X ROMAN M, 1987, BRAIN LANG, V31, P151, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(87)90066-6 SCHNEIDERMAN EI, 1992, BRAIN LANG, V43, P107, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(92)90024-9 SCHNEIDERMAN EI, 1988, BRAIN LANG, V34, P38, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(88)90123-X SIMPSON GB, 1988, LEXICAL AMBIGUITY RE, P2371 SIMPSON GB, 1984, PSYCHOL BULL, V96, P316 STEMMER B, 1994, BRAIN LANG, V47, P1, DOI 10.1006/brln.1994.1040 SWINNEY DA, 1979, J VERB LEARN VERB BE, V18, P645, DOI 10.1016/S0022-5371(79)90355-4 TANENHAUS MK, 1979, J VERB LEARN VERB BE, V18, P427, DOI 10.1016/S0022-5371(79)90237-8 TOMPKINS CA, 1990, J SPEECH HEAR RES, V33, P307 TOMPKINS CA, 1991, J SPEECH HEAR RES, V34, P820 TOMPKINS CA, 1985, BRAIN LANG, V24, P185, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(85)90130-0 Tompkins CA, 1995, RIGHT HEMISPHERE COM TOMPKINS CA, 1992, J SPEECH HEAR RES, V35, P626 TOMPKINS CA, 1994, CLIN APHASIOL, V22, P325 TOMPKINS CA, 1994, J SPEECH HEAR RES, V37, P896 TUCKER DM, 1984, PSYCHOL REV, V91, P185, DOI 10.1037//0033-295X.91.2.185 WAPNER W, 1981, BRAIN LANG, V14, P15, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(81)90061-4 WEYLMAN ST, 1989, BRAIN LANG, V36, P580, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(89)90087-4 WILLIAMS JN, 1992, J PSYCHOLINGUIST RES, V21, P193, DOI 10.1007/BF01068072 Wilson B. A., 1987, BEHAV INATTENTION TE WILSON R S, 1979, Journal of Clinical Neuropsychology, V1, P49, DOI 10.1080/01688637908401097 NR 40 TC 25 Z9 25 PU TAYLOR & FRANCIS LTD PI LONDON PA ONE GUNPOWDER SQUARE, LONDON, ENGLAND EC4A 3DE SN 0268-7038 J9 APHASIOLOGY JI Aphasiology PD APR-MAY PY 1997 VL 11 IS 4-5 BP 505 EP 519 DI 10.1080/02687039708248487 PG 15 WC Clinical Neurology SC Neurosciences & Neurology GA WU481 UT WOS:A1997WU48100016 ER PT J AU Wambaugh, JL West, JE Doyle, PJ AF Wambaugh, JL West, JE Doyle, PJ TI A VOT analysis of apraxic/aphasic voicing errors SO APHASIOLOGY LA English DT Article; Proceedings Paper CT 26th Clinical Aphasiology Conference CY JUN, 1996 CL NEWPORT, RI ID ONSET TIME; SPEECH; PERCEPTION; CHILDREN; APHASIA AB The primary purpose of this investigation was to perform a VOT analysis of correct and incorrect productions elicited from an apraxic/aphasic speaker (S1), who consistently devoiced stop and affricate targets. A secondary objective was to analyse the VOTs of an apraxic/aphasic speaker (S2) who produced stop and affricate voicing distinctions correctly, as determined by broad phonetic transcription. Seven hundred and ninety monosyllabic words, representing four voiced-voiceless cognate pairs, were analysed for each subject. VOT results indicated that S1's error productions (i.e. [t] for /d/; [p] for /b/; [k] for /g/; and [t integral] for /d(3)/) differed significantly from his correct, voiceless, homonymous productions (i.e. [t] for /t/; [p] for /p/; [k] for /k/; and [t integral] for /tf/). Therefore, Si's sound errors were not considered to be sound substitutions, as had been indicated perceptually. Overlapping VOT values were found for all of S2's voiced-voiceless cognate pairs, despite perceptually accurate productions, indicating possible speech motor control problems. C1 HIGHLAND DR VA MED CTR,PITTSBURGH,PA. CR BAUM SR, 1990, BRAIN LANG, V39, P33, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(90)90003-Y BLUMSTEIN SE, 1977, NEUROPSYCHOLOGIA, V15, P371, DOI 10.1016/0028-3932(77)90089-6 BLUMSTEIN SE, 1980, BRAIN LANG, V9, P153, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(80)90137-6 *COMP SPEECH LAB 4, 1994, COMP HARDW SOFTW Dabul B. L., 1979, APRAXIA BATTERY ADUL Darley F.L, 1975, MOTOR SPEECH DISORDE FORREST K, 1988, J SPEECH HEAR RES, V31, P449 German DJ, 1990, TEST ADOLESCENT ADUL HOITDALGAARD J, 1983, BRAIN LANG, V20, P329, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(83)90048-2 ITOH M, 1982, BRAIN LANG, V17, P193, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(82)90016-5 Kent Raymond D., 1992, ACOUSTIC ANAL SPEECH KENT RD, 1987, PHONETIC APPROACHES, P221 Kertesz A., 1982, W APHASIA BATTERY OHDE RN, 1985, J ACOUST SOC AM, V78, P1554, DOI 10.1121/1.392791 Porch B. E., 1981, PORCH INDEX COMMUNIC Seddoh SAK, 1996, J SPEECH HEAR RES, V39, P590 SEDDOH SAK, 1996, CLIN APHASIOLOGY, P65 SHEWAN C, 1984, APRAXIA SPEECH, P197 Shriberg LD, 1982, CLIN PHONETICS Weismer G., 1984, ASHA MONOGRAPHS, V22, P30 NR 20 TC 9 Z9 9 PU TAYLOR & FRANCIS LTD PI LONDON PA ONE GUNPOWDER SQUARE, LONDON, ENGLAND EC4A 3DE SN 0268-7038 J9 APHASIOLOGY JI Aphasiology PD APR-MAY PY 1997 VL 11 IS 4-5 BP 521 EP 532 DI 10.1080/02687039708248488 PG 12 WC Clinical Neurology SC Neurosciences & Neurology GA WU481 UT WOS:A1997WU48100017 ER PT J AU Wertz, RT Auther, LL Ross, KB AF Wertz, RT Auther, LL Ross, KB TI Aphasia in African-Americans and Caucasians: Severity, improvement, and rate of improvement SO APHASIOLOGY LA English DT Article; Proceedings Paper CT 26th Clinical Aphasiology Conference CY JUN, 1996 CL NEWPORT, RI ID STROKE; SURVIVAL AB We compared initial severity, amount of improvement, and rate of improvement of aphasia in African-Americans and Caucasians. Study patients were aphasic subsequent to a first, left hemisphere, thromboembolic infarct, and all were entered in a 44-week treatment trial designed to provide 6-8 h of treatment each week between 4 and 48 weeks post-onset. There was no significant difference between African-Americans and Caucasians in severity of aphasia on the Porch Index of Communicative Ability, a word fluency measure, or the Token Test prior to the initiation of treatment at 4 weeks post-onset. At 48 weeks post-onset, African-Americans performed significantly lower on the Porch Index of Communicative Ability Gestural and Graphic modality scores. Both African-American and Caucasian aphasic patients displayed significant improvement in aphasia during the 44-week treatment trial, and there were no significant differences between groups in the amount or rate of improvement. Thus, our samples of African-American and Caucasian aphasic patients displayed essentially the same initial severity, amount of improvement, and rate of improvement of aphasia during the first year post-onset. C1 VANDERBILT UNIV,SCH MED,NASHVILLE,TN 37240. RP Wertz, RT (reprint author), VET ADM MED CTR,1310 24TH AVE S,NASHVILLE,TN 37212, USA. CR ANDERSON E, 1978, CLIN APHASIOLOGY COL, P125 BORKOWSK.JG, 1967, NEUROPSYCHOLOGIA, V5, P135, DOI 10.1016/0028-3932(67)90015-2 CARTIER M, 1992, NAT GENET, V2, P343 CHAPMAN SB, 1994, LANGUAGE INTERVENTIO, P122 COLLINS IF, 1991, PATIENT COMPLIANCE M, P335 DAVISMCFARLAND E, 1995, AM SPEECH LANG HEAR DERENZI E, 1962, BRAIN, V85, P665, DOI 10.1093/brain/85.4.665 GILLUM RF, 1988, STROKE, V19, P1 HAERER AF, 1975, STROKE, V6, P543 HARRIS JL, 1992, THESIS U TEXAS AUSTI Holland A., 1986, TREATMENT COMMUNICAT, P49 HOLLAND AL, 1983, TOP LANG DISORD, P67 HORNER RD, 1991, STROKE, V22, P1497 HOWARD G, 1985, JAMA-J AM MED ASSOC, V253, P226, DOI 10.1001/jama.253.2.226 HOWARD G, 1986, STROKE, V17, P294 INZITARI D, 1990, ARCH NEUROL-CHICAGO, V47, P1080 JACKSON JJ, 1985, HDB AGING SOCIAL SCI, P264 KELLER AZ, 1972, AM J EPIDEMIOL, V95, P327 KENTON EJ, 1991, ARCH NEUROL-CHICAGO, V48, P480 KITTNER SJ, 1990, JAMA-J AM MED ASSOC, V264, P1267, DOI 10.1001/jama.264.10.1267 KITTNER SJ, 1993, STROKE J CEREBRAL CI, V0024 LEE YJ, 1991, STAT MED, V10, P1595, DOI 10.1002/sim.4780101011 PETERSJOHNSON CA, 1986, NATURE COMMUNICATION, P157 Porch B. E., 1967, PORCH INDEX COMMUNIC TAYLOR OL, 1992, RES RES TRAINING NEE, P1 Wallace G L, 1993, J Health Care Poor Underserved, V4, P40 WALLACE GL, 1996, ADULT APHASIA REHABI, P103 Wertz RT, 1995, CLIN APHASIOL, V23, P57 WERTZ RT, 1981, J SPEECH HEAR RES, V24, P580 NR 29 TC 2 Z9 2 PU TAYLOR & FRANCIS LTD PI LONDON PA ONE GUNPOWDER SQUARE, LONDON, ENGLAND EC4A 3DE SN 0268-7038 J9 APHASIOLOGY JI Aphasiology PD APR-MAY PY 1997 VL 11 IS 4-5 BP 533 EP 542 DI 10.1080/02687039708248489 PG 10 WC Clinical Neurology SC Neurosciences & Neurology GA WU481 UT WOS:A1997WU48100018 ER PT J AU Manochiopinig, S Reed, VA Sheard, C Choo, P AF Manochiopinig, S Reed, VA Sheard, C Choo, P TI Significant others' perceptions of speech pathology services for Thai aphasic speakers SO APHASIOLOGY LA English DT Article ID COMMUNICATION; ADJUSTMENT AB This study explored the perceptions of significant others (SOs) of Thai aphasic speakers about their preferences for treatment objectives for their aphasic speakers, desired roles in speech pathology services, and optimism about the future improvement in the communication of the aphasic speakers. Correlations between the SOs' perceptions and 10 selected demographic variables were also examined. Pragmatic treatment objectives were preferred to those that aimed for linguistic accuracy. SOs perceived they should work with speech pathologists by participating in most areas of speech pathology services, and they were generally more optimistic than speech pathologists about the aphasic speakers' future improvement in their communication skills. Eight of the 10 demographic variables correlated significantly with one or more of the SOs' perceptions. Four were especially associated with their perceptions-severity of aphasia, time post-onset, length of therapy and household size. C1 UNIV SYDNEY,SCH COMMUN DISORDERS,SYDNEY,NSW 2141,AUSTRALIA. CR *ASHA, 1990, FUNCT COMM SCAL AD P BERNSTEIN JC, 1979, APHASIA APRAXIA AGNO, V1, P30 BERNSTEIN JC, 1980, FOLIA PHONETRICA, V3, P164 Bowling J. H., 1977, AUSTR J HUMAN COMMUN, V5, P29 BROOKSHIRE RH, 1983, J SPEECH HEAR DISORD, V48, P343 Chwat S., 1981, CLIN APHASIOLOGY, P212 CHWAT S, 1980, CLIN APHASIOLOGY C P, P127 Code C., 1992, CODE MULLER PROTOCOL CZVIK PS, 1977, CLIN APHASIOLOGY, P160 Depoy E, 1994, INTRO RES MULTIPLE S DUFFY RJ, 1976, J SPEECH HEAR DISORD, V41, P110 Dunst C. J., 1989, SUPPORT CAREGIVING F, P121 Evans RL, 1991, NEUROLOGICAL REHABIL, V1, P69 Evans R L, 1992, Rehabil Nurs, V17, P127 FLORANCE CL, 1981, CLIN APHASIOLOGY C P, P204 FRATTALI CM, 1992, APHASIOLOGY, V6, P63, DOI 10.1080/02687039208248577 GERBER S, 1989, SEMINARS SPEECH LANG, V10, P270 GOLDSTEIN H, 1990, TREATMENT EFFICACY R, P91 Goodglass H., 1983, BOSTON DIAGNOSTIC AP, V2nd HERRMANN M, 1989, APHASIOLOGY, V3, P513, DOI 10.1080/02687038908249019 HOLLAND AL, 1982, J SPEECH HEAR DISORD, V47, P50 Holland A., 1980, COMMUNICATIVE ABILIT HOWARD G, 1985, JAMA-J AM MED ASSOC, V253, P226, DOI 10.1001/jama.253.2.226 Kertesz A., 1979, APHASIA ASS DISORDER LAPOINTE LL, 1989, CLIN APHASIOLOGY, P1 LEITH WR, 1984, HDB CLIN METHODS COM LINEBAUGH CW, 1984, CLIN APHASIOLOGY, P188 LUBINSKI R, 1994, LANGUAGE INTERVENTIO, P269 MANOCHIOPINIG S, 1996, IN PRESS APHASIOLOGY Mauss-Clum N, 1981, J Neurosurg Nurs, V13, P165 MCCLENAHAN R, 1992, EUR J DISORDER COMM, V27, P209 *MIGR HLTH UN HLTH, 1981, CULT DIV HLTH CAR MULLER DJ, 1983, APHASIA THERAPY, P101 MULLER DJ, 1983, BRIT J DISORD COMMUN, V18, P23 NEWHOFF M, 1978, CLIN APHASIOLOGY C P, P318 Newhoff M., 1981, CLIN APHASIOLOGY, P234 ORANEN M, 1987, APHASIOLOGY, V3, P277 PARR S, 1994, APHASIOLOGY, V8, P457, DOI 10.1080/02687039408248670 Penn C, 1985, S Afr J Commun Disord, V32, P18 PRUTTING CA, 1987, J SPEECH HEAR DISORD, V52, P105 Rosenthal S G, 1993, Rehabil Nurs, V18, P148 SARNO MT, 1975, FUNCTIONAL COMMUNICA Schuell H, 1964, APHASIA ADULTS Schuell H, 1965, MINNESOTA TEST DIFFE SCHUELL H, 1953, NEUROLOGY, V3, P176 Simmons-Mackie N., 1987, CLIN APHASIOLOGY C P, P106 SMITH A, 1971, J SPEECH HEAR DISORD, V36, P167 Turnblom M, 1952, J SPEECH HEAR DISORD, V17, P393 WAALAND PK, 1993, BRAIN INJURY, V7, P135, DOI 10.3109/02699059309008167 WAHRBORG P, 1991, ASSESSMENT MANAGEMEN WERTZ R, 1991, APHASIOLOGY, V4, P311 WOLF MM, 1978, J APPL BEHAV ANAL, V11, P203, DOI 10.1901/jaba.1978.11-203 ZRAICK RI, 1991, J SPEECH HEAR RES, V34, P123 ZUGER RR, 1993, ADV STROKE REHABILIT, P258 NR 54 TC 0 Z9 0 PU TAYLOR & FRANCIS LTD PI LONDON PA ONE GUNPOWDER SQUARE, LONDON, ENGLAND EC4A 3DE SN 0268-7038 J9 APHASIOLOGY JI Aphasiology PD MAR PY 1997 VL 11 IS 3 BP 201 EP 217 DI 10.1080/02687039708248465 PG 17 WC Clinical Neurology SC Neurosciences & Neurology GA WN876 UT WOS:A1997WN87600001 ER PT J AU Deloche, G Hannequin, D Dordain, M Perrier, D Cardebat, D MetzLutz, MN Pichard, B Quint, S Kremin, H AF Deloche, G Hannequin, D Dordain, M Perrier, D Cardebat, D MetzLutz, MN Pichard, B Quint, S Kremin, H TI Picture written naming: Performance parallels and divergencies between aphasic patients and normal subjects SO APHASIOLOGY LA English DT Article ID SEMANTIC ERRORS; REPRESENTATIONS; OPERATIVITY; MECHANISMS; RETRIEVAL; DEFICIT; ANOMIA AB The study compares the performance of a group of aphasic patients and a group of normal subjects submitted to the same picture confrontation naming task with written responses. Analyses concerned on the one hand the effects of variables characterizing pictures and their names, and on the other hand the types of misnamings. In both cases, results indicated some similarities (e.g. prominent role of orthographic variables) as well as some dissimilarities (e.g. differential effects of variables). In addition, the classical hypothesis relating the production of verbal misnamings in aphasic patients to the production of associate names in normal subjects (Rinnert and Whitaker 1973) received little support. Non-dominant picture naming responses incidentally observed in normal subjects accounted for a higher proportion of verbal misnamings than associates. C1 UNIV STRASBOURG 1,STRASBOURG,FRANCE. HOP CHARLES NICOLLE,NEUROL CLIN,ROUEN,FRANCE. HOP FONTMAURE,INSERM,CHAMALIERES,FRANCE. HOP BRETONNEAU,SERV REEDUC NEUROL,TOURS,FRANCE. HOP PURPAN,INSERM,F-31059 TOULOUSE,FRANCE. HOSPICES CIVILS STRASBOURG,INSERM,STRASBOURG,FRANCE. HOP BRIVE,SERV REEDUC NEUROL,BRIVE,FRANCE. HOP LILLE,SERV CONVALESCENTS,LILLE,FRANCE. CNRS,PARIS,FRANCE. CR BASSO A, 1978, J NEUROL NEUROSUR PS, V41, P556, DOI 10.1136/jnnp.41.6.556 BEAUVOIS MF, 1981, BRAIN, V104, P21, DOI 10.1093/brain/104.1.21 BUB D, 1982, BRAIN, V105, P697, DOI 10.1093/brain/105.4.697 BUCKINGHAM HW, 1980, APPL PSYCHOLINGUIST, V1, P199, DOI 10.1017/S0142716400000849 BUTTERWORTH B, 1984, NEUROPSYCHOLOGIA, V22, P409, DOI 10.1016/0028-3932(84)90036-8 CARAMAZZA A, 1990, CORTEX, V26, P95 DELOCHE G, 1992, NEUROPSYCHOL REHABIL, V2, P117, DOI 10.1080/09602019208401400 DELOCHE G, 1993, APHASIOLOGY, V7, P201, DOI 10.1080/02687039308249506 DELOCHE G, 1996, IN PRESS J COMMUNICA Deloche G, 1996, BRAIN LANG, V53, P105, DOI 10.1006/brln.1996.0039 LHERMITT.F, 1974, REV NEUROL, V130, P21 FEYEREISEN P, 1988, NEUROPSYCHOLOGIA, V26, P401, DOI 10.1016/0028-3932(88)90094-2 Fromkin V. A., 1980, ERRORS LINGUISTIC PE GAINOTTI G, 1986, BRAIN LANG, V29, P18, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(86)90031-3 GARDNER H, 1973, NEUROPSYCHOLOGIA, V11, P213, DOI 10.1016/0028-3932(73)90010-9 Geschwind N., 1967, CORTEX, V3, P97 GOODGLASS H, 1984, APPL PSYCHOLINGUIST, V5, P135, DOI 10.1017/S014271640000494X Goodglass H., 1980, LANG COMMUN, P37 Goodglass H, 1972, ASSESSMENT APHASIA R HIER DB, 1977, BRAIN LANG, V4, P115, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(77)90010-4 HILLIS AE, 1991, BRAIN LANG, V40, P106, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(91)90119-L HOWARD D, 1984, COGNITIVE NEUROPSYCH, V1, P163, DOI 10.1080/02643298408252021 Howard D, 1984, Adv Neurol, V42, P263 HUBER W, 1981, EMPIRICAL SEMANTICS, P423 IMBS P, 1971, DICT FREQUENCES Jenkins J. J., 1970, NORMS WORD ASS, P1 KAY J, 1987, BRAIN, V110, P613, DOI 10.1093/brain/110.3.613 KIRSHNER HS, 1984, NEUROPSYCHOLOGIA, V22, P23, DOI 10.1016/0028-3932(84)90004-6 KREMIN H, 1991, APHASIOLOGY, V5, P579, DOI 10.1080/02687039108248566 KREMIN H, 1988, HDB NEUROPSYCHOLOGY, V1, P307 Lecours A R, 1969, Cortex, V5, P193 MACNEILAGE PF, 1964, LANG SPEECH, V7, P144 Metz-Lutz M. N., 1991, REV NEUROPSYCHOL, V1, P73 MICELI G, 1991, CORTEX, V27, P57 Morton J, 1980, DEEP DYSLEXIA, P91 Morton J, 1980, COGNITIVE PROCESS, P117 Morton J., 1985, CURRENT PERSPECTIVES, P217 NEWCOMBE FB, 1965, NATURE, V207, P1217, DOI 10.1038/2071217a0 NEWCOMBE F, 1971, J NEUROL NEUROSUR PS, V34, P329, DOI 10.1136/jnnp.34.3.329 NORMAN DA, 1981, PSYCHOL REV, V88, P1, DOI 10.1037/0033-295X.88.1.1 RIDDOCH MJ, 1987, VISUAL OBJECT PROCES, P107 RINNERT C, 1973, CORTEX, V9, P46 ROSCH E, 1976, COGNITIVE PSYCHOL, V8, P382, DOI 10.1016/0010-0285(76)90013-X SEMENZA C, 1992, J PSYCHOLINGUIST RES, V21, P349, DOI 10.1007/BF01067920 SNODGRASS JG, 1980, J EXP PSYCHOL-HUM L, V6, P174, DOI 10.1037/0278-7393.6.2.174 TERS F, 1975, VOCABULAIRE ORTHOGRA NR 46 TC 1 Z9 1 PU TAYLOR & FRANCIS LTD PI LONDON PA ONE GUNPOWDER SQUARE, LONDON, ENGLAND EC4A 3DE SN 0268-7038 J9 APHASIOLOGY JI Aphasiology PD MAR PY 1997 VL 11 IS 3 BP 219 EP 234 DI 10.1080/02687039708248466 PG 16 WC Clinical Neurology SC Neurosciences & Neurology GA WN876 UT WOS:A1997WN87600002 ER PT J AU Hough, MS Vogel, D Cannito, MP Pierce, RS AF Hough, MS Vogel, D Cannito, MP Pierce, RS TI Influence of prior pictorial context on sentence comprehension in older versus younger aphasic subjects SO APHASIOLOGY LA English DT Article ID ADULT AGE-DIFFERENCES; WORKING-MEMORY; LANGUAGE; ASSIGNMENT; RESOURCE AB Deficits in language comprehension have been observed in older individuals, particularly affecting comprehension of complex syntactic constructs such as passive sentences. Aphasic adults display a qualitatively similar pattern, with passive constructions being more difficult to comprehend than active constructs. Various types of context have been found to influence auditory comprehension in aphasia, including the comprehension of passive constructions. In particular, visual stimulation has been observed to facilitate the comprehension of complex spoken messages for many aphasic adults. However, it is unclear whether presenting visual stimuli prior to auditory stimuli is more facilitative than initially presenting auditory stimuli. Furthermore, in light of reported age-related declines in comprehension of passive constructions, it is unknown whether age affects the influence of visual stimulation and, if so, when these effects are more facilatory. In this investigation the influence of pictorial stimulation on sentence comprehension was examined for 12 older and 10 younger aphasic adults. The two aphasic groups were tested on the comprehension of reversible active and passive sentences presented in isolation or in paragraphs. Subjects heard the stimuli prior to or after seeing accompanying pictures which were black-and-white line drawings depicting the two possible subjects-object relations presented in the reversible sentences. The older aphasic subjects were significantly more accurate than the younger subjects in the post-exposed visual condition, as well as on isolated passive sentences in which there was no paragraph context. In both of these conditions the availability of contextual information (visual-pictorial or auditory-linguistic) was minimized. In the other conditions in which supportive visual-pictorial or auditory-linguistic context was provided prior to the presentation of the target sentences, the older and younger groups demonstrated similar levels of impaired performance. The results are discussed relative to the ageing process, allocation of resources, and working memory capacity. C1 VET ADM MED CTR,RENO,NV. UNIV MEMPHIS,MEMPHIS,TN 38152. KENT STATE UNIV,KENT,OH 44242. RP Hough, MS (reprint author), E CAROLINA UNIV,DEPT COMMUN SCI & DISORDERS,GREENVILLE,NC 27858, USA. CR AU R, 1991, HDB GERIATRIC COMMUN, P293 Bayles K. A., 1987, COMMUNICATION COGNIT Berndt R.S., 1991, ACQUIRED APHASIA, P223 BERNDT RS, 1980, APPL PSYCHOLINGUIST, V1, P225, DOI 10.1017/S0142716400000552 Bever T., 1970, COGNITION DEV LANGUA, P279 Cannito MP, 1996, APHASIOLOGY, V10, P235, DOI 10.1080/02687039608248410 CANNITO MP, 1989, CLIN APHASIOLOGY, V18, P433 CANNITO MP, 1986, BRAIN LANG, V27, P38, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(86)90003-9 CAPLAN D, 1991, HDB NEUROPSYCHOLOGY, P311 CAPLAN D, 1986, BRAIN LANG, V27, P117, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(86)90008-8 CAPLAN D, 1990, BRAIN LANG, V39, P206, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(90)90012-6 Caplan D., 1992, LANGUAGE STRUCTURE P Caplan D., 1990, NEUROPSYCHOLOGICAL I, P337, DOI 10.1017/CBO9780511665547.019 CARAMAZZA A, 1991, BRAIN LANG, V41, P402, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(91)90164-V CARAMAZZA A, 1976, BRAIN LANG, V3, P572, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(76)90048-1 CHAPMAN SB, 1988, SEMINARS SPEECH LANG, V2, P135 CHAPMAN SB, 1991, HDB GERIATRIC COMMUN, P241 CHUHLANTSEFF E, 1993, THESIS U NEVADA RENO DAVIS GA, 1989, J SPEECH HEAR RES, V32, P143 FEIER CD, 1980, J GERONTOL, V35, P722 FOOS PW, 1995, EXP AGING RES, V21, P239, DOI 10.1080/03610739508253983 FOOS PW, 1992, EXP AGING RES, V18, P51 FOOS PW, 1989, PSYCHOL AGING, V4, P269, DOI 10.1037//0882-7974.4.3.269 FREDERICI AD, 1992, BRAIN LANG, V42, P1 Goodglass H, 1983, ASSESSMENT APHASIA R, V2nd Goodglass H., 1993, UNDERSTANDING APHASI GREEN E, 1974, Cortex, V10, P133 GRODZINSKY Y, 1986, BRAIN LANG, V27, P135, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(86)90009-X GRODZINSKY Y, 1988, BRAIN LANG, V33, P216, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(88)90065-X Grodzinslcy Y., 1990, THEORETICAL PERSPECT HOOPER CR, 1991, HDB GERIATRIC COMMUN, P307 HOUGH MS, 1989, BRAIN LANG, V36, P325, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(89)90069-2 JUST MA, 1992, PSYCHOL REV, V99, P122, DOI 10.1037/0033-295X.99.1.122 Kemper S., 1992, HDB AGING COGNITION, P213 KEMPER S, 1993, ADULT INFORMATION PR, P490 Kemper S., 1988, LANGUAGE MEMORY AGIN, P58 KEMPER S, 1986, APPL PSYCHOLINGUIST, V7, P277, DOI 10.1017/S0142716400007578 LAVIGNE VD, 1990, EDUC GERONTOL, V16, P447, DOI 10.1080/0380127900160502 LESSER R, 1974, Cortex, V10, P247 Light L. L., 1988, LANGUAGE MEMORY AGIN, P244 Light L. L., 1988, EMERGENT THEORIES AG, P177 LINEBARGER M C, 1990, P55 MCCARTHY RA, 1987, BRAIN, V110, P1565, DOI 10.1093/brain/110.6.1565 MCCARTHY RA, 1990, NEUROPSYCHOLOGICAL I, P167, DOI 409831645,12,1 NICHOLAS L, 1983, CLIN APHAS C P, V13, P166 PIERCE RS, 1982, J SPEECH HEAR RES, V24, P408 PIERCE RS, 1985, J COMMUN DISORD, V18, P203, DOI 10.1016/0021-9924(85)90021-8 PIERCE RS, 1990, APHASIOLOGY, V4, P155, DOI 10.1080/02687039008249067 PIERCE RS, 1985, J SPEECH HEAR RES, V28, P250 ROBERTSONTCHABO EA, 1987, COMMUNICATION DISORD, P72 Salthouse T. A., 1988, COGNITIVE DEV ADULTH, P185 SALTHOUSE TA, 1990, DEV REV, V10, P101, DOI 10.1016/0273-2297(90)90006-P SCHWARTZ M, 1980, BRAIN LANG, V10, P263 Shewan C M, 1971, Cortex, V7, P209 TUN PA, 1993, ADULT INFORMATION PR, P426 NR 55 TC 2 Z9 3 PU TAYLOR & FRANCIS LTD PI LONDON PA ONE GUNPOWDER SQUARE, LONDON, ENGLAND EC4A 3DE SN 0268-7038 J9 APHASIOLOGY JI Aphasiology PD MAR PY 1997 VL 11 IS 3 BP 235 EP 247 DI 10.1080/02687039708248467 PG 13 WC Clinical Neurology SC Neurosciences & Neurology GA WN876 UT WOS:A1997WN87600003 ER PT J AU Puskaric, NJ Pierce, RS AF Puskaric, NJ Pierce, RS TI Effects of constraint and expectation on reading comprehension in aphasia SO APHASIOLOGY LA English DT Article ID CONTEXTUAL INFLUENCES; SENTENCE CONTEXTS; LEXICAL DECISIONS; UPCOMING WORDS; FACILITATION; RELATEDNESS; CATEGORIES; VALIDITY; ADULTS; SCOPE AB Multiple-choice responses to incomplete sentence stems is a popular task for assessing and treating reading comprehension in patients with aphasia. This study investigated the influence of contextual constraint and response expectation on aphasic subjects' sentence-level reading comprehension. Constraint refers to the number of possible word completions available for a sentence stem. Expectation refers to whether the correct completions are expected or unexpected words. Subjects responded to stimulus items in which levels of constraint (high/low) and levels of expectation (expected/unexpected) were combined into four test conditions. Results indicated that the subjects performed worst on the low-constraint, unexpected-response sentences. They did significantly better with both increased constraint and with increased expectation. Both word pool and semantic feature activation are discussed as possible underlying mechanisms that influence aphasic subjects' reading comprehension of sentences. C1 KENT STATE UNIV,SCH SPEECH PATHOL & AUDIOL,KENT,OH 44242. CR BARSALOU L, 1983, MEM COGNITION, V8, P211 BARSALOU LW, 1985, J EXP PSYCHOL LEARN, V11, P629, DOI 10.1037/0278-7393.11.1-4.629 CLARK A, 1987, CLIN APHASIOLOGY, P174 DANKS JH, 1987, COMPREHENDING ORAL W Dunn L. M., 1981, PEABODY PICTURE VOCA EHRLICH SF, 1981, J VERB LEARN VERB BE, V20, P641, DOI 10.1016/S0022-5371(81)90220-6 FISCHLER I, 1979, J VERB LEARN VERB BE, V18, P1, DOI 10.1016/S0022-5371(79)90534-6 FISCHLER IS, 1985, MEM COGNITION, V13, P128, DOI 10.3758/BF03197005 GERMANI MJ, 1995, APHASIOLOGY, V9, P1, DOI 10.1080/02687039508248685 GERMANI MJ, 1992, BRAIN LANG, V42, P308, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(92)90103-L GERNSBACHER MA, 1990, J EXP PSYCHOL LEARN, V16, P430, DOI 10.1037//0278-7393.16.3.430 GROGAN S, 1993, THESIS KENT STATE U HOUGH MS, 1993, APHASIOLOGY, V7, P335, DOI 10.1080/02687039308249515 Keppel G., 1982, DESIGN ANAL RES HDB Kertesz A., 1982, W APHASIA BATTERY KLEIMAN GM, 1980, MEM COGNITION, V8, P336, DOI 10.3758/BF03198273 LaPointe L. L., 1979, READING COMPREHENSIO MILLS RH, 1979, J SPEECH HEAR RES, V22, P73 MYERS JL, 1979, FUNDAMENTALS EXPT NICHOLAS LE, 1986, J SPEECH HEAR DISORD, V51, P82 PIERCE R, 1995, TREATMENT APHASIA TH, P173 PIERCE R, 1987, J COMMUN DISORD, V18, P203 PIERCE R, 1981, APHASIA APRAXIA AGNO, V3, P13 PIERCE RS, 1991, APHASIOLOGY, V5, P379, DOI 10.1080/02687039108248539 PIERCE RS, 1988, APHASIOLOGY, V2, P577, DOI 10.1080/02687038808248968 PIERCE RS, 1985, J SPEECH HEAR RES, V28, P250 SCHUELL H, 1961, J SPEECH HEAR RES, V4, P30 SCHWANENFLUGEL P, 1991, UNDERSTANDING WORD S, P23 SCHWANENFLUGEL PJ, 1985, J MEM LANG, V24, P232, DOI 10.1016/0749-596X(85)90026-9 SCHWANENFLUGEL PJ, 1988, J EXP PSYCHOL LEARN, V14, P344, DOI 10.1037//0278-7393.14.2.344 USTIK G, 1989, ANN CONV AM SPEECH L NR 31 TC 2 Z9 2 PU TAYLOR & FRANCIS LTD PI LONDON PA ONE GUNPOWDER SQUARE, LONDON, ENGLAND EC4A 3DE SN 0268-7038 J9 APHASIOLOGY JI Aphasiology PD MAR PY 1997 VL 11 IS 3 BP 249 EP 261 DI 10.1080/02687039708248468 PG 13 WC Clinical Neurology SC Neurosciences & Neurology GA WN876 UT WOS:A1997WN87600004 ER PT J AU Loew, RC Kegl, JA Poizner, H AF Loew, RC Kegl, JA Poizner, H TI Fractionation of the components of role play in a right-hemispheric lesioned signer SO APHASIOLOGY LA English DT Article; Proceedings Paper CT 18th Annual Boston-University Conference on Language Development CY JAN, 1994 CL BOSTON, MA SP Boston Univ HO BOSTON UNIV ID PARKINSONIAN SIGNER; DISCOURSE; LANGUAGE AB Role play, a narrative device relying critically on the linguistic reference system of American Sign Language (ASL), also appropriates extrasyntactic devices such as signing style idiosyncrasies and facial caricature for the linguistic purpose of differentiating roles. Whereas the spatialized grammatical reference system has been shown to make demands on left hemisphere processing, role play may require right hemisphere processing. To investigate this issue we analysed role play in a 38-year-old, ASL-fluent, female hearing signer (A. S.) with a right parietal-occipital lesion. A.S, correctly reassigned first person reference, signalling attempted use of role play at the sentence level, despite its spatialized realization in ASL. However, she had difficulty with pragmatically appropriate changes in gaze direction, and with the use of caricature and shifts in body position, to distinguish roles. Analysis of the deficits in this right-lesioned signer's use of a single Linguistic construction that crucially requires both sentence-level and discourse-level devices helps us to refine our concept of the roles of the two cerebral hemispheres in language functions. C1 RUTGERS STATE UNIV,CTR MOL & BEHAV NEUROSCI,NEWARK,NJ 07102. CR AHLGREN I, 1990, THEORETICAL ISSUES S, V1 BAHAN B, 1996, THESIS BOSTON MA BAHAN B, 1995, LANGUAGE GESTURE SPA, P225 BAHAN B, 1980, UNPUB ASPECTS RULES BAYNES K, 1988, LANGUAGE COMMUNICATI BEEMAN M, 1993, BRAIN LANG, V44, P80, DOI 10.1006/brln.1993.1006 BELLUGI U, 1990, SLR 87, P16 BRENTARI D, 1994, LANG COGNITIVE PROC, V9, P69, DOI 10.1080/01690969408402110 BRENTARI D, 1995, BRAIN LANG, V48, P69, DOI 10.1006/brln.1995.1003 BROWNELL HH, 1992, BRAIN LANG, V43, P121, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(92)90025-A Caplan D., 1987, NEUROLINGUISTICS LIN Chiarello C., 1991, PSYCHOL WORD MEANING Code C., 1987, LANGUAGE APHASIA RIG CORINA DP, 1992, BRAIN LANG, V43, P414, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(92)90110-Z ENGBERGPEDERSEN E, 1995, LANGUAGE, GESTURE, AND SPACE, P133 Hickok G, 1996, NATURE, V381, P699, DOI 10.1038/381699a0 HOUGH MS, 1990, BRAIN LANG, V38, P253, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(90)90114-V Joanette Y., 1990, RIGHT HEMISPHERE VER JOANETTE Y, 1986, BRAIN LANG, V29, P81, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(86)90035-0 KEGL J, 1991, J CLIN EXP NEUROPSYC, V13, P38 KEGL J, 1976, UNPUB PRONOMINALIZAT KEGL JA, 1987, STUDIES ACQUISITION, V2, P135 Kegl Judy A., 1986, SYNTAX PRONOMINAL CL, P285 Lentz E. M., 1986, P 4 NAT S SIGN LANG, P58 Liddell S. K., 1980, AM SIGN LANGUAGE SYN Lillo-Martin D., 1991, UNIVERSAL GRAMMAR AM LILLOMARTIN D, 1985, P NE LINGUISTICS SOC, V15, P302 LOEW RC, 1984, THESIS MINNEAPOLIS M LOEW RC, 1980, P 3 NAT S SIGN LANG, P40 LOEW RC, 1995, APHASIOLOGY, V9, P381, DOI 10.1080/02687039508248211 Meier Richard, 1990, THEORETICAL ISSUES S, V1, P175 Padden C, 1988, INTERACTION MORPHOLO Padden C.A., 1986, P 4 NAT S SIGN LANG, P44 POIZNER H, 1990, ANNU REV NEUROSCI, V13, P283, DOI 10.1146/annurev.neuro.13.1.283 POIZNER H, 1992, APHASIOLOGY, V6, P219, DOI 10.1080/02687039208248595 POIZNER H, 1993, ANN NY ACAD SCI, V682, P192, DOI 10.1111/j.1749-6632.1993.tb22969.x Poizner H., 1987, WHAT HANDS REVEAL BR POULIN C, 1995, LANGUAGE, GESTURE, AND SPACE, P117 SHEPARDKEGL J, 1985, THESIS MIT NR 39 TC 15 Z9 15 PU TAYLOR & FRANCIS LTD PI LONDON PA ONE GUNPOWDER SQUARE, LONDON, ENGLAND EC4A 3DE SN 0268-7038 J9 APHASIOLOGY JI Aphasiology PD MAR PY 1997 VL 11 IS 3 BP 263 EP 281 DI 10.1080/02687039708248469 PG 19 WC Clinical Neurology SC Neurosciences & Neurology GA WN876 UT WOS:A1997WN87600005 ER PT J AU Sheimo, DL Bardach, LG Hilfinger, P AF Sheimo, DL Bardach, LG Hilfinger, P TI Fluent aphasia with Gerstmann's syndrome: A case study SO APHASIOLOGY LA English DT Article ID CONNECTED SPEECH SAMPLES AB A right-handed 67-year-old man presented with moderate expressive and receptive aphasia secondary to a left cerebrovascular accident which was sustained following surgery for an artery bypass graft. In addition to the aphasia this patient also exhibited the tetrad of symptoms associated with Gerstmann's syndrome. The clinical presentation of the syndrome consisted of right/left disorientation, finger agnosia, acalculia, and agraphia. The pattern of recovery for these symptoms and other language behaviours during treatment and no-treatment periods revealed that traditional aphasia treatment methods appear to aid all symptoms but the agraphia. Our findings suggest that traditional aphasia treatment methods may stimulate resolution of coexisting neurological symptoms in Gerstmann's syndrome, and that differential diagnosis is of paramount importance. Additionally, we point towards the need for further research of neurological syndromes coexisting with aphasia and treatment methods that respond to the unique characteristics of syndromes. RP Sheimo, DL (reprint author), UNIV MICHIGAN,COMMUN DISORDERS CLIN,111 E CATHERINE,ANN ARBOR,MI 48109, USA. CR BENTON AL, 1977, BRAIN LANG, V4, P45, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(77)90005-0 BENTON AL, 1961, NEUROLOGY, V6, P838 CRAIG HK, 1993, APHASIOLOGY, V7, P155, DOI 10.1080/02687039308249503 Gerstmann J, 1940, ARCH NEURO PSYCHIATR, V44, P398 GESCHWIND N, 1975, Cortex, V11, P296 Goodglass H., 1972, BOSTON DIAGNOSTIC AP Kaplan E, 1983, BOSTON NAMING TEST Kertesz A., 1979, APHASIA ASS DISORDER LaPointe L. L., 1979, READING COMPREHENSIO LAPOINTE LL, 1978, FLASHA J SPR, P27 LEVINE DN, 1988, BRAIN LANG, V35, P172, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(88)90107-1 MAZZONI M, 1990, CORTEX, V26, P459 MOORE MR, 1991, ARCH NEUROL-CHICAGO, V48, P432 POECK K, 1975, Cortex, V11, P291 Poeck K., 1966, CORTEX, V2, P421 ROELTGEN D, 1985, CLIN NEUROPSYCHOLOGY ROELTGEN DP, 1983, ARCH NEUROL-CHICAGO, V40, P46 Shewan C. M., 1979, AUDITORY COMPREHENSI STRUB R, 1974, Cortex, V10, P378 Strub R., 1983, LOCALIZATION NEUROPS YORKSTON KM, 1980, J SPEECH HEAR DISORD, V45, P27 NR 21 TC 1 Z9 1 PU TAYLOR & FRANCIS LTD PI LONDON PA ONE GUNPOWDER SQUARE, LONDON, ENGLAND EC4A 3DE SN 0268-7038 J9 APHASIOLOGY JI Aphasiology PD MAR PY 1997 VL 11 IS 3 BP 283 EP 291 DI 10.1080/02687039708248470 PG 9 WC Clinical Neurology SC Neurosciences & Neurology GA WN876 UT WOS:A1997WN87600006 ER PT J AU Mimouni, Z Jarema, G AF Mimouni, Z Jarema, G TI Agrammatic aphasia in Arabic SO APHASIOLOGY LA English DT Article ID COMPREHENSION; LANGUAGE; MORPHOLOGY; WORD AB The most salient and discussed features of agrammatism are the omission and substitution of grammatical morphemes, whether bound or free, in speech production. Cross-linguistic studies have shown that language-specific features determine the pattern of omissions and substitutions found; morphological markers are almost never omitted if the resulting form is a non-word; substitutions are mis-selections from existing paradigms. In the present paper we investigate the ways in which agrammatism is manifested in Algerian Arabic, a Semitic language where simple (O-prefixed and O-suffixed) words are described as consisting of three morphemes: the discontinuous consonantal root, the discontinuous vocalic base and a CV template or skeleton (McCarthy 1975). Our findings are comparable to those previously reported, in that the three agrammatic subjects who participated in this study do omit and substitute free-standing and bound grammatical markers, and never produce non-words. More specifically, their performance is characterized by omissions of linear bound morphemes in prefixed and suffixed words, as well as substitutions of morphologically complex forms by simpler and more frequent ones. An interpretation of the subjects' performance in the light of current linguistic and psycholinguistic theories on the lexicon is proposed. C1 UNIV MONTREAL,DEPT LINGUIST,MONTREAL,PQ,CANADA. RP Mimouni, Z (reprint author), COTE NEIGES HOSP CTR,RES CTR,4565 QUEEN MARY RD,MONTREAL,PQ H3W 1W5,CANADA. CR BATES E, 1987, BRAIN LANG, V32, P19, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(87)90116-7 BERNDT RS, 1980, APPL PSYCHOLINGUIST, V1, P225, DOI 10.1017/S0142716400000552 Caplan D., 1988, DISORDERS SYNTACTIC CAPLAN D, 1986, BRAIN LANG, V27, P117, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(86)90008-8 CARAMAZZA A, 1976, BRAIN LANG, V3, P572, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(76)90048-1 DERIBAUCOURT BD, 1976, TEST EXAMEN APHASIE Goldsmith J., 1990, AUTOSEGMENTAL METRIC Goldsmith John A, 1976, THESIS MIT GOLDSTEIN K, 1948, LANGUAGE LANGUAGE DI GOODGLASS H, 1960, J SPEECH HEAR RES, V3, P257 Goodglass H, 1972, ASSESSMENT APHASIA R Goodglass H, 1972, Cortex, V8, P191 GRODZINSKY Y, 1986, BRAIN LANG, V27, P135, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(86)90009-X GRODZINSKY Y, 1984, COGNITION, V16, P99, DOI 10.1016/0010-0277(84)90001-5 Halle Morris, 1973, LINGUIST INQ, V4, P3 Jackson JH, 1958, SELECTED WRITINGS J Jakobson R., 1964, DISORDERS LANGUAGE, P21 Jakobson Roman, 1956, FUND LANG, P55 JAREMA G, 1994, BRAIN LANG, V46, P683, DOI 10.1006/brln.1994.1037 JAREMA G, 1991, AC APH ANN M ROM IT JAREMA G, 1990, AGRAMMATIC APHASIA C, P817 JAREMA G, 1992, BRAIN LANG, V43, P541, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(92)90082-P KEAN ML, 1977, COGNITION, V5, P9, DOI 10.1016/0010-0277(77)90015-4 KEHAYIA E, 1990, THESIS MCGILL U MONT LAPOINTE SG, 1983, COGNITION, V14, P1, DOI 10.1016/0010-0277(83)90025-2 LINEBARGER MC, 1983, COGNITION, V13, P361, DOI 10.1016/0010-0277(83)90015-X Luria AR, 1970, TRAUMATIC APHASIA MAGNUSDOTTIR S, 1990, AGRAMMATIC APHASIA C, P443 MCCARTHY JJ, 1981, LINGUIST INQ, V12, P373 MCCARTHY JJ, 1975, THESIS MIT CAMBRIDGE MCCARTHY JJ, 1990, NAT LANG LINGUIST TH, V8, P209 Menn L., 1990, AGRAMMATIC APHASIA C Miceli G., 1990, AGRAMMATIC APHASIA C, P717 MIMOUNZI Z, 1992, AC APH ANN M TOR CAN Nespoulous J.-L., 1990, AGRAMMATIC APHASIA C, P623 Ouhalla J., 1991, FUNCTIONAL CATEGORIE PARADIS M, 1991, MAGBREBIAN VERSION B ROSENTHAL V, 1989, J NEUROLINGUIST, V4, P179, DOI 10.1016/0911-6044(89)90013-4 SCHWARTZ MF, 1980, BRAIN LANG, V10, P249, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(80)90055-3 SEGUI J, 1985, LINGUISTICS, V23, P759, DOI 10.1515/ling.1985.23.5.759 NR 40 TC 8 Z9 8 PU TAYLOR & FRANCIS LTD PI LONDON PA ONE GUNPOWDER SQUARE, LONDON, ENGLAND EC4A 3DE SN 0268-7038 J9 APHASIOLOGY JI Aphasiology PD FEB PY 1997 VL 11 IS 2 BP 125 EP 144 DI 10.1080/02687039708248460 PG 20 WC Clinical Neurology SC Neurosciences & Neurology GA WG739 UT WOS:A1997WG73900002 ER PT J AU Tesak, J Niemi, J AF Tesak, J Niemi, J TI Telegraphese and agrammatism: A cross-linguistic study SO APHASIOLOGY LA English DT Article ID LANGUAGE AB In this study, grammatical aspects of telegraphese (written telegram style) in normal adults are compared to agrammatic narratives in Broca's aphasia. The study is conducted in four languages: Dutch, German, Swedish, and Finnish. The background for this study is the claim, both from theoreticians and practitioners, that agrammatism can be equated with telegram style in normals. In summary, the comparisons of utterance length, grammaticality, omissions and substitutions of closed class items, and structures show that despite some superficial parallels the two registers of telegraphese and agrammatism are qualitatively different. C1 UNIV JOENSUU,FIN-80101 JOENSUU,FINLAND. RP Tesak, J (reprint author), KLIN BAVARIA,DREADNERSTR 12,D-01731 KREISCHA,GERMANY. CR AHLSEN E, 1990, AGRAMMATIC APHASIA C, P545 AHLSEN E, 1993, NORDIC J LINGUISTICS, V16, P137 Goodglass H., 1993, UNDERSTANDING APHASI HEESCHEN C, 1994, SPRACHE GEBIRN GRUND, P123 HOFSTEDE B, 1992, AGRAMMATIC SPEECH BR HUBER W, 1991, SPRACHSTORUNGEN ISSERLIN M, 1985, COGNITIVE NEUROPSYCH, V2, P308, DOI 10.1080/02643298508252665 KOLK H, 1990, AGRAMMATIC APHASIA C, P179 Kolk H. H. J., 1985, AGRAMMATISM, P165 KOLK H, 1992, LANG COGNITIVE PROC, V7, P89, DOI 10.1080/01690969208409381 MAXIM J, 1994, LANGUAGE ELDERLY CLI Menn L., 1990, AGRAMMATIC APHASIA C MENNL, 1990, AGRAMMTIC APHASIA CR, V2, P1369 NESPOULOUS JL, 1973, THESIS U TOULOUSE LE NIEMI J, 1992, IN PRESS P SCAND C L NIEMI J, 1990, AGRAMMATIC APHASIA C, V2, P1014 NIEMI J, 1989, APHASIOLOGY, V3, P155, DOI 10.1080/02687038908248984 STARK JA, 1990, AGRAMMATIC APHASIA C, P281 TESAK J, 1995, FOLIA LINGUIST, V29, P297, DOI 10.1515/flin.1995.29.3-4.297 TESAK J, 1991, LINGUISTICS, V29, P1111, DOI 10.1515/ling.1991.29.6.1111 TESAK J, 1992, IN PRESS P 15 CIPL C TESAK J, 1992, NEW DEPARTURES CONTR, V2, P75 TESAK J, 1994, LINGUISTICS, V32, P325, DOI 10.1515/ling.1994.32.2.325 TISSOT R, 1973, ETUDE NEUROPSYCHOLIN WARDHAUGH R, 1993, INVESTIGATING LANGUA NR 25 TC 2 Z9 2 PU TAYLOR & FRANCIS LTD PI LONDON PA ONE GUNPOWDER SQUARE, LONDON, ENGLAND EC4A 3DE SN 0268-7038 J9 APHASIOLOGY JI Aphasiology PD FEB PY 1997 VL 11 IS 2 BP 145 EP 155 DI 10.1080/02687039708248461 PG 11 WC Clinical Neurology SC Neurosciences & Neurology GA WG739 UT WOS:A1997WG73900003 ER PT J AU Kohn, SE Cragnolino, A Pustejovsky, J AF Kohn, SE Cragnolino, A Pustejovsky, J TI Pronoun production in agrammatic speakers: Patterns of use and avoidance in context neutral sentences SO APHASIOLOGY LA English DT Article; Proceedings Paper CT 1995 TENNET Conference CY 1995 CL MONTREAL, CANADA ID BROCAS APHASIA; LANGUAGE; ANOMIA AB This study examined pronoun production in the sentences of agrammatic speakers. A Sentence Generation task that asks each subject to create a sentence from a given, uninflected transitive verb was administered to nine agrammatic aphasics and 20 matched normal control speakers. Sentences that contained at least two arguments of the verb, one PreVerb NP and one PostVerb NP, were examined to determine what proportion of each NP position was filled by the following NP types: Pronoun, General Noun, or Specific NP (e.g. 'he', 'man', or 'teacher', respectively). The normal speakers tended to use pronouns as PreVerb NPs and specific lexical terms as PostVerb NPs (Kohn and Pustejovsky 1994). Aphasic performance that was two standard deviations or more from the normal mean was judged to be abnormal. All but one aphasic subject departed from the normal data. The remaining aphasic subjects fell into three deficit groups, each defined by a significant increase in comparison to the control subjects for one of the three NP types. In each deficit group the overall distribution of NP types by NP position suggested an underlying cause, for which pronoun use figured centrally into the explanation. Increased Pronoun use was associated with a decreased use of Specific NPs, suggesting impaired word finding at the level of accessing sentence-based, as opposed to category-based, lexical associations. Increased use of General Nouns was associated with a severe avoidance of pronouns, while an increased use of Specific NPs was associated with milder pronoun avoidance. The tendency for the aphasic subjects to produce anomalous sentences (i.e. with syntactic and/or semantic errors) provided additional insight into the mechanisms underlying the response to pronouns in each deficit group. C1 BRANDEIS UNIV,WALTHAM,MA 02254. RP Kohn, SE (reprint author), MOSS REHABIL RES INST,1200 W TABOR RD,PHILADELPHIA,PA 19141, USA. CR BREEN K, 1994, CORTEX, V30, P231 Caplan D., 1992, LANGUAGE STRUCTURE P Caramazza A., 1985, AGRAMMATISM, P27 Dowty David, 1982, NATURE SYNTACTIC REP DUBOIS JW, 1987, LANGUAGE, V63, P805 Francis WN, 1982, FREQUENCY ANAL ENGLI GLEASON JB, 1975, BRAIN LANG, V2, P451, DOI 10.1016/S0093-934X(75)80083-6 GLOSSER G, 1991, PSYCHOL AGING, V6, P522, DOI 10.1037/0882-7974.6.4.522 Goodglass H, 1983, ASSESSMENT APHASIA R, V2nd Goodglass H, 1972, Cortex, V8, P191 Kaplan E, 1983, BOSTON NAMING TEST Kean M. L, 1985, AGRAMMATISM KIMBAROW ML, 1983, P CLIN APH C BRK MIN KOHN SE, 1995, UNPUB WORD FINDING D KOHN SE, 1985, BRAIN LANG, V24, P266, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(85)90135-X KOHN SE, 1989, CORTEX, V25, P57 KOHN SE, 1993, CUNY SENT PROC C AMH KOHN SE, 1994, ASYMMETRIES SEMANTIC KOLK H, 1990, APHASIOLOGY, V4, P221, DOI 10.1080/02687039008249075 Kolk H. H. J., 1985, AGRAMMATISM, P165 KOLK H, 1992, LANG COGNITIVE PROC, V7, P89, DOI 10.1080/01690969208409381 LEVELT W, 1989, SPEAKING INTENTION A Marantz A., 1984, NATURE GRAMMATICAL R NESPOULOUS JL, 1988, BRAIN LANG, V33, P273, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(88)90069-7 PATRY R, 1990, DISCOURSE ABILITY BR, P3 Procter P., 1978, LONGMAN DICT CONT EN Pustejovsky J., 1991, Computational Linguistics, V17 RESNIK PS, 1983, 9342 IRCS SAFFRAN EM, 1989, BRAIN LANG, V37, P440, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(89)90030-8 SCHWARTZ MF, 1995, NEUROPSYCHOL REHABIL, V5, P93, DOI 10.1080/09602019508520177 SHELTON JR, 1992, J EXP PSYCHOL LEARN, V18, P1191, DOI 10.1037//0278-7393.18.6.1191 ZINGESER LB, 1988, COGNITIVE NEUROPSYCH, V5, P473, DOI 10.1080/02643298808253270 NR 32 TC 2 Z9 2 PU TAYLOR & FRANCIS LTD PI LONDON PA ONE GUNPOWDER SQUARE, LONDON, ENGLAND EC4A 3DE SN 0268-7038 J9 APHASIOLOGY JI Aphasiology PD FEB PY 1997 VL 11 IS 2 BP 157 EP 175 DI 10.1080/02687039708248462 PG 19 WC Clinical Neurology SC Neurosciences & Neurology GA WG739 UT WOS:A1997WG73900004 ER PT J AU Baum, SR Pell, MD AF Baum, SR Pell, MD TI Production of affective and linguistic prosody by brain-damaged patients SO APHASIOLOGY LA English DT Article ID RIGHT-HEMISPHERE; SPEECH PROSODY; BROCAS APHASIA; COMPREHENSION; INTONATION; PERCEPTION; LESIONS; THAI; DISTURBANCES; EXPRESSION AB To test a number of hypotheses concerning the functional lateralization of speech prosody, the ability of unilaterally right-hemisphere-damaged (RHD), unilaterally left-hemisphere-damaged (LHD), and age-matched control subjects (NC) to produce linguistic and affective prosodic contrasts at the sentence level was assessed via acoustic analysis. Multiple aspects of suprasegmental processing were explored, including a manipulation of the type of elicitation task employed (repetition vs reading) and the amount of linguistic structure provided in experimental stimuli (stimuli were either speech-filtered, nonsensical, or semantically well formed). In general, the results demonstrated that both RHD and LHD patients were able to appropriately utilize the acoustic parameters examined (duration, fundamental frequency (F-0), amplitude) to differentiate both linguistic and affective sentence types in a manner comparable to NC speakers. Some irregularities in the global modulation of F-0 and amplitude by RHD speakers were noted, however. Overall, the present findings do not provide support for previous claims that the right hemisphere is specifically engaged in the production of affective prosody. Alternative models of prosodic processing are noted. RP Baum, SR (reprint author), MCGILL UNIV,SCH COMMUN SCI & DISORDERS,1266 PINE AVE W,MONTREAL,PQ H3G 1A8,CANADA. CR BEHRENS SJ, 1988, BRAIN LANG, V33, P104, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(88)90057-0 BEHRENS SJ, 1989, BRAIN LANG, V37, P181, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(89)90014-X BLONDER LX, 1989, BRAIN LANG, V36, P193, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(89)90061-8 BLONDER LX, 1991, BRAIN, V114, P1115, DOI 10.1093/brain/114.3.1115 BOWERS D, 1987, NEUROPSYCHOLOGIA, V25, P317, DOI 10.1016/0028-3932(87)90021-2 CANCELLIERE AEB, 1990, BRAIN COGNITION, V13, P133, DOI 10.1016/0278-2626(90)90046-Q CAPLAN D, 1990, AM SPEECH LANG HEAR COLSHER PL, 1987, BRAIN LANG, V32, P379, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(87)90134-9 COOPER WE, 1984, LANG SPEECH, V27, P17 DANLY M, 1982, BRAIN LANG, V16, P171, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(82)90082-7 Fairbanks G, 1941, SPEECH MONOGR, V8, P85 GANDOUR J, 1992, BRAIN LANG, V43, P275, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(92)90131-W Gandour J, 1995, BRAIN LANG, V51, P422, DOI 10.1006/brln.1995.1069 GANDOUR J, 1989, BRAIN LANG, V37, P232, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(89)90017-5 GANDOUR J, 1992, J NEUROLINGUIST, V7, P133, DOI 10.1016/0911-6044(92)90015-O GANDOUR J, 1994, BRAIN LANG, V46, P419, DOI 10.1006/brln.1994.1023 Goodglass H, 1983, ASSESSMENT APHASIA R, V2nd HEILMAN KM, 1984, NEUROLOGY, V34, P917 HUGHES CP, 1983, ARCH NEUROL-CHICAGO, V40, P732 Lehiste I., 1970, SUPRASEGMENTALS LIEBERMAN P, 1960, J ACOUST SOC AM, V32, P451, DOI 10.1121/1.1908095 Lieberman Philip, 1967, INTONATION PERCEPTIO MERTUS J, 1989, BLISS USERS MANUAL PELL M, 1996, IN PRESS BRAIN LANGU ROBIN DA, 1990, BRAIN LANG, V39, P539, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(90)90161-9 ROSS ED, 1988, BRAIN LANG, V33, P128, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(88)90058-2 ROSS ED, 1992, J PHONETICS, V20, P441 RYALLS JH, 1988, APHASIOLOGY, V2, P107, DOI 10.1080/02687038808248897 RYALLS J, 1987, CORTEX, V23, P685 RYALLS JH, 1982, NEUROPSYCHOLOGIA, V20, P355, DOI 10.1016/0028-3932(82)90110-5 Scherer K. R., 1977, MOTIV EMOTION, V1, P331, DOI 10.1007/BF00992539 SCHERER KR, 1986, PSYCHOL BULL, V99, P143, DOI 10.1037//0033-2909.99.2.143 SCHLANGER BB, 1976, BRAIN LANG, V3, P396, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(76)90035-3 SHAPIRO BE, 1985, BRAIN LANG, V25, P19, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(85)90118-X SPEEDIE LJ, 1990, J NEUROL NEUROSUR PS, V53, P607, DOI 10.1136/jnnp.53.7.607 TOMPKING CA, 1985, J SPEECH HEAR RES, V28, P527 Van Lancker D., 1980, PAP LINGUIST, V13, P201, DOI 10.1080/08351818009370498 VANLANCKER D, 1992, J SPEECH HEAR RES, V35, P963 WEINTRAUB S, 1981, ARCH NEUROL-CHICAGO, V38, P742 WILLIAMS CE, 1972, J ACOUST SOC AM, V52, P1238, DOI 10.1121/1.1913238 NR 40 TC 37 Z9 38 PU TAYLOR & FRANCIS LTD PI LONDON PA ONE GUNPOWDER SQUARE, LONDON, ENGLAND EC4A 3DE SN 0268-7038 J9 APHASIOLOGY JI Aphasiology PD FEB PY 1997 VL 11 IS 2 BP 177 EP 198 DI 10.1080/02687039708248463 PG 22 WC Clinical Neurology SC Neurosciences & Neurology GA WG739 UT WOS:A1997WG73900005 ER PT J AU Kegl, J Poizner, H AF Kegl, J Poizner, H TI Crosslinguistic/crossmodal syntactic consequences of left-hemisphere damage: Evidence from an aphasic signer and his identical twin SO APHASIOLOGY LA English DT Article ID 3-DIMENSIONAL SPACE; LIMB APRAXIA; LANGUAGE; REPRESENTATION; DEFICITS AB This paper presents the first theoretically driven syntactic analysis of the narrative production of a left-lesioned Deaf signer with aphasia. In addition to a more traditional neuropsychological work-up, specialized studies of movement abilities and linguistic capacities were performed. Three-dimensional motion analyses were performed on left-lesioned N.S.'s production of non-linguistic gesture, revealing intact praxis. Signed narratives elicited via non-verbal cartoons were coded with respect to a variety of grammatical characteristics: argument structure instantiated in each clause, use of aspectual morphology, and the morphological agreement class of each verb (plain, person agreeing, or locative). This information was used to construct a syntactic profile for N.S. that could be compared to a parallel profile constructed for his identical twin control. Analysis not only of manual, but also non-manual components of signed sentences revealed a focused deficit in sentence-level, non-lexically linked, grammatical facial expressions co-occurring with spared abilities in the perception and production of facial affect as well as face recognition. Breakdown of grammatical use of face and space in ASL is shown to provide sources of both crosslinguistic and crossmodal evidence that make a unique contribution to the delineation of universal aspects of language representation in the brain. RP Kegl, J (reprint author), RUTGERS STATE UNIV,CTR MOL & BEHAV NEUROSCI,197 UNIV AVE,NEWARK,NJ 07102, USA. CR AARONS D, 1995, SIGN GESTURE SPACE, P225 Aarons D, 1994, THESIS BOSTON U BOST AARONS DEBRA, 1992, NORD J LINGUIST, V15, P103, DOI DOI 10.1017/S0332586500002560 ALBERT ML, 1973, NEUROLOGY, V23, P658 Baker C., 1980, AM SIGN LANGUAGE STU Baker-Shenk C., 1983, THESIS U CALIFORNIA BELLUGI U, 1989, TRENDS NEUROSCI, V12, P380, DOI 10.1016/0166-2236(89)90076-3 Benton A. L., 1983, CONTRIBUTIONS NEUROP Benton A. L., 1989, MULTILINGUAL APHASIA BRENTARI D, 1994, LANG COGNITIVE PROC, V9, P69, DOI 10.1080/01690969408402110 BRENTARI D, 1995, BRAIN LANG, V48, P69, DOI 10.1006/brln.1995.1003 Chomsky Noam, 1981, LECTURES GOVT BINDIN CLARK MA, 1994, BRAIN, V117, P1093, DOI 10.1093/brain/117.5.1093 CORINA DP, 1992, BRAIN LANG, V43, P414, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(92)90110-Z CORINA DP, 1989, BRAIN COGNITION, V9, P227, DOI 10.1016/0278-2626(89)90032-8 Damasio H., 1989, LESION ANAL NEUROPSY Debra Aarons, 1994, PERSPECTIVES SIGN LA, VI, P13 GILMORE R, 1994, IN C COGN NEUR SOC S GLEASON JB, 1980, J SPEECH HEAR RES, V23, P270 Goodglass H, 1983, ASSESSMENT APHASIA R, V2nd GRUBER G, 1965, THESIS MIT CAMBRIDGE Gruber J., 1976, LEXICAL STRUCTURES S Heilman KM, 1979, CLIN NEUROPSYCHOLOGY, P159 KEGL J, 1995, BRAIN LANG, V50, P151, DOI 10.1006/brln.1995.1044 KEGL J, 1996, IN PRESS J INT NEURO KEGL J, 1994, PSYCHOL VERB CONSTRU KEGL J, 1996, IN PRESS INT J NEURO KEGL J, 1990, THEORETICAL ISSUES A, P149 KIMURA D, 1982, PHILOS T ROY SOC B, V298, P135, DOI 10.1098/rstb.1982.0077 KIMURA D, 1974, BRAIN, V97, P337, DOI 10.1093/brain/97.1.337 Kimura D., 1979, NEUROBIOLOGY SOCIAL, P197 Klima E, 1979, SIGNS LANGUAGE Kolb B, 1985, FUNDAMENTALS HUMAN N, V2nd Levin Beth, 1993, ENGLISH VERB CLASSES LOEW R, 1996, IN PRESS APHASIOLOGY NEIDLE C, 1996, IN PRESS RIGHTWARD M Osterrieth PA, 1944, ARCH PSYCHOL-GENEVE, V30, P206 PADDEN C, 1988, INTERACTION MORPHO 4 POIZNER H, 1990, ANNU REV NEUROSCI, V13, P283, DOI 10.1146/annurev.neuro.13.1.283 POIZNER H, 1995, BRAIN, V118, P227, DOI 10.1093/brain/118.1.227 POIZNER H, 1996, IN PRESS APRAXIA POIZNER H, 1992, APHASIOLOGY, V6, P219, DOI 10.1080/02687039208248595 Poizner H., 1987, WHAT HANDS REVEAL BR Shepard-Kegl J, 1985, THESIS MIT CAMBRIDGE SMITH C, 1988, SIGNING NATURALLY ST SOECHTING JF, 1989, J NEUROPHYSIOL, V62, P582 SOECHTING JF, 1984, NEUROSCIENCE, V13, P595, DOI 10.1016/0306-4522(84)90252-5 SOECHTING JF, 1986, NEUROSCIENCE, V19, P1393, DOI 10.1016/0306-4522(86)90151-X SUPALLA T, 1990, UNPUB AM SIGN LANGUA VARNEY N, 1978, PANTOMIME RECOGNITIO NR 50 TC 9 Z9 9 PU TAYLOR & FRANCIS LTD PI LONDON PA ONE GUNPOWDER SQUARE, LONDON, ENGLAND EC4A 3DE SN 0268-7038 J9 APHASIOLOGY JI Aphasiology PD JAN PY 1997 VL 11 IS 1 BP 1 EP 37 DI 10.1080/02687039708248453 PG 37 WC Clinical Neurology SC Neurosciences & Neurology GA WC823 UT WOS:A1997WC82300001 ER PT J AU Lethlean, JB Murdoch, BE AF Lethlean, JB Murdoch, BE TI Performance of subjects with multiple sclerosis on tests of high-level language SO APHASIOLOGY LA English DT Article ID LEXICAL AMBIGUITY; NEUROPSYCHOLOGICAL IMPAIRMENT; SENTENCE COMPREHENSION; WORD RECOGNITION; APHASIA; DEMENTIA; LESIONS; DISEASE; CONTEXT; ALZHEIMERS AB The present study describes the high-level language (HLL) abilities of a group of 60 subjects with multiple sclerosis (MS) based on their performance on the Test of Language Competence (TLC) and The Word Test (TWT). Comparative performance of the MS group with matched control subjects revealed that the MS subjects presented with difficulties understanding ambiguous sentences and metaphoric expressions, making inferences, and re-creating sentences, and exhibited relatively poor performance on vocabulary and semantic tasks. Subjects with both a chronic progressive (CP) (n = 32) and relapsing remitting (RR) (n = 28) course of MS had significant HLL problems, thereby suggesting that the presence of language deficits is not determined by disease course, as proposed by some authors. However, it was noted that the CP group had more severe language problems than the RR group, as indicated by lower scores on tasks requiring the subjects to re-create sentences, understand ambiguous sentences, make associations, identify synonyms and define words. The implications of the findings of HLL deficits in both CP and RR forms of MS are discussed in relation to the role of subcortical white matter pathways in language processing. C1 UNIV QUEENSLAND, DEPT SPEECH PATHOL & AUDIOL, ST LUCIA, QLD 4072, AUSTRALIA. RI Murdoch, Bruce/C-1397-2012 CR ALEXANDER MP, 1987, BRAIN, V110, P961, DOI 10.1093/brain/110.4.961 ANZOLA GP, 1990, J NEUROL NEUROSUR PS, V53, P142, DOI 10.1136/jnnp.53.2.142 BALDWIN R, 1982, READING RES Q, V4, P528 BEACH CM, 1991, J MEM LANG, V30, P644, DOI 10.1016/0749-596X(91)90030-N BEATTY WW, 1989, ARCH NEUROL-CHICAGO, V46, P1113 BERNSTEIN DK, 1987, FOLIA PHONIATR, V39, P130 BEVER TG, 1973, MEM COGNITION, V1, P277, DOI 10.3758/BF03198109 BLACKWOOD HD, 1991, CLIN APHASIOLOGY, V20, P121 BOCK JK, 1982, PSYCHOL REV, V89, P1, DOI 10.1037/0033-295X.89.1.1 BROOKS DJ, 1984, J NEUROL NEUROSUR PS, V47, P1182, DOI 10.1136/jnnp.47.11.1182 BURGESS C, 1988, BRAIN LANG, V33, P86, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(88)90056-9 CROSSON B, 1985, BRAIN LANG, V25, P259 DAY TJ, 1987, J NEUROL SCI, V78, P343, DOI 10.1016/0022-510X(87)90047-5 DENNIS M, 1990, BRAIN LANG, V39, P428, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(90)90149-B FARMAKIDES MN, 1960, J SPEECH HEAR DISORD, V25, P385 FEINSTEIN A, 1992, J NEUROL NEUROSUR PS, V55, P869, DOI 10.1136/jnnp.55.10.869 FILLEY CM, 1989, ARCH NEUROL-CHICAGO, V46, P157 Fitzgerald FJ, 1987, AUSTR J HUMAN COMMUN, V15, P15 FRAZIER L, 1987, J MEM LANG, V26, P505, DOI 10.1016/0749-596X(87)90137-9 FRIEDMAN JH, 1983, ANN NEUROL, V13, P222, DOI 10.1002/ana.410130234 GENTNER D, 1983, COGNITIVE SCI, V7, P155, DOI 10.1207/s15516709cog0702_3 GLUCKSBERG S, 1989, METAPHOR SYMB ACT, V4, P125, DOI 10.1207/s15327868ms0403_2 GLUCKSBERG S, 1986, J EXP PSYCHOL LEARN, V12, P323 GORDON WP, 1985, SPEECH LANGUAGE EVAL, P161 HEATON RK, 1985, J CONSULT CLIN PSYCH, V53, P103, DOI 10.1037/0022-006X.53.1.103 HERDERSCHEE D, 1987, J NEUROL NEUROSUR PS, V50, P499, DOI 10.1136/jnnp.50.4.499 HODGSON L, 1993, AUSTR COMMUNICATION, V12, P8 HOGABOAM TW, 1975, J VERB LEARN VERB BE, V14, P265, DOI 10.1016/S0022-5371(75)80070-3 HUBER SJ, 1992, J NEUROPSYCH CLIN N, V4, P152 HUBER SJ, 1987, ARCH NEUROL-CHICAGO, V44, P732 ILLES J, 1989, BRAIN LANG, V37, P628, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(89)90116-8 JENNEKENSSCHINKEL A, 1990, J NEUROL SCI, V95, P89, DOI 10.1016/0022-510X(90)90119-8 JONES J, 1989, LEARN DISABILITY Q, V12, P251, DOI 10.2307/1510208 JORGENSEN C, 1981, WORD TEST TEST EXPRE KRUSKAL WILLIAM H., 1952, JOUR AMER STATIST ASSOC, V47, P583, DOI 10.2307/2280779 KURTZKE JF, 1983, NEUROLOGY, V33, P1444 LETHLEAN JB, 1993, J MED SPEECH-LANG PA, V1, P47 MENDEZ MF, 1992, NEUROLOGY, V42, P696 MENDOZZI L, 1993, J NEUROLOGICAL SC S1, V115, P42 METTER EJ, 1983, BRAIN LANG, V19, P33, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(83)90054-8 MILLER DH, 1991, J NEUROL NEUROSUR PS, V54, P683, DOI 10.1136/jnnp.54.8.683 MINDEN SL, 1990, J CLIN EXP NEUROPSYC, V12, P566, DOI 10.1080/01688639008401002 OLMOSLAU N, 1977, NEUROLOGY, V27, P623 ONIFER W, 1981, MEM COGNITION, V9, P225, DOI 10.3758/BF03196957 POZZILLI C, 1991, J NEUROL NEUROSUR PS, V54, P110, DOI 10.1136/jnnp.54.2.110 RABINS PV, 1986, BRAIN, V109, P585, DOI 10.1093/brain/109.4.585 RAO SM, 1985, ARCH NEUROL-CHICAGO, V42, P678 RAO SM, 1991, NEUROLOGY, V41, P658 RAO SM, 1989, NEUROLOGY, V39, P161 RAO SM, 1984, BRAIN COGNITION, V3, P94, DOI 10.1016/0278-2626(84)90010-1 RAO SM, 1986, J CLIN EXP NEUROPSYC, V8, P503, DOI 10.1080/01688638608405173 RAO SM, 1989, J CLIN EXP NEUROPSYC, V11, P471, DOI 10.1080/01688638908400907 RON MA, 1992, J NEUROL NEUROSUR PS, V55, P1, DOI 10.1136/jnnp.55.1.1 SIMPSON GB, 1981, J VERB LEARN VERB BE, V20, P120, DOI 10.1016/S0022-5371(81)90356-X SIMPSON GB, 1989, J EXP PSYCHOL LEARN, V15, P88 SIMPSON GB, 1984, PSYCHOL BULL, V96, P316 Spreen O., 1969, NEUROSENSORY CTR COM SWIRSKYSACCHETTI T, 1992, NEUROLOGY, V42, P1291 Tolosa E S, 1992, Acta Neurol Scand Suppl, V139, P47 VANLANCKER D, 1981, J SPEECH HEAR RES, V24, P64 WALLESCH CW, 1985, BRAIN LANG, V25, P357, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(85)90090-2 Wallesch CW, 1988, APHASIA, P256 White R F, 1990, J Neuropsychiatry Clin Neurosci, V2, P422 Wiig E., 1985, TEST LANGUAGE COMPET WIIG EH, 1974, PERCEPT MOTOR SKILL, V38, P175 Winner Ellen, 1988, POINT WORDS CHILDREN NR 66 TC 11 Z9 11 PU ROUTLEDGE JOURNALS, TAYLOR & FRANCIS LTD PI ABINGDON PA 4 PARK SQUARE, MILTON PARK, ABINGDON OX14 4RN, OXFORDSHIRE, ENGLAND SN 0268-7038 EI 1464-5041 J9 APHASIOLOGY JI Aphasiology PD JAN PY 1997 VL 11 IS 1 BP 39 EP 57 DI 10.1080/02687039708248454 PG 19 WC Clinical Neurology SC Neurosciences & Neurology GA WC823 UT WOS:A1997WC82300002 ER PT J AU Stern, RA Arruda, JE Hooper, CR Wolfner, GD Morey, CE AF Stern, RA Arruda, JE Hooper, CR Wolfner, GD Morey, CE TI Visual analogue mood scales to measure internal mood state in neurologically impaired patients: Description and initial validity evidence SO APHASIOLOGY LA English DT Article ID DEPRESSION; STROKE AB This report describes the development of seven visual analogue mood scales (VAMS), using vertical 100 mm lines and simple, schematic faces representing the following mood states: sad, afraid, angry, tired, energetic, happy, and confused. Two studies are described in which 311 normal volunteers completed the VAMS, as well as the Profile of Mood States (in both studies) and the Beck Depression Inventory (in one study). Using the multitrait-multimethod technique, the VAMS were found to have excellent discriminant and convergent validity. In one study a separate set of VAMS, in which all words were removed from the scales, was also used. Participants' ratings on these No-Word VAMS were highly correlated with their ratings on the VAMS with corresponding words, indicating that the VAMS have content validity and would be accurately completed by patients with impaired language comprehension. These brief mood scales may prove useful in both clinical and research settings in which valid assessment of internal mood states in aphasic patients is required. C1 BROWN UNIV,SCH MED,PROVIDENCE,RI 02912. UNIV N CAROLINA,SCH MED,CHAPEL HILL,NC 27515. UNIV RHODE ISL,KINGSTON,RI 02881. UNIV COLORADO,BOULDER,CO 80309. CR AITKEN RCB, 1969, P ROY SOC MED, V62, P989 Bech P, 1986, ACTA PSYCHIATR S326, V73, P7 Beck A. T., 1987, BECK DEPRESSION INVE BECK AT, 1961, ARCH GEN PSYCHIAT, V4, P561 CAMPBELL DT, 1959, PSYCHOL BULL, V56, P81, DOI 10.1037/h0046016 Code C., 1992, CODE MULLER PROTOCOL FOGEL BS, 1992, AM PSYCHIAT PRESS TX, P329 IWANISZEK J, 1990, MONTE CARLO MULTITRA LAZARUS LW, 1992, J CLIN PSYCHIAT, V53, P447 LIPSEY JR, 1984, LANCET, V1, P287 Mcnair DM, 1981, PROFILE MOOD STATES ROBINSON RG, 1981, BRAIN LANG, V14, P282, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(81)90080-8 RUSH A J, 1987, P267 SINYOR D, 1986, STROKE, V17, P1102 Starkstein S. E., 1988, APHASIOLOGY, V2, P1, DOI 10.1080/02687038808248883 STARKSTEIN SE, 1989, BRIT J PSYCHIAT, V154, P170, DOI 10.1192/bjp.154.2.170 STERN RA, 1991, J CLIN EXP NEUROPSYC, V13, P106 STERN RA, 1996, IN PRESS SEMINARS CL STERN RA, 1991, AM J PSYCHIAT, V148, P351 STERN RA, 1994, J NEUROPSYCHIATRY CL, V6, P319 NR 20 TC 45 Z9 45 PU TAYLOR & FRANCIS LTD PI LONDON PA ONE GUNPOWDER SQUARE, LONDON, ENGLAND EC4A 3DE SN 0268-7038 J9 APHASIOLOGY JI Aphasiology PD JAN PY 1997 VL 11 IS 1 BP 59 EP 71 DI 10.1080/02687039708248455 PG 13 WC Clinical Neurology SC Neurosciences & Neurology GA WC823 UT WOS:A1997WC82300003 ER PT J AU Hart, RP Beach, WA Taylor, JR AF Hart, RP Beach, WA Taylor, JR TI A case of progressive apraxia of speech and non-fluent aphasia SO APHASIOLOGY LA English DT Article AB A 67-year-old female presented with a progressive deficit over a 2-2 1/2-year period characterized by apraxia of speech and mild non-fluent aphasia. Mild neuropsychological impairments were incompatible with the typical clinical syndrome of dementia. Mild right upper extremity motor impairment and SPECT findings were localizable to the left hemisphere. There was no identifiable cause for the progressive deficits in motor speech and expressive language. The patient's deficit appears to represent a variant of the recently described clinical presentation of progressive motor speech compromise. RP Hart, RP (reprint author), VIRGINIA COMMONWEALTH UNIV,MED COLL VIRGINIA,DEPT PSYCHIAT,POB 980268,RICHMOND,VA 23298, USA. CR BARONA A, 1984, J CONSULT CLIN PSYCH, V52, P885, DOI 10.1037/0022-006X.52.5.885 Duff J. A., 1987, Conference Digest. Twelfth International Conference on Infrared and Millimeter Waves (Cat. No.87CH2490-1) DUFFY JR, 1992, APHASIOLOGY, V6, P1, DOI 10.1080/02687039208248573 Dunn L. M., 1981, PEABODY PICTURE VOCA FOLSTEIN MF, 1975, J PSYCHIAT RES, V12, P189, DOI 10.1016/0022-3956(75)90026-6 Goodglass H., 1983, BOSTON DIAGNOSTIC AP, V2nd HART R. P., 1988, CLIN NEUROPSYCHOL, V2, P49, DOI 10.1080/13854048808520085 HART RP, 1992, J CLIN PSYCHOL, V48, P341, DOI 10.1002/1097-4679(199205)48:3<341::AID-JCLP2270480312>3.0.CO;2-U HART RP, 1991, AM J PSYCHIAT, V148, P73 Kaplan E, 1983, BOSTON NAMING TEST KAVRIE SH, 1994, AM SPEECH LANG HEAR Levin HS, 1982, NEUROBEHAVIORAL CONS, P140 MESULAM MM, 1982, ANN NEUROL, V11, P592, DOI 10.1002/ana.410110607 Mortimer J. A., 1991, INT J EPIDEMIOL, V20, P28 Shewan C. M., 1979, AUDITORY COMPREHENSI Spreen O, 1977, NEUROSENSORY CTR COM Trahan D. E., 1988, CONTINUOUS VISUAL ME Trahan D. E., 1989, CLIN NEUROPSYCHOL, V3, P169, DOI 10.1080/13854048908403290 WEINTRAUB S, 1990, ARCH NEUROL-CHICAGO, V47, P1329 Wertz RT, 1984, APRAXIA SPEECH ADULT NR 20 TC 10 Z9 10 PU TAYLOR & FRANCIS LTD PI LONDON PA ONE GUNPOWDER SQUARE, LONDON, ENGLAND EC4A 3DE SN 0268-7038 J9 APHASIOLOGY JI Aphasiology PD JAN PY 1997 VL 11 IS 1 BP 73 EP 82 DI 10.1080/02687039708248456 PG 10 WC Clinical Neurology SC Neurosciences & Neurology GA WC823 UT WOS:A1997WC82300004 ER PT J AU Pitchford, NJ Funnell, E Ellis, AW Green, SH Chapman, S AF Pitchford, NJ Funnell, E Ellis, AW Green, SH Chapman, S TI Recovery of spoken language processing in a 6-year-old child following a left hemisphere stroke: A longitudinal study SO APHASIOLOGY LA English DT Article ID ACQUIRED APHASIA AB We report the case of a girl (D.B.) who at the age of 6 years and 7 months suffered a stroke to the left hemisphere leaving her initially mute. We monitored the recovery of D.B.'s spoken language processing over more than 2 years, using a cognitive neuropsychological approach. The initial period of mutism was followed by a rapid reappearance of vocabulary, suggestive of the recovery of previous language, rather than relearning. Early spoken language was non-fluent with pronounced word-finding difficulties, and marked by semantic and phonological paraphasias and distorted intonation, but 2 years later appeared to have recovered to normal. Confrontation naming was impaired on first testing, but was facilitated by phonemic cueing, indicating once again a difficulty with lexical access rather than lexical loss. Two years later, naming ability had recovered to an average normal level. From the first, comprehension of single words was found to be intact and early problems with sentence comprehension recovered to a superior level over the course of 2 years. Written language processing, however, remained severely impaired. We suggest that detailed longitudinal studies which investigate the nature and extent of the language disorder in individual cases, offer a principled method for the study of patterns of recovery from acquired childhood aphasia. C1 YORK UNIV, N YORK, ON M3J 1P3, CANADA. BIRMINGHAM CHILDRENS HOSP, BIRMINGHAM, W MIDLANDS, ENGLAND. RP Pitchford, NJ (reprint author), UNIV LONDON ROYAL HOLLOWAY & BEDFORD NEW COLL, DEPT PSYCHOL, EGHAM TW20 0EX, SURREY, ENGLAND. CR ALAJOUAN.T, 1965, BRAIN, V88, P653, DOI 10.1093/brain/88.4.653 ARAM DM, 1991, NATO ADV SCI I D-BEH, V60, P55 ARAM DM, 1991, NATO ADV SCI I D-BEH, V60, P203 BASSER LS, 1962, BRAIN, V85, P427, DOI 10.1093/brain/85.3.427 BISHOP D, 1993, LANGUAGE DEV EXCEPTI, P203 Bishop D. V., 1982, TROG TEST RECEPTION BROWN JW, 1976, NEUROLOGY, V26, P183 BYERS RK, 1962, PEDIATRICS, V29, P376 Coltheart M., 1980, DEEP DYSLEXIA Dunn L M., 1982, BRIT PICTURE VOCABUL Ellis A. W., 1988, HUMAN COGNITIVE NEUR Goodglass H, 1972, ASSESSMENT APHASIA R HECAEN H, 1983, NEUROPSYCHOLOGIA, V21, P581, DOI 10.1016/0028-3932(83)90055-6 Howard D., 1992, PYRAMIDS PALM TREES KERTESZ A, 1985, HDB CLIN NEUROLOGY, V45, P287 Kucera H., 1967, COMPUTATIONAL ANAL P LENNEBERG E, 1967, BIOL F LANGUAGE LIEVEN EVM, 1992, J CHILD LANG, V19, P287 LOONEN MCB, 1990, ARCH NEUROL-CHICAGO, V47, P1324 OELSCHLAEGER ML, 1976, J COMMUN DISORD, V9, P281 PAQUIER P, 1993, APHASIOLOGY, V7, P421, DOI 10.1080/02687039308248618 PENFIELD W, 1965, BRAIN, V88, P787, DOI 10.1093/brain/88.4.787 Shallice T., 1988, NEUROPSYCHOLOGY MENT SNODGRASS JG, 1980, J EXP PSYCHOL-HUM L, V6, P174, DOI 10.1037/0278-7393.6.2.174 VANHOUT A, 1993, APHASIOLOGY, V7, P525, DOI 10.1080/02687039308248628 VANHOUT A, 1990, APHASIOLOGY, V7, P421 VANHOUT A, 1985, DEV MED CHILD NEUROL, V27, P231 NR 27 TC 10 Z9 10 PU PSYCHOLOGY PRESS PI HOVE PA 27 CHURCH RD, HOVE BN3 2FA, EAST SUSSEX, ENGLAND SN 0268-7038 J9 APHASIOLOGY JI Aphasiology PD JAN PY 1997 VL 11 IS 1 BP 83 EP 102 DI 10.1080/02687039708248457 PG 20 WC Clinical Neurology SC Neurosciences & Neurology GA WC823 UT WOS:A1997WC82300005 ER PT J AU Fukkink, R AF Fukkink, R TI The internal validity of aphasiological single-subject studies SO APHASIOLOGY LA English DT Article ID EXPERIMENTAL-DESIGNS; APHASIA THERAPY; REHABILITATION; FLEXIBILITY; REMEDIATION; DEFICITS; BEHAVIOR AB The internal validity of 25 recent studies investigating the efficacy of language therapy for aphasic patients making use of single-subject designs is sometimes low due to experimentally weak designs, an insufficient amount of assessments, and the use of observational measurement without a blind procedure. The internal validity can be increased by the application of ABAB, crossover, and multiple-baseline designs, increasing the assessments, including control tests, using objective tests, and applying a blind procedure with observational measurement. Negative comments in methodological literature about the internal validity of AB, ABC, and ABA designs without reversal should be qualified in the context of aphasiological research, because the influence of history and maturation (with patients who are more than 1 year post-onset) is small. RP Fukkink, R (reprint author), UNIV AMSTERDAM, INST GEN LINGUIST, KORTE GEUZENSTR 206, NL-1056 KS AMSTERDAM, NETHERLANDS. CR ALIMINOSA D, 1993, APHASIOLOGY, V7, P55, DOI 10.1080/02687039308249499 BARLOW DH, 1979, J APPL BEHAV ANAL, V12, P199, DOI 10.1901/jaba.1979.12-199 CAMPBELL DT, 1966, EXPT QUASI-EXPT DESI COLTHEART M, 1983, APHASIA THERAPY, P194 CONNELL PJ, 1986, J SPEECH HEAR DISORD, V51, P214 Cook T. D., 1979, QUASIEXPERIMENTATION CUBELLI R, 1988, J COMMUN DISORD, V21, P239, DOI 10.1016/0021-9924(88)90032-9 DAVID RM, 1983, APHASIA THERAPY, P15 DAVIS GA, 1987, J COMMUN DISORD, V20, P447, DOI 10.1016/0021-9924(87)90032-3 DAVIS GA, 1978, CLIN APHASIOLOGY, P11 DELOCHE G, 1993, APHASIOLOGY, V7, P201, DOI 10.1080/02687039308249506 DOYLE PJ, 1987, J SPEECH HEAR DISORD, V52, P143 DOYLE PJ, 1989, J APPL BEHAV ANAL, V22, P157, DOI 10.1901/jaba.1989.22-157 FRIEDMAN RB, 1991, APHASIOLOGY, V5, P521, DOI 10.1080/02687039108248557 Glass G. V., 1975, DESIGN ANAL TIME SER HADAR U, 1989, APHASIOLOGY, V3, P593, DOI 10.1080/02687038908249026 HAYES SC, 1992, METHODOLOGICAL ISSUE, P491, DOI 10.1037/10109-052 Hersen M., 1976, SINGLE CASE EXPT DES HILLIS AE, 1993, APHASIOLOGY, V7, P5, DOI 10.1080/02687039308249497 Hough Monica Strauss, 1993, Journal of Communication Disorders, V26, P101, DOI 10.1016/0021-9924(93)90003-S Kazdin A. E., 1992, METHODOLOGICAL ISSUE Kazdin AE, 1992, RES DESIGN CLIN PSYC KAZDIN AE, 1975, BEHAV THER, V6, P601, DOI 10.1016/S0005-7894(75)80181-X KAZDIN AE, 1973, J APPL BEHAV ANAL, V6, P517, DOI 10.1901/jaba.1973.6-517 KEARNS KP, 1986, J SPEECH HEAR DISORD, V51, P204 Kratochwill T. R., 1978, SINGLE SUBJECT RES S LAPOINTE L, 1978, CLIN MANAGEMENT NEUR, P129 LAPOINTE LC, 1978, CLIN APHASIOLOGY, P20 LEDORZE G, 1991, APHASIOLOGY, V5, P63 Levin J. R., 1992, SINGLE CASE RES DESI MACKENZIE C, 1991, APHASIOLOGY, V5, P435, DOI 10.1080/02687039108248547 MARSHALL J, 1993, APHASIOLOGY, V7, P177, DOI 10.1080/02687039308249505 MARSHALL J, 1990, APHASIOLOGY, V4, P167, DOI 10.1080/02687039008249068 MATYAS TA, 1990, J APPL BEHAV ANAL, V23, P341, DOI 10.1901/jaba.1990.23-341 McReynolds L. V., 1983, SINGLE SUBJECT EXPT MCREYNOLDS LV, 1986, J SPEECH HEAR DISORD, V51, P194 MITCHUM CC, 1993, APHASIOLOGY, V7, P71, DOI 10.1080/02687039308249500 MIZUKO M, 1991, APHASIOLOGY, V5, P439, DOI 10.1080/02687039108248548 OSIEJUK E, 1991, APHASIOLOGY, V5, P443, DOI 10.1080/02687039108248549 Parsonson B. S., 1992, SINGLE CASE RES DESI, P15 Parsonson B. S., 1978, SINGLE SUBJECT RES S, P101 PRING TR, 1986, BRIT J DISORD COMMUN, V21, P103 PRINS RS, 1991, GRAZER LINGUISTISCHE, V35, P1 RAYMER AM, 1993, APHASIOLOGY, V7, P27, DOI 10.1080/02687039308249498 ROBERTSON I, 1990, APHASIOLOGY, V4, P381, DOI 10.1080/02687039008249090 Rosenbek J.C., 1989, APHASIA CLIN APPROAC ROSENTHAL R, 1976, EXPT EFFECTS BEHAVIO SCHOONEN R, 1991, BRAIN LANG, V41, P446, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(91)90166-X SCOTT C, 1989, APHASIOLOGY, V3, P301, DOI 10.1080/02687038908248996 SPRINGER L, 1991, APHASIOLOGY, V5, P391, DOI 10.1080/02687039108248541 THOMPSON CK, 1986, J SPEECH HEAR RES, V29, P193 THOMPSON CK, 1986, BRAIN LANG, V28, P141, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(86)90097-0 THOMPSON CK, 1993, APHASIOLOGY, V7, P71 WAMBAUGH JL, 1989, J SPEECH HEAR DISORD, V54, P509 WENIGER D, 1987, APHASIOLOGY, V1, P215, DOI 10.1080/02687038708248838 WERTZ RT, 1978, CLIN APHASIOLOGY, P1 WILLMES K, 1990, APHASIOLOGY, V4, P415, DOI 10.1080/02687039008249092 WILSON B, 1987, J CLIN EXP NEUROPSYC, V9, P527, DOI 10.1080/01688638708410767 NR 58 TC 6 Z9 6 PU PSYCHOLOGY PRESS PI HOVE PA 27 CHURCH RD, HOVE BN3 2FA, EAST SUSSEX, ENGLAND SN 0268-7038 J9 APHASIOLOGY JI Aphasiology PD NOV-DEC PY 1996 VL 10 IS 8 BP 741 EP 754 DI 10.1080/02687039608248447 PG 14 WC Clinical Neurology SC Neurosciences & Neurology GA VW009 UT WOS:A1996VW00900001 ER PT J AU Jordan, FM Murdoch, B HudsonTennent, LJ Boon, DL AF Jordan, FM Murdoch, B HudsonTennent, LJ Boon, DL TI Naming performance of brain-injured children SO APHASIOLOGY LA English DT Article ID ACUTE LYMPHOBLASTIC-LEUKEMIA; LONG-TERM SURVIVORS; CLOSED HEAD-INJURY; ADOLESCENTS; IMPAIRMENT; ABILITIES; DEMENTIA AB The naming performance of three groups of children who had experienced brain injury, children with a severe closed-head injury, children treated for posterior fossa tumour, and children treated for acute lymphoblastic leukaemia was compared to a matched control group. Only the children who had experienced a closed-head injury demonstrated significant impairment on the confrontation-naming task; however, all groups performed more poorly than the control group on a word-association task. Results are considered in light of the mechanisms of brain injury involved in each experimental group. In addition, naming tasks are considered in terms of their utility in characterizing the language skills of children with brain injury and in terms of the task demands each requires to allow adequate performance. RP Jordan, FM (reprint author), UNIV QUEENSLAND,DEPT PSYCHOL,ST LUCIA,QLD 4072,AUSTRALIA. RI Murdoch, Bruce/C-1397-2012 CR ADAMOVICH BLB, 1984, CLIN APHASIOLOGY C P, P124 APPLETON RE, 1990, ARCH DIS CHILD, V65, P530 BERKOGLEASON J, 1988, APHASIOLOGY, V2, P289 CHERTKOW H, 1990, BRAIN, V113, P397, DOI 10.1093/brain/113.2.397 DALBY PR, 1991, DEV NEUROPSYCHOL, V7, P35 Dennis M, 1988, CLIN NEUROPSYCHOLOGY, P85 DENNIS M, 1992, TOP LANG DISORD, V13, P66 FLETCHER JM, 1988, HDB PEDIAT PSYCHOL, P258 GERRYTAYLOR H, 1987, J PEDIATR PSYCHOL, V12, P395 HOLM S, 1979, SCAND J STAT, V6, P65 JACKEL CA, 1990, APHASIOLOGY, V4, P45, DOI 10.1080/02687039008249053 JORDAN F M, 1990, Brain Injury, V4, P27, DOI 10.3109/02699059009026145 JORDAN FM, 1995, APHASIOLOGY, V9, P23, DOI 10.1080/02687039508248686 Kaplan E, 1983, BOSTON NAMING TEST Kay J., 1992, PSYCHOLINGUISTIC ASS KENNEDY M, 1990, AUSTR J HUMAN COMMUN, V18, P3 KIRK U, 1992, CLIN NEUROPSYCHOL, V6, P156, DOI 10.1080/13854049208401852 KOHN SE, 1985, BRAIN LANG, V24, P266, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(85)90135-X LEONARD LB, 1983, J SPEECH HEAR RES, V26, P609 LEVIN HS, 1979, NEUROPSYCHOLOGICAL I LOHMAN T, 1989, APHASIOLOGY, V3, P685, DOI 10.1080/02687038908249036 MURRAY R, 1992, BRAIN COGNITION, V18, P99, DOI 10.1016/0278-2626(92)90072-T OZANNE AE, 1990, ACQUIRED NEUROLOGICA, P1 PFEFFERBAUMLEVINE B, 1984, AM J PEDIAT HEMATOL, V6, P123 SARNO MT, 1984, J NERV MENT DIS, V172, P475, DOI 10.1097/00005053-198408000-00006 SEMELMINTZ E, 1982, CLIN EVALUATION LANG SMITH SR, 1989, BRAIN LANG, V36, P314, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(89)90068-0 SUC E, 1990, ACTA NEUROCHIR, V106, P93, DOI 10.1007/BF01809448 TEASDALE G, 1974, LANCET, V2, P81 TOMPKINS CA, 1990, BRAIN COGNITION, V13, P86, DOI 10.1016/0278-2626(90)90042-M WIIG EH, 1984, TOP LANG DISORD, V49, P1 NR 31 TC 6 Z9 6 PU TAYLOR & FRANCIS LTD PI LONDON PA ONE GUNDPOWDER SQUARE, LONDON, ENGLAND EC4A 3DE SN 0268-7038 J9 APHASIOLOGY JI Aphasiology PD NOV-DEC PY 1996 VL 10 IS 8 BP 755 EP 766 DI 10.1080/02687039608248448 PG 12 WC Clinical Neurology SC Neurosciences & Neurology GA VW009 UT WOS:A1996VW00900002 ER PT J AU Nichols, F Varchevker, A Pring, T AF Nichols, F Varchevker, A Pring, T TI Working with people with aphasia and their families: An exploration of the use of family therapy techniques SO APHASIOLOGY LA English DT Article ID SPOUSES; SENSE; SELF AB Although the psychosocial problems faced by people with aphasia and their families are widely acknowledged, relatively little research has tried to evaluate attempts to assist them. Recently attention has focused on the feasibility of offering therapy to aphasics and their families. In this study we describe therapy given jointly by a family therapist and a speech and language therapist. We also explore the suitability of the Personal Questionnaire Rapid Scaling Technique (PQRST, Mulhall 1978) as a means of monitoring change during the therapy. The results of therapy for two families are described. Positive changes were found, though these were stronger for aphasics than their family members, and were more marked in the period following therapy than during the therapy itself. C1 MARLBOROUGH FAMILY SERV,LONDON,ENGLAND. CITY UNIV LONDON,LONDON EC1V 0HB,ENGLAND. RP Nichols, F (reprint author), ROYAL FREE HOSP,DEPT SPEECH & LANGUAGE THERAPY,ROWLAND HILL ST,LONDON NW3 2PF,ENGLAND. CR BORENSTEIN P, 1987, SCAND J REHABIL MED, V19, P51 BROCKLEHURST JC, 1981, SOC SCI MED-MED SOC, V15, P35, DOI 10.1016/0271-7123(81)90043-2 BRUMFITT S, 1983, APHASIA THERAPY, P89 BRUMFITT S, 1993, APHASIOLOGY, V7, P569, DOI 10.1080/02687039308248631 BUCK M, 1969, DYSPHASIA PROFESSION DARE C, 1988, FAMILY THERAPY BRITA, P23 HARTMAN J, 1987, ARCH NEUROL-CHICAGO, V44, P646 HELMICK JW, 1976, J SPEECH HEAR DISORD, V41, P238 HERRMANN M, 1989, APHASIOLOGY, V3, P513, DOI 10.1080/02687038908249019 HOLLAND AL, 1977, J SPEECH HEAR DISORD, V42, P307 HOLLAND AL, 1993, APHASIOLOGY, V7, P581, DOI 10.1080/02687039308248634 HOWARD D, 1986, BRIT J DISORD COMMUN, V21, P89 Kinsella G, 1978, MANAGEMENT APHASIA, P26 KINSELLA GJ, 1979, SCAND J REHABIL MED, V11, P129 MARKUS E, 1990, J FAM THER, V12, P205, DOI 10.1046/j..1990.00388.x MCGUIRK E, 1989, APHASIOLOGY, V3, P487, DOI 10.1080/02687038908249011 MULHALL DJ, 1978, MANUAL PERSONAL QUES PRING TR, 1986, BRIT J DISORD COMMUN, V21, P103 PRING TR, 1983, BRIT J DISORD COMMUN, V18, P65 PROCTOR H, 1988, FAMILY THERAPY BRITA, P127 Rice B, 1987, APHASIOLOGY, V1, P247, DOI 10.1080/02687038708248841 ROLLIN W, 1984, ADULT APHASIA RUSTIN L, 1978, BRIT J DISORD COMMUN, V13, P85 RUSTIN L, 1983, APPROACHES TREATMENT, P47 SARNO MT, 1993, APHASIOLOGY, V7, P321, DOI 10.1080/02687039308249514 SPARKES C, 1993, CSLT B JUN STEVENSON C, 1993, J FAM THER, V15, P205, DOI 10.1111/j.1467-6427.1993.00754.x VETERE A, 1988, FAMILY THERAPY BRITA, P339 WAHBORG P, 1989, APHASIOLOGY, V3, P479 WAHBORG P, 1989, APHASIOLOGY, V3, P93 WILLIAMS SE, 1986, ARCH PHYS MED REHAB, V67, P250 WORRAL LS, 1989, APHASIOLOGY, V3, P483, DOI 10.1080/02687038908249010 NR 32 TC 11 Z9 11 PU TAYLOR & FRANCIS LTD PI LONDON PA ONE GUNDPOWDER SQUARE, LONDON, ENGLAND EC4A 3DE SN 0268-7038 J9 APHASIOLOGY JI Aphasiology PD NOV-DEC PY 1996 VL 10 IS 8 BP 767 EP 781 DI 10.1080/02687039608248449 PG 15 WC Clinical Neurology SC Neurosciences & Neurology GA VW009 UT WOS:A1996VW00900003 ER PT J AU Baum, SR AF Baum, SR TI The processing of morphology and syntax in aphasia: A test of the fast decay and slow activation hypotheses SO APHASIOLOGY LA English DT Article ID BROCAS APHASICS; COMPREHENSION; DEPENDENCIES; SENSITIVITY; MODEL AB Two tasks were designed to test the hypothesis that the syntactic processing deficit of non-fluent agrammatic aphasic patients may be due to either the fast decay or slow activation of syntactic information. Eight non-fluent aphasics, 11 fluent aphasics, and 15 age-matched normal control subjects participated in two auditory lexical decision tasks as well as a grammaticality judgement task. In three types of sentence structures the sentence-final word created either a grammatical sentence or a violation of a particular syntactic rule or constraint. To examine possible deficits in computational speed, the interval between the sentence frame and the sentence-final target word was set at either 100 ms (short ISI) or 1000 ms (long ISI) in the lexical decision tasks. Increased reaction time to targets in ungrammatical sentences is indicative of sensitivity to syntactic violations. With fast decay of syntactic information, sensitivity would be predicted at short but not long ISIs. With slow activation, sensitivity would be expected at long but not short ISIs. Surprisingly, results indicated that all three groups of subjects demonstrated comparable patterns of sensitivity to grammaticality as reflected in increased latencies to target words in ungrammatical contexts. The findings do not provide support for either the fast decay or the slow activation hypothesis. Possible reasons for the unexpected findings are considered. RP Baum, SR (reprint author), MCGILL UNIV,SCH COMMUN SCI & DISORDERS,1266 PINE AVE WEST,MONTREAL,PQ H3G 1A8,CANADA. CR BAUM SR, 1988, APHASIOLOGY, V2, P117, DOI 10.1080/02687038808248898 BAUM SR, 1989, BRAIN LANG, V37, P327, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(89)90021-7 BERNDT RS, 1980, APPL PSYCHOLINGUIST, V1, P225, DOI 10.1017/S0142716400000552 BLUMSTEIN SE, 1991, BRAIN LANG, V40, P393, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(91)90138-Q Caplan D., 1988, DISORDERS SYNTACTIC CAPLAN D, 1990, AM SPEECH LANG HEAR COHEN G, 1983, BRIT J PSYCHOL, V74, P238 CRAIN S, 1984, AC APH LOS ANG Francis WN, 1982, FREQUENCY ANAL ENGLI FRAZIER L, 1991, BRAIN LANG, V40, P51, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(91)90116-I Friederici A D, 1989, J Cogn Neurosci, V1, P262, DOI 10.1162/jocn.1989.1.3.262 FRIEDERICI AD, 1987, BRAIN LANG, V30, P93, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(87)90030-7 FRIEDERICI AD, 1988, APHASIOLOGY, V2, P279, DOI 10.1080/02687038808248924 Goodglass H, 1983, ASSESSMENT APHASIA R, V2nd HAARMANN HJ, 1991, APHASIOLOGY, V5, P247, DOI 10.1080/02687039108248527 HAARMANN HJ, 1991, COGNITIVE SCI, V15, P49, DOI 10.1207/s15516709cog1501_2 HAARMANN H, 1994, BRAIN LANG, V46, P498 HCOMSKY N, 1981, LECT GOVT BINDING KOLK HHJ, 1985, COGNITIVE NEUROPSYCH, V2, P347, DOI 10.1080/02643298508252666 LINEBARGER MC, 1983, COGNITION, V13, P361, DOI 10.1016/0010-0277(83)90015-X MERTUS J, 1989, BLISS USERS MANUAL MIYAKE A, 1994, COGNITIVE NEUROPSYCH, V11, P671, DOI 10.1080/02643299408251989 Schwartz M. F., 1987, LANG COGNITIVE PROC, V2, P85, DOI 10.1080/01690968708406352 TYLER LK, 1995, BRAIN LANG, V48, P131, DOI 10.1006/brln.1995.1007 VOS S, 1993, AC APH TUCS WINGFIELD A, 1985, J GERONTOL, V40, P579 WULTECK B, 1988, J SPEECH HEAR RES, V31, P72 NR 27 TC 1 Z9 1 PU TAYLOR & FRANCIS LTD PI LONDON PA ONE GUNDPOWDER SQUARE, LONDON, ENGLAND EC4A 3DE SN 0268-7038 J9 APHASIOLOGY JI Aphasiology PD NOV-DEC PY 1996 VL 10 IS 8 BP 783 EP 800 DI 10.1080/02687039608248450 PG 18 WC Clinical Neurology SC Neurosciences & Neurology GA VW009 UT WOS:A1996VW00900004 ER PT J AU DeVreese, LP Neri, M Rubichi, S Salvioli, G AF DeVreese, LP Neri, M Rubichi, S Salvioli, G TI Grammatical ambiguity resolution in right hemisphere-damaged patients: Evidence from an insertion task SO APHASIOLOGY LA English DT Article ID WORD MEANINGS; APHASIA; APPRECIATION; IMPAIRMENT; REQUESTS; PROSODY AB We examined the issue of right cerebral hemisphere (RH) participation in sentential syntax processing. A modified version of the Insertion Task of Schneiderman and Saddy (1988) was administered to eight right hemisphere brain-damaged (RHD), eight left hemisphere brain-damage (LHD) and 28 right-handed control (CTR) subjects: 28 word/syntagm insertions required role reassignment of a lexical item in the stimulus sentence (Shift); 25 insertions implied only semantic reinterpretation of the sentence (Nonshift). Age, formal education, cognitive proficiency, mood and verbal intelligence were introduced as covariates in the analysis of the outcomes to partial out their influence on performance. The LHD group outperformed the RHD patients on the Shift items, though both scored similarly on other language tasks. The RHD group performed significantly worse only on the Shift items. However, there were no differences between the RHD and CTR Nonshift scores, or between the LHD and CTR Shift scores. Again, the RHD group scored loafer than both the CTR and the LHD subjects on the Insertion Task as a whole. Results are discussed in relation to previous findings, and an associative model approach to sentence processing is proposed as an explanatory framework. The findings suggest that the RH may be crucial for parallel activation processes underlying resolution of grammatical ambiguity. C1 UNIV MODENA,DEPT INTERNAL MED,CHAIR GERIATR & GERONTOL,I-41100 MODENA,ITALY. UNIV MODENA,SCH MED,DEPT BIOMED SCI,CHAIR PSYCHOL,I-41100 MODENA,ITALY. RI Rubichi, Sandro/A-3265-2011 CR ACKERMANN H, 1993, FORTSCHR NEUROL PSYC, V61, P241, DOI 10.1055/s-2007-999092 BEEMAN M, 1993, BRAIN LANG, V44, P80, DOI 10.1006/brln.1993.1006 BEEMAN M, 1994, J COGNITIVE NEUROSCI, V6, P26, DOI 10.1162/jocn.1994.6.1.26 BENOWITZ LI, 1990, NEUROPSYCHOLOGIA, V28, P231, DOI 10.1016/0028-3932(90)90017-I BOTTINI G, 1994, BRAIN, V117, P1241, DOI 10.1093/brain/117.6.1241 Bradshaw J. L., 1983, HUMAN CEREBRAL ASYMM BROWNELL HH, 1986, BRAIN LANG, V27, P310, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(86)90022-2 BROWNELL HH, 1990, NEUROPSYCHOLOGIA, V28, P375, DOI 10.1016/0028-3932(90)90063-T BURGESS C, 1988, BRAIN LANG, V33, P86, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(88)90056-9 BURGESS C, 1993, BRAIN LANG, V44, P129, DOI 10.1006/brln.1993.1008 CARAMAZZA A, 1991, BRAIN LANG, V41, P402, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(91)90164-V CARAMAZZA A, 1984, BRAIN LANG, V21, P9, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(84)90032-4 CAVALLI M, 1981, CORTEX, V17, P545 CHIARELLO C, 1990, BRAIN LANG, V38, P75, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(90)90103-N COHEN MJ, 1994, BRAIN LANG, V47, P171, DOI 10.1006/brln.1994.1047 DERENZI E, 1978, CORTEX, V14, P41 DERENZI E, 1991, J NEUROLINGUISTICS, V6, P1, DOI 10.1016/S0911-6044(05)80002-8 FERRARIO E, 1990, Clinical Gerontologist, V10, P67 FOLSTEIN MF, 1975, J PSYCHIAT RES, V12, P189, DOI 10.1016/0022-3956(75)90026-6 Gorsuch R. L., 1983, FACTOR ANAL Joanette Y., 1990, RIGHT HEMISPHERE VER JOANETTE Y, 1988, BRAIN LANG, V34, P54, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(88)90124-1 JONES GV, 1983, NEUROPSYCHOLOGIA, V21, P397, DOI 10.1016/0028-3932(83)90026-X KAPLAN JA, 1990, BRAIN LANG, V38, P315, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(90)90117-Y KOHN SE, 1993, CORTEX, V29, P53 LONZI L, 1994, BRAIN LANG, V47, P32, DOI 10.1006/brln.1994.1041 NADEAU SE, 1992, BRAIN LANG, V43, P642, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(92)90088-V NADEAU SE, 1988, BRAIN, V111, P1111, DOI 10.1093/brain/111.5.1111 Norusis MJ, 1985, SPSS X ADV STAT GUID NOVELLI G, 1986, Archivio di Psicologia Neurologia e Psichiatria, V47, P477 Nunnally J. C., 1978, PSYCHOMETRIC THEORY OLDFIELD RC, 1971, NEUROPSYCHOLOGIA, V9, P97, DOI 10.1016/0028-3932(71)90067-4 PREVIDI MF, 1975, THESIS U MODENA REHAK A, 1992, BRAIN LANG, V42, P320, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(92)90104-M SCHNEIDERMAN EI, 1992, BRAIN LANG, V43, P107, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(92)90024-9 SCHNEIDERMAN EI, 1988, BRAIN LANG, V34, P38, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(88)90123-X SEYMOUR SE, 1994, BRAIN, V117, P105, DOI 10.1093/brain/117.1.105 STEMMER B, 1994, BRAIN LANG, V47, P1, DOI 10.1006/brln.1994.1040 TOMPKINS CA, 1992, J SPEECH HEAR RES, V35, P636 Valente C, 1992, GIORN GERONTOL, V40, P161 WEYLMAN ST, 1989, BRAIN LANG, V36, P580, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(89)90087-4 YESAVAGE JA, 1983, J PSYCHIAT RES, V17, P37, DOI 10.1016/0022-3956(82)90033-4 NR 42 TC 3 Z9 3 PU TAYLOR & FRANCIS LTD PI LONDON PA ONE GUNDPOWDER SQUARE, LONDON, ENGLAND EC4A 3DE SN 0268-7038 J9 APHASIOLOGY JI Aphasiology PD NOV-DEC PY 1996 VL 10 IS 8 BP 801 EP 814 DI 10.1080/02687039608248451 PG 14 WC Clinical Neurology SC Neurosciences & Neurology GA VW009 UT WOS:A1996VW00900005 ER PT J AU Manochiopinig, S Sheard, C Reed, VI Choo, P AF Manochiopinig, S Sheard, C Reed, VI Choo, P TI Communication disruption as perceived by significant others of Thai aphasic speakers SO APHASIOLOGY LA English DT Article ID ADULTS; ADJUSTMENT; RELATIVES; LANGUAGE; SPOUSES; DOCTORS; NURSES; FAMILY AB This study investigated the perceptions of significant others (SOs) of Thai aphasic speakers about the communication difficulties that were the most salient to their mutual communication and most disruptive to their day-re-day communication. The SOs were first interviewed and then asked to complete a questionnaire. From both the interview and the questionnaire, verbal expression and pragmatic conversation difficulties were perceived as being more salient to communication breakdown than were auditory comprehension difficulties. Aphasic speakers' word-finding difficulties and the SOs' efforts in keeping conversation going were the specific verbal expression and pragmatic conversational characteristics, respectively, which SOs perceived as most salient and disruptive. A less clear pattern of communication disruption caused by specific auditory comprehension problems was found. Identifying the perceptions of SOs through both interview and questionnaire procedures appeared to have advantages in tapping information about communication disability and handicap that could lend valuable insights in planning ecologically valid intervention. C1 UNIV SYDNEY,FAC HLTH SCI,SYDNEY,NSW,AUSTRALIA. CR BLOOD GW, 1979, J COMMUN DISORD, V12, P63, DOI 10.1016/0021-9924(79)90022-4 Brooks D N, 1979, Br J Audiol, V13, P81, DOI 10.3109/03005367909078882 BRUMFITT S, 1993, APHASIOLOGY, V7, P569, DOI 10.1080/02687039308248631 BUCK M, 1968, PROFESSIONAL GUIDANC Chwat S., 1981, CLIN APHASIOLOGY, P212 CHWAT S, 1980, CLIN APHASIOLOGY C P, P127 CZVIK PS, 1977, CLIN APHASIOLOGY, P160 DARLEY FL, 1991, CLIN APHASIOLOGY, P9 DAVIES P, 1988, BRIT J DISORD COMMUN, V23, P141 EISENSON J, 1984, ADULT APHASIA FLORANCE CL, 1981, CLIN APHASIOLOGY C P, P204 FLOWERS CR, 1979, APHASIA APRAXIA AGNO, V1, P18 GARDNER H, 1975, Cortex, V11, P155 GOLDSTEIN H, 1990, TREATMENT EFFICACY R Goodglass H, 1983, ASSESSMENT APHASIA R, V2nd GOODKIN R, 1972, MODIFICATION LANGUAG Gurland G., 1982, CLIN APHASIOLOGY C P, P18 HELMICK JW, 1976, J SPEECH HEAR DISORD, V41, P238 HERRMANN M, 1990, APHASIOLOGY, V4, P527, DOI 10.1080/02687039008248505 HOLLAND AL, 1982, J SPEECH HEAR DISORD, V47, P50 HOLLAND AL, 1980, COMMUNICATION ABILIT Kagan A., 1993, APHASIA TREATMENT WO, P199 Kertesz A., 1979, APHASIA ASS DISORDER KINSELLA GJ, 1979, SCAND J REHABIL MED, V11, P129 KINSELLA GJ, 1980, SCAND J REHABIL MED, V12, P73 LAPOINTE LL, 1988, CLIN APHASIOLOGY, P1 LIKERT R, 1932, ARCH PSYCHOL Linebaugh C., 1981, CLIN APHASIOLOGY C P, P226 Linebaugh C. W., 1978, CLIN APHASIOLOGY C P, P304 LINEBAUGH CW, 1983, CLIN APHASIOLOGY C P, P218 LINEBAUGH CW, 1985, CLIN APHASIOLOGY C P, P229 Linebaugh CW, 1982, CLIN APHASIOLOGY C P, P4 LOMAS J, 1987, MED CARE, V25, P764, DOI 10.1097/00005650-198708000-00009 Lyon J, 1992, AM J SPEECH-LANG PAT, V1, P7 MALONE RL, 1970, BRIT J DISORD COMMUN, V5, P174 MALONE RL, 1969, J SPEECH HEAR DISORD, V34, P146 MCCLENAHAN R, 1990, J NEUROL NEUROSUR PS, V53, P700, DOI 10.1136/jnnp.53.8.700 MCCLENAHAN R, 1992, EUR J DISORDER COMM, V27, P209 MULHALL DJ, 1978, BRIT J DISORD COMMUN, V13, P127 MULLER DJ, 1983, APHASIA THERAPY, P101 MULLER DJ, 1983, BRIT J DISORD COMMUN, V18, P23 NEWHOFF M, 1978, CLIN APHASIOLOGY C P, P318 ORANEN M, 1987, APHASIOLOGY, V3, P277 Penn C, 1985, S Afr J Commun Disord, V32, P18 PORCH B, 1971, PORCH INDEX COMMUNIC, V2 Porch B. E., 1967, PORCH INDEX COMMUNIC, V1 PRUTTING CA, 1987, J SPEECH HEAR DISORD, V52, P105 SARNO MT, 1975, FUNCTIONAL COMMUNICA Schuell H. M., 1964, APHASIA ADULTS DIAGN SCHUELL HS, 1973, DIFFERENTIAL DIAGNOS SHEWAN CM, 1971, CORTEX, V7, P309 SILVERMAN EM, 1976, J SPEECH HEAR DISORD, V41, P547 Simmons-Mackie N., 1987, CLIN APHASIOLOGY C P, P106 SMITH L, 1985, BRIT J DISORD COMMUN, V20, P31 SWINDELL CS, 1982, CLIN APHASIOLOGY C P, P50 WAHRBORG P, 1989, APHASIOLOGY, V3, P479, DOI 10.1080/02687038908249009 WAHRBORG P, 1990, APHASIOLOGY, V4, P371, DOI 10.1080/02687039008249089 WAHRBORG P, 1991, ASSESSMENT MANAGEMEN WOLF MM, 1978, J APPL BEHAV ANAL, V11, P203, DOI 10.1901/jaba.1978.11-203 NR 59 TC 1 Z9 1 PU TAYLOR & FRANCIS LTD PI LONDON PA ONE GUNDPOWDER SQUARE, LONDON, ENGLAND EC4A 3DE SN 0268-7038 J9 APHASIOLOGY JI Aphasiology PD OCT PY 1996 VL 10 IS 7 BP 657 EP 670 DI 10.1080/02687039608248442 PG 14 WC Clinical Neurology SC Neurosciences & Neurology GA VG297 UT WOS:A1996VG29700001 ER PT J AU Moore, WH AF Moore, WH TI The effects of multimodality stimulation on hemispheric alpha asymmetries of aphasic and normal subjects SO APHASIOLOGY LA English DT Article ID LANGUAGE RECOVERY; WORD RECOGNITION; COMPREHENSION; SENTENCES; TASKS; STRATEGIES; PERCEPTION; RESPONSES; DEFICITS; SPEECH AB Hemispheric alpha asymmetries of normal males, normal females, and male aphasics were observed from anterior and posterior placement sites for recall and recognition of multimodality (auditory and visual) presented high and low imagery words and during resting conditions. No significant differences were observed during the resting condition between groups. Males were not found to have hemispheric asymmetries for any of the stimulus or task conditions. Females showed lower alpha power for the low imagery words compared to the high imagery words. Aphasic males were found to have significantly less alpha power in the right compared to the left hemisphere across conditions and tasks. A significant group x hemisphere x imagery interaction revealed significantly less alpha power in the left hemisphere (although not as low as the right) for low imagery words compared to the high imagery words for the aphasic subjects. This finding suggests greater involvement of the left hemisphere in processing multimodality information in aphasics that has not been reported for unimodality information (Moore 1989a, Moore and Lull 1987). Behavioural responses were found to be effected by group classification, task condition, and imagery value. RP Moore, WH (reprint author), CALIF STATE UNIV LONG BEACH,LONG BEACH,CA 90840, USA. CR ANSELL BJ, 1982, BRAIN LANG, V16, P61, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(82)90072-4 ANSELL BJ, 1982, BRAIN LANG, V15, P82, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(82)90048-7 BENTON ARTHUR L., 1962, PSYCHIAT ET NEUROL, V144, P321 BLUMSTEIN SE, 1983, BRAIN LANG, V18, P115, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(83)90010-X BOLLER F, 1979, BRAIN LANG, V7, P164, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(79)90014-2 BRADSHAW JL, 1980, BRAIN LANG, V10, P172, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(80)90047-4 BROOKSHIRE RH, 1980, J SPEECH HEAR RES, V23, P878 CASTROCALDAS A, 1980, BRAIN LANG, V10, P145, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(80)90045-0 Code C., 1987, LANGUAGE APHASIA RIG DAY J, 1977, J EXP PSYCHOL HUMAN, V3, P518, DOI 10.1037//0096-1523.3.3.518 DAY J, 1979, NEUROPSYCHOLOGIA, V17, P515, DOI 10.1016/0028-3932(79)90059-9 DENNIS M, 1980, BRAIN LANG, V10, P287, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(80)90058-9 DENNIS M, 1980, BIOL STUDIES MENTAL, P158 DOYLE JC, 1974, PSYCHOPHYSIOLOGY, V11, P567, DOI 10.1111/j.1469-8986.1974.tb01116.x DUFFY JR, 1986, LANGUAGE INTERVENTIO, P187 ELMORENICHOLAS L, 1981, J SPEECH HEAR RES, V24, P292 FEDIO P, 1975, BRAIN LANG, V2, P78, DOI 10.1016/S0093-934X(75)80056-3 GALIN D, 1975, NEUROPSYCHOLOGIA, V13, P45, DOI 10.1016/0028-3932(75)90046-9 GARDINER BJ, 1972, LANG SPEECH, V15, P342 GOODGLAS.H, 1967, J SPEECH HEAR RES, V10, P5 Goodglass H, 1972, ASSESSMENT APHASIA R GREEN E, 1974, Cortex, V10, P133 Hécaen H, 1971, Cortex, V7, P19 JOHNSON JP, 1977, J SPEECH HEAR RES, V20, P116 JUST MA, 1977, CORTEX, V8, P402 KERTESZ A, 1993, BRAIN LANG, V44, P153, DOI 10.1006/brln.1993.1010 KINSBOUR.M, 1971, ARCH NEUROL-CHICAGO, V25, P302 LAMBRECHT K, 1983, CLIN APH C P BRK MIN, P23 MARSHALL R, 1986, LANGUAGE INTERVENTIO, P370 MCKEE G, 1973, PSYCHOPHYSIOLOGY, V10, P441, DOI 10.1111/j.1469-8986.1973.tb00803.x MCNEIL MR, 1983, AUDIOLOGY, V22, P560 MOORE WH, 1975, PERCEPT MOTOR SKILL, V40, P379 MOORE WH, 1974, PERCEPT MOTOR SKILL, V39, P1001 MOORE WH, 1989, APHASIOLOGY, V3, P267, DOI 10.1080/02687038908248999 MOORE WH, 1989, APHASIOLOGY, V3, P101, DOI 10.1080/02687038908248980 MOORE WH, 1980, J SPEECH HEAR RES, V23, P229 MOORE WH, 1979, CORTEX, V15, P321 MOORE WH, 1986, BRAIN LANG, V29, P286, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(86)90049-0 MOORE WH, 1987, APHASIOLOGY, V1, P415 MOORE WH, 1984, CORTEX, V20, P193 PAIVIO A, 1978, UNPUB IMAGERY FAMILI PASHEK GV, 1982, J SPEECH HEAR RES, V25, P377 PENFIELD W, 1959, SPEECH BRAIN MECHANI PETTIT JM, 1979, BRAIN LANG, V7, P191, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(79)90016-6 ROBBINS KI, 1974, BRAIN LANG, V1, P189, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(74)90033-9 RUBENS AB, 1978, NEUROLOGY, V28, P396 SCHUELL H, 1969, J SPEECH HEAR RES, V12, P794 Schuell H, 1964, APHASIA ADULTS SCHUELL H, 1961, BRAIN, V84, P243, DOI 10.1093/brain/84.2.243 SELINGER M, 1989, BRAIN LANG, V36, P377, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(89)90074-6 SHAI A, 1972, NEUROPSYCHOLOGIA, V10, P185, DOI 10.1016/0028-3932(72)90058-9 SWINNEY DA, 1980, BRAIN LANG, V10, P132, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(80)90044-9 TALLAL P, 1974, NEUROPSYCHOLOGIA, V12, P83, DOI 10.1016/0028-3932(74)90030-X THORNDIKE E, 1944, TEACHERS BOOK 30 000 VERMEULEN J, 1982, CORTEX, V18, P287 WAPNER W, 1979, J SPEECH HEAR RES, V22, P765 WARREN RL, 1978, ANN CONV AM SPEECH H WEIDNER WE, 1976, BRAIN LANG, V3, P34, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(76)90004-3 WILCOX MJ, 1978, BRAIN LANG, V6, P362, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(78)90069-X Winer B. J., 1971, STATISTICAL PRINCIPL YAMAGUCHI F, 1980, BRAIN LANG, V9, P145, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(80)90080-2 ZAIDEL E, 1979, NINCDS MONOGRAPH, V22 ZIMMERMAN GW, 1974, ELECTROENCEPHALOGRAP, V37, P559 NR 63 TC 2 Z9 2 PU TAYLOR & FRANCIS LTD PI LONDON PA ONE GUNDPOWDER SQUARE, LONDON, ENGLAND EC4A 3DE SN 0268-7038 J9 APHASIOLOGY JI Aphasiology PD OCT PY 1996 VL 10 IS 7 BP 671 EP 686 DI 10.1080/02687039608248443 PG 16 WC Clinical Neurology SC Neurosciences & Neurology GA VG297 UT WOS:A1996VG29700002 ER PT J AU Funnell, E Hodges, JR AF Funnell, E Hodges, JR TI Deficits of semantic memory and executive control: Evidence for differing effects upon naming in dementia SO APHASIOLOGY LA English DT Article ID ALZHEIMERS-DISEASE; PROGRESSIVE LOSS; SENILE DEMENTIA; VERBAL FLUENCY; IMPAIRMENT; INTELLIGENCE; APHASIA; ACCESS; DIAGNOSIS; RETRIEVAL AB We report an experimental investigation into the contrasting disorders of naming observed in two patients with dementia. A study of category word-fluency (i.e. naming to a given category label, e.g. animals) revealed severely reduced levels of naming in both patients. However, the names produced by one patient (E.P.) were drawn from the most common category members and repeated at every test, while the names produced by the other patient (M.C.R.) differed at each test, and included examples of both common and uncommon category members. The naming disorder of the first patient (E.P.) extended to confrontation naming, and a comparison between category word-fluency and confrontation naming revealed a marked agreement between the items named. In contrast, confrontation naming was normal in the second patient (M.C.R.). We suggest that E.P.'s naming disorder, which affected all naming tasks, resulted from a pathologically reduced semantic data base, while M.C.R.'s naming disorder, which was restricted to category word-fluency tests, resulted from impairments to executive retrieval processes required for naming tasks which lack specific cues. We discuss these findings in the context of contemporary information-processing models of naming. C1 ADDENBROOKES HOSP,CAMBRIDGE,ENGLAND. RP Funnell, E (reprint author), UNIV LONDON ROYAL HOLLOWAY & BEDFORD NEW COLL,DEPT PSYCHOL,EGHAM TW20 0EX,SURREY,ENGLAND. CR ALBERT ML, 1978, ALZHEIMERS DIS SENIL, P121 BATTIG WF, 1969, J EXP PSYCHOL, V80, P1, DOI 10.1037/h0027577 BAYLES KA, 1983, BRAIN LANG, V19, P98, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(83)90057-3 BENSON F, 1979, STUDIES NEUROLINGUIS, P293 Benton A. L., 1983, CONTRIBUTIONS NEUROP CHERTKOW H, 1990, BRAIN, V113, P397, DOI 10.1093/brain/113.2.397 CRYSTAL HA, 1990, NEUROLOGY, V40, P1523 CUMMINGS JL, 1984, ARCH NEUROL-CHICAGO, V41, P874 DIESFELDT HFA, 1989, APHASIOLOGY, V3, P41, DOI 10.1080/02687038908248975 DUNN ML, 1982, BRIT PICTURE VOCABUL Ellis A. W., 1988, HUMAN COGNITIVE NEUR ESTES WK, 1974, AM PSYCHOL, V29, P740, DOI 10.1037/h0037458 Farah MJ, 1990, VISUAL AGNOSIA Funnel E., 1995, BROKEN MEMORIES, P225 FUNNELL E, 1992, P ROY SOC B-BIOL SCI, V249, P287, DOI 10.1098/rspb.1992.0116 FUNNELL E, 1991, P ROY SOC B-BIOL SCI, V243, P173, DOI 10.1098/rspb.1991.0028 Goodglass H, 1972, ASSESSMENT APHASIA R GOODGLASS H, 1986, CLIN APPL NEUROPSYCH, P121 Gregory Carol A., 1993, International Review of Psychiatry, V5, P397, DOI 10.3109/09540269309037801 HANSEN L, 1990, NEUROLOGY, V40, P1 Hart S, 1990, NEUROPSYCHOLOGY DEME HIER DB, 1977, BRAIN LANG, V4, P115, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(77)90010-4 HILLIS AE, 1990, COGNITIVE NEUROPSYCH, V7, P161 HIRSH KW, 1994, EXP PSYCH SOC M U LO HODGES JR, 1992, NEUROPSYCHOLOGIA, V30, P301, DOI 10.1016/0028-3932(92)90104-T HODGES JR, 1994, ARCH NEUROL-CHICAGO, V51, P821 HODGES JR, 1991, BRAIN, V114, P1547, DOI 10.1093/brain/114.4.1547 HODGES JR, 1992, BRAIN, V115, P1783, DOI 10.1093/brain/115.6.1783 HODGES JR, 1990, J NEUROL NEUROSUR PS, V53, P1089, DOI 10.1136/jnnp.53.12.1089 Howard D., 1992, PYRAMIDS PALM TREES HUFF FJ, 1986, BRAIN LANG, V28, P235, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(86)90103-3 KAY J, 1992, PALPA Kremin H, 1986, J NEUROLINGUIST, V2, P131, DOI DOI 10.1016/S0911-6044(86)80008-2 Kucera H., 1967, COMPUTATIONAL ANAL P LEZAK MD, 1983, NEUROPSYCHOLOGICAL A LIGHT RJ, 1971, J AM STAT ASSOC, V66, P534, DOI 10.2307/2283520 MARTIN A, 1983, BRAIN LANG, V19, P124, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(83)90059-7 MCKEITH IG, 1992, PSYCHOL MED, V22, P911 McKenna P., 1983, GRADED NAMING TEST MCKHANN G, 1984, NEUROLOGY, V34, P939 MILLER E, 1984, BRIT J CLIN PSYCHOL, V23, P53 Milner B., 1964, FRONTAL GRANULAR COR, P313 NEARY D, 1988, J NEUROL NEUROSUR PS, V51, P353, DOI 10.1136/jnnp.51.3.353 NELSON HE, 1978, CORTEX, V14, P234 NELSON HE, 1976, CORTEX, V12, P313 OBER BA, 1986, J CLIN EXP NEUROPSYC, V8, P75, DOI 10.1080/01688638608401298 OLDFIELD RC, 1965, Q J EXP PSYCHOL, V17, P273, DOI 10.1080/17470216508416445 PARKS RW, 1988, J CLIN EXP NEUROPSYC, V10, P565, DOI 10.1080/01688638808402795 PATTERSON K, 1986, COGNITIVE NEUROPSYCH, V3, P341, DOI 10.1080/02643298608253363 PATTERSON KE, 1985, APHASIA THERAPY, P76 PEASE D M, 1978, Cortex, V14, P178 RIDDOCH MJ, 1987, COGNITIVE NEUROPSYCH, V4, P131, DOI 10.1080/02643298708252038 SAFFRAN EM, 1994, ATTENTION PERFORM, V15, P507 SCHWARTZ MF, 1979, BRAIN LANG, V7, P277, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(79)90024-5 Shallice T., 1988, NEUROPSYCHOLOGY MENT SHALLICE T, 1982, PHILOS T ROY SOC B, V298, P199, DOI 10.1098/rstb.1982.0082 SILVERI MC, 1988, COGNITIVE NEUROPSYCH, V5, P677, DOI 10.1080/02643298808253278 SNODGRASS JG, 1980, J EXP PSYCHOL-HUM L, V6, P174, DOI 10.1037/0278-7393.6.2.174 Snowden J. S, 1989, BEHAV NEUROL, V2, P167 WALSH KW, 1978, NEUROPSYCHOLOGY NR 60 TC 4 Z9 4 PU TAYLOR & FRANCIS LTD PI LONDON PA ONE GUNDPOWDER SQUARE, LONDON, ENGLAND EC4A 3DE SN 0268-7038 J9 APHASIOLOGY JI Aphasiology PD OCT PY 1996 VL 10 IS 7 BP 687 EP 709 DI 10.1080/02687039608248444 PG 23 WC Clinical Neurology SC Neurosciences & Neurology GA VG297 UT WOS:A1996VG29700003 ER PT J AU Berthier, ML Fernandez, AM Celdran, EM Kulisevsky, J AF Berthier, ML Fernandez, AM Celdran, EM Kulisevsky, J TI Perceptual and acoustic correlates of affective prosody repetition in transcortical aphasias SO APHASIOLOGY LA English DT Article ID BROCAS APHASIA; AUTOMATIC SPEECH; SENSORY APHASIA; LEFT-HEMISPHERE; BLOOD-FLOW; INTONATION; LANGUAGE AB Perceptual judgements and acoustic analyses of affective prosody during sentence repetition were examined in four patients with transcortical aphasias and in two normal controls. Although all aphasic patients had a relative preservation of sentence repetition, perceptual ratings revealed that they repeated using correct affective intonation significantly less frequently than normal control subjects. Acoustic analysis revealed that patients with transcortical aphasias were unable to impart angry and happy intonation during repetition, producing flat intonation contours in most sentences. Restricted modulation of F0 and flat declinations of repeated utterances were found in patients with transcortical aphasias caused by lesions within the left perisylvian language area as well as outside this area. These findings suggest that repetition of affective prosody in transcortical aphasias is usually disrupted regardless of the intrahemispheric location (perisylvian or extraperisylvian) of the lesion, and that an adequate repetition of affective prosody may require bilateral, simultaneous hemispheric processing. C1 UNIV BARCELONA, BARCELONA, SPAIN. RP Berthier, ML (reprint author), UNIV MALAGA, HOSP VIRGEN VICTORIA, SERV NEUROL, CAMPUS TEATINOS, APARTADO 3091, MALAGA 29010, SPAIN. CR BANDO M, 1986, J NEUROL NEUROSUR PS, V49, P200, DOI 10.1136/jnnp.49.2.200 BERTHIER ML, 1991, APHASIOLOGY, V5, P129, DOI 10.1080/02687039108249478 BERTHIER ML, 1995, NEUROPSY NEUROPSY BE, V8, P222 BERTHIER ML, 1989, NEUROL INDIA, V37, P10 BERTHIER ML, 1993, J CLIN EXP NEUROPSYC, V15, P394 BERTHIER ML, 1991, BRAIN, V114, P1409, DOI 10.1093/brain/114.3.1409 BRADVIK B, 1990, ACTA NEUROL SCAND, V81, P61 COOPER WE, 1984, LANG SPEECH, V27, P17 DANLY M, 1982, BRAIN LANG, V16, P171, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(82)90082-7 DERENZI E, 1978, CORTEX, V14, P41 GANDOUR J, 1989, BRAIN LANG, V37, P232, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(89)90017-5 HEILMAN KM, 1984, NEUROLOGY, V34, P917 HEILMAN KM, 1993, J SPEECH HEAR RES, V36, P1191 KENT RD, 1982, BRAIN LANG, V15, P259, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(82)90060-8 Kertesz A., 1982, W APHASIA BATTERY LADD DR, 1985, J ACOUST SOC AM, V78, P435, DOI 10.1121/1.392466 LARSEN B, 1978, BRAIN, V101, P193, DOI 10.1093/brain/101.2.193 Lebrun Y, 1985, LANG SCI, V7, P41, DOI 10.1016/S0388-0001(85)80011-5 LIEBERMAN P, 1962, J ACOUST SOC AM, V34, P922, DOI 10.1121/1.1918222 Matsui T, 1978, ATLAS HUMAN BRAIN CO MONRADKROHN G, 1947, ACTA PSYCHOL SCAND, V22, P225 NICHOLAS LE, 1993, J SPEECH HEAR RES, V36, P338 PERANI D, 1987, BRAIN, V110, P1211, DOI 10.1093/brain/110.5.1211 ROSS ED, 1988, ARCH NEUROL-CHICAGO, V45, P338 ROSS E, 1992, Neurology, V42, P411 RUBENS AB, 1983, LOCALIZATION NEUROPS, P245 RYALLS J, 1988, ARCH NEUROL-CHICAGO, V45, P337 RYALLS J, 1987, CORTEX, V23, P685 RYALLS JH, 1982, NEUROPSYCHOLOGIA, V20, P355, DOI 10.1016/0028-3932(82)90110-5 RYDING E, 1987, BRAIN, V110, P1345, DOI 10.1093/brain/110.5.1345 SHIPLEYBROWN F, 1988, BRAIN LANG, V33, P16, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(88)90051-X SPEEDIE LJ, 1984, ARCH NEUROL-CHICAGO, V41, P268 VANLANCKER D, 1992, J SPEECH HEAR RES, V35, P963 NR 33 TC 3 Z9 3 PU ROUTLEDGE JOURNALS, TAYLOR & FRANCIS LTD PI ABINGDON PA 4 PARK SQUARE, MILTON PARK, ABINGDON OX14 4RN, OXFORDSHIRE, ENGLAND SN 0268-7038 J9 APHASIOLOGY JI Aphasiology PD OCT PY 1996 VL 10 IS 7 BP 711 EP 721 DI 10.1080/02687039608248445 PG 11 WC Clinical Neurology SC Neurosciences & Neurology GA VG297 UT WOS:A1996VG29700004 ER PT J AU Ardila, A Rosselli, M OstroskySolis, F AF Ardila, A Rosselli, M OstroskySolis, F TI Agraphia in the Spanish language SO APHASIOLOGY LA English DT Article ID PHONOLOGICAL AGRAPHIA; DYSGRAPHIA; ERRORS AB One hundred and six right-handed monolingual Spanish speakers were divided into two groups: (1) general population subjects, and (2) brain-damaged patients. The first group included two subgroups: (a) third-grade school children, and (b) university students with a minimum of 12 years of formal education. The second group was further divided into three subgroups: (a) Broca aphasics, (b) Wernicke aphasics, and (c) right hemisphere-damaged patients. A special writing test was given to each subject. Two types of errors were distinguished: 'homophone' (or 'orthographic') errors and 'non-homophone' (or 'writing') errors. The first type of error was found not only in the abnormal but also in the normal population subjects. In right hemisphere-damaged patients, and also in Wernicke aphasics, homophone errors were significantly increased. The second type of error was observed in the brain-damaged population, and very infrequently in children. No significant correlations between word frequency and homophone or non-homophone errors were observed. The current psycholinguistic models of agraphias were analysed in order to determine their applicability to Spanish language. C1 INST COLOMBIANO NEUROPSICOL,BOGOTA,COLOMBIA. UNIV NACL AUTONOMA MEXICO,MEXICO CITY 04510,DF,MEXICO. CR ALAJOUANINE T, 1960, GRANDES ACTIVITES LO, P235 ALEXANDER MP, 1992, BRAIN LANG, V43, P83, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(92)90022-7 ARDILA A, 1989, BRAIN COGNITION, V11, P147, DOI 10.1016/0278-2626(89)90015-8 ARDILA A, 1992, J PSYCHOLINGUIST RES, V21, P473 ARDILA A, 1984, RIGHT HEMISPHERE NEU, P99 ARDILA A, 1992, NEUROPSICOLOGIA CLIN ARDILA A, 1994, INT J NEUROSCI, V76, P49 ARDILA A, 1993, BRAIN COGNITION, V22, P75 ARDILA A, 1991, BRAIN LANG, V41, P437, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(91)90165-W BAXTER DM, 1985, NEUROPSYCHOLOGIA, V23, P653, DOI 10.1016/0028-3932(85)90066-1 BEAUVOIS MF, 1981, BRAIN, V104, P21, DOI 10.1093/brain/104.1.21 Benson D. F., 1985, HDB CLIN NEUROLOGY, V45, P457 Benson D. F., 1996, APHASIA CLIN PERSPEC Benson DF, 1979, APHASIA ALEXIA AGRAP BENSON DF, 1982, NEUROLOGY APHASIA, P139 BERHMANN M, 1992, COGNITIVE NEUROPSYCH, V9, P209 BRAVOVALDIVIESO L, 1982, AVANCES PSICOLOGIA C, V1, P111 BRAVOVALDIVIESO L, 1988, LENGUAJE ORAL ESCRIT, P172 BUB D, 1982, BRAIN, V105, P697, DOI 10.1093/brain/105.4.697 BUB D, 1982, BRAIN LANG, V17, P146, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(82)90011-6 Bub D, 1985, SURFACE DYSLEXIA NEU, P15 Bub D., 1988, HDB NEUROPSYCHOLOGY, V1, P393 COLTHEART M, 1982, PHILOS T ROY SOC B, V298, P151, DOI 10.1098/rstb.1982.0078 Ellis A. W., 1988, LANG COGNITIVE PROC, V3, P99, DOI 10.1080/01690968808402084 ELLIS AW, 1987, COGNITIVE NEUROPSYCH, V4, P439, DOI 10.1080/02643298708252047 GOLDSTEIN K, 1948, LANGUAGE LANGUAGE DI GOODGLASS H, 1979, EVALUACION AFASIA TR HARTFIELD FM, 1983, Q J EXPT PSYCHOL, V35, P451 HARTFIELD MF, 1985, NEUROPSYCHOLOGIA, V23, P13 HECAEN H, 1963, NEUROPSYCHOLOGIA, V1, P179, DOI 10.1016/0028-3932(63)90015-0 Hecaen H., 1978, HUMAN NEUROPSYCHOLOG Juilland A., 1964, FREQUENCY DICT SPANI KREMIN H, 1988, HDB NEUROPSYCHOLOGY, V1, P307 Luria A. R., 1966, HIGHER CORTICAL FUNC PAPAGNO C, 1992, COGNITIVE NEUROPSYCH, V9, P259, DOI 10.1080/02643299208252061 RAPCSAK SZ, 1988, NEUROLOGY, V38, P1119 Roeltgen D. P., 1985, CLIN NEUROPSYCHOLOGY, P75 ROELTGEN DP, 1983, 13 M INT NEUR SOC ME ROELTGEN DP, 1984, BRAIN, V107, P811, DOI 10.1093/brain/107.3.811 ROELTGEN DP, 1983, NEUROLOGY, V33, P755 SAMPSON G, 1985, WRITING SYSTEMS SECO R, 1988, MANUAL GRAMATICA ESP SGARAMELLA TM, 1991, CORTEX, V27, P29 SHALLICE T, 1981, BRAIN, V104, P412 Shallice T, 1980, DEEP DYSLEXIA, P109 NR 45 TC 10 Z9 10 PU TAYLOR & FRANCIS LTD PI LONDON PA ONE GUNDPOWDER SQUARE, LONDON, ENGLAND EC4A 3DE SN 0268-7038 J9 APHASIOLOGY JI Aphasiology PD OCT PY 1996 VL 10 IS 7 BP 723 EP 739 DI 10.1080/02687039608248446 PG 17 WC Clinical Neurology SC Neurosciences & Neurology GA VG297 UT WOS:A1996VG29700005 ER PT J AU Obler, LK AF Obler, LK TI Early cross-language discussion of agrammatism SO APHASIOLOGY LA English DT Article ID INFLECTIONAL MORPHOLOGY; APHASIA; DEFICITS; FINNISH AB At least one early aphasiologist (Pick)--was aware of structural similarities between agrammatism and pidgin languages. Others (e.g. Jakobson, Goldstein) realized that the forms a language offered influenced how agrammatism might manifest. With the growth of modern linguistics, authors such as Barkai and Traill studied aphasic speakers of languages structurally different from Indo-European languages to see what forms agrammatism might take. These studies heralded the 1970s explosion in theories to account for agrammatism and the 1980s concern to document the cross-language data that theory must account for. RP Obler, LK (reprint author), CUNY, GRAD SCH, PROGRAM SPEECH & HEARING SCI, 33 W 42ND ST, NEW YORK, NY 10036 USA. CR BAHARAV E, 1990, AGRAMMATIC APHASIA C, P1087 BARKAI M, 1980, AFROASIATIC LINGUIST, V7, P1 BATES E, 1989, APHASIOLOGY, V3, P111, DOI 10.1080/02687038908248981 BATES E, 1991, BRAIN LANG, V41, P123, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(91)90149-U BATES E, 1987, CORTEX, V23, P545 BIASSOU N, IN PRESS BRAIN LANGU CENTENO J, UNPUB APHASIOLOGY DEBLESER R, 1987, COGNITIVE NEUROPSYCH, V4, P187, DOI 10.1080/02643298708252039 DEBLESER R, 1994, BRAIN LANG, V46, P21, DOI 10.1006/brln.1994.1002 FRIEDERICI AD, 1980, NEUROPSYCHOLOGIA, V18, P11, DOI 10.1016/0028-3932(80)90079-2 FRIEDERICI AD, 1982, BRAIN LANG, V15, P249, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(82)90059-1 GOLDSTEIN K, 1948, LANGUAGE LANGUAGE DI Goodglass H., 1993, UNDERSTANDING APHASI GRODZINSKY Y, 1984, COGNITION, V16, P99, DOI 10.1016/0010-0277(84)90001-5 IMURA T, 1943, PSYCHIAT NEUROLOGIA, V47 JAKOBSON R, 1955, R JAKOBSON SELECTED, V2, P229 JAKOBSON R, 1956, R JAKOBSON SELECTED, V2, P239 JAKOBSON R., 1941, R JAKOBSON SELECTED, VI, P328 JAREMA G, 1994, BRAIN LANG, V46, P683, DOI 10.1006/brln.1994.1037 JAREMA G, 1992, BRAIN LANG, V43, P541, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(92)90082-P Kean M. L, 1985, AGRAMMATISM KEAN ML, 1977, COGNITION, V5, P9, DOI 10.1016/0010-0277(77)90015-4 KEHAYIA E, 1990, SPR S NEUR, P140 LAINE M, 1995, IN PRESS COGNITIVE N LAINE M, 1994, CLIN LINGUIST PHONET, V8, P177, DOI 10.3109/02699209408985306 LU L, 1994, THESIS BOSTON U SCH LUKATELA K, 1988, BRAIN LANG, V33, P1, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(88)90050-8 Menn Lise, 1990, AGRAMMATIC APHASIA C NESPOULOUS JL, 1990, SPR S NEUR, P270 NIEMI J, 1994, LANG COGNITIVE PROC, V9, P423, DOI 10.1080/01690969408402126 OBLER LK, 1995, BRAIN LANG, V48, P341, DOI 10.1006/brln.1995.1016 OMBREDANE A, 1951, APHASIE ELABORATION PANSE F, 1973, PSYCHOLINGUISTICS AP, P172 Pick A., 1931, APHASIA Stark J., 1992, EVERYDAY LIFE ACTIVI STARK JA, 1990, AGRAMMATIC APHASIA C, P281 Tissot R., 1973, AGRAMMATISME TRAILL A, 1970, J S AFRICAN LOGOPEDI, V17, P49 NR 38 TC 0 Z9 0 PU PSYCHOLOGY PRESS PI HOVE PA 27 CHURCH RD, HOVE BN3 2FA, EAST SUSSEX, ENGLAND SN 0268-7038 J9 APHASIOLOGY JI Aphasiology PD AUG-SEP PY 1996 VL 10 IS 6 BP 533 EP 542 DI 10.1080/02687039608248435 PG 10 WC Clinical Neurology SC Neurosciences & Neurology GA VF309 UT WOS:A1996VF30900002 ER PT J AU Ahlsen, E Nespoulous, JL Dordain, M Stark, J Jarema, G Kadzielawa, D Obler, LK Fitzpatrick, PM AF Ahlsen, E Nespoulous, JL Dordain, M Stark, J Jarema, G Kadzielawa, D Obler, LK Fitzpatrick, PM TI Noun phrase production by agrammatic patients: A cross-linguistic approach SO APHASIOLOGY LA English DT Article ID APHASIA AB This paper reports a cross-linguistic study of noun phrase production by agrammatic aphasic speakers of Swedish, French, German, Polish, and English. The subjects were given comparable tests of contrastive naming for the different languages. The study demonstrates problems in noun phrase production, especially in structurally complex noun phrases, indicating increasing problems caused by an increasing processing load. The study further demonstrates great difficulties in the production of double adjectives in noun phrases. Recurring patterns found among the eleven agrammatic patients were: word order deviation (especially noun first), singular for plural (or singular first), use of quantifiers, production of some complex NP structures, and substitutions of grammatical markers, leading to agreement errors in complex NP structures. The findings are discussed in relation to possible strategies such as fragmentation of the noun phrase and/or use of topic-comment structure, as well as attempts to produce complex noun phrases with language specific structure. C1 UNIV TOULOUSE,TOULOUSE,FRANCE. HOP FONTMAUTE,CHAMALIERES,FRANCE. AUSTRIAN ACAD SCI,A-1010 VIENNA,AUSTRIA. CTR HOSP COTE DES NEIGES,CTR RECH,MONTREAL,PQ H3W 1W5,CANADA. WYDZIAL PSYCHOL UNIV WARSZAWSKIEGO,WARSAW,POLAND. CUNY,GRAD SCH,NEW YORK,NY. VET ADM MED CTR,BOSTON,MA. RP Ahlsen, E (reprint author), GOTHENBURG UNIV,DEPT LINGUIST,S-41298 GOTHENBURG,SWEDEN. CR AHLSEN E, 1990, AGRAMMATIC APHASIA C, P545 BATES E, 1991, BRAIN LANG, V41, P123, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(91)90149-U BATES E, 1987, CORTEX, V23, P545 BERKOGLEASON J, 1975, BRAIN LANG, V2, P451 BERNDT RS, 1988, APHASIOLOGY, V2, P237, DOI 10.1080/02687038808248916 BERNDT RS, 1980, APPL PSYCHOLINGUIST, V1, P225, DOI 10.1017/S0142716400000552 Bradley D. C., 1978, THESIS MIT CAMBRIDGE DORDAIN M, 1992, REV NEUROPSYCHOL, V2, P395 Goodglass H., 1968, DEV APPL PSYCHOLINGU, P177 GRODZINSKY Y, 1984, COGNITION, V16, P99, DOI 10.1016/0010-0277(84)90001-5 JAKOBSON R, 1955, EXPRESSIVE LANGUAGE, P69 JAREMA G, 1980, THESIS U MONTREAL KEAN ML, 1979, COGNITION, V7, P69, DOI 10.1016/0010-0277(79)90012-X KOLK H, 1990, APHASIOLOGY, V4, P221, DOI 10.1080/02687039008249075 Kolk H., 1987, Natural Language Generation: New Results in Artificial Intelligence, Psychology and Linguistics. Proceedings of the NATO Advanced Research Workshop KOLK HHJ, 1985, COGNITIVE NEUROPSYCH, V2, P347, DOI 10.1080/02643298508252666 LAPOINTE S, 1983, COGNITION, V4, P1 Lecours A. R., 1979, APHASIE LINEBARGER MC, 1983, COGNITION, V15, P215, DOI 10.1016/0010-0277(83)90042-2 Menn L., 1990, AGRAMMATIC APHASIA C MICELI G, 1984, CORTEX, V20, P207 NESPOULOUS JL, 1994, INT SUMM SESS U MONT Nespoulous J.-L., 1990, AGRAMMATIC APHASIA C, P623 NESPOULOUS JL, 1973, THESIS U TOULOUSE LE Studdert-Kennedy Michael, 1983, PSYCHOL LANGUAGE, P177 TESAK J, 1994, J NEUROLINGUIST, V8, P43, DOI 10.1016/0911-6044(94)90005-1 TESAK J, 1991, 9 EUR WORKSH COGN NE VILLIARD P, 1994, THESIS U TOULOUSE LE VILLIARD P, 1989, LANGAGES, V96, P21 NR 29 TC 4 Z9 4 PU TAYLOR & FRANCIS LTD PI LONDON PA ONE GUNDPOWDER SQUARE, LONDON, ENGLAND EC4A 3DE SN 0268-7038 J9 APHASIOLOGY JI Aphasiology PD AUG-SEP PY 1996 VL 10 IS 6 BP 543 EP 559 DI 10.1080/02687039608248436 PG 17 WC Clinical Neurology SC Neurosciences & Neurology GA VF309 UT WOS:A1996VF30900003 ER PT J AU Bastiaanse, R Edwards, S Kiss, K AF Bastiaanse, R Edwards, S Kiss, K TI Fluent aphasia in three languages: Aspects of spontaneous speech SO APHASIOLOGY LA English DT Article ID PARAGRAMMATISMS AB The grammatical abilities of fluent aphasics have received scant attention to date. There is some debate as to the nature of paragrammatism and whether this phenomenon results from an underlying lexical or grammatical deficit. In this paper we define grammatical domains in three different languages (Dutch, English and Hungarian), which enables comparisons to be made between aphasic speakers and normal controls both within and between languages. We describe the methodology and examine some of the results focusing on the possible relation between lexical and syntactic aspects. Specifically we define and discuss the frequency and diversity of lexical verbs and their arguments, the deployment of subordinate clauses and the distribution of two types of adjuncts in the three different languages. C1 UNIV GRONINGEN,GRONINGEN,NETHERLANDS. MED REHABIL INST,BUDAPEST,HUNGARY. CR BASTIAANSE R, 1996, IN PRESS LANGUAGE CO Bates E., 1989, CROSSLINGUISTIC STUD, P328 BATES E, 1987, CORTEX, V23, P545 Bates Elizabeth A., 1989, CROSSLINGUISTIC STUD, P225 BROOKSHIRE RH, 1994, J SPEECH HEAR RES, V37, P399 BUTTERWORTH B, 1987, COGNITION, V26, P1, DOI 10.1016/0010-0277(87)90012-6 BUTTERWORTH B, 1990, LANG COGNITIVE PROC, V5, P115, DOI 10.1080/01690969008402101 BYNG S, 1988, COGNITIVE NEUROPSYCH, V5, P629, DOI 10.1080/02643298808253277 Crystal D., 1989, GRAMMATICAL ANAL LAN Edwards S., 1994, LANGUAGE TESTING, V11, P49, DOI 10.1177/026553229401100105 EDWARDS S, 1993, APHASIOLOGY, V7, P217, DOI 10.1080/02687039308249507 EDWARDS S, 1992, CLIN LINGUIST PHONET, V6, P161, DOI 10.3109/02699209208985526 Goodglass H, 1983, ASSESSMENT APHASIA R, V2nd Kertesz A., 1980, W APHASIA BATTERY KOLK H, 1990, APHASIOLOGY, V4, P221, DOI 10.1080/02687039008249075 Menn L., 1990, AGRAMMATIC APHASIA C Mitchum C., 1994, COGNITIVE NEUROPSYCH, P317 NIEMI J, 1990, FOLIA LINGUIST, V24, P389, DOI 10.1515/flin.1990.24.3-4.389 Quirk Randolph, 1985, COMPREHENSIVE GRAMMA VERMEULEN J, 1989, BRAIN LANG, V36, P252, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(89)90064-3 NR 20 TC 27 Z9 27 PU TAYLOR & FRANCIS LTD PI LONDON PA ONE GUNDPOWDER SQUARE, LONDON, ENGLAND EC4A 3DE SN 0268-7038 J9 APHASIOLOGY JI Aphasiology PD AUG-SEP PY 1996 VL 10 IS 6 BP 561 EP 575 DI 10.1080/02687039608248437 PG 15 WC Clinical Neurology SC Neurosciences & Neurology GA VF309 UT WOS:A1996VF30900004 ER PT J AU Hickok, G Say, K Bellugi, U Klima, ES AF Hickok, G Say, K Bellugi, U Klima, ES TI The basis of hemispheric asymmetries for language and spatial cognition: Clues from focal brain damage in two deaf native signers SO APHASIOLOGY LA English DT Article AB The existence of hemispheric asymmetries for language processing and visuospatial processing is well established. In this report we investigate the basis of these asymmetries through the window of American Sign Language (ASL). ASL uses spatial contrasts to encode grammatical information at all levels of representation, including phonology, morphology, and syntax. In addition, however, ASL uses space in an iconic fashion to represent spatial information directly, as, for example, in describing the layout of objects in a room. We tested the performance of two deaf, native signers--one with left hemisphere damage (LHD) and one with light hemisphere damage (RHD)--on tasks involving the use of space, within ASL, to represent linguistic versus spatial information. We found a double dissociation: the LHD signer was impaired on tasks involving the use of space for encoding grammatical information, but performed well on tasks involving the use of space to encode spatial information iconically; the RHD signer showed the reverse pattern. These data suggest that hemispheric asymmetries for language and spatial cognition are driven by the type of representation that is ultimately constructed from the signal (grammatical vs spatial), rather than by the physical properties of the signal itself. C1 UNIV CALIF SAN DIEGO, SAN DIEGO, CA 92103 USA. RP Hickok, G (reprint author), SALK INST BIOL STUDIES, COGNIT NEUROSCI LAB, 10010 N TORREY PINES RD, LA JOLLA, CA 92037 USA. CR BELLUGI U, 1989, TRENDS NEUROSCI, V12, P380, DOI 10.1016/0166-2236(89)90076-3 BELLUGI U, 1995, IN PRESS DECADE BRAI, V1 BELLUGI U, 1990, NEUROSCI IN, P521 DAMASIO H, 1992, ARCH NEUROL-CHICAGO, V49, P137 EMMOREY K, 1995, IN PRESS LANGUAGE GE Goodglass H, 1976, ASSESSMENT APHASIA R Klima E, 1979, SIGNS LANGUAGE LIDDELL SK, 1990, SIGN LANGUAGE RESEARCH, P176 Lucas C., 1990, SIGN LANGUAGE RES TH PADDEN CA, 1988, LINGUISTICS CAMBRIDG, V11, P250 PINKER S, 1987, COGNITION, V26, P195, DOI 10.1016/S0010-0277(87)80001-X Poizner H., 1987, WHAT HANDS REVEAL BR VENTURINI R, 1995, UNPUB DISSOCIATIONS NR 13 TC 16 Z9 16 PU PSYCHOLOGY PRESS PI HOVE PA 27 CHURCH RD, HOVE BN3 2FA, EAST SUSSEX, ENGLAND SN 0268-7038 J9 APHASIOLOGY JI Aphasiology PD AUG-SEP PY 1996 VL 10 IS 6 BP 577 EP 591 DI 10.1080/02687039608248438 PG 15 WC Clinical Neurology SC Neurosciences & Neurology GA VF309 UT WOS:A1996VF30900005 ER PT J AU Nicol, JL Jakubowicz, C Goldblum, MC AF Nicol, JL Jakubowicz, C Goldblum, MC TI Sensitivity: To grammatical marking in English-speaking and French-speaking non-fluent aphasics SO APHASIOLOGY LA English DT Article ID AGRAMMATIC APHASICS; LINGUISTIC RESEARCH; COMPREHENSION; LANGUAGE; MORPHOLOGY; JUDGMENTS; PROPER; COMMON; NOUNS AB We examine the sensitivity of English-speaking and French-speaking nonfluent aphasic subjects to grammatical marking such as number and gender. Using a sentence-picture matching paradigm we tested sentences in which grammatical marking appeared in one position only: e.g. That sheep crossed the stream vs The goat crossed the stream vs The sheep is crossing the stream vs The sheep crosses the stream. Performance across sentence types varied according to two factors: (1) marking within the noun phrase was easier for subjects to discern than marking which appeared outside the noun phrase; (2) marking which was an inherent feature of a free (unbound) morpheme was associated with better performance than marking which was affixal in nature. These factors were relevant for subjects from both language groups, despite differences between languages in terms of probability of grammatical marking. C1 CNRS,EXPT PSYCHOL LAB,PARIS,FRANCE. INSERM,U324,PARIS,FRANCE. RP Nicol, JL (reprint author), UNIV ARIZONA,TUCSON,AZ 85721, USA. CR Bates E., 1989, CROSSLINGUISTIC STUD, P328 Bates E., 1989, CROSSLINGUISTIC STUD, P3 BATES E, 1987, BRAIN LANG, V32, P19, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(87)90116-7 BATES E, 1991, BRAIN LANG, V41, P123, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(91)90149-U BATES E, 1987, CORTEX, V23, P545 CARAMAZZA A, 1978, PSYCHOL BULL, V85, P898, DOI 10.1037//0033-2909.85.4.898 BESCHERELLE M, 1980, ART CONJUGUER DICT 1 BOLLER F, 1979, REV PSYCHOL APPL, V29, P247 BRADLEY D. C., 1980, BIOL STUDIES MENTAL, P269 CARAMAZZA A, 1976, BRAIN LANG, V3, P572, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(76)90048-1 DEBLESER R, 1986, UNPUB LOCATION INFLE de Villiers J, 1974, Cortex, V10, P36 DORDAIN M, 1992, REV NEUROPSYCHOL, V2, P395 FRIEDERICI A, 1988, 26 ANN M AC APH MONT GOODENOUGH C, 1977, LANG SPEECH, V20, P11 GOODGLAS.H, 1967, J SPEECH HEAR RES, V10, P5 GOODGLASS H, 1960, J SPEECH HEAR RES, V3, P257 GOODGLASS H, 1993, UNPUB COMP MORPHOLOG GOODGLASS H, 1976, HDB PERCEPTION, V7, P389 GRODZINSKY Y, 1984, COGNITION, V16, P99, DOI 10.1016/0010-0277(84)90001-5 GROSSMAN M, 1982, BRAIN LANG, V16, P109, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(82)90075-X GROSSMAN M, 1986, BRAIN LANG, V28, P114, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(86)90095-7 JAKUBOWICZ C, 1995, BRAIN LANG, V51, P242, DOI 10.1006/brln.1995.1060 KEAN ML, 1980, BIOL STUDIES MENTAL, P239 KEENEY TJ, 1972, J VERB LEARN VERB BE, V11, P698 LINEBARGER MC, 1983, COGNITION, V13, P361, DOI 10.1016/0010-0277(83)90015-X LUKATELA K, 1988, BRAIN LANG, V33, P1, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(88)90050-8 LUZZATI C, 1993, UNPUB MORPHOLOGICAL MACWHINNEY B, 1984, J VERB LEARN VERB BE, V23, P127, DOI 10.1016/S0022-5371(84)90093-8 MacWhinney B., 1989, CROSSLINGUISTIC STUD MICELI G, 1989, BRAIN LANG, V36, P447, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(89)90079-5 NAESER MA, 1987, CORTEX, V23, P359 PETIT JM, 1988, APHASIOLOGY, V2, P655 SHANKWEILER D, 1989, Language and Cognitive Processes, V4, P1, DOI 10.1080/01690968908406355 SHAPIRO LP, 1989, J SPEECH HEAR RES, V32, P481 ZURIF EB, 1978, LINGUISTIC THEORY PS, P229 ZURIF EB, 1972, NEUROPSYCHOLOGIA, V10, P405, DOI 10.1016/0028-3932(72)90003-6 ZURIF EB, 1980, AM SCI, V68, P305 NR 38 TC 4 Z9 4 PU TAYLOR & FRANCIS LTD PI LONDON PA ONE GUNDPOWDER SQUARE, LONDON, ENGLAND EC4A 3DE SN 0268-7038 J9 APHASIOLOGY JI Aphasiology PD AUG-SEP PY 1996 VL 10 IS 6 BP 593 EP 622 DI 10.1080/02687039608248439 PG 30 WC Clinical Neurology SC Neurosciences & Neurology GA VF309 UT WOS:A1996VF30900006 ER PT J AU Yiu, EML Worrall, LE AF Yiu, EML Worrall, LE TI Agrammatic production: A cross-linguistic comparison of English and cantonese SO APHASIOLOGY LA English DT Article ID GRAMMATICAL STRUCTURE; SENTENCE PRODUCTION; CHINESE APHASIA; SENSITIVITY AB Chinese is a language with little inflectional morphology. It is also characterized by the frequent use of elliptical sentences because of its usual omission of topic and grammatical subjects in sentences. It has been suggested that these characteristics may obscure the distinction between normal and agrammatic speech. Nevertheless, the findings from the present study show that agrammatism in Cantonese (a dialect of Chinese) can be clearly identified from non-aphasic language. Indeed, the disruption patterns of morphological and syntactic structures found in five Cantonese-speaking agrammatic subjects were comparable to those demonstrated by a group of matched English-speaking agrammatic subjects. Although the Cantonese agrammatic subjects demonstrated a frequent use of elliptical sentences, they still demonstrated relatively intact ability to choose the structure to form the topic of a sentence. Such an observation was interpreted as an effort of adaptation to compensate for the difficulty in formulating long and complex sentences. C1 UNIV QUEENSLAND,BRISBANE,QLD,AUSTRALIA. RP Yiu, EML (reprint author), CURTIN UNIV TECHNOL,PERTH,WA 6001,AUSTRALIA. RI Yiu, Edwin/A-3201-2010; Worrall, Linda/D-2579-2010 OI Worrall, Linda/0000-0002-3283-7038 CR BATES E, 1991, BRAIN LANG, V41, P203, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(91)90153-R BYNG S, 1989, APHASIOLOGY, V3, P241, DOI 10.1080/02687038908248993 CARAMAZZA A, 1989, BRAIN LANG, V36, P625, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(89)90091-6 Caramazza A., 1985, AGRAMMATISM, P27 CHU Y, 1986, J NEUROLINGUISTICS, V2, P209, DOI 10.1016/S0911-6044(86)80014-8 COMRIE B, 1981, ASPECT FRIEDERICI AD, 1982, BRAIN LANG, V15, P249, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(82)90059-1 GLEASON JB, 1975, BRAIN LANG, V2, P451, DOI 10.1016/S0093-934X(75)80083-6 GOODGLASS H, 1960, J SPEECH HEAR RES, V3, P257 Halliday M. A. K., 1985, INTRO FUNCTIONAL GRA HEESCHEN C, 1988, APHASIOLOGY, V2, P299, DOI 10.1080/02687038808248928 HOWARD D, 1985, CURRENT PERSPECTIVES, P1 HOWELL DC, 1987, STATISTICAL METHODS Kean M. L, 1985, AGRAMMATISM Kertesz A., 1982, W APHASIA BATTERY Killingley Siew-Yue, 1982, SHORT GLOSSARY CANTO KOLK HHJ, 1985, COGNITIVE NEUROPSYCH, V2, P347, DOI 10.1080/02643298508252666 Kwok H., 1984, SENTENCE PARTICLES C Kwok Helen, 1971, LINGUISTIC STUDY CAN Li C. N., 1981, MANDARIN CHINESE FUN LINEBARGER MC, 1983, COGNITION, V13, P361, DOI 10.1016/0010-0277(83)90015-X Luke KK, 1990, UTTERANCE PARTICLES MENN L, 1988, APHASIOLOGY, V2, P351 Menn L, 1990, AGRAMMATIC APHASIA C, P3 Menn L., 1985, AGRAMMATISM, P1 MICELI G, 1983, BRAIN LANG, V19, P65, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(83)90056-1 MULDER R, 1992, NAT LANG LINGUIST TH, V10, P439, DOI 10.1007/BF00133370 Packard J., 1990, AGRAMMATIC APHASIA C, P1191 SAFFRAN EM, 1989, BRAIN LANG, V37, P440, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(89)90030-8 SAFFRAN EM, 1980, BRAIN LANG, V10, P263, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(80)90056-5 SCHWARTZ MF, 1987, COGNITIVE NEUROPSYCH STEMBERGER JP, 1985, BRAIN LANG, V25, P246, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(85)90084-7 TAI JHY, 1973, 9 REG M CHIC LING SO, P659 Tissot R., 1973, AGRAMMATISME Tsao Feng-fu, 1990, SENTENCE CLAUSE STRU TZENG OJL, 1991, BRAIN LANG, V41, P184, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(91)90152-Q YIU EML, 1996, UNPUB PATTERN GRAMMA YIU EML, 1993, J NEUROLINGUISTICS, V7, P1 YIU EML, 1995, THESIS U QUEENSLAND ZURIF E, 1983, COGNITION, V15, P207, DOI 10.1016/0010-0277(83)90041-0 NR 40 TC 5 Z9 5 PU TAYLOR & FRANCIS LTD PI LONDON PA ONE GUNDPOWDER SQUARE, LONDON, ENGLAND EC4A 3DE SN 0268-7038 J9 APHASIOLOGY JI Aphasiology PD AUG-SEP PY 1996 VL 10 IS 6 BP 623 EP 647 DI 10.1080/02687039608248440 PG 25 WC Clinical Neurology SC Neurosciences & Neurology GA VF309 UT WOS:A1996VF30900007 ER PT J AU Eng, N Obler, LK Harris, KS Abramson, AS AF Eng, N Obler, LK Harris, KS Abramson, AS TI Tone perception deficits in Chinese-speaking Broca's aphasics SO APHASIOLOGY LA English DT Article ID THAI AB Recent studies have demonstrated some type of tone production problems following left hemisphere lesions in severely aphasic tone-language speakers. We studied the ability of Toisanese Chinese-speaking Broca's aphasics to comprehend lexical tone. Sets of monosyllabic words differing only by tone permitted comprehension testing via a word-picture matching task. The pattern of tone confusion in the aphasics was found to be an exaggeration of that experienced by the normal controls. C1 CUNY GRAD SCH & UNIV CTR,HASKINS LABS,NEW YORK,NY 10036. UNIV CONNECTICUT,HASKINS LABS,STORRS,CT 06269. RP Eng, N (reprint author), ST JOHNS UNIV,8000 UTOPIA PKWY,JAMAICA,NY 11439, USA. CR APRIL RS, 1980, ARCH NEUROL-CHICAGO, V34, P766 CHAO YR, 1970, GRAMMAR SPOKEN CHINE ENGHUIE N, 1994, THESIS CUNY GRAD SCH FOLSTEIN MF, 1975, J PSYCHIAT RES, V12, P189, DOI 10.1016/0022-3956(75)90026-6 GANDOUR J, 1992, BRAIN LANG, V43, P275, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(92)90131-W GANDOUR J, 1983, BRAIN LANG, V18, P98, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(83)90009-3 Goodglass H., 1983, BOSTON DIAGNOSTIC AP, V2nd NAESER M, 1981, NEUROPSYCHOLOGIA, V18, P389 PACKARD JL, 1986, BRAIN LANG, V29, P212, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(86)90045-3 RAMSEY SR, 1987, LANGUAGES CHINA TODA Van Lancker D., 1973, J PHONETICS, V1, P101 NR 11 TC 10 Z9 11 PU TAYLOR & FRANCIS LTD PI LONDON PA ONE GUNDPOWDER SQUARE, LONDON, ENGLAND EC4A 3DE SN 0268-7038 J9 APHASIOLOGY JI Aphasiology PD AUG-SEP PY 1996 VL 10 IS 6 BP 649 EP 656 DI 10.1080/02687039608248441 PG 8 WC Clinical Neurology SC Neurosciences & Neurology GA VF309 UT WOS:A1996VF30900008 ER PT J AU Chenery, HJ Murdoch, BE Ingram, JCL AF Chenery, HJ Murdoch, BE Ingram, JCL TI An investigation of confrontation naming performance in Alzheimer's dementia as a function of disease severity SO APHASIOLOGY LA English DT Article ID SEMANTIC MEMORY; SENILE DEMENTIA; IMPAIRMENT; APHASIA; COMPREHENSION; DYSFUNCTION; DIAGNOSIS; KNOWLEDGE; DYSNOMIA; DEFICITS AB The confrontation naming performance of persons with dementia of the Alzheimer's type (DAT) is a widely investigated area, yet considerable confusion remains as to the precise nature of the breakdown, in particular whether the deficit is related to either a procedural or structural semantic deficit that remains uniform over the course of the disease. The present study undertook a detailed error analysis of the naming responses of 23 subjects with DAT, grouped on the basis of their dementia severity into three groups of mild (n = 8), moderate (n = 7), and moderately severe (n = 8), to investigate the pattern of progression of anemia in DAT. The results provided strong support for the proposal that anemia in DAT changes both quantitatively and qualitatively over the course of the disease, with the naming responses of subjects severely affected by the disease reflecting increased compromise of core semantic structures and processes. In the milder stages of DAT, however, the anemia is characterized by deficits in the procedural routines used to interrogate information in the semantic representation. That these procedural deficits in early-stage DAT are related to disruption of the centralized higher-order cognitive process of attention is suggested, but requires further empirical validation. RP Chenery, HJ (reprint author), UNIV QUEENSLAND,DEPT SPEECH & HEARING,ST LUCIA,QLD 4072,AUSTRALIA. RI Chenery, Helen/F-5194-2010; Murdoch, Bruce/C-1397-2012 CR American Psychiatric Association, 1980, DIAGN STAT MAN MENT APPELL J, 1982, BRAIN LANG, V17, P73, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(82)90006-2 BARKER MG, 1968, BRIT J PSYCHIAT, V114, P1351, DOI 10.1192/bjp.114.516.1351 BAYLES KA, 1991, J COGNITIVE NEUROSCI, V3, P166, DOI 10.1162/jocn.1991.3.2.166 BAYLES KA, 1982, BRAIN LANG, V16, P260 BAYLES KA, 1992, PSYCHOL AGING, V7, P197, DOI 10.1037//0882-7974.7.2.197 BAYLES KA, 1983, BRAIN LANG, V19, P98, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(83)90057-3 BLESSED G, 1968, BRIT J PSYCHIAT, V114, P797, DOI 10.1192/bjp.114.512.797 BUTTERWORTH B, 1984, NEUROPSYCHOLOGIA, V22, P409, DOI 10.1016/0028-3932(84)90036-8 CHENERY HJ, 1990, BRAIN LANG, V38, P215, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(90)90112-T CHERTKOW H, 1990, BRAIN, V113, P397, DOI 10.1093/brain/113.2.397 CHERTKOW H, 1992, COGNITIVE NEUROPSYCH, V9, P327, DOI 10.1080/02643299208252064 Chertkow H, 1990, MODULAR DEFICITS ALZ, P207 CORNIER P, 1991, PERCEPT MOTOR SKILL, V73, P175 CRAIK FIM, 1972, J VERB LEARN VERB BE, V11, P671, DOI 10.1016/S0022-5371(72)80001-X CUMMINGS JL, 1986, BRAIN LANG, V29, P315, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(86)90051-9 DIESFELDT HFA, 1989, APHASIOLOGY, V3, P41, DOI 10.1080/02687038908248975 FLICKER C, 1987, BRAIN LANG, V31, P187, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(87)90069-1 FOLSTEIN MF, 1975, J PSYCHIAT RES, V12, P189, DOI 10.1016/0022-3956(75)90026-6 HILL CD, 1992, J NEUROPSYCH CLIN N, V4, P64 HODGES JR, 1992, NEUROPSYCHOLOGIA, V30, P301, DOI 10.1016/0028-3932(92)90104-T HUFF FJ, 1986, BRAIN LANG, V28, P235, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(86)90103-3 Kaplan E, 1983, BOSTON NAMING TEST KIRSHNER HS, 1984, NEUROPSYCHOLOGIA, V22, P23, DOI 10.1016/0028-3932(84)90004-6 KNOTEK PC, 1990, BRAIN LANG, V38, P465, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(90)90131-Y LaBarge E, 1992, NEUROPSYCHOLOGY, V6, P77, DOI 10.1037//0894-4105.6.1.77 LEDORZE G, 1989, BRAIN LANG, V37, P381 MARGOLIN DI, 1990, J CLIN EXP NEUROPSYC, V12, P597, DOI 10.1080/01688639008401004 MARTIN A, 1983, BRAIN LANG, V19, P124, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(83)90059-7 Mattis S., 1976, GERIATRIC PSYCHIAT, P77 MCKHANN G, 1984, NEUROLOGY, V34, P939 MILBERG W, 1989, J CLIN EXP NEUROPSYC, V11, P605, DOI 10.1080/01688638908400919 MURDOCH BE, 1987, BRAIN LANG, V31, P122, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(87)90064-2 NEILS J, 1988, NEUROPSYCHOLOGIA, V26, P351, DOI 10.1016/0028-3932(88)90088-7 Shallice T., 1987, COGNITIVE NEUROPSYCH, P111 SKELTONROBINSON M, 1984, BRIT J PSYCHIAT, V145, P168, DOI 10.1192/bjp.145.2.168 SMITH SR, 1989, BRAIN LANG, V36, P314, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(89)90068-0 SOMMERS LM, 1990, APHASIOLOGY, V4, P573, DOI 10.1080/02687039008248508 STORANDT M, 1989, ARCH NEUROL-CHICAGO, V46, P383 TROSTER AI, 1989, BRAIN LANG, V37, P500, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(89)90032-1 WELSH KA, 1992, ARCH NEUROL-CHICAGO, V49, P448 ZEC RF, 1992, ALZ DIS ASSOC DIS, V6, P89, DOI 10.1097/00002093-199206020-00004 NR 42 TC 17 Z9 17 PU TAYLOR & FRANCIS LTD PI LONDON PA ONE GUNDPOWDER SQUARE, LONDON, ENGLAND EC4A 3DE SN 0268-7038 J9 APHASIOLOGY JI Aphasiology PD JUL PY 1996 VL 10 IS 5 BP 423 EP 441 DI 10.1080/02687039608248423 PG 19 WC Clinical Neurology SC Neurosciences & Neurology GA UV529 UT WOS:A1996UV52900001 ER PT J AU Leischner, A AF Leischner, A TI Word class effects upon the intrahemispheric graphic disconnection syndrome SO APHASIOLOGY LA English DT Article ID AGRAPHIA; LANGUAGE; APHASIA AB Word class and concreteness effects were investigated in eight hemiparetic aphasic patients who exhibited a graphic disconnection syndrome. For all patients the dissociation between writing performance with the right and left hand was greater for abstract than for concrete nouns. The graphic disconnection syndrome was also present with adjectives, adverbs and verbs. It is speculated that the disconnection is located between the left-sided functional graphic region and the corpus callosum. Strategies for further research are outlined. C1 RHINE STATE CLIN LANGUAGE DISORDERED,BONN,GERMANY. CR BROWN JW, 1986, J NEUROLINGUISTICS, V2, P89, DOI 10.1016/S0911-6044(86)80005-7 BROWN J, 1995, APHASIOLOGY, V9, P277, DOI 10.1080/02687039508248203 BROWN JW, 1983, BRAIN LANG, V19, P204, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(83)90065-2 BRUYER R, 1985, INT J NEUROSCI, V27, P181, DOI 10.3109/00207458509149766 BUB DN, 1988, BRAIN LANG, V33, P161, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(88)90060-0 CHIARELLO C, 1987, NEUROPSYCHOLOGIA, V25, P539, DOI 10.1016/0028-3932(87)90078-9 CHOLLET F, 1991, ANN NEUROL, V29, P63, DOI 10.1002/ana.410290112 FRIEDLAND J, 1990, APHASIOLOGY, V4, P241, DOI 10.1080/02687039008249077 HALLIGAN PW, 1989, NEUROPSYCHOLOGIA, V27, P1301, DOI 10.1016/0028-3932(89)90042-0 LEISCHNER A, 1983, BRAIN LANG, V18, P1, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(83)90001-9 LEISCHNER A, 1970, REHABILITATION APHAS, P70 LEISCHNER A, 1984, EUR ARCH PSY CLIN N, V234, P125, DOI 10.1007/BF00381219 LEISCHNER A, 1987, APHASIEN SPRACHENTWI LEISCHNER A, 1990, APHASIOLOGY, V4, P259, DOI 10.1080/02687039008249078 LORCH MP, 1995, APHASIOLOGY, V9, P257, DOI 10.1080/02687039508248199 LORCH MP, 1995, APHASIOLOGY, V9, P280, DOI 10.1080/02687039508248204 ROTHI LJG, 1995, APHASIOLOGY, V9, P271, DOI 10.1080/02687039508248200 SASANUMA S, 1995, APHASIOLOGY, V9, P273, DOI 10.1080/02687039508248201 WHURR R, 1991, APHASIOLOGY, V5, P411, DOI 10.1080/02687039108248543 NR 19 TC 0 Z9 0 PU TAYLOR & FRANCIS LTD PI LONDON PA ONE GUNDPOWDER SQUARE, LONDON, ENGLAND EC4A 3DE SN 0268-7038 J9 APHASIOLOGY JI Aphasiology PD JUL PY 1996 VL 10 IS 5 BP 443 EP 451 DI 10.1080/02687039608248424 PG 9 WC Clinical Neurology SC Neurosciences & Neurology GA UV529 UT WOS:A1996UV52900002 ER PT J AU Snow, D Swisher, L AF Snow, D Swisher, L TI Neurobehavioural analogies between syndromes of acquired and developmental language impairment: Hypotheses for research SO APHASIOLOGY LA English DT Article ID CHILDHOOD APHASIA; CONVERSATIONAL CHARACTERISTICS; PRAGMATIC DISORDER; RIGHT HEMISPHERE; FLUENT APHASIA; BRAIN INJURY; MRI FINDINGS; CHILDREN; COMPREHENSION; LESIONS AB From traditional accounts of acquired aphasia this paper generates hypotheses about a developmental language disorder called specific language impairment (SLI). We first propose that there are two types of SLI and that they share behavioural characteristics with two types of aphasia. We suggest that adult-onset Broca's aphasia, the typical type of child-onset aphasia, and the phonological-syntactic type of SLI share a common set of non-fluent language behaviours; and that adult-onset and child-onset fluent aphasias and the semantic-pragmatic type of SLI share a common set of fluent language behaviours. Our approach is then to infer, by analogical reasoning, the neuroanatomical basis of the two types of SLI from what is known about the neuroanatomical basis of the two types of aphasia. Previous investigators who reasoned by analogy have explained SLI as a unitary phenomenon by positing bilateral hemispheric dysfunction. We posit instead that the bilateral hemisphere hypothesis is needed only to account for the semantic-pragmatic type of SLI, whereas a unilateral left-hemisphere hypothesis is sufficient to account for the phonological-syntactic type. The conflicting hypotheses are discussed in light of alternative interpretations of severity and persistence data in the study of child language disorders. RP Snow, D (reprint author), UNIV ARIZONA, DEPT SPEECH & HEARING SCI, CHILD LANGUAGE CTR, TUCSON, AZ 85721 USA. CR ADAMS C, 1989, BRIT J DISORD COMMUN, V24, P211 ALAJOUAN.T, 1965, BRAIN, V88, P653, DOI 10.1093/brain/88.4.653 Allen D., 1988, LANG COMMUN, P57 ARAM DM, 1984, J SPEECH HEAR RES, V27, P232 ARAM DM, 1987, BRAIN LANG, V32, P137, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(87)90121-0 ARAM DM, 1985, J CLIN EXP NEUROPSYC, V7, P55, DOI 10.1080/01688638508401242 ARAM DM, 1986, BRAIN LANG, V27, P75, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(86)90006-4 ARAM DM, 1994, J SPEECH HEAR RES, V37, P824 ARAM DM, 1988, LANG COMMUN, P171 BADDELEY A, 1988, J MEM LANG, V27, P586, DOI 10.1016/0749-596X(88)90028-9 Baynes K., 1988, LANG COMMUN, P117 BELLAIRE S, 1994, J COMMUN DISORD, V27, P265, DOI 10.1016/0021-9924(94)90017-5 BENSON DF, 1967, CORTEX MILANO, V3, P373 BISHOP D, 1987, CLIN DEV MED, P16 BISHOP DVM, 1987, J SPEECH HEAR DISORD, V52, P156 BISHOP DVM, 1989, BRIT J DISORD COMMUN, V24, P241 BROWN JW, 1976, NEUROLOGY, V26, P183 BUCKINGHAM HW, 1979, STUDIES NEUROLINGUIS, V4, P269 BUCKINGH.HW, 1974, BRAIN LANG, V1, P43, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(74)90025-X COOPER JA, 1987, J SPEECH HEAR DISORD, V52, P251 COOPER JA, 1978, J SPEECH HEAR DISORD, V43, P176 CRANBERG LD, 1987, NEUROLOGY, V37, P1165 DENNIS M, 1977, LANGUAGE DEV NEUROLO, P83 DOHERTY L, 1977, COMMUN COGNITION, P549 EISELE JA, 1993, APHASIOLOGY, V7, P513, DOI 10.1080/02687039308248627 FELDMAN HM, 1992, J COMMUN DISORD, V25, P125, DOI 10.1016/0021-9924(92)90003-F GAZZANIG.MS, 1971, NEUROPSYCHOLOGIA, V9, P273, DOI 10.1016/0028-3932(71)90022-4 GAZZANIGA MS, 1977, NEUROLOGY, V27, P1144 GESCHWIND N, 1974, SELECTED PAPERS LANG, P467 HECAEN H, 1976, BRAIN LANG, V3, P114, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(76)90009-2 KEEFE KA, 1989, J SPEECH HEAR DISORD, V54, P395 KLEIN SK, 1992, J CHILD NEUROL, V7, P50 LENNEBERG E, 1967, BIOL F LANGUAGE LOCKE JL, 1994, J SPEECH HEAR RES, V37, P608 LUDLOW CL, 1980, B ORTON SOC, V30, P153, DOI 10.1007/BF02653715 MARTINS IP, 1993, APHASIOLOGY, V7, P489, DOI 10.1080/02687039308248624 MARTINS IP, 1991, NATO ADV SCI I D-BEH, V60, P143 ARAM DM, 1980, J COMMUN DISORD, V13, P159, DOI 10.1016/0021-9924(80)90033-7 PAQUIER P, 1993, APHASIOLOGY, V7, P421, DOI 10.1080/02687039308248618 PAQUIER P, 1991, APHASIOLOGY, V5, P235, DOI 10.1080/02687039108248526 PLANTE E, 1991, BRAIN LANG, V41, P67, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(91)90111-D PLANTE E, 1991, BRAIN LANG, V41, P52, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(91)90110-M RANKIN JM, 1981, BRAIN LANG, V14, P292, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(81)90081-X Rapin I, 1983, NEUROPSYCHOLOGY LANG, P155 SCARBOROUGH HS, 1990, J SPEECH HEAR RES, V33, P70 SELNES OA, 1983, ANN NEUROL, V13, P558, DOI 10.1002/ana.410130515 SNOW D, IN PRESS CLIN LINGUI STARK RE, 1984, ANN DYSLEXIA, V34, P49, DOI 10.1007/BF02663613 SWISHER L, 1994, J SPEECH HEAR RES, V37, P1406 THAL DJ, 1991, BRAIN LANG, V40, P491, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(91)90145-Q VALLAR G, 1984, COGNITIVE NEUROPSYCH, V1, P121, DOI 10.1080/02643298408252018 VANHOUT A, 1986, BRAIN LANG, V29, P268, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(86)90048-9 VISCHBRINK EG, 1984, BRAIN LANG, V23, P258, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(84)90067-1 WOODS BT, 1979, ANN NEUROL, V6, P405, DOI 10.1002/ana.410060505 Woods BT, 1978, ANN NEUROL, V3, P272 Yoder D., 1988, HDB SPEECH LANGUAGE, P685 NR 56 TC 5 Z9 5 PU PSYCHOLOGY PRESS PI HOVE PA 27 CHURCH RD, HOVE BN3 2FA, EAST SUSSEX, ENGLAND SN 0268-7038 J9 APHASIOLOGY JI Aphasiology PD JUL PY 1996 VL 10 IS 5 BP 453 EP 468 DI 10.1080/02687039608248425 PG 16 WC Clinical Neurology SC Neurosciences & Neurology GA UV529 UT WOS:A1996UV52900003 ER PT J AU Parr, S AF Parr, S TI Everyday literacy in aphasia: Radical approaches to functional assessment and, therapy SO APHASIOLOGY LA English DT Article ID COMMUNICATION ASSESSMENT; ILLNESS C1 CITY UNIV LONDON,LONDON EC1V 0HB,ENGLAND. CR *BRIT APH SOC, 1993, BAS C PROGR Bryman A., 1994, ANAL QUALITATIVE DAT BURY M, 1991, SOCIOL HEALTH ILL, V13, P451, DOI 10.1111/j.1467-9566.1991.tb00522.x CHAPEY R, 1992, APHASIOLOGY, V6, P85, DOI 10.1080/02687039208248578 DAVID RM, 1990, APHASIOLOGY, V4, P103, DOI 10.1080/02687039008249058 EASTWOOD J, 1988, BRIT J DISORD COMMUN, V23, P171 Fairclough N., 1989, LANGUAGE POWER Finkelstein V., 1993, DISABLING BARRIERS E, P26 FRATTALI CM, 1992, APHASIOLOGY, V6, P63, DOI 10.1080/02687039208248577 French S, 1993, DISABLING BARRIERS E, P44 Goodglass H, 1972, ASSESSMENT APHASIA R Hevey David, 1992, CREATURES TIME FORGO HOLLAND AL, 1980, CADL COMMUNICATIVE A Kay J., 1992, PSYCHOLINGUISTIC ASS LYTLE SL, 1988, FOCUS BASICS WORLD E, V2, P1 MACKENZIE C, 1993, EUR J DISORDER COMM, V28, P43 MARSHALL G, 1989, DESIGNING QUALITATIV Oliver M., 1988, WALKING DARKNESS EXP Oliver M., 1993, DISABLING BARRIERS E, P61 PARR S, 1994, APHASIOLOGY, V8, P457, DOI 10.1080/02687039408248670 PARR S, 1995, APHASIOLOGY, V9, P223, DOI 10.1080/02687039508248197 PARR S, 1992, APHASIOLOGY, V6, P273, DOI 10.1080/02687039208248597 Parr S., 1991, J NEUROLINGUIST, V6, P213, DOI 10.1016/0911-6044(91)90008-7 PHILLIPS MJ, 1990, SOC SCI MED, V30, P849, DOI 10.1016/0277-9536(90)90212-B Sarno MT, 1969, FUNCTIONAL COMMUNICA SCAMBLER G, 1990, SOC SCI MED, V30, P1187, DOI 10.1016/0277-9536(90)90258-T SCHUELL H, 1965, DIFFERENTIAL DIAGNOS SCHUSSLER G, 1992, SOC SCI MED, V34, P427, DOI 10.1016/0277-9536(92)90303-8 SMITH L, 1986, B COLLEGE SPEECH THE, V409, P10 Stevenson O., 1993, COMMUNITY CARE EMPOW Street Brian, 1984, LITERACY THEORY PRAC World Health Organization, 1980, INT CLASS IMP DIS HA WORRALL L, 1992, APHASIOLOGY, V6, P105, DOI 10.1080/02687039208248581 NR 33 TC 18 Z9 18 PU TAYLOR & FRANCIS LTD PI LONDON PA ONE GUNDPOWDER SQUARE, LONDON, ENGLAND EC4A 3DE SN 0268-7038 J9 APHASIOLOGY JI Aphasiology PD JUL PY 1996 VL 10 IS 5 BP 469 EP 479 DI 10.1080/02687039608248426 PG 11 WC Clinical Neurology SC Neurosciences & Neurology GA UV529 UT WOS:A1996UV52900004 ER PT J AU Yiu, EML Worrall, LE AF Yiu, EML Worrall, LE TI Sentence production ability of a bilingual Cantonese/English agrammatic speaker SO APHASIOLOGY LA English DT Article ID WORD ORDER PROBLEM; GRAMMATICAL STRUCTURE; CHINESE APHASIA; SENSITIVITY; SPEECH AB The majority of studies on grammatical disruption in aphasia have focused on European languages. Theories developed from the observations made with these monolingual studies are often limited by the specific characteristic of the language under investigation. Therefore, recent aphasiology research has attempted to look at cross-language comparisons. This study reports the sentence production ability of a bilingual agrammatic subject who was fluent in Cantonese and English. Although the severity of aphasia was similar in both languages according to standardized aphasia tests, a linguistic analysis showed that the pattern of disruption was not the same. The ability to construct sentences at the clause level and the use of morphological structures were relatively more disrupted in Cantonese. These findings highlight the importance of the effect of the Cantonese syntactic characteristics on agrammatism, and support the concept of separate mental lexicons for different types of closed-class elements. C1 UNIV QUEENSLAND,DEPT SPEECH & HEARING,ST LUCIA,QLD 4072,AUSTRALIA. RP Yiu, EML (reprint author), CURTIN UNIV TECHNOL,DEPT SPEECH & HEARING SCI,PERTH,WA 6001,AUSTRALIA. RI Yiu, Edwin/A-3201-2010; Worrall, Linda/D-2579-2010 OI Worrall, Linda/0000-0002-3283-7038 CR Albert M., 1978, BILINGUAL BRAIN NEUR BADECKER W, 1985, COGNITION, V20, P97, DOI 10.1016/0010-0277(85)90049-6 BATES E, 1991, BRAIN LANG, V41, P203, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(91)90153-R BATES E, 1991, BRAIN LANG, V40, P295, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(91)90132-K Berndt R.S., 1991, ACQUIRED APHASIA, P223 BERNDT RS, 1980, APPL PSYCHOLINGUIST, V1, P225, DOI 10.1017/S0142716400000552 Bock J. K., 1987, PROGR PSYCHOL LANGUA, V3, P337 BYNG S, 1990, APHASIOLOGY, V3, P241 Carlson G., 1989, LINGUISTIC STRUCTURE, P107 Cheng L., 1987, ASSESSING ASIAN LANG CHIA YW, 1986, J NEUROLINGUISTICS, V2, P232 CHU Y, 1986, J NEUROLINGUISTICS, V2, P209, DOI 10.1016/S0911-6044(86)80014-8 COMRIE B, 1981, ASPECT Garrett M., 1982, NORMALITY PATHOLOGY, P19 GOODGLAS.H, 1967, J SPEECH HEAR RES, V10, P5 GRODZINSKY Y, 1984, COGNITION, V16, P99, DOI 10.1016/0010-0277(84)90001-5 GROSJEAN F, 1989, BRAIN LANG, V36, P3, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(89)90048-5 Halliday M. A. K., 1985, INTRO FUNCTIONAL GRA HEESCHEN C, 1988, APHASIOLOGY, V2, P299, DOI 10.1080/02687038808248928 HOWARD D, 1985, CURRENT PERSPECTIVES, P1 KEARNS KP, 1990, APHASIA RELATED NEUR, P1 Kertesz A., 1982, W APHASIA BATTERY Killingley Siew-Yue, 1982, SHORT GLOSSARY CANTO Kwok H., 1984, SENTENCE PARTICLES C Kwok Helen, 1971, LINGUISTIC STUDY CAN LESSER R, 1984, PROGR APHASIOLOGY, P193 Li C. N., 1981, MANDARIN CHINESE FUN LINEBARGER MC, 1983, COGNITION, V13, P361, DOI 10.1016/0010-0277(83)90015-X Luke KK, 1990, UTTERANCE PARTICLES MCCAWLEY JD, 1992, J CHINESE LINGUIST, V20, P211 Menn L, 1990, AGRAMMATIC APHASIA C, P3 Menn L., 1985, AGRAMMATISM, P1 MICELI G, 1989, BRAIN LANG, V36, P447, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(89)90079-5 NAESER MA, 1980, NEUROPSYCHOLOGIA, V18, P389, DOI 10.1016/0028-3932(80)90143-8 Packard J., 1990, AGRAMMATIC APHASIA C, P1191 Paradis M., 1988, J NEUROLINGUIST, V3, P127, DOI 10.1016/0911-6044(88)90012-7 Paradis M., 1987, ASSESSMENT BILINGUAL PARISI D, 1987, COGNITIVE NEUROPSYCH, P201 ROBERTS JA, 1989, CLIN APHASIOLOGY, V18, P479 SAFFRAN EM, 1989, BRAIN LANG, V37, P440, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(89)90030-8 SAFFRAN EM, 1980, BRAIN LANG, V10, P263, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(80)90056-5 Sasanuma S., 1989, J NEUROLINGUIST, V4, P233, DOI 10.1016/0911-6044(89)90015-8 SCHWARTZ MF, 1980, BRAIN LANG, V10, P249, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(80)90055-3 SHADDEN BB, 1991, CLIN APHASIOLOGY, V20, P327 Tsao Feng-fu, 1990, SENTENCE CLAUSE STRU TZENG OJL, 1991, BRAIN LANG, V41, P184, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(91)90152-Q YAU SC, 1965, THESIS U HONG KONG H YIU EML, 1993, J NEUROLINGUISTICS, V7, P1 ZINGESER LB, 1990, BRAIN LANG, V39, P14, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(90)90002-X ZURIF E, 1983, COGNITION, V15, P207, DOI 10.1016/0010-0277(83)90041-0 NR 50 TC 8 Z9 8 PU TAYLOR & FRANCIS LTD PI LONDON PA ONE GUNDPOWDER SQUARE, LONDON, ENGLAND EC4A 3DE SN 0268-7038 J9 APHASIOLOGY JI Aphasiology PD JUL PY 1996 VL 10 IS 5 BP 505 EP 522 DI 10.1080/02687039608248433 PG 18 WC Clinical Neurology SC Neurosciences & Neurology GA UV529 UT WOS:A1996UV52900011 ER PT J AU Shelton, JR Weinrich, M McCall, D Cox, DM AF Shelton, JR Weinrich, M McCall, D Cox, DM TI Differentiating globally aphasic patients: Data from in-depth language assessments and production training using C-VIC SO APHASIOLOGY LA English DT Article AB It is commonly assumed that globally aphasic patients retain little or no propositional language abilities. Data are presented from six patients classified as globally aphasic who participated in a computer-based language production training program (C-VIC). Utilization of the C-VIC training program allowed for assessment of language skills, such as sentence production, that previously have been difficult to measure in globally aphasic patients. The results from language assessments and training data indicate some residual language skills in these patients, both in language comprehension and production. Implications as to the usefulness of augmentative communication systems for globally aphasic patients are discussed. C1 UNIV MARYLAND,SCH MED,DEPT NEUROL & REHABIL,BALTIMORE,MD 21201. CR Berndt R.S., 1991, ACQUIRED APHASIA, P223 Boller F, 1972, Cortex, V8, P382 CARAMAZZA A, 1986, BRAIN COGNITION, V5, P41, DOI 10.1016/0278-2626(86)90061-8 DENES G, 1993, AC APH TUCS AZ EDELMAN G, 1987, APHASIOLOGY, V1, P75, DOI 10.1080/02687038708248813 EDELMAN GM, 1984, ADV NEUROLOGY, V42 Francis WN, 1982, FREQUENCY ANAL ENGLI GOODENOUGHTRELA.C, 1994, ASSISTIVE TECHNOLOGY Goodglass H, 1983, ASSESSMENT APHASIA R, V2nd GREEN E, 1974, Cortex, V10, P133 HELMESTABROOKS N, 1989, BOSTON ASSESSMENT SE HUX K, 1994, LANGUAGE INTERVENTIO, P338 Jones E V, 1984, Adv Neurol, V42, P159 Kertesz A., 1982, W APHASIA BATTERY MARK VW, 1992, APHASIOLOGY, V6, P121, DOI 10.1080/02687039208248584 Marshall R. C., 1987, APHASIOLOGY, V1, P59, DOI 10.1080/02687038708248812 Marshall R. C., 1987, APHASIOLOGY, V1, P91, DOI 10.1080/02687038708248816 MITCHUM CC, 1995, IN PRESS COGNITIVE N Nicholas Marjorie, 1994, Seminars in Speech and Language, V15, P37, DOI 10.1055/s-2008-1064132 PARSONS CL, 1987, APHASIOLOGY, V1, P81, DOI 10.1080/02687038708248814 Porch B. E., 1981, PORCH INDEX COMMUNIC, V2 RAVEN JC, 1976, RAVENS COLORED PROGR SAMPLES JM, 1980, J COMMUN DISORD, V13, P49, DOI 10.1016/0021-9924(80)90021-0 SARNO MT, 1981, BRAIN LANG, V13, P1, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(81)90124-3 SNODGRASS JG, 1980, J EXP PSYCHOL-HUM L, V6, P174, DOI 10.1037/0278-7393.6.2.174 STEELE RD, 1989, NEUROPSYCHOLOGIA, V27, P409, DOI 10.1016/0028-3932(89)90048-1 STEELE RD, 1986, REH SOC N AM C P WEINRICH M, 1995, IN PRESS APHASIOLOGY WEINRICH M, 1993, BRAIN LANG, V45, P21, DOI 10.1006/brln.1993.1031 WEINRICH M, 1991, J NEUROLINGUISTICS, V6, P159, DOI 10.1016/0911-6044(91)90005-4 WEINRICH M, 1995, IN PRESS BRAIN LANGA WEINRICH M, 1989, BRAIN LANG, V36, P391, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(89)90075-8 WEINRICH M, 1989, AC APH ANN M BALT MD Wertz R. T., 1987, APHASIOLOGY, V1, P87, DOI 10.1080/02687038708248815 NR 34 TC 16 Z9 16 PU TAYLOR & FRANCIS LTD PI LONDON PA ONE GUNDPOWDER SQUARE, LONDON, ENGLAND EC4A 3DE SN 0268-7038 J9 APHASIOLOGY JI Aphasiology PD MAY-JUN PY 1996 VL 10 IS 4 BP 319 EP 342 DI 10.1080/02687039608248415 PG 24 WC Clinical Neurology SC Neurosciences & Neurology GA UN943 UT WOS:A1996UN94300001 ER PT J AU Perkins, JM Baran, JA Gandour, J AF Perkins, JM Baran, JA Gandour, J TI Hemispheric specialization in processing intonation contours SO APHASIOLOGY LA English DT Article ID PERCEPTION; PROSODY; LATERALIZATION; COMPREHENSION; SPEECH AB Hemispheric specialization in processing linguistic and non-linguistic intonation contours during sentence processing was examined in four experiments using subjects with unilateral left (LHD) or right hemisphere damage (RHD). When subjects were asked to identify intonation contours as questions or statements in semantically neutral sentences, the LHD group demonstrated a significantly poorer performance than the control group. No significant differences were found between the RHD and control groups. When subjects were asked to identify syntactically ambiguous sentences through the perception of intonation cues located at syntactic boundaries the same pattern of results emerged. In discriminating between the aforementioned segmentally identical sentences, no significant differences were found between groups. However, when the segmental information was degraded and subjects were asked to discriminate between isolated prosodic structures, the RHD group demonstrated a significantly poorer performance than the control group. No significant differences were found between LHD and control groups. This inverse pattern of results suggests a left hemisphere dominance in processing intonation contours that have a linguistic function. When the linguistic significance was reduced, the right hemisphere was dominant. Results are discussed in relation to predictions made by two different hypotheses regarding hemispheric specialization in processing prosody. C1 UNIV MASSACHUSETTS,DEPT COMMUN DISORDERS,AMHERST,MA 01003. PURDUE UNIV,DEPT AUDIOL & SPEECH SCI,W LAFAYETTE,IN 47907. RP Perkins, JM (reprint author), DARTMOUTH HITCHCOCK MED CTR,DEPT REHABIL MED,SPEECH PATHOL SECT,1 MED CTR DR,LEBANON,NH 03756, USA. CR BAUM SR, 1982, BRAIN LANG, V17, P261, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(82)90020-7 BEHRENS SJ, 1985, BRAIN LANG, V26, P332, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(85)90047-1 BEVER TG, 1975, ANN NY ACAD SCI, V263, P251, DOI 10.1111/j.1749-6632.1975.tb41589.x Burns MS, 1985, RIC EVALUATION COMMU Carroll J. B., 1971, AM HERITAGE WORD FRE CASSIDY KW, 1991, J MEM LANG, V30, P348, DOI 10.1016/0749-596X(91)90041-H CLARK R, 1972, THESIS G WILLIAMS U BLUMSTEIN S, 1974, Cortex, V10, P146 COOPER WE, 1977, J ACOUST SOC AM, V62, P683, DOI 10.1121/1.381556 Crystal D., 1969, PROSODIC SYSTEMS INT CUTLER A, 1989, LEXICAL REPRESENTATI, P342 CUTLER A, 1986, LANG SPEECH, V29, P201 EMMOREY KD, 1987, BRAIN LANG, V30, P305, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(87)90105-2 GRANT SR, 1984, THESIS U MARYLAND HEILMAN KM, 1984, NEUROLOGY, V34, P917 SPARKS R, 1974, Cortex, V10, P303 Kertesz A., 1982, W APHASIA BATTERY Klatt D.H., 1975, J PHONETICS, V3, P129 LEHISTE I, 1976, J ACOUST SOC AM, V60, P1199, DOI 10.1121/1.381180 Lehiste Ilse, 1973, GLOSSA, V7, P107 Ley R G, 1982, Brain Cogn, V1, P3, DOI 10.1016/0278-2626(82)90002-1 MOSCICKI EK, 1985, EAR HEARING, V6, P184, DOI 10.1097/00003446-198507000-00003 SCOTT DR, 1982, J ACOUST SOC AM, V71, P996, DOI 10.1121/1.387581 SHIPLEYBROWN F, 1988, BRAIN LANG, V33, P16, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(88)90051-X SLOWIACZEK ML, 1981, THESIS U MASSACHUSET STREETER LA, 1978, J ACOUST SOC AM, V64, P1582, DOI 10.1121/1.382142 TOMPKINS CA, 1985, BRAIN LANG, V24, P185, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(85)90130-0 Van Lancker D., 1987, PROGR PSYCHOL LANGUA, V3, P49 Weniger D, 1984, Adv Neurol, V42, P41 ZURIF EB, 1972, PERCEPT PSYCHOPHYS, V11, P329, DOI 10.3758/BF03206262 ZURIF EB, 1974, BRAIN LANG, V1, P391, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(74)90016-9 ZURIF EB, 1970, NEUROPSYCHOLOGIA, V8, P239, DOI 10.1016/0028-3932(70)90011-4 NR 32 TC 42 Z9 42 PU TAYLOR & FRANCIS LTD PI LONDON PA ONE GUNDPOWDER SQUARE, LONDON, ENGLAND EC4A 3DE SN 0268-7038 J9 APHASIOLOGY JI Aphasiology PD MAY-JUN PY 1996 VL 10 IS 4 BP 343 EP 362 DI 10.1080/02687039608248416 PG 20 WC Clinical Neurology SC Neurosciences & Neurology GA UN943 UT WOS:A1996UN94300002 ER PT J AU Bastiaanse, R Bosje, M Franssen, M AF Bastiaanse, R Bosje, M Franssen, M TI Deficit-oriented treatment of word-finding problems: Another replication SO APHASIOLOGY LA English DT Article ID SENTENCE PROCESSING DEFICITS; APHASIA; THERAPY AB Word-finding problems may have different underlying causes. The patient in the present study suffers from diminished access to the phonological word-forms, whereas access to the graphemic word-forms is relatively spared. Apart from this, she cannot convert graphemes into phonemes, resulting in a complete inability to read non-words. A similar symptom complex has been described and successfully treated by Bachy-Langedock and De Partz (1983) and Nickels (1992). We replicated their therapy methods and evaluated the effects. Improvement was found in treatment-related, but not in unrelated tests. This improvement generalized to spontaneous speech. However, not all stages of treatment were successful: after therapy the patient was still unable to read non-words. It will be argued that treatment aiming at compensation of disturbed language functions was effective, whereas treatment aiming at restoration was not. C1 UNIV GRONINGEN,CTR BEHAV & COGNIT NEUROSCI,GRONINGEN,NETHERLANDS. REHABIL CTR BEATRIXOORD,HAREN,NETHERLANDS. CR Bachy-Langedock N, 1989, COGNITIVE APPROACHES, P211 Bastiaanse R., 1995, PALPA NEDERLANDSE VE BASTIAANSE R, 1993, EUR J DISORDER COMM, V28, P415 BLOMERT L, 1994, APHASIOLOGY, V8, P381, DOI 10.1080/02687039408248666 BYNG S, 1988, COGNITIVE NEUROPSYCH, V5, P629, DOI 10.1080/02643298808253277 BYNG S, 1989, APHASIOLOGY, V3, P241, DOI 10.1080/02687038908248993 CARAMAZZA A, 1993, NEUROPSYCHOL REHABIL, V3, P217, DOI 10.1080/09602019308401437 Coltheart M., 1985, ATTENTION PERFORM, VXI, P3 COOK K, 1991, S THERAPEUTIC APPROA, P1 DEELMAN BG, 1981, SAN TEST EEN AFASIET DEPARTZ MP, 1986, COGNITIVE NEUROPSYCH, V3, P149, DOI 10.1080/02643298608252674 GOODLGASS H, 1972, ASSESSMENT APHASIA R HILLIS AE, 1993, APHASIOLOGY, V7, P5, DOI 10.1080/02687039308249497 Howard D., 1992, PYRAMIDS PALMTREES T JONES EV, 1986, BRIT J DISORD COMMUN, V21, P63 JONKERS R, 1993, WERKWOORDGEBRUIK SPO Kay J., 1992, PSYCHOLINGUISTIC ASS NICKELS L, 1991, BRIT J DISORD COMMUN, V26, P175 NICKELS L, 1992, COGNITIVE NEUROPSYCH, V9, P155, DOI 10.1080/02643299208252057 RAYMER AM, 1993, APHASIOLOGY, V7, P27, DOI 10.1080/02687039308249498 ROTHI LJG, 1992, APHASIA TREATMENT CU, V2, P91 SAFFRAN EM, 1989, BRAIN LANG, V37, P440, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(89)90030-8 SPRINGER L, 1993, APHASIOLOGY, V7, P251, DOI 10.1080/02687039308249509 VERMEULEN J, 1989, BRAIN LANG, V36, P252, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(89)90064-3 VERMEULEN J, 1984, STOORNISSEN SPONTANE NR 25 TC 18 Z9 18 PU TAYLOR & FRANCIS LTD PI LONDON PA ONE GUNDPOWDER SQUARE, LONDON, ENGLAND EC4A 3DE SN 0268-7038 J9 APHASIOLOGY JI Aphasiology PD MAY-JUN PY 1996 VL 10 IS 4 BP 363 EP 383 DI 10.1080/02687039608248417 PG 21 WC Clinical Neurology SC Neurosciences & Neurology GA UN943 UT WOS:A1996UN94300003 ER PT J AU Denes, G Perazzolo, C Piani, A Piccione, F AF Denes, G Perazzolo, C Piani, A Piccione, F TI Intensive versus regular speech therapy in global aphasia: A controlled study SO APHASIOLOGY LA English DT Article ID CT SCAN; STROKE; RECOVERY; EVOLUTION AB A controlled study of the comparative efficacy of intensive (daily) versus regular (three treatments weekly) speech therapy treatment in a group of global aphasics of vascular origin is reported. Application of psychometric single-case analysis showed that the number of patients reaching a significant improvement in all language modalities was greater in the intensive therapy group. C1 OSPED S CAMILLO,DEPT NEUROREHABIL,VENICE,ITALY. RP Denes, G (reprint author), UNIV PADUA,DEPT NEUROL,VIA GIUSTINIANI 5,I-35128 PADUA,ITALY. CR BASSO A, 1979, ARCH NEUROL-CHICAGO, V36, P190 BASSO A, 1994, APHASIA TREATMENT WO, P1 BASSO A, 1982, BEHAV BRAIN RES, V6, P115, DOI 10.1016/0166-4328(82)90009-2 BASSO A, 1992, APHASIOLOGY, V6, P337, DOI 10.1080/02687039208248605 De Bleser R, 1986, ARCH PSICOLOGIA NEUR, V47, P209 DERENZI E, 1991, BRAIN, V114, P1719 FERRO JM, 1992, APHASIOLOGY, V6, P415, DOI 10.1080/02687039208248612 Habbema JD, 1974, COMPSTAT 1974, P101 Huber H. P., 1973, PSYCHOMETRISCHE EINZ Huber W., 1984, PROGR APHASIOLOGY, P291 KERTESZ A, 1977, BRAIN, V111, P1 LINCOLN NB, 1984, LANCET, V1, P1197 Luzzatti C., 1991, AACHENER APHASIE TES MAZZONI M, 1992, APHASIOLOGY, V6, P387, DOI 10.1080/02687039208248609 PASHEK GV, 1988, CORTEX, V24, P411 PIENIADZ JM, 1983, CORTEX, V19, P371 POECK K, 1989, J SPEECH HEAR DISORD, V54, P471 PRICE C, 1993, J CEREBRAL BLOOD FLO, V13, P520 Riddoch M.J., 1994, COGNITIVE NEUROPSYCH ROBEY RR, 1994, BRAIN LANG, V47, P582, DOI 10.1006/brln.1994.1060 SARNO MT, 1981, BRAIN LANG, V13, P1, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(81)90124-3 WILLMES K, 1985, J CLIN EXP NEUROPSYC, V7, P331, DOI 10.1080/01688638508401268 NR 22 TC 29 Z9 29 PU TAYLOR & FRANCIS LTD PI LONDON PA ONE GUNDPOWDER SQUARE, LONDON, ENGLAND EC4A 3DE SN 0268-7038 J9 APHASIOLOGY JI Aphasiology PD MAY-JUN PY 1996 VL 10 IS 4 BP 385 EP 394 DI 10.1080/02687039608248418 PG 10 WC Clinical Neurology SC Neurosciences & Neurology GA UN943 UT WOS:A1996UN94300004 ER PT J AU Giles, E Patterson, K Hodges, JR AF Giles, E Patterson, K Hodges, JR TI Performance on the Boston Cookie Theft picture description task in patients with early dementia of the Alzheimer's type: Missing information SO APHASIOLOGY LA English DT Article ID SEMANTIC MEMORY; DISEASE; APHASIA; COMMUNICATION; DISCOURSE; LANGUAGE; ABILITIES; KNOWLEDGE AB We report on the spoken language of 48 patients with dementia of the Alzheimer's type (DAT) who were divided into three approximately equal subgroups on the basis of the Mini-Mental State Examination (minimal 24-23, mild 17-23, and moderate 3-16) and 18 marched controls. The Cookie Theft picture description task from the Boston Diagnostic Aphasia Examination was chosen because it is considered an ecologically valid approximation to spontaneous discourse. All subjects were also assessed on a battery of semantic memory and non-verbal tests. Our analysis of the discourse sample focused on quantity versus information content over time, and included measures of the total number of syllables produced, the total number of information units produced, and the total time taken to describe the picture. We found that the total number of information-carrying units was the most salient variable which differentiated controls from even the minimal DAT subgroup. Moreover, information content correlated significantly with measures of lexico-semantic processing, but not with performance on nonlinguistically based tests. C1 UNIV CAMBRIDGE,ADDENBROOKES HOSP,NEUROL UNIT,CAMBRIDGE CB2 2QQ,ENGLAND. MRC,APPL PSYCHOL UNIT,CAMBRIDGE,ENGLAND. CR BAYLES KA, 1982, BRAIN LANG, V16, P265, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(82)90086-4 BAYLES KA, 1989, J SPEECH HEAR DISORD, V54, P74 BAYLES KA, 1992, BRAIN LANG, V42, P454, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(92)90079-T BENTON AL, 1978, ARCH NEUROL-CHICAGO, V35, P364 BERG L, 1988, PSYCHOPHARMACOL BULL, V24, P637 BLOMERT L, 1994, ASSESSMENT RECOVERY, P9 BRAAK H, 1991, ACTA NEUROPATHOL, V82, P239 CERELLA J, 1985, PSYCHOL BULL, V98, P67, DOI 10.1037//0033-2909.98.1.67 CHENERY HJ, 1994, APHASIOLOGY, V8, P159, DOI 10.1080/02687039408248648 CHERTKOW H, 1990, BRAIN, V113, P397, DOI 10.1093/brain/113.2.397 CROCKFORD C, 1991, THESIS U NEWCASTLE U FOLSTEIN MF, 1975, J PSYCHIAT RES, V12, P189, DOI 10.1016/0022-3956(75)90026-6 Goodglass H, 1983, ASSESSMENT APHASIA R, V2nd GREEN G, 1984, BRIT J DISORD COMMUN, V19, P35 Hamilton Heidi, 1994, CONVERSATIONS ALZHEI HART S, 1988, PSYCHOL MED, V18, P99 HIER DB, 1985, BRAIN LANG, V25, P117, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(85)90124-5 HIRSH KW, 1994, COGNITIVE NEUROPSYCH, V11, P435, DOI 10.1080/02643299408251981 HODGES JR, 1992, NEUROPSYCHOLOGIA, V30, P301, DOI 10.1016/0028-3932(92)90104-T HODGES JR, 1995, IN PRESS NEUROPSYCHO HODGES JR, 1991, BRAIN, V114, P1547, DOI 10.1093/brain/114.4.1547 HODGES JR, 1992, BRAIN, V115, P1783, DOI 10.1093/brain/115.6.1783 HUMPHREYS GW, 1984, Q J EXPT PSYCHOL, V36, P384 Kraemer HC, 1982, ENCY STAT SCI, P352 LOMAS J, 1989, J SPEECH HEAR DISORD, V54, P113 MARTIN A, 1983, BRAIN LANG, V19, P124, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(83)90059-7 MAXIM J, 1991, CAN ELICITED LANGUAG MCKHANN G, 1984, NEUROLOGY, V34, P939 MCNAMARA P, 1992, BRAIN LANG, V42, P38, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(92)90055-J NEBES RD, 1989, PSYCHOL BULL, V106, P377, DOI 10.1037//0033-2909.106.3.377 Osiejuk E., 1989, POLISH PSYCHOL B, V20, P139 Patterson K., 1994, NEUROPSYCHOLOGY, V8, P395, DOI 10.1037//0894-4105.8.3.395 RIPICH DN, 1988, J SPEECH HEAR DISORD, V53, P8 SAFFRAN EM, 1989, BRAIN LANG, V37, P440, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(89)90030-8 SEARLE JR, 1969, ESSAY PHILOS LANGUAG SMITH SR, 1989, BRAIN LANG, V36, P533, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(89)90084-9 SNODGRASS JG, 1980, J EXP PSYCHOL-HUM L, V6, P174, DOI 10.1037/0278-7393.6.2.174 SWINDELL CS, 1986, THESIS U PITTSBURGH TOMOEDA CK, 1993, ALZ DIS ASSOC DIS, V4, P223 Ulatowska Hanna K., 1988, NEUROPSYCHOLOGICAL S, P108 Ulatowska Hanna K., 1991, DEMENTIA COMMUNICATI, P115 ULATOWSKA HK, 1992, APHASIOLOGY, V6, P325, DOI 10.1080/02687039208248602 ULATOWSKA HK, 1983, BRAIN LANG, V19, P317, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(83)90074-3 Wirz SL, 1990, REVISED EDINBURGH FU NR 44 TC 28 Z9 30 PU TAYLOR & FRANCIS LTD PI LONDON PA ONE GUNDPOWDER SQUARE, LONDON, ENGLAND EC4A 3DE SN 0268-7038 J9 APHASIOLOGY JI Aphasiology PD MAY-JUN PY 1996 VL 10 IS 4 BP 395 EP 408 DI 10.1080/02687039608248419 PG 14 WC Clinical Neurology SC Neurosciences & Neurology GA UN943 UT WOS:A1996UN94300005 ER PT J AU Ackerman, H Hertrich, I Ziegler, W Bitzer, M Bien, S AF Ackerman, H Hertrich, I Ziegler, W Bitzer, M Bien, S TI Acquired dysfluencies following infarction of the left mesiofrontal cortex SO APHASIOLOGY LA English DT Article ID SUPPLEMENTARY MOTOR AREA; RIGHT-HEMISPHERE LESION; BRAIN-LESIONS; SPEECH; LANGUAGE; APHASIA; DISEASE; BEHAVIOR; DAMAGE AB The present study describes the acquired dysfluencies observed in a patient with transcortical motor aphasia (TCMA) following ischaemic infarction of the mesiofrontal cortex due to occlusion of the anterior cerebral artery. Prolongation of labial plosives and labiodental fricatives as well as hesitations concomitant with a few repetitions of syllables and sounds, respectively, were noted. The dorsolateral aspects of the frontal lobe of the dominant hemisphere have been considered the relevant site of lesion in instances of acquired stuttering concomitant with TCMA. The present case demonstrates that dysfluencies may be present with mesiofrontal lesions as well. The patient's stuttering was confined to production of complex sentences. Since transcortical motor aphasia is characterized by paucity of speech, consisting mostly in one- to two-word utterances, the dysfluencies of patients with this kind of disorder often might be masked. The observed stuttering-like behaviour differed in two respects from other reports on this disorder: the dysfluencies, first, were restricted to word-initial sounds and, secondly, did not occur during repetition tasks and reading aloud. Thus, acquired stuttering due to mesiofrontal lesions might represent a specific constellation of dysfluencies. C1 UNIV TUBINGEN, DEPT NEURORADIOL, D-72076 TUBINGEN, GERMANY. RP Ackerman, H (reprint author), UNIV TUBINGEN, KLINIKUM SCHARRENBERG, DEPT NEUROL, HOPPE SEYLER STR 3, D-72076 TUBINGEN, GERMANY. CR ALAJOUANINE T., 1959, REV NEUROL [PARIS], V101, P685 ALEXANDER MP, 1989, BRAIN LANG, V37, P656, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(89)90118-1 ANDY OJ, 1991, J SPEECH HEAR RES, V34, P796 ARDILA A, 1986, BRAIN LANG, V27, P239, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(86)90018-0 AREND R, 1962, FOLIA PHONIATR, V14, P55 BOTEZ M I, 1971, International Journal of Neurology, V8, P300 CAPLAN LR, 1978, ARCH NEUROL-CHICAGO, V35, P252 CIPOLOTTI L, 1988, EUR NEUROL, V28, P321, DOI 10.1159/000116294 ESPIR MLE, 1970, BASIC NEUROLOGY SPEE FARMER A, 1975, Cortex, V11, P391 FLEET WS, 1985, NEUROLOGY, V35, P1343 FREEDMAN M, 1984, NEUROLOGY, V34, P409 HELM NA, 1978, NEUROLOGY, V28, P1159 HELMESTABROOKS N, 1986, NEUROLOGY, V36, P1109 HERTRICH I, 1993, APHASIOLOGY, V7, P395, DOI 10.1080/02687039308249518 HORNER J, 1983, BRAIN LANG, V18, P71, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(83)90007-X Huber W., 1983, AACHENER APHASIE TES JONAS S, 1981, J COMMUN DISORD, V14, P349, DOI 10.1016/0021-9924(81)90019-8 JURGENS U, 1984, BRAIN RES, V300, P63, DOI 10.1016/0006-8993(84)91341-6 KOLLER WC, 1983, ARCH NEUROL-CHICAGO, V40, P175 LEBRUN Y, 1983, J FLUENCY DISORD, V8, P161, DOI 10.1016/0094-730X(83)90029-3 LEBRUN Y, 1985, J FLUENCY DISORD, V10, P137, DOI 10.1016/0094-730X(85)90021-X LEBRUN Y, 1986, BRAIN LANG, V27, P247, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(86)90019-2 LEBRUN Y, 1987, FOLIA PHONIATR, V39, P1 LUDLOW CL, 1987, ANN NEUROL, V22, P60, DOI 10.1002/ana.410220114 Luria AR, 1970, TRAUMATIC APHASIA MACHETANZ J, 1988, NERVENARZT, V59, P559 MASDEU JC, 1978, NEUROLOGY, V28, P1220 Orton ST, 1927, ARCH NEURO PSYCHIATR, V18, P671 PENFIELD W, 1951, AMA ARCH NEUROL PSY, V66, P289 QUINN PT, 1977, J NEUROL NEUROSUR PS, V40, P699, DOI 10.1136/jnnp.40.7.699 ROSENBEK J, 1978, BRAIN LANG, V6, P82, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(78)90046-9 ROSENFIELD DB, 1991, INT CONGR SER, V950, P277 ROSENFIE.DB, 1972, NEW ENGL J MED, V287, P991 ROSS ED, 1980, NEUROLOGY, V30, P144 SOROKER N, 1990, EUR NEUROL, V30, P268, DOI 10.1159/000117376 TRAVIS LE, 1978, J SPEECH HEAR DISORD, V43, P278 Travis L. E., 1931, SPEECH PATHOLOGY WALLESCH CW, 1990, APHASIOLOGY, V4, P133, DOI 10.1080/02687039008249066 WEBSTER WG, 1990, J MOTOR BEHAV, V22, P553 WISE R, 1991, BRAIN, V114, P1803, DOI 10.1093/brain/114.4.1803 NR 41 TC 21 Z9 21 PU PSYCHOLOGY PRESS PI HOVE PA 27 CHURCH RD, HOVE BN3 2FA, EAST SUSSEX, ENGLAND SN 0268-7038 J9 APHASIOLOGY JI Aphasiology PD MAY-JUN PY 1996 VL 10 IS 4 BP 409 EP 417 DI 10.1080/02687039608248420 PG 9 WC Clinical Neurology SC Neurosciences & Neurology GA UN943 UT WOS:A1996UN94300006 ER PT J AU Cannito, MP Hough, M Vogel, D Pierce, RS AF Cannito, MP Hough, M Vogel, D Pierce, RS TI Contextual influences on auditory comprehension of reversible passive sentences in aphasia SO APHASIOLOGY LA English DT Article ID SHORT-TERM-MEMORY; RECOVERY AB Stimuli reported by Hough et al. (1989) were employed to assess aphasic subjects' auditory comprehension of reversible passive sentences presented in isolation, and at the ends of narrative paragraphs that either strongly predicted or did not predict the specific subject-object relationships portrayed in the target sentences. Verbal stimuli were presented under two pictorial conditions, wherein pictured response choices were exposed either before or after presentation of the auditory stimuli. Results indicated no significant effect of pictorial condition; however, a significant advantage was observed for sentences following predictive paragraphs. Absence of a facilitative effect for non-predictive paragraphs disagreed with previous findings of Hough et al. (1989). Retrospective analysis of the combined data from the present and previous studies demonstrated that contextual facilitation for both types of paragraphs increased as a positive function of stage of recovery from aphasia. Subjects in the early stage of recovery (< 1 month) demonstrated no advantage for predictive or non-predictive narratives; subjects in the intermediate stage of recovery (1-6 months) demonstrated an advantage only for predictive narratives; and chronically aphasic subjects (> 6 months) exhibited facilitative effects of both predictive and non-predictive narrative contexts. Findings are interpreted in light of semantic memory and resource allocation theories. C1 E CAROLINA UNIV,GREENVILLE,NC. VET ADM MED CTR,RENO,NV. KENT STATE UNIV,KENT,OH 44242. RP Cannito, MP (reprint author), MEMPHIS UNIV,SCH AUDIOL & SPEECH LANGUAGE PATHOL,807 JEFFERSON AVE,MEMPHIS,TN 38105, USA. CR BOYLE M, 1986, CLIN APHASIOLOGY, V16, P38 BRANSFOR.JD, 1972, J VERB LEARN VERB BE, V11, P717, DOI 10.1016/S0022-5371(72)80006-9 BROOKSHIRE RH, 1987, TOP LANG DISORD, V8, P11 CANNITO MP, 1991, CLIN APHASIOLOGY, V20, P111 CANNITO MP, 1989, CLIN APHASIOLOGY, V18, P433 CANNITO MP, 1986, BRAIN LANG, V27, P38, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(86)90003-9 CAPLAN D, 1990, BRAIN LANG, V39, P206, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(90)90012-6 Caplan D., 1992, LANGUAGE STRUCTURE P Caplan D., 1990, NEUROPSYCHOLOGICAL I, P337, DOI 10.1017/CBO9780511665547.019 CAPLAN D, 1988, APHASIOLOGY, V2, P255, DOI 10.1080/02687038808248920 CARAMAZZA A, 1991, BRAIN LANG, V41, P402, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(91)90164-V Clark H. H., 1977, DISCOURSE PRODUCTION, P1 Clark H. H., 1981, ATTENTION PERFORM, V9, P313 FRIEDERICI AD, 1992, BRAIN LANG, V42, P1, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(92)90053-H GERMANI MJ, 1992, BRAIN LANG, V42, P308, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(92)90103-L Goodglass H, 1983, ASSESSMENT APHASIA R, V2nd HINOJOSALANNING M, 1991, THESIS U TEXAS AUSTI HOUGH MS, 1993, NARRATIVE DISCOURSE IN NEUROLOGICALLY IMPAIRED AND NORMAL AGING ADULTS, P213 HOUGH MS, 1989, BRAIN LANG, V36, P325, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(89)90069-2 Huber W., 1990, DISCOURSE ABILITY BR, P154 KERTESZ A, 1977, BRAIN, V100, P1, DOI 10.1093/brain/100.1.1 LINEBARGER M C, 1990, P55 MARSLENWILSON W, 1980, COGNITION, V8, P1, DOI 10.1016/0010-0277(80)90015-3 MCCARTHY RA, 1987, BRAIN, V110, P1545, DOI 10.1093/brain/110.6.1545 McDaniel M., 1992, MEM COGNITION, V20, P472 NICHOLAS L, 1983, CLIN APH C P MINN, P166 PEACH RK, 1988, BRAIN LANG, V35, P119, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(88)90104-6 PIERCE RS, 1988, THEOR LINGUIST, P1 PIERCE RS, 1991, APHASIOLOGY, V5, P1 PIERCE RS, 1985, J COMMUN DISORD, V18, P203, DOI 10.1016/0021-9924(85)90021-8 PIERCE RS, 1985, J SPEECH HEAR RES, V28, P250 Rosenbek J.C., 1989, APHASIA CLIN APPROAC SAFFRAN EM, 1988, APHASIOLOGY, V2, P389, DOI 10.1080/02687038808248943 SALASOO A, 1985, J MEM LANG, V24, P210, DOI 10.1016/0749-596X(85)90025-7 SARNO MT, 1981, BRAIN LANG, V13, P1, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(81)90124-3 SCHWARTZ MF, 1985, AGRAMMATISM, P83 TIBERGHIEN G, 1988, MEMORY CONTEXT CONTE, P139 WATERS G, 1991, COGNITIVE NEUROPSYCH, V8, P81, DOI 10.1080/02643299108253368 NR 38 TC 2 Z9 2 PU TAYLOR & FRANCIS LTD PI LONDON PA ONE GUNDPOWDER SQUARE, LONDON, ENGLAND EC4A 3DE SN 0268-7038 J9 APHASIOLOGY JI Aphasiology PD APR PY 1996 VL 10 IS 3 BP 235 EP 251 DI 10.1080/02687039608248410 PG 17 WC Clinical Neurology SC Neurosciences & Neurology GA UF485 UT WOS:A1996UF48500002 ER PT J AU Avent, JR Wertz, RT AF Avent, JR Wertz, RT TI Influence of type of aphasia and type of treatment on aphasic patients' pragmatic performance SO APHASIOLOGY LA English DT Article ID FUNCTIONAL COMMUNICATION; LANGUAGE TREATMENT; THERAPY; SPEECH; RECOVERY; ADULTS AB We investigated change in aphasic patients' pragmatic abilities in conversation between 4 and 48 weeks post-onset. Ten patients were fluent, and 10 were non-fluent. All patients received 6-8 h of treatment each week for 44 weeks. However, 10 patients received group treatment with no direct manipulation of language impairment, and 10 patients received individual, stimulus-response treatment for language deficits. Mean conversational pragmatic ability for the 20 patients was 85% appropriate at 4 weeks post-onset. Mean performance after 44 weeks of treatment was 92% appropriate. There were no significant differences in pragmatic abilities between fluent and non-fluent patients, and overall improvement in pragmatic abilities was not influenced by the type of treatment, group or individual. However, group-treated patients showed significant change in pragmatic abilities during the first 11 weeks of treatment, whereas individually treated patients did not. C1 VANDERBILT UNIV,SCH MED,NASHVILLE,TN 37212. RP Avent, JR (reprint author), CALIF STATE UNIV HAYWARD,DEPT COMMUN SCI & DISORDERS,HAYWARD,CA 94542, USA. CR ATEN JL, 1982, J SPEECH HEAR DISORD, V47, P93 AVENT JR, IN PRESS APHASIOLOGY BINDER G, 1984, THESIS U CALIFORNIA BIOMERT L, 1990, APHASIOLOGY, V4, P307 Brinton B., 1989, CONVERSATIONAL MANAG Chapman S B, 1992, Clin Commun Disord, V2, P64 DAVID R, 1982, J NEUROL NEUROSUR PS, V45, P957, DOI 10.1136/jnnp.45.11.957 DERENZI E, 1962, BRAIN, V85, P665, DOI 10.1093/brain/85.4.665 GALLAGHER TM, 1991, PRAGMATICS LANGUAGE Goldblum G M, 1985, S Afr J Commun Disord, V32, P11 GREEN G, 1984, BRIT J DISORD COMMUN, V19, P35 GURLAND GB, 1984, CLIN APHASIOLOGY C P HARTMAN J, 1987, ARCH NEUROL-CHICAGO, V44, P646 HOLLAND AL, 1982, J SPEECH HEAR DISORD, V47, P50 Holland A., 1980, COMMUNICATIVE ABILIT Holland A. L., 1991, J NEUROLINGUIST, V6, P197, DOI 10.1016/0911-6044(91)90007-6 HOLLAND AL, 1991, LANGUAGE COMMUNICATI HOUGH MS, 1994, LANGUAGE INTERVENTIO KEARNS KP, 1991, CLIN APHASIOLOGY, V20, P223 Levinson Stephen C., 1983, PRAGMATICS LOMAS J, 1989, J SPEECH HEAR DISORD, V54, P113 LOVERSO FL, 1989, CLIN APHASIOLOGY, V18, P297 Lund N.J., 1993, ASSESSING CHILDRENS MCTEAR MF, 1985, BRIT J DISORD COMMUN, V20, P119 MIEKLE M, 1979, BRIT MED J, V2, P87 MURRAY LL, 1994, IN PRESS APHASIOLOGY NEWHOFF M, 1990, APHASIA RELATED NEUR Penn C, 1985, S Afr J Commun Disord, V32, P18 PENN C, 1993, APHASIA TREATMENT WO PIEHLER MF, 1984, CLIN APH C P MINN PORCH BE, 1987, PORCH INDEX COMMUNIC PRINS RS, 1978, BRAIN LANG, V6, P192, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(78)90058-5 PRUTTING CA, 1987, J SPEECH HEAR DISORD, V52, P105 PRUTTING CA, 1983, PRAGMATIC ASSESSMENT ROBERTS JA, 1993, CLIN APHASIOLOGY, V21, P479 SARNO M T, 1971, Archives of Physical Medicine and Rehabilitation, V52, P175 SARNO MT, 1970, J SPEECH HEAR RES, V13, P607 SHEWAN CM, 1984, BRAIN LANG, V23, P272, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(84)90068-3 SMITH L, 1985, BRIT J DISORD COMMUN, V20, P31 THOMPSON CK, 1986, J SPEECH HEAR RES, V29, P193 ULATOWSKA HK, 1977, CLIN APH C P MINN WERTZ RT, 1986, ARCH NEUROL-CHICAGO, V43, P653 WERTZ RT, 1981, J SPEECH HEAR RES, V24, P580 NR 43 TC 12 Z9 12 PU TAYLOR & FRANCIS LTD PI LONDON PA ONE GUNDPOWDER SQUARE, LONDON, ENGLAND EC4A 3DE SN 0268-7038 J9 APHASIOLOGY JI Aphasiology PD APR PY 1996 VL 10 IS 3 BP 253 EP 265 DI 10.1080/02687039608248411 PG 13 WC Clinical Neurology SC Neurosciences & Neurology GA UF485 UT WOS:A1996UF48500003 ER PT J AU Petheram, B AF Petheram, B TI Exploring the home-based use of microcomputers in aphasia therapy SO APHASIOLOGY LA English DT Article AB The results of an investigation involving the installation of a microcomputer-based aphasia treatment system in the homes of 10 dysphasic stroke victims are reported. This study is a follow-up to a previous investigation and aims to explore issues raised by those outcomes. The design of the computer system was changed to address concerns about poor matching of material to the abilities of the subjects. This was done by monitoring each subject's performance while using the system, and by automatically varying the level of difficulty of the material accordingly. In addition, the treatment material was especially written for this system, whereas the computer system in the earlier study used exercises adapted from aphasia textbooks. The results offer further evidence of the feasibility of this mode of treatment and of patients' willingness to engage in it. The distribution of patient effort across the material in this system was much more even than in the earlier trials, suggesting that the strategy of dynamic matching of difficulty is effective. There was wide variation in performance change among subjects on system-administered tasks which was not reflected in standardized language measures. RP Petheram, B (reprint author), FRENCHAY HOSP,SPEECH THERAPY RES UNIT,APHASIA & COMP TEAM,BRISTOL BS16 1LE,AVON,ENGLAND. CR Bengtson V L, 1973, Geriatrics, V28, ppassim BROOKSHIRE R., 1981, INTRO APHASIA Coltheart M, 1987, COGNITIVE NEUROPSYCH CRERAR A, 1992, 5 INT APH REH C ZUR ENDERBY P, 1992, APHASIOLOGY, V6, P321, DOI 10.1080/02687039208248601 ENDERBY P, 1979, BR J DISORDERS COMMU, V14, P195 HOLLAND A, 1970, J SPEECH HEAR DISORD, V35, P377 Katz R. C., 1982, CLIN APHASIOLOGY 198, P153 KATZ RC, 1983, CLIN APHASIOLOGY 198, P65 KATZ RC, 1992, APHASIOLOGY, V6, P165, DOI 10.1080/02687039208248588 KATZ RC, 1984, CLIN APH C P MINN, P65 KATZ RC, 1985, CLIN APHASIOLOGY C P, P184 KEITH RL, 1972, SPEECH LANGUAGE REHA LAZZARI AM, 1980, HDB EXERCISES LANGUA LOVERSO FL, 1985, CLIN APHASIOLOGY, P189 LURIA AR, 1973, NEUROPSYCHOLOGIA, V11, P417, DOI 10.1016/0028-3932(73)90028-6 McReynolds L. V., 1983, SINGLE SUBJECT EXPT MORTLEY J, 1992, 5 INT APH REH C ZUR PETHERAM B, 1992, APHASIOLOGY, V6, P207, DOI 10.1080/02687039208248593 PETHERAM BL, 1991, J NEUROLINGUIST, V6, P177, DOI 10.1016/0911-6044(91)90006-5 Petheram B, 1988, Int Disabil Stud, V10, P73 ROBERTSON I, 1990, APHASIOLOGY, V4, P381, DOI 10.1080/02687039008249090 ROSENBERG B, 1986, J SPEECH HEAR RES, V8, P415 SARNO MT, 1963, FUNCTIONAL COMMUNICA Schuell H, 1964, APHASIA ADULTS STRYKER S, 1975, SPEECH STROKE MANUAL NR 26 TC 20 Z9 20 PU TAYLOR & FRANCIS LTD PI LONDON PA ONE GUNDPOWDER SQUARE, LONDON, ENGLAND EC4A 3DE SN 0268-7038 J9 APHASIOLOGY JI Aphasiology PD APR PY 1996 VL 10 IS 3 BP 267 EP 282 DI 10.1080/02687039608248412 PG 16 WC Clinical Neurology SC Neurosciences & Neurology GA UF485 UT WOS:A1996UF48500004 ER PT J AU Pound, C AF Pound, C TI Writing remediation using preserved oral spelling: A case for separate output buffers SO APHASIOLOGY LA English DT Article ID GRAPHEMIC BUFFER; AGRAPHIA; PATIENT; DYSGRAPHIA; WRITTEN AB The performance of a brain-damaged subject with severely impaired written spelling but markedly superior oral spelling ability is described. In common with a case reported by Lesser (1990), the patient showed an effect of spelling regularity for oral spelling (where she was worse at irregular words and made phonologically plausible errors) but showed effects of lexicality and word length for written spelling (where she was better at words than non-words and at short words than long words). The patient's initial writing performance and the significant improvements made in response to a remediation programme based on her superior oral spelling skills are reported. Models which suggest that both written and oral spelling share a common output buffer do not predict the occurrence of differing patterns of regularity, lexicality and word length for the two modes of spelling production. The paper will discuss the implementation and results of a theoretically motivated therapy programme, and the implications for the existence and operation of potentially distinct output buffers for written and oral spelling, as suggested by Lesser (1990). RP Pound, C (reprint author), CITY UNIV LONDON,DEPT CLIN COMMUN STUDIES,NORTHAMPTON SQ,LONDON EC1V 0HB,ENGLAND. CR BARRY C, 1988, Q J EXP PSYCHOL-A, V40, P5 BAXTER DM, 1986, J NEUROL NEUROSUR PS, V49, P369, DOI 10.1136/jnnp.49.4.369 BEAUVOIS MF, 1981, BRAIN, V104, P21, DOI 10.1093/brain/104.1.21 BUB D, 1982, BRAIN, V105, P697, DOI 10.1093/brain/105.4.697 CARAMAZZA A, 1987, COGNITION, V26, P59, DOI 10.1016/0010-0277(87)90014-X COLTHEART M, UNPUB ANAL ACQUIRED DEBASTIANI P, 1989, COGNITIVE NEUROPSYCH, V6, P25, DOI 10.1080/02643298908253283 Ellis A. W., 1988, HUMAN COGNITIVE NEUR Ellis A. W., 1982, NORMALITY PATHOLOGY, P113 ELLIS AW, 1987, COGNITIVE NEUROPSYCH, V4, P465, DOI 10.1080/02643298708252048 Goodglass H, 1972, ASSESSMENT APHASIA R HILLIS AE, 1989, BRAIN LANG, V36, P208, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(89)90062-X Kay J., 1992, PSYCHOLINGUISTIC ASS KINSBOUR.M, 1965, J NEUROL NEUROSUR PS, V28, P563, DOI 10.1136/jnnp.28.6.563 LESSER R, 1990, COGNITIVE NEUROPSYCH, V7, P347, DOI 10.1080/02643299008253448 MARGOLIN DI, 1984, Q J EXP PSYCHOL-A, V36, P459 SHALLICE T, 1981, BRAIN, V104, P413, DOI 10.1093/brain/104.3.413 Wing A. M., 1980, COGNITIVE PROCESS, P251 NR 18 TC 10 Z9 10 PU TAYLOR & FRANCIS LTD PI LONDON PA ONE GUNDPOWDER SQUARE, LONDON, ENGLAND EC4A 3DE SN 0268-7038 J9 APHASIOLOGY JI Aphasiology PD APR PY 1996 VL 10 IS 3 BP 283 EP 296 DI 10.1080/02687039608248413 PG 14 WC Clinical Neurology SC Neurosciences & Neurology GA UF485 UT WOS:A1996UF48500005 ER PT J AU Schneider, SL Thompson, CK Luring, B AF Schneider, SL Thompson, CK Luring, B TI Effects of verbal plus gestural matrix training on sentence production in a patient with primary progressive aphasia SO APHASIOLOGY LA English DT Article ID GENERALIZED DEMENTIA; PICKS DISEASE; LANGUAGE AB This research examined the effectiveness of verbal plus gestural treatment on the acquisition and generalization of present, past and future verb tenses in NP + V + NP sentence production in a primary progressive aphasic subject. Using a single-subject multiple-baseline design across behaviours as well as a matrix training procedure, treatment and generalization effects both within and across language matrices were examined. The relation between gestural and verbal responding was also examined post-hoc using a modified reversal design component. Results indicated improved production of sentences utilizing trained verb tenses and generalization to untrained verbs within tense. Paired gestural plus verbal responding resulted in higher levels of correct oral sentence production than verbal training alone. Findings are discussed in the context of brain mechanisms underlying gestural and verbal language production. C1 NORTHWESTERN UNIV,APHASIA RES LAB,EVANSTON,IL 60208. UNIV FLORIDA,DEPT COMMUN PROC & DISORDERS,GAINESVILLE,FL 32611. RP Schneider, SL (reprint author), NORTHWESTERN UNIV,DEPT COMMUN SCI & DISORDERS,2299 N CAMPUS DR,EVANSTON,IL 60208, USA. CR Bayles C., 1991, ARIZONA BATTERY COMM BUTTERWORTH B, 1985, CURRENT PERSPECTIVES, P147 CHAWLUK JB, 1986, ANN NEUROL, V19, P68, DOI 10.1002/ana.410190112 CHOMSKY N, 1975, RULES REPRESENTATION Chomsky N, 1968, LANGUAGE MIND CORINA DP, 1992, BRAIN LANG, V43, P414, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(92)90110-Z CRAENHALS A, 1990, APHASIOLOGY, V4, P485, DOI 10.1080/02687039008248789 DUFFY JR, 1992, APHASIOLOGY, V6, P1, DOI 10.1080/02687039208248573 DUFFY JR, 1987, CLIN APHASIOLOGY, P349 Dunn L. M., 1981, PEABODY PICTURE VOCA Francis WN, 1982, FREQUENCY ANAL ENGLI GERMAN D, 1990, TEST ADULT ADOLESCEN GOLDSTEIN H, 1985, TEACHING FUNCTIONAL, P185 GOLDSTEIN H, 1983, ANAL INTERVEN DEVEL, V3, P279, DOI 10.1016/0270-4684(83)90002-2 Goodglass H, 1983, ASSESSMENT APHASIA R, V2nd HEATH PD, 1983, ANN NEUROL, V13, P687, DOI 10.1002/ana.410130625 HOLLAND AL, 1985, BRAIN LANG, V24, P36, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(85)90096-3 Hoodin R., 1983, CLIN APHASIOLOGY C P, P62 Kearns K., 1982, CLIN APHASIOLOGY C P, P183 Kertesz A., 1982, W APHASIA BATTERY KIMURA D, 1989, READINGS ENCY NEUROS KIRSHNER HS, 1984, ARCH NEUROL-CHICAGO, V41, P491 KIRSHNER HS, 1987, ANN NEUROL, V22, P527, DOI 10.1002/ana.410220413 KLIMA ES, 1988, APHASIOLOGY, V2, P319, DOI 10.1080/02687038808248932 Luria AR, 1970, TRAUMATIC APHASIA McReynolds L. V., 1983, SINGLE SUBJECT EXPT MESULAM MM, 1982, ANN NEUROL, V11, P592, DOI 10.1002/ana.410110607 NORTHEN B, 1990, APHASIOLOGY, V4, P55, DOI 10.1080/02687039008249054 Piaget J., 1952, LANGUAGE THOUGHT CHI PINKER S, 1989, FDN COGNITIVE SCI, P359 POECK K, 1988, BRAIN, V111, P151, DOI 10.1093/brain/111.1.151 Poizner H., 1987, WHAT HANDS REVEAL BR Porch B. E., 1981, PORCH INDEX COMMUNIC Rao P. R., 1978, CLIN APHASIOLOGY, P180 RAYMER AM, 1991, CLIN APHASIOLOGY, P285 ROSENBECK JC, 1985, CLIN MANAGEMENT NEUR, P191 SARFFRAN EM, 1989, BRAIN LANG, V37, P440 SCHWARTZ MF, 1979, BRAIN LANG, V7, P277, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(79)90024-5 SHEWAN C, 1980, AUDITORY COMPREHENSI Skelly M., 1979, AM IND GESTURAL CODE SNOWDEN JS, 1992, ANN NEUROL, V31, P174, DOI 10.1002/ana.410310208 THOMPSON CK, 1993, CLIN APHASIOLOGY, V23, P123 THOMPSON CL, 1994, TENNET 5 C MONTR CAN TYRELL PJ, 1990, BRAIN, V113, P1321 WECHSLER AF, 1982, ARCH NEUROL-CHICAGO, V39, P287 WEINTRAUB S, 1990, ARCH NEUROL-CHICAGO, V47, P1329 Yamada J. E., 1990, LAURA CASE MODULARIT NR 47 TC 22 Z9 22 PU TAYLOR & FRANCIS LTD PI LONDON PA ONE GUNDPOWDER SQUARE, LONDON, ENGLAND EC4A 3DE SN 0268-7038 J9 APHASIOLOGY JI Aphasiology PD APR PY 1996 VL 10 IS 3 BP 297 EP 317 DI 10.1080/02687039608248414 PG 21 WC Clinical Neurology SC Neurosciences & Neurology GA UF485 UT WOS:A1996UF48500006 ER PT J AU Nickels, L Best, W AF Nickels, L Best, W TI Therapy for naming disorders .2. Specifics, surprises and suggestions SO APHASIOLOGY LA English DT Article ID WORD MATCHING TASKS; RETRIEVAL; APHASIA; DEFICITS AB This paper presents a series of therapy studies aimed at remediation of the word-retrieval deficits of three aphasic patients. All three patients are argued to have semantic deficits and are given semantic therapy in the form of word-to-picture matching tasks. Two of the patients (A.E.R. and T.R.C.) show improved naming as a result of the therapy, with generalization to untreated items. The third patient (P.A.) does not improve as a result of the word-to-picture matching therapy, even though her pattern of deficits appears similar. However, she does show item-specific improvement in naming with a different therapy (lexical therapy), The reasons for the differences between the patients in their response to therapy are discussed. In particular we consider the effect of the production of the word during the therapy, and the patient's ability to perform the task accurately. Additionally, we investigate the role of modality of input and generalization across modality of output, and the use of different types of semantic therapy. The study highlights the importance of analysing tasks in detail, and the need to continuously evaluate the effects of intervention. RP Nickels, L (reprint author), UNIV LONDON BIRKBECK COLL,DEPT PSYCHOL,MALET ST,LONDON WC1E 7HX,ENGLAND. CR BARRY C, 1991, BRIT APH SOC C SHEFF BEHRMANN M, 1989, BRIT J DISORD COMMUN, V24, P281 Black M., 1991, J NEUROLINGUIST, V6, P79, DOI 10.1016/0911-6044(91)90002-Z BYNG S, 1994, APHASIOLOGY, V8, P315, DOI 10.1080/02687039408248663 COLTHEART M, 1980, UNPUB ANAL ACQUIRED Davis A., 1991, NEUROPSYCHOL REHABIL, V1, P135, DOI 10.1080/09602019108401387 DEPARTZ MP, 1986, COGNITIVE NEUROPSYCH, V3, P149, DOI 10.1080/02643298608252674 Hillis A. E., 1994, COGNITIVE NEUROPSYCH, P449 HILLIS AE, 1989, ARCH PHYS MED REHAB, V70, P632 HOWARD D, 1985, BRAIN, V108, P817 HOWARD D, 1985, COGNITIVE NEUROPSYCH, V2, P49, DOI 10.1080/02643298508252861 Howard D., 1992, PYRAMIDS PALM TREES JONES EV, 1989, P SUMM C BRIT APH SO, P3 MARSHALL J, 1990, APHASIOLOGY, V4, P167, DOI 10.1080/02687039008249068 MICELI G, 1994, IN PRESS BRAIN LANGU Nettleton J., 1991, J NEUROLINGUIST, V6, P139, DOI 10.1016/0911-6044(91)90004-3 Nickels L, 1996, APHASIOLOGY, V10, P21, DOI 10.1080/02687039608248397 NICKELS L, 1991, BRIT J DISORD COMMUN, V26, P175 NICKELS L, 1992, COGNITIVE NEUROPSYCH, V9, P155, DOI 10.1080/02643299208252057 NICKELS LA, 1994, COGNITIVE NEUROPSYCH NICKELS LA, IN PRESS LANGUAGE CO PATTERSON KE, 1983, APHASIA THERAPY, P76 PRING T, 1990, APHASIOLOGY, V4, P479, DOI 10.1080/02687039008248788 SCOTT C, 1987, THESIS U LONDON Weigl E, 1961, Z PHONETIK SPRACHWIS, V14, P337 1984, PHOTOLIBRARY, V1 NR 26 TC 60 Z9 61 PU TAYLOR & FRANCIS LTD PI LONDON PA ONE GUNDPOWDER SQUARE, LONDON, ENGLAND EC4A 3DE SN 0268-7038 J9 APHASIOLOGY JI Aphasiology PD FEB-MAR PY 1996 VL 10 IS 2 BP 109 EP 136 DI 10.1080/02687039608248401 PG 28 WC Clinical Neurology SC Neurosciences & Neurology GA UA744 UT WOS:A1996UA74400001 ER PT J AU Morris, J Franklin, S Ellis, AW Turner, JE Bailey, PJ AF Morris, J Franklin, S Ellis, AW Turner, JE Bailey, PJ TI Remediating a speech perception deficit in an aphasic patient SO APHASIOLOGY LA English DT Article ID PURE WORD DEAFNESS; BILATERAL LESIONS; AUDITORY AGNOSIA; COMPREHENSION AB This paper describes the assessment and treatment of an aphasic patient, J.S., who had multiple language deficits. In particular, pre-speech and speech-level perceptual processes were both found to be impaired. The availability of lip-reading information improved his performance on certain tasks of speech discrimination. Remediation based on the assessment findings was then undertaken. Therapy focused on auditory discrimination at a phonemic level, utilizing lip-reading, and was based on minimal pairs contrasts. J.S. showed improvement on tests of phoneme discrimination, and a trend of improvement was seen for the other auditorily presented tasks. Performance on the pre-speech tests also showed improvement following therapy. Performance on tests of naming and written word comprehension did not change, indicating that the effects of therapy were specific to auditory input and were not the result of spontaneous recovery. C1 YORK UNIV,DEPT PSYCHOL,DOWNSVIEW,ON,CANADA. RI Franklin, Sue/F-9775-2011 CR ALBERT ML, 1974, BRAIN, V97, P373, DOI 10.1093/brain/97.1.373 AUERBACH SH, 1982, BRAIN, V105, P271, DOI 10.1093/brain/105.2.271 BEST W, 1994, APHASIOLOGY, V8, P223, DOI 10.1080/02687039408248655 BISHOP P, 1982, TEST RECEPTION GRAMM BUCHMAN AS, 1986, J NEUROL NEUROSUR PS, V49, P489, DOI 10.1136/jnnp.49.5.489 BURGER IH, 1983, CLIN APH C P, P127 Campbell R., 1990, NEUROPSYCHOLOGICAL I, P268, DOI 10.1017/CBO9780511665547.015 CARAMAZZA A, 1983, BRAIN LANG, V18, P128, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(83)90011-1 DENES G, 1975, Cortex, V11, P401 Franklin S., 1992, ADA COMPREHENSION BA FRANKLIN S, 1989, APHASIOLOGY, V3, P189, DOI 10.1080/02687038908248991 Gieliewski E., 1989, APHASIA THERAPY, P138 Howard D., 1992, PYRAMIDS PALM TREES Howard D., 1987, APHASIA THERAPY HIST KAY J, 1990, APHASIOLOGY, V4, P115, DOI 10.1080/02687039008249060 KAY J, 1992, PALPA PHYCHOLINGUIST Kertesz A., 1982, W APHASIA BATTERY McNeil M. R., 1978, REVISED TOKEN TEST MOTOMURA N, 1986, BRAIN, V109, P379, DOI 10.1093/brain/109.3.379 Passy J, 1990, CUED ARTICULATION PHILLIPS DP, 1990, BEHAV BRAIN RES, V40, P85, DOI 10.1016/0166-4328(90)90001-U PISONI DB, 1987, COGNITION, V25, P21, DOI 10.1016/0010-0277(87)90003-5 Porch B. E., 1967, PORCH INDEX COMMUNIC SHEWAN CM, 1986, TREATMENT APHASIA LA SHINDO M, 1991, BRAIN LANG, V40, P153, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(91)90122-H Spreen O., 1969, NEUROSENSORY CTR COM TANAKA Y, 1987, BRAIN, V110, P381, DOI 10.1093/brain/110.2.381 NR 27 TC 25 Z9 26 PU TAYLOR & FRANCIS LTD PI LONDON PA ONE GUNDPOWDER SQUARE, LONDON, ENGLAND EC4A 3DE SN 0268-7038 J9 APHASIOLOGY JI Aphasiology PD FEB-MAR PY 1996 VL 10 IS 2 BP 137 EP 158 DI 10.1080/02687039608248402 PG 22 WC Clinical Neurology SC Neurosciences & Neurology GA UA744 UT WOS:A1996UA74400002 ER PT J AU Kay, J Lesser, R Coltheart, M AF Kay, J Lesser, R Coltheart, M TI Psycholinguistic assessments of language processing in aphasia (PALPA): An introduction SO APHASIOLOGY LA English DT Article RP Kay, J (reprint author), UNIV EXETER,DEPT PSYCHOL,EXETER EX4 4QG,DEVON,ENGLAND. CR Bishop D. V. M, 1982, TEST RECEPTION GRAMM Caplan D., 1988, DISORDERS SYNTACTIC COLTHEART M, 1981, Q J EXP PSYCHOL-A, V33, P497 Coltheart M., 1980, DEEP DYSLEXIA, P259 Ellis A. W., 1988, HUMAN COGNITIVE NEUR FUNNELL E, 1983, BRIT J PSYCHOL, V74, P159 GERBER S, 1989, Seminars in Speech and Language, V10, P263, DOI 10.1055/s-2008-1064268 Kucera H., 1982, FREQUENCY ANAL ENGLI LESSER R, 1987, APHASIOLOGY, V1, P189, DOI 10.1080/02687038708248836 LESSER R, 1993, LINGUISTIC APHASIA P Patterson K. E., 1987, COGNITIVE NEUROPSYCH SAFFRAN EM, 1989, BRAIN LANG, V37, P440, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(89)90030-8 NR 12 TC 33 Z9 35 PU TAYLOR & FRANCIS LTD PI LONDON PA ONE GUNDPOWDER SQUARE, LONDON, ENGLAND EC4A 3DE SN 0268-7038 J9 APHASIOLOGY JI Aphasiology PD FEB-MAR PY 1996 VL 10 IS 2 BP 159 EP 180 DI 10.1080/02687039608248403 PG 22 WC Clinical Neurology SC Neurosciences & Neurology GA UA744 UT WOS:A1996UA74400003 ER PT J AU Wertz, RT AF Wertz, RT TI The PALPA's proof is in the predicting SO APHASIOLOGY LA English DT Article ID APHASIA TESTS RP Wertz, RT (reprint author), VET AFFAIRS MED CTR,1310 24TH AVE,NASHVILLE,TN 37212, USA. CR APPELL J, 1982, BRAIN LANG, V17, P73, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(82)90006-2 AU R, 1988, APHASIOLOGY, V2, P161, DOI 10.1080/02687038808248901 BYNG S, 1990, APHASIOLOGY, V4, P67, DOI 10.1080/02687039008249055 Chapey R., 1994, LANGUAGE INTERVENTIO CROCKETT D, 1988, APHASIOLOGY, V2, P507, DOI 10.1080/02687038808248957 Cronbach L. J., 1960, ESSENTIALS PSYCHOL T, V2nd DAMASIO AR, 1981, ACQUIRED APHASIA, P51 Darley F. L., 1982, APHASIA DAVID RM, 1990, APHASIOLOGY, V4, P103, DOI 10.1080/02687039008249058 DUFFY JR, 1980, APHASIA APRAXIA AGNO, V2, P1 GOODGLASS H, 1990, APHASIOLOGY, V4, P93, DOI 10.1080/02687039008249056 Holland AL, 1982, CLIN APHASIOLOGY C P, P345 HOLLAND AL, 1992, NIDCD MONOGRAPH, V2, P147 Kay J., 1992, PALPA PSYCHOLINGUIST KERTESZ A, 1990, APHASIOLOGY, V4, P97, DOI 10.1080/02687039008249057 Kertesz A., 1982, W APHASIA BATTERY LINCOLN N, 1988, APHASIOLOGY, V2, P501, DOI 10.1080/02687038808248956 Porch B. E., 1967, PORCH INDEX COMMUNIC Rosenbek J.C., 1989, APHASIA CLIN APPROAC Schuell H, 1965, MINNESOTA TEST DIFFE WENIGER D, 1990, APHASIOLOGY, V4, P109, DOI 10.1080/02687039008249059 WERTZ RT, 1991, APHASIOLOGY, V5, P311, DOI 10.1080/02687039108248532 WERTZ RT, 1982, P C CLIN APH, P350 NR 23 TC 3 Z9 3 PU TAYLOR & FRANCIS LTD PI LONDON PA ONE GUNDPOWDER SQUARE, LONDON, ENGLAND EC4A 3DE SN 0268-7038 J9 APHASIOLOGY JI Aphasiology PD FEB-MAR PY 1996 VL 10 IS 2 BP 180 EP 190 DI 10.1080/02687039608248404 PG 11 WC Clinical Neurology SC Neurosciences & Neurology GA UA744 UT WOS:A1996UA74400004 ER PT J AU Basso, A AF Basso, A TI PALPA: An appreciation and a few criticisms SO APHASIOLOGY LA English DT Article RP Basso, A (reprint author), UNIV MILAN,IST CLIN NEUROL,VIA F SFORZA 35,I-20122 MILAN,ITALY. CR Berndt R.S., 1991, ACQUIRED APHASIA, P223 CARAMAZZA A, 1991, BRAIN COGNITION, V16, P211, DOI 10.1016/0278-2626(91)90007-U DERENZI E, 1978, CORTEX, V14, P41 Howard D., 1988, MISSING MEANING KAY J, 1992, PALPA PHYCHOLINGUIST LINEBARGER MC, 1983, COGNITION, V13, P361, DOI 10.1016/0010-0277(83)90015-X LUKATELA K, 1988, BRAIN LANG, V33, P1, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(88)90050-8 SHANKWEILER D, 1989, Language and Cognitive Processes, V4, P1, DOI 10.1080/01690968908406355 NR 8 TC 5 Z9 5 PU TAYLOR & FRANCIS LTD PI LONDON PA ONE GUNDPOWDER SQUARE, LONDON, ENGLAND EC4A 3DE SN 0268-7038 J9 APHASIOLOGY JI Aphasiology PD FEB-MAR PY 1996 VL 10 IS 2 BP 190 EP 193 DI 10.1080/02687039608248405 PG 4 WC Clinical Neurology SC Neurosciences & Neurology GA UA744 UT WOS:A1996UA74400005 ER PT J AU Ferguson, A Armstrong, E AF Ferguson, A Armstrong, E TI The PALPA: A valid investigation of language? SO APHASIOLOGY LA English DT Article C1 LIDCOMBE HOSP,SYDNEY,NSW,AUSTRALIA. MACQUARIE UNIV,SYDNEY,NSW 2109,AUSTRALIA. CR Davis G, 1985, ADULT APHASIA REHABI Goodglass H., 1972, BOSTON DIAGNOSTIC AP GRODZINSKY J, 1990, THEORETICAL PERSPECT Joanette Y., 1990, DISCOURSE ABILITY BR Kay J., 1992, PALPA PSYCHOLINGUIST Kertesz A., 1982, W APHASIA BATTERY Lesser R., 1993, LINGUISTICS APHASIA SEIDENBERG MS, 1988, COGNITIVE NEUROPSYCH, V5, P403, DOI 10.1080/02643298808253267 Shallice T, 1979, J CLIN NEUROPSYCHOLO, V1, P183, DOI DOI 10.1080/01688637908414450 Spreen O, 1977, NEUROSENSORY CTR COM NR 10 TC 3 Z9 3 PU TAYLOR & FRANCIS LTD PI LONDON PA ONE GUNDPOWDER SQUARE, LONDON, ENGLAND EC4A 3DE SN 0268-7038 J9 APHASIOLOGY JI Aphasiology PD FEB-MAR PY 1996 VL 10 IS 2 BP 193 EP 197 DI 10.1080/02687039608248406 PG 5 WC Clinical Neurology SC Neurosciences & Neurology GA UA744 UT WOS:A1996UA74400006 ER PT J AU Marshall, J AF Marshall, J TI The PALPA: A commentary and consideration of the clinical implications SO APHASIOLOGY LA English DT Article ID WORD RETRIEVAL; APHASIA RP Marshall, J (reprint author), CITY UNIV LONDON,DEPT CLIN COMMUN STUDIES,NORTHAMPTON SQ,LONDON EC1V 0HB,ENGLAND. CR BYNG S, 1990, APHASIOLOGY, V4, P67, DOI 10.1080/02687039008249055 Caramazza A., 1989, COGNITIVE APPROACHES, P383 COOK K, 1991, BRIT APH SOC SPR C FRATTALI CM, 1992, APHASIOLOGY, V6, P63, DOI 10.1080/02687039208248577 HILLIS AE, 1993, APHASIOLOGY, V7, P5, DOI 10.1080/02687039308249497 HOWARD D, 1985, BRAIN, V108, P817 JONES E, 1989, B COLL SPEECH THERAP, V449 JONES E, 1989, ADV APHASIA THERAPY Kay J., 1992, PALPA PSYCHOLINGUIST MARSHALL J, 1990, APHASIOLOGY, V4, P167, DOI 10.1080/02687039008249068 PARR S, 1992, APHASIOLOGY, V6, P273, DOI 10.1080/02687039208248597 SCOTT C, 1987, THESIS CITY U LONDON NR 12 TC 4 Z9 4 PU TAYLOR & FRANCIS LTD PI LONDON PA ONE GUNDPOWDER SQUARE, LONDON, ENGLAND EC4A 3DE SN 0268-7038 J9 APHASIOLOGY JI Aphasiology PD FEB-MAR PY 1996 VL 10 IS 2 BP 197 EP 202 DI 10.1080/02687039608248407 PG 6 WC Clinical Neurology SC Neurosciences & Neurology GA UA744 UT WOS:A1996UA74400007 ER PT J AU Kay, J Lesser, R Coltheart, M AF Kay, J Lesser, R Coltheart, M TI PALPA: The proof of the pudding is in the eating SO APHASIOLOGY LA English DT Article ID AUDITORY COMPREHENSION; NEUROPSYCHOLOGICAL RESEARCH; APHASIA RP Kay, J (reprint author), UNIV EXETER, DEPT PSYCHOL, EXETER EX4 4QG, DEVON, ENGLAND. CR BAKER E, 1981, NEUROPSYCHOLOGIA, V19, P1, DOI 10.1016/0028-3932(81)90039-7 BATES E, 1991, BRAIN LANG, V40, P295, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(91)90132-K BEST W, 1994, APHASIOLOGY, V8, P223, DOI 10.1080/02687039408248655 BLUMSTEIN SE, 1977, NEUROPSYCHOLOGIA, V15, P19, DOI 10.1016/0028-3932(77)90111-7 BLUMSTEIN SE, 1994, PHILOS T ROY SOC B, V346, P29, DOI 10.1098/rstb.1994.0125 BYNG S, 1990, APHASIOLOGY, V4, P67, DOI 10.1080/02687039008249055 CARAMAZZA A, 1989, BRAIN COGNITION, V10, P256, DOI 10.1016/0278-2626(89)90056-0 CARAMAZZA A, 1989, COGNITIVE APPROACHES CARAMAZZA A, 1994, PHILOS T ROY SOC B, V346, P121, DOI 10.1098/rstb.1994.0136 COLTHEART M, 1993, PSYCHOL REV, V100, P589, DOI 10.1037/0033-295X.100.4.589 COLTHEART M, 1995, WORKSH NEUR MOD COGN COLTHEART M, 1994, J EXP PSYCHOL HUMAN, V20, P1197, DOI 10.1037/0096-1523.20.6.1197 COOK K, 1991, S THER APPR APH P BR EDWARDS S, 1993, APHASIOLOGY, V7, P217, DOI 10.1080/02687039308249507 FRANKLIN S, 1989, APHASIOLOGY, V3, P189, DOI 10.1080/02687038908248991 FUNNELL E, 1990, P ROY SOC LOND B BIO, V249, P289 Hatfield M. H., 1987, APHASIA THERAPY HODGES JR, 1992, BRAIN, V115, P1783, DOI 10.1093/brain/115.6.1783 Hoffman David A, 1992, J APPL PSYCHOL, V77, P185 HOWARD D, 1985, BRAIN, V108, P817 Howard D., 1989, COGNITIVE APPROACHES HOWARD D, 1994, PHILOS T ROY SOC B, V346, P121 HOWARD D, 1992, PYRAMICS PALM TREES JAUHIAINEN T, 1977, BRAIN LANG, V35, P340 JONES EV, 1990, ADV APHASIA THERAPY KEMPSON R, 1988, LINGUISTICS CAMBRIDG, V2 KEMPSON RM, 1988, J LINGUIST, V24, P393, DOI 10.1017/S0022226700011841 Lesser R., 1993, LINGUISTICS APHASIA LESSER R, 1995, NEUROPSYCHOL REHABIL, V5, P67, DOI 10.1080/09602019508520176 LINEBARGER M, 1990, COGNITIVE NEUROPSYCH LINEBARGER MC, 1983, COGNITIVE, V13, P641 MARSHALL J, 1994, THESIS CITY U LONDON Marslen-Wilson W., 1993, COGNITIVE MODELS LAN MARSLENWILSON W, 1994, PSYCHOL REV, V101, P653, DOI 10.1037//0033-295X.101.4.653 MCCARTHY RA, 1994, PHILOS T ROY SOC B, V346, P89, DOI 10.1098/rstb.1994.0132 MCCLELLAND JL, 1986, COGNITIVE PSYCHOL, V18, P1, DOI 10.1016/0010-0285(86)90015-0 MCCLOSKEY M, 1993, J EXP PSYCHOL LEARN, V19, P718 Menn L, 1990, AGRAMMATIC APHASIA C, VI-III MICELI G, 1980, BRAIN LANG, V11, P159, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(80)90117-0 MICELI G, 1978, BRAIN LANG, V2, P434 MILLER GA, 1955, J ACOUST SOC AM, V27, P338, DOI 10.1121/1.1907526 Morris J, 1996, APHASIOLOGY, V10, P137, DOI 10.1080/02687039608248402 NAESER MA, 1986, ARCH PHYS MED REHAB, V67, P393 NICKELS L, 1995, LANG COGNITIVE PROC, V10, P13, DOI 10.1080/01690969508407086 PLAUT D, 1994, COGNITIVE NEUROPSYCH, V10, P377 SAFFRAN EM, 1989, BRAIN LANG, V37, P440, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(89)90030-8 SAFFRAN EM, 1994, PHILOS T R SOC B, V346, P47, DOI 10.1098/rstb.1994.0127 SEIDENBERG MS, 1988, COGNITIVE NEUROPSYCH, V5, P403, DOI 10.1080/02643298808253267 Shallice T., 1987, COGNITIVE NEUROPSYCH Snowden J. S, 1989, BEHAV NEUROL, V2, P167 Sperber D, 1986, RELEVANCE WHITWORTH A, 1994, THESIS U NEWCASTLE T NR 52 TC 5 Z9 5 PU PSYCHOLOGY PRESS PI HOVE PA 27 CHURCH RD, HOVE BN3 2FA, EAST SUSSEX, ENGLAND SN 0268-7038 J9 APHASIOLOGY JI Aphasiology PD FEB-MAR PY 1996 VL 10 IS 2 BP 202 EP 215 DI 10.1080/02687039608248408 PG 14 WC Clinical Neurology SC Neurosciences & Neurology GA UA744 UT WOS:A1996UA74400008 ER PT J AU Nickels, L Best, W AF Nickels, L Best, W TI Therapy for naming disorders .1. Principles, puzzles and progress SO APHASIOLOGY LA English DT Article ID WORD MATCHING TASKS; APHASIC PATIENTS; REHABILITATION; RETRIEVAL; DEFICITS; IMPAIRMENT; MEMORY; ERRORS AB This paper takes the form of a selective review of studies of therapy for aphasic-naming disorders. There is a bias in the literature towards studies involving the use of semantic tasks (particularly word-to-picture matching) in therapy and therefore this is reflected here. These studies provide clear evidence that aphasic naming disorders can be remediated but it remains difficult to ascertain the precise mechanism by which this improvement in naming is achieved. Several issues are discussed which pertain to this problem: the effectiveness of 'semantic' and 'phonological' tasks; the relevance of each component of the therapy task to the outcome of the therapy; the relationship between the type of deficit and the effectiveness of a task; when generalization can be expected as opposed to (treated) item-specific improvement; and the importance of patient success on the task to the success of the therapy. Finally, the paper concludes with suggestions for the possible direction of further research into this important area. RP Nickels, L (reprint author), UNIV LONDON BIRKBECK COLL,DEPT PSYCHOL,MALET ST,LONDON WC1E 7HT,ENGLAND. CR Bachy-Langedock N., 1989, COGNITIVE APPROACHES BARRY C, 1991, 1991 BRIT APH SOC C BASSO A, 1979, ARCH NEUROL-CHICAGO, V36, P190 BEHRMANN M, 1993, COGNITIVE APPROACH N BERMAN M, 1967, J SPEECH HEAR DISORD, V32, P372 BROIDA H, 1977, ARCH PHYS MED REHAB, V58, P248 BRUCE C, 1988, NEUROPSYCHOLOGIA, V26, P253, DOI 10.1016/0028-3932(88)90078-4 Butterworth B, 1989, LEXICAL REPRESENTATI BYNG S, 1993, 1993 BRIT APH SOC C CARAMAZZA A, 1993, NEUROPSYCHOL REHABIL, V3, P217, DOI 10.1080/09602019308401437 CARAMAZZA A, 1989, COGNITIVE APPROACHES Carnap R., 1952, PHILOS STUD, VIII, P65, DOI 10.1007/BF02350366 COLLINS AM, 1969, J VERB LEARN VERB BE, V8, P240, DOI 10.1016/S0022-5371(69)80069-1 Coltheart M., 1994, COGNITIVE NEUROPSYCH Coltheart M., 1983, APHASIA THERAPY Coltheart M., 1980, DEEP DYSLEXIA COLTHEART M, 1980, UNPUB ANAL ACQUIRED COOK K, 1991, 1991 P BRIT APH SOC CRAIK FIM, 1972, J VERB LEARN VERB BE, V11, P671, DOI 10.1016/S0022-5371(72)80001-X Critchley M., 1970, APHASIOLOGY OTHER AS Davis A., 1991, NEUROPSYCHOL REHABIL, V1, P135, DOI 10.1080/09602019108401387 DELOCHE G, 1993, APHASIOLOGY, V7, P201, DOI 10.1080/02687039308249506 DEPARTZ MP, 1986, COGNITIVE NEUROPSYCH, V3, P149, DOI 10.1080/02643298608252674 FODOR JD, 1975, LINGUIST INQ, V6, P515 FRANZ SI, 1924, COMP PSYCHOL, V4, P349 Goodglass H, 1972, ASSESSMENT APHASIA R HELMICK JW, 1975, J COMMUN DISORD, V8, P23, DOI 10.1016/0021-9924(75)90023-4 Hillis A. E., 1994, COGNITIVE NEUROPSYCH HILLIS AE, 1989, ARCH PHYS MED REHAB, V70, P632 HILLIS AE, 1990, CLIN APHASIOLOGY, V19 HILLIS AE, 1992, J CLIN COMMUNICATION, V2, P19 HOWARD D, 1985, BRAIN, V108, P817 HOWARD D, 1985, COGNITIVE NEUROPSYCH, V2, P49, DOI 10.1080/02643298508252861 HOWARD D, 1984, COGNITIVE NEUROPSYCH, V1, P163, DOI 10.1080/02643298408252021 Howard D., 1992, PYRAMIDS PALM TREES Howard D., 1989, COGNITIVE APPROACHES Howard D., 1987, APHASIA THERAPY HIST JONES EV, 1989, 1989 P SUMM C BRIT A Kay J., 1992, PSYCHOLINGUISTIC ASS LEDORZE G, 1994, APHASIOLOGY, V8, P127 Lesser R., 1989, COGNITIVE APPROACHES MARSHALL J, 1990, APHASIOLOGY, V4, P167, DOI 10.1080/02687039008249068 MICELI G, 1994, IN PRESS BRAIN LANGU Morton J., 1970, MODELS HUMAN MEMORY Morton J., 1980, DEEP DYSLEXIA Nettleton J., 1991, J NEUROLINGUIST, V6, P139, DOI 10.1016/0911-6044(91)90004-3 NICKELS L, 1992, COGNITIVE NEUROPSYCH, V9, P155, DOI 10.1080/02643299208252057 NICKELS LA, 1996, IN PRESS APHASIOLOGY, V10 Patterson K., 1983, APHASIA THERAPY PRING T, 1990, APHASIOLOGY, V4, P479, DOI 10.1080/02687039008248788 PRING T, 1993, APHASIOLOGY, V7, P383, DOI 10.1080/02687039308249517 RAYMER AM, 1993, APHASIOLOGY, V7, P27, DOI 10.1080/02687039308249498 ROSCH E, 1976, COGNITIVE PSYCHOL, V8, P382, DOI 10.1016/0010-0285(76)90013-X ROSENBEK JC, 1977, CLIN ASPECTS DYSPHAS SCOTT C, 1987, THESIS U LONDON SERON X, 1979, CORTEX, V15, P149 THOMPSON CK, 1981, CLIN APHASIOLOGY C P WARRINGTON EK, 1979, BRAIN, V102, P43, DOI 10.1093/brain/102.1.43 WARRINGTON EK, 1975, Q J EXP PSYCHOL, V27, P635, DOI 10.1080/14640747508400525 WEIGL E, 1960, Arch Psychiatr Nervenkr Z Gesamte Neurol Psychiatr, V200, P306, DOI 10.1007/BF00345279 WEIGELCRUMP C, 1973, CORTEX, V9, P411 Weigl E, 1961, Z PHONETIK SPRACHWIS, V14, P337 WILSON B, 1990, APPL COGNITIVE PSYCH, V4, P247, DOI 10.1002/acp.2350040403 WILSON BA, 1992, NEUROPSYCHOLOGY MEMO NR 64 TC 64 Z9 65 PU TAYLOR & FRANCIS LTD PI LONDON PA ONE GUNDPOWDER SQUARE, LONDON, ENGLAND EC4A 3DE SN 0268-7038 J9 APHASIOLOGY JI Aphasiology PD JAN PY 1996 VL 10 IS 1 BP 21 EP 47 DI 10.1080/02687039608248397 PG 27 WC Clinical Neurology SC Neurosciences & Neurology GA TR811 UT WOS:A1996TR81100002 ER PT J AU Hesketh, A Bishop, DVM AF Hesketh, A Bishop, DVM TI Agrammatism and adaptation theory SO APHASIOLOGY LA English DT Article ID APHASIA; BROCAS AB Ability to process grammatical structures was studied in 14 agrammatic speakers, 11 other non-fluent aphasics, five fluent aphasics and 10 normal controls. Adaptation theory maintains that spontaneous speech gives a poor indication of the underlying impairment, because agrammatic patients adopt a strategy of producing elliptical speech to avoid making errors. It was therefore predicted that the pattern of grammatical errors should look different in tasks that minimized or prevented adaptation, such as elicited speech, written sentence ordering and doze tasks. The grammatical profile of agrammatic aphasics did show some change under eliciting conditions; they produced a higher proportion of verbs in these circumstances and showed some ability to produce active transitive constructions that were not seen in spontaneous speech. However, elicitation had no effect on sentence length or complexity or use of grammatical morphemes. Paragrammatic errors were seen in both agrammatic and fluent aphasics under eliciting conditions, but were rare in both groups. In contrast to previous studies of German and Dutch aphasic patients, it was found that omission of obligatory inflectional endings was particularly common in agrammatic speakers, both in spontaneous speech and on a doze task where such omissions could not be regarded as strategic use of ellipsis. C1 MRC,APPL PSYCHOL UNIT,LONDON W1N 4AL,ENGLAND. RP Hesketh, A (reprint author), UNIV MANCHESTER,CTR AUDIOL EDUC DEAF & SPEECH PATHOL,MANCHESTER,LANCS,ENGLAND. CR Caramazza A., 1985, AGRAMMATISM, P27 GARDNER H, 1975, NEUROPSYCHOLOGIA, V13, P181, DOI 10.1016/0028-3932(75)90027-5 GLEASON JB, 1980, J SPEECH HEAR RES, V23, P370 Goodglass H, 1983, ASSESSMENT APHASIA R, V2nd Goodglass H, 1972, Cortex, V8, P191 GRODZINSKY Y, 1984, COGNITION, V16, P99, DOI 10.1016/0010-0277(84)90001-5 HAARMANN HJ, 1991, APHASIOLOGY, V5, P247, DOI 10.1080/02687039108248527 HAARMANN HJ, 1991, COGNITIVE SCI, V15, P49, DOI 10.1207/s15516709cog1501_2 HAARMANN HJ, 1992, CORTEX, V28, P97 Heeschen C., 1985, AGRAMMATISM, P207 HOFSTEDE BTM, 1994, BRAIN LANG, V46, P278, DOI 10.1006/brln.1994.1017 KOLK H, 1990, APHASIOLOGY, V4, P221, DOI 10.1080/02687039008249075 Kolk H. H. J., 1985, AGRAMMATISM, P165 KOLK H, 1992, LANG COGNITIVE PROC, V7, P89, DOI 10.1080/01690969208409381 KOLK HHJ, 1985, COGNITIVE NEUROPSYCH, V2, P347, DOI 10.1080/02643298508252666 MICELI G, 1983, BRAIN LANG, V19, P65, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(83)90056-1 SAFFRAN EM, 1989, BRAIN LANG, V37, P440, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(89)90030-8 STARK JA, 1990, AGRAMMATIC APHASIA C, P281 NR 18 TC 14 Z9 14 PU TAYLOR & FRANCIS LTD PI LONDON PA ONE GUNDPOWDER SQUARE, LONDON, ENGLAND EC4A 3DE SN 0268-7038 J9 APHASIOLOGY JI Aphasiology PD JAN PY 1996 VL 10 IS 1 BP 49 EP 80 DI 10.1080/02687039608248398 PG 32 WC Clinical Neurology SC Neurosciences & Neurology GA TR811 UT WOS:A1996TR81100003 ER PT J AU Kolk, H Heeschen, C AF Kolk, H Heeschen, C TI The malleability of agrammatic symptoms: A reply to Hesketh and Bishop SO APHASIOLOGY LA English DT Article ID APHASICS; BROCAS AB In their paper 'Agrammatism and adaptation theory', A. Hesketh and D. V. M. Bishop (Aphasiology, 1996, 10, p. 49-80), report a study on the language behaviour of a group of English-speaking aphasic patients. The purpose of this study was to replicate earlier findings reported for German and Dutch, showing that agrammatic speakers demonstrate particular kinds of variation in type of agrammatic output when the task demands are changed. Their conclusion is that the predictions made by adaptation theory are only partially supported. In this paper we discuss a number of methodological problems we have with the paper. In study 1, Hesketh and Bishop have used a methodology which is critically different from the ones employed in the studies they attempt to replicate. They had: (a) a different baseline, (b) a different elicitation procedure, and (c) a set of: different response measures, not tailored to the predictions made by the theory. For these reasons their results must be regarded as inconclusive. Study 2 employed an elicitation procedure similar to one used previously; results are basically consistent with the predictions. The task used in Study 3 required the patient to select the right bound morpheme from a large set of morphological variants. Again the response measures were not appropriate, given the predictions of the theory. Furthermore, the test involved written materials, so that the presence of dyslexia in a number of patients could have influenced the results. Our general conclusion is that an appropriate replicational study in English for the findings on task variation is still called for. RP Kolk, H (reprint author), UNIV NIJMEGEN,NIJMEGEN INST COGNIT RES & INFORMAT TECHNOL,POB 9104,6500 HE NIJMEGEN,NETHERLANDS. CR Coltheart M., 1980, DEEP DYSLEXIA Goodglass H, 1972, ASSESSMENT APHASIA R HAARMANN HJ, 1991, COGNITIVE SCI, V15, P49, DOI 10.1207/s15516709cog1501_2 HAARMANN HJ, 1992, CORTEX, V28, P97 HAARMANN HJ, 1981, APHASIOLOGY, V5, P1 HAARMANN HJ, 1994, BRAIN LANG, V46, P493, DOI 10.1006/brln.1994.1028 HEESCHEN C, 1994, SPRACHE GEBIRN GRUND, P125 Heeschen C., 1985, AGRAMMATISM, P207 Hesketh A, 1996, APHASIOLOGY, V10, P49, DOI 10.1080/02687039608248398 HOFSTEDE BTM, 1992, NICI9207 TECHN REP HOFSTEDE BTM, 1994, BRAIN LANG, V46, P278, DOI 10.1006/brln.1994.1017 KLEIN W, 1993, SYNTAX INT HDB ZEITG KOLK H, 1990, APHASIOLOGY, V4, P221, DOI 10.1080/02687039008249075 KOLK H, 1995, IN PRESS BRAIN LANGU Kolk H., 1987, Natural Language Generation: New Results in Artificial Intelligence, Psychology and Linguistics. Proceedings of the NATO Advanced Research Workshop KOLK H, 1994, BRAIN LANG, V47, P507 Kolk H. H. J., 1985, AGRAMMATISM, P165 KOLK H, 1992, LANG COGNITIVE PROC, V7, P89, DOI 10.1080/01690969208409381 KOLK HHJ, 1985, COGNITIVE NEUROPSYCH, V2, P347, DOI 10.1080/02643298508252666 LINEBARGER MC, 1983, COGNITION, V13, P361, DOI 10.1016/0010-0277(83)90015-X SAFFRAN EM, 1989, BRAIN LANG, V37, P440, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(89)90030-8 SCHLENCK KJ, 1994, BEHANDLUNG SCHWEREN STARK JA, 1990, AGRAMMATIC APHASIA C, P281 NR 23 TC 4 Z9 4 PU TAYLOR & FRANCIS LTD PI LONDON PA ONE GUNDPOWDER SQUARE, LONDON, ENGLAND EC4A 3DE SN 0268-7038 J9 APHASIOLOGY JI Aphasiology PD JAN PY 1996 VL 10 IS 1 BP 81 EP 96 DI 10.1080/02687039608248399 PG 16 WC Clinical Neurology SC Neurosciences & Neurology GA TR811 UT WOS:A1996TR81100004 ER PT J AU Maeshima, S Itakura, T Nakai, K Komai, N Dohi, N Murase, Y Konno, K AF Maeshima, S Itakura, T Nakai, K Komai, N Dohi, N Murase, Y Konno, K TI Palilalia and unilateral spatial neglect caused by a right frontal lesion: Case study SO APHASIOLOGY LA English DT Article AB A 55-year-old, right-handed Japanese man manifested palilalia as well as unilateral spatial neglect following a subcortical haemorrhage in the frontal lobe. CT and SPECT showed the lesions to be localized in the right frontal lobe, with no obvious involvement of the basal ganglia. At an early stage this patient exhibited a combination of an exploratory-motor and a perceptual-sensory neglect, which later changed to exploratory-motor neglect alone. The palilalia, which persisted for 1 year, was characterized by the repetition of words or phrases, not single syllables. While it seemed that the palilalia and unilateral spatial neglect were induced by the same lesion, their clinical courses differed; thus they were probably produced by differing mechanisms. C1 FUJITA HLTH UNIV,DEPT REHABIL MED,TOYOAKE,AICHI,JAPAN. FUJITA HLTH UNIV,DEPT NEUROSURG,TOYOAKE,AICHI,JAPAN. RP Maeshima, S (reprint author), WAKAYAMA MED COLL,DEPT NEUROL SURG,27 NANABAN CHO,WAKAYAMA 640,JAPAN. CR ALAJOUANINE T., 1959, REV NEUROL [PARIS], V101, P685 BOLLER F, 1973, NEUROLOGY, V23, P117 Critchley M, 1927, J NEUROL PSYCHOPATHO, V8, P23 DAFFNER KR, 1990, ANN NEUROL, V28, P97, DOI 10.1002/ana.410280119 DAMASIO AR, 1980, NEUROPSYCHOLOGIA, V18, P123, DOI 10.1016/0028-3932(80)90058-5 De Renzi E, 1879, GIORNALE ITALIANO SC, V1, P474 DUPRE E, 1914, REV NEUROL, V27, P453 FREY E, 1914, Z GESAMTE NEUROL PSY, V27, P397 FRITH CD, 1991, NEUROPSYCHOLOGIA, V29, P1137, DOI 10.1016/0028-3932(91)90029-8 HASEGAWA O, 1986, NEUROL MED TOKYO, V24, P573 Heilman K. M., 1983, LOCALIZATION NEUROPS, P471 HEILMANN MH, 1971, NEUROLOGY, V21, P660 HELM NA, 1979, J SPEECH HEAR DISORD, V44, P350 IMAMURA Y, 1989, HIGHER BRAIN FUNCT R, V9, P211 LIU GT, 1992, J NEUROL NEUROSUR PS, V55, P701, DOI 10.1136/jnnp.55.8.701 MAESHIMA S, 1992, ACTA NEUROL SCAND, V85, P418 MAESHIMA S, 1994, J NEUROL NEUROSUR PS, V57, P89, DOI 10.1136/jnnp.57.1.89 MARIE P, 1925, MONDE MED PARIS, V35, P329 Mesulam MM, 1985, PRINCIPLES BEHAV NEU, P125 NAGURA N, 1982, NEUROL MED TOKYO, V16, P554 PICK A, 1921, ABHANDLUNGEN NEUROLO, V13, P178 SATO M, 1991, JAPANESE J NEUROPSYC, V7, P202 SOUQUES MA, 1908, REV NEUROL, V16, P340 STERLING W, 1924, REV NEUROL, P205 VALLAR G, 1988, J NEUROL NEUROSUR PS, V51, P1269, DOI 10.1136/jnnp.51.10.1269 YASUDA Y, 1990, J NEUROL NEUROSUR PS, V53, P797, DOI 10.1136/jnnp.53.9.797 NR 26 TC 5 Z9 5 PU TAYLOR & FRANCIS LTD PI LONDON PA ONE GUNDPOWDER SQUARE, LONDON, ENGLAND EC4A 3DE SN 0268-7038 J9 APHASIOLOGY JI Aphasiology PD JAN PY 1996 VL 10 IS 1 BP 97 EP 106 DI 10.1080/02687039608248400 PG 10 WC Clinical Neurology SC Neurosciences & Neurology GA TR811 UT WOS:A1996TR81100005 ER PT J AU WORRALL, LE YIU, EML HICKSON, LMH BARNETT, HM AF WORRALL, LE YIU, EML HICKSON, LMH BARNETT, HM TI NORMATIVE DATA FOR THE BOSTON NAMING TEST FOR AUSTRALIAN ELDERLY SO APHASIOLOGY LA English DT Article ID PERFORMANCE; ADULTS AB The Boston Naming Test (BNT) is frequently used to assess for word-retrieval difficulties, but its use outside North America is restricted by items such as 'beaver' and 'pretzel'. A total of 136 older Australians were tested on the BNT. Those items which frequently produced naming errors were identified and alternative items trialled. Age, years of schooling, visual acuity and forward and backward digit span assessments were correlated with BNT scores, and errors were analysed. The mean BNT score for Australian subjects was two to five items below the reported mean scores of North American subjects. Percentages correct for 'beaver' and 'pretzel' were greater than two standard deviations below the mean BNT score, and alternative items are proposed. Age, years of schooling, visual acuity and backward digit span were all found to be significantly correlated with BNT scores, and semantically related errors were the most frequent type of error followed by 'don't-know' responses. This study suggests that examiners need to be cautious when interpreting BNT scores of Australian and possibly other non-American subjects. Cut-off scores need to take into account word-frequency differences between cultures, and examiners need to be aware of the effects of age, educational level, visual acuity and memory. RP WORRALL, LE (reprint author), UNIV QUEENSLAND,DEPT SPEECH & HEARING,BRISBANE,QLD 4072,AUSTRALIA. RI Hickson, Louise/F-8748-2010; Worrall, Linda/D-2579-2010 OI Worrall, Linda/0000-0002-3283-7038 CR BAILEY IL, 1976, AM J OPTOM PHYS OPT, V53, P740 BAYLES K, 1991, BRAIN LANG, V19, P98 BEELE KA, 1984, BRIT J DISORDERS COM, V19, P69 BOROD J C, 1980, Journal of Clinical Neuropsychology, V2, P209, DOI 10.1080/01688638008403793 CORMACK RA, IN PRESS AUSTR J HUM FARMER A, 1990, APHASIOLOGY, V4, P293, DOI 10.1080/02687039008249081 JORDAN F M, 1990, Brain Injury, V4, P147, DOI 10.3109/02699059009026159 Kaplan E, 1983, BOSTON NAMING TEST KOHN SE, 1985, BRAIN LANG, V24, P266, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(85)90135-X LABARGE E, 1986, BRAIN LANG, V27, P380, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(86)90026-X LEZAK MD, 1983, NEUROPSYCHOLOGICAL A Light L. L., 1988, LANGUAGE MEMORY AGIN, P244 MITCHUM CC, 1990, APHASIOLOGY, V4, P261, DOI 10.1080/02687039008249079 NICHOLAS LE, 1989, APHASIOLOGY, V3, P569, DOI 10.1080/02687038908249023 NICHOLAS M, 1985, CORTEX, V21, P595 POZZEBON M, 1990, MELBOURNE PAPERS APP, V2, P19 SMITH SR, 1989, BRAIN LANG, V36, P314, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(89)90068-0 VANGORP WG, 1986, J CLIN EXP NEUROPSYC, V8, P702, DOI 10.1080/01688638608405189 WORRALL LE, 1990, AUSTR J HUMAN COMMUN, V18, P53 NR 19 TC 34 Z9 34 PU TAYLOR & FRANCIS LTD LONDON PI LONDON PA ONE GUNDPOWDER SQUARE, LONDON, ENGLAND EC4A 3DE SN 0268-7038 J9 APHASIOLOGY JI Aphasiology PD NOV-DEC PY 1995 VL 9 IS 6 BP 541 EP 551 DI 10.1080/02687039508248713 PG 11 WC Clinical Neurology SC Neurosciences & Neurology GA TA570 UT WOS:A1995TA57000002 ER PT J AU MAZZONI, M VISTA, M GERI, E AVILA, L BIANCHI, F MORETTI, P AF MAZZONI, M VISTA, M GERI, E AVILA, L BIANCHI, F MORETTI, P TI COMPARISON OF LANGUAGE RECOVERY IN REHABILITATED AND MATCHED, NON-REHABILITATED APHASIC PATIENTS SO APHASIOLOGY LA English DT Article ID ISCHEMIC STROKE; THERAPY; SPEECH; TRIAL AB We have assessed 26 aphasic patients, matched in pairs as closely as possible for personal data (age, sex, education), neurological damage suffered (nature, site and size of lesions) and characteristics of linguistic impairments (type of aphasic syndrome and severity of aphasia). These patients were therefore distinguishable only by the presence (n=13) or absence (n=13) of structured, systematic language therapy. The assignment to one group or the other was not random; rather, the patients who constitute the non-rehabilitated group could not, for logistic and/or familial reasons, attend language therapy sessions. Our findings confirm the effectiveness of language rehabilitation in aphasic disorders: at the end of 6 months of therapy the number of patients who met our criterion for improvement was significantly higher in the treated group in the expressive language modality. The rehabilitated and non-rehabilitated groups did not differ significantly at 4 months post-onset, while they did differ significantly at 7 months post-onset; this shows that the duration of treatment seems to be a determining factor in the effectiveness of language rehabilitation. C1 CNR,INST CLIN PHYSIOL,EPIDEMIOL & BIOSTAT UNIT,PISA,ITALY. RP MAZZONI, M (reprint author), UNIV PISA,INST CLIN NEUROL,NEUROPSYCHOL LAB,VIA ROMA 67,I-56126 PISA,ITALY. CR ARMITAGE P, 1971, STATISTICAL METHODS BASSO A, 1979, ARCH NEUROL-CHICAGO, V36, P190 BASSO A, 1987, RIABILITAZIONE NEURO, P57 BASSO A, 1977, PAZIENTE AFASICO BASSO A, 1989, HDB NEUROPSYCHOLOGY, V2, P67 BRUST JCM, 1976, STROKE, V7, P167 DAVID R, 1982, J NEUROL NEUROSUR PS, V45, P957, DOI 10.1136/jnnp.45.11.957 DAVID RM, 1984, TERAPIA AFASIA, P16 De Renzi E., 1966, CORTEX, V2, P50 DEMEURISSE G, 1980, STROKE, V11, P455 DIXON WJ, 1983, BMDP STATISTICAL SOF Goodglass H., 1964, CORTEX, V1, P133, DOI [10.1016/S0010-9452(64)80018-6, DOI 10.1016/S0010-9452(64)80018-6] HAGEN C, 1973, ARCH PHYS MED REHAB, V54, P454 HARTMAN J, 1987, ARCH NEUROL-CHICAGO, V44, P646 HOLLAND AL, 1989, HDB NEUROPSYCHOLOGY, V2, P83 KERTESZ A, 1977, BRAIN, V100, P1, DOI 10.1093/brain/100.1.1 LENDREM W, 1985, J NEUROL NEUROSUR PS, V48, P743, DOI 10.1136/jnnp.48.8.743 LINCOLN NB, 1984, LANCET, V1, P1197 LOMAS J, 1978, BRAIN LANG, V24, P411 MARSHALL RC, 1982, FOLIA PHONIATR, V34, P305 MAZZOCCHI F, 1979, CORTEX, V15, P627 MAZZONI M, 1992, APHASIOLOGY, V6, P387, DOI 10.1080/02687039208248609 MEIKLE M, 1979, BRIT MED J, V2, P87 OLDFIELD RC, 1971, NEUROPSYCHOLOGIA, V9, P97, DOI 10.1016/0028-3932(71)90067-4 POECK K, 1989, J SPEECH HEAR DISORD, V54, P471 SARNO MT, 1979, STROKE, V10, P663 SCHOONEN R, 1991, BRAIN LANG, V41, P446, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(91)90166-X SHEWAN CM, 1984, BRAIN LANG, V23, P272, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(84)90068-3 Siegel S., 1956, NONPARAMETRIC STATIS VIGNOLO LA, 1978, DUE CERVELLI, P77 VIGNOLO LA, 1964, CORTEX, V1, P344 WERTZ RT, 1986, ARCH NEUROL-CHICAGO, V43, P653 WERTZ RT, 1981, J SPEECH HEAR RES, V24, P580 NR 33 TC 11 Z9 11 PU TAYLOR & FRANCIS LTD LONDON PI LONDON PA ONE GUNDPOWDER SQUARE, LONDON, ENGLAND EC4A 3DE SN 0268-7038 J9 APHASIOLOGY JI Aphasiology PD NOV-DEC PY 1995 VL 9 IS 6 BP 553 EP 563 DI 10.1080/02687039508248714 PG 11 WC Clinical Neurology SC Neurosciences & Neurology GA TA570 UT WOS:A1995TA57000003 ER PT J AU SORINPETERS, R BEHRMANN, M AF SORINPETERS, R BEHRMANN, M TI CHANGE IN PERCEPTION OF COMMUNICATION ABILITIES OF APHASIC PATIENTS AND THEIR FAMILIES SO APHASIOLOGY LA English DT Article ID LANGUAGE TREATMENT; STROKE; SPEECH AB Perceptions of aphasic adult communicative performance, as rated by three aphasic patients and their caregivers, were used as measures of change after a combined language therapy and day treatment programme. Patients' and caregivers' perceptions were used as an index of satisfaction with treatment. Changes in perception, as assessed on the Communicative Effectiveness Index (CETI), were compared to changes observed in functional communication on the test of Communicative Activities of Daily Living (CADL) and to changes in communication in real life situations, as reported by patients and families. For subjects 1 and 2, there was a positive relationship between changes in subjects' perceptions and changes in communication in everyday situations. For subject 3, there was a negative relationship. Results are discussed in terms of patients' ability to self-assess and self-modify communicative behaviours. Caregivers' results are discussed in terms of their ability to assess their relatives' performance and implement communication strategies. Implications for consumer satisfaction are also discussed. C1 BAYCREST HOSP,BAYCREST CTR GERIAT CARE,ROTMAN RES INST,N YORK,ON M6A 2E1,CANADA. RP SORINPETERS, R (reprint author), BAYCREST HOSP,BAYCREST CTR GERIAT CARE,DEPT COMMUN DISORDERS,3560 BATHURST ST,N YORK,ON M6A 2E1,CANADA. CR BASSO A, 1979, ARCH NEUROL-CHICAGO, V36, P190 Beard L.C., 1991, CLIN APHASIOLOGY, V19, P197 Boyle M., 1989, CLIN APHASIOLOGY, V18, P379 Conlon C., 1991, CLIN APHASIOLOGY, V19, P185 DOYLE PJ, 1990, TREATMENT EFFICACY R HAGEN C, 1973, ARCH PHYS MED REHAB, V54, P454 Holland A., 1980, COMMUNICATIVE ABILIT HOLLAND AL, 1989, J SPEECH HEAR RES, V32, P232 Howard D., 1987, APHASIA THERAPY HIST Kagan A., 1993, APHASIA TREATMENT WO, P199 LINCOLN NB, 1984, LANCET, V1, P1197 LOMAS J, 1989, J SPEECH HEAR DISORD, V54, P113 Lyon J, 1992, AM J SPEECH-LANG PAT, V1, P7 MARKS M, 1957, Arch Phys Med Rehabil, V38, P219 Sarno M. T., 1981, ACQUIRED APHASIA, P485 SHEWAN CM, 1984, BRAIN LANG, V23, P272, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(84)90068-3 WERTZ RT, 1986, ARCH NEUROL-CHICAGO, V43, P653 WERTZ RT, 1981, J SPEECH HEAR RES, V24, P580 NR 18 TC 2 Z9 2 PU TAYLOR & FRANCIS LTD LONDON PI LONDON PA ONE GUNDPOWDER SQUARE, LONDON, ENGLAND EC4A 3DE SN 0268-7038 J9 APHASIOLOGY JI Aphasiology PD NOV-DEC PY 1995 VL 9 IS 6 BP 565 EP 575 DI 10.1080/02687039508248715 PG 11 WC Clinical Neurology SC Neurosciences & Neurology GA TA570 UT WOS:A1995TA57000004 ER PT J AU DOGIL, G HAIDER, H SCHANERWOLLES, C HUSMANN, R AF DOGIL, G HAIDER, H SCHANERWOLLES, C HUSMANN, R TI RADICAL AUTONOMY OF SYNTAX - EVIDENCE FROM TRANSCORTICAL SENSORY APHASIA SO APHASIOLOGY LA English DT Article ID WORD AB The syndrome of transcortical sensory aphasia provides evidence for modular theories of grammar. The 'corrective repetitions' of patients clearly show their preserved competence in the area of core syntax. In this study a detailed discussion of a patient is presented, whose corrective behaviour points to his sensitivity to syntactically autonomous, obligatory dependency relations that typically occur with antecendent-governed agreement relations. This isolated ability contrasts sharply with his complete failure at corrective repetition of lexical-semantic and certain distributional cues. C1 JOHANNESKRANKENHAUS BIELEFELD,NEUROL CLIN,BIELEFELD,GERMANY. UNIV STUTTGART,DEPT LINGUIST,STUTTGART,GERMANY. UNIV VIENNA,DEPT LINGUIST,VIENNA,AUSTRIA. RP DOGIL, G (reprint author), UNIV STUTTGART,IMS,LEHRSTUHL EXPTL PHONET,AZENBERGSTR 12,D-70174 STUTTGART,GERMANY. RI Cognitive Neuroscience, Centre for/C-7888-2011 CR BAUM SR, 1991, CLIN LINGUIST PHONET, V5, P317, DOI 10.3109/02699209108985899 Chomsky N., 1986, KNOWLEDGE LANGUAGE I Chomsky Noam, 1992, MIT OCCASIONAL PAPER, V1 DAVIS L, 1978, BRAIN LANG, V6, P226, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(78)90060-3 DEACON TW, 1990, EVOLUTION HUMAN LANG DEBLESER R, 1986, PERSPECTIVES COGNITI DEBLESER R, 1985, LINGUIST REV, V5, P1 DOGIL G, 1992, 5TH WORKSH CLIN LING DOGIL G, UNPUB SPEECH PRODUCT Fodor Jerry A., 1983, MODULARITY MIND GESCHWIN.N, 1968, NEUROPSYCHOLOGIA, V6, P327, DOI 10.1016/0028-3932(68)90005-5 HAIDER H, 1986, VERB 2ND PHENOMENA G Haider Hubert, 1993, DTSCH SYNTAX GENERAT Huber W., 1983, AACHENER APHASIE TES KERTESZ A, 1991, APHASIOLOGY, V5, P207, DOI 10.1080/02687039108248525 Koster Jan, 1987, DOMAINS DYNASTIES RA SASANUMA S, 1975, NEUROLOGY, V25, P627 SEIDON D, 1985, CEREBRAL CORTEX, V4 SMITH N, 1991, LINGUA, V84, P315, DOI 10.1016/0024-3841(91)90034-3 Whitaeves J.F., 1876, GEOLOGICAL SURVEY CA, V1, P1 Yamada J, 1990, LAURA CASE STUDY MOD NR 21 TC 6 Z9 6 PU TAYLOR & FRANCIS LTD LONDON PI LONDON PA ONE GUNDPOWDER SQUARE, LONDON, ENGLAND EC4A 3DE SN 0268-7038 J9 APHASIOLOGY JI Aphasiology PD NOV-DEC PY 1995 VL 9 IS 6 BP 577 EP 602 DI 10.1080/02687039508248716 PG 26 WC Clinical Neurology SC Neurosciences & Neurology GA TA570 UT WOS:A1995TA57000005 ER PT J AU BERTHIER, ML AF BERTHIER, ML TI TRANSCORTICAL SENSORY APHASIA - DISSOCIATION BETWEEN NAMING AND COMPREHENSION SO APHASIOLOGY LA English DT Article ID WERNICKES APHASIA; PHONOLOGICAL DYSLEXIA; DOMINANT HEMISPHERE; WORD-COMPREHENSION; CEREBRAL ASYMMETRY; ALZHEIMERS-DISEASE; ANOMIC APHASIA; RIGHT-HANDERS; BRAIN-DAMAGE; LANGUAGE AB Although anemia in transcortical sensory aphasia (TSA) is usually described as a semantically based deficit (naming and recognition are equally affected), dissociations in naming performance have occasionally been reported. We report a two-part study: in Study 1 the pattern of preserved and impaired language abilities was examined in five patients with TSA and intact object naming; in Study 2 the neural mechanism(s) underlying preserved visual confrontation naming in TSA was examined. Demographic factors, severity of language deficits, lesion volume and location, and cerebral asymmetries of patients with TSA and intact naming (TSA-intact) (n=6) were compared with those of patients with TSA and impaired naming (TSA-impaired) (n=6), anemic aphasia (Anemia) (n=6), and left hemisphere damage without aphasia (Control). The results of Study 1 revealed that all five patients had a relative preservation of oral production (spontaneous speech, repetition, naming and reading aloud), but impaired auditory and written (sentence-level) comprehension. Object/picture naming was significantly better than auditory comprehension of the same targets, and naming was also preserved in tactile and auditory (verbal definitions and non-verbal sounds) modalites, but written naming was impaired. In four patients oral reading showed a pattern of phonological dyslexia. The results of Study 2 failed to demonstrate significant differences between the groups with preserved naming (TSA-intact and control) and those with impaired naming (TSA-impaired and anemia) in non-language variables that might explain the selective preservation or impairment of naming. These results are discussed in terms of the functional and anatomical independence of the neural systems responsible for object naming and comprehension. RP BERTHIER, ML (reprint author), VIRGEN VICTORIA UNIV HOSP,SERV NEUROL,CAMPUS UNIV TEATINOS,APARTADO 3091,E-29010 MALAGA,SPAIN. CR Albert ML, 1981, CLIN ASPECTS DYSPHAS, V2, P92 ALEXANDER MP, 1989, ARCH NEUROL-CHICAGO, V46, P885 ANDY OJ, 1984, BRAIN LANG, V23, P159, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(84)90014-2 BEAUVOIS MF, 1979, J NEUROL NEUROSUR PS, V42, P1115, DOI 10.1136/jnnp.42.12.1115 BEAUVOIS MF, 1978, BRAIN, V101, P381, DOI 10.1093/brain/101.3.381 BENSON DF, 1988, APHASIOLOGY, V2, P229, DOI 10.1080/02687038808248915 BERNDT RS, 1988, HDB NEUROPSYCHOLOGY, V1, P329 BERNDT RS, 1987, COGNITIVE NEUROPSYCH, V4, P79, DOI 10.1080/02643298708252036 BERTHIER ML, 1991, BRAIN, V114, P1409, DOI 10.1093/brain/114.3.1409 BHATNAGAR S, 1983, ARCH NEUROL-CHICAGO, V40, P728 BUB D, 1982, BRAIN, V105, P697, DOI 10.1093/brain/105.4.697 CAMPBELL R, 1985, Q J EXP PSYCHOL-A, V37, P435 Caplan D., 1987, NEUROLINGUISTICS LIN CASELLI RJ, 1991, MAYO CLIN PROC, V66, P783 COSLETT HB, 1987, BRAIN LANG, V32, P362, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(87)90133-7 COSLETT HB, 1985, BRAIN LANG, V24, P20, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(85)90095-1 COUGHLAN AK, 1978, BRAIN, V101, P163, DOI 10.1093/brain/101.1.163 DAMASIO AR, 1990, TRENDS NEUROSCI, V13, P95, DOI 10.1016/0166-2236(90)90184-C DAMASIO AR, 1992, NEW ENGL J MED, V326, P531, DOI 10.1056/NEJM199202203260806 DAVIS L, 1978, BRAIN LANG, V6, P226, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(78)90060-3 DERENZI E, 1962, BRAIN, V85, P665, DOI 10.1093/brain/85.4.665 DEWAN MJ, 1987, BIOL PSYCHIAT, V22, P1058, DOI 10.1016/0006-3223(87)90048-5 DIESFELDT HFA, 1989, APHASIOLOGY, V3, P41, DOI 10.1080/02687038908248975 DIESFELDT HFA, 1991, BRAIN, V114, P1631, DOI 10.1093/brain/114.4.1631 Ellis A. W., 1988, HUMAN COGNITIVE NEUR ELLIS AW, 1985, PROGR PSYCHOL LANGUA, V2, P107 Goldstein K, 1948, LANGUAGE LANGUAGE DI, P292 GOODGLASS H, 1988, NEUROPSYCHOLOGIA, V26, P67, DOI 10.1016/0028-3932(88)90031-0 GOODGLASS H, 1986, CORTEX, V22, P87 HADAR U, 1987, CORTEX, V23, P505 HADAR U, 1991, CORTEX, V27, P459 HART J, 1990, ANN NEUROL, V27, P226, DOI 10.1002/ana.410270303 HEILMAN KM, 1981, ARCH NEUROL-CHICAGO, V38, P236 HEILMAN KM, 1976, BRAIN, V99, P415, DOI 10.1093/brain/99.3.415 HIER DB, 1977, BRAIN LANG, V4, P115, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(77)90010-4 HOWARD D, 1984, COGNITIVE NEUROPSYCH, V1, P163, DOI 10.1080/02643298408252021 HUMPHREYS GW, 1987, TRENDS NEUROSCI, V10, P145, DOI 10.1016/0166-2236(87)90040-3 JOANETTE Y, 1988, BRAIN LANG, V34, P54, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(88)90124-1 JOANETTE Y, 1983, BRAIN LANG, V20, P217, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(83)90043-3 Juilland A., 1964, FREQUENCY DICT SPANI Kaplan E, 1983, BOSTON NAMING TEST KAPUR N, 1984, BRAIN LANG, V23, P134, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(84)90012-9 KERTESZ A, 1982, ARCH NEUROL-CHICAGO, V39, P475 Kertesz A., 1982, W APHASIA BATTERY KNOPMAN DS, 1984, NEUROLOGY, V34, P1461 KOHN SE, 1986, COGNITIVE NEUROPSYCH, V3, P291, DOI 10.1080/02643298608253361 Kremin H, 1986, J NEUROLINGUIST, V2, P131, DOI DOI 10.1016/S0911-6044(86)80008-2 LEVINE DN, 1984, NEUROLOGY, V34, P577 LUCHINS DJ, 1983, PSYCHIAT RES, V10, P87, DOI 10.1016/0165-1781(83)90107-5 LYTTON WW, 1989, BRAIN, V112, P583, DOI 10.1093/brain/112.3.583 MARGOLIN DI, 1991, ARCH NEUROL-CHICAGO, V48, P751 MARTIN N, 1990, BRAIN LANG, V39, P254, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(90)90014-8 Matsui T, 1978, ATLAS HUMAN BRAIN CO MCCARTHY R, 1984, BRAIN, V107, P463, DOI 10.1093/brain/107.2.463 MESULAM MM, 1990, ANN NEUROL, V28, P597, DOI 10.1002/ana.410280502 Morton J, 1980, COGNITIVE PROCESS, P117 Newcombe F, 1981, B ORTON SOC, V31, P29, DOI [10.1007/BF02658599, DOI 10.1007/BF02658599] NICHOLAS M, 1985, CORTEX, V21, P595 OJEMANN GA, 1975, BRAIN LANG, V2, P101, DOI 10.1016/S0093-934X(75)80057-5 OJEMANN G, 1989, J NEUROSURG, V71, P316, DOI 10.3171/jns.1989.71.3.0316 RAPCSAK SZ, 1989, ARCH NEUROL-CHICAGO, V46, P65 RAPCSAK SZ, 1987, BRAIN LANG, V31, P109, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(87)90063-0 Ratcliff G., 1982, NORMALITY PATHOLOGY, P147 RUBENS AB, 1983, LOCALIZATION NEUROPS, P245 SARTORI G, 1984, DYSLEXIA GLOBAL ISSU, P339 SCHWARTZ MF, 1979, BRAIN LANG, V7, P277, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(79)90024-5 SHUREN J, 1993, NEUROLOGY, V43, P1900 STARKSTEIN SE, 1988, ARCH NEUROL-CHICAGO, V45, P725 VANGORP WG, 1986, J CLIN EXP NEUROPSYC, V8, P702, DOI 10.1080/01688638608405189 Wechsler D., 1955, WECHSLER ADULT INTEL Wechsler D, 1945, J PSYCHOL, V19, P87 ZINGESER LB, 1988, COGNITIVE NEUROPSYCH, V5, P473, DOI 10.1080/02643298808253270 NR 72 TC 5 Z9 5 PU TAYLOR & FRANCIS LTD LONDON PI LONDON PA ONE GUNDPOWDER SQUARE, LONDON, ENGLAND EC4A 3DE SN 0268-7038 J9 APHASIOLOGY JI Aphasiology PD SEP-OCT PY 1995 VL 9 IS 5 BP 431 EP 451 DI 10.1080/02687039508248708 PG 21 WC Clinical Neurology SC Neurosciences & Neurology GA RT999 UT WOS:A1995RT99900002 ER PT J AU DYKSTRA, K GANDOUR, J STARK, RE AF DYKSTRA, K GANDOUR, J STARK, RE TI DISRUPTION OF PROSODY AFTER FRONTAL-LOBE SEIZURES IN THE NONDOMINANT HEMISPHERE SO APHASIOLOGY LA English DT Article ID PERFORMANCE STRUCTURES; SPEECH PROSODY; BROCAS APHASIA; CHILDREN; LANGUAGE; EPILEPSY AB The perception and production of linguistic and affective prosody at the word, phrase, and sentence levels were examined to delineate the nature of a prosodic deficit evident in a 20-year-old female with a history of seizures in the non-dominant frontal lobe. Acoustic-perceptual analysis of conversational and elicited speech revealed that both perception and production of affective and linguistic prosody were impaired. Acoustic analysis further indicated that timing and intensity were impaired, whereas fundamental frequency (F-0) was relatively spared. Her prosodic profile indicated that disruption of F-0 in longer and more complex prosodic units was secondary to an underlying timing deficit. Findings are interpreted to support the view that prosody is a multifaceted process that is not adequately described by current models of hemispheric specialization for prosody. In addition, findings are brought to bear on issues concerning language and epilepsy, as well as psycholinguistic models of language production. C1 PURDUE UNIV,DEPT AUDIOL & SPEECH SCI,W LAFAYETTE,IN 47907. CR BEHRENS SJ, 1988, BRAIN LANG, V33, P104, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(88)90057-0 BISHOP DVM, 1985, DEV MED CHILD NEUROL, V27, P705 BROWN JK, 1985, PAEDIATRIC PERSPECTI, P29 COHEN M, 1990, BRAIN LANG, V38, P122, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(90)90105-P COOPER JA, 1978, J SPEECH HEAR DISORD, V43, P176 Cooper W. E., 1980, SYNTAX SPEECH Cooper W. E., 1977, J ACOUST SOC AM, V62, P682 CURTISS S, 1988, UNPUB CURTISS YAMADA Dabul B. L., 1979, APRAXIA BATTERY ADUL DANLY M, 1982, BRAIN LANG, V16, P171, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(82)90082-7 DEONNA T, 1987, DEV MED CHILD NEUROL, V29, P156 DiSimoni F., 1978, TOKEN TEST CHILDREN Dunn L. M., 1981, PEABODY PICTURE VOCA EDMONDSON JA, 1987, J PHONETICS, V15, P219 EMMOREY KD, 1987, BRAIN LANG, V30, P305, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(87)90105-2 GANDOUR J, 1989, BRAIN LANG, V37, P232, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(89)90017-5 GEE JP, 1983, COGNITIVE PSYCHOL, V15, P411, DOI 10.1016/0010-0285(83)90014-2 Goldman R., 1969, GOLDMAN FRISTOE TEST Goodglass H., 1983, REVISED BOSTON NAMIN HEILMAN KM, 1984, NEUROLOGY, V34, P917 KEMPEN G, 1985, COGNITIVE SCI, V11, P201 KLATT DH, 1976, J ACOUST SOC AM, V59, P1208, DOI 10.1121/1.380986 KLOUDA GV, 1988, BRAIN LANG, V35, P154, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(88)90106-X LANDAU WM, 1957, NEUROLOGY, V7, P523 Lea W. A., 1973, CONSONANT TYPES TONE, P15 LENNOX WG, 1950, PEDIATRICS, V5, P626 LIBERMAN P, 1960, J ACOUST SOC AM, V32, P451 MCCLEAN MD, 1973, LANG SPEECH, V16, P283 MCKEEVER M, 1983, BRAIN LANG, V19, P25, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(83)90053-6 MILLER JF, 1984, LANGUAGE DISORDERS C, P57 MSALL M, 1986, CLIN PEDIATR, V25, P248, DOI 10.1177/000992288602500502 PETERSON GE, 1960, J ACOUST SOC AM, V32, P693, DOI 10.1121/1.1908183 PIMENTAL PA, 1989, MINI INVENTORY RIGHT ROBBINS J, 1984, J SPEECH HEAR DISORD, V49, P202 Robin D. A., 1991, TREATING DISORDERED, P241 ROBIN DA, 1990, BRAIN LANG, V39, P539, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(90)90161-9 RODRIGUEZ I, 1982, CLIN ELECTROENCEPHAL, V13, P23 ROSS ED, 1981, ARCH NEUROL-CHICAGO, V38, P561 SHAPIRO BE, 1985, BRAIN LANG, V25, P19, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(85)90118-X STLOUIS KO, 1987, ORAL SPEECH MECHANIS TOMPKINS CA, 1985, BRAIN LANG, V24, P185, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(85)90130-0 VANLANCKER D, 1992, J SPEECH HEAR RES, V35, P963 VANWIJK C, 1987, J PSYCHOLINGUIST RES, V16, P185 VANWIJK C, 1987, COGNITIVE PSYCHOL, V19, P403, DOI 10.1016/0010-0285(87)90014-4 VIANI F, 1977, EPILEPSY 8TH INT S, P63 WECHSLER D, 1972, WECHSLER MEMORY SCAL Wechsler D, 1974, WECHSLER INTELLIGENC WEINTRAUB S, 1981, ARCH NEUROL-CHICAGO, V38, P742 WORSTERDROUGHT C, 1971, DEV MED CHILD NEUROL, V13, P536 NR 49 TC 24 Z9 24 PU TAYLOR & FRANCIS LTD LONDON PI LONDON PA ONE GUNDPOWDER SQUARE, LONDON, ENGLAND EC4A 3DE SN 0268-7038 J9 APHASIOLOGY JI Aphasiology PD SEP-OCT PY 1995 VL 9 IS 5 BP 453 EP 476 DI 10.1080/02687039508248709 PG 24 WC Clinical Neurology SC Neurosciences & Neurology GA RT999 UT WOS:A1995RT99900003 ER PT J AU OXENHAM, D SHEARD, C ADAMS, R AF OXENHAM, D SHEARD, C ADAMS, R TI COMPARISON OF CLINICIAN AND SPOUSE PERCEPTIONS OF THE HANDICAP OF APHASIA - EVERYBODY UNDERSTANDS UNDERSTANDING SO APHASIOLOGY LA English DT Article ID REHABILITATION; COMMUNICATION; RELIABILITY; FAMILY; ADULTS; FUTURE AB This study examines whether standard aphasia assessment procedures provide sufficient information for speech pathologists to make socially valid judgements about the extent of disability and handicap experienced by aphasic speakers in their daily lives. Fourteen speech pathologists and six spouses described their impressions of six aphasic speakers' communication problems and completed a 42-item questionnaire rating their perceptions of how language deficits handicapped those individuals in daily living. Clinicians based their judgements on assessment procedures presented on videotape and paper. Spouses based their judgements on their aphasic partner's day-to-day communication. Qualitative analyses comparing speech pathologist and spouse perceptions indicate that both groups of judges used terms relating to disability and handicap to describe the aphasic speakers' communication problems, although clinicians did not tend to describe the same aspects of disability and handicap that were identified by spouses. Clinicians generally agreed with each other and were most reliable in their perceptions of the handicap resulting from deficits of 'understanding', but were less reliable in rating the handicap resulting from 'speaking' and 'conversation' deficits. Clinicians demonstrated some agreement with spouses in rating the handicap of 'understanding' deficits, but less in their ratings of parameters of 'speaking' and 'conversation.' Results suggest that although current aphasia assessment procedures provide essential information about the impairment and disability of aphasia, they may not provide sufficient information for clinicians to accurately predict the handicap of aphasia in terms of the effect on individuals' daily lives. The measurements used are discussed in terms of their potential applications in the management of aphasic clients and in future research. C1 UNIV SYDNEY,FAC HLTH SCI,SCH COMMUN DISORDERS,LIDCOMBE,NSW 2141,AUSTRALIA. CR BOSCHEN KA, 1989, REHABIL COUNS BULL, V32, P254 Buck M., 1968, DYSPHASIA PROFESSION CODE C, 1993, CODE MULLER PROTOCOL DAVID RM, 1990, APHASIOLOGY, V4, P103, DOI 10.1080/02687039008249058 DAWSON NV, 1990, EVAL HEALTH PROF, V13, P37, DOI 10.1177/016327879001300103 EVENSON TL, 1986, REHABIL LIT, V47, P274 FLOWERS CR, 1979, APHASIA APRAXIA AGNO, V1, P18 Hays W. L., 1988, STATISTICS HELMICK JW, 1976, J SPEECH HEAR DISORD, V41, P238 HERMANN M, 1989, APHASIOLOGY, V3, P491 Holland A., 1980, COMMUNICATIVE ABILIT Jensen MP, 2001, INT CLASSIFICATION I JONES RJ, 1969, J APPL BEHAV ANAL, V2, P223, DOI 10.1901/jaba.1969.2-223 KEARNS KP, 1981, CLIN APHASIOLOGY C P, P26 Kertesz A., 1980, W APHASIA BATTERY Kertesz A., 1982, W APHASIA BATTERY LARKINS P, 1981, CLIN APHASIOLOGY C P, P120 Linebaugh C. W., 1978, CLIN APHASIOLOGY C P, P304 LIVNEH H, 1987, INT J REHABIL RES, V10, P3, DOI 10.1097/00004356-198703000-00001 LOMAS J, 1987, MED CARE, V25, P764, DOI 10.1097/00005650-198708000-00009 LOMAS J, 1989, J SPEECH HEAR DISORD, V54, P113 MARTIN RR, 1984, J SPEECH HEAR DISORD, V49, P53 MIDDLETON RA, 1990, J REHABIL, V54, P23 MINKIN N, 1976, J APPL BEHAV ANAL, V9, P127, DOI 10.1901/jaba.1976.9-127 MULLER DJ, 1983, BRIT J DISORD COMMUN, V18, P23 NOBLE W, 1991, NOV NAT C OCC NOIS I Patton M. Q., 1987, USE QUALITATIVE METH Porch B. E., 1967, PORCH INDEX COMMUNIC REID D, 1984, RES LOCUS CONTROL CO, V3 REY JM, 1987, BRIT J PSYCHIAT, V150, P228, DOI 10.1192/bjp.150.2.228 Rotter J., 1972, APPLICATIONS SOCIAL SHEWAN CM, 1984, J COMMUN DISORD, V17, P175, DOI 10.1016/0021-9924(84)90010-8 SHROUT PE, 1979, PSYCHOL BULL, V86, P420, DOI 10.1037//0033-2909.86.2.420 Silver R., 1980, HUMAN HELPLESSNESS T, P279 SMITH L, 1985, BRIT J DISORD COMMUN, V20, P31 TAYLOR M L, 1965, Arch Phys Med Rehabil, V46, P101 TINSLEY HEA, 1975, J COUNS PSYCHOL, V22, P358, DOI 10.1037/h0076640 VOGEL D, 1985, CLIN APHASIOLOGY C P, P237 WAHRBORG P, 1990, APHASIOLOGY, V4, P371, DOI 10.1080/02687039008249089 WEBSTER EJ, 1982, CLIN APH C P MIN, P64 WENIGER D, 1990, APHASIOLOGY, V4, P301, DOI 10.1080/02687039008249084 WILLNER AG, 1977, J APPL BEHAV ANAL, V10, P219, DOI 10.1901/jaba.1977.10-219 WOLF MM, 1978, J APPL BEHAV ANAL, V11, P203, DOI 10.1901/jaba.1978.11-203 WOODS DE, 1983, REHABILITATION AUSTR NR 44 TC 16 Z9 16 PU TAYLOR & FRANCIS LTD LONDON PI LONDON PA ONE GUNDPOWDER SQUARE, LONDON, ENGLAND EC4A 3DE SN 0268-7038 J9 APHASIOLOGY JI Aphasiology PD SEP-OCT PY 1995 VL 9 IS 5 BP 477 EP 493 DI 10.1080/02687039508248710 PG 17 WC Clinical Neurology SC Neurosciences & Neurology GA RT999 UT WOS:A1995RT99900004 ER PT J AU SCHOLTEN, IM KNEEBONE, AC DENSON, LA FIELD, CD BLUMBERGS, P AF SCHOLTEN, IM KNEEBONE, AC DENSON, LA FIELD, CD BLUMBERGS, P TI PRIMARY PROGRESSIVE APHASIA - SERIAL LINGUISTIC, NEUROPSYCHOLOGICAL AND RADIOLOGICAL FINDINGS WITH NEUROPATHOLOGICAL RESULTS SO APHASIOLOGY LA English DT Article ID LOCALIZED CEREBRAL ATROPHY; TEMPORAL LANGUAGE AREA; PICKS DISEASE; GENERALIZED DEMENTIA; DYSPHASIC DEMENTIA; ALZHEIMERS-DISEASE; LOBAR ATROPHY; DEGENERATION; IMPAIRMENT; DISORDER AB Since Mesulam and Weintraub's (1992) original description of six patients with primary progressive aphasia (PPA), there has been considerable debate concerning the quality of the speech and language impairment, the long-term course of the disorder, the existence of syndrome subtypes, and the nature of the underlying pathological process. Me report the case of a 60-year-old woman who presented with a 4-year history of word-finding difficulty, and received a diagnosis of PPA. In contrast to a relentless deterioration of word-finding, comprehension and auditory-verbal memory, all other intellectual skills remained well preserved for a considerable period before the onset of dementia, and death. Regular detailed assessments of language, mnestic, intellectual and psychological functioning were performed over a 6-year period, as well as serial radiology and post-mortem neuropathology. We report the findings and discuss them in the context of the theoretical issues. C1 FLINDERS MED CTR,DEPT PSYCHIAT,ADELAIDE,SA,AUSTRALIA. FLINDERS MED CTR,CHILD & ADOLESCENT MENTAL HLTH SERV,ADELAIDE,SA,AUSTRALIA. GLENSIDE HOSP,DEPT PSYCHOL,ADELAIDE,SA,AUSTRALIA. INST MED & VET SCI,ADELAIDE,SA 5000,AUSTRALIA. RP SCHOLTEN, IM (reprint author), FLINDERS UNIV S AUSTRALIA,SCH MED,DEPT SPEECH PATHOL,BEDFORD PK,SA 5042,AUSTRALIA. RI Denson, Linley/B-2668-2008 OI Denson, Linley/0000-0002-9669-8970 CR BARON IS, 1992, J CLIN EXPT NEUROPSY, V14, P40 BASSO A, 1988, J NEUROL NEUROSUR PS, V51, P1201, DOI 10.1136/jnnp.51.9.1201 BENSON DF, 1991, NEUROPSY NEUROPSY BE, V4, P215 BENSON DF, 1982, ARCH NEUROL-CHICAGO, V39, P616 BERGER M L, 1990, Neurology, V40, P198 BURNSTINE TH, 1990, NEUROLOGY, V40, P966 CAPLAN LR, 1986, NEW ENGL J MED, V314, P1101 CASELLI RJ, 1991, MAYO CLIN PROC, V66, P783 CHAWLUK JB, 1986, ANN NEUROL, V19, P68, DOI 10.1002/ana.410190112 COLE M, 1979, ANN NEUROL, V6, P158 CRAENHALS A, 1990, APHASIOLOGY, V4, P485, DOI 10.1080/02687039008248789 DEBLESSER R, 1990, SLOWLY PROGR APHASIA FOSTER NL, 1983, ANN NEUROL, V13, P224, DOI 10.1002/ana.410130237 GALASKO D, 1990, NEUROLOGY S1, V40, P198 Geffen G., 1990, CLIN NEUROPSYCHOL, V4, P45, DOI 10.1080/13854049008401496 GOLDBLUM MC, 1992, J CLIN EXP NEUROPSYC, V14, P377 Goldstein K., 1941, PSYCHOL MONOGRAPHS, V53 Goodglass H, 1972, ASSESSMENT APHASIA R GORDON B, 1984, Neurology, V34, P102 GOULDING PJ, 1989, J NEUROL NEUROSUR PS, V52, P128, DOI 10.1136/jnnp.52.1.128 GRAFFRADFORD NR, 1990, NEUROLOGY, V40, P620 GREEN J, 1990, NEUROLOGY, V40, P423 HAMANAKA T, 1986, P JOINT JAPAN CHINA, P33 HAMANAKA T, 1989, J CLIN EXPT NEUROPSY, V11, P354 HASENAUER D, 1990, Neurology, V40, P198 HODGES JR, 1992, J CLIN EXPT NEUROPSY, V14, P22 HOLLAND AL, 1985, BRAIN LANG, V24, P36, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(85)90096-3 HORNER J, 1985, CLIN APHASIOLOGY C Kaplan E, 1983, BOSTON NAMING TEST KARBE H, 1993, ARCH NEUROL-CHICAGO, V50, P193 KARTSOUNIS LD, 1991, CORTEX, V27, P121 KEMPLER D, 1990, J NEUROL NEUROSUR PS, V53, P987, DOI 10.1136/jnnp.53.11.987 KIRSHNER HS, 1987, ANN NEUROL, V22, P527, DOI 10.1002/ana.410220413 KOBAYASHI K, 1990, CLIN NEUROPATHOL, V9, P254 KOHN SE, 1985, BRAIN LANG, V24, P266, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(85)90135-X KUEHN SM, 1992, ARCH CLIN NEUROPSYCH, V7, P445, DOI 10.1016/0887-6177(92)90157-I LIPPA CF, 1991, NEUROLOGY, V41, P882 LUDERS H, 1991, BRAIN, V114, P743, DOI 10.1093/brain/114.2.743 MANDELL AM, 1989, NEUROLOGY, V39, P55 MEHLER MF, 1986, ANN NEUROL, V20, P126 MENDEZ MF, 1991, J NEUROL NEUROSUR PS, V54, P542, DOI 10.1136/jnnp.54.6.542 MESULAM MM, 1987, ANN NEUROL, V22, P533, DOI 10.1002/ana.410220414 Mesulam M M, 1992, Baillieres Clin Neurol, V1, P583 MESULAM MM, 1982, ANN NEUROL, V11, P592, DOI 10.1002/ana.410110607 MORRIS JC, 1984, ANN NEUROL, V16, P455, DOI 10.1002/ana.410160407 NORTHEN B, 1990, APHASIOLOGY, V4, P55, DOI 10.1080/02687039008249054 POECK K, 1988, BRAIN, V111, P151, DOI 10.1093/brain/111.1.151 REITAN R. M., 1958, PERCEPT MOT SKILLS, V8, P271 Rey A, 1964, EXAMEN CLIN PSYCHOL Rosenbek J.C., 1989, APHASIA CLIN APPROAC SAPIN LR, 1989, ANN NEUROL, V25, P411, DOI 10.1002/ana.410250415 SCHELTENS P, 1990, J NEUROL NEUROSUR PS, V53, P79, DOI 10.1136/jnnp.53.1.79 SHUTTLEWORTH EC, 1985, J NATL MED ASSOC, V77, P649 SNOWDEN JS, 1992, ANN NEUROL, V31, P174, DOI 10.1002/ana.410310208 SPREEN O, 1965, J NERV MENT DIS, V140, P323, DOI 10.1097/00005053-196505000-00002 Strauss E, 1990, Arch Clin Neuropsychol, V5, P417, DOI 10.1016/0887-6177(90)90020-P Taylor L B, 1969, Clin Neurosurg, V16, P269 Taylor L. B., 1979, FUNCTIONAL NEUROSURG, P165 Trahan D, 1988, NEUROPSYCHOLOGY, V2, P29, DOI 10.1037//0894-4105.2.1.29 TYRRELL PJ, 1990, BRAIN, V113, P1321, DOI 10.1093/brain/113.5.1321 VANGORP WA, 1990, DEV NEUROPSYCHOL, V5, P279 WAGNER MT, 1992, J CLIN EXPT NEUROPSY, V14, P39 WECHSLER AF, 1982, ARCH NEUROL-CHICAGO, V39, P287 Wechsler D, 1981, WECHSLER ADULT INTEL Wechsler D, 1945, WECHSLER MEMORY SCAL WEINTRAUB S, 1990, ARCH NEUROL-CHICAGO, V47, P1329 Pogacar S, 1984, R I Med J, V67, P181 YAMAMOTO H, 1990, ACTA NEUROL SCAND, V82, P102 YORKSTON KM, 1980, J SPEECH HEAR DISORD, V45, P27 NR 69 TC 9 Z9 9 PU TAYLOR & FRANCIS LTD LONDON PI LONDON PA ONE GUNDPOWDER SQUARE, LONDON, ENGLAND EC4A 3DE SN 0268-7038 J9 APHASIOLOGY JI Aphasiology PD SEP-OCT PY 1995 VL 9 IS 5 BP 495 EP 516 DI 10.1080/02687039508248711 PG 22 WC Clinical Neurology SC Neurosciences & Neurology GA RT999 UT WOS:A1995RT99900005 ER PT J AU GOODENOUGHTREPAGNIER, C AF GOODENOUGHTREPAGNIER, C TI VISUAL ANALOG COMMUNICATION - AN AVENUE OF INVESTIGATION AND REHABILITATION OF SEVERE APHASIA SO APHASIOLOGY LA English DT Article ID ARGUMENT STRUCTURE REPRESENTATIONS; SENTENCE PROCESSING DEFICITS; AGRAMMATIC PATIENT; COMPREHENSION; THERAPY; NOUNS; VERBS; ASSIGNMENT; IMPAIRMENT; RETRIEVAL AB This paper argues that aphasic individuals' visual communication (VIC) performance is revealing of their residual capabilities for representing experience. It is suggested that VIC learners may depend not only on their preserved linguistic knowledge and VIC training, but also on visual analogue heuristics according to which symbol representations are interpreted as illustrating physical characteristics of objects and events. Results are reported from three evaluations of VIC communication by one individual, and a brief study comparing relative success experienced by her and by six additional individuals using VIC, and using a technique designed to take advantage of visual analogue heuristics. These results are discussed in relation to the concept of mapping deficits, to support the claim that comparison of performance with visual linguistic representation and with visual analogue representation may provide an effective means of characterizing aphasic individuals' preserved abilities, and a basis for designing effective augmentative techniques. RP GOODENOUGHTREPAGNIER, C (reprint author), UNIV MEMPHIS,SCH AUDIOL & SPEECH LANGUAGE PATHOL,MEMPHIS SPEECH & HEARING CTR,807 JEFFERSON AVE,MEMPHIS,TN 38105, USA. CR ALEXANDER MP, 1991, CLIN APHASIOLOGY C S BADECKER W, 1991, BRAIN LANG, V40, P373, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(91)90136-O BAKER EH, 1975, NATURE, V254, P609 BASSO A, 1992, APHASIOLOGY, V6, P337, DOI 10.1080/02687039208248605 Berndt R.S., 1991, ACQUIRED APHASIA, P223 BERNDT RS, 1980, APPL PSYCHOLINGUIST, V1, P225, DOI 10.1017/S0142716400000552 BYNG S, 1988, COGNITIVE NEUROPSYCH, V5, P629, DOI 10.1080/02643298808253277 CANSECOGONZALEZ E, 1991, BRAIN LANG, V40, P384, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(91)90137-P CANSECOGONZALEZ E, 1990, BRAIN LANG, V39, P391, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(90)90147-9 CAPLAN D, 1986, BRAIN LANG, V27, P117, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(86)90008-8 Caplan D., 1992, LANGUAGE STRUCTURE P CARAMAZZA A, 1991, NATURE, V349, P788, DOI 10.1038/349788a0 CARAMAZZA A, 1991, BRAIN LANG, V41, P402, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(91)90164-V CARAMAZZA A, 1976, BRAIN LANG, V3, P572, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(76)90048-1 COELHO C, 1985, CLIN APHASIOLOGY C P, P222 GARDNER H, 1976, NEUROPSYCHOLOGIA, V14, P275, DOI 10.1016/0028-3932(76)90023-3 Garrett M., 1980, LANGUAGE PRODUCTION, V1, P177 Garrett M., 1982, NORMALITY PATHOLOGY, P19 GAZZANIGA M. S., 1970, THE BISECTED BRAIN GOODENOUGHTREPA.C, 1990, 16TH P RESNA ANN C N, V12, P1313 GOODENOUGHTREPA.C, 1977, LANG SPEECH, V20, P11 GOODENOUGHTREPA.C, 1989, DESIGNING USING HUMA, P420 GOODGLASS H, 1983, AGRAMMATISM Goodglass H., 1966, CORTEX, V2, P74 Kaplan E, 1983, BOSTON NAMING TEST KEARNS K, 1989, GENERALIZATION STRAT, P13 KLECZEWSKA M, 1987, 10TH P RESNA ANN C, P157 Kolk H. H. J., 1985, AGRAMMATISM, P165 KRAAT AW, 1990, APHASIOLOGY, V4, P321, DOI 10.1080/02687039008249086 LaPointe L. L., 1979, READING COMPREHENSIO LINEBARGER MC, 1983, COGNITION, V13, P361, DOI 10.1016/0010-0277(83)90015-X LOMAS J, 1978, BRAIN LANG, V6, P388 MARSHALL J, 1993, APHASIOLOGY, V7, P177, DOI 10.1080/02687039308249505 MCCARTHY R, 1985, NEUROPSYCHOLOGIA, V23, P709, DOI 10.1016/0028-3932(85)90079-X MENN L, 1991, 1991 AC APH ROM MICELI G, 1983, BRAIN LANG, V19, P65, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(83)90056-1 MICELI G, 1984, CORTEX, V20, P207 NESPOULOUS JL, 1988, BRAIN LANG, V33, P273, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(88)90069-7 NICKELS L, 1991, BRIT J DISORD COMMUN, V26, P175 Raven J.C., 1960, STANDARD PROGR MATRI ROSEN MJ, 1989, ASSIST TECHNOL, V1, P51 SCHWARTZ MF, 1980, BRAIN LANG, V10, P249, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(80)90055-3 SCHWARTZ MF, 1991, ACADEMY APHASIA ROME SCHWARTZ MF, 1985, AGRAMMATISM, P83 STEELE RD, 1992, APHASIOLOGY, V6, P185, DOI 10.1080/02687039208248590 STEELE RD, 1989, NEUROPSYCHOLOGIA, V27, P409, DOI 10.1016/0028-3932(89)90048-1 STEELE RD, 1986, 9TH RESNA ANN C, P348 Tissot R., 1973, AGRAMMATISME WEINRICH M, 1993, BRAIN LANG, V42, P21 WEINRICH M, 1987, 10TH P RESNA ANN C, P162 WEINRICH M, 1989, BRAIN LANG, V36, P391, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(89)90075-8 ZINGESER LB, 1990, BRAIN LANG, V39, P14, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(90)90002-X NR 52 TC 5 Z9 5 PU TAYLOR & FRANCIS LTD LONDON PI LONDON PA ONE GUNDPOWDER SQUARE, LONDON, ENGLAND EC4A 3DE SN 0268-7038 J9 APHASIOLOGY JI Aphasiology PD JUL-AUG PY 1995 VL 9 IS 4 BP 321 EP 341 DI 10.1080/02687039508248208 PG 21 WC Clinical Neurology SC Neurosciences & Neurology GA RE390 UT WOS:A1995RE39000002 ER PT J AU WEINRICH, M MCCALL, D WEBER, C THOMAS, K THORNBURG, L AF WEINRICH, M MCCALL, D WEBER, C THOMAS, K THORNBURG, L TI TRAINING ON AN ICONIC COMMUNICATION-SYSTEM FOR SEVERE APHASIA CAN IMPROVE NATURAL-LANGUAGE PRODUCTION SO APHASIOLOGY LA English DT Article ID SENTENCE PRODUCTION; THERAPY; REHABILITATION; AGRAMMATISM; RETRIEVAL; COMPUTER; DEFICITS AB Two patients with chronic Broca's aphasia were trained in the production of locative prepositional phrases and S-V-O sentences on C-VIC, an alternative communication system. After training, their verbal production of these constructions improved markedly. The implications of these results for shared processes between natural language production and C-VIC production are discussed. C1 UNIV MARYLAND,BALTIMORE,MD 21201. CR BROOKS JO, 1991, BEHAV RES METH INSTR, V23, P82, DOI 10.3758/BF03203341 BYNG S, 1988, COGNITIVE NEUROPSYCH, V5, P629, DOI 10.1080/02643298808253277 CRAIG HK, 1993, APHASIOLOGY, V7, P155, DOI 10.1080/02687039308249503 DELL GS, 1992, COGNITION, V42, P287, DOI 10.1016/0010-0277(92)90046-K DELL GS, 1986, PSYCHOL REV, V93, P283, DOI 10.1037//0033-295X.93.3.283 DELOCHE G, 1993, APHASIOLOGY, V7, P201, DOI 10.1080/02687039308249506 EDWARDS S, 1993, APHASIOLOGY, V7, P217, DOI 10.1080/02687039308249507 GARRETT M, 1992, COGNITION, V42, P143, DOI 10.1016/0010-0277(92)90042-G Goodglass H, 1983, ASSESSMENT APHASIA R, V2nd JOHANNSENHORBAC.H, 1985, BRAIN LANG, V24, P74 JONES EV, 1986, BRIT J DISORD COMMUN, V21, P63 LEDORZE G, 1991, APHASIOLOGY, V5, P63 Levelt W. J. M., 1989, SPEAKING LEVELT WJM, 1992, COGNITION, V42, P1, DOI 10.1016/0010-0277(92)90038-J MARSHALL J, 1993, APHASIOLOGY, V7, P177, DOI 10.1080/02687039308249505 MARTIN N, 1993, BRAIN LANG, V43, P240 Mitchum C., 1994, COGNITIVE NEUROPSYCH, P317 MITCHUM CC, 1994, UNPUB TREATMENT THEM MITCHUM CC, 1993, APHASIOLOGY, V7, P71, DOI 10.1080/02687039308249500 PRING T, 1993, APHASIOLOGY, V7, P383, DOI 10.1080/02687039308249517 SAFFRAN EM, 1989, BRAIN LANG, V37, P440, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(89)90030-8 SCHWARTZ MF, 1994, APHASIOLOGY, V8, P19, DOI 10.1080/02687039408248639 Sevcik R. A., 1991, AUGMENTATIVE ALTERNA, V7, P161, DOI 10.1080/0963828050077804 STEELE RD, 1989, NEUROPSYCHOLOGIA, V27, P409, DOI 10.1016/0028-3932(89)90048-1 THOMPSON CK, 1993, APHASIOLOGY, V7, P111, DOI 10.1080/02687039308249501 WEINRICH M, 1993, BRAIN LANG, V45, P21, DOI 10.1006/brln.1993.1031 WEINRICH M, 1991, J NEUROLINGUISTICS, V6, P159, DOI 10.1016/0911-6044(91)90005-4 WEINRICH M, 1994, IN PRESS BRAIN LANGU WEINRICH M, 1989, BRAIN LANG, V36, P391, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(89)90075-8 ZINGESER LB, 1990, BRAIN LANG, V39, P14, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(90)90002-X NR 30 TC 25 Z9 25 PU TAYLOR & FRANCIS LTD LONDON PI LONDON PA ONE GUNDPOWDER SQUARE, LONDON, ENGLAND EC4A 3DE SN 0268-7038 J9 APHASIOLOGY JI Aphasiology PD JUL-AUG PY 1995 VL 9 IS 4 BP 343 EP 364 DI 10.1080/02687039508248209 PG 22 WC Clinical Neurology SC Neurosciences & Neurology GA RE390 UT WOS:A1995RE39000003 ER PT J AU SNOW, P DOUGLAS, J PONSFORD, J AF SNOW, P DOUGLAS, J PONSFORD, J TI DISCOURSE ASSESSMENT FOLLOWING TRAUMATIC BRAIN INJURY - A PILOT-STUDY EXAMINING SOME DEMOGRAPHIC AND METHODOLOGICAL ISSUES SO APHASIOLOGY LA English DT Article ID CLOSED-HEAD-INJURY; ADULTS; DEFICITS; APPRAISAL; LANGUAGE AB With the shift away from evaluation of isolated aspects of linguistic performance, discourse assessment has become an important tool in assessing the communication skills of individuals who have sustained traumatic brain injury (TBI). Given the substantial evidence that the brain-injured represent a largely preselected population, it would seem relevant that speech pathologists acquire a greater understanding of the role of premorbid sociolinguistic and demographic characteristics in determining the clinical presentation of these patients. This demands that close consideration be given to the selection of control subjects for research with this population. Further, there needs to be clarification about which discourse tasks (by virtue of their cognitive/linguistic demands) are sensitive to brain injury. The pilot study described here compared the discourse skills of three TBI subjects with those of three non-TBI orthopaedic patients, on a range of discourse tasks thought to make differing cognitive and/or linguistic demands on the speaker. The results appear to confirm the need to examine discourse skills within a sociolinguistic context. The importance of examining different discourse parameters is also borne out. Finally, the results suggest that there is some merit in tapping sources other than direct discourse analysis in order to determine how verbal skills have altered as a consequence of brain injury. C1 BETHESDA HOSP,MELBOURNE,AUSTRALIA. RP SNOW, P (reprint author), LA TROBE UNIV,FAC HLTH SCI,SCH COMMUN DISORDERS,BUNDOORA,VIC 3083,AUSTRALIA. RI Douglas, Jacinta/C-2380-2009 CR ALLEN C C, 1990, Brain Injury, V4, P7, DOI 10.3109/02699059009026143 BELLACK AS, 1983, BEHAV RES THER, V21, P29, DOI 10.1016/0005-7967(83)90123-7 BENJAMIN L, 1989, THEORY FUNCTION BRID Bond M, 1984, CLOSED HEAD INJURY P, P148 BROOKS N, 1984, CLOSED HEAD INJURY P, P123 Brooks N, 1987, Brain Inj, V1, P5, DOI 10.3109/02699058709034439 Brooks N., 1987, J HEAD TRAUMA REHAB, V2, P1, DOI 10.1097/00001199-198709000-00003 CAMPBELL TF, 1992, TOP LANG DISORD, V12, P42 CANNITO M P, 1988, Seminars in Speech and Language, V9, P117, DOI 10.1055/s-0028-1082459 CHAPMAN SB, 1992, BRAIN LANG, V43, P42, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(92)90020-F COEHLO CA, 1990, J PSYCHOLINGUISTIC R, V19, P405 COEHLO CA, 1991, J HEAD TRAUMA REHAB, V6, P92 COEHLO CA, 1991, ARCH PHYSICAL MED RE, V72, P465 COELHO C A, 1991, Brain Injury, V5, P381, DOI 10.3109/02699059109008111 Damico J. S., 1985, COMMUNICATION SKILLS, P165 DILLER L, 1981, J CONSULT CLIN PSYCH, V49, P822, DOI 10.1037//0022-006X.49.6.822 Ehrlich J, 1989, Brain Inj, V3, P193, DOI 10.3109/02699058909004552 ELSASS L, 1987, PSYCHOL MED, V17, P67 GILLIES S, 1990, UNPUB PERCEPTIONS CO GOLDSTEIN H, 1990, TREATMENT EFFICACY R, P91 Grice H. P., 1975, SYNTAX SEMANTICS, P41, DOI DOI 10.1017/S0022226700005296 HAAS JF, 1987, J NEUROL NEUROSUR PS, V50, P52, DOI 10.1136/jnnp.50.1.52 HAGEN C, 1982, COGNITIVE REHABILITA, P131 Hagen C, 1984, LANGUAGE DISORDERS A, P245 HAGEN C, 1981, TOPICS LANGUAGE SEP, P73 HARTLEY L, 1989, J SPEECH LANGUAGE PA, V13, P51 HARTLEY L L, 1992, Brain Injury, V6, P271, DOI 10.3109/02699059209029669 HARTLEY LL, 1990, NEUROPSYCHOLOGY EVER, P125 HARTLEY LL, 1990, APHASIOLOGY, V4, P353, DOI 10.1080/02687039008249088 HUNT KW, 1970, MONOGR SOC RES CHILD, V35, P1 Jennett B, 1981, MANAGEMENT HEAD INJU HARTLEY L L, 1991, Brain Injury, V5, P267, DOI 10.3109/02699059109008097 JORDAN F, 1990, AUSTR J HUMAN COMMUN, V19, P69 KEARNS KJ, 1990, TREATMENT EFFICACY R, P79 Levin H. S., 1982, NEUROBEHAVIORAL CONS LEVIN HS, 1987, J NEUROL NEUROSUR PS, V50, P183, DOI 10.1136/jnnp.50.2.183 LILES BZ, 1989, J SPEECH HEAR DISORD, V54, P356 LOBAN WD, 1963, NATIONAL COUNCIL TEA MENTIS M, 1987, J SPEECH HEAR RES, V30, P88 Milton S, 1986, CLIN NEUROPSYCHOLOGY, P223 MISLER EG, 1979, HARVARD EDUC REV, V49, P1 PARSONS CL, 1989, AUSTR J HUMAN COMMUN, V17, P37 Penn C, 1985, S Afr J Commun Disord, V32, P18 PONSFORD J, 1992, J CLIN EXP NEUROPSYC, V14, P822, DOI 10.1080/01688639208402865 POOLE ME, 1976, SOCIAL CLASS LANGUAG PRIGATANO GP, 1985, LANG SCI, V1, P217 PRUTTING CA, 1987, J SPEECH HEAR DISORD, V52, P105 Richardson JTE, 1990, CLIN NEUROPSYCHOLOGI RIMEL RW, 1990, REHABILITATION ADULT, P8 Russell WR, 1961, ARCH NEUROL-CHICAGO, V5, P16 SARNO MT, 1984, FUNCTIONAL ASSESSMEN, P210 SLOAN S, 1989, THEORY FUNCTION BRID, P36 SNOW P, 1987, BRAIN IMPAIRMENT P 1, P87 Stubbs M., 1983, DISCOURSE ANAL SULS JM, 1983, HDB HUMOR RES, V1, P39 SWINDELL CS, 1982, CLIN APHASIOLOGY C P, P50 TRUDGILL P, 1983, INTRO LANGUAGE SOC ULTATOWSKA HK, 1988, NEUROPSYCHOLOGIAL ST, P108 VANZOMEREN AH, 1985, J NEUROL NEUROSUR PS, V48, P21, DOI 10.1136/jnnp.48.1.21 WILSON, 1989, BOUNDARIES CONVERSAT YLVISAKER M, 1985, CLIN MANAGEMENT NEUR, P243 NR 61 TC 44 Z9 46 PU TAYLOR & FRANCIS LTD LONDON PI LONDON PA ONE GUNDPOWDER SQUARE, LONDON, ENGLAND EC4A 3DE SN 0268-7038 J9 APHASIOLOGY JI Aphasiology PD JUL-AUG PY 1995 VL 9 IS 4 BP 365 EP 380 DI 10.1080/02687039508248210 PG 16 WC Clinical Neurology SC Neurosciences & Neurology GA RE390 UT WOS:A1995RE39000004 ER PT J AU KOHN, SE SMITH, KL AF KOHN, SE SMITH, KL TI SERIAL EFFECTS OF PHONEMIC PLANNING DURING WORD PRODUCTION SO APHASIOLOGY LA English DT Article ID LANGUAGE PRODUCTION; CONDUCTION APHASIA; TIME COURSE AB This study investigates the stage of word production during which the full phonemic specification of a word is developed from a more abstract stored form. We tested the proposal that this stage (i.e. phonemic planning) operates from left to right in accordance with the basic syllabic structure of the stored phonological representation. According to our production model, if phonemic planning were disrupted, evidence of such serial processing would involve the production of word-initial fragments and an increase in segmental errors across successive syllables in a word. To test, the above proposal, and to determine whether the serial properties are unique to the phonemic stage, we compared the word production of three aphasics with impaired phonemic planning to that of three aphasics with impairment earlier in the system, at the level of activating the stored phonological representations on which phonemic planning operates. While both groups of subjects tended to preserve word onsets in their target-related fragments, only the subjects with impaired phonemic planning displayed consistent position constraints with respect to their segmental errors. During the picture naming and noun repetition of the planning subjects, segmental errors increased by syllable and within syllable from left to right. The theoretical consequences of these findings are discussed. C1 BOSTON UNIV,SCH MED,DEPT NEUROL,BOSTON,MA 02118. BRAINTREE REHABIL HOSP,APHASIA PROGRAM,BRAINTREE,MA. RP KOHN, SE (reprint author), MOSS REHABIL RES INST,1200 W TABOR RD,PHILADELPHIA,PA 19141, USA. CR Beland R., 1990, J NEUROLINGUIST, V5, P125, DOI 10.1016/0911-6044(90)90009-N BELAND R, 1991, PHONETICS PHONOLOGY, V2 Butterworth B, 1989, LEXICAL REPRESENTATI CLEMENT GN, 1983, CV PHONOLOGY GENERAT DELL GS, 1988, J MEM LANG, V27, P124, DOI 10.1016/0749-596X(88)90070-8 Francis WN, 1982, FREQUENCY ANAL ENGLI FRIEDMAN RB, 1990, BRAIN LANG, V38, P278, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(90)90115-W KOHN SE, 1990, COGNITIVE NEUROPSYCH, V7, P133, DOI 10.1080/02643299008253440 KOHN SE, 1994, APPL PSYCHOLINGUIST, V15, P75, DOI 10.1017/S0142716400006986 KOHN SE, 1993, CORTEX, V29, P53 KOHN SE, 1989, APHASIOLOGY, V3, P209, DOI 10.1080/02687038908248992 KOHN SE, IN PRESS BRAIN LANGU LEVELT W, 1989, SPEAKING INTENTION A LEVELT WJM, 1992, COGNITION, V42, P1, DOI 10.1016/0010-0277(92)90038-J MEYER AS, 1991, J MEM LANG, V30, P69, DOI 10.1016/0749-596X(91)90011-8 MEYER AS, 1990, J MEM LANG, V29, P524, DOI 10.1016/0749-596X(90)90050-A MEYER AS, 1992, COGNITION, V42, P181, DOI 10.1016/0010-0277(92)90043-H Prunet J.-F., 1991, PHONETICS PHONOLOGY, V2 Schuell H, 1972, MINNESOTA TEST DIFFE SHATTUCKHUFNAGEL S, 1992, COGNITION, V42, P213, DOI 10.1016/0010-0277(92)90044-I SHATTUCKHUFNAGE.S, 1982, EXCEPTIONAL LANGUAGE STEMBERGER JA, 1991, PHONETICS PHONOLOGY, V2 STERIADE D, IN PRESS HDB PHONOLO NR 23 TC 19 Z9 19 PU TAYLOR & FRANCIS LTD LONDON PI LONDON PA ONE GUNDPOWDER SQUARE, LONDON, ENGLAND EC4A 3DE SN 0268-7038 J9 APHASIOLOGY JI Aphasiology PD MAY-JUN PY 1995 VL 9 IS 3 BP 209 EP 222 DI 10.1080/02687039508248196 PG 14 WC Clinical Neurology SC Neurosciences & Neurology GA QU400 UT WOS:A1995QU40000001 ER PT J AU PARR, S AF PARR, S TI EVERYDAY READING AND WRITING IN APHASIA - ROLE CHANGE AND THE INFLUENCE OF PREMORBID LITERACY PRACTICE SO APHASIOLOGY LA English DT Article ID ADULTS AB This qualitative study details the findings resulting from semi-structured interviews undertaken with 20 aphasic people and, in some cases, their partners. The aim of the study was to establish factors which might affect the focus of functional reading and writing therapy. This was done by investigating the aphasic respondents' level of pre-morbid and current involvement with a range of roles in a variety of contexts. The literacy practices associated with the roles and the perceived reasons for changes in the roles were delineated. Aspects of pre-morbid literacy practice were described, including the use of social networks, procedures such as drafting and editing in the composition of text, and technical aids. Current use of these practices was also delineated. Pre-morbid and current roles were found to be variable, and gains as well as losses in roles were reported subsequent to the onset of aphasia. Many perceived reasons for change were given, aphasia not always being seen as the predominant factor causing change. Idiosyncratic patterns of pre-morbid and current literacy practice suggest that functional assessment and therapy should not be prescriptive, and that independence may not always be an appropriate gear for rehabilitation. Three levels of functional therapy are suggested: activities, strategies and adjustment. Assessment and therapy of this kind may be more sensitive to the patterns of written language use delineated by contemporary research into literacy. C1 UNITED BRISTOL HEALTHCARE TRUST,BRISTOL,AVON,ENGLAND. CR ARBER S, 1989, BECOMING BEING OLD S BARTON D, 1991, WRITING COMMUNITY Brisenden S., 1986, DISABILITY HANDICAP, V1, P173, DOI [10.1080/02674648666780171, DOI 10.1080/02674648666780171] BRUBAKER TH, 1982, WOMENS RETIREMENT PO BRUMFITT S, 1983, APHASIA THERAPY Chappell A. L., 1992, DISABILITY HANDICAP, V7, P35, DOI 10.1080/02674649266780041 DOBSON C, 1983, FAMILY RELATIONS LAT FINGERET A, 1983, ADULT EDUC QUART, V33, P133 FRATTALI CM, 1992, APHASIOLOGY, V6, P63, DOI 10.1080/02687039208248577 FRENCH S, 1993, DISABILITY BARRIERS KAUFMAN CL, 1986, DISABILITY HANDICAP, V1, P261, DOI 10.1080/02674648666780281 KEWLEY C, 1989, STEP WORDPOWER LETOURNEAU PY, 1993, LIVING APHASIA PSYCH LONG J, 1989, BECOMIN BEING OLD SO LYTLE S, 1988, FOCUS BASICS, V2, P2 MALONE RL, 1969, J SPEECH HEAR DISORD, V34, P146 Nye F. I., 1976, ROLE STRUCTURE ANAL Oliver M., 1988, WALKING DARKNESS EXP PARR S, 1994, APHASIOLOGY PARR S, 1992, APHASIOLOGY, V6, P273, DOI 10.1080/02687039208248597 Parr S., 1991, J NEUROLINGUIST, V6, P213, DOI 10.1016/0911-6044(91)90008-7 PARR S, 1994, UNPUB APHASIOLOGY Street Brian, 1984, LITERACY THEORY PRAC STREET J, 1991, WRITING COMMUNITY Tanner D. C., 1988, APHASIOLOGY, V7, P79, DOI 10.1080/02687038808248889 NR 25 TC 13 Z9 13 PU TAYLOR & FRANCIS LTD LONDON PI LONDON PA ONE GUNDPOWDER SQUARE, LONDON, ENGLAND EC4A 3DE SN 0268-7038 J9 APHASIOLOGY JI Aphasiology PD MAY-JUN PY 1995 VL 9 IS 3 BP 223 EP 238 DI 10.1080/02687039508248197 PG 16 WC Clinical Neurology SC Neurosciences & Neurology GA QU400 UT WOS:A1995QU40000002 ER PT J AU LEDORZE, G BRASSARD, C AF LEDORZE, G BRASSARD, C TI A DESCRIPTION OF THE CONSEQUENCES OF APHASIA ON APHASIC PERSONS AND THEIR RELATIVES AND FRIENDS, BASED ON THE WHO MODEL OF CHRONIC DISEASES SO APHASIOLOGY LA English DT Article ID SPOUSES; COMMUNICATION; ADJUSTMENT AB The present study aims to describe the consequences of aphasia by analysing the personal accounts of aphasic individuals who have recovered and of a relative or friend, Eighteen subjects were interviewed. The transcriptions of the interviews were analysed using a qualitative methodology. The analysis revealed different dimensions in the experience of aphasia which were classified with reference to the WHO model, i.e. in terms of disabilities, handicaps and coping behaviours. This last dimension was included to cover the reactions that participants reported to various handicaps and disabilities. The results demonstrate that the aphasic participants' language disabilities are the major cause of handicaps; in fact they negatively influence situations involving communication, alter interpersonal relationships, provoke a loss of autonomy, restrict activities and trigger stigmatization. The relatives and friends of aphasic persons also experience handicaps in the realms of communication, interpersonal relationships, responsibilities, and work and leisure activities. Subjects reported that they used various types of behaviour to cope with certain disabilities or handicaps. Most of the coping behaviour adopted by the aphasic participants and relatives/friends alike was associated with means of maintaining communication and relationships, although some behaviour served to stifle communication. Such behaviour is described in detail in this report. The results may further our understanding of the human and social consequences of aphasia, as well as fostering improvements to the therapy provided to persons affected by aphasia. RP LEDORZE, G (reprint author), UNIV MONTREAL,FAC MED,ECOLE ORTHOPHONIE & AUDIOL,CP 6128,SUCC A,MONTREAL,PQ H3C 3J7,CANADA. RI Le Dorze, Guylaine/A-1790-2014 CR Artes R, 1976, RECOVERY APHASICS, P31 BIORNHANSEN V, 1957, J SPEECH HEAR DISORD, V22, P53 Chapey R., 1986, LANGUAGE INTERVENTIO Chwat S., 1981, CLIN APHASIOLOGY, P212 EASTWOOD J, 1988, BRIT J DISORD COMMUN, V23, P171 Goodglass H, 1972, ASSESSMENT APHASIA R HEDGDE NM, 1987, CLIN RES COMMUNICATI Helm-Estabrooks N., 1991, MANUAL APHASIA THERA HELMICK JW, 1976, J SPEECH HEAR DISORD, V41, P238 HERRMANN M, 1989, APHASIOLOGY, V3, P513, DOI 10.1080/02687038908249019 Jensen MP, 2001, INT CLASSIFICATION I JOANETTE Y, 1987, NEUROPSYCHOLOGIE CLI, P383 Kertesz A., 1979, APHASIA ASS DISORDER Kinsella G, 1978, MANAGEMENT APHASIA, P26 KINSELLA GJ, 1979, SCAND J REHABIL MED, V11, P129 KINSELLA GJ, 1980, SCAND J REHABIL MED, V12, P73 KVALE S, 1983, J PHENOMENOL PSYCHOL, V14, P171, DOI 10.1163/156916283X00090 LaFond D., 1993, LIVING APHASIA PSYCH LASANTE OMS, 1980, CLASSIFICATION INT D LEBRUN Y, 1978, MANAGEMENT APHASIA, P50 Lecours A. R., 1979, APHASIE Lyon J, 1992, AM J SPEECH-LANG PAT, V1, P7 MALONE RL, 1970, BRIT J DISORD COMMUN, V5, P174 MALONE RL, 1969, J SPEECH HEAR DISORD, V34, P146 Maslow A., 1954, MOTIVATION PERSONALI MOSS S, 1976, RECOVERY APHASICS, P136 MULHALL DJ, 1978, BRIT J DISORD COMMUN, V13, P127 MULLER DJ, 1983, BRIT J DISORD COMMUN, V18, P23 PATION MQ, 1990, QUALTITATIVE EVALUAT RITCHIE D, 1966, STROKE DAIRY RECOVER ROLNICK M, 1970, J SPEECH HEAR DISORD, V34, P48 ROSE R H, 1948, J Speech Disord, V13, P294 Rosenbek J.C., 1989, APHASIA CLIN APPROAC SARNO J E, 1991, ACQUIRED APHASIA, P499 SHEWAN CM, 1984, J COMMUN DISORD, V17, P175, DOI 10.1016/0021-9924(84)90010-8 SIES LF, 1963, J SPEECH HEAR DISORD, V28, P261 Skelly M, 1975, Am J Nurs, V75, P1140, DOI 10.2307/3423493 Strauss A., 1990, BASICS QUALITATIVE R WAHRBORG P, 1989, APHASIOLOGY, V3, P479, DOI 10.1080/02687038908249009 WERTZ RT, 1981, J SPEECH HEAR RES, V24, P580 WULF H, 1973, MY WORLD ALONE ZRAICK RI, 1991, J SPEECH HEAR RES, V34, P123 NR 42 TC 125 Z9 126 PU TAYLOR & FRANCIS LTD LONDON PI LONDON PA ONE GUNDPOWDER SQUARE, LONDON, ENGLAND EC4A 3DE SN 0268-7038 J9 APHASIOLOGY JI Aphasiology PD MAY-JUN PY 1995 VL 9 IS 3 BP 239 EP 255 PG 17 WC Clinical Neurology SC Neurosciences & Neurology GA QU400 UT WOS:A1995QU40000003 ER PT J AU LORCH, MP AF LORCH, MP TI LATERALITY AND REHABILITATION - DIFFERENCES IN LEFT AND RIGHT-HAND PRODUCTIONS IN APHASIC AGRAPHIC HEMIPLEGICS SO APHASIOLOGY LA English DT Article ID PROSTHESIS C1 NATL HOSP NEUROL & NEUROSURG,LONDON WC1N 3BG,ENGLAND. INST NEUROL,LONDON WC1N 3BG,ENGLAND. RP LORCH, MP (reprint author), UNIV LONDON,BIRKBECK COLL,DEPT APPL LINGUIST,43 GORDON SQ,LONDON WC1H 0PD,ENGLAND. RI Lorch, Marjorie/F-8493-2010 OI Lorch, Marjorie/0000-0001-8505-8815 CR BASSO A, 1978, J NEUROL NEUROSUR PS, V41, P556, DOI 10.1136/jnnp.41.6.556 BROWN JW, 1989, APHASIOLOGY, V3, P709, DOI 10.1080/02687038908249038 BROWN JW, 1983, BRAIN LANG, V19, P204, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(83)90065-2 Crystal D., 1981, CLIN LINGUISTICS FONTANA H, 1988, WRITING LINGUISTICSF FRIEDLAND J, 1990, APHASIOLOGY, V4, P241, DOI 10.1080/02687039008249077 GERSH F, 1981, ARCH NEUROL-CHICAGO, V38, P634 GESCHWIND N, 1962, NEUROLOGY, V12, P675 Goodglass H., 1983, BOSTON DIAGNOSTIC AP, V2nd Goodglass H, 1972, Cortex, V8, P191 HALLIGAN PW, 1989, NEUROPSYCHOLOGIA, V27, P1301, DOI 10.1016/0028-3932(89)90042-0 HANLON RE, 1990, BRAIN LANG, V38, P298, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(90)90116-X KASHIWAGI T, 1989, J CLIN EXPT NEUROPSY, V11, P377 Kinsbourne M, 1987, NEUROPHYSIOLOGICAL N KUYPERS H, 1973, NEW DEV ELECTR CLIN, V3 LEISCHNER A, 1983, BRAIN LANG, V18, P1, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(83)90001-9 LEISCHNER A, 1970, REHABILITATION APHAS LIEPMANN H, 1907, J PSYCHOL NEUROLOGIE, V10, P214 LORCH M, 1991, GRAZER LINGUISTISCHE, V35, P171 SUGASHITA M, 1980, BRAIN LANG, V9, P215 TANAKA Y, 1990, CORTEX, V26, P665 THREADGILL L, 1989, THESIS NATIONAL HOSP Trescher JH, 1937, ARCH NEURO PSYCHIATR, V37, P959 WHURR R, 1974, APHASIA SCREENING TE WHURR R, 1990, 4TH INT APH REH C ED WHURR R, 1991, APHASIOLOGY, V5, P411, DOI 10.1080/02687039108248543 ZAIDEL D, 1977, NEUROPSYCHOLOGIA, V15, P193, DOI 10.1016/0028-3932(77)90028-8 NR 27 TC 3 Z9 3 PU TAYLOR & FRANCIS LTD LONDON PI LONDON PA ONE GUNDPOWDER SQUARE, LONDON, ENGLAND EC4A 3DE SN 0268-7038 J9 APHASIOLOGY JI Aphasiology PD MAY-JUN PY 1995 VL 9 IS 3 BP 257 EP 271 DI 10.1080/02687039508248199 PG 15 WC Clinical Neurology SC Neurosciences & Neurology GA QU400 UT WOS:A1995QU40000004 ER PT J AU ROTHI, LJG AF ROTHI, LJG TI ARE WE CLARIFYING OR CONTRIBUTING TO THE CONFUSION SO APHASIOLOGY LA English DT Article RP ROTHI, LJG (reprint author), VET AFFAIRS MED CTR,AUDIOL & SPEECH PATHOL SERV 126,GAINESVILLE,FL 32602, USA. CR COSLETT HB, 1986, BRAIN LANG, V28, P357, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(86)90111-2 LEISCHNER A, 1983, BRAIN LANG, V18, P1, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(83)90001-9 MARGOLIN DI, 1984, Q J EXP PSYCHOL-A, V36, P459 OGLE JW, 1967, REPORT MED RES COUNC, V2, P82 Roeltgen D. P., 1993, CLIN NEUROPSYCHOLOGY, P63 NR 5 TC 1 Z9 1 PU TAYLOR & FRANCIS LTD LONDON PI LONDON PA ONE GUNDPOWDER SQUARE, LONDON, ENGLAND EC4A 3DE SN 0268-7038 J9 APHASIOLOGY JI Aphasiology PD MAY-JUN PY 1995 VL 9 IS 3 BP 271 EP 273 DI 10.1080/02687039508248200 PG 3 WC Clinical Neurology SC Neurosciences & Neurology GA QU400 UT WOS:A1995QU40000005 ER PT J AU SASANUMA, S AF SASANUMA, S TI THE MISSING DATA SO APHASIOLOGY LA English DT Article RP SASANUMA, S (reprint author), TOKYO METROPOLITAN GERIATR HOSP & INST GERONTOL,ITABASHI KU,35-2 SAKAECHO,TOKYO 173,JAPAN. CR EISCHNER A, 1983, BRAIN LANG, V18, P1 NR 1 TC 2 Z9 2 PU TAYLOR & FRANCIS LTD LONDON PI LONDON PA ONE GUNDPOWDER SQUARE, LONDON, ENGLAND EC4A 3DE SN 0268-7038 J9 APHASIOLOGY JI Aphasiology PD MAY-JUN PY 1995 VL 9 IS 3 BP 273 EP 274 DI 10.1080/02687039508248201 PG 2 WC Clinical Neurology SC Neurosciences & Neurology GA QU400 UT WOS:A1995QU40000006 ER PT J AU GOLDBERG, G PORCELLI, J AF GOLDBERG, G PORCELLI, J TI THE FUNCTIONAL BENEFITS - HOW MUCH AND FOR WHOM SO APHASIOLOGY LA English DT Article ID ANATOMY C1 TEMPLE UNIV,SCH MED,PHILADELPHIA,PA 19122. RP GOLDBERG, G (reprint author), MOSS REHABIL HOSP,1200 W TABOR RD,PHILADELPHIA,PA 19141, USA. CR CHOLLET F, 1991, ANN NEUROL, V29, P63, DOI 10.1002/ana.410290112 Nudo R. J., 1992, Society for Neuroscience Abstracts, V18, P216 PETERSEN SE, 1988, NATURE, V331, P585, DOI 10.1038/331585a0 WHURR R, 1991, APHASIOLOGY, V5, P411, DOI 10.1080/02687039108248543 NR 4 TC 0 Z9 0 PU TAYLOR & FRANCIS LTD LONDON PI LONDON PA ONE GUNDPOWDER SQUARE, LONDON, ENGLAND EC4A 3DE SN 0268-7038 J9 APHASIOLOGY JI Aphasiology PD MAY-JUN PY 1995 VL 9 IS 3 BP 274 EP 277 DI 10.1080/02687039508248202 PG 4 WC Clinical Neurology SC Neurosciences & Neurology GA QU400 UT WOS:A1995QU40000007 ER PT J AU BROWN, J AF BROWN, J TI WHAT DISSOCIATION SHOULD BE STUDIED SO APHASIOLOGY LA English DT Article RP BROWN, J (reprint author), NYU,MED CTR,DEPT NEUROL,66 E 79TH ST,NEW YORK,NY 10021, USA. CR BROWN JW, 1991, SELF PROCESS BROWN JW, 1986, J NEUROLINGUISTICS, V2, P89, DOI 10.1016/S0911-6044(86)80005-7 BROWN JW, 1988, LIFE MIND, P58 BROWN JW, 1980, NEUROLOGY, V30, P1251 GOLDBERG G, 1985, BEHAV BRAIN SCI, V8, P567 GOODGLASS H, 1990, AGRAMMATIC APHASIA, V2, P1365 HANLON RE, 1990, BRAIN LANG, V38, P298, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(90)90116-X ZAIDEL DW, 1988, APHASIA, P170 NR 8 TC 1 Z9 1 PU TAYLOR & FRANCIS LTD LONDON PI LONDON PA ONE GUNDPOWDER SQUARE, LONDON, ENGLAND EC4A 3DE SN 0268-7038 J9 APHASIOLOGY JI Aphasiology PD MAY-JUN PY 1995 VL 9 IS 3 BP 277 EP 279 DI 10.1080/02687039508248203 PG 3 WC Clinical Neurology SC Neurosciences & Neurology GA QU400 UT WOS:A1995QU40000008 ER PT J AU LORCH, MP AF LORCH, MP TI LANGUAGE AND PRAXIS IN WRITTEN PRODUCTION - A REHABILITATION PARADIGM SO APHASIOLOGY LA English DT Article ID APHASIA; PROSTHESIS; THERAPY; ANATOMY C1 NATL HOSP NEUROL & NEUROSURG,LONDON WC1N 3BG,ENGLAND. RP LORCH, MP (reprint author), UNIV LONDON,BIRKBECK COLL,LONDON,ENGLAND. RI Lorch, Marjorie/F-8493-2010 OI Lorch, Marjorie/0000-0001-8505-8815 CR BROWN JW, 1989, APHASIOLOGY, V3, P709, DOI 10.1080/02687038908249038 BROWN JW, 1983, BRAIN LANG, V19, P204, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(83)90065-2 CHOLLET F, 1991, ANN NEUROL, V29, P63, DOI 10.1002/ana.410290112 FREIDLAND J, 1990, APHASIOLOGY, V4, P241 GOODGLASS H, 1976, HDB PERCEPTION, V2 HANSEN AM, 1986, CLIN APHASIOLOGY, V16, P116 HANSEN AM, 1987, CLIN APHASIOLOGY, V17, P152 JACKSON JH, 1866, BRIT MED J, V192, P326 KINSBOUR.M, 1965, J NEUROL NEUROSUR PS, V28, P563, DOI 10.1136/jnnp.28.6.563 LEBRUN Y, 1987, APHASIOLOGY, V1, P317, DOI 10.1080/02687038708248852 LEISCHNER A, 1983, BRAIN LANG, V18, P1, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(83)90001-9 LEISCHNER A, 1970, REHABILITATION APHAS LORCH M, 1994, INT CLIN PHONETICS A LORCH M, 1991, GRAZER LINGUISTISCHE, V35, P171 Lorch M.P., 1995, HDB NEUROLOGICAL SPE Margolin D. I., 1992, COGNITIVE NEUROPSYCH PETERSEN SE, 1988, NATURE, V331, P585, DOI 10.1038/331585a0 WHURR R, 1991, APHASIOLOGY, V5, P411, DOI 10.1080/02687039108248543 WHURR R, 1992, EUR J DISORDER COMM, V27, P1 NR 19 TC 1 Z9 1 PU TAYLOR & FRANCIS LTD LONDON PI LONDON PA ONE GUNDPOWDER SQUARE, LONDON, ENGLAND EC4A 3DE SN 0268-7038 J9 APHASIOLOGY JI Aphasiology PD MAY-JUN PY 1995 VL 9 IS 3 BP 280 EP 282 DI 10.1080/02687039508248204 PG 3 WC Clinical Neurology SC Neurosciences & Neurology GA QU400 UT WOS:A1995QU40000009 ER PT J AU ZETTIN, M CUBELLI, R PERINO, C RAGO, R AF ZETTIN, M CUBELLI, R PERINO, C RAGO, R TI IMPAIRMENT OF LETTER FORMATION - THE CASE OF IDEOMOTOR APRAXIC AGRAPHIA SO APHASIOLOGY LA English DT Article ID COGNITIVE ANALYSIS; APRACTIC AGRAPHIA; PATIENT; DYSGRAPHIA; PRAXIS AB In this paper we describe a patient with an apraxic agraphia following encephalitis. A.G., a 37-year-old right-handed man, showed a selective deficit in handwriting with normal intellectual, linguistic and visuo-constructional abilities. Reading was intact. Oral spelling and assembling block letters were flawless. A.G. was able to write single letters and digits, but he was severely impaired in writing words and numbers. Most errors consisted of incomplete and poorly formed letters and letter substitutions. The number of errors increased with the length of the stimuli. Word copying was as impaired as writing to dictation. According to current models of writing, the pattern of performance of A.G. is consistent with a specific impairment of the temporary buffer in which the graphic motor patterns are maintained for neuromuscular execution. We propose to define this deficit 'ideomotor apraxic' agraphia opposed to the 'ideational apraxic' agraphia which consists in a deficit in writing single letters with preservation of copying abilities. C1 OSPED MAGGIORE BOLOGNA,SRRF,I-40133 BOLOGNA,ITALY. PRESIDIO AUSILIATRICE,TURIN,ITALY. CR ALEXANDER MP, 1992, ARCH NEUROL-CHICAGO, V49, P246 BAXTER DM, 1986, J NEUROL NEUROSUR PS, V49, P369, DOI 10.1136/jnnp.49.4.369 BLACK SE, 1989, APHASIOLOGY, V3, P265, DOI 10.1080/02687038908248994 BUB D, 1988, HDB NEUROPYSHCOLOGY, V1 CHAN JL, 1988, NEUROLOGY, V38, P59 CIPOLOTTI L, 1989, CORTEX, V25, P331 COSLETT HB, 1966, BRAIN LANG, V28, P357 DEBASTIANI P, 1986, APR JOINT M EXPT PSY DEBASTIANI P, 1989, COGNITIVE NEUROPSYCH, V6, P25, DOI 10.1080/02643298908253283 DERENZI E, 1989, HDB NEUROPSYCHOLOGY, V2 Ellis A. W., 1982, NORMALITY PATHOLOGY Ellis A. W., 1988, LANG COGNITIVE PROC, V3, P99, DOI 10.1080/01690968808402084 ELLIS AW, 1987, COGNITIVE NEUROPSYCH, V4, P465, DOI 10.1080/02643298708252048 JOB R, 1987, GIORNALE ITANLIANO P, V14, P73 KAPUR N, 1983, J NEUROL NEUROSUR PS, V46, P573, DOI 10.1136/jnnp.46.6.573 Basso A, 1987, Funct Neurol, V2, P189 Luzzatti C., 1991, AACHENER APHASIE TES Margolin D. I., 1992, COGNITIVE NEUROPSYCH MARGOLIN DI, 1984, Q J EXPT PSYCHOL A, V39, P459 MARGOLIN DI, 1983, ACTA PSYCHOL, V54, P263, DOI 10.1016/0001-6918(83)90039-2 MCLENNAN JE, 1972, J NEUROL SCI, V15, P141, DOI 10.1016/0022-510X(72)90002-0 MICELI G, 1985, BRAIN LANG, V25, P187, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(85)90080-X PATTERSON K, 1989, COGNITIVE NEUROPSYCH, V6, P1, DOI 10.1080/02643298908253282 RODRIGUEZ R, 1989, BRAIN LANG, V37, P122, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(89)90104-1 ROELTGEN DP, 1983, BRAIN LANG, V18, P35, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(83)90004-4 ROTHI LJ, 1981, BRAIN LANG, V12, P1, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(81)90001-8 ROTHI LJG, 1991, COGNITIVE NEUROPSYCH, V8, P443, DOI 10.1080/02643299108253382 SARTORI G, 1984, LETTURA PROCESSI NOR Shallice T., 1980, DEEP DYSLEXIA Spinnler H, 1987, ITAL J NEUROL SCI S, V8, P1 VALENSTEIN E, 1979, ARCH NEUROL-CHICAGO, V36, P506 NR 31 TC 9 Z9 9 PU TAYLOR & FRANCIS LTD LONDON PI LONDON PA ONE GUNDPOWDER SQUARE, LONDON, ENGLAND EC4A 3DE SN 0268-7038 J9 APHASIOLOGY JI Aphasiology PD MAY-JUN PY 1995 VL 9 IS 3 BP 283 EP 294 DI 10.1080/02687039508248205 PG 12 WC Clinical Neurology SC Neurosciences & Neurology GA QU400 UT WOS:A1995QU40000010 ER PT J AU RAINOV, V AF RAINOV, V TI CONTENT-ANALYSIS, HERMENEUTICS, LANGUAGE THEORIES AND LURIA,A.R. LAST BOOKS SO APHASIOLOGY LA English DT Article AB Personal reflections on the two books by Luria: Basic Problems of Neurolinguistics and On Historical Development of Cognitive Processes: their content is discussed while taking into account the philosophical as well as the psycholinguistic perspective. Luria's deep knowledge of both older authors, such as Buhler or Kainz, and of the more current works of Katz, Fodor and Postal, is pointed out. Luria not only incorporated their ideas into his own interpretations, based upon his vast clinical experience, but also included observations of eminent Russian linguists of that time. This permits a consideration of Luria as a forerunner of the modern computational models of mind and of language processing. RP RAINOV, V (reprint author), BULGARIAN ACAD SCI,BRAIN RES INST,DEPT NEUROPSYCHOL,ACAD G BONCHEV STR,BL 23,BU-1113 SOFIA,BULGARIA. CR APRESIAN JD, 1974, LEXICAL SEMANTICS Buhler K., 1934, SPRACHTHEORIE Buhler Karl, 1933, AUSDRUCKSTHEORIE SYS CASSIRER E, 1973, PHILOS SYMBOLISCHEN Chomsky N., 1965, ASPECTS THEORY SYNTA DENETT D, 1983, BEHAVIOUR BRAIN SCI, V6, P345 DURKHEIM E, 1924, SOC PHILOS FODOR J, 1986, REPRESENTATIONS Fodor J. A., 1987, PSYCHOSEMANTICS Fodor J. A., 1974, PSYCHOL LANGUAGE GADAMER HG, 1977, PHILOS LEHRJAHRE Heidegger M., 1959, UNTERWEGS SPRACHE HEIDEGGERM, 1987, ZOLLIKONER SEMINARE KAINZ F, 1961, SPRACHE TIERE KATZ JJ, 1969, PHILOS SPRACHE LEVISTRAUSS C, 1971, MYTHOLOGICA, V3 LEVISTRAUSS C, 1971, MYTHOLOGICA, V2 Levi-Strauss Claude, 1971, MYTHOLOGICA LURIA A, 1974, HIST DEV COGNITIVE P LURIA AR, 1975, BASIC PROBLEMS NEURO Merleau-Ponty M., 1966, PHANOMENOLOGIE WAHRE Osgood Charles E., 1957, MEASUREMENT MEANING Popper Karl, 1977, SELF ITS BRAIN POSTAL P, 1974, CONSISTENTAL STRUCTU Quine W.V.O., 1960, WORD OBJECT RORTY R, 1981, SPIEGEL NATUR Sapir Edward, 1949, LANGUAGE TARSKI A, 1961, INTRO LOGIC METHODOL VYGOTSKII LS, 1962, THOUGHT LANGUAGE WHORF BL, 1979, LANGUAGE THOUGHT REA WITTGENSTEIN L, 1978, TRACTATUS LOGICO-PHI ZHOLKOVSKY AK, 1967, PROBL KIBERN, V19, P45 NR 32 TC 0 Z9 0 PU TAYLOR & FRANCIS LTD LONDON PI LONDON PA ONE GUNDPOWDER SQUARE, LONDON, ENGLAND EC4A 3DE SN 0268-7038 J9 APHASIOLOGY JI Aphasiology PD MAR-APR PY 1995 VL 9 IS 2 BP 105 EP 109 DI 10.1080/02687039508248697 PG 5 WC Clinical Neurology SC Neurosciences & Neurology GA QJ240 UT WOS:A1995QJ24000003 ER PT J AU PENACASANOVA, J BORRAS, RMM AF PENACASANOVA, J BORRAS, RMM TI LURIANISM AND NEOLURIANISM SO APHASIOLOGY LA English DT Article ID ORGANIZATION; ATTENTION; LANGUAGE; CORTEX AB This paper presents the most important theoretical features of Luria's neuropsychological approach. A series of current neuropsychological approaches related or in interaction with the comprehensive model of Luria are quoted and reviewed. Links between current cognitive neuropsychology and Luria's neuropsychology are stressed. Finally 'neolurianism' is defined as the further development and sophistication of Luria's approach maintaining his basic ideas on the functional model of the brain (complex functional systems and functional units) and his clinical approach. RP PENACASANOVA, J (reprint author), AUTONOMOUS UNIV BARCELONA,HOSP UNIV MAR,DEPT NEUROL,SERV NEUROPSYCHOL,PASSEIG MARITIM 25-29,E-08003 BARCELONA,SPAIN. CR ALEXANDER GE, 1986, ANNU REV NEUROSCI, V9, P357, DOI 10.1146/annurev.ne.09.030186.002041 BARON RJ, 1987, CEREBRAL COMPUTER BUB D, 1987, NEUROPSYCHOLOGIE CLI, P325 CARAMAZZA A, 1984, BRAIN LANG, V21, P9, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(84)90032-4 CARAMAZZA A, 1990, COGNITIVE NEUROPSYCH, pR12 Christensen A.L., 1979, LURIAS NEUROPSYCHOLO COLE M, 1990, CONT NEUROPSYCHOLOGY, P1 CROSSON B, 1985, BRAIN LANG, V25, P257, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(85)90085-9 DAVIDOV B, 1988, ENSENANZA ESCOLAR DE Dimond S, 1980, NEUROPSYCHOLOGY TXB ECCLES JC, 1984, EL CEREBRO MENTE Ellis A. W., 1988, HUMAN COGNITIVE NEUR Fodor Jerry A., 1983, MODULARITY MIND Goldberg E., 1990, CONT NEUROPSYCHOLOGY, P1 Goldberg E, 1990, CONT NEUROPSYCHOLOGY, P229 GOLDBERG E, 1989, J CLIN EXP NEUROPSYC, V11, P489, DOI 10.1080/01688638908400909 GUARDIA J, 1991, PROGRAMA INTEGRADO E, P47 JUBERT J, 1983, ESTUDI GENERAL, V3, P63 KAPLAN E, 1990, WAIS R NI MANUAL WAI KERTESZ A, 1983, LOCALIZATION NEUROPS, P1 Luria A. R., 1973, THE WORKING BRAIN LURIA A. R., 1975, OSNOVNIE PROBLEMI NE Luria AR, 1970, TRAUMATIC APHASIA LURIA AR, 1979, MIRANDO BACIA ATRAS LURIA AR, 1977, FUNCIONES CORTICALES LURIA AR, 1980, PROCESOS COGNITVOS A LURIA AR, 1977, NEUROPSYCHOLOGICAL S, V6, P7 Luriya A.R., 1973, OSNOVY NEIROPSIKHOLO MESULAM MM, 1990, ANN NEUROL, V28, P597, DOI 10.1002/ana.410280502 MESULAM MM, 1981, ANN NEUROL, V10, P309, DOI 10.1002/ana.410100402 MESULAM MM, 1986, ANN NEUROL, V19, P320, DOI 10.1002/ana.410190403 MESULAM MM, 1985, PRINCIPLES BEHAVIORA Norman D. A, 1986, CONSCIOUSNESS SELF R, P1 OESER E, 1989, NEUROSCIENCE CENTURI, P7 Pena-Casanova J., 1989, J NEUROLINGUIST, V4, P161, DOI 10.1016/0911-6044(89)90012-2 PENFIELD W, 1959, SPEECH BRAIN MECHANI POPPER KR, 1980, YO SU CEREBRO Sacks O, 1990, CONT NEUROPSYCHOLOGY, P181 SCHILLER F, 1989, NEUROSCIENCE CENTURI, P59 SERGENT J, 1990, BRAIN, V113, P537, DOI 10.1093/brain/113.2.537 Shallice T., 1988, NEUROPSYCHOLOGY MENT SHALLICE T, 1981, BRIT MED BULL, V37, P187 SMITH CUM, 1989, NEUROSCIENCE CENTURI, P49 SPIERS PA, 1981, J CONSULT CLIN PSYCH, V49, P331, DOI 10.1037//0022-006X.49.3.331 SPIERS PA, 1982, J CONSULT CLIN PSYCH, V50, P301 TEUBER HL, 1955, ANNU REV PSYCHOL, V6, P266 THATCHER RW, 1977, F COGNITIVE PROCESSE VALDOIS S, 1989, J NEUROLINGUISTICS, V4, P37, DOI 10.1016/0911-6044(89)90004-3 Zaidel E., 1990, NEUROBIOLOGY HIGHER, P297 NR 49 TC 4 Z9 4 PU TAYLOR & FRANCIS LTD LONDON PI LONDON PA ONE GUNDPOWDER SQUARE, LONDON, ENGLAND EC4A 3DE SN 0268-7038 J9 APHASIOLOGY JI Aphasiology PD MAR-APR PY 1995 VL 9 IS 2 BP 111 EP 121 DI 10.1080/02687039508248698 PG 11 WC Clinical Neurology SC Neurosciences & Neurology GA QJ240 UT WOS:A1995QJ24000004 ER PT J AU BOURNOTTRITES, M JARMAN, RF DAS, JP AF BOURNOTTRITES, M JARMAN, RF DAS, JP TI LURIAS LANGUAGE THEORY WITHIN A COGNITIVE THEORY - A CANADIAN PERSPECTIVE SO APHASIOLOGY LA English DT Article ID LESS SKILLED READERS; WORKING MEMORY; INDIVIDUAL-DIFFERENCES AB Luria's functional organization of the brain, and views on language, have influenced major developments in conceptualizing cognitive processes and linguistic abilities; research by a Canadian group in these areas is presented in this paper. Aspects of language such as paradigmatic and syntagmatic associations, and the failure to acquire phonological coding, are considered in several empirical studies. The theoretical context for them is provided by a theory that considers four primary cognitive processes: planning, arousal-attention, simultaneous and successive processing. The theory provides an understanding for linguistic development in children which is a significant extension of Luria's clinical work. It confirms the validity of the four cognitive processes outside the clinical population. C1 UNIV ALBERTA,CTR DEV DISABIL,EDMONTON,AB T6G 2G5,CANADA. UNIV BRITISH COLUMBIA,VANCOUVER,BC,CANADA. CR CUMMINS J, 1978, INT J PSYCHOL, V13, P129, DOI 10.1080/00207597808246617 CUMMINS J, 1979, CAN J BEHAV SCI, V11, P64, DOI 10.1037/h0081573 DANEMAN M, 1980, J VERB LEARN VERB BE, V19, P450, DOI 10.1016/S0022-5371(80)90312-6 Das J. P., 1994, ASSESSMENT COGNITIVE Das J. P., 1990, LEARN INDIVID DIFFER, V2, P423, DOI 10.1016/1041-6080(90)90003-Y Das J. P., 1979, SIMULTANEOUS SUCCESS DAS JP, 1992, INTELLIGENCE, V16, P137, DOI 10.1016/0160-2896(92)90001-8 DAS JP, 1979, CANADIAN PSYCHOL REV, V20, P1, DOI 10.1037/h0081488 DENNEY NW, 1972, J EXP CHILD PSYCHOL, V13, P275, DOI 10.1016/0022-0965(72)90090-2 DESAUSSURE F, 1922, LINGUISTIQUE GENERAL ENTWISLE DR, 1964, J VERB LEARN VERB BE, V3, P19, DOI 10.1016/S0022-5371(64)80055-4 ENTWISTLE DR, 1966, WORD ASS YOUNG CHILD ERVIN SM, 1961, AM J PSYCHOL, V74, P361, DOI 10.2307/1419742 Galton F., 1883, INQUIRIES HUMAN FACU GESCHWIND N, 1974, BOSTON STUDIES PHILO, V16 Jakobson Roman, 1971, STUDIES CHILD LANGUA JARMAN RF, 1980, PSYCHOL RES, V41, P152 JENKINS JJ, 1954, PSYCHOLINGUISTICS SU KESSEL F, 1970, MONOGRAPHS SOCIAL RE, V139 Luria A. R., 1966, HIGHER CORTICAL FUNC Luria A. R., 1973, THE WORKING BRAIN Luria A. R., 1976, BASIC PROBLEMS NEURO Luria A. R., 1966, HUMAN BRAIN PSYCHOL Luria A. R., 1973, LINGUISTICS, V115, P57 Luria AR, 1970, TRAUMATIC APHASIA LURIA AR, 1975, LINGUISTICS, V154, P47 LURIA AR, 1970, SCI AM, V222, P66 MASSON MEJ, 1983, J EDUC PSYCHOL, V75, P314, DOI 10.1037/0022-0663.75.2.314 NAGLIERI JA, 1990, J PSYCHOEDUC ASSESS, V8, P303 NAGLIERI JA, 1988, J SCHOOL PSYCHOL, V26, P35, DOI 10.1016/0022-4405(88)90030-1 SIEGEL LS, 1989, CHILD DEV, V60, P973, DOI 10.1111/j.1467-8624.1989.tb03528.x SWANSON HL, 1989, J ABNORM CHILD PSYCH, V17, P145, DOI 10.1007/BF00913790 SWANSON HL, 1992, J EDUC PSYCHOL, V84, P473, DOI 10.1037/0022-0663.84.4.473 TOMLINSON JL, 1988, THESIS U ALBERTA EDM NR 34 TC 1 Z9 1 PU TAYLOR & FRANCIS LTD LONDON PI LONDON PA ONE GUNDPOWDER SQUARE, LONDON, ENGLAND EC4A 3DE SN 0268-7038 J9 APHASIOLOGY JI Aphasiology PD MAR-APR PY 1995 VL 9 IS 2 BP 123 EP 135 DI 10.1080/02687039508248699 PG 13 WC Clinical Neurology SC Neurosciences & Neurology GA QJ240 UT WOS:A1995QJ24000005 ER PT J AU TLOKINSKI, W AF TLOKINSKI, W TI LINGUISTIC COMPETENCE, EXPERIENCE AND AGRAMMATISM SO APHASIOLOGY LA English DT Article AB This paper discusses the relationship between the personal experience of the native speaker and his or her linguistic competence. To evaluate that relationship three subject groups were used: (1) college students, (2) manual workers, and (3) school children. Each group comprised 100 persons but within the school children group four subgroups of 25 pupils, attending forms V, VI, VII and VIII respectively, were distinguished to test the influence of school education upon linguistic abilities. The tasks usually used by Luria were adopted for the present study. They included constructions expressing the conversion of time, double negation, formal similarity of the subject and object, possession, comparison, as well as spatial and time relations. An additional set of tasks required excluding one object from among the four, finding relations between six pairs of words, and an evaluation of proverbs. It was found that the manual workers gave the lowest number of correct responses, next were the school children, and the best results attained were by the college students. This shows that the linguistic experience, as well as the social background, of the subjects play significant roles in language usage; therefore, they should be taken into account when assessing aphasia, especially grammar. RP TLOKINSKI, W (reprint author), UNIV GDANSK,INST PSYCHOL,UL POMORSKA 68,PL-8034 GDANSK,POLAND. CR AKHUTINA RV, 1975, NEUROLINGUISTIC ANAL BERNSTEIN B, 1972, MAN LANGUAGE SOC CON Chomsky Noam, 1957, SYNTACTIC STRUCTURES Jakobson Roman, 1956, FUNDAMENTALS LANGUAG KACZMAREK BLJ, 1984, BRAIN LANG, V21, P52, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(84)90035-X KACZMAREK BL, 1993, FRONTAL LOBES LANGUA LEONTEV AA, 1969, PSYCHOLINGUISTIE ELE LURIA A, 1974, HIST DEV COGNITIVE P LURIA AR, 1946, IZVESTIA APN PSFSR, V3 Luria AR, 1970, TRAUMATIC APHASIA TLOKINSKI W, 1976, OPTIMALIZATION SPEEC TSVETKOVA LS, 1978, AGRAMMATISM APHASIA VYGOTSKII LS, 1962, THOUGHT LANGUAGE NR 13 TC 1 Z9 1 PU TAYLOR & FRANCIS LTD LONDON PI LONDON PA ONE GUNDPOWDER SQUARE, LONDON, ENGLAND EC4A 3DE SN 0268-7038 J9 APHASIOLOGY JI Aphasiology PD MAR-APR PY 1995 VL 9 IS 2 BP 137 EP 142 DI 10.1080/02687039508248700 PG 6 WC Clinical Neurology SC Neurosciences & Neurology GA QJ240 UT WOS:A1995QJ24000006 ER PT J AU AKHUTINA, TV GLOZMAN, JM AF AKHUTINA, TV GLOZMAN, JM TI THE NEUROLINGUISTIC STUDY OF SEMANTICS SO APHASIOLOGY LA English DT Article ID CATEGORIES; MEMORY AB This paper deals with the problem of the organization of the inner lexicon according to the Vygotsky-Luria approach. To discover mechanisms of meaning functioning Luria used aphasia data, that in their turn were analysed taking into account different genesis and functions of referential meaning (reference) and significative meaning (sense), developed by Vygotsky. The experimental studies reported, following Luria, showed 2 types of word meaning disturbances in fluent aphasia: a primary defect of signification in semantic aphasia and a primary defect of reference in different subtypes of Wernicke's aphasia. The results support Luria's hypothesis about different mechanisms and brain representation for referential and significative meanings. C1 MOSCOW MV LOMONOSOV STATE UNIV,DEPT PSYCHOL,MOSCOW 103009,RUSSIA. RI Glozman, Janna/J-3057-2012; Akhutina, Tatiana/I-4793-2012 CR AKHUTINA TV, 1978, ALL UNION S PSYCHOLI, P10 AKHUTINA TV, 1977, NATIONAL CULTURE COM, P11 AKHUTINA TV, 1985, VESTNIK MOSKOVSKOGO, V14, P29 AKHUTINA TV, 1981, PSYCHOLINGUISTIC STU, P3 BALONOV LI, 1976, HEARING SPEECH DOMIN BEYN ES, 1961, CLIN PROBLEMS PATHOP, P117 BROWN R, 1958, PSYCHOL REV, V65, P14, DOI 10.1037/h0041727 CHERNIGOVSKAYA TV, 1986, SEMIOTICS SPACE SPAC, V79, P68 FRUMKINA RM, 1971, PROBABILITY PROGNOSI, P70 GLOZMAN JM, 1985, SOVIET NEUROLOGY PSY, V18, P89 GLOZMAN JM, 1985, VESTNIK MOSKOVSKOGO, V4, P20 GLOZMAN JM, 1978, LINGUISTIC RES APHAS, P39 GLOZMAN JM, 1984, VESTNIK MOSKOVSKOGO, V2, P46 Goodglass H., 1976, STUDIES NEUROLINGUIS, V1, P237 GOODGLASS H, 1976, BRAIN LANG, V3, P359, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(76)90032-8 HOFFMANN J, 1982, AKTIVE GEDACHTNISS HOFFMANN J, 1956, J PSYCHOL, V189, P14 JAKOBSON R, 1956, FUND LANG, P49 KALITA NG, 1974, PSYCHOL STUD, V6, P88 LECOURS AR, 1979, APHASIA, P53 Luria A. R., 1976, BASIC PROBLEMS NEURO Luria A. R., 1980, HIGHER CORTICAL FUNC Luria AR, 1970, TRAUMATIC APHASIA Miller G., 1969, PATHOLOGY MEMORY, P223 OJEGOV SJ, 1952, DICT RUSSIAN RINNERT C, 1973, Cortex, V9, P56 ROSCH E, 1976, COGNITIVE PSYCHOL, V8, P382, DOI 10.1016/0010-0285(76)90013-X ROSCH E, 1975, J EXP PSYCHOL GEN, V104, P192, DOI 10.1037//0096-3445.104.3.192 Rosch EH, 1973, COGNITIVE DEV ACQUIS, P111 RUMINA NA, 1982, EXPT STUDIES PSYCHOL, P30 SHMELEV AG, 1982, VESTNIK MOSKOVSKOGO, V14, P30 SMITH EE, 1974, PSYCHOL REV, V81, P214, DOI 10.1037/h0036351 SYMERNITSKAYA EG, 1985, BRAIN MENTAL PROCES TSVETKOVA LS, 1972, VOPROSY PSYCHOL, V4, P107 TSVETKOVA LS, 1981, METHOD EVALUATING SP TSVETKOVA LS, 1976, JURNAL NEUROPATOLOGI, V3, P369 VYGOTSKY LS, 1982, SELECTED WRITINGS LS, V2 WARRINGTON EK, 1975, Q J EXP PSYCHOL, V27, P635, DOI 10.1080/14640747508400525 ZURIF EB, 1979, J SPEECH HEAR RES, V22, P456 ZVONKIN AK, 1980, SCI TECHNICAL INFORM, V2, P1 NR 40 TC 4 Z9 4 PU TAYLOR & FRANCIS LTD LONDON PI LONDON PA ONE GUNDPOWDER SQUARE, LONDON, ENGLAND EC4A 3DE SN 0268-7038 J9 APHASIOLOGY JI Aphasiology PD MAR-APR PY 1995 VL 9 IS 2 BP 143 EP 152 DI 10.1080/02687039508248701 PG 10 WC Clinical Neurology SC Neurosciences & Neurology GA QJ240 UT WOS:A1995QJ24000007 ER PT J AU GAINOTTI, G SILVERI, MC DANIELE, A GIUSTOLISI, L AF GAINOTTI, G SILVERI, MC DANIELE, A GIUSTOLISI, L TI HOW LURIA AND VINOGRADOVA THEORY ON THE DYNAMICS OF THE SEMANTIC SYSTEMS COULD EXPLAIN AN UNUSUAL CASE OF LEXICAL COMPREHENSION DISORDERS SO APHASIOLOGY LA English DT Article ID SPREADING ACTIVATION; APHASIA; MEMORY; FACILITATION; RETRIEVAL AB According to Luria and Vinogradova (1959) the relationships among different words may change in various physiological and pathological conditions. In normal subjects, and in patients with mild or moderate forms of brain damage, a dominant position is assumed by words semantically related to the target. On the contrary, in patients with severe language impairment the dominance of the more complex semantic connections disappear and the simpler sound connections remain preeminent. This theory allowed us to explain the unusual pattern of lexical comprehension errors shown by our patient G.P., affected by a severe form of slowly progressive aphasia. On word-picture matching tasks this patient showed a strong tendency to point more to the phonological distracters than to the semantic distracters, in spite of a massive anemia and of a spared capacity to apprehend the phonological shape of words. This unusual form of lexical comprehension disorder was explained by assuming: (a) that G.P. could covertly evoke a phonological label from pictures that he was unable to name; (b) that, in agreement with Luria and Vinogradova's theory, this covert activation usually concerned a whole cluster of words having in common a certain number of phonological features. RP GAINOTTI, G (reprint author), UNIV CATTOLICA SACRO CUORE, POLICLIN GEMELLI, INST NEUROL, LARGO A GEMELLI 8, I-00168 ROME, ITALY. RI Daniele, Antonio/I-4516-2012 CR BALOTA DA, 1983, J VERB LEARN VERB BE, V22, P88, DOI 10.1016/S0022-5371(83)80008-5 BUB DN, 1988, COGNITIVE NEUROPSYCH, V5, P27, DOI 10.1080/02643298808252926 COLLINS AM, 1975, PSYCHOL REV, V82, P407, DOI 10.1037//0033-295X.82.6.407 DEGROOT AMB, 1983, J VERB LEARN VERB BE, V22, P417, DOI 10.1016/S0022-5371(83)90273-6 DELOCHE G, 1981, CORTEX, V17, P147 FISCHLER I, 1977, MEM COGNITION, V5, P335, DOI 10.3758/BF03197580 GAINOTTI G, 1976, BRAIN LANG, V3, P451, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(76)90039-0 GAINOTTI G, 1989, J NEUROLINGUIST, V4, P479, DOI 10.1016/0911-6044(89)90036-5 GAINOTTI G, 1986, BRAIN LANG, V28, P181, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(86)90101-X GAINOTTI G, 1983, BRAIN, V106, P613, DOI 10.1093/brain/106.3.613 Gainotti G., 1975, LINGUISTICS, V13, P15 LURIA AR, 1959, BRIT J PSYCHOL, V50, P89 MARIN OM, 1976, ORIGINS EVOLUTION LA, P868 McNicol D., 1972, PRIMER SIGNAL DETECT MEYER DE, 1971, J EXP PSYCHOL, V90, P227, DOI 10.1037/h0031564 MICELI G, 1991, BATTERIA ANAL DEFICI NEELY JH, 1977, J EXP PSYCHOL GEN, V106, P226, DOI 10.1037//0096-3445.106.3.226 SILVERI MC, 1992, BRAIN LANG, V43, P597, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(92)90085-S WARRINGTON EK, 1979, BRAIN, V102, P43, DOI 10.1093/brain/102.1.43 WARRINGTON EK, 1975, Q J EXP PSYCHOL, V27, P635, DOI 10.1080/14640747508400525 NR 20 TC 1 Z9 1 PU TAYLOR & FRANCIS LTD LONDON PI LONDON PA ONE GUNDPOWDER SQUARE, LONDON, ENGLAND EC4A 3DE SN 0268-7038 J9 APHASIOLOGY JI Aphasiology PD MAR-APR PY 1995 VL 9 IS 2 BP 153 EP 161 DI 10.1080/02687039508248702 PG 9 WC Clinical Neurology SC Neurosciences & Neurology GA QJ240 UT WOS:A1995QJ24000008 ER PT J AU BROWN, JW CHOBOR, KL AF BROWN, JW CHOBOR, KL TI SEVERE RETROGRADE-AMNESIA SO APHASIOLOGY LA English DT Article AB A case of severe retrograde and less severe anterograde amnesia with initial multimodal agnosia is described as an outcome of traumatic brain damage. Anatomical and metabolic studies document right frontal and left occipital lesions with sparing of medial temporal cortex. The case demonstrates the common basis of memory and perception, and is interpreted as a result of disruption to a semantic phase in the process of object formation. RP BROWN, JW (reprint author), NYU,MED CTR,DEPT NEUROL,66 E 79TH ST,NEW YORK,NY 10021, USA. CR Brown J.W., 1988, LIFE MIND BUTERS N, 1984, ADV CLIN NEUROPSYCHO BUTTERS N, 1991, HDB NEUROPSYCHOLOGY, V3, P107 GOLDBERG E, 1981, SCIENCE, V213, P1392, DOI 10.1126/science.7268442 Luria A. R., 1976, NEUROPSYCHOLOGY MEMO STUSS D, 1989, BRAIN COGNITION, V8, P21 NR 6 TC 14 Z9 14 PU TAYLOR & FRANCIS LTD LONDON PI LONDON PA ONE GUNDPOWDER SQUARE, LONDON, ENGLAND EC4A 3DE SN 0268-7038 J9 APHASIOLOGY JI Aphasiology PD MAR-APR PY 1995 VL 9 IS 2 BP 163 EP 170 DI 10.1080/02687039508248703 PG 8 WC Clinical Neurology SC Neurosciences & Neurology GA QJ240 UT WOS:A1995QJ24000009 ER PT J AU LEBRUN, Y AF LEBRUN, Y TI LURIAS NOTION OF (FRONTAL) DYNAMIC APHASIA SO APHASIOLOGY LA English DT Article AB In several of his publications Luria mentioned or discussed a neurolinguistic syndrome which he called '(frontal) dynamic aphasia'. The present paper endeavours to show that Luria's notion of frontal dynamic aphasia in fact encompassed three distinct neurolinguistic conditions. The first condition corresponds to transcortical motor aphasia as it is classically described. The second condition is one of pathological spreading activation that hampers verbal production. The main feature of the third condition is verbal aspontaneity. The possible reasons why Luria did not clearly distinguish between these three nosological entities are discussed. RP LEBRUN, Y (reprint author), FREE UNIV BRUSSELS,SCH MED,DEPT NEUROLINGUIST,LAARBEEKLAAN 103,B-1090 BRUSSELS 5,BELGIUM. CR Andreewsky E, 1975, Cortex, V11, P379 Cohen D, 1965, J Psychol Norm Pathol (Paris), V62, P273 GOLDSTEIN K, 1948, LANGUAGE LANGUAGE DI ISSERLIN M, 1922, Z GESAMTE NEUROLOGIE, V75, P322 Kolk H. H. J., 1985, AGRAMMATISM, P165 LEBRUN Y, 1971, J COMMUN DISORD, V4, P126, DOI 10.1016/0021-9924(71)90021-9 LEBRUN Y, 1984, DYSLEXIA GLOBAL ISSU, P191 Luria A. R., 1973, THE WORKING BRAIN Luria A. R., 1966, HUMAN BRAIN PSYCHOL Luria AR, 1970, TRAUMATIC APHASIA Luria AR, 1970, HIGHER CORTICAL FUNC Luria AR, 1977, NEUROPSYCHOLOGICAL S Luria A.R., 1964, DISORDERS LANGUAGE, P143 Luria A R, 1967, Acta Neurol Psychiatr Belg, V67, P1045 Luria A.R., 1968, FDN LANGUAGE, V4, P296 NESPOULOUS JL, 1988, BRAIN LANG, V33, P273, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(88)90069-7 VYGOTSKII LS, 1986, THOUGHT LANGUAGE NR 17 TC 4 Z9 4 PU TAYLOR & FRANCIS LTD LONDON PI LONDON PA ONE GUNDPOWDER SQUARE, LONDON, ENGLAND EC4A 3DE SN 0268-7038 J9 APHASIOLOGY JI Aphasiology PD MAR-APR PY 1995 VL 9 IS 2 BP 171 EP 180 DI 10.1080/02687039508248704 PG 10 WC Clinical Neurology SC Neurosciences & Neurology GA QJ240 UT WOS:A1995QJ24000010 ER PT J AU ABSHER, JR CUMMINGS, JL AF ABSHER, JR CUMMINGS, JL TI NEUROBEHAVIORAL EXAMINATION OF FRONTAL-LOBE FUNCTIONS SO APHASIOLOGY LA English DT Article ID HUMAN AUTONOMY; BEHAVIOR; FLUENCY AB Frontal lobe dysfunction has a pervasive compromising effect on many aspects of neuropsychological abilities including attention, language, verbal and non-verbal fluency, memory, planning, judgement, and motor programming. In addition, mood disturbances (depression, mania, and lability), as well as personality changes (irritability, apathy, and impulsiveness) are common consequences of frontal lobe injury. Insight into these disturbances, and into the functions of the frontal lobes, can be achieved by careful neurobehavioural assessment. Many of the tests currently used to evaluate frontal lobe function were developed by Luria. His classification of language alterations following frontal lobe damage, and his discovery that the frontal lobes mediate some aspects of motor function through verbal strategies, remain guiding concepts in contemporary approaches to the frontal lobes. C1 BOWMAN GRAY SCH MED,DEPT NEUROL,WINSTON SALEM,NC. UNIV CALIF LOS ANGELES,SCH MED,DEPT NEUROL,LOS ANGELES,CA 90024. CR ALEXANDER GE, 1986, ANNU REV NEUROSCI, V9, P357, DOI 10.1146/annurev.ne.09.030186.002041 ALEXANDER MP, 1984, NEUROLOGY, V34, P752 Cummings JL, 1992, DEMENTIA CLIN APPROA, V2nd DeJong RN, 1979, NEUROLOGIC EXAMINATI DREWE E A, 1975, Cortex, V11, P8 ESLINGER PJ, 1985, NEUROLOGY, V35, P1731 JONESGOTMAN M, 1977, NEUROPSYCHOLOGIA, V15, P653, DOI 10.1016/0028-3932(77)90070-7 Kertesz A., 1979, APHASIA ASS DISORDER Lecours A. R., 1983, APHASIOLOGY LHERMITTE F, 1986, ANN NEUROL, V19, P335, DOI 10.1002/ana.410190405 LHERMITTE F, 1986, ANN NEUROL, V19, P326, DOI 10.1002/ana.410190404 LOGUE V, 1986, BRIT J PSYCHIAT, V114, P137 Luria A. R., 1973, THE WORKING BRAIN Luria A. R., 1980, HIGHER CORTICAL FUNC LURIA AR, 1986, CORTEX, V2, P202 LURIA AR, 1963, DISORDERS LANGUAGE, P143 LURIA AR, 1981, LANGUAGE COGNITION, P211 Mesulam M. M, 1985, PRINCIPLES BEHAV NEU, P1 MILLER E, 1984, BRIT J CLIN PSYCHOL, V23, P53 Robinson R G, 1990, J Neuropsychiatry Clin Neurosci, V2, P1 Strub RL, 1985, MENTAL STATUS EXAMIN Stuss DT, 1986, FRONTAL LOBES WATSON RT, 1983, BRAIN, V106, P391, DOI 10.1093/brain/106.2.391 NR 23 TC 10 Z9 10 PU TAYLOR & FRANCIS LTD LONDON PI LONDON PA ONE GUNDPOWDER SQUARE, LONDON, ENGLAND EC4A 3DE SN 0268-7038 J9 APHASIOLOGY JI Aphasiology PD MAR-APR PY 1995 VL 9 IS 2 BP 181 EP 192 DI 10.1080/02687039508248705 PG 12 WC Clinical Neurology SC Neurosciences & Neurology GA QJ240 UT WOS:A1995QJ24000011 ER PT J AU PACHALSKA, M KACZMAREK, BLJ KNAPIK, H AF PACHALSKA, M KACZMAREK, BLJ KNAPIK, H TI CRACOW NEUROLINGUISTIC BATTERY OF APHASIA EXAMINATION SO APHASIOLOGY LA English DT Article ID BRAIN DISEASE AB The Polish version of Luria's neuropsychological investigation is presented. The adaptation aims at the identification and evaluation of aphasic disorders; hence, this makes possible the assessment of patients with the use of extra-linguistic means of communication. Care was taken to ground the individual tasks in a Polish socio-cultural background. In addition, scoring was developed to enable a precise quantitative evaluation of the disorders observed. The Cracow battery (CNBAE) consists of 27 tasks designed to assess various neurolinguistic functions as well as component processes that enable operationalization of these functions. Reliability and validity studies of the battery were performed on a total of 340 subjects, including psychiatric cases. In the present study the scores gained by 30 patients with syntagmatic (motor) aphasia, 30 with paradigmatic (sensor) aphasia, and 60 healthy controls are discussed. Profiles of the scores distribution in particular groups show clear-cut differences between the two aphasic groups and the controls. It is also pointed out that the Luria-based battery has proved to be an efficient diagnostic tool. C1 AWF,INST & CLIN REHABIL,KRAKOW,POLAND. MARIE CURIE SKLODOWSKA UNIV,LUBLIN,POLAND. CR ADAMS KM, 1980, J CONSULT CLIN PSYCH, V48, P511, DOI 10.1037//0022-006X.48.4.511 BENTON A, 1975, NEUROLOGY, V25, P907 Benton A. L., 1983, CONTRIBUTIONS NEUROP BENTON AL, 1964, J NERV MENT DIS, V139, P110, DOI 10.1097/00005053-196408000-00003 BENTON AL, 1979, ARCH NEUROL-CHICAGO, V35, P364 Christensen A. L., 1975, LURIAS NEUROPSYCHOLO CODE C, 1989, CHARACTERISTICS APHA, P1 Golden C. J., 1980, LURIA NEBRASKA NEURO Goodglass H, 1983, ASSESSMENT APHASIA R, V2nd JAKOBSON R, 1964, DISORDERS LANGUAGE, P14 KACZMAREK BLJ, 1994, BRAIN LANGUAGE BEHAV KACZMAREK BLJ, 1986, FOLIA PHONIATR, V38, P31 KERTESZ A, 1983, LOCALIZATION NEUROPS, P21 KNAPIK H, 1994, IN PRESS NEW EVALUAT KNAPIK H, 1994, IN PRESS DIAGNOSTIC LEVIN HS, 1975, APPL NEUROPHYSIOL, V38, P56 Luria A. R., 1976, BASIC PROBLEMS NEURO Luria A. R., 1966, HUMAN BRAIN PSYCHOL Luria AR, 1970, TRAUMATIC APHASIA LURIA AR, 1974, WORKING BRAIN MESULAM MM, 1990, ANN NEUROL, V28, P597, DOI 10.1002/ana.410280502 PACHALSKA M, 1990, RES ANN ACADEMY PHYS, V24, P261 PACHALSKA M, 1994, CRACOW NEUROLINGUIST, P87 PACHALSKA M, 1993, APHASIA TREATMENT WO, P145 PACHALSKA M, 1986, COMPLEX MODEL REHABI PACHALSKA M, 1982, 4TH NAT C REH WIEL PACHALSKI A, 1987, 2 P SCI C PHYS CULT, P387 PACHALSKI M, 1976, UNPUB JAGIELLOMIAN U SZUMSKA J, 1980, METHODS APHASIA INVE TEUBER HL, 1959, EVALUATION NERVOUS C, P84 NR 30 TC 2 Z9 2 PU TAYLOR & FRANCIS LTD LONDON PI LONDON PA ONE GUNDPOWDER SQUARE, LONDON, ENGLAND EC4A 3DE SN 0268-7038 J9 APHASIOLOGY JI Aphasiology PD MAR-APR PY 1995 VL 9 IS 2 BP 193 EP 206 DI 10.1080/02687039508248706 PG 14 WC Clinical Neurology SC Neurosciences & Neurology GA QJ240 UT WOS:A1995QJ24000012 ER PT J AU GERMANI, MJ PIERCE, RS AF GERMANI, MJ PIERCE, RS TI SEMANTIC ATTRIBUTE KNOWLEDGE IN ADULTS WITH RIGHT AND LEFT-HEMISPHERE DAMAGE SO APHASIOLOGY LA English DT Article ID APHASIA; COMPREHENSION; MEMORY; LANGUAGE; DEFICIT AB This study investigated the nature of semantic attribute knowledge in subjects with left and right hemisphere brain damage and subjects with no brain damage. The relationship between attribute knowledge and both auditory comprehension level and naming skills was also studied. Subjects completed a sorting task involving high, mid, and low frequency of occurrence nouns and high (HI) and low importance (LI) attributes. Subjects also named pictures of the stimulus nouns. While the identification of HI attributes remained intact, left and right hemisphere-damaged subjects exhibited equivalent reductions in identification of LI attributes across frequency levels. In contrast, the left hemisphere-damaged subjects were significantly more impaired on comprehension and naming measures than were the right hemisphere-damaged subjects. Comprehension and naming performance demonstrated a systematic relationship with attribute knowledge in the left hemisphere-damaged subjects only. C1 KENT STATE UNIV,KENT,OH 44242. RP GERMANI, MJ (reprint author), BALL STATE UNIV,DEPT SPEECH PATHOL & AUDIOL,MUNCIE,IN 47306, USA. CR CARAMAZZA A, 1978, PSYCHOL BULL, V85, P898, DOI 10.1037//0033-2909.85.4.898 BISHOP D, 1984, COGNITIVE NEUROPSYCH, V1, P233, DOI 10.1080/02643298408252024 BUTTERWORTH B, 1984, NEUROPSYCHOLOGIA, V22, P409, DOI 10.1016/0028-3932(84)90036-8 Caplan D., 1987, NEUROLINGUISTICS LIN CARAMAZZA A, 1982, BRAIN LANG, V15, P161, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(82)90054-2 CHANG TM, 1986, PSYCHOL BULL, V99, P199, DOI 10.1037//0033-2909.99.2.199 CHENERY HJ, 1990, BRAIN LANG, V38, P215, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(90)90112-T Chiarello C., 1988, RIGHT HEMISPHERE CON COHEN R, 1980, BRAIN LANG, V10, P331, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(80)90060-7 Darley F. L., 1982, APHASIA Dunn L. M., 1981, PEABODY PICTURE VOCA Francis WN, 1982, FREQUENCY ANAL ENGLI Gainotti G, 1981, BRAIN LANG, V13, P210 GARDNER H, 1975, Cortex, V11, P155 Goodglass H, 1983, ASSESSMENT APHASIA R, V2nd Goodglass H, 1976, BRAIN LANG, V3, P339 GROBER E, 1980, BRAIN LANG, V10, P318, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(80)90059-0 GROGAN S, 1993, THESIS KENT STATE U HAMPTON JA, 1987, MEM COGNITION, V15, P55, DOI 10.3758/BF03197712 HAMPTON JA, 1979, J VERB LEARN VERB BE, V18, P441, DOI 10.1016/S0022-5371(79)90246-9 JOANETTE Y, 1988, RIGHT HEMISPHERE CON, P42 Kaplan E, 1983, BOSTON NAMING TEST LESSER R, 1988, APHASIA, P347 LESSER R, 1974, Cortex, V10, P247 Miller G. A., 1976, LANGUAGE PERCEPTION MYERS P, 1990, APHASIA RELATED NEUR, P177 PIERCE R, 1994, IN PRESS ADULT APHAS PIERCE RS, 1990, APHASIOLOGY, V4, P155, DOI 10.1080/02687039008249067 Schreuder Robert, 1989, LEXICAL REPRESENTATI, P409 SCHUELL H, 1961, J SPEECH HEAR RES, V4, P30 SILVERI MC, 1989, APHASIOLOGY, V3, P423, DOI 10.1080/02687038908249004 Smith E. E., 1981, CATEGORIES CONCEPTS SMITH EE, 1974, PSYCHOL REV, V81, P214, DOI 10.1037/h0036351 Sternberg R., 1983, J VERB LEARN VERB BE, V22, P253 Toglia M. P., 1978, HDB SEMANTIC WORD NO USTIK G, 1989, AM SPEECH LANGUAGE H ZURIF EB, 1974, BRAIN LANG, V1, P167, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(74)90032-7 NR 37 TC 8 Z9 8 PU TAYLOR & FRANCIS LTD LONDON PI LONDON PA ONE GUNDPOWDER SQUARE, LONDON, ENGLAND EC4A 3DE SN 0268-7038 J9 APHASIOLOGY JI Aphasiology PD JAN-FEB PY 1995 VL 9 IS 1 BP 1 EP 21 DI 10.1080/02687039508248685 PG 21 WC Clinical Neurology SC Neurosciences & Neurology GA QB072 UT WOS:A1995QB07200001 ER PT J AU JORDAN, FM MURDOCH, BE BUTTSWORTH, DL HUDSONTENNENT, LJ AF JORDAN, FM MURDOCH, BE BUTTSWORTH, DL HUDSONTENNENT, LJ TI SPEECH AND LANGUAGE PERFORMANCE OF BRAIN-INJURED CHILDREN SO APHASIOLOGY LA English DT Article ID ACUTE LYMPHOBLASTIC-LEUKEMIA; LONG-TERM SURVIVORS; HEAD-INJURY; CHILDHOOD; ADOLESCENTS; DEFICITS; SURGERY; SKILLS; TUMORS AB The speech and language performance of three groups of brain-injured children, a closed-head injured (CHI) group, children treated for posterior Fossa tumour (PFT), and children treated for acute lymphoblastic leukaemia (ALL), was compared to a matched control group. The subjects were administered a battery of speech and language assessments including general measures of motor speech abilities, and speaking and listening performance, as well as specific skills tests in the domains of confrontation naming and verbal fluency. Performance of the experimental groups was compared with that of a control group matched for age, sex and educational level. Results indicated that all areas of language competence assessed appeared to be compromised by the various types of brain injury. With the exception of two members of the PFT group, motor speech skills appeared to be spared for all other experimental subjects. C1 UNIV QUEENSLAND,ST LUCIA,QLD 4067,AUSTRALIA. RI Murdoch, Bruce/C-1397-2012 CR APPLETON RE, 1990, ARCH DIS CHILD, V65, P530 BRUCE DA, 1983, PAEDIATRIC HEAD TRAU CAPLAN D, DISORDERS SYNTACTIC CHADWICK O, 1981, J CHILD PSYCHOL PSYC, V22, P117, DOI 10.1111/j.1469-7610.1981.tb00538.x CHADWICK O, 1981, Journal of Clinical Neuropsychology, V3, P101, DOI 10.1080/01688638108403117 DALBY PR, 1991, DEV NEUROPSYCHOL, V7, P35 Dennis M, 1988, CLIN NEUROPSYCHOLOGY, P85 Enderby P. M., 1983, FRENCHAY DYSARTHRIA EWINGCOBBS L, 1987, J CLIN EXP NEUROPSYC, V9, P575, DOI 10.1080/01688638708410770 FLETCHER JM, 1988, HDB PEDIATRIC PSYCHO, P59 GERRYTAYLOR H, 1987, J PEDIATR PSYCHOL, V12, P395 HAMMILL DD, 1982, TEST LANGUAGE DEV IN HUDSON LJ, 1992, APHASIOLOGY, V6, P17, DOI 10.1080/02687039208248574 HUDSON LJ, 1992, APHASIOLOGY, V6, P135, DOI 10.1080/02687039208248585 HUDSON LJ, 1989, APHASIOLOGY, V3, P1, DOI 10.1080/02687038908248972 JACKEL CA, 1990, APHASIOLOGY, V4, P45, DOI 10.1080/02687039008249053 Jordan F M, 1988, Brain Inj, V2, P179, DOI 10.3109/02699058809150943 JORDAN F M, 1990, Brain Injury, V4, P147, DOI 10.3109/02699059009026159 JORDAN FM, 1993, UNPUB NAMING PERFORM JORDAN F M, 1990, Brain Injury, V4, P27, DOI 10.3109/02699059009026145 JORDAN FM, 1993, APHASIOLOGY, V7, P503, DOI 10.1080/02687039308248626 Kaplan E, 1983, BOSTON NAMING TEST Kay J., 1992, PSYCHOLINGUISTIC ASS Levin H. S., 1979, J PEDIATR PSYCHOL, V4, P389, DOI 10.1093/jpepsy/4.4.389 Newcomer P, 1982, TEST LANGUAGE DEV OZANNE AE, 1990, ACQUIRED NEUROLOGICA, P1 PFEFFERBAUMLEVI.B, 1984, AM J PEDIAT HEMATOL, V6, P123 SEMELMINTZ E, 1982, CLIN EVALUATION LANG SUC E, 1990, ACTA NEUROCHIR, V106, P93, DOI 10.1007/BF01809448 TEASDALE G, 1974, LANCET, V2, P81 WINOGRON HW, 1984, J CLIN NEUROPSYCHOL, V6, P269, DOI 10.1080/01688638408401218 1983, CELF UPDATE 3 NR 32 TC 8 Z9 8 PU TAYLOR & FRANCIS LTD LONDON PI LONDON PA ONE GUNDPOWDER SQUARE, LONDON, ENGLAND EC4A 3DE SN 0268-7038 J9 APHASIOLOGY JI Aphasiology PD JAN-FEB PY 1995 VL 9 IS 1 BP 23 EP 32 DI 10.1080/02687039508248686 PG 10 WC Clinical Neurology SC Neurosciences & Neurology GA QB072 UT WOS:A1995QB07200002 ER PT J AU LYON, JG AF LYON, JG TI DRAWING - ITS VALUE AS A COMMUNICATION AID FOR ADULTS WITH APHASIA SO APHASIOLOGY LA English DT Article ID REHABILITATION; DEFICITS; LESIONS RP LYON, JG (reprint author), WILLIAM S MIDDLETON MEM VET ADM MED CTR,DEPT VET AFFAIRS,2500 OVERLOOK TERRACE,MADISON,WI 53705, USA. CR AJURIAGUERRA JD, 1950, CORTEX CEREBRAL ETUD, P195 BENTON A, 1985, CLIN NEUROPSYCHOLOGY, P151 Bradshaw J. L., 1983, HUMAN CEREBRAL ASYMM BRADSHAW JL, 1989, HEMISPHERIC SPECIALI Brookshire R. H., 1987, CLIN APH P MINN BRK, P34 COELHO CA, 1985, P CLIN APH C, P222 CUBELLI R, 1987, UNPUB COMMUNICATION CUBELLI R, 1989, LOGOPEDIA CONTEMPORA, V6, P7 CUBELLI R, 1991, APHASIOLOGY, V5, P591, DOI 10.1080/02687039108248569 Davis G., 1981, LANGUAGE INTERVENTIO, P169 DELORANT G, 1980, SABADEL HOMME QUI NE DERIBAUCOURT BD, 1986, REEDUCATION SEMIOLOG Duensing F., 1953, DTSCH Z NERVENHEILKD, V170, P72 DUFFY RJ, 1981, J SPEECH HEAR RES, V24, P70 ELMAN RJ, 1991, CLIN APHASIOLOGY, V20, P101 EVANS S, 1989, THESIS U FLORIDA GAI GAINOTTI G, 1970, NEUROPSYCHOLOGIA, V8, P379, DOI 10.1016/0028-3932(70)90082-5 GAINOTTI G, 1983, BRAIN, V106, P613, DOI 10.1093/brain/106.3.613 GAINOTTI G, 1972, J NEUROL NEUROSUR PS, V35, P545, DOI 10.1136/jnnp.35.4.545 GARDNER H, 1981, ACQUIRED APHASIA, P372 Gardner H., 1983, FRAMES MIND GASPARRINI B, 1980, J CONSULT CLIN PSYCH, V48, P670 Gourevitch M, 1967, Encephale, V56, P52 HANSON WR, 1982, BRAIN LANG, V15, P369, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(82)90066-9 HATFIELD FM, 1974, NEUROPSYCHOLOGIA, V12, P389, DOI 10.1016/0028-3932(74)90055-4 Hecaen H, 1951, ENCEPHALE, V40, P122 HECAEN H, 1970, NEUROPSYCHOLOGIA, V8, P289, DOI 10.1016/0028-3932(70)90075-8 KACZMAREK BLJ, 1991, APHASIOLOGY, V5, P361, DOI 10.1080/02687039108248537 KEARNS K, 1992, CLIN APHASIOLOGY C D KIRK A, 1989, NEUROPSYCHOLOGIA, V27, P881, DOI 10.1016/0028-3932(89)90011-0 LARRABEE GJ, 1983, NEUROPSYCHOLOGIA, V21, P173, DOI 10.1016/0028-3932(83)90085-4 LEISCHNER A, 1991, APHASIOLOGY, V5, P589, DOI 10.1080/02687039108248568 Luria A. R., 1973, HIGHER CORTICAL FUNC Lyon J, 1992, AM J SPEECH-LANG PAT, V1, P7 LYON JG, 1987, TOP LANG DISORD, V8, P61 LYON JG, 1984, UNPUB 3RD ANN SE APH LYON JG, 1989, CLIN APHASIOLOGY P, V18, P339 MCFIE J, 1960, BRAIN, V83, P243, DOI 10.1093/brain/83.2.243 MCNEILL D, 1985, PSYCHOL REV, V92, P350, DOI 10.1037//0033-295X.92.3.350 PIERCY M, 1960, BRAIN, V83, P225, DOI 10.1093/brain/83.2.225 PILLON B, 1980, REV NEUROL, V136, P699 REINVANG I, 1987, APHASIOLOGY, V1, P423, DOI 10.1080/02687038708248865 SWINDELL CS, 1988, BRAIN COGNITION, V7, P16, DOI 10.1016/0278-2626(88)90018-8 TRUPE EH, 1986, ANN CONVENTION AM SP VANSOMMERS P, 1989, COGNITIVE NEUROPSYCH, V6, P117, DOI 10.1080/02643298908253416 VYGOTSKII LS, 1962, THOUGHT LANGUAGE WALLFRED H, 1987, NEBRASKA SPEECH LANG WARRINGT.EK, 1966, BRAIN, V89, P53, DOI 10.1093/brain/89.1.53 WORRELL PA, 1989, FLORIDA SPEECH LANGU YEDOR K, 1987, AM SPEECH LANGUAGE H NR 50 TC 34 Z9 34 PU TAYLOR & FRANCIS LTD LONDON PI LONDON PA ONE GUNDPOWDER SQUARE, LONDON, ENGLAND EC4A 3DE SN 0268-7038 J9 APHASIOLOGY JI Aphasiology PD JAN-FEB PY 1995 VL 9 IS 1 BP 33 EP 94 DI 10.1080/02687039508248687 PG 62 WC Clinical Neurology SC Neurosciences & Neurology GA QB072 UT WOS:A1995QB07200003 ER PT J AU GOLDENBERG, G AF GOLDENBERG, G TI APHASIC PATIENTS KNOWLEDGE ABOUT THE VISUAL APPEARANCE OF OBJECTS SO APHASIOLOGY LA English DT Article ID BRAIN-DAMAGED PATIENTS; MENTAL-IMAGERY; COLOR; IMPAIRMENT; PICTURES RP GOLDENBERG, G (reprint author), NEUROL KRANKENHAUS ROSENHUGEL,RIEDELGASSE S,A-1130 VIENNA,AUSTRIA. CR BASSO A, 1976, NEUROPSYCHOLOGIA, V14, P183, DOI 10.1016/0028-3932(76)90047-6 BASSO A, 1985, NEUROPSYCHOLOGIA, V23, P51, DOI 10.1016/0028-3932(85)90043-0 BAY E, 1962, BRAIN, V85, P411, DOI 10.1093/brain/85.3.411 COHEN R, 1979, CORTEX, V15, P235 Davidoff Jules, 1991, COGNITION COLOR De Renzi E., 1967, CORTEX, V3, P194 FARAH MJ, 1989, TRENDS NEUROSCI, V12, P395, DOI 10.1016/0166-2236(89)90079-9 FARAH MJ, 1988, BRAIN COGNITION, V8, P147, DOI 10.1016/0278-2626(88)90046-2 Finkelnburg CM, 1870, BERLINER KLIN WOCHEN, V7, P460 Finkelnburg CM, 1870, BERLINER KLIN WOCHEN, V7, P449 GAINOTTI G, 1983, BRAIN, V106, P613, DOI 10.1093/brain/106.3.613 GOLDENBERG G, 1991, BRAIN COGNITION, V15, P160, DOI 10.1016/0278-2626(91)90024-3 GOLDENBERG G, 1992, NEUROPSYCHOLOGIA, V30, P1081, DOI 10.1016/0028-3932(92)90100-Z GOLDENBERG G, 1989, NEUROPSYCHOLOGIA, V27, P641, DOI 10.1016/0028-3932(89)90110-3 GOLDENBERG G, IN PRESS APHASIOLOGY GOLDENBERG G, 1991, NEUROPSYCHOLOGIA, V29, P695, DOI 10.1016/0028-3932(91)90103-F GROSSMAN M, 1988, BRAIN COGNITION, V8, P189, DOI 10.1016/0278-2626(88)90049-8 Huber W, 1984, Adv Neurol, V42, P291 Huber W., 1983, AACHENER APHASIE TES JOLICOEUR P, 1984, COGNITIVE PSYCHOL, V16, P243, DOI 10.1016/0010-0285(84)90009-4 KIRK A, 1989, NEUROPSYCHOLOGIA, V27, P881, DOI 10.1016/0028-3932(89)90011-0 KREMIN H, 1990, HDB NEUROPSYCHOLOGY, V1, P307 LYON JG, 1995, APHASIOLOGY, V9, P33, DOI 10.1080/02687039508248687 OSTERGAARD AL, 1985, J EXP PSYCHOL LEARN, V11, P579, DOI 10.1037//0278-7393.11.3.579 SWINDELL CS, 1988, BRAIN COGNITION, V7, P16, DOI 10.1016/0278-2626(88)90018-8 VARNEY NR, 1982, J NEUROL NEUROSUR PS, V45, P248, DOI 10.1136/jnnp.45.3.248 NR 26 TC 2 Z9 2 PU TAYLOR & FRANCIS LTD LONDON PI LONDON PA ONE GUNDPOWDER SQUARE, LONDON, ENGLAND EC4A 3DE SN 0268-7038 J9 APHASIOLOGY JI Aphasiology PD JAN-FEB PY 1995 VL 9 IS 1 BP 50 EP 56 DI 10.1080/02687039508248688 PG 7 WC Clinical Neurology SC Neurosciences & Neurology GA QB072 UT WOS:A1995QB07200004 ER PT J AU HOLLAND, AL AF HOLLAND, AL TI PATIENT INPUTS TO INCREASING UNDERSTANDING OF COMMUNICATIVE DRAWING SO APHASIOLOGY LA English DT Article RP HOLLAND, AL (reprint author), UNIV ARIZONA,DEPT SPEECH & HEARING SCI,TUCSON,AZ 85721, USA. CR DELORANT G, 1980, SABADEL HOMME QUI NE Helm-Estabrooks N., 1991, MANUAL APHASIA THERA PACHALSKA M, 1993, APHASIA TREATMENT WO POTZNER H, 1987, WHAT HANDS REVEAL BR NR 4 TC 1 Z9 1 PU TAYLOR & FRANCIS LTD LONDON PI LONDON PA ONE GUNDPOWDER SQUARE, LONDON, ENGLAND EC4A 3DE SN 0268-7038 J9 APHASIOLOGY JI Aphasiology PD JAN-FEB PY 1995 VL 9 IS 1 BP 57 EP 59 DI 10.1080/02687039508248689 PG 3 WC Clinical Neurology SC Neurosciences & Neurology GA QB072 UT WOS:A1995QB07200005 ER PT J AU RAO, PR AF RAO, PR TI DRAWING CONCLUSIONS ON THE EFFICACY OF DRAWING AS A TREATMENT OPTION FOR PERSONS WITH SEVERE APHASIA SO APHASIOLOGY LA English DT Article RP RAO, PR (reprint author), NATL REHABIL HOSP,SPEECH LANGUAGE PATHOL SERV,102 IRVINE ST NW,WASHINGTON,DC, USA. CR BEUKELMAN D, 1993, MARIANJOY REHABILITA COLLINS MJ, 1990, APHASIA RELATED NEUR KIRK A, 1989, NEUROPSYCHOLOGIA, V27, P881, DOI 10.1016/0028-3932(89)90011-0 RAO P, 1992, ANN ASHA CONVENTION RAO P, 1993, LANGUAGE INTERVENTIO RAO P, 1993, MANAGEMENT PERSONS S NR 6 TC 5 Z9 5 PU TAYLOR & FRANCIS LTD LONDON PI LONDON PA ONE GUNDPOWDER SQUARE, LONDON, ENGLAND EC4A 3DE SN 0268-7038 J9 APHASIOLOGY JI Aphasiology PD JAN-FEB PY 1995 VL 9 IS 1 BP 59 EP 62 DI 10.1080/02687039508248690 PG 4 WC Clinical Neurology SC Neurosciences & Neurology GA QB072 UT WOS:A1995QB07200006 ER PT J AU WENIGER, D AF WENIGER, D TI DRAWING THE MESSAGE ACROSS - A SUCCESSFUL APPROACH TO THE IMPROVEMENT OF COMMUNICATIVE INTERACTIONS IN APHASIA SO APHASIOLOGY LA English DT Article ID CHRONIC GLOBAL APHASIA; VISUAL COMMUNICATION; LANGUAGE; SYSTEM; CLASSIFICATION RP WENIGER, D (reprint author), UNIV ZURICH,DEPT NEUROL,FRAUENKLINIKSTR 26,CH-8091 ZURICH,SWITZERLAND. CR BERTONI B, 1991, APHASIOLOGY, V5, P341, DOI 10.1080/02687039108248535 CHRISTOPOULOU C, 1985, J COMMUN DISORD, V18, P1, DOI 10.1016/0021-9924(85)90010-3 CICONE M, 1979, BRAIN LANG, V8, P324, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(79)90060-9 COELHO CA, 1987, BRAIN LANG, V31, P328, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(87)90078-2 COHEN R, 1980, BRAIN LANG, V10, P331, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(80)90060-7 CUBELLI R, 1991, COGNITIVE NEUROPSYCH, V8, P369, DOI 10.1080/02643299108253378 DERENZI E, 1969, NEUROLOGY, V19, P634 DERENZI E, 1972, BRAIN, V81, P293 Faglioni P, 1969, Cortex, V5, P366 FEYEREISEN P, 1987, PSYCHOL REV, V4, P493 Feyereisen P., 1988, APHASIOLOGY, V2, P21, DOI 10. 1080/02687038808248884 FUNNELL E, 1989, APHASIOLOGY, V3, P279, DOI 10.1080/02687038908248995 GAINOTTI G, 1970, NEUROPSYCHOLOGIA, V8, P379, DOI 10.1016/0028-3932(70)90082-5 GAINOTTI G, 1983, BRAIN, V106, P613, DOI 10.1093/brain/106.3.613 GARDNER H, 1976, NEUROPSYCHOLOGIA, V14, P275, DOI 10.1016/0028-3932(76)90023-3 GLOSSER G, 1986, BRAIN LANG, V27, P345, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(86)90024-6 GUILFORD AM, 1982, ARCH PHYS MED REHAB, V63, P601 HELMESTABROOKS N, 1982, J SPEECH HEAR DISORD, V47, P385 JOHANNSENHORBAC.H, 1985, BRAIN LANG, V24, P74 KIRK A, 1989, NEUROPSYCHOLOGIA, V27, P881, DOI 10.1016/0028-3932(89)90011-0 MCCLEARY C, 1986, BRAIN LANG, V27, P199, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(86)90015-5 Sawyer-Woods L, 1987, APHASIOLOGY, V1, P287, DOI 10.1080/02687038708248848 Smith L., 1987, APHASIOLOGY, V1, P127, DOI 10.1080/02687038708248824 STEELE RD, 1989, NEUROPSYCHOLOGIA, V27, P409, DOI 10.1016/0028-3932(89)90048-1 VANSOMMERS P, 1989, COGNITIVE NEUROPSYCH, V6, P117, DOI 10.1080/02643298908253416 WARRINGT.EK, 1966, BRAIN, V89, P53, DOI 10.1093/brain/89.1.53 WAYLAND S, 1985, BRAIN COGNITION, V4, P356, DOI 10.1016/0278-2626(85)90027-2 WAYLAND S, 1982, BRAIN LANG, V16, P87, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(82)90074-8 WEINRICH M, 1993, BRAIN LANG, V45, P21, DOI 10.1006/brln.1993.1031 WEINRICH M, 1989, APHASIOLOGY, V3, P501, DOI 10.1080/02687038908249018 NR 30 TC 1 Z9 1 PU TAYLOR & FRANCIS LTD LONDON PI LONDON PA ONE GUNDPOWDER SQUARE, LONDON, ENGLAND EC4A 3DE SN 0268-7038 J9 APHASIOLOGY JI Aphasiology PD JAN-FEB PY 1995 VL 9 IS 1 BP 63 EP 68 DI 10.1080/02687039508248691 PG 6 WC Clinical Neurology SC Neurosciences & Neurology GA QB072 UT WOS:A1995QB07200007 ER PT J AU BAUER, A KAISER, G AF BAUER, A KAISER, G TI DRAWING ON DRAWINGS SO APHASIOLOGY LA English DT Article ID APHASIA RP BAUER, A (reprint author), NEUROL CLIN,DEPT SPEECH THERAPY,D-79215 ELZACH,GERMANY. CR Caramazza A., 1989, COGNITIVE APPROACHES, P383 GERWIG M, 1993, Z NEUROPSYCHOLOGIE, V4, P54 HERRMANN M, 1989, BRAIN LANG, V37, P339, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(89)90022-9 HILLIS AE, 1993, APHASIOLOGY, V7, P5, DOI 10.1080/02687039308249497 LEVELT W, 1989, SPEAKING INTENTION A MULLER RA, 1992, GRAPHISCHE SYMBOLSYS SCHEGLOFF EA, 1977, LANGUAGE, V53, P361, DOI 10.2307/413107 VANHARSKAMP F, 1991, APHASIOLOGY, V5, P529, DOI 10.1080/02687039108248558 NR 8 TC 1 Z9 1 PU TAYLOR & FRANCIS LTD LONDON PI LONDON PA ONE GUNDPOWDER SQUARE, LONDON, ENGLAND EC4A 3DE SN 0268-7038 J9 APHASIOLOGY JI Aphasiology PD JAN-FEB PY 1995 VL 9 IS 1 BP 68 EP 78 DI 10.1080/02687039508248692 PG 11 WC Clinical Neurology SC Neurosciences & Neurology GA QB072 UT WOS:A1995QB07200008 ER PT J AU CUBELLI, R AF CUBELLI, R TI MORE ON DRAWING IN APHASIA THERAPY SO APHASIOLOGY LA English DT Article ID REHABILITATION RP CUBELLI, R (reprint author), OSPED MAGGIORE BOLOGNA,SRRF,LARGO NIGRISORI 2,I-40133 BOLOGNA,ITALY. CR CARAMAZZA A, 1990, COGNITIVE NEUROPSYCH, V7, P161, DOI 10.1080/02643299008253441 CUBELLI R, 1991, COGNITIVE NEUROPSYCH, V8, P369, DOI 10.1080/02643299108253378 CUBELLI R, 1991, GIORNALE ITALIANO ME, V3, P248 CUBELLI R, 1994, UNPUB NONVERBAL COMM CUBELLI R, 1991, APHASIOLOGY, V5, P591, DOI 10.1080/02687039108248569 CUBELLI R, 1992, 5TH INT APH REH C ZU Davis G, 1985, ADULT APHASIA REHABI GAINOTTI G, 1983, BRAIN, V106, P613, DOI 10.1093/brain/106.3.613 Gourevitch M, 1967, Encephale, V56, P52 HILLIS AE, 1991, BRAIN, V114, P2081, DOI 10.1093/brain/114.5.2081 LEISCHNER A, 1991, APHASIOLOGY, V5, P589, DOI 10.1080/02687039108248568 Luzzatti C., 1991, AACHENER APHASIE TES LYON JG, 1995, APHASIOLOGY, V9, P33, DOI 10.1080/02687039508248687 PILLON B, 1980, REV NEUROL, V136, P699 SARTORI G, 1988, COGNITIVE NEUROPSYCH, V5, P105, DOI 10.1080/02643298808252928 NR 15 TC 2 Z9 2 PU TAYLOR & FRANCIS LTD LONDON PI LONDON PA ONE GUNDPOWDER SQUARE, LONDON, ENGLAND EC4A 3DE SN 0268-7038 J9 APHASIOLOGY JI Aphasiology PD JAN-FEB PY 1995 VL 9 IS 1 BP 78 EP 83 DI 10.1080/02687039508248693 PG 6 WC Clinical Neurology SC Neurosciences & Neurology GA QB072 UT WOS:A1995QB07200009 ER PT J AU LYON, JG AF LYON, JG TI COMMUNICATIVE DRAWING - AN AUGMENTATIVE MODE OF INTERACTION SO APHASIOLOGY LA English DT Article RP LYON, JG (reprint author), WILLIAM S MIDDLETON MEM VET ADM MED CTR,DEPT VET AFFAIRS,2500 OVERLOOK TERRACE,MADISON,WI 53705, USA. CR EVANS S, 1989, THESIS U FLORIDA GAI LYON J, 1989, CLIN APHASIOLOGY, V18, P11 LYON JG, 1987, TOP LANG DISORD, V8, P61 LYON JG, 1989, CLIN APHASIOLOGY P, V18, P339 SIMMONSMACKIE NN, 1993, CLIN APHASIOLOGY C P TRUPE EH, 1986, ANN CONVENTION AM SP WORRELL PA, 1989, FLORIDA SPEECH LANGU NR 7 TC 7 Z9 7 PU TAYLOR & FRANCIS LTD LONDON PI LONDON PA ONE GUNDPOWDER SQUARE, LONDON, ENGLAND EC4A 3DE SN 0268-7038 J9 APHASIOLOGY JI Aphasiology PD JAN-FEB PY 1995 VL 9 IS 1 BP 84 EP 94 DI 10.1080/02687039508248694 PG 11 WC Clinical Neurology SC Neurosciences & Neurology GA QB072 UT WOS:A1995QB07200010 ER PT J AU MURDOCH, BE HUDSONTENNENT, LJ AF MURDOCH, BE HUDSONTENNENT, LJ TI DIFFERENTIAL LANGUAGE OUTCOMES IN CHILDREN FOLLOWING TREATMENT FOR POSTERIOR-FOSSA TUMORS SO APHASIOLOGY LA English DT Article ID BRAIN-TUMORS; CEREBELLAR ASTROCYTOMA; CRANIAL IRRADIATION; ACQUIRED APHASIA; CHILDHOOD; SURVIVORS; MEDULLOBLASTOMA; HYDROCEPHALUS; LEUKEMIA; THERAPY AB Twenty children who had been treated for posterior fossa tumour at least 12 months prior to their involvement in the present study were administered a battery of language tests. Six children experienced surgery as the only form of tumour treatment, and 14 children received central nervous system prophylaxis following craniotomy. Examination of their individual language abilities demonstrated that the nature and severity of language deficits following treatment for a posterior fossa tumour vary widely, ranging from above-average language abilities to marked global language problems. The influence of variables such as tumour type, surgical complications, the need for radiotherapy, age at diagnosis, and the presence of associated hydrocephalus on chronic language abilities is discussed. RI Murdoch, Bruce/C-1397-2012 CR ALAJOUAN.T, 1965, BRAIN, V88, P653, DOI 10.1093/brain/88.4.653 ARAM DM, 1983, ARCH NEUROL-CHICAGO, V40, P614 BAMFORD FN, 1976, CANCER, V37, P1149, DOI 10.1002/1097-0142(197602)37:2+<1149::AID-CNCR2820370825>3.0.CO;2-C BILLARD C, 1986, PEDIATR NEUROSCI, V12, P219 CARROWWOOLFOLK E, 1982, INTEGRATIVE APPROACH COOPER JA, 1987, J SPEECH HEAR DISORD, V52, P251 COPELAND DR, 1985, PEDIATRICS, V75, P745 DANOFF B F, 1982, Cancer, V49, P1580, DOI 10.1002/1097-0142(19820415)49:8<1580::AID-CNCR2820490810>3.0.CO;2-7 DAVIS PC, 1986, AM J ROENTGENOL, V147, P587 DENNIS M, 1987, J CLIN EXP NEUROPSYC, V9, P593, DOI 10.1080/01688638708410771 DiSimoni F., 1978, TOKEN TEST CHILDREN DUFFNER PK, 1983, CANCER, V51, P233, DOI 10.1002/1097-0142(19830115)51:2<233::AID-CNCR2820510211>3.0.CO;2-8 DUFFNER PK, 1985, CANCER, V56, P1841, DOI 10.1002/1097-0142(19851001)56:7+<1841::AID-CNCR2820561325>3.0.CO;2-C GARCIA DM, 1990, INT J RADIAT ONCOL, V18, P815 GJERRIS F, 1978, J NEUROSURG, V49, P179, DOI 10.3171/jns.1978.49.2.0179 GOL A, 1963, AM J DIS CHILD, V106, P21 Hammill D. D., 1987, TEST ADOLESCENT LANG HAMMILL DD, 1982, TEST LANGUAGE DEV IN HECAEN H, 1983, NEUROPSYCHOLOGIA, V21, P581, DOI 10.1016/0028-3932(83)90055-6 HENDERSON S, 1989, ANN C AUSTR ASS SPEE HODGES S, 1983, ARCH DIS CHILD, V58, P663 HOLMES HA, 1975, CLIN PEDIATR, V14, P819, DOI 10.1177/000992287501400906 HOPPEHIRSCH E, 1990, CHILD NERV SYST, V6, P60, DOI 10.1007/BF00307922 HUDSON LJ, 1990, ACQUIRED NEUROLOGICA, P269 HUDSON LJ, 1992, APHASIOLOGY, V6, P135, DOI 10.1080/02687039208248585 Jordan F M, 1988, Brain Inj, V2, P179, DOI 10.3109/02699058809150943 JORDAN F M, 1990, Brain Injury, V4, P27, DOI 10.3109/02699059009026145 KADOTA RP, 1989, J PEDIATR-US, V114, P511, DOI 10.1016/S0022-3476(89)80686-9 Kaplan E, 1983, BOSTON NAMING TEST KRAMER JH, 1988, CANCER, V61, P928, DOI 10.1002/1097-0142(19880301)61:5<928::AID-CNCR2820610512>3.0.CO;2-O LAWS ER, 1987, PROG EXP TUMOR RES, V30, P122 LEE KF, 1977, COMPUT TOMOGR, V1, P103 MARTINS IP, 1987, DEV MED CHILD NEUROL, V9, P529 MEADOWS AT, 1981, LANCET, V2, P1015 MULHERN RK, 1985, MED PEDIATR ONCOL, V13, P318, DOI 10.1002/mpo.2950130604 Newcomer P, 1982, TEST LANGUAGE DEV NORRELL H, 1974, CANCER, V33, P923, DOI 10.1002/1097-0142(197404)33:4<923::AID-CNCR2820330406>3.0.CO;2-Z PACKER RJ, 1989, J NEUROSURG, V70, P707, DOI 10.3171/jns.1989.70.5.0707 PEARSON ADJ, 1983, ARCH DIS CHILD, V58, P133 POHL P, 1979, BRAIN LANG, V8, P372, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(79)90064-6 QUERY JM, 1990, DEV MED CHILD NEUROL, V32, P119 Russell DS, 1989, PATHOLOGY TUMORS NER, V5th SEGALL HD, 1985, CANCER, V56, P1748, DOI 10.1002/1097-0142(19851001)56:7+<1748::AID-CNCR2820561304>3.0.CO;2-# SEMEL E, 1982, CLIN EVALUATION LANG STAZ P, 1981, ACQUIRED APHASIA, P398 TEW B, 1979, BRIT J DISORD COMMUN, V14, P89 VANDONGEN HR, 1985, ANN NEUROL, V17, P306, DOI 10.1002/ana.410170316 VANDONGEN HR, 1988, NEUROPSYCHOLOGIA, V26, P629, DOI 10.1016/0028-3932(88)90119-4 VANHOUT A, 1986, BRAIN LANG, V29, P268, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(86)90048-9 VISCHBRINK EG, 1984, BRIAN LANGUAGE, V23, P256 WALLNER KE, 1988, J NEUROSURG, V69, P171, DOI 10.3171/jns.1988.69.2.0171 Wiig E., 1985, TEST LANGUAGE COMPET NR 52 TC 8 Z9 8 PU TAYLOR & FRANCIS LTD PI LONDON PA ONE GUNDPOWDER SQUARE, LONDON, ENGLAND EC4A 3DE SN 0268-7038 J9 APHASIOLOGY JI Aphasiology PD NOV-DEC PY 1994 VL 8 IS 6 BP 507 EP 534 DI 10.1080/02687039408248679 PG 28 WC Clinical Neurology SC Neurosciences & Neurology GA PN627 UT WOS:A1994PN62700001 ER PT J AU MARSHALL, RC NEUBURGER, SI PHILLIPS, DS AF MARSHALL, RC NEUBURGER, SI PHILLIPS, DS TI VERBAL SELF-CORRECTION AND IMPROVEMENT IN TREATED APHASIC CLIENTS SO APHASIOLOGY LA English DT Article ID RECOVERY; PROGNOSIS AB This study provides objective information on the relationship of verbal self correction and improvement by treated aphasic clients. Measures of aphasic patients' verbal self correction effort and success were obtained before (pre-treatment) and during (treatment) language therapy and examined in relation to two outcome measures. Results revealed that pretreatment verbal-self-correction effort, but not success, was related to changes on the outcome measures. All treatment verbal self-correction measures were significantly correlated with the outcome measures. Patients improving most tended to (1) have higher pre-treatment verbal self-correction effort, (2) have higher auditory comprehension scores and/or improvement markedly on auditory comprehension during treatment, and (3) reflect anomic or conduction aphasia rather than global or Wernicke's aphasia. Findings suggest that verbal self-correction should be considered as one of a cluster of factors in determining the overall severity of the patient's aphasia and in predicting language treatment outcomes. C1 OREGON HLTH SCI UNIV,PORTLAND,OR 97201. RP MARSHALL, RC (reprint author), VET AFFAIRS MED CTR,SPEECH LANGUAGE PATHOL 126,3710 SW US VET HOSP RD,PORTLAND,OR 97201, USA. CR ALAJOUANINE T, 1956, BRAIN, V79, P1, DOI 10.1093/brain/79.1.1 CULTON GL, 1969, J SPEECH HEAR RES, V12, P825 EISENSON J, 1977, FOLIA PHONIATR, V29, P61 Eisenson J, 1964, Int J Neurol, V4, P287 FARMER A, 1978, FOLIA PHONIATR, V30, P293 FARMER A, 1977, CORTEX, V13, P327 Goodglass H, 1983, ASSESSMENT APHASIA R, V2nd HAVEMAN A, 1993, ACAD APHASIA TUCSON JOANETTE Y, 1980, BRAIN LANG, V11, P30, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(80)90107-8 Kaplan E, 1983, BOSTON NAMING TEST KEENAN JS, 1974, J SPEECH HEAR DISORD, V39, P257 KERTESZ A, 1977, BRAIN, V100, P1, DOI 10.1093/brain/100.1.1 LAASKO M, 1993, ACAD APHASIA TUSCON Lezak M. D., 1989, ASSESSMENT BEHAV CON, P113 MARSHALL RC, 1982, FOLIA PHONIATR, V34, P305 MARSHALL RC, 1981, J SPEECH HEAR DISORD, V46, P168 MARSHALL RC, 1980, CLIN APHASIOLOGY, P39 MARSHALL RC, 1983, ARCH PHYS MED REHAB, V64, P597 MARSHALL RC, 1982, BRAIN LANG, V15, P292, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(82)90061-X Porch B. E., 1981, PORCH INDEX COMMUNIC SCHLENCK KJ, 1987, BRAIN LANG, V30, P226, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(87)90100-3 SCHUELL H, 1955, ARCH NEURO PSYCHIATR, V74, P308 SELNES OA, 1983, ANN NEUROL, V13, P558, DOI 10.1002/ana.410130515 THORNDYKE EL, 1963, TEACHERS WORKBOOK 30 VIGNOLO LA, 1964, CORTEX, V1, P344 WEPMAN JM, 1958, J SPEECH HEAR DISORD, V23, P302 WHITNEY JL, 1989, J SPEECH HEAR DISORD, V54, P576 NR 27 TC 11 Z9 11 PU TAYLOR & FRANCIS LTD PI LONDON PA ONE GUNDPOWDER SQUARE, LONDON, ENGLAND EC4A 3DE SN 0268-7038 J9 APHASIOLOGY JI Aphasiology PD NOV-DEC PY 1994 VL 8 IS 6 BP 535 EP 547 DI 10.1080/02687039408248680 PG 13 WC Clinical Neurology SC Neurosciences & Neurology GA PN627 UT WOS:A1994PN62700002 ER PT J AU BOON, DL MURDOCH, BE JORDAN, FM AF BOON, DL MURDOCH, BE JORDAN, FM TI PERFORMANCE ON CREATIVE NARRATIVE TASKS OF CHILDREN TREATED FOR ACUTE LYMPHOCYTIC-LEUKEMIA SO APHASIOLOGY LA English DT Article ID ACUTE LYMPHOBLASTIC-LEUKEMIA; HEAD-INJURED ADULTS; DISCOURSE; COMPREHENSION; ABILITIES; SURVIVORS; COHESION; STORIES AB Twenty-three children who had completed treatment for acute lymphocytic leukaemia (ALL) and 23 age- and sex-matched non-neurologically impaired controls generated a creative narrative in response to a character figurine. Story grammar, intersentential cohesion and developmental level were examined. No significant differences were found between the performance of the ALL group and the matched controls on the majority of the measures of narrative ability examined. The control subjects did, however, produce more episodes containing initiating events than the leukaemia group. RI Murdoch, Bruce/C-1397-2012 CR Applebee Arthur N., 1978, CHILDS CONCEPT STORY BAKER LS, 1978, YOU LEUKEMIA DAY TIM BOTVIN GJ, 1977, DEV PSYCHOL, V14, P377 Buttsworth D L, 1993, Disabil Rehabil, V15, P67 DENNIS M, 1980, LANGUAGE DEV APHASIA, V1, P77 EISER C, 1978, ARCH DIS CHILD, V53, P391 ESSELTINE DW, 1981, MED PEDIATR ONCOL, V9, P429, DOI 10.1002/mpo.2950090504 GRAYBEAL CM, 1981, APPLIED PSYCHOLINGUI, V3, P269 Halliday Michael, 1976, COHESION ENGLISH HARTLEY LL, 1990, APHASIOLOGY, V4, P353, DOI 10.1080/02687039008249088 HEDBERG NL, 1986, TOP LANG DISORD, V7, P58 HOLM S, 1979, SCAND J STAT, V6, P65 HUDSON LJ, 1990, ACQUIRED NEUROLOGICA, P269 HUDSON LJ, 1992, APHASIOLOGY, V6, P549, DOI 10.1080/02687039208249491 JACKEL CA, 1990, APHASIOLOGY, V4, P45, DOI 10.1080/02687039008249053 JOHNSON NS, 1980, POETICS, V9, P51, DOI 10.1016/0304-422X(80)90012-1 Johnston J., 1982, LANG SPEECH HEAR SER, V13, P144 JORDAN FM, 1991, J SPEECH HEAR RES, V34, P572 Kemper S., 1984, DISCOURSE DEV PROGR, P99 KLECANAKER JS, 1987, LANG SPEECH, V30, P13 Labov W., 1972, LANGUAGE INNER CITY LILES BZ, 1985, J SPEECH HEAR RES, V28, P123 LILES BZ, 1987, J SPEECH HEAR RES, V30, P185 LILES BZ, 1989, J SPEECH HEAR DISORD, V54, P356 MANDLER JM, 1982, COGNITIVE RES PSYCHO, P89 MANDLER JM, 1977, COGNITIVE PSYCHOL, V9, P111, DOI 10.1016/0010-0285(77)90006-8 MEADOWS AT, 1981, LANCET, V2, P1015 MENTIS M, 1987, J SPEECH HEAR RES, V30, P88 MERRITT DD, 1987, J SPEECH HEAR RES, V30, P539 OCHS J, 1986, NEUROTOXICOLOGY, V7, P217 OLLEY L, 1989, AUSTR J HUMAN COMMUN, V17, P43 PENDERGRASS TW, 1985, SEMIN ONCOL, V12, P80 Peterson C, 1983, DEV PSYCHOLINGUISTIC ROTH FP, 1986, J SPEECH HEAR DISORD, V51, P8 Rumelhart David E., 1975, REPRESENTATION UNDER, P211 TAYOR HB, 1987, J PEDIATR PSYCHOL, V12, P395 THORNDYKE PW, 1977, COGNITIVE PSYCHOL, V9, P77, DOI 10.1016/0010-0285(77)90005-6 UMIKERSEBEOK DJ, 1979, J CHILD LANG, V6, P91 WEAVER PA, 1982, DISCOURSE PROCESS, V5, P225 WESTBY C, 1985, COMMUNICATION SKILLS, P51 NR 40 TC 3 Z9 3 PU TAYLOR & FRANCIS LTD PI LONDON PA ONE GUNDPOWDER SQUARE, LONDON, ENGLAND EC4A 3DE SN 0268-7038 J9 APHASIOLOGY JI Aphasiology PD NOV-DEC PY 1994 VL 8 IS 6 BP 549 EP 568 DI 10.1080/02687039408248681 PG 20 WC Clinical Neurology SC Neurosciences & Neurology GA PN627 UT WOS:A1994PN62700003 ER PT J AU ROBERTS, P LEDORZE, G AF ROBERTS, P LEDORZE, G TI SEMANTIC VERBAL FLUENCY IN APHASIA - A QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE STUDY IN TEST-RETEST CONDITIONS SO APHASIOLOGY LA English DT Article ID ALZHEIMER-TYPE; DEMENTIA; TASKS AB A semantic verbal fluency test (animals, food, clothing) was administered twice, 6 weeks apart, to two groups of subjects, one recently aphasic (n = 17), the other chronically aphasic (n = 16). Performance was assessed using both quantitative (total correct) and qualitative (errors and organization of responses) methods. A MANOVA using total correct as the dependent variable found an expected main effect for Group and an unanticipated effect for Visit, with both groups improving on retesting. Other analyses showed significant correlations between verbal fluency performance and severity of aphasia for both groups. In qualitative analysis, for both groups, the number of total correct words was negatively correlated with the number of errors, and positively with the number of semantic subgroupings. Since the finding of improvement in the chronic group cannot be readily explained, this suggests a need for caution in the clinical use of semantic verbal fluency tests to measure improvement. C1 UNIV MONTREAL,ECOLE ORTHOPHONIE & AUDIOL,CP 6128,SUCCURSALE A,MONTREAL H3C 3J7,QUEBEC,CANADA. ST VINCENT HOSP,DEPT SPEECH & LANGUAGE,OTTAWA,ON,CANADA. RI Le Dorze, Guylaine/A-1790-2014 CR ADAMOVICH BLB, 1984, CLIN APHASIOLOGY C P, P124 ADAMS ML, 1989, J SPEECH HEAR RES, V32, P871 BELISLE LA, 1979, DICT NORD AM LANGUE BOYLE M, 1991, APHASIOLOGY, V5, P171, DOI 10.1080/02687039108249480 CARDEBAT D, 1990, ACTA NEUROL BELG, V90, P207 COELHO C, 1987, 17TH P ANN CLIN APHA, P233 COLLINS M, 1984, CLIN APHASIOLOGY C P, P78 Davis G. A., 1983, SURVEY ADULT APHASIA DELPYDELBREIL C, 1991, THESIS U P SABATIER DULONG G, 1989, DICT CANADIANISMES FAURE S, 1991, THESIS U PROVENCE GADDES WH, 1973, RES MONOGRAPH, V25 Goodglass H, 1983, ASSESSMENT APHASIA R, V2nd GROSSMAN M, 1981, BRAIN LANG, V12, P313, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(81)90022-5 JOANETTE Y, 1989, LANGAGES, V96, P83 JOANETTE Y, 1988, BRAIN LANG, V34, P54, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(88)90124-1 Kertesz A., 1979, APHASIA ASS DISORDER Kertesz A., 1982, W APHASIA BATTERY MARTIN A, 1983, BRAIN LANG, V19, P121 MONSCH AU, 1992, ARCH NEUROL-CHICAGO, V49, P1253 Nespoulous J. L., 1986, PROTOCOLE MONTREAL T NORMAN WH, 1988, COGNITIVE THER RES, V12, P39, DOI 10.1007/BF01172779 OBER BA, 1986, J CLIN EXP NEUROPSYC, V8, P75, DOI 10.1080/01688638608401298 PORCH B, 1976, PORCH INDEX COMMUNIC ROSENBEK J, 1977, P C CLIN APHASIOLOGY, P103 ROSENBERRY T L, 1980, Neurochemistry International, V2, P135, DOI 10.1016/0197-0186(80)90020-0 Spreen O, 1977, NEUROSENSORY CTR COM Spreen O., 1991, COMPENDIUM NEUROPSYC WERTZ R, 1979, EVALUATION APPRAISAL, P243 WERTZ R, 1985, ANN CONVENTION AM SP WERTZ R, 1986, CLIN APHASIOLOGY C P, P257 NR 31 TC 8 Z9 8 PU TAYLOR & FRANCIS LTD PI LONDON PA ONE GUNDPOWDER SQUARE, LONDON, ENGLAND EC4A 3DE SN 0268-7038 J9 APHASIOLOGY JI Aphasiology PD NOV-DEC PY 1994 VL 8 IS 6 BP 569 EP 582 DI 10.1080/02687039408248682 PG 14 WC Clinical Neurology SC Neurosciences & Neurology GA PN627 UT WOS:A1994PN62700004 ER PT J AU WEEKES, BS AF WEEKES, BS TI A COGNITIVE-NEUROPSYCHOLOGICAL ANALYSIS OF ALLOGRAPH ERRORS FROM A PATIENT WITH ACQUIRED DYSGRAPHIA SO APHASIOLOGY LA English DT Article AB This paper reports an investigation of the impaired writing of an acquired dysgraphic patient J.E.C. who made several case, substitution, omission, and addition errors when writing lower-case letters cursively, but whose upper-case writing was intact. The main finding was that damage to the lower-case letter production system results in errors that can be predicted from the spatial similarity of the lower case form of the error to the lower-case form of the target. This was found with both within-case and cross-case letter substitutions. An additional observation was consistent cross-case errors occurred only with targets forming a single cluster of spatially similar lower-case letters (b, d, p, and q). It is concluded access to lower-case letters is constrained by spatial similarity of a target to other letters in allograph store, and this effect may explain letter errors made by dysgraphic patients. RP WEEKES, BS (reprint author), AUSTRALIAN NATL UNIV,DEPT PSYCHOL,CANBERRA,ACT 0200,AUSTRALIA. RI Weekes, Brendan/E-9897-2010 CR BADDELEY AD, 1960, NATURE, V186, P414, DOI 10.1038/186414a0 BARRY C, 1988, Q J EXP PSYCHOL-A, V40, P5 BAXTER DM, 1986, J NEUROL NEUROSUR PS, V49, P369, DOI 10.1136/jnnp.49.4.369 BLACK SE, 1989, APHASIOLOGY, V3, P265, DOI 10.1080/02687038908248994 CARAMAZZA A, 1989, BRAIN READING, P257 CUBELLI R, 1991, NATURE, V353, P258, DOI 10.1038/353258a0 DAVIDSON HP, 1935, J GENET PSYCHOL, V47, P548 DEBASTIANI P, 1989, COGNITIVE NEUROPSYCH, V6, P24 DUNNRANK.P, 1968, J VERB LEARN VERB BE, V7, P990, DOI 10.1016/S0022-5371(68)80057-X Ellis A. W., 1988, LANG COGNITIVE PROC, V3, P99, DOI 10.1080/01690968808402084 Ellis A. W., 1982, NORMALITY PATHOLOGY, P113 GILMORE GC, 1979, PERCEPT PSYCHOPHYS, V25, P425, DOI 10.3758/BF03199852 Goodman R. A., 1986, NEW TRENDS GRAPHEMIC, P300 GOODMAN RA, 1986, LANG COGNITIVE PROC, V1, P1 GOODMAN RA, 1986, COGNITIVE NEUROPSYCH, V3, P179, DOI 10.1080/02643298608252675 GOODMANSCHULMAN R, 1987, CORTEX, V23, P143 HABER RN, 1980, ACTA PSYCHOL, V46, P181, DOI 10.1016/0001-6918(80)90009-8 Kay J., 1992, PSYCHOLINGUISTIC ASS KOSSLYN SM, 1981, PSYCHOL REV, V88, P46, DOI 10.1037/0033-295X.88.1.46 Kucera H., 1967, COMPUTATIONAL ANAL P Orton ST, 1925, ARCH NEURO PSYCHIATR, V14, P581 PATTERSON K, 1989, COGNITIVE NEUROPSYCH, V6, P1, DOI 10.1080/02643298908253282 POSNER MI, 1967, SCIENCE, V158, P137, DOI 10.1126/science.158.3797.137 Rapp B. C., 1989, READ WRIT, V1, P3, DOI 10.1007/BF00178834 VENEZKY RL, 1970, STRUCTURE ENGLISH OR ZESIGER P, 1992, APHASIOLOGY, V6, P293, DOI 10.1080/02687039208248599 NR 26 TC 23 Z9 23 PU TAYLOR & FRANCIS LTD PI LONDON PA ONE GUNDPOWDER SQUARE, LONDON, ENGLAND EC4A 3DE SN 0268-7038 J9 APHASIOLOGY JI Aphasiology PD SEP-OCT PY 1994 VL 8 IS 5 BP 409 EP 425 DI 10.1080/02687039408248667 PG 17 WC Clinical Neurology SC Neurosciences & Neurology GA PE700 UT WOS:A1994PE70000001 ER PT J AU KASHIWAGI, T KASHIWAGI, A KUNIMORI, Y YAMADORI, A TANABE, H OKUDA, J AF KASHIWAGI, T KASHIWAGI, A KUNIMORI, Y YAMADORI, A TANABE, H OKUDA, J TI PRESERVED CAPACITY TO COPY DRAWINGS IN SEVERE APHASICS WITH LITTLE PREMORBID EXPERIENCE SO APHASIOLOGY LA English DT Article ID RIGHT-HEMISPHERE; NEGLECT; IMPAIRMENT; INFARCTION; AGRAPHIA; LESIONS; PATIENT AB Preserved performances in copying drawings and sketching exhibited by three individuals with severe aphasia and little premorbid experience are described. The patients were aged 84, 66 and 53 years, and were all right-handed. Each had extensive damage to the left hemisphere but little damage to the post-rolandic regions of the right hemisphere. In contrast to the preserved abilities in copying drawings and a two-dimensional cube, all performed poorly in Kohs Block Designs. Two had difficulty in copying their own names. The following conclusions were drawn: (1) among severe aphasics, some patients show superior capability in copying drawings and sketching; (2) it is surmised that the right hemisphere contributes heavily to the manifestation of these capabilities; (3) severe damage to the left hemisphere presumably weakens its interaction with the right hemisphere, whose functions could subsequently be easily and effectively released; (4) the ability of copying drawings may enhance the quality of life and thus provide a useful means of rehabilitation in aphasics. C1 OSAKA UNIV,SCH MED,DEPT NEUROPSYCHIAT,SUITA,OSAKA 565,JAPAN. OSAKA UNIV,FAC HLTH & SPORT SCI,SUITA,OSAKA 565,JAPAN. KYORITSU REHABIL HOSP,DEPT REHABIL,KAWANISHI,JAPAN. HYOGO INST AGING BRAIN & COGNIT DISORDERS,HYOGO,JAPAN. RP KASHIWAGI, T (reprint author), KYOWAKAI HOSP,DEPT REHABIL,KISHIBE KITA 1-24-1,SUITA 564,JAPAN. CR ALAJOUANINE T, 1948, BRAIN, V71, P229, DOI 10.1093/brain/71.3.229 ARENA R, 1978, CORTEX, V14, P463 BENTON A, 1985, CLIN NEUROPSYCHOLOGY, P151 BENTON AL, 1962, ARCH NEUROL-CHICAGO, V7, P347 BENTON AL, 1967, CONFIN NEUROL, V29, P1 BENTON AL, 1973, DOC OPHTHALMOL, V34, P67, DOI 10.1007/BF00151797 Bogen J E, 1969, Bull Los Angeles Neurol Soc, V34, P73 DERENZI E, 1972, BRAIN, V95, P293, DOI 10.1093/brain/95.2.293 DIMOND SJ, 1976, BRAIN, V99, P347, DOI 10.1093/brain/99.2.347 GAINOTTI G, 1985, HDB CLIN NEUROLOGY, V1, P491 GARDNER H, 1981, ACQUIRED APHASIA, P361 GAZZANIG.MS, 1965, BRAIN, V88, P221, DOI 10.1093/brain/88.2.221 HATFIELD FM, 1974, NEUROPSYCHOLOGIA, V12, P389, DOI 10.1016/0028-3932(74)90055-4 HEILMAN KM, 1978, NEUROLOGY, V28, P229 HOWES D, 1975, BRAIN, V98, P317, DOI 10.1093/brain/98.2.317 Jackson JH, 1884, SELECTED WRITINGS J, V2, P45 KACZMAREK BLJ, 1991, APHASIOLOGY, V5, P361, DOI 10.1080/02687039108248537 KASHIWAGI A, 1990, BRAIN, V113, P1005, DOI 10.1093/brain/113.4.1005 KASHIWAGI A, 1989, NEUROPSYCHOLOGIA, V27, P799, DOI 10.1016/0028-3932(89)90004-3 KASHIWAGI T, 1989, APHASIOLOGY, V3, P75, DOI 10.1080/02687038908248977 Kinsbourne M., 1974, HEMISPHERIC DISCONNE, P239 Kinsbourne M, 1970, Trans Am Neurol Assoc, V95, P143 KOHS SC, 1959, KOHS BLOCK DESIGN TE KORNYEY E, 1977, Encephale, V3, P71 LANDIS T, 1983, NEUROPSYCHOLOGIA, V21, P359, DOI 10.1016/0028-3932(83)90022-2 LANDIS T, 1980, BRAIN LANG, V11, P45, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(80)90108-X MESULAM MM, 1981, ANN NEUROL, V10, P309, DOI 10.1002/ana.410100402 NISHIKAWA T, 1988, SHINKEI SHINRIGAKU, V4, P33 OHNO K, 1988, SHITSUGOSHO KENKYU, V8, P25 PIERCY M, 1960, BRAIN, V83, P225, DOI 10.1093/brain/83.2.225 PILLON B, 1980, REV NEUROL, V136, P699 SCHWEIGER A, 1989, BRAIN LANG, V37, P73, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(89)90102-8 UMILTA C, 1979, CORTEX, V15, P597 YAMADORI A, 1986, J NEUROL NEUROSUR PS, V49, P1160, DOI 10.1136/jnnp.49.10.1160 YAMADORI A, 1985, SHINKEI SHINRIGAKU N Zaimov K., 1969, ENCEPHALE, V58, P377 NR 36 TC 0 Z9 0 PU TAYLOR & FRANCIS LTD PI LONDON PA ONE GUNDPOWDER SQUARE, LONDON, ENGLAND EC4A 3DE SN 0268-7038 J9 APHASIOLOGY JI Aphasiology PD SEP-OCT PY 1994 VL 8 IS 5 BP 427 EP 442 DI 10.1080/02687039408248668 PG 16 WC Clinical Neurology SC Neurosciences & Neurology GA PE700 UT WOS:A1994PE70000002 ER PT J AU GOLDENBERG, G DETTMERS, H GROTHE, C SPATT, J AF GOLDENBERG, G DETTMERS, H GROTHE, C SPATT, J TI INFLUENCE OF LINGUISTIC AND NONLINGUISTIC CAPACITIES ON SPONTANEOUS-RECOVERY OF APHASIA AND ON SUCCESS OF LANGUAGE THERAPY SO APHASIOLOGY LA English DT Article ID HEMISPHERE-DAMAGED PATIENTS; IMPAIRMENT; MEMORY; COLOR; DISORDERS; PROGNOSIS; OBJECTS; DISEASE; SPEECH; STROKE AB Changes of linguistic competence were assessed with the Aachen Aphasia Test in 18 aphasic patients across 8 weeks of spontaneous recovery, 8 weeks of intensive language therapy and again across 8 weeks without therapy. At the start of intensive therapy, neuropsychological tests were administered to measure praxis, executive functions, working memory, episodic memory, and semantic memory. Initial level of linguistic competence correlated with recovery of aphasia across all periods. Tests requiring recall of non-verbal information from either episodic or semantic memory correlated strongly with the success of intensive therapy but not at all with spontaneous recovery. Possibly, measuring the ability to recall non-verbal information acted as a detour to assess memory capacities necessary for learning of linguistic skills and knowledge independently of the influence that aphasia itself exerts on the results of any test using verbal material. This interpretation would imply that explicit learning of linguistic skills and knowledge contributes to the success of language therapy but not to spontaneous recovery. RP GOLDENBERG, G (reprint author), NEUROL KRANKENHAUS ROSENHUGEL,RIEDELGASSE 5,A-1130 VIENNA,AUSTRIA. CR Baddeley A. D., 1986, WORKING MEMORY Baddeley A. D., 1990, HUMAN MEMORY THEORY BASSO A, 1979, ARCH NEUROL-CHICAGO, V36, P190 BASSO A, 1991, HDB CLIN NEUROPSYCHO, P67 BASSO A, 1992, APHASIOLOGY, V6, P337, DOI 10.1080/02687039208248605 BASSO A, 1985, NEUROPSYCHOLOGIA, V23, P51, DOI 10.1016/0028-3932(85)90043-0 BAY E, 1962, BRAIN, V85, P411, DOI 10.1093/brain/85.3.411 BOLLER F, 1967, NEUROLOGY, V17, P1052 BRINDLEY P, 1989, APHASIOLOGY, V3, P695, DOI 10.1080/02687038908249037 COHEN R, 1980, BRAIN LANG, V10, P331, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(80)90060-7 CREMONINI W, 1979, NEUROPSYCHOLOGIA, V18, P1 De Renzi E., 1967, CORTEX, V3, P194 DERENZI E, 1972, BRAIN, V95, P293, DOI 10.1093/brain/95.2.293 DERENZI E, 1991, BRAIN, V114, P1719 Finkelnburg F. C., 1870, BERLINER KLINISCHE W, V7, p[449, 460] Finkelnburg FC, 1870, BERL KLIN WSCHR, V7, P460 GAINOTTI G, 1979, INT J NEUROSCI, V10, P45 GAINOTTI G, 1978, NEUROPSYCHOLOGIA, V16, P501, DOI 10.1016/0028-3932(78)90074-X GAINOTTI G, 1983, BRAIN, V106, P613, DOI 10.1093/brain/106.3.613 GLOSSER G, 1990, J CLIN EXP NEUROPSYC, V12, P485, DOI 10.1080/01688639008400995 GOLDENBERG G, 1991, BRAIN COGNITION, V15, P160, DOI 10.1016/0278-2626(91)90024-3 GOLDENBERG G, 1989, J NEUROL, V236, P131, DOI 10.1007/BF00314327 GOLDENBERG G, 1992, J NEUROL NEUROSUR PS, V55, P362, DOI 10.1136/jnnp.55.5.362 GOLDENBERG G, 1986, J NEUROL NEUROSUR PS, V49, P1266, DOI 10.1136/jnnp.49.11.1266 GOLDSTEIN K, 1948, LANGUAGE LANGUAGE DI GUTBROD K, 1987, CORTEX, V23, P463 GUTBROD K, 1989, J CLIN EXP NEUROPSYC, V11, P821, DOI 10.1080/01688638908400938 Howard D., 1987, APHASIA THERAPY HIST Huber W, 1984, Adv Neurol, V42, P291 Huber W., 1983, AACHENER APHASIE TES HUBER W, 1991, NEUROLINGUISTIK, V5, P71 KERTESZ A, 1977, BRAIN, V100, P1, DOI 10.1093/brain/100.1.1 KOEMEDALUTZ M, 1987, BRAIN LANG, V30, P321, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(87)90106-4 LENDREM W, 1985, J NEUROL NEUROSUR PS, V48, P743, DOI 10.1136/jnnp.48.8.743 LEZAK MD, 1983, NEUROPSYCHOLOGICAL A MACKENZIE C, 1991, BRIT J DISORD COMMUN, V26, P275 MARIE P, 1906, SEMAINE MED, V42, P493 MARSHALL RC, 1982, FOLIA PHONIATR, V34, P305 MARSHALL RC, 1983, ARCH PHYS MED REHAB, V64, P597 De Renzi E, 1975, Cortex, V11, P341 POEK K, 1989, J SPEECH HEAR DISORD, V54, P471 REGARD M, 1982, PERCEPT MOTOR SKILL, V55, P839 SACXHS L, 1978, ANGEWANDTE STATISTIK SHALLICE T, 1982, PHILOS T ROY SOC B, V298, P199, DOI 10.1098/rstb.1982.0082 SHEWAN CM, 1984, BRAIN LANG, V23, P272, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(84)90068-3 VARNEY NR, 1982, J NEUROL NEUROSUR PS, V45, P248, DOI 10.1136/jnnp.45.3.248 Vignolo L. A., 1990, HDB CLIN NEUROPSYCHO, P185 WILLMES K, 1985, J CLIN EXP NEUROPSYC, V7, P331, DOI 10.1080/01688638508401268 NR 48 TC 13 Z9 13 PU TAYLOR & FRANCIS LTD PI LONDON PA ONE GUNDPOWDER SQUARE, LONDON, ENGLAND EC4A 3DE SN 0268-7038 J9 APHASIOLOGY JI Aphasiology PD SEP-OCT PY 1994 VL 8 IS 5 BP 443 EP 456 DI 10.1080/02687039408248669 PG 14 WC Clinical Neurology SC Neurosciences & Neurology GA PE700 UT WOS:A1994PE70000003 ER PT J AU PARR, S AF PARR, S TI COPING WITH APHASIA - CONVERSATIONS WITH 20 APHASIC PEOPLE SO APHASIOLOGY LA English DT Article ID CHRONIC ILLNESS AB This qualitative study investigates the ways in which 20 aphasic people, and in some cases their partners, are coping with mild aphasia. The investigation considers two aspects of coping. Firstly, coping is defined as the maintenance of an overall sense of meaning and value. This is assessed through the use of a rating of level of satisfaction with life. Secondly, the use of particular coping strategies and styles is delineated. Although the majority of people interviewed report a deterioration in levels of life satisfaction since the onset of aphasia, some report an improvement. Factors perceived as the cause of deterioration and improvement are varied and multifaceted. The informants demonstrate and report idiosyncratic combinations of coping strategies. It is argued that systematic investigation of coping is a necessary precursor to functional therapy, as particular styles and strategies may not combine well with goals defined without this understanding. As many of the processes of adapting to a chronic condition are understood to involve language, the effect of aphasia upon the ability to operate coping strategies is questioned. The need for a longitudinal study of coping with the consequences and significance of aphasia is discussed. C1 UNITED BRISTOL HEALTHCARE TRUST,BRISTOL,AVON,ENGLAND. CR BENSIRA Z, 1984, SOC SCI MED, V18, P725, DOI 10.1016/0277-9536(84)90098-4 BRUMFITT SM, 1989, APHASIA THERAPY, P89 BURY M, 1991, SOCIOL HEALTH ILL, V13, P451, DOI 10.1111/j.1467-9566.1991.tb00522.x EASTWOOD J, 1988, BRIT J DISORD COMMUN, V23, P171 IDLER P, 1992, AM J SOCIOL, V97, P4 Lenny J, 1993, DISABLING BARRIERS E, P233 MATTLIN JA, 1990, J HEALTH SOC BEHAV, V31, P103, DOI 10.2307/2137048 Oliver M., 1988, WALKING DARKNESS EXP ORANEN M, 1987, APHASIOLOGY, V1, P277, DOI 10.1080/02687038708248846 PARR S, 1994, IN PRESS APHASIOLOGY PARR S, 1992, APHASIOLOGY, V6, P273, DOI 10.1080/02687039208248597 SILVER R, HUMAN HELPLESSNESS T, P300 SPARKES C, 1993, BULLETIN, V494, P9 Tanner D. C., 1988, APHASIOLOGY, V7, P79, DOI 10.1080/02687038808248889 VINEY LL, 1984, J CHRON DIS, V37, P489, DOI 10.1016/0021-9681(84)90032-8 WAHRBORG P, 1988, STROKE BEHAVIOURAL C WAHRBORG P, 1991, ASSESSMENT MANAGEMEN NR 17 TC 30 Z9 31 PU TAYLOR & FRANCIS LTD PI LONDON PA ONE GUNDPOWDER SQUARE, LONDON, ENGLAND EC4A 3DE SN 0268-7038 J9 APHASIOLOGY JI Aphasiology PD SEP-OCT PY 1994 VL 8 IS 5 BP 457 EP 466 DI 10.1080/02687039408248670 PG 10 WC Clinical Neurology SC Neurosciences & Neurology GA PE700 UT WOS:A1994PE70000004 ER PT J AU LEIWO, M AF LEIWO, M TI APHASIA AND COMMUNICATIVE SPEECH-THERAPY SO APHASIOLOGY LA English DT Article RP LEIWO, M (reprint author), UNIV JYVASKYLA,DEPT COMMUN,POB 35,SF-40351 JYVASKYLA,FINLAND. CR Ahlsen E, 1985, GOTHENBURG MONOGRAPH, V5 Bialystok Ellen, 1990, COMMUNICATION STRATE BLOMERT L, 1990, APHASIOLOGY, V4, P307, DOI 10.1080/02687039008249085 Brown Penelope, 1978, QUESTIONS POLITENESS, P56 Davis G, 1985, ADULT APHASIA REHABI HOLLAND AL, 1991, IN PRESS J NEUROLING KALIN M, 1991, U HELSINKI PUBLICA B, V2, P53 KLIPPI A, 1990, APHASIOLOGY, V5, P373 KLIPPI A, 1990, THESIS U HELSINKI KLIPPI A, 1991, STUDIES LANGUAGE U J, V231, P26 KOLK H, 1990, APHASIOLOGY, V4, P221, DOI 10.1080/02687039008249075 LAAKSO M, 1991, STUDIES LANGUAGE U J, V23, P82 LEIWO M, 1992, 5TH APH REH C ZUR LEIWO M, 1985, NORDISK TIDSSKRIFT L, V10, P42 LEIWO M, 1990, U HELSINKI PUBLICA B, V2, P121 LEIWO M, 1991, U HELSINKI PUBLICA B, P107 LESSER R, 1985, CURRENT PERSPECTIVES, P198 LINELL P, 1988, LINGUISTICS, V26, P415, DOI 10.1515/ling.1988.26.3.415 MICELI G, 1989, BRAIN LANG, V36, P447, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(89)90079-5 PULVERMULLER F, 1991, APHASIOLOGY, V5, P39, DOI 10.1080/02687039108248518 SCHEGLOFF EA, 1977, LANGUAGE, V53, P361, DOI 10.2307/413107 SILVAST M, 1991, THESIS U HELSINKI SILVAST M, 1990, APHASIOLOGY, V5, P383 SLAUGHTER HB, 1988, ADV DISCOURSE PROCES, V25, P89 Sperber D., 1986, RELEVANCE COMMUNICAT NR 25 TC 9 Z9 9 PU TAYLOR & FRANCIS LTD PI LONDON PA ONE GUNDPOWDER SQUARE, LONDON, ENGLAND EC4A 3DE SN 0268-7038 J9 APHASIOLOGY JI Aphasiology PD SEP-OCT PY 1994 VL 8 IS 5 BP 467 EP 482 DI 10.1080/02687039408248671 PG 16 WC Clinical Neurology SC Neurosciences & Neurology GA PE700 UT WOS:A1994PE70000005 ER PT J AU BASTIAANSE, R PRINS, RS AF BASTIAANSE, R PRINS, RS TI COMMUNICATIVE SPEECH-THERAPY IN APHASIA - WHAT DOES IT MEAN, CAN IT BE EFFECTIVE AND HOW SHOULD IT BE DONE SO APHASIOLOGY LA English DT Article ID SENTENCE PROCESSING DEFICITS; FUNCTIONAL ASSESSMENT; PACE-THERAPY; ADULT APHASIA; LANGUAGE; PERSPECTIVE; DISCOURSE; EFFICACY; RECOVERY C1 UNIV AMSTERDAM,INST GEN LINGUIST,AMSTERDAM,NETHERLANDS. RP BASTIAANSE, R (reprint author), UNIV GRONINGEN,CTR BEHAV & COGNIT NEUROSCI,DEPT LINGUIST,POB 716,9700 AS GRONINGEN,NETHERLANDS. CR ARMUS SR, 1989, BRAIN LANG, V36, P518, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(89)90082-5 ATEN JL, 1982, J SPEECH HEAR DISORD, V47, P93 BASTIAANSE R, 1993, STUDIES APHASIA BASTIAANSE R, 1993, EUR J DISORDER COMM, V28, P415 BERTONI B, 1991, APHASIOLOGY, V5, P341, DOI 10.1080/02687039108248535 Black M., 1991, J NEUROLINGUIST, V6, P79, DOI 10.1016/0911-6044(91)90002-Z BLANKEN G, 1987, COGNITION, V27, P247, DOI 10.1016/S0010-0277(87)80011-2 BYNG S, 1988, COGNITIVE NEUROPSYCH, V5, P629, DOI 10.1080/02643298808253277 BYNG S, 1989, APHASIOLOGY, V3, P241, DOI 10.1080/02687038908248993 CARAMAZZA A, 1990, COGNITIVE NEUROPSYCH, V7, P161, DOI 10.1080/02643299008253441 CARLOMAGNO S, 1991, APHASIOLOGY, V5, P419, DOI 10.1080/02687039108248544 CHAPEY R, 1992, APHASIOLOGY, V6, P85, DOI 10.1080/02687039208248578 CHRISTOPOULOU C, 1985, J COMMUN DISORD, V18, P1, DOI 10.1016/0021-9924(85)90010-3 Davis G, 1985, ADULT APHASIA REHABI Davis G., 1981, LANGUAGE INTERVENTIO, P169 ELLIS AW, 1988, HUMANG COGNITIVE NEU FEYEREISEN P, 1991, APHASIOLOGY, V5, P1, DOI 10.1080/02687039108248516 FLORANCE CL, 1981, CLIN APHASIOLOGY C P, P204 FRATTALI CM, 1992, APHASIOLOGY, V6, P111, DOI 10.1080/02687039208248582 FRATTALI CM, 1992, APHASIOLOGY, V6, P63, DOI 10.1080/02687039208248577 Garrett M., 1982, NORMALITY PATHOLOGY, P19 Garrett M. F., 1988, LINGUISTICS CAMBRIDG, V3, P69 GOODGLASS H, 1981, ASSESSMENT APHASIA R Holland A. L., 1991, J NEUROLINGUIST, V6, P197, DOI 10.1016/0911-6044(91)90007-6 HOLLAND AL, 1980, COMMUNICATION ABILIT HOUGHTON PM, 1982, CLIN APHASIOLOGY, P28 Howard D., 1988, MISSING MEANING COGN JONES EV, 1986, BRIT J DISORD COMMUN, V21, P63 KAY J, 1987, BRAIN, V110, P613, DOI 10.1093/brain/110.3.613 Kay J., 1992, PSYCHOLINGUISTIC ASS KLIPPI A, 1991, APHASIOLOGY, V5, P373, DOI 10.1080/02687039108248538 LOMAS J, 1989, J SPEECH HEAR DISORD, V54, P113 MANOCHIOPINIG S, 1992, APHASIOLOGY, V6, P519, DOI 10.1080/02687039208249489 NICKELS L, 1991, BRIT J DISORD COMMUN, V26, P175 OSIEJUK E, 1991, APHASIOLOGY, V5, P443, DOI 10.1080/02687039108248549 PENN C, 1988, CLIN LINGUIST PHONET, V2, P179 Porch B. E., 1967, PORCH INDEX COMMUNIC, V1 PRINS RS, 1987, AFASIE CLASSIFICATE PRINS RS, 1978, BRAIN LANG, V6, P192, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(78)90058-5 PULVERMULLER F, 1991, APHASIOLOGY, V5, P39, DOI 10.1080/02687039108248518 SACCHETT C, 1992, APHASIOLOGY, V6, P95, DOI 10.1080/02687039208248579 Sarno MT, 1969, FUNCTIONAL COMMUNICA SCHERZER E, 1992, APHASIOLOGY, V6, P101, DOI 10.1080/02687039208248580 Schuell H, 1965, MINNESOTA TEST DIFFE Schwartz M. F., 1987, LANG COGNITIVE PROC, V2, P85, DOI 10.1080/01690968708406352 SILVAST M, 1991, APHASIOLOGY, V5, P383, DOI 10.1080/02687039108248540 SKINNER C, 1984, EDINBURGH FUNCTIONAL SPRINGER L, 1991, APHASIOLOGY, V5, P391, DOI 10.1080/02687039108248541 ULATOWSKA HK, 1983, BRAIN LANG, V19, P317, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(83)90074-3 VERMEULEN J, 1989, BRAIN LANG, V36, P252, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(89)90064-3 WAGENAAR E, 1975, BRAIN LANG, V2, P281, DOI 10.1016/S0093-934X(75)80071-X WHURR R, 1992, EUR J DISORDER COMM, V27, P1 WORRALL L, 1992, APHASIOLOGY, V6, P105, DOI 10.1080/02687039208248581 NR 53 TC 5 Z9 5 PU TAYLOR & FRANCIS LTD PI LONDON PA ONE GUNDPOWDER SQUARE, LONDON, ENGLAND EC4A 3DE SN 0268-7038 J9 APHASIOLOGY JI Aphasiology PD SEP-OCT PY 1994 VL 8 IS 5 BP 482 EP 488 DI 10.1080/02687039408248672 PG 7 WC Clinical Neurology SC Neurosciences & Neurology GA PE700 UT WOS:A1994PE70000006 ER PT J AU OXENHAM, D AF OXENHAM, D TI FROM FROGS INTO PRINCES - TRANSFORMING OUR KNOWLEDGE-BASE INTO MODELS OF COMMUNICATION THAT ARE RELEVANT TO PEOPLE IN THEIR ENVIRONMENT SO APHASIOLOGY LA English DT Article RP OXENHAM, D (reprint author), UNIV SYDNEY,SCH COMMUN DISORDERS,POB 170,SYDNEY,NSW 2141,AUSTRALIA. CR ARMSTRONG EM, 1993, IN PRESS TREATMENT A DAVIS GA, 1986, LANGUAGE INTERVENTIO, P251 FERGUSON A, 1994, APHASIOLOGY, V8, P143, DOI 10.1080/02687039408248647 GERBER SK, 1989, SEMINARS SPEECH LANG, V10 Halliday M. A. K, 1985, LANGUAGE CONTEXT TEX LYON J, 1989, CLIN APHASIOLOGY, V18, P11 PRUTTING CA, 1987, J SPEECH HEAR DISORD, V52, P105 WERTZ RT, 1989, CLIN APHASIOLOGY C P, P5 WOLF MM, 1978, J APPL BEHAV ANAL, V11, P203, DOI 10.1901/jaba.1978.11-203 NR 9 TC 2 Z9 2 PU TAYLOR & FRANCIS LTD PI LONDON PA ONE GUNDPOWDER SQUARE, LONDON, ENGLAND EC4A 3DE SN 0268-7038 J9 APHASIOLOGY JI Aphasiology PD SEP-OCT PY 1994 VL 8 IS 5 BP 488 EP 491 DI 10.1080/02687039408248673 PG 4 WC Clinical Neurology SC Neurosciences & Neurology GA PE700 UT WOS:A1994PE70000007 ER PT J AU GARMAN, M AF GARMAN, M TI APHASIA AND COMMUNICATIVE SPEECH-THERAPY - THE POTENTIAL OF GRAMMATICAL ANALYSES SO APHASIOLOGY LA English DT Article RP GARMAN, M (reprint author), UNIV READING,DEPT LINGUIST SCI,READING RG6 2AA,ENGLAND. CR Crystal D., 1976, GRAMMATICAL ANAL LAN EDWARDS S, 1989, FUNCTIONAL EVALUATIO, P163 EDWARDS S, 1992, CLIN LINGUIST PHONET, V6, P161, DOI 10.3109/02699209208985526 FLETCHER P, 1988, CLIN LINGUIST PHONET, V2, P97, DOI 10.3109/02699208808985246 Garman M., 1989, FUNCTIONAL EVALUATIO, P29 GARMAN M, 1982, LINGUISTIC CONTROVER, V7, P152 GOODGLASS H, 1982, ASSESSMENT APHASIA R KEAN ML, 1977, COGNITION, V5, P9, DOI 10.1016/0010-0277(77)90015-4 Kertesz A., 1979, APHASIA ASS DISORDER PENN C, 1986, BRIT J COMMUNICATION, V21, P23 SAFFRAN EM, 1989, BRAIN LANG, V37, P440, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(89)90030-8 VERMEULEN J, 1989, BRAIN LANG, V36, P252, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(89)90064-3 NR 12 TC 1 Z9 1 PU TAYLOR & FRANCIS LTD PI LONDON PA ONE GUNDPOWDER SQUARE, LONDON, ENGLAND EC4A 3DE SN 0268-7038 J9 APHASIOLOGY JI Aphasiology PD SEP-OCT PY 1994 VL 8 IS 5 BP 491 EP 496 DI 10.1080/02687039408248674 PG 6 WC Clinical Neurology SC Neurosciences & Neurology GA PE700 UT WOS:A1994PE70000008 ER PT J AU ULATOWSKA, HK AF ULATOWSKA, HK TI SOME THOUGHTS AND REFLECTIONS ON COMMUNICATIVE THERAPY IN APHASIA SO APHASIOLOGY LA English DT Article RP ULATOWSKA, HK (reprint author), UNIV TEXAS,CALLIER CTR COMMUN DISORDERS,K1966 INWOOD RD,DALLAS,TX 75235, USA. CR DAVIS GA, 1980, AGING COMMUNICATION, P207 Holland A. L., 1991, J NEUROLINGUIST, V6, P197, DOI 10.1016/0911-6044(91)90007-6 Levinson Stephen C., 1983, PRAGMATICS Linde Charlotte, 1993, LIFE STORIES CREATIO Sperber D., 1986, RELEVANCE COMMUNICAT TERRELL B Y, 1989, Seminars in Speech and Language, V10, P282, DOI 10.1055/s-2008-1064269 ULATOWSKA HK, 1977, CLIN APH C P MINN, P198 VARONIS EM, 1985, LANG SOC, V14, P327 NR 8 TC 0 Z9 0 PU TAYLOR & FRANCIS LTD PI LONDON PA ONE GUNDPOWDER SQUARE, LONDON, ENGLAND EC4A 3DE SN 0268-7038 J9 APHASIOLOGY JI Aphasiology PD SEP-OCT PY 1994 VL 8 IS 5 BP 497 EP 499 DI 10.1080/02687039408248675 PG 3 WC Clinical Neurology SC Neurosciences & Neurology GA PE700 UT WOS:A1994PE70000009 ER PT J AU LEIWO, M AF LEIWO, M TI ON APHASIA AND COMMUNICATIVE SPEECH-THERAPY - ONCE MORE SO APHASIOLOGY LA English DT Article RP LEIWO, M (reprint author), UNIV JYVASKYLA,DEPT COMMUN,SF-40100 JYVASKYLA 10,FINLAND. CR LEIWO M, 1992, 5TH APH REH C ZUR SPERBER D, 1987, BEHAV BRAIN SCI, V10, P697 NR 2 TC 0 Z9 0 PU TAYLOR & FRANCIS LTD PI LONDON PA ONE GUNDPOWDER SQUARE, LONDON, ENGLAND EC4A 3DE SN 0268-7038 J9 APHASIOLOGY JI Aphasiology PD SEP-OCT PY 1994 VL 8 IS 5 BP 499 EP 502 DI 10.1080/02687039408248676 PG 4 WC Clinical Neurology SC Neurosciences & Neurology GA PE700 UT WOS:A1994PE70000010 ER PT J AU BYNG, S NICKELS, L BLACK, M AF BYNG, S NICKELS, L BLACK, M TI REPLICATING THERAPY FOR MAPPING DEFICITS IN AGRAMMATISM - REMAPPING THE DEFICIT SO APHASIOLOGY LA English DT Article ID SENTENCE PROCESSING DEFICITS; REHABILITATION; APHASIA AB This study was designed to replicate and extend an earlier study in which a therapy programme was carried out with two agrammatic aphasic patients with sentence processing impairments suggested to be at the level of mapping thematic roles and grammatical relations (Byng 1988). In the current study one of the therapy procedures implemented in the previous study was repeated with three different people with long-term 'agrammatism'. The outcome of the therapy resulted in some gains in sentence production and verb retrieval, but these gains varied across the three patients. Whilst some change had taken place for each person, the pattern of results showed that the quality and extent of the change was different in each case. The potential source for these differences is explored and the implications of the study for the necessary development of theories about therapy are discussed. C1 UNIV LONDON BIRKBECK COLL,DEPT PSYCHOL,LONDON WC1E 7HX,ENGLAND. UNIV LONDON UNIV COLL,DEPT LINGUIST,LONDON WC1E 6BT,ENGLAND. RP BYNG, S (reprint author), CITY UNIV LONDON,DEPT CLIN COMMUN STUDIES,NORTHAMPTON SQ,LONDON EC1V 0H5B,ENGLAND. CR BASSO A, 1989, COGNITIVE APPROACHES, P17 Berndt R.S., 1991, ACQUIRED APHASIA, P223 Bishop D. V. M, 1982, TEST RECEPTION GRAMM Black M., 1991, J NEUROLINGUIST, V6, P79, DOI 10.1016/0911-6044(91)90002-Z BYNG S, 1988, COGNITIVE NEUROPSYCH, V5, P629, DOI 10.1080/02643298808253277 BYNG S, 1992, CLIN COMMUNICATION D, V1, P34 BYNG S, 1989, APHASIOLOGY, V3, P241, DOI 10.1080/02687038908248993 BYNG S, 1990, WHAT IS APHASIA THER BYNG S, 1993, F APHASIA REHABILITA BYNG S, 1993, WORLD PERSPECTIVES A, P115 Caramazza A., 1985, AGRAMMATISM, P27 CARAMAZZA A, 1991, JUN NIDCD WORKSH TRE Caramazza A., 1989, COGNITIVE APPROACHES, P383 CHOMSKY N., 1985, KNOWLEDGE LANGUAGE I COLTHEART M, 1983, APHASIA THERAPY, P194 Davis G., 1981, LANGUAGE INTERVENTIO, P169 Goodglass H, 1983, ASSESSMENT APHASIA R, V2nd HILLIS AE, 1993, APHASIOLOGY, V7, P5, DOI 10.1080/02687039308249497 HOWARD D, 1985, CURRENT PERSPECTIVES, P1 HOWARD D, 1989, COGNITIVE APPROACHES, P39 HOWARD D, 1985, COGNITIVE NEUROPSYCH, V2, P49, DOI 10.1080/02643298508252861 Howard D., 1992, PYRAMIDS PALM TREES Howard D., 1987, APHASIA THERAPY HIST Jones E V, 1984, Adv Neurol, V42, P159 JONES EV, 1989, 1ST P APH THER S Kay J., 1992, PSYCHOLINGUISTIC ASS MARSHALL J, 1990, APHASIOLOGY, V4, P167, DOI 10.1080/02687039008249068 MITCHUM C, 1988, ADV CLIN REHABILITAT, V11 NICKELS L, 1991, BRIT J DISORD COMMUN, V26, P175 NICKELS L, 1992, COGNITIVE NEUROPSYCH, V9, P2 SAFFRAN EM, 1989, BRAIN LANG, V37, P440, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(89)90030-8 SCHWARTZ MF, 1985, AGRAMMATISM, P83 Seron X., 1991, NEUROPSYCHOL REHABIL, V1, P303, DOI 10.1080/09602019108402260 Williams Edwin, 1981, LINGUISTIC REV, V1, P81, DOI DOI 10.1515/TLIR.1981.1.1.81 WILSON B, 1990, APPL COGNITIVE PSYCH, V4, P247, DOI 10.1002/acp.2350040403 NR 35 TC 50 Z9 50 PU TAYLOR & FRANCIS LTD PI LONDON PA ONE GUNDPOWDER SQUARE, LONDON, ENGLAND EC4A 3DE SN 0268-7038 J9 APHASIOLOGY JI Aphasiology PD JUL-AUG PY 1994 VL 8 IS 4 BP 315 EP 341 DI 10.1080/02687039408248663 PG 27 WC Clinical Neurology SC Neurosciences & Neurology GA NU939 UT WOS:A1994NU93900002 ER PT J AU MENN, L RAMSBERGER, G HELMESTABROOKS, N AF MENN, L RAMSBERGER, G HELMESTABROOKS, N TI A LINGUISTIC COMMUNICATION MEASURE FOR APHASIC NARRATIVES SO APHASIOLOGY LA English DT Article ID DISCOURSE; SPEAKERS AB This paper presents a linguistic communication measure (LCM) for analysis of transcriptions of aphasic and other disordered narratives. The LCM responds to three clinically important dimensions of narrative language production: the amount of information that the patient can convey in words, the proportion of informative to non-informative words produced, and the grammaticality of the expression. The measure is designed for evaluating patient progress or deterioration in either research or general clinical settings. It can be applied rapidly to any fairly short transcribed narrative text whose target meaning is known to the examiner (e.g. the Boston Diagnostic Aphasia Examination (1983) 'Cookie Theft' picture). The LCM requires only a short rater training period, appears to be reliable, and accords with clinical intuitions about the nature of aphasic patients' communicative difficulties, although full psychometric calibration and validation of the tool have yet to be undertaken. C1 UNIV COLORADO,CDSS,BOULDER,CO 80309. BOSTON UNIV,SCH MED,BOSTON,MA 02118. UNIV ARIZONA,TUCSON,AZ 85721. CR BRENNEISESARSHAD R, 1991, J SPEECH HEAR RES, V34, P168 BYNG S, 1989, APHASIOLOGY, V3, P241, DOI 10.1080/02687038908248993 Goodglass H, 1983, ASSESSMENT APHASIA R, V2nd Hockett Charles F., 1958, COURSE MODERN LINGUI KERTESZ A, 1977, BRAIN, V100, P1, DOI 10.1093/brain/100.1.1 KOLK H, 1990, AGRAMMATIC APHASIA C, P179 SAFFRAN EM, 1989, BRAIN LANG, V37, P440, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(89)90030-8 SHEWAN CM, 1988, J COMMUN DISORD, V21, P103, DOI 10.1016/0021-9924(88)90001-9 ULATOWSKA HK, 1981, BRAIN LANG, V13, P345, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(81)90100-0 Wechsler D, 1945, J PSYCHOL, V19, P87 YORKSTON KM, 1980, J SPEECH HEAR DISORD, V45, P27 NR 11 TC 30 Z9 31 PU TAYLOR & FRANCIS LTD PI LONDON PA ONE GUNDPOWDER SQUARE, LONDON, ENGLAND EC4A 3DE SN 0268-7038 J9 APHASIOLOGY JI Aphasiology PD JUL-AUG PY 1994 VL 8 IS 4 BP 343 EP 359 DI 10.1080/02687039408248664 PG 17 WC Clinical Neurology SC Neurosciences & Neurology GA NU939 UT WOS:A1994NU93900003 ER PT J AU DUFFY, RJ WATT, JH DUFFY, JR AF DUFFY, RJ WATT, JH DUFFY, JR TI TESTING CAUSAL THEORIES OF PANTOMIMIC DEFICITS IN APHASIA USING PATH-ANALYSIS SO APHASIOLOGY LA English DT Article ID GESTURE RECOGNITION AB For the past several decades it has been recognized that deficits in both pantomime expression and pantomime recognition exist as part of the syndrome of communication deficits associated with aphasia. To test the major theories proposed to explain the cause(s) of these pantomimic deficits and their association with aphasic verbal deficits, path analysis and LISREL were used to analyse five causal models. (Path analysis is a type of structural equation modelling and LISREL is a computer program used to assess the models against the obtained data.) Data were obtained from 41 left-hemisphere-damaged aphasic subjects. The results of the path and LISREL analyses led to the rejection of four of the five models. Three of the four rejected models tested asymbolia, intellectual loss, limb apraxia, and visual processing deficit as sole causal factors; the fourth rejected model was a multicausal model testing intellectual loss, limb apraxia, asymbolia, and visual processing deficit. The one model that proved to be plausible was a multicausal model hypothesizing that pantomimic recognition and expression deficits were caused both by a central symbolic deficit and specific modality factors of limb apraxia and visual processing. C1 MAYO CLIN & MAYO FDN,ROCHESTER,MN 55905. RP DUFFY, RJ (reprint author), UNIV CONNECTICUT,DEPT COMMUN SCI,850 BOLTON RD,U-85,STORRS,CT 06268, USA. CR BAY E, 1964, GERIATRICS, V19, P319 CLARK WC, 1979, ECOL MODEL, V7, P1, DOI 10.1016/0304-3800(79)90008-5 Cole M. F., 1971, P MARIES PAPERS SPEE Critchley M., 1970, APHASIOLOGY OTHER AS DANILOFF JK, 1982, J SPEECH HEAR DISORD, V47, P43 DUFFY JR, 1981, J SPEECH HEAR RES, V24, P474 DUFFY JR, 1989, CLIN APHASIOLOGY, P145 DUFFY JR, 1990, ADV PSYCHOL CEREBRAL, P503 DUFFY JR, 1984, BRAIN LANG, V21, P291, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(84)90053-1 DUFFY RJ, 1981, J SPEECH HEAR RES, V24, P70 DUFFY RJ, 1975, J SPEECH HEAR RES, V18, P115 DUFFY RJ, 1990, ADV PSYCHOL CEREBRAL, P417 DUFFY RJ, 1870, J SPEECH HEAR DISORD, V44, P156 DUFFY RJ, 1992, CLIN APHASIOLOGY C D Duffy Robert, 1984, NEW ENGLAND PANTOMIM FERRO J M, 1980, Journal of Clinical Neuropsychology, V2, P277, DOI 10.1080/01688638008403800 FERRO JM, 1983, J NEUROL NEUROSUR PS, V46, P943, DOI 10.1136/jnnp.46.10.943 FEYEREISEN P, 1981, NEUROPSYCHOLOGIA, V19, P515, DOI 10.1016/0028-3932(81)90018-X FRANCIS DJ, 1988, J CLIN EXP NEUROPSYC, V10, P623, DOI 10.1080/01688638808402800 GAINOTTI G, 1988, CONT REV NEUROPSYCHO, P127 GAINOTTI G, 1976, BRAIN LANG, V3, P451, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(76)90039-0 GOLDSTEIN K, 1948, LANGUAGE LANGUAGE DI GOODGLASS H, 1963, BRAIN, V86, P703, DOI 10.1093/brain/86.4.703 Head H, 1926, APHASIA KINDRED DISO, V1 & 2 Head H, 1915, BRAIN, V38, P1, DOI 10.1093/brain/38.1-2.1 HEILMAN KM, 1982, NEUROLOGY, V32, P342 Joreskog K., 1989, LISREL 7 USERS REFER Kadish J, 1978, S Afr J Commun Disord, V25, P102 LAMBIER JD, 1991, APHASIOLOGY, V5, P23, DOI 10.1080/02687039108248517 NETSU R, 1984, J COMMUN DISORD, V17, P37, DOI 10.1016/0021-9924(84)90024-8 PICKETT L, 1974, ACTA SYMBOLICA, V3, P69 PICKETT L, 1972, THESIS U NEW MEXICO Porch B. E., 1981, PORCH INDEX COMMUNIC Raven J.C., 1960, GUIDE STANDARD PROGR SERON X, 1979, NEUROPSYCHOLOGIA, V17, P661, DOI 10.1016/0028-3932(79)90041-1 VARNEY NR, 1978, J NEUROL NEUROSUR PS, V41, P564, DOI 10.1136/jnnp.41.6.564 VARNEY NR, 1982, BRAIN LANG, V15, P32, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(82)90044-X VARNEY NR, 1987, CORTEX, V23, P699 VIGNOLO L, 1989, HDB NEUROPSYCHOLOGY, V2, P185 WANG L, 1990, THESIS BOSTON U 1988, SPSS X USERS GUIDE NR 41 TC 9 Z9 9 PU TAYLOR & FRANCIS LTD PI LONDON PA ONE GUNDPOWDER SQUARE, LONDON, ENGLAND EC4A 3DE SN 0268-7038 J9 APHASIOLOGY JI Aphasiology PD JUL-AUG PY 1994 VL 8 IS 4 BP 361 EP 379 DI 10.1080/02687039408248665 PG 19 WC Clinical Neurology SC Neurosciences & Neurology GA NU939 UT WOS:A1994NU93900004 ER PT J AU BLOMERT, L KEAN, ML KOSTER, C SCHOKKER, J AF BLOMERT, L KEAN, ML KOSTER, C SCHOKKER, J TI AMSTERDAM-NIJMEGEN EVERYDAY LANGUAGE TEST - CONSTRUCTION, RELIABILITY AND VALIDITY SO APHASIOLOGY LA English DT Article ID FUNCTIONAL ASSESSMENT; APHASIA TESTS AB The Amsterdam-Nijmegen Everyday Language Test (ANELT) is designed to measure, first, the level of verbal communicative abilities of aphasic patients and, second, changes in these abilities over time. The level of communicative effectiveness is determined by the adequacy of bringing a message across. Verbal communication is operationally defined as a function of the understandability of the message and the intelligibility of the utterance. Test items are constructed as scenarios of familiar daily life situations. Two parallel versions have been constructed, each consisting of 10 items; responses for every item are scored on two five-point scales. The psychometric analysis shows perfect parallelism for both test versions. Each scale for judging verbal communication is unidimensional in nature and measures only the construct it purports to measure. Criterion-related, as well as construct validity, measures show ANELT to be a sensitive instrument for measuring verbal communication in a language-disturbed population. The test is well suited for individual diagnostic and therapy evaluation procedures as well as for more fundamental research. C1 MAX PLANCK INST PSYCHOLINGUIST,NIJMEGEN,NETHERLANDS. UNIV GRONINGEN,9700 AB GRONINGEN,NETHERLANDS. RP BLOMERT, L (reprint author), UNIV CALIF IRVINE,SCH SOCIAL SCI,DEPT COGNIT SCI,IRVINE,CA 92717, USA. CR Allen M., 1979, INTRO MEASUREMENT TH BLOMERT L, 1993, HERSTEL AFASIE MBV A BLOMERT L, IN PRESS AMSTERDAM N BLOMERT L, 1987, APHASIOLOGY, V1, P463, DOI 10.1080/02687038708248873 BLOMERT L, 1991, LOGOPEDIE FONIATRIE, V63, P368 Blomert L., 1992, NEUROPSYCHOL REHABIL, P121 BLOMERT L, 1990, APHASIOLOGY, V4, P307, DOI 10.1080/02687039008249085 BYNG S, 1990, APHASIOLOGY, V4, P67, DOI 10.1080/02687039008249055 CRONBACH LJ, 1955, PSYCHOL BULL, V52, P281, DOI 10.1037/h0040957 FEYEREISEN P, 1991, APHASIOLOGY, V5, P323, DOI 10.1080/02687039108248533 FRATTALI CM, 1992, APHASIOLOGY, V6, P63, DOI 10.1080/02687039208248577 GRAETZ P, 1992, AKENSE AFASIE TEST N HERMAN B, 1982, STROKE, V13, P629 HOLLAND AL, 1980, CADL TEST FUNCTIONAL Huber W, 1984, Adv Neurol, V42, P291 JORESKOG KG, 1988, LISREL ANAL LINEAR S Kertesz A, 1984, Adv Neurol, V42, P23 KRIPPEND.K, 1970, EDUC PSYCHOL MEAS, V30, P61, DOI 10.1177/001316447003000105 MANOCHIOPINIG S, 1992, APHASIOLOGY, V6, P519, DOI 10.1080/02687039208249489 MARSH HW, 1988, PSYCHOL BULL, V103, P391, DOI 10.1037/0033-2909.103.3.391 Oort F. J., 1992, METHODIKA, V6, P150 OORT FJ, 1989, POTENTIELE SCHENDERS Orgass B., 1986, TOKEN TEST POECK K, 1975, AKTUELLE NEUROLOGIE, V2, P159 Sarno M. T., 1981, ACQUIRED APHASIA, P485 SHOKKER J, 1992, LOGOPDIE FONIATRIE, V64, P202 SKENES LL, 1985, J COMMUN DISORD, V18, P461, DOI 10.1016/0021-9924(85)90033-4 Stevens J., 1986, APPLIED MULTIVARIATE ULATOWSKA HK, 1981, BRAIN LANG, V13, P345, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(81)90100-0 NR 29 TC 63 Z9 63 PU TAYLOR & FRANCIS LTD PI LONDON PA ONE GUNDPOWDER SQUARE, LONDON, ENGLAND EC4A 3DE SN 0268-7038 J9 APHASIOLOGY JI Aphasiology PD JUL-AUG PY 1994 VL 8 IS 4 BP 381 EP 407 DI 10.1080/02687039408248666 PG 27 WC Clinical Neurology SC Neurosciences & Neurology GA NU939 UT WOS:A1994NU93900005 ER PT J AU BEST, W HOWARD, D AF BEST, W HOWARD, D TI WORD SOUND DEAFNESS RESOLVED SO APHASIOLOGY LA English DT Article ID AUDITORY AGNOSIA; DURATION DISCRIMINATION; BILATERAL LESIONS; SPEECH-PERCEPTION; TIME; COMPREHENSION; JUDGEMENTS AB This paper reports a longitudinal study of a patient (B.C.R.) who was initially diagnosed as 'pure word deaf' (word sound deaf). Her performance, and change over time, on tests of speech perception and environmental sound discrimination are reported. The study demonstrates that recovery of word sound deafness can occur despite the presence of bilateral lesions. B.C.R. performed abnormally in both auditory and visual time estimation tasks. We tentatively suggest that the slow operation of an 'internal clock' that regulates perception across modalities underlies her difficulties. This clock may also regulate the timing of motor production (Ivry and Keele 1989) and thus account for the association between word sound deafness and phonological errors in speech production in all reported cases. RP BEST, W (reprint author), UNIV LONDON BIRKBECK COLL,DEPT PSYCHOL,MALET ST,LONDON WC1E 7HX,ENGLAND. CR Albert M L, 1972, Cortex, V8, P427 ALBERT ML, 1974, BRAIN, V97, P373, DOI 10.1093/brain/97.1.373 ALLAN LG, 1977, CAN J PSYCHOL, V31, P24, DOI 10.1037/h0081647 ALLAN LG, 1979, PERCEPT PSYCHOPHYS, V26, P340, DOI 10.3758/BF03204158 AUERBACH SH, 1982, BRAIN, V105, P271, DOI 10.1093/brain/105.2.271 Baddeley A. D., 1986, WORKING MEMORY BAMFORD J, 1985, HEARING IMPAIRMENT A BELL G, 1990, THESIS CITY U LONDON Bishop D. V. M., 1983, TROG TEST RECEPTION BUCHMAN AS, 1986, J NEUROL NEUROSUR PS, V49, P489, DOI 10.1136/jnnp.49.5.489 Campbell R., 1990, NEUROPSYCHOLOGICAL I, P268, DOI 10.1017/CBO9780511665547.015 CARAMAZZA A, 1983, BRAIN LANG, V18, P128, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(83)90011-1 COLTHEART M, 1980, UNPUB ANAL ACQUIRED CREELMAN CD, 1962, J ACOUST SOC AM, V34, P582, DOI 10.1121/1.1918172 DENES G, 1975, Cortex, V11, P401 EISLER H, 1981, PERCEPT PSYCHOPHYS, V29, P225, DOI 10.3758/BF03207289 Ellis A. W., 1988, HUMAN COGNITIVE NEUR FRANKLIN S, 1989, APHASIOLOGY, V3, P189, DOI 10.1080/02687038908248991 GOLDSTEIN MN, 1975, BRAIN LANG, V2, P324, DOI 10.1016/S0093-934X(75)80073-3 GOLDSTEI.MN, 1974, BRAIN LANG, V1, P195, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(74)90034-0 Goodglass H, 1983, ASSESSMENT APHASIA R, V2nd Hirsh I, 1975, NERVOUS SYSTEM, P157 Howard D., 1988, MISSING MEANING Ivry R B, 1989, J Cogn Neurosci, V1, P136, DOI 10.1162/jocn.1989.1.2.136 JOHNSTON WA, 1979, J EXP PSYCHOL HUMAN, V5, P168, DOI 10.1037//0096-1523.5.1.168 KALLMAN HJ, 1988, PERCEPT PSYCHOPHYS, V43, P31, DOI 10.3758/BF03208970 Kay J., 1992, PSYCHOLINGUISTIC ASS KEELE SW, 1989, PSYCHOL RES-PSYCH FO, V50, P251, DOI 10.1007/BF00309261 KERR J, 1990, THESIS CITY U LONDON KRISTOFFERSON AB, 1977, PERCEPT PSYCHOPHYS, V21, P105, DOI 10.3758/BF03198714 KRISTOFFERSON AB, 1980, PERCEPT PSYCHOPHYS, V27, P300, DOI 10.3758/BF03206118 LAMBERT J, 1989, CORTEX, V25, P71 LEVELT WJM, 1983, COGNITION, V14, P41, DOI 10.1016/0010-0277(83)90026-4 Lichtheim L., 1885, BRAIN, V7, P433 MASSARO DW, 1978, PERCEPTION PSYCHOL, V20, P331 MASSARO DW, 1975, J ACOUST SOC AM, V58, P1059, DOI 10.1121/1.380765 MILLER GA, 1955, J ACOUST SOC AM, V27, P338, DOI 10.1121/1.1907526 NICKELS LA, 1992, THESIS U LONDON SAFFRAN EM, 1976, BRAIN LANG, V3, P209, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(76)90018-3 SCHULZE HH, 1978, PSYCHOL RES-PSYCH FO, V40, P173, DOI 10.1007/BF00308412 SHINDO M, 1991, BRAIN LANG, V40, P153, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(91)90122-H SHOUMAKER RD, 1977, DIS NERV SYST, V38, P293 TANAKA Y, 1987, BRAIN, V110, P381, DOI 10.1093/brain/110.2.381 TREISMAN M, 1963, PSYCHOL MONOGRAP 576, V77 VANGORP WG, 1986, J CLIN EXP NEUROPSYC, V8, P702, DOI 10.1080/01688638608405189 Watson T. J., 1957, ED GUIDANCE DEAF CHI WATSON TJ, 1984, MANCHESTER PICTURE T WING AM, 1984, ANN NY ACAD SCI, V423, P183, DOI 10.1111/j.1749-6632.1984.tb23428.x Woodcock R. W., 1970, TEST AUDITORY DISCRI NR 49 TC 12 Z9 12 PU TAYLOR & FRANCIS LTD PI LONDON PA ONE GUNDPOWDER SQUARE, LONDON, ENGLAND EC4A 3DE SN 0268-7038 J9 APHASIOLOGY JI Aphasiology PD MAY-JUN PY 1994 VL 8 IS 3 BP 223 EP 256 DI 10.1080/02687039408248655 PG 34 WC Clinical Neurology SC Neurosciences & Neurology GA NL252 UT WOS:A1994NL25200002 ER PT J AU OUELLETTE, GP BAUM, SR AF OUELLETTE, GP BAUM, SR TI ACOUSTIC ANALYSIS OF PROSODIC CUES IN LEFT-HEMISPHERE AND RIGHT-HEMISPHERE-DAMAGED PATIENTS SO APHASIOLOGY LA English DT Article ID VOICE-ONSET TIME; SPEECH PROSODY; BROCAS APHASIA; SENTENCE INTONATION; VOWEL PRODUCTION; STRESS; COMPREHENSION; LANGUAGE; ENGLISH; DISEASE AB This study explored the ability of left-hemisphere-damaged (LHD) non-fluent aphasics, right-hemisphere-damaged (RHD) patients, and normal speakers to produce acoustic correlates of linguistic prosody. Productions of phonemic stress contrasts (e.g., black' board vs black board') and contrastive stress tokens (e.g., the man took the bus) were elicited and subjected to acoustic analyses. Results indicated that RHD and LHD groups resembled normal speakers in the use of fundamental frequency and amplitude to encode stress, indicating preserved abilities in both neurological populations. However, the LHD aphasic subjects demonstrated patterns of durational alterations that were statistically different from those obtained for the control and RHD groups. The data are indicative of a basic impairment in speech timing subsequent to LHD. Results are discussed in relation to current theories regarding the neurological basis of linguistic prosody. C1 MCGILL UNIV,SCH HUMAN COMMUN DISORDERS,1266 PINE AVE W,MONTREAL H3G 1A8,PQ,CANADA. CR BAUM S, 1990, J NEUROLINGUIST, V5, P321, DOI 10.1016/0911-6044(90)90017-S BAUM SR, 1990, BRAIN LANG, V39, P33, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(90)90003-Y BAUM SR, 1992, APHASIOLOGY, V6, P501, DOI 10.1080/02687039208249487 BAUM SR, 1982, BRAIN LANG, V17, P261, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(82)90020-7 BEHRENS S, 1986, THESIS BROWN U PROVI BEHRENS SJ, 1988, BRAIN LANG, V33, P104, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(88)90057-0 BEHRENS SJ, 1989, BRAIN LANG, V37, P181, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(89)90014-X BEHRENS SJ, 1985, BRAIN LANG, V26, P332, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(85)90047-1 BLONDER LX, 1989, BRAIN LANG, V36, P193, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(89)90061-8 BLUMSTEIN SE, 1977, NEUROPSYCHOLOGIA, V15, P371, DOI 10.1016/0028-3932(77)90089-6 BLUMSTEIN SE, 1980, BRAIN LANG, V9, P153, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(80)90137-6 BOLINGER DL, 1957, J ACOUST SOC AM, V29, P778, DOI 10.1121/1.1918875 CANCELLIERE AEB, 1990, BRAIN COGNITION, V13, P133, DOI 10.1016/0278-2626(90)90046-Q COOPER WE, 1984, LANG SPEECH, V27, P17 Cooper W.E., 1987, PHONETIC APPROACHES, P59 COOPER WE, 1985, J ACOUST SOC AM, V77, P2142, DOI 10.1121/1.392372 Cutler A., 1980, LANGUAGE PRODUCTION, V1, P245 DANLY M, 1982, BRAIN LANG, V16, P171, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(82)90082-7 Duffy J. R., 1984, APRAXIA SPEECH PHYSL, P167 EMMOREY KD, 1987, BRAIN LANG, V30, P305, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(87)90105-2 GANDOUR J, 1989, BRAIN LANG, V37, P232, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(89)90017-5 BLUMSTEI.S, 1972, J SPEECH HEAR RES, V15, P800 GORELICK PB, 1987, J NEUROL NEUROSUR PS, V50, P553, DOI 10.1136/jnnp.50.5.553 HEILMAN KM, 1975, J NEUROL NEUROSUR PS, V38, P69, DOI 10.1136/jnnp.38.1.69 KLATT DH, 1976, J ACOUST SOC AM, V59, P1208, DOI 10.1121/1.380986 LIEBERMAN P, 1960, J ACOUST SOC AM, V32, P451, DOI 10.1121/1.1908095 LIEBERMAN P, 1985, J ACOUST SOC AM, V77, P649, DOI 10.1121/1.391883 Lieberman Philip, 1967, INTONATION PERCEPTIO MCCLEAN MD, 1973, LANG SPEECH, V16, P283 MERTUS J, 1989, BLISS USERS MANUAL OLLER DK, 1973, J ACOUST SOC AM, V54, P1235, DOI 10.1121/1.1914393 Ross E. D, 1985, PRINCIPLES BEHAV NEU, P239 ROSS ED, 1981, ARCH NEUROL-CHICAGO, V38, P561 ROSS ED, 1979, ARCH NEUROL-CHICAGO, V36, P144 RYALLS J, 1987, CORTEX, V23, P685 RYALLS JH, 1982, NEUROPSYCHOLOGIA, V20, P355, DOI 10.1016/0028-3932(82)90110-5 RYALLS JH, 1986, BRAIN LANG, V29, P48, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(86)90033-7 SCOTT S, 1984, J NEUROL NEUROSUR PS, V47, P840, DOI 10.1136/jnnp.47.8.840 SHAPIRO BE, 1985, BRAIN LANG, V25, P19, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(85)90118-X SPEEDIE LJ, 1990, J NEUROL NEUROSUR PS, V53, P607, DOI 10.1136/jnnp.53.7.607 TUCKER DM, 1977, NEUROLOGY, V27, P947 TULLER B, 1984, NEUROPSYCHOLOGIA, V22, P547, DOI 10.1016/0028-3932(84)90019-8 van Lancker D., 1980, LINGUISTICS INT J HU, V13, P201 WECHSLER AF, 1973, NEUROLOGY, V23, P130 WEINTRAUB S, 1981, ARCH NEUROL-CHICAGO, V38, P742 WEISMER G, 1979, J SPEECH HEAR RES, V22, P516 NR 46 TC 13 Z9 13 PU TAYLOR & FRANCIS LTD PI LONDON PA ONE GUNDPOWDER SQUARE, LONDON, ENGLAND EC4A 3DE SN 0268-7038 J9 APHASIOLOGY JI Aphasiology PD MAY-JUN PY 1994 VL 8 IS 3 BP 257 EP 283 DI 10.1080/02687039408248656 PG 27 WC Clinical Neurology SC Neurosciences & Neurology GA NL252 UT WOS:A1994NL25200003 ER PT J AU LEDORZE, G BOULAY, N GAUDREAU, J BRASSARD, C AF LEDORZE, G BOULAY, N GAUDREAU, J BRASSARD, C TI THE CONTRASTING EFFECTS OF A SEMANTIC VERSUS A FORMAL SEMANTIC TECHNIQUE FOR THE FACILITATION OF NAMING IN A CASE OF ANOMIA SO APHASIOLOGY LA English DT Article ID WORD MATCHING TASKS; APHASIA; RETRIEVAL AB Facilitation techniques deemed 'semantic' in nature appear to be superior to other techniques in the remediation of anomia (Howard et al. 1985a). In such techniques, however, information about the spoken or written form of the picture name is provided, i.e. the word is presented either in writing or auditorily, and is embedded in a task requiring semantic treatment of the stimulus. The objective of this study is to determine the relative contribution of information about the spoken or written form of the picture name to the facilitative effect of semantic techniques. A single-subject study of a patient with moderately severe mixed aphasia and anomia was undertaken. The patient had received regular therapy and 10 months had elapsed since the cerebrovascular accident (CVA) at the beginning of the experiment. An alternating treatment design compared the effects on naming of a formal-semantic facilitation technique (including the spoken or written word form in a semantic comprehension task) to a purely semantic facilitation technique (a semantic comprehension task without the word form). The results indicated that naming improved significantly for the items treated with the formal-semantic technique, while there was no change in naming for the items treated with the purely semantic technique. These results may signify that the inclusion of word forms in the semantic task is a critical element of the facilitation technique. The formal-semantic technique is interpreted to activate both word forms and word semantics; it is thus hypothesized to provide information which facilitates naming. Some positive changes were also observed in a picture description task, which is suggestive of upredicted generalization. C1 HOP VILLA MED,MONTREAL,PQ,CANADA. RP LEDORZE, G (reprint author), UNIV MONTREAL,ECOLE ORTHOPHON & AUDIOL,FAC MED,CP 612 8 SUCC,MONTREAL H3C 3J7,QUEBEC,CANADA. RI Le Dorze, Guylaine/A-1790-2014 CR ANDERSON JR, 1983, J VERB LEARN VERB BE, V22, P261, DOI 10.1016/S0022-5371(83)90201-3 BRUCE C, 1987, BRIT J DISORD COMMUN, V22, P191 Butterworth B., 1989, LEXICAL REPRESENTATI, P108 DERENZI E, 1978, CORTEX, V14, P41 GAINOTTI G, 1987, APHASIOLOGY, V1, P449, DOI 10.1080/02687038708248872 Garrett M., 1982, NORMALITY PATHOLOGY, P19 Goodglass H, 1972, ASSESSMENT APHASIA R Hatfield M. H., 1987, APHASIA THERAPY Hegde M. N., 1987, CLIN RES COMMUNICATI HOWARD D, 1985, BRAIN, V108, P817 HOWARD D, 1985, COGNITIVE NEUROPSYCH, V2, P49, DOI 10.1080/02643298508252861 HOWARD D, 1986, BRIT J DISORD COMMUN, V21, P89 Lecours A. R., 1979, APHASIE LEDORZE G, 1991, J SPEECH LANGUAGE PA, V15, P21 LEDORZE G, 1989, BRAIN LANG, V37, P381 Lesser R., 1989, COGNITIVE APPROACHES, P65 MARSHALL J, 1990, APHASIOLOGY, V4, P167, DOI 10.1080/02687039008249068 Marslen-Wilson W. D., 1989, LEXICAL REPRESENTATI, P3 MYERSPEASE D, 1978, CORTEX, V14, P178 NAVENNEC C, 1992, THESIS U MONTREAL MO Nespoulous J. L., 1986, PROTOCOLE MONTREAL T Nettleton J., 1991, J NEUROLINGUIST, V6, P139, DOI 10.1016/0911-6044(91)90004-3 PATTERSON KE, 1983, APHASIA THERAPY, P76 Porch B. E., 1967, PORCH INDEX COMMUNIC PRING T, 1990, APHASIOLOGY, V4, P479, DOI 10.1080/02687039008248788 Siegel S., 1988, NONPARAMETRIC STATIS WERTZ RT, 1987, TOP LANG DISORD, V8, P1 NR 27 TC 35 Z9 36 PU TAYLOR & FRANCIS LTD PI LONDON PA ONE GUNDPOWDER SQUARE, LONDON, ENGLAND EC4A 3DE SN 0268-7038 J9 APHASIOLOGY JI Aphasiology PD MAR-APR PY 1994 VL 8 IS 2 BP 127 EP 141 PG 15 WC Clinical Neurology SC Neurosciences & Neurology GA MY734 UT WOS:A1994MY73400002 ER PT J AU FERGUSON, A AF FERGUSON, A TI THE INFLUENCE OF APHASIA, FAMILIARITY AND ACTIVITY ON CONVERSATIONAL REPAIR SO APHASIOLOGY LA English DT Article ID COMMUNICATION; LANGUAGE; DISCOURSE; SPEECH AB This study investigated the influence of aphasia, familiarity and activity on conversational repair in interactions between nine aphasic individuals and 18 normal subjects (nine of whom lived with the aphasic subjects, and nine of whom were visiting the aphasic subjects). Data were collected in the homes of the aphasic subjects, and comprised unstructured conversation, semi-structured interaction involving retelling the events witnessed in a mock car accident, and structured testing. Conversation Analysis investigated the frequency of interactive trouble-indicating behaviour (metalinguistic comment and hypothesis forming per minute), and the nature of repair pattern (proportional pattern of repair trajectories used). Normal subjects increased their frequency of interactive trouble-indicating behaviour, and used more interactive repair patterns when conversing with aphasic partners as compared with when conversing with normal partners. The difference in familiarity between subjects did not appear to affect the frequency of interactive trouble-indicating behaviour, but it was noted that 'visiting' subjects tended to make more use of 'other repair' patterns than did subjects living with aphasic individuals. Conversational repair was found to differ across activities. The theoretical and clinical implications are discussed. RP FERGUSON, A (reprint author), LIDCOMBE HOSP,DEPT SPEECH PATHOL,BANKSTOWN LIDCOMBE HLTH SERV,JOSEPH ST,LIDCOMBE,NSW 2141,AUSTRALIA. CR ARMSTRONG EM, 1991, CLIN LINGUIST PHONET, V5, P39, DOI 10.3109/02699209108985501 Atkinson J. M., 1984, STRUCTURES SOCIAL AC BREMER K, 1987, PROCEDURES USED ACHI Brown G., 1983, TEACHING SPOKEN LANG BUTTON G, 1987, TALK SOCIAL ORGANISA Coleman Hywel, 1985, Int J Soc Lang, VNo. 51, P75 COPELAND M, 1989, APHASIOLOGY, V3, P301, DOI 10.1080/02687038908249001 Davis G, 1985, ADULT APHASIA REHABI FLORANCE CL, 1981, CLIN APHASIOLOGY C P, P204 Flowers C. R., 1984, CLIN APHASIOLOGY, P106 Garman M., 1989, FUNCTIONAL EVALUATIO, P29 GARNSEY SM, 1984, BRAIN LANG, V23, P67 GERBER S, 1989, Seminars in Speech and Language, V10, P263, DOI 10.1055/s-2008-1064268 GLOSSER G, 1988, J SPEECH HEAR DISORD, V53, P115 Goffinan Erving, 1971, RELATIONS PUBLIC Goffman Erving, 1981, FORMS TALK GRAVEL JS, 1982, CLIN APH C P, P208 GRAVEL JS, 1983, CLIN APHASIOLOGY, P211 Green G., 1982, AUSTR J HUMAN COMMUN, V10, P11 GREEN G, 1984, BRIT J DISORD COMMUN, V19, P35 Heritage J, 1989, CONVERSATION INTERDI, P21 Heritage John, 1979, EVERYDAY LANGUAGE ST, P123 HOLLAND AL, 1982, J SPEECH HEAR DISORD, V47, P50 Holland A., 1980, COMMUNICATIVE ABILIT Laver J. D. M., 1973, SPEECH ERRORS LINGUI, P132 LESSER R, IN PRESS LINGUISTIC LEVELT WJM, 1983, COGNITION, V14, P41, DOI 10.1016/0010-0277(83)90026-4 LEVINSON SC, 1979, LINGUISTICS, V17, P365, DOI 10.1515/ling.1979.17.5-6.365 LINEBAUGH CW, 1983, CLIN APHASIOLOGY C P, P218 LINEBAUGH CW, 1985, CLIN APHASIOLOGY C P, P229 Lubinski R., 1980, CLIN APHASIOLOGY C P, P111 MARSHALL RC, 1983, ARCH PHYS MED REHAB, V64, P597 MILROY L, 1992, CLIN LINGUIST PHONET, V6, P27, DOI 10.3109/02699209208985517 Milroy L., 1987, OBSERVING ANAL NATUR NEWHOFF M, 1982, CLIN APHASIOLOGY, P83 Porch B. E., 1981, PORCH INDEX COMMUNIC PRUTTING CA, 1987, J SPEECH HEAR DISORD, V52, P105 ROBERTS C, 1988, PROCEDURES ACHIEVE U SCHEGLOFF EA, 1977, LANGUAGE, V53, P361, DOI 10.2307/413107 Schegloff Emanuel Abraham, 1987, TALK SOCIAL ORG, P70 SCHLENCK KJ, 1987, BRAIN LANG, V30, P226, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(87)90100-3 Siegel S., 1956, NONPARAMETRIC STATIS Tannen D., 1989, TALKING VOICES REPET TERRELL B Y, 1989, Seminars in Speech and Language, V10, P282, DOI 10.1055/s-2008-1064269 Ulatowska H. K., 1990, DISCOURSE ABILITY BR, P180 van Lier Leo, 1988, CLASSROOM LANGUAGE L WAGENAAR E, 1975, BRAIN LANG, V2, P281, DOI 10.1016/S0093-934X(75)80071-X Wilcox M. J., 1977, CLIN APHASIOLOGY C P, P166 Wirz SL, 1990, REVISED EDINBURGH FU NR 49 TC 54 Z9 55 PU TAYLOR & FRANCIS LTD PI LONDON PA ONE GUNDPOWDER SQUARE, LONDON, ENGLAND EC4A 3DE SN 0268-7038 J9 APHASIOLOGY JI Aphasiology PD MAR-APR PY 1994 VL 8 IS 2 BP 143 EP 157 DI 10.1080/02687039408248647 PG 15 WC Clinical Neurology SC Neurosciences & Neurology GA MY734 UT WOS:A1994MY73400003 ER PT J AU CHENERY, HJ MURDOCH, BE AF CHENERY, HJ MURDOCH, BE TI THE PRODUCTION OF NARRATIVE DISCOURSE IN RESPONSE TO ANIMATIONS IN PERSONS WITH DEMENTIA OF THE ALZHEIMERS TYPE - PRELIMINARY FINDINGS SO APHASIOLOGY LA English DT Article ID DISEASE; APHASIA; SPEECH AB The production of narrative discourse in response to computer-generated animations was investigated in normal controls and persons with dementia of the Alzheimer's type (DAT) in an attempt to develop a more efficient and quantifiable method of eliciting a representative discourse sample, that successfully highlights the well-documented features of discourse impairment in persons with DAT. The narrative samples produced by seven persons with DAT were compared on a variety of linguistic measures with those produced by seven healthy controls matched for age and sex. The DAT subjects showed deficits in informative content, story schema, and cohesion. The animations provided a useful means of highlighting many of the discourse deficits in DAT in a consistent, sensitive, and time-efficient way. RI Chenery, Helen/F-5194-2010; Murdoch, Bruce/C-1397-2012 CR BLANKEN G, 1987, COGNITION, V27, P247, DOI 10.1016/S0010-0277(87)80011-2 CHENERY HJ, 1990, 25TH P ANN C AUSTR A, P56 CHEREPSKI MA, 1987, BRAIN LANG, V30, P285, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(87)90104-0 Deser T., 1990, BRAIN LANG, V40, P67 Huber W., 1990, DISCOURSE ABILITY BR, P154 Joanette Y., 1990, DISCOURSE ABILITY BR, P131 Kertesz A., 1980, W APHASIA BATTERY KINTSCH W, 1978, PSYCHOL REV, V85, P363, DOI 10.1037//0033-295X.85.5.363 Kintsch W., 1974, REPRESENTATION MEANI MACWHINNEY B, 1989, CLAN MANUAL CHILD LA Mattis S., 1976, GERIATRIC PSYCHIAT, P77 MCKHANN G, 1984, NEUROLOGY, V34, P939 NICHOLAS M, 1985, J SPEECH HEAR RES, V28, P405 RIPICH DN, 1988, J SPEECH HEAR DISORD, V53, P8 SMITH SR, 1989, BRAIN LANG, V36, P533, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(89)90084-9 TROSTER AI, 1989, BRAIN LANG, V37, P500, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(89)90032-1 1980, DIAGNOSTIC STATISTIC NR 17 TC 9 Z9 9 PU TAYLOR & FRANCIS LTD PI LONDON PA ONE GUNDPOWDER SQUARE, LONDON, ENGLAND EC4A 3DE SN 0268-7038 J9 APHASIOLOGY JI Aphasiology PD MAR-APR PY 1994 VL 8 IS 2 BP 159 EP 171 DI 10.1080/02687039408248648 PG 13 WC Clinical Neurology SC Neurosciences & Neurology GA MY734 UT WOS:A1994MY73400004 ER PT J AU STIMLEY, MA NOLL, JD AF STIMLEY, MA NOLL, JD TI THE EFFECTS OF COMMUNICATION PARTNER FAMILIARITY ON THE VERBAL-ABILITIES OF APHASIC ADULTS SO APHASIOLOGY LA English DT Article AB To assess the effects of communication partner familiarity on the verbal abilities of aphasic adults, the four verbal subtests of the Porch Index of Communicative Abilities (Porch 1981) were administered to eight aphasic adults by familiar or unfamiliar examiners. Results indicate that verbal performance on these subtests varies as a function of familiarity and task difficulty. Aphasic adults performed significantly better on the naming subtest and on difficult verbal tasks under the unfamiliar examiner condition than under the familiar examiner condition. Findings are discussed in terms of differences in the subject's perceptions of familiar and unfamiliar examiners and how these differences may account for the better performance observed under the unfamiliar examiner condition. C1 PURDUE UNIV,DEPT AUDIOL & SPEECH SCI,W LAFAYETTE,IN 47907. RP STIMLEY, MA (reprint author), INDIANA STATE UNIV,DEPT COMMUN DISORDERS,TERRE HAUTE,IN 47809, USA. CR BROOKSHIRE RH, 1978, INTRO APHASIA DOYLE PJ, 1991, AM SPEECH LANGUAGE H ERVINTRIPP S, 1964, AM ANTHROPOL, V66, P86, DOI 10.1525/aa.1964.66.suppl_3.02a00050 Goodglass H, 1983, ASSESSMENT APHASIA R, V2nd Gurland G., 1982, CLIN APHASIOLOGY C P, P18 LARKINS P, 1981, CLIN APHASIOLOGY C P, P120 LBUINSKI R, 1980, CLIN APHASIOLOGY C P, P111 Lubinski R., 1980, CLIN APHASIOLOGY C P, P111 Porch B. E., 1981, PORCH INDEX COMMUNIC, V2 RITTER EG, 1976, CLIN APHASIOLOGY C P, P278 SIEGEL S, 1905, NONPARAMETRIC STATIS STOICHEFF ML, 1960, J SPEECH HEAR RES, V3, P75 THOMPSON CK, 1991, NOV AM SPEECH LANG H Winer B. J., 1971, STATISTICAL PRINCIPL NR 14 TC 1 Z9 1 PU TAYLOR & FRANCIS LTD PI LONDON PA ONE GUNDPOWDER SQUARE, LONDON, ENGLAND EC4A 3DE SN 0268-7038 J9 APHASIOLOGY JI Aphasiology PD MAR-APR PY 1994 VL 8 IS 2 BP 173 EP 180 DI 10.1080/02687039408248649 PG 8 WC Clinical Neurology SC Neurosciences & Neurology GA MY734 UT WOS:A1994MY73400005 ER PT J AU LOTT, SN FRIEDMAN, RB LINEBAUGH, CW AF LOTT, SN FRIEDMAN, RB LINEBAUGH, CW TI RATIONALE AND EFFICACY OF A TACTILE KINESTHETIC TREATMENT FOR ALEXIA SO APHASIOLOGY LA English DT Article AB Patients with pure alexia typically read words by first naming each letter of the word, either aloud or silently, These patients do not show signs of phonological alexia (poor pseudoword and functor reading). Patient T.L., a pure alexic patient with poor letter-naming abilities, had marked difficulty reading functors and pseudowords, but not spelling them or identifying them when they were spelled to him, a pattern which has been called 'modality-specific phonological alexia'. We used a multiple-baseline design to evaluate a tactile-kinaesthetic treatment programme designed to improve T.L.'s letter-naming, thus enabling him to read in letter-by-letter fashion. Results showed that the treatment was efficacious, with a 51% improvement achieved in trained word reading and a 40% increase in untrained word reading. Furthermore, the part-of-speech effect was no longer significant following treatment, a result that our hypothesis of T.L.'s underlying impairment predicted. C1 GEORGETOWN UNIV,MED CTR,NRH RES CTR,MEDLANT RES INST,WASHINGTON,DC 20007. GEORGETOWN UNIV,MED CTR,DEPT NEUROL,WASHINGTON,DC 20007. GEORGE WASHINGTON UNIV,DEPT SPEECH & HEARING,WASHINGTON,DC 20052. RP LOTT, SN (reprint author), NATL REHABIL HOSP,DEPT SPEECH LANGUAGE PATHOL,102 IRVING ST NW,WASHINGTON,DC 20010, USA. CR BROOKSHIRE RH, 1978, INTRO APHASIA Dunn L. M., 1981, PEABODY PICTURE VOCA FRIEDMAN RB, IN PRESS MODALITY SP GLOSSER G, 1990, CORTEX, V26, P343 GODWIN R, 1983, APHASIA THERAPY, P146 GOLDSTEIN K, 1948, LANGUAGE LANGUAGE DI Goodglass H., 1983, BOSTON DIAGNOSTIC AP, V2nd Kaplan E, 1983, BOSTON NAMING TEST KASHIWAGI T, 1989, APHASIOLOGY, V3, P75, DOI 10.1080/02687038908248977 KREINDLER A, 1961, J NEUROL NEUROSUR PS, V24, P275, DOI 10.1136/jnnp.24.3.275 LAPOINTE LL, 1983, CURRENT THERAPY COMM, P77 Luria AR, 1970, TRAUMATIC APHASIA SIMMONS N, 1984, 1984 P CLIN APH C, P166 STACHOWIAK FJ, 1976, BRAIN LANG, V3, P135, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(76)90010-9 NR 14 TC 18 Z9 18 PU TAYLOR & FRANCIS LTD PI LONDON PA ONE GUNDPOWDER SQUARE, LONDON, ENGLAND EC4A 3DE SN 0268-7038 J9 APHASIOLOGY JI Aphasiology PD MAR-APR PY 1994 VL 8 IS 2 BP 181 EP 195 DI 10.1080/02687039408248650 PG 15 WC Clinical Neurology SC Neurosciences & Neurology GA MY734 UT WOS:A1994MY73400006 ER PT J AU MAESHIMA, S KUWATA, T UEMATSU, Y ITAKURA, T KOMAI, N AF MAESHIMA, S KUWATA, T UEMATSU, Y ITAKURA, T KOMAI, N TI TRANSCORTICAL MIXED APHASIA IN A CASE OF THALAMIC GLIOBLASTOMA SO APHASIOLOGY LA English DT Article ID HEMORRHAGE; LANGUAGE; LESIONS; STROKE AB We report a case of transcortical mixed aphasia associated with left thalamic glioblastoma. A 60-year-old right-handed woman was admitted to our hospital with speech disturbance and right hemiparesis. She was alert and well oriented. However, spontaneous speech was remarkably reduced, and object naming, word fluency, verbal comprehension, reading and writing were all severely disturbed. However, repetition of phonemes and sentences was fully preserved. CT scan revealed a huge tumour in the left thalamus. The rCBF (regional cerebral blood flow) study and Tc-99m-HM-PAO SPECT (single-photon emission CT) showed a low-flow area in the entire left hemisphere. It is possible that rCBF does not necessarily reflect cerebral function, so that function in the tumour area may be retained even in the presence of reduced rCBF caused by a brain tumour. In this case, reduced linguistic ability might have reflected compensation by the contralateral hemisphere. RP MAESHIMA, S (reprint author), WAKAYAMA MED COLL,DEPT NEUROL SURG,27 NANABANCHO,WAKAYAMA 640,JAPAN. CR ALEXANDER MP, 1980, NEUROLOGY, V30, P1193 ARCHER CR, 1981, J COMPUT ASSIST TOMO, V5, P427, DOI 10.1097/00004728-198106000-00024 BARCON JC, 1992, J NEUROL NEUROSUR PS, V55, P935 BOGOUSSLAVSKY J, 1986, STROKE, V17, P434 BOUGOUSSLAVSKY J, 1988, BRAIN, V11, P631 CHEEK WR, 1966, J NEUROSURG, V24, P505, DOI 10.3171/jns.1966.24.2.0505 FISHER C M, 1959, Trans Am Neurol Assoc, V84, P56 GESHWIND N, 1968, NEUROPSYCHOLOGIA, V6, P327 LURIA AR, 1977, BRAIN LANG, V4, P432, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(77)90036-0 MAESHIMA S, 1990, JPN J STROKE, V12, P480 MAESHIMA S, 1990, HIGHER BRAIN FUNCTIO, V10, P205, DOI 10.2496/apr.10.205 MAZAUX JM, 1979, REV NEUROL, V135, P59 MCFARLING D, 1982, J NEUROL NEUROSUR PS, V45, P107, DOI 10.1136/jnnp.45.2.107 MCKISSOCK W, 1958, BRAIN, V81, P41, DOI 10.1093/brain/81.1.41 MOHR JP, 1975, BRAIN LANG, V2, P3, DOI 10.1016/S0093-934X(75)80050-2 ODY F, 1932, ARCH NEUROL PSYCHIAT, V27, P249 OJEMANN GA, 1975, BRAIN LANG, V2, P101, DOI 10.1016/S0093-934X(75)80057-5 PENFIELD W, 1959, SPEECH BRAIN MECHANI PERANI D, 1987, BRAIN, V110, P1211, DOI 10.1093/brain/110.5.1211 Smyth GE, 1938, BRAIN, V61, P339, DOI 10.1093/brain/61.4.339 Wallesch CW, 1988, APHASIA, P256 NR 21 TC 2 Z9 2 PU TAYLOR & FRANCIS LTD PI LONDON PA ONE GUNDPOWDER SQUARE, LONDON, ENGLAND EC4A 3DE SN 0268-7038 J9 APHASIOLOGY JI Aphasiology PD MAR-APR PY 1994 VL 8 IS 2 BP 197 EP 204 DI 10.1080/02687039408248651 PG 8 WC Clinical Neurology SC Neurosciences & Neurology GA MY734 UT WOS:A1994MY73400007 ER PT J AU SCHWARTZ, MF SAFFRAN, EM FINK, RB MYERS, JL MARTIN, N AF SCHWARTZ, MF SAFFRAN, EM FINK, RB MYERS, JL MARTIN, N TI MAPPING THERAPY - A TREATMENT PROGRAM FOR AGRAMMATISM SO APHASIOLOGY LA English DT Article ID SENTENCE PROCESSING DEFICITS; BROCAS APHASIA; COMPREHENSION; RETRIEVAL; SENSITIVITY; IMPAIRMENT; LANGUAGE; PATIENT; NOUNS; VERBS AB Agrammatic aphasics demonstrate sensitivity to syntactic structure although they generally fail to make adequate use of structural information in producing and comprehending sentences. Under the 'mapping hypothesis' (cf. Schwartz et al. 1987), the agrammatic performance pattern is taken to reflect impaired mapping between grammatical constituents (subject, object) and thematic roles (agent, theme). We describe a treatment programme ('mapping therapy') directed at the remediation of mapping operations, and report results of a study designed to assess the effects of this intervention on comprehension and production. Eight chronic non-fluent aphasics were trained to identify the verb, agent, and patient/theme in sentences presented in a combined written-spoken format. Three types of sentences were used: active transitives with action verbs (Type A); active transitives with experiential verbs (Type B), and non-canonical sentence types (e.g. passives) with action verbs (Type C). The first phase of training utilized Type A sentences, the second Type B, the third Type C. Generalization to the untrained sentence types was tested by means of multiple-baseline/generalization probes. Generalization to standard comprehension and production tasks was assessed through a comprehensive Language Assessment Battery. Acquisition and generalization profiles differed across subjects. However, following training most patients showed improved scores on predicted measures of sentence production, and two patients also showed improvement on syntactic comprehension tests. The best outcomes were seen in patients with relatively pure agrammatism. Those with more severe and more complicated impairments had poorer outcomes, in part, we believe, because of the resource demands of this particular training task. C1 TEMPLE UNIV,PHILADELPHIA,PA 19122. RP SCHWARTZ, MF (reprint author), MOSS REHABIL HOSP,1200 W TABOR RD,PHILADELPHIA,PA 19141, USA. CR BASSO A, 1989, COGNITIVE APPROACHES, P17 Berndt R. S., 1987, COGNITIVE NEUROPSYCH, P221 BERNDT RS, 1988, BRAIN LANG, V34, P65, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(88)90125-3 BRADLEY D. C., 1980, BIOL STUDIES MENTAL, P269 BYNG S, 1988, COGNITIVE NEUROPSYCH, V5, P629, DOI 10.1080/02643298808253277 BYNG S, 1986, SENTENCE PROCESSING BYNG S, 1989, APHASIOLOGY, V3, P241, DOI 10.1080/02687038908248993 CAPLAN D, 1986, BRAIN LANG, V27, P117, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(86)90008-8 CAPLAN D, 1988, DISORDERS SYNTATIC C CAPLAN D, 1985, COGNITION, V21, P117, DOI 10.1016/0010-0277(85)90048-4 Chomsky Noam, 1981, LECTURES GOVT BINDIN FINK RB, 1993, CLIN APHASIOLOGY, V21 Garrett M., 1980, LANGUAGE PRODUCTION, V1, P177 Garrett M. F., 1975, PSYCHOL LEARN MOTIV, V1, P133, DOI 10.1016/S0079-7421(08)60270-4 Gnmshaw Jane, 1990, ARGUMENT STRUCTURE GOODGLASS H, 1985, AGRAMMATISM Goodglass H, 1976, ASSESSMENT APHASIA R GRODZINSKY Y, 1986, BRAIN LANG, V27, P135, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(86)90009-X GRODZINSKY Y, 1984, COGNITION, V16, P99, DOI 10.1016/0010-0277(84)90001-5 HELMESTABROOKS N, 1981, HELM ELICITED LANGUA HELMESTABROOKS N, 1986, BRIT J DISORD COMMUN, V21, P39 HELMESTABROOKS NA, 1981, J SPEECH HEAR DISORD, V47, P385 HOLLAND AL, 1971, ACTA SYMBOLICA, V2, P34 HOWARD D, 1985, BRAIN, V108, P817 JONES EV, 1984, ADV NEUROLOGY, V42 JONES EV, 1986, BRIT J DISORD COMMUN, V21, P63 JUST MA, 1992, PSYCHOL REV, V99, P122, DOI 10.1037/0033-295X.99.1.122 Kaplan E, 1983, BOSTON NAMING TEST KAY J, 1990, PSYCHOLINGUISTIC ASS KERTESZ A, 1977, BRAIN, V100, P1, DOI 10.1093/brain/100.1.1 KOLK H, 1990, APHASIOLOGY, V4, P221, DOI 10.1080/02687039008249075 KOLK HHJ, 1985, COGNITIVE NEUROPSYCH, V2, P347, DOI 10.1080/02643298508252666 LINEBARGER M, 1990, COGNITIVE NEUROPSYCH LINEBARGER MC, 1983, COGNITION, V15, P215, DOI 10.1016/0010-0277(83)90042-2 LINEBARGER MC, 1983, COGNITION, V13, P361, DOI 10.1016/0010-0277(83)90015-X LUKATELA K, 1988, BRAIN LANG, V33, P1, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(88)90050-8 MCCARTHY R, 1985, NEUROPSYCHOLOGIA, V23, P709, DOI 10.1016/0028-3932(85)90079-X McReynolds L. V., 1983, SINGLE SUBJECT EXPT MICELI G, 1984, CORTEX, V20, P207 NAESER MA, 1975, BRIT J DISORD COMMUN, V10, P70 NICKELS L, 1991, BRIT J DISORD COMMUN, V26, P175 Pinker Steven, 1989, LEARNABILITY COGNITI Saffran E. M., 1980, LANGUAGE PRODUCTION, V1, P221 SAFFRAN EM, 1989, BRAIN LANG, V37, P440, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(89)90030-8 SAFFRAN EM, 1988, UNPUB PHILADELPHIA C SAFFRAN EM, 1980, BRAIN LANG, V10, P249 Schwartz M. F., 1987, LANG COGNITIVE PROC, V2, P85, DOI 10.1080/01690968708406352 SCHWARTZ MF, 1980, BRAIN LANG, V10, P249, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(80)90055-3 SHANKWEILER D, 1989, Language and Cognitive Processes, V4, P1, DOI 10.1080/01690968908406355 TGHOMPSON CK, 1989, CLIN APHASIOLGOY, V18, P195 WAMBAUGH JL, 1989, J SPEECH HEAR DISORD, V54, P509 WINRICH M, 1992, NIDCD MONOGRAPH, V2 ZINGESER LB, 1990, BRAIN LANG, V39, P14, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(90)90002-X NR 53 TC 88 Z9 89 PU TAYLOR & FRANCIS LTD PI LONDON PA ONE GUNDPOWDER SQUARE, LONDON, ENGLAND EC4A 3DE SN 0268-7038 J9 APHASIOLOGY JI Aphasiology PD JAN-FEB PY 1994 VL 8 IS 1 BP 19 EP 54 DI 10.1080/02687039408248639 PG 36 WC Clinical Neurology SC Neurosciences & Neurology GA MQ871 UT WOS:A1994MQ87100002 ER PT J AU FROST, RD GILLENSON, ML HOTZ, GA NEDD, KJ PARRIS, RK AF FROST, RD GILLENSON, ML HOTZ, GA NEDD, KJ PARRIS, RK TI AN EXPERT DATABASE TECHNIQUE APPLIED TO AN APHASIA CLASSIFICATION-SYSTEM SO APHASIOLOGY LA English DT Article ID POSTGRES AB Medical expert systems or clinical decision support systems (CDSS) are computer applications that emulate the diagnostic techniques of medical experts. An advanced concept in CDSS is the integrated CDSS, which begins with the diagnostic capability of the CDSS and adds the abilities to generate signals or warnings about patient conditions and to store patient data in such a way that it can be retrieved and used efficiently. A new technique in the computer subfield known as database management systems (DBMS), is the object-oriented DBMS (OODBMS). This paper will discuss an innovative technique that uses an OODBMS to develop an integrated CDSS for individuals with aphasia. The diagnostic basis for the integrated CDSS is the Aphasia Diagnostic Profile (ADP). The paper will briefly describe the ADP classification scheme, the OODBMS concept, and the technique developed to create the aphasia integrated CDSS. C1 CENT CONNECTICUT STATE UNIV,DEPT MANAGEMENT INFORMAT SYST,NEW BRITAIN,CT 06050. UNIV MIAMI,DEPT COMP INFORMAT SYST,MIAMI,FL 33152. UNIV MIAMI,SCH MED,DEPT NEUROL,MIAMI,FL 33152. JACKSON MEM HOSP,DEPT SPEECH PATHOL,MIAMI,FL 33136. CR ALBERT ML, 1988, JAMA-J AM MED ASSOC, V259, P1043, DOI 10.1001/jama.259.7.1043 CATTELI R, 1991, OBJECT DATA MANAGEME HELMESTBROOKS N, 1991, MANUAL APHASIA THERA Kim W, 1990, INTRO OBJECT ORIENTE Luger G.F., 1989, ARTIFICIAL INTELLIGE MILLER RA, 1982, NEW ENGL J MED, V307, P468, DOI 10.1056/NEJM198208193070803 Pryor T A, 1983, J Med Syst, V7, P87, DOI 10.1007/BF00995116 SHORTLIFFE E, 1990, MED INFORMTICS COMPU Shortliffe E. H., 1976, COMPUTER BASED MED C STONEBRAKER M, 1991, COMMUN ACM, V34, P78, DOI 10.1145/125223.125262 STONEBRAKER M, 1987, ACM T DATABASE SYST, V12, P350, DOI 10.1145/27629.27631 STONEBRAKER M, 1988, IEEE T SOFTWARE ENG, V14, P897, DOI 10.1109/32.42733 WEISNBERG TH, 1935, APHASIA NR 13 TC 0 Z9 0 PU TAYLOR & FRANCIS LTD PI LONDON PA ONE GUNDPOWDER SQUARE, LONDON, ENGLAND EC4A 3DE SN 0268-7038 J9 APHASIOLOGY JI Aphasiology PD JAN-FEB PY 1994 VL 8 IS 1 BP 55 EP 63 DI 10.1080/02687039408248640 PG 9 WC Clinical Neurology SC Neurosciences & Neurology GA MQ871 UT WOS:A1994MQ87100003 ER PT J AU KIRK, A KERTESZ, A AF KIRK, A KERTESZ, A TI CORTICAL AND SUBCORTICAL APHASIAS COMPARED SO APHASIOLOGY LA English DT Article ID LEFT THALAMIC HEMORRHAGE; CONDUCTION APHASIA; INTERNAL CAPSULE; STROKE PATIENTS; BASAL GANGLIA; LESION SITES; WHITE MATTER; RECOVERY; SPEECH; LOCALIZATION AB Controversy surrounds differences between cortical and subcortical aphasias and their underlying pathophysiological mechanisms, but the necessary direct comparisons between clinical characteristics of patients with the two lesion types are lacking. We compared 36 stroke patients with subcortical lesions to 42 with cortical lesions of similar volume to determine the frequency, severity, and types of aphasia found in each group, and to examine subcortical clinicoanatomical correlations. Tested on the Western Aphasia Battery (WAB), the two groups did not significantly differ either in overall aphasia severity or on any WAB subtest scores. Although some individuals had relative preservation of repetition, we did not confirm an overall difference between patients with cortical and subcortical lesions in their ability to repeat. All subcortical patients were classifiable using the WAB and a broad spectrum of aphasia types was seen. Lesion volume did not significantly correlate with aphasia severity but anatomical features of subcortical lesions on computerized tomography (CT) could be related in many instances to the type of aphasia seen. However, variability in the deficits of patients with similar subcortical lesions still precludes the establishment of firm clinicoanatomical correlations or a unifying theory of subcortical involvement in language based on these data. C1 UNIV WESTERN ONTARIO,LAWSON RES INST,DEPT CLIN NEUROL SCI,LONDON N6A 3K7,ONTARIO,CANADA. CR ALEXANDER MP, 1988, LANG COMMUN, P215 ALEXANDER MP, 1990, NEUROLOGY, V40, P353 ALEXANDER MP, 1987, BRAIN, V110, P961, DOI 10.1093/brain/110.4.961 ALEXANDER MP, 1980, NEUROLOGY, V30, P1193 ARAM DM, 1983, ARCH NEUROL-CHICAGO, V40, P614 ARENA R, 1978, CORTEX, V14, P463 BASSO A, 1990, J NEUROL NEUROSUR PS, V43, P118 Basso A, 1985, NEUROPSYCHOLOGICAL S, P179 BASSO A, 1987, CORTEX, V23, P29 BELL DS, 1968, BRAIN, V91, P619, DOI 10.1093/brain/91.4.619 BENKE T, 1989, APHASIOLOGY, V3, P627, DOI 10.1080/02687038908249029 BENSON DF, 1973, ARCH NEUROL-CHICAGO, V28, P339 BOTEZ M I, 1971, International Journal of Neurology, V8, P300 BUGIANI O, 1969, LANCET, V1, P1052 BUGIANI O, INT J NEUROL, V8, P300 CAPPA SF, 1979, CORTEX, V15, P121 CAPPA SF, 1983, CORTEX, V19, P227 CHEEK WR, 1966, J NEUROSURG, V24, P505, DOI 10.3171/jns.1966.24.2.0505 CHEMINS VA, 1970, NEUROLOGY, V20, P776 CROSSON B, 1985, BRAIN LANG, V25, P257, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(85)90085-9 CROSSON B, 1986, BRAIN LANG, V29, P301, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(86)90050-7 DAMASIO AR, 1982, ARCH NEUROL-CHICAGO, V39, P15 DAMASIO H, 1980, BRAIN, V103, P337, DOI 10.1093/brain/103.2.337 FAZIO C, 1973, EUR NEUROL, V9, P30, DOI 10.1159/000114199 FISHER C M, 1959, Trans Am Neurol Assoc, V84, P56 FREEDMAN M, 1984, NEUROLOGY, V34, P409 GILLINGHAM FJ, 1900, BRIT MED J, V2, P1395 GODEFROY O, 1992, ARCH NEUROL-CHICAGO, V49, P1285 GRAFFRADFORD NR, 1984, NEUROLOGY, V34, P14 HANSON WR, 1989, APHASIOLOGY, V3, P19, DOI 10.1080/02687038908248973 HERMANN K, 1966, CONFIN NEUROL, V27, P197 HIER DB, 1977, ANN NEUROL, V1, P152, DOI 10.1002/ana.410010209 HYMAN BT, 1989, ARCH NEUROL-CHICAGO, V46, P816 KARBE H, 1989, NEUROLOGY, V39, P1083 KERTESZ A, 1977, BRAIN, V100, P1, DOI 10.1093/brain/100.1.1 Kertesz A., 1984, APRAXIA SPEECH PHYSL, P73 KERTESZ A, 1979, BRAIN LANG, V8, P34, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(79)90038-5 Kertesz A., 1982, W APHASIA BATTERY KERTESZ A, 1981, TOP LANG DISORD, V1, P15 KIRK A, 1993, BRAIN COGNITION, V21, P57, DOI 10.1006/brcg.1993.1004 KNOPMAN DS, 1983, NEUROLOGY, V33, P1170 Marie P., 1926, TRAVAUX MEMOIRES Marie P, 1906, SEMAINE MED, V23, P493 MAZZOCCHI F, 1979, CORTEX, V15, P627 MCFARLING D, 1982, J NEUROL NEUROSUR PS, V45, P107, DOI 10.1136/jnnp.45.2.107 MCKISSOCK W, 1958, BRAIN, V81, P1181 MEGENS J, 1992, J NEUROL NEUROSUR PS, V55, P319, DOI 10.1136/jnnp.55.4.319 METTER EJ, 1988, ARCH NEUROL-CHICAGO, V45, P1229 MOHR JP, 1978, NEUROLOGY, V28, P311 MOHR JP, 1983, LOCALIZATION NEUROPS, P269 MOHR JP, 1975, BRAIN LANG, V2, P3, DOI 10.1016/S0093-934X(75)80050-2 MORI E, 1989, NEUROLOGY, V39, P51 NAESER MA, 1989, BRAIN, V112, P1, DOI 10.1093/brain/112.1.1 NAESER MA, 1982, ARCH NEUROL-CHICAGO, V39, P2 OJEMANN GA, 1971, BRAIN, V94, P669, DOI 10.1093/brain/94.4.669 OJEMANN GA, 1968, BRAIN, V91, P99, DOI 10.1093/brain/91.1.99 OLSEN TS, 1986, BRAIN, V109, P393, DOI 10.1093/brain/109.3.393 PERANI D, 1987, BRAIN, V110, P1211, DOI 10.1093/brain/110.5.1211 PUEL M, 1984, REV NEUROL, V140, P695 REYNOLDS AF, 1979, BRAIN LANG, V7, P62, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(79)90006-3 ROBIN DA, 1990, J SPEECH HEAR DISORD, V55, P90 SAMERAL A, 1976, T AM NEUROLOGICAL AS, V101, P283 SELBY G, 1969, J NEUROLGOICAL SCI, V5, P343 SELNES OA, 1983, ANN NEUROL, V13, P558, DOI 10.1002/ana.410130515 Smyth GE, 1938, BRAIN, V61, P339, DOI 10.1093/brain/61.4.339 Spiegel E. A., 1962, STEREOENCEPHALOTOM 2 TANRIDAG O, 1985, NEUROLOGY, V35, P1797 TUSZYNSKI MH, 1988, NEUROLOGY, V38, P800 WALLESCH CW, 1983, BRAIN LANG, V20, P286, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(83)90046-9 WALSHE TM, 1977, NEUROLOGY, V27, P217 WEINRICH M, 1987, APHASIOLOGY, V1, P119, DOI 10.1080/02687038708248823 YANG BJ, 1989, BRAIN LANG, V37, P145, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(89)90105-3 NR 72 TC 11 Z9 11 PU TAYLOR & FRANCIS LTD PI LONDON PA ONE GUNDPOWDER SQUARE, LONDON, ENGLAND EC4A 3DE SN 0268-7038 J9 APHASIOLOGY JI Aphasiology PD JAN-FEB PY 1994 VL 8 IS 1 BP 65 EP 82 DI 10.1080/02687039408248641 PG 18 WC Clinical Neurology SC Neurosciences & Neurology GA MQ871 UT WOS:A1994MQ87100004 ER PT J AU CAPPA, SF MIOZZO, A FRUGONI, M AF CAPPA, SF MIOZZO, A FRUGONI, M TI GLOSSOLALIC JARGON AFTER A RIGHT HEMISPHERIC STROKE IN A PATIENT WITH WERNICKES APHASIA SO APHASIOLOGY LA English DT Article ID RECOVERY AB We report the case of a 65-year-old monolingual right-handed man with 5 years of schooling who, after partial recovery of Wernicke's aphasia due to a left temporoparietal lesion, was affected by a second stroke involving the homologous regions in the right hemisphere. The clinical picture after the second stroke was characterized by a severe 'glossolalic' jargon: auditory comprehension was only moderately impaired. This case supports the association of severe, disinhibited jargon production with bihemispheric lesions. Furthermore, it indicates that partially preserved auditory comprehension can be found in a patient with bilateral temporal lesions involving Wernicke's area and its mirror region in the right hemisphere. C1 SPEDALI CIVIL BRESCIA,SERV RIEDUC FUNZ,BRESCIA,ITALY. RP CAPPA, SF (reprint author), UNIV BRESCIA,NEUROL CLIN,I-25125 BRESCIA,ITALY. CR BASSO A, 1979, ARCH NEUROL-CHICAGO, V36, P190 BASSO A, 1989, CORTEX, V25, P555 BUCHMAN AS, 1986, J NEUROL NEUROSUR PS, V49, P489, DOI 10.1136/jnnp.49.5.489 CAPPA SF, 1992, APHASIOLOGY, V6, P359, DOI 10.1080/02687039208248607 CAPPA SF, 1987, NEUROPSYCHOLOGIA, V25, P281, DOI 10.1016/0028-3932(87)90139-4 KNOPMAN DS, 1984, ANN NEUROL, V15, P530, DOI 10.1002/ana.410150604 LEE H, 1984, ANN NEUROL, V15, P304, DOI 10.1002/ana.410150319 NAESER MA, 1987, ARCH NEUROL-CHICAGO, V44, P73 NIELSENJM, 1946, AGNOSIA APRAXIA APHA PERECMAN E, 1981, JARGONAPHASIA, P177 RYALLS J, 1988, HDB NEUROPSYCHOLOGY, V1, P367 VALLAR G, 1988, J NEUROL NEUROSUR PS, V51, P1269, DOI 10.1136/jnnp.51.10.1269 1989, PRINCIPLES INT PHONE NR 13 TC 7 Z9 7 PU TAYLOR & FRANCIS LTD PI LONDON PA ONE GUNDPOWDER SQUARE, LONDON, ENGLAND EC4A 3DE SN 0268-7038 J9 APHASIOLOGY JI Aphasiology PD JAN-FEB PY 1994 VL 8 IS 1 BP 83 EP 87 DI 10.1080/02687039408248642 PG 5 WC Clinical Neurology SC Neurosciences & Neurology GA MQ871 UT WOS:A1994MQ87100005 ER PT J AU BERTHIER, ML STARKSTEIN, SE AF BERTHIER, ML STARKSTEIN, SE TI CATASTROPHIC REACTION IN CROSSED APHASIA SO APHASIOLOGY LA English DT Article ID HEMISPHERE; DEPRESSION; LESIONS AB We report the case of a right-handed patient who developed a global aphasia after a right hemisphere cerebrovascular lesion. Despite having extensive damage to the right hemisphere this patient did not show the expected emotional features that usually follow right hemisphere lesions such as anosognosia, indifference reaction or undue cheerfulness, but displayed anxiety frustration, outbursts of crying, and withdrawal characteristic of the catastrophic reaction that usually follows left hemisphere lesions. This case demonstrates that 'crossed' aphasics may not only have a reversed lateralization of language and related cognitive abilities, but a reversed affective lateralization as well. C1 RAUL CARREA INST NEUROL RES,DEPT BEHAV NEUROL,BUENOS AIRES,ARGENTINA. RP BERTHIER, ML (reprint author), UNIV MALAGA,HOSP VIRGEN VICTORIA,SERV NEUROL,CAMPUS UNIV TEATINOS,APARTADO 3091,E-29010 MALAGA,SPAIN. CR ALEXANDER MP, 1989, BRAIN, V112, P953, DOI 10.1093/brain/112.4.953 ANGELERGUES R, 1962, REV NEUROL, V197, P543 ASSAL G, 1981, ARCH NEUROL-CHICAGO, V38, P455 Benson D F, 1973, Br J Psychiatry, V123, P555, DOI 10.1192/bjp.123.5.555 BERTHIER M, 1987, CORTEX, V23, P673 BERTHIER ML, 1991, BRAIN, V114, P1409, DOI 10.1093/brain/114.3.1409 BRAMWELL B, 1899, LANCET, V1, P1423 Brink T., 1982, CLIN GERONTOLOGIST, V1, P37, DOI DOI 10.1300/J018V01N01_ BROWN JW, 1987, APHASIOLOGY, V1, P401, DOI 10.1080/02687038708248862 Castro-Caldas A, 1987, APHASIOLOGY, V1, P403, DOI 10.1080/02687038708248863 FISCHER RS, 1991, BRAIN, V114, P245 Gainotti G, 1972, Cortex, V8, P41 GAINOTTI G, 1983, HEMISYDROMES PSYCHOB, P185 GOLDSTEIN K, 1948, LANGUAGE LANGUAGE DI HAMILTON M, 1960, J NEUROL NEUROSUR PS, V23, P56, DOI 10.1136/jnnp.23.1.56 HENDERSON VW, 1984, NEUROLOGY, V34, P1086 JOANETTE Y, 1982, REV NEUROL-FRANCE, V138, P575 Kertesz A., 1982, W APHASIA BATTERY OLDFIELD RC, 1971, NEUROPSYCHOLOGIA, V9, P97, DOI 10.1016/0028-3932(71)90067-4 ROBINSON RG, 1981, BRAIN LANG, V14, P282, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(81)90080-8 SCHWEIGER A, 1987, APHASIOLOGY, V1, P415, DOI 10.1080/02687038708248864 Starkstein S. E., 1988, APHASIOLOGY, V2, P1, DOI 10.1080/02687038808248883 STARKSTEIN SE, 1992, STROKE, V23, P1446 STARKSTEIN SE, 1992, IN PRESS J NEUROPSYC STARKSTEIN SE, 1991, J NEUROPSYCH CLIN N, V3, P276 STARKSTEIN SE, 1989, BRIT J PSYCHIAT, V155, P79, DOI 10.1192/bjp.155.1.79 NR 26 TC 7 Z9 7 PU TAYLOR & FRANCIS LTD PI LONDON PA ONE GUNDPOWDER SQUARE, LONDON, ENGLAND EC4A 3DE SN 0268-7038 J9 APHASIOLOGY JI Aphasiology PD JAN-FEB PY 1994 VL 8 IS 1 BP 89 EP 95 DI 10.1080/02687039408248643 PG 7 WC Clinical Neurology SC Neurosciences & Neurology GA MQ871 UT WOS:A1994MQ87100006 ER PT J AU BRUMFITT, S AF BRUMFITT, S TI LOSING YOUR SENSE OF SELF - WHAT APHASIA CAN DO SO APHASIOLOGY LA English DT Article RP BRUMFITT, S (reprint author), UNIV SHEFFIELD,SPEECH SCI UNIT,SHEFFIELD S10 2TN,S YORKSHIRE,ENGLAND. CR Bannister D., 1986, INQUIRING MAN PSYCHO Benson D F, 1973, Br J Psychiatry, V123, P555, DOI 10.1192/bjp.123.5.555 BENSON DF, 1980, APHASIA ASSESSMENT T BROIDA H, 1979, COPING STROKE COMMUN BRUMFITT S, 1983, APHASIA THERAPY, P89 Brumfitt S., 1985, REPERTORY GRID TECHN, P89 BRUMFITT SM, 1989, P BRIT APHASIOLOGY C, P137 Cooley C., 1902, HUMAN NATURE SOCIAL DAHLBERG CC, 1977, STROKE DOCTORS DIARY Guntrip H, 1964, HEALING SICK MIND HODGINS E, 1968, EPISODE REPORT ACCID HORROCKS JE, 1972, SELF ROLE IGNATIEFF M, 1991, INDEPENDENT 0706 James W., 1980, PRINCIPLES PSYCHOL Kelly G. A, 1955, PSYCHOL PERSONAL CON, V2 Kelly G A., 1955, PSYCHOL PERSONAL CON, V1 KINCH JW, 1973, SOCIAL PSYCHOL Laing RD, 1961, SELF OTHERS LEBRUN Y, 1978, MANAGEMENT APHASIA MOSS S, 1972, RECOVERY APHASIA MOUSTAKAS CE, 1956, SELF PARKES CM, 1975, BEREAVEMENT POPPER KR, 1977, ASSESSMENT MANAGEMEN Sacks O., 1986, LEG STAND SAFILIOSROTHSCH.C, 1970, SOCIOLOGY SOCIAL PSY SARNO J, 1981, ACQUIRED APHASIA 198 Shibutani Tamotsu, 1961, SOC PERSONALITY SHOTTER J, 1983, PSYCHOL PSYCHOTHERAP Spinelli E., 1989, INTERPRETED WORLD Tanner D. C., 1988, APHASIOLOGY, V7, P79, DOI 10.1080/02687038808248889 WAHRBORG P, 1991, ASSESSMENT MANAGEMEN WIIG EH, 1973, REHABILITATION COUNS, V17, P110 WULF HH, 1973, APHASIA MY WORLD ALO NR 33 TC 40 Z9 41 PU TAYLOR & FRANCIS LTD PI LONDON PA ONE GUNDPOWDER SQUARE, LONDON, ENGLAND EC4A 3DE SN 0268-7038 J9 APHASIOLOGY JI Aphasiology PD NOV-DEC PY 1993 VL 7 IS 6 BP 569 EP 575 DI 10.1080/02687039308248631 PG 7 WC Clinical Neurology SC Neurosciences & Neurology GA MG110 UT WOS:A1993MG11000003 ER PT J AU DEONNA, T DAVIDOFF, V ROULET, E AF DEONNA, T DAVIDOFF, V ROULET, E TI ISOLATED DISTURBANCE OF WRITTEN LANGUAGE-ACQUISITION AS AN INITIAL SYMPTOM OF EPILEPTIC APHASIA IN A 7-YEAR-OLD CHILD - A 3-YEAR FOLLOW-UP-STUDY SO APHASIOLOGY LA English DT Article ID ACQUIRED CONDUCTION APHASIA; ABNORMALITIES; SEIZURES AB A 7-year-old right-handed girl developed partial complex seizures with a left-sided onset. A brief period of post-ictal aphasia of the conduction type was documented before seizure control and complete normalization of oral language were obtained. We also found that she had a history of previous unexplained difficulty with written language acquisition that had occurred prior to the clinically recognized epilepsy and a subsequent loss of this ability. This rapidly improved with control of the epilepsy. The evolution of written language were been followed for 3 years, and continued improvement has occurred with fluctuations related to her epilepsy. This observation adds support to the growing body of data indicating that specific cognitive disturbances can be due to epilepsy in young children. It shows the vulnerability of skills which are in a period of active development, and the possibility that oral/written language can be differentially involved by cerebral dysfunction in the young child. RP DEONNA, T (reprint author), CHU VAUDOIS,UNITE NEUROPEDIAT,CH-1011 LAUSANNE,SWITZERLAND. CR AARTS JHP, 1984, BRAIN, V107, P293, DOI 10.1093/brain/107.1.293 Allen D., 1988, LANG COMMUN, P57 Benson DF., 1985, HDB CLIN NEUROLOGY, P433 Chevrie-Muller C, 1981, EPREUVES EXAMEN LANG DEONNA T, 1982, DEV MED CHILD NEUROL, V24, P156 DEONNA TW, 1991, J CLIN NEUROPHYSIOL, V8, P288, DOI 10.1097/00004691-199107010-00005 DULAC O, 1983, ARCH FR PEDIATR, V40, P299 ECHENNE B, 1990, REV INT PEDIAT, V201, P5 GABR M, 1989, ANN NEUROL, V25, P82, DOI 10.1002/ana.410250113 GESCHWIN.N, 1971, NEW ENGL J MED, V284, P654, DOI 10.1056/NEJM197103252841206 GIRIBONE C, 1987, MANUEL TEST EFFICIEN HIRSCH E, 1990, EPILEPSIA, V31, P768 Kertesz A., 1979, APHASIA ASS DISORDER LANDAU W, 1987, NEUROLOGY, V7, P523 MACCARIO M, 1982, DEV MED CHILD NEUROL, V24, P141 MARTINS IP, 1987, DEV MED CHILD NEUROL, V29, P532 MCKEEVER M, 1983, BRAIN LANG, V19, P25, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(83)90053-6 MESULAM MM, 1990, ANN NEUROL, V28, P597, DOI 10.1002/ana.410280502 OJEMANN GA, 1983, BEHAV BRAIN SCI, V6, P189 Seymour P. H. K., 1986, COGNITIVE ANAL DYSLE TANABE H, 1989, ACTA NEUROL SCAND, V80, P314 Wechsler D., 1981, ECHELLE INTELLIGENCE NR 22 TC 2 Z9 2 PU TAYLOR & FRANCIS LTD PI LONDON PA ONE GUNDPOWDER SQUARE, LONDON, ENGLAND EC4A 3DE SN 0268-7038 J9 APHASIOLOGY JI Aphasiology PD SEP-OCT PY 1993 VL 7 IS 5 BP 441 EP 450 DI 10.1080/02687039308248619 PG 10 WC Clinical Neurology SC Neurosciences & Neurology GA LZ486 UT WOS:A1993LZ48600004 ER PT J AU PAPAGNO, C BASSO, A AF PAPAGNO, C BASSO, A TI IMPAIRMENT OF WRITTEN LANGUAGE AND MATHEMATICAL SKILLS IN A CASE OF LANDAU-KLEFFNER SYNDROME SO APHASIOLOGY LA English DT Article ID CONVULSIVE DISORDER; ACQUIRED APHASIA; DYSCALCULIA; CHILDREN AB A girl who developed Landau-Kleffner syndrome when she was 8 years and 6 months old, is described. Generally, the clinical picture of the aphasia in this syndrome consists in a severe reduction of comprehension followed in time by an impairment of production; written language is usually better preserved. In this case the patient showed an unusual pattern of language disorders including a severe impairment of written tasks, and a dyscalculic deficit which is studied in detail. These two neuropsychological problems are discussed. C1 UNIV CAMBRIDGE,APPL PSYCHOL UNIT,CAMBRIDGE,ENGLAND. RI papagno, costanza/K-8460-2012 OI papagno, costanza/0000-0002-3659-6294 CR AICARDI J, 1986, EPILEPSY CHILDREN, P176 Baddeley A. D., 1986, WORKING MEMORY Baddeley A. D., 1990, HUMAN MEMORY THEORY Baddeley A.D., 1982, YOUR MEMORY USERS GU BASSO A, 1979, ARCH NEUROL-CHICAGO, V36, P190 BASSO A, 1990, CORTEX, V26, P501 BEAUMANOIR A, 1984, SYNDROMES EPILEPTIQU, P185 Capitani E., 1979, AP RIV APPLICAZIONI, V1, P551 COLE AJ, 1988, NEUROLOGY, V38, P31 Deloche G., 1987, MATH DISABILITIES CO, P137 DERENZI E, 1978, CORTEX, V14, P41 DERENZI E, 1980, ARCH NEUROL-CHICAGO, V37, P6 DUGAS M, 1982, REV NEUROL, V138, P755 Grafman J., 1988, HDB NEUROPSYCHOLOGY, V1, P415 LANDAU WM, 1957, NEUROLOGY, V7, P523 LERMANSAGIE T, 1987, J CHILD NEUROL, V2, P28, DOI 10.1177/088307388700200105 LOU HC, 1977, ACTA NEUROL SCAND, V56, P46 MANTOVANI JF, 1980, NEUROLOGY, V30, P524 MCCLOSKEY M, 1985, BRAIN COGNITION, V4, P171, DOI 10.1016/0278-2626(85)90069-7 MICELI G, 1991, DISTURBI CALCOLO MILES TR, 1981, DYSLEXIA RES ITS APP, P217 NOVELLI C, 1986, ARCH NEUROLOGIA PSIC, V47, P278 NOVELLI G, 1986, Archivio di Psicologia Neurologia e Psichiatria, V47, P477 ORSINI A, 1987, ITAL J NEUROL SCI, V8, P539 POWER RJD, 1990, LANG COGNITIVE PROC, V5, P237, DOI 10.1080/01690969008402106 RAVEN JC, 1984, MATRICI PROGR COLORA SPINNLER H, 1987, ITALIAN J NEUROLOG S, V8 TEMPLE CM, 1989, COGNITIVE NEUROPSYCH, V6, P93, DOI 10.1080/02643298908253287 WECHSLER D, 1985, WISC R SCALA INTELLI NR 29 TC 3 Z9 3 PU TAYLOR & FRANCIS LTD PI LONDON PA ONE GUNDPOWDER SQUARE, LONDON, ENGLAND EC4A 3DE SN 0268-7038 J9 APHASIOLOGY JI Aphasiology PD SEP-OCT PY 1993 VL 7 IS 5 BP 451 EP 461 DI 10.1080/02687039308248620 PG 11 WC Clinical Neurology SC Neurosciences & Neurology GA LZ486 UT WOS:A1993LZ48600005 ER PT J AU GERARD, CL DUGAS, M VALDOIS, S FRANC, S LECENDREUX, M AF GERARD, CL DUGAS, M VALDOIS, S FRANC, S LECENDREUX, M TI LANDAU-KLEFFNER SYNDROME DIAGNOSED AFTER 9 YEARS OF AGE - ANOTHER LANDAU-KLEFFNER SYNDROME SO APHASIOLOGY LA English DT Article ID CONVULSIVE DISORDER; ACQUIRED APHASIA; CHILDREN; EPILEPSY AB We report five cases of Landau-Kleffner syndrome with onset of language disorders after the age of 9. Epileptic phenomena had common features with those typically described in cases of Landau-Kleffner with earlier onset. However, patterns of linguistic deficits differed. Massive comprehension disorder with auditory agnosia was found in only one subject. For the other subjects the aphasia was primarily expressive with dysfluency and word-finding difficulties. The data suggest that the prevalence of massive receptive disorders in Landau-Kleffner syndrome varies according to the age at onset. The time of onset of a complete syndrome (aphasia + epilepsy) could also be of some critical importance since epileptic phenomena in our cases occurred long before the onset of linguistic impairments. An alternative to the 'perceptive theory' must be found, as it does not apply to children who do not display comprehension difficulties. RP GERARD, CL (reprint author), HOP ROBERT DEBRE,SERV PSYCHOPATHOL ENFANT & ADOLESCENT,48 BLVD SERURIER,F-75019 PARIS,FRANCE. CR BINOIS B, 1959, TEST VOCABULAIRE BISHOP DVM, 1985, DEV MED CHILD NEUROL, V27, P705 BISHOP DVM, 1982, J CHILD PSYCHOL PSYC, V23, P1, DOI 10.1111/j.1469-7610.1982.tb00045.x Billard C, 1981, Rev Electroencephalogr Neurophysiol Clin, V11, P457, DOI 10.1016/S0370-4475(81)80086-X DELONNA T, 1977, NEUROPEDIATRIE, V8, P263 DELTOUR JJ, 1979, TEST VOCABULAIRE ACT De Pasquet E G, 1976, Neurology, V26, P244 DiSimoni F., 1978, TOKEN TEST CHILDREN DUCARNE B, 1976, EXAMEN APHASIE DUGAS M, 1982, REV NEUROL, V138, P755 DUGAS M, 1991, ACQUIRED APHASIA CHI, P263 DULAC O, 1983, ARCH FR PEDIATR, V40, P299 LANDAU WM, 1957, NEUROLOGY, V7, P523 MACKINNEY W, 1974, CANADIAN MED ASS J, V16, P636 MANNING DJ, 1987, ARCH DIS CHILD, V62, P37 Mazaux J. M., 1981, BOSTON DIAGNOSTIC AP MICHALOWICZ R, 1988, Acta Paediatrica Hungarica, V29, P337 PAQUIER, 1993, APHASIOLOGY, V7, P421 RAPIN I, 1977, DEV MED CHILD NEUROL, V19, P192 RAVNIK I, 1984, SYNDROMES EPILEPTIQU RODRIGUEZ I, 1982, CLIN ELECTROENCEPHAL, V13, P23 TOSO V, 1981, REV NEUROL, V137, P425 VANDONGEN HR, 1989, EUR NEUROL, V29, P109, DOI 10.1159/000116390 NR 23 TC 8 Z9 8 PU TAYLOR & FRANCIS LTD PI LONDON PA ONE GUNDPOWDER SQUARE, LONDON, ENGLAND EC4A 3DE SN 0268-7038 J9 APHASIOLOGY JI Aphasiology PD SEP-OCT PY 1993 VL 7 IS 5 BP 463 EP 473 DI 10.1080/02687039308248621 PG 11 WC Clinical Neurology SC Neurosciences & Neurology GA LZ486 UT WOS:A1993LZ48600006 ER PT J AU DEWIJNGAERT, E GOMMERS, K AF DEWIJNGAERT, E GOMMERS, K TI LANGUAGE REHABILITATION IN THE LANDAU-KLEFFNER SYNDROME - CONSIDERATIONS AND APPROACHES SO APHASIOLOGY LA English DT Article ID ACQUIRED APHASIA; CONVULSIVE DISORDER; CHILDHOOD; CHILDREN; AGNOSIA AB Most of the publications on the rehabilitation of Landau-Kleffner syndrome (LKS) are case studies focussing on the effectiveness of drug therapy. Only little attention has been paid to the educational context and language therapy. A review of the literature reveals that a broad spectrum of visual cues are used as common supports in speech and language therapy. There is a tendency to attempt restoration of oral language first before switching over to alternative communication. The rationale for a restorative approach is based on the use of visual cues in order to facilitate the acquisition of written and spoken language. It is suggested that language therapy can be effective only if embedded in a global approach. RP DEWIJNGAERT, E (reprint author), ROYAL INST CHILDREN COMMUN DISORDERS,KIDS,BORGGRAVEVIJVERSTR 9,B-3500 HASSELT,BELGIUM. CR BISHOP DVM, 1985, DEV MED CHILD NEUROL, V27, P705 BISHOP DVM, 1982, J CHILD PSYCHOL PSYC, V23, P1, DOI 10.1111/j.1469-7610.1982.tb00045.x COOPER JA, 1978, J SPEECH HEAR DISORD, V43, P176 DEONNA T, 1989, NEUROPEDIATRICS, V20, P132, DOI 10.1055/s-2008-1071278 DEONNA T, 1977, NEUROPADIATRIE, V8, P263, DOI 10.1055/s-0028-1091522 DEONNA TW, 1991, J CLIN NEUROPHYSIOL, V8, P288, DOI 10.1097/00004691-199107010-00005 DUGAS M, 1991, ACQUIRED APHASIA CHI, P263 GASCON G, 1973, ARCH NEUROL-CHICAGO, V28, P156 GERARD CL, 1991, ACQUIRED APHASIA CHI, P279 GORDON N, 1990, DEV MED CHILD NEUROL, V32, P267 KRAFT E, 1990, SPRACHE-STIMME-GEHOR, V14, P81 LANDAU WM, 1957, NEUROLOGY, V7, P523 LEA J, 1979, CHILD CARE HLTH DEV, V5, P69, DOI 10.1111/j.1365-2214.1979.tb00111.x LEES J, 1991, CHILDREN LANGUAGE DI LERMAN P, 1991, DEV MED CHILD NEUROL, V33, P257 RAPIN I, 1977, DEV MED CHILD NEUROL, V19, P192 TOSO V, 1981, REV NEUROL, V137, P425 VANDESANDTKOENDERMAN WME, 1984, BRAIN LANG, V21, P174, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(84)90044-0 Vance M., 1991, CHILD LANG TEACH THE, V7, P41, DOI 10.1177/026565909100700103 VANDONGEN H, 1991, ACQUIRED APHASIA CHI, P253 VANUDEN AMJ, 1977, WORLD LANGUAGE DEAF WORSTERDROUGHT C, 1964, FOLIA PHONIATR, V16, P223 WORSTERD.C, 1971, DEV MED CHILD NEUROL, V13, P563 NR 23 TC 5 Z9 5 PU TAYLOR & FRANCIS LTD PI LONDON PA ONE GUNDPOWDER SQUARE, LONDON, ENGLAND EC4A 3DE SN 0268-7038 J9 APHASIOLOGY JI Aphasiology PD SEP-OCT PY 1993 VL 7 IS 5 BP 475 EP 480 DI 10.1080/02687039308248622 PG 6 WC Clinical Neurology SC Neurosciences & Neurology GA LZ486 UT WOS:A1993LZ48600007 ER PT J AU LEES, JA AF LEES, JA TI DIFFERENTIATING LANGUAGE DISORDER SUBTYPES IN ACQUIRED CHILDHOOD APHASIA SO APHASIOLOGY LA English DT Article ID CHILDREN AB This paper discusses the ways in which aphasic disorders are categorized. The language disorders of 34 children with acquired childhood aphasia from a range of aetiologies were categorized according to two systems: Goodglass and Kaplan (1972) and Rapin and Allen (1987). This categorization was based on comprehensive assessment data. Results demonstrate that the majority of the children had aphasias which could not be categorized by either of these two systems. The implications of these results for the study of acquired childhood aphasia are discussed. RP LEES, JA (reprint author), GUYS HOSP,NEWCOMEN CHILD DEV CTR,LONDON SE1 9RT,ENGLAND. CR Bishop DVM, 1983, TEST RECEPTION GRAMM Bishop D.V.M., 1987, LANGUAGE DEV DISORDE DEONNA T, 1977, NEUROPADIATRIE, V8, P263, DOI 10.1055/s-0028-1091522 GADDES WH, 1975, BRAIN LANG, V3, P257 Goodglass H, 1972, ASSESSMENT APHASIA R Kirk S. A., 1968, ILLINOIS TEST PSYCHO LANDAU WM, 1957, NEUROLOGY, V7, P523 LEES JA, 1989, THESIS CITY U LONDON MANDLER JM, 1977, COGNITIVE PSYCHOL, V9, P111, DOI 10.1016/0010-0285(77)90006-8 MARSHALL JC, 1986, NEUROPSYCHOLOGIA, V24, P5, DOI 10.1016/0028-3932(86)90040-0 MARTINS IP, 1987, DEV MED CHILD NEUROL, V29, P529 McKenna P., 1983, GRADED NAMING TEST PAQUIER P, 1989, APHASIOLOGY, V3, P667, DOI 10.1080/02687038908249032 RAPIN I, 1987, 1ST P S SPEECH LANG Renfrew C. E., 1977, WORD FINDING VOCABUL Spreen O., 1969, NEUROSENSORY CTR COM VANDONGEN HR, 1985, ANN NEUROL, V17, P306, DOI 10.1002/ana.410170316 VANHOUT A, 1985, DEV MED CHILD NEUROL, V27, P231 NR 18 TC 1 Z9 1 PU TAYLOR & FRANCIS LTD PI LONDON PA ONE GUNDPOWDER SQUARE, LONDON, ENGLAND EC4A 3DE SN 0268-7038 J9 APHASIOLOGY JI Aphasiology PD SEP-OCT PY 1993 VL 7 IS 5 BP 481 EP 488 DI 10.1080/02687039308248623 PG 8 WC Clinical Neurology SC Neurosciences & Neurology GA LZ486 UT WOS:A1993LZ48600008 ER PT J AU MARTINS, IP FERRO, JM AF MARTINS, IP FERRO, JM TI ACQUIRED CHILDHOOD APHASIA - A CLINICORADIOLOGICAL STUDY OF 11 STROKE PATIENTS SO APHASIOLOGY LA English DT Article ID LESION SITES; INFARCTION AB We describe 11 cases of acquired childhood aphasia due to stroke, and study the relation between their clinical features and lesion localizations demonstrated by CT or MRI scan. All children were examined in the acute stage (within the first 30 days post-onset). There was a predominance of Broca's type of aphasia (non-fluent aphasia with poor naming, good auditory comprehension and poor repetition). All children had single left hemispheric lesions except a left-handed girl with a right hemispheric infarction. Most (nine of 11) children had subcortical lesions, either pure (four) or associated with cortical damage (five). Although most cases were in accordance with the clinico-radiological correlations usually observed in adults, two cases were atypical. All children made good recovery from aphasia; most of them (eight of 11) did so within the first 3 months and the others within the first year. Reading and writing disorders were common in the acute stage (five of six cases), and outlasted clinical aphasia in two cases. The stereotyped clinical picture of childhood aphasia due to stroke is probably related to the predominance of subcortical lesion sites in this age group, and not to a specific effect of age. RP MARTINS, IP (reprint author), HOSP SANTA MARIA, CTR ESTUDOS EGAS MONIZ, P-1600 LISBON, PORTUGAL. CR ALEXANDER MP, 1987, BRAIN, V110, P961, DOI 10.1093/brain/110.4.961 ARAM DM, 1983, ARCH NEUROL-CHICAGO, V40, P614 BENTON A, 1975, NEUROLOGY, V25, P907 BENTON AL, 1962, CONFIN NEUROL, V22, P141 CALDAS AC, 1979, THESIS FM LISBOA CRANBERG LD, 1987, NEUROLOGY, V37, P1165 Curwen M. P., 1977, MANUAL REYNELL DEV L DAMASIO AR, 1982, ARCH NEUROL-CHICAGO, V39, P15 DERENZI E, 1962, BRAIN, V85, P665, DOI 10.1093/brain/85.4.665 FERRO JM, 1970, ANAL NEUROPSICOLOGIC, P154 FERRO JM, 1982, DEV MED CHILD NEUROL, V24, P173 GOODGLASS H, 1972, ASSESSMENT AHASIA RE HAYWARD RW, 1977, RADIOLOGY, V123, P653 LOONEN MCB, 1990, ARCH NEUROL-CHICAGO, V47, P1324 MARTINS IP, 1991, NATO ADV SCI I D-BEH, V60, P143 NAESER MA, 1982, ARCH NEUROL-CHICAGO, V39, P2 VANHOUT A, 1985, DEV MED CHILD NEUROL, V27, P231 WOODS BT, 1978, ANN NEUROL, V3, P273, DOI 10.1002/ana.410030315 ZIMMERMAN RA, 1983, NEURORADIOLOGY, V24, P241 NR 19 TC 13 Z9 13 PU PSYCHOLOGY PRESS PI HOVE PA 27 CHURCH RD, HOVE BN3 2FA, EAST SUSSEX, ENGLAND SN 0268-7038 J9 APHASIOLOGY JI Aphasiology PD SEP-OCT PY 1993 VL 7 IS 5 BP 489 EP 495 DI 10.1080/02687039308248624 PG 7 WC Clinical Neurology SC Neurosciences & Neurology GA LZ486 UT WOS:A1993LZ48600009 ER PT J AU IKEDA, M TANABE, H YAMADA, K YOSHIMINE, T HAYAKAWA, T HASHIKAWA, K NISHIMURA, T AF IKEDA, M TANABE, H YAMADA, K YOSHIMINE, T HAYAKAWA, T HASHIKAWA, K NISHIMURA, T TI A CASE OF ACQUIRED CHILDHOOD APHASIA WITH EVOLUTION OF GLOBAL APHASIA INTO TRANSCORTICAL SENSORY APHASIA SO APHASIOLOGY LA English DT Article ID CHILDREN AB A 11-year-old right-handed boy showed global aphasia after an infarct in the distribution of the left middle cerebral artery involving the whole language area, following an operation for 'moya-moya disease'. Thus, anatomoclinical correlation between the CT lesion site and the resulting aphasic syndrome in this case was similar to that described in adults. However, he demonstrated rapid recovery of language fluency with poor recovery of language comprehension, in contrast to comparable adult cases. Consequently, his global aphasia resolved into transcortical sensory aphasia. This case seems to support the current view that recovery of fluency in childhood aphasia is quicker and more extensive than in adults. RP IKEDA, M (reprint author), OSAKA UNIV,SCH MED,BIOMED RES CTR,DEPT NEUROPSYCHIAT,FUKUSHIMA KU,OSAKA 553,JAPAN. CR BERTHIER ML, 1991, BRAIN, V114, P1409, DOI 10.1093/brain/114.3.1409 CRANBERG LD, 1987, NEUROLOGY, V37, P1165 Kertesz A., 1979, APHASIA ASS DISORDER KITAMURA K, 1989, HDB CLIN NEUROLOGY, V55, P293 LECOURS AR, 1983, APHASIE LOONEN MCB, 1990, ARCH NEUROL-CHICAGO, V47, P1324 TANABE H, 1989, ACTA NEUROL SCAND, V80, P314 VANDONGEN HR, 1985, ANN NEUROL, V17, P306, DOI 10.1002/ana.410170316 VISCHBRINK EG, 1984, BRAIN LANG, V23, P258, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(84)90067-1 NR 9 TC 4 Z9 4 PU TAYLOR & FRANCIS LTD PI LONDON PA ONE GUNDPOWDER SQUARE, LONDON, ENGLAND EC4A 3DE SN 0268-7038 J9 APHASIOLOGY JI Aphasiology PD SEP-OCT PY 1993 VL 7 IS 5 BP 497 EP 502 DI 10.1080/02687039308248625 PG 6 WC Clinical Neurology SC Neurosciences & Neurology GA LZ486 UT WOS:A1993LZ48600010 ER PT J AU JORDAN, FM MURDOCH, BE AF JORDAN, FM MURDOCH, BE TI A PROSPECTIVE-STUDY OF THE LINGUISTIC SKILLS OF CHILDREN WITH CLOSED-HEAD INJURIES SO APHASIOLOGY LA English DT Article AB Little research in the paediatric closed-head injury (CHI) literature has attempted to follow the course of recovery of CHI children over a prolonged period, particularly in the area of linguistic recovery. The present study documented the course of recovery of the linguistic skills of a group of 11 CHI children over an 18-month period post-injury. All of the CHI children studied demonstrated measurable gains in a number of speech and language skills during the 18-month period post-injury. The results indicated that childhood CHI did not permanently disrupt the acquisition of any of the speech and language skills observed. A number of subjects did, however, continue to demonstrate measurable deficits in some language areas even at 18 months post-injury. RP JORDAN, FM (reprint author), UNIV QUEENSLAND,DEPT PSYCHOL,BRISBANE,QLD 4072,AUSTRALIA. RI Murdoch, Bruce/C-1397-2012 CR ALAJOUAN.T, 1965, BRAIN, V88, P653, DOI 10.1093/brain/88.4.653 BLOOM L, 1975, REV CHILD DEV RES, V4 BRINK JD, 1970, DEV MED CHILD NEUROL, V12, P565 BRUCE DA, 1981, J NEUROSURG, V54, P170, DOI 10.3171/jns.1981.54.2.0170 CARTER RL, 1982, SCIENCE, V218, P797, DOI 10.1126/science.7134973 CHADWICK O, 1981, J CHILD PSYCHOL PSYC, V22, P117, DOI 10.1111/j.1469-7610.1981.tb00538.x CHADWICK O, 1981, Journal of Clinical Neuropsychology, V3, P101, DOI 10.1080/01688638108403117 Enderby P. M., 1983, FRENCHAY DYSARTHRIA EWINGCOBBS L, 1985, SPEECH LANGUAGE EVAL, P97 EWINGCOBBS L, 1987, J CLIN EXP NEUROPSYC, V9, P575, DOI 10.1080/01688638708410770 FLETCHER JM, 1988, HDB PEDIAT PSYCHOL, P258 GADDES WH, 1973, RES MONOGRAPH, V25 HAMMILL DD, 1982, TEST LANGUAGE DEV IN HAMMILL DD, 1987, TEST ADOLESCENT LANG, P2 HECAEN H, 1976, BRAIN LANG, V3, P114, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(76)90009-2 Jordan F M, 1988, Brain Inj, V2, P179, DOI 10.3109/02699058809150943 JORDAN F M, 1990, Brain Injury, V4, P147, DOI 10.3109/02699059009026159 JORDAN F M, 1990, Brain Injury, V4, P27, DOI 10.3109/02699059009026145 Kaplan E, 1983, BOSTON NAMING TEST Levin H. S., 1979, J PEDIATR PSYCHOL, V4, P389, DOI 10.1093/jpepsy/4.4.389 Newcomer P, 1982, TEST LANGUAGE DEV Owens R. E., 1988, LANGUAGE DEV INTRO RUTTER M, 1980, PSYCHOL MED, V10, P635 SATZ P, 1981, ACQUIRED APHASIA SEMELMINTZ E, 1982, CLIN EVALUATION LANG Spreen O., 1969, NEUROSENSORY CTR COM TEASDALE G, 1974, LANCET, V2, P81 WINOGRON HW, 1984, J CLIN NEUROPSYCHOL, V6, P269, DOI 10.1080/01688638408401218 1983, CELF UPDATE 3 NR 29 TC 13 Z9 13 PU TAYLOR & FRANCIS LTD PI LONDON PA ONE GUNDPOWDER SQUARE, LONDON, ENGLAND EC4A 3DE SN 0268-7038 J9 APHASIOLOGY JI Aphasiology PD SEP-OCT PY 1993 VL 7 IS 5 BP 503 EP 512 DI 10.1080/02687039308248626 PG 10 WC Clinical Neurology SC Neurosciences & Neurology GA LZ486 UT WOS:A1993LZ48600011 ER PT J AU EISELE, JA ARAM, DM AF EISELE, JA ARAM, DM TI DIFFERENTIAL-EFFECTS OF EARLY HEMISPHERE DAMAGE ON LEXICAL COMPREHENSION AND PRODUCTION SO APHASIOLOGY LA English DT Article ID ACQUIRED APHASIA; CHILDHOOD APHASIA; BRAIN INJURY; CHILDREN AB The effects of early hemisphere damage on lexical development were investigated in 33 children with unilateral left (n = 21) or right (n = 12) hemisphere damage and 16 normal healthy controls. Single-word naming was assessed using the Expressive One-Word Picture Vocabulary Test (EOW) and lexical comprehension was assessed using the Peabody Picture Vocabulary Test-Revised (PPVT-R). Left lesion subjects (LL) performed comparable to controls in naming, but scored lower than controls on the PPVT-R. Right lesion subjects (RL) scored lower than controls and LL subjects on both the EOW and the PPVT-R. The unexpected superiority of LL in comparison to RL children on the EOW and the PPVT-R argues against a simple left hemisphere dominance for early lexical development. RL subjects' significant comprehension deficits failed to correlate with more general measures of verbal intelligence supporting a specialized role of the right hemisphere in mediating the acquisition of word meaning. RP EISELE, JA (reprint author), SKIDMORE COLL,DEPT PSYCHOL,SARATOGA SPRINGS,NY 12866, USA. CR ARAM D, 1985, J CLIN EXPT NEUROPSY, V3, P55 ARAM D, 1991, ACQUIRED APHASIA ARAM DM, 1987, BRAIN LANG, V31, P61, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(87)90061-7 ARAM DM, 1986, BRAIN LANG, V27, P75, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(86)90006-4 BROWNELL HH, 1990, NEUROPSYCHOLOGIA, V28, P375, DOI 10.1016/0028-3932(90)90063-T CRANBERG LD, 1987, NEUROLOGY, V37, P1165 Dunn L. M., 1981, PEABODY PICTURE VOCA EISELE JA, IN PRESS HDB CHILD L EISELE JA, IN PRESS BRAIN LANGU EISELE JA, 1992, THESIS CORNELL U ITH FELDMAN HM, 1992, BRAIN LANG, V42, P89, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(92)90058-M Fenson L., 1991, TECHNICAL MANUAL MAC FURLONG MJ, 1984, J PSYCHOEDUCATIONAL, V2, P29, DOI 10.1177/073428298400200104 GARDNER MF, 1979, EXPRESSIVE ONE WORD GOLDSTEIN DJ, 1982, PSYCHOL SCHOOLS, V19, P315, DOI 10.1002/1520-6807(198207)19:3<315::AID-PITS2310190309>3.0.CO;2-T HECAEN H, 1983, NEUROPSYCHOLOGIA, V21, P581, DOI 10.1016/0028-3932(83)90055-6 JOHNSTON J, IN PRESS INT J CLIN KIESSLING LS, 1983, DEV MED CHILD NEUROL, V25, P727 KUTSICK K, 1988, PSYCHOL SCHOOLS, V25, P270, DOI 10.1002/1520-6807(198807)25:3<270::AID-PITS2310250308>3.0.CO;2-N Petersen S E, 1989, J Cogn Neurosci, V1, P153, DOI 10.1162/jocn.1989.1.2.153 Riva D., 1986, J PEDIATRIC NEUROSCI, V2, P239 THAL DJ, 1991, BRAIN LANG, V40, P491, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(91)90145-Q VANCE B, 1989, J CLIN PSYCHOL, V45, P642, DOI 10.1002/1097-4679(198907)45:4<642::AID-JCLP2270450421>3.0.CO;2-Q VANDONGEN HR, 1988, NEUROPSYCHOLOGIA, V26, P629, DOI 10.1016/0028-3932(88)90119-4 VANHOUT A, 1985, DEV MED CHILD NEUROL, V27, P231 VARGHAKHADEM F, 1985, BRAIN, V108, P677, DOI 10.1093/brain/108.3.677 Wechsler D, 1974, WECHSLER INTELLIGENC Wechsler D, 1967, WECHSLER PRESCHOOL P WOODS BT, 1979, ANN NEUROL, V6, P405, DOI 10.1002/ana.410060505 WOODS BT, 1978, ANN NEUROL, V3, P273, DOI 10.1002/ana.410030315 NR 30 TC 13 Z9 13 PU TAYLOR & FRANCIS LTD PI LONDON PA ONE GUNDPOWDER SQUARE, LONDON, ENGLAND EC4A 3DE SN 0268-7038 J9 APHASIOLOGY JI Aphasiology PD SEP-OCT PY 1993 VL 7 IS 5 BP 513 EP 523 DI 10.1080/02687039308248627 PG 11 WC Clinical Neurology SC Neurosciences & Neurology GA LZ486 UT WOS:A1993LZ48600012 ER PT J AU VANHOUT, A AF VANHOUT, A TI ACQUIRED APHASIA IN CHILDHOOD AND DEVELOPMENTAL DYSPHASIAS - ARE THE ERRORS SIMILAR - ANALYSIS OF ERRORS MADE IN CONFRONTATION NAMING TASKS SO APHASIOLOGY LA English DT Article AB Two forms of anomia, one due to a brain lesion and the other to a developmental language disorder, are compared in children of the same age. The nature and importance of naming errors for a specially devised test of naming by category, points to more similarities between the two kinds of anomia than between the errors made by children of the same chronological age and of the same naming age. RP VANHOUT, A (reprint author), SERV NEUROL PEDIAT,UCL 10-1303,10 AVE HIPPOCRATE,B-1200 BRUSSELS,BELGIUM. CR ALAJOUAN.T, 1965, BRAIN, V88, P653, DOI 10.1093/brain/88.4.653 Allen D., 1988, LANG COMMUN, P57 CHEVRIEMULLER C, 1975, EPREUVES EXAMEN LANG Denckla M. B., 1979, CLIN NEUROPSYCHOLOGY, P535 DENNIS M, 1979, STUDIES NEUROLINGUIS, V4, P211 Goodglass H, 1972, ASSESSMENT APHASIA R Gougenheim G., 1964, ELABORATION FRANCAIS PERRONBERELLI M, 1974, ECHELLES DIFFERENTIE RAPIN I, 1977, TOPICS CHILD NEUROLO, P337 Spreen O., 1969, NEUROSENSORY CTR COM VANHOUT A, 1983, APHASIE ENFANT VANHOUT A, 1990, THESIS UCL BRUSSELS VANHOUT A, UNPUB NAMING CATEGOR VANHOUT A, 1985, DEV MED CHILD NEUROL, V27, P231 NR 14 TC 5 Z9 5 PU TAYLOR & FRANCIS LTD PI LONDON PA ONE GUNDPOWDER SQUARE, LONDON, ENGLAND EC4A 3DE SN 0268-7038 J9 APHASIOLOGY JI Aphasiology PD SEP-OCT PY 1993 VL 7 IS 5 BP 525 EP 531 DI 10.1080/02687039308248628 PG 7 WC Clinical Neurology SC Neurosciences & Neurology GA LZ486 UT WOS:A1993LZ48600013 ER PT J AU HOUGH, MS AF HOUGH, MS TI CATEGORIZATION IN APHASIA - ACCESS AND ORGANIZATION OF GOAL-DERIVED AND COMMON CATEGORIES SO APHASIOLOGY LA English DT Article ID SEMANTIC MEMORY; AUDITORY COMPREHENSION; LEXICAL DECISION; ANOMIA; CLASSIFICATION; CONTEXT; DEFICIT; MODELS; REPRESENTATIONS; SUPERORDINATE AB This investigation examined aphasic adults' access and organization for goal-derived and common categories. Fluent and non-fluent aphasic subject groups and a group of non-brain-damaged controls participated in category verification and exemplar generation tasks. Although both groups with aphasia consistently required additional time to verify category examples for both types of categories, performance accuracy was similar for all three groups, regardless of category type. Both aphasic groups displayed difficulty accessing peripheral category examples for the common categories on exemplar generation. The results support recent suggestions that both fluent and non-fluent aphasic individuals retain partially normal semantic category information which is reflected in their appropriate production of central or in-set category examples; however, these adults present with impoverished representations of the boundaries around a category's referential field. RP HOUGH, MS (reprint author), E CAROLINA UNIV,DEPT SPEECH LANGUAGE & AUDITORY PATHOL,GREENVILLE,NC 27858, USA. CR ADAMS ML, 1989, J SPEECH HEAR RES, V32, P871 Anglin Jeremy M., 1977, WORD OBJECT CONCEPTU BARR RA, 1987, MEM COGNITION, V15, P397, DOI 10.3758/BF03197730 Barsalou L., 1987, CONCEPTS CONCEPTUAL BARSALOU LW, 1982, MEM COGNITION, V10, P82, DOI 10.3758/BF03197629 BARSALOU LW, 1983, MEM COGNITION, V11, P211, DOI 10.3758/BF03196968 BARSALOU LW, 1985, J EXP PSYCHOL LEARN, V11, P629, DOI 10.1037/0278-7393.11.1-4.629 BARSALOU LW, 1986, J EXP PSYCHOL LEARN, V12, P116, DOI 10.1037//0278-7393.12.1.116 BAYLES KA, 1991, J COGNITIVE NEUROSCI, V3, P168 BERNDT RS, 1988, APHASIOLOGY, V2, P237, DOI 10.1080/02687038808248916 BLUMSTEIN SE, 1982, BRAIN LANG, V17, P301, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(82)90023-2 BUCKINGHAM HW, 1979, STUDIES NEUROLINGUIS, V4, P269 BUCKINGHAM HW, 1981, ACQUIRED APHASIA, P183 BUTTERWORTH B, 1984, NEUROPSYCHOLOGIA, V22, P409, DOI 10.1016/0028-3932(84)90036-8 CARAMAZZA A, 1990, COGNITIVE NEUROPSYCH, V7, P161, DOI 10.1080/02643299008253441 CARAMAZZA A, 1982, BRAIN LANG, V15, P161, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(82)90054-2 CHAPEY R, 1977, J SPEECH HEAR DISORD, V42, P287 CHAPEY R, 1981, LANGUAGE INTERVENTIO, P155 CHAPEY R, 1976, J SPEECH HEAR RES, V19, P664 CHAPEY R, 1977, ARCH PHYS MED REHAB, V58, P357 Davis G, 1985, ADULT APHASIA REHABI GAINOTTI G, 1982, APPL PSYCHOLINGUIST, V3, P279, DOI 10.1017/S0142716400001430 GAINOTTI G, 1986, BRAIN LANG, V29, P18, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(86)90031-3 GAINOTTI G, 1986, BRAIN LANG, V28, P181, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(86)90101-X GERRATT BR, 1987, BRAIN LANG, V30, P106, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(87)90031-9 Goodglass H, 1983, ASSESSMENT APHASIA R, V2nd Goodglass H., 1966, CORTEX, V2, P74 GOODGLASS H, 1986, CORTEX, V22, P87 GOODGLASS H, 1976, BRAIN LANG, V3, P359, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(76)90032-8 Goodglass H., 1964, CORTEX, V1, P133, DOI [10.1016/S0010-9452(64)80018-6, DOI 10.1016/S0010-9452(64)80018-6] GROBER E, 1980, BRAIN LANG, V10, P318, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(80)90059-0 GROSSMAN M, 1978, BRAIN LANG, V6, P112, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(78)90049-4 GROSSMAN M, 1981, BRAIN LANG, V12, P313, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(81)90022-5 GROSSMAN M, 1987, BRAIN COGNITION, V6, P55, DOI 10.1016/0278-2626(87)90046-7 GROSSMAN M, 1987, BRAIN LANG, V32, P306, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(87)90130-1 HAMPTON JA, 1979, J VERB LEARN VERB BE, V18, P441, DOI 10.1016/S0022-5371(79)90246-9 HAMPTON JA, 1984, MEM COGNITION, V12, P345, DOI 10.3758/BF03198294 HART J, 1985, NATURE, V316, P439, DOI 10.1038/316439a0 Holland A., 1977, RATIONALE ADULT APHA HOUGH MS, 1988, THESIS KENT STATE U HOUGH MS, 1989, APHASIOLOGY, V3, P553, DOI 10.1080/02687038908249022 Kaplan E, 1983, BOSTON NAMING TEST KAY J, 1987, BRAIN, V110, P613, DOI 10.1093/brain/110.3.613 Kintsch W., 1980, ATTENTION PERFORM, V8, P595 KOEMEDALUTZ M, 1987, BRAIN LANG, V30, P321, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(87)90106-4 KUDO T, 1987, BRAIN LANG, V30, P33, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(87)90026-5 LEDORZE G, 1989, BRAIN LANG, V37, P381 LUBINSKI R, 1981, LANGUAGE INTERVENTIO, P223 MCCARTHY R, 1985, NEUROPSYCHOLOGIA, V23, P709, DOI 10.1016/0028-3932(85)90079-X MCCLEARY C, 1988, BRAIN LANG, V34, P183, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(88)90132-0 MCCLEARY C, 1986, BRAIN LANG, V27, P199, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(86)90015-5 MCCLEARY C, 1988, APHASIOLOGY, V2, P343, DOI 10.1080/02687038808248935 MCCLOSKEY M, 1979, COGNITIVE PSYCHOL, V11, P1, DOI 10.1016/0010-0285(79)90002-1 MCCLOSKEY M, 1980, J VERB LEARN VERB BE, V19, P485, DOI 10.1016/S0022-5371(80)90330-8 MEDIN DL, 1984, ANNU REV PSYCHOL, V35, P113, DOI 10.1146/annurev.ps.35.020184.000553 MERVIS CB, 1981, ANNU REV PSYCHOL, V32, P89, DOI 10.1146/annurev.ps.32.020181.000513 MICELI G, 1984, CORTEX, V20, P207 MICELI G, 1988, APHASIOLOGY, V2, P351, DOI 10.1080/02687038808248937 MILBERG W, 1987, BRAIN LANG, V31, P138, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(87)90065-4 MILBERG W, 1988, APHASIOLOGY, V2, P359, DOI 10.1080/02687038808248938 MILBERG W, 1981, BRAIN LANG, V14, P371, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(81)90086-9 MILBERG W, 1988, BRAIN LANG, V34, P279, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(88)90139-3 OMOHUNDRO J, 1981, MEM COGNITION, V9, P324, DOI 10.3758/BF03196966 PIERCE RS, 1984, BRAIN LANG, V22, P339, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(84)90098-1 RAPP BC, 1989, COGNITIVE NEUROPSYCH, V6, P251, DOI 10.1080/02643298908253420 ROSCH E, 1975, COGNITIVE PSYCHOL, V7, P573, DOI 10.1016/0010-0285(75)90024-9 ROSCH E, 1975, J EXP PSYCHOL GEN, V104, P192, DOI 10.1037//0096-3445.104.3.192 Rosch Eleanor, 1983, NEW TRENDS CONCEPTUA, P73 Schuell H, 1965, MINNESOTA TEST DIFFE Smith E. E., 1981, CATEGORIES CONCEPTS SMITH EE, 1974, PSYCHOL REV, V81, P214, DOI 10.1037/h0036351 WARRINGTON EK, 1984, BRAIN, V107, P829, DOI 10.1093/brain/107.3.829 WAYLAND S, 1982, BRAIN LANG, V16, P87, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(82)90074-8 WILLIAMS SE, 1982, BRAIN LANG, V16, P109 WILLIAMS SE, 1987, BRAIN LANG, V32, P124, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(87)90120-9 ZINGESER LB, 1988, COGNITIVE NEUROPSYCH, V5, P473, DOI 10.1080/02643298808253270 NR 76 TC 13 Z9 13 PU TAYLOR & FRANCIS LTD PI LONDON PA ONE GUNDPOWDER SQUARE, LONDON, ENGLAND EC4A 3DE SN 0268-7038 J9 APHASIOLOGY JI Aphasiology PD JUL-AUG PY 1993 VL 7 IS 4 BP 335 EP 357 DI 10.1080/02687039308249515 PG 23 WC Clinical Neurology SC Neurosciences & Neurology GA LQ909 UT WOS:A1993LQ90900002 ER PT J AU BELAND, R LECOURS, AR GIROUX, F BOIS, M AF BELAND, R LECOURS, AR GIROUX, F BOIS, M TI THE MT-86 BETA APHASIA BATTERY - A SUBSET OF NORMATIVE DATA IN RELATION TO AGE AND LEVEL OF SCHOOL EDUCATION .2. SO APHASIOLOGY LA English DT Article ID COMPREHENSION; LANGUAGE; ADULTS AB The MT-86 beta version of the Montreal-Toulouse Aphasia Battery includes 23 subtests for the assessment of both comprehension and production of oral and written speech. The whole battery was administered to a total of 167 neurologically healthy subjects. Normative data for seven of the 23 subtests were reported in a previous study (Beland and Lecours 1990). This study deals with the remaining 16 subtests of the MT-86 beta. Mean scores, standard deviations and score ranges are reported and cut-off scores for eight subtests are suggested. Main effects of both age and education are found in written picture naming and oral picture description subtests. An age effect is observed in the object manipulation subtest, and an education effect in the written word and sentence picture-matching subtest. Significant differences indicate better mean scores among younger versus older adults, and better mean scores among subjects with a higher versus a lower level of school education. Qualitative analyses of error types are also reported. C1 UNIV MONTREAL,ECOLE ORTHOPHONIE,MONTREAL H3C 3J7,QUEBEC,CANADA. UNIV MONTREAL,FAC MED,MONTREAL H3C 3J7,QUEBEC,CANADA. CR ALBERT ML, 1980, LANGUAGE COMMUNICATI BELAND R, 1990, APHASIOLOGY, V4, P439, DOI 10.1080/02687039008248786 BOROD J C, 1980, Journal of Clinical Neuropsychology, V2, P209, DOI 10.1080/01688638008403793 COHEN G, 1979, COGNITIVE PSYCHOL, V11, P412, DOI 10.1016/0010-0285(79)90019-7 DERENZI E, 1980, APHASIA ASSESSMENT T DERENZI E, 1962, BRAIN, V85, P665, DOI 10.1093/brain/85.4.665 EMERY OB, 1986, LANG COMMUN, V6, P47, DOI 10.1016/0271-5309(86)90005-4 KERTESZ A, 1974, J CANADIEN SCI NEURO, V7, P7 Nespoulous J, 1992, PROTOCOLE MONTREAL T NORTH AJ, 1986, INT J AGING HUM DEV, V23, P267, DOI 10.2190/BPF0-2BWD-BGNQ-HWCW OBLER LK, 1980, LANGUAGE COMMUNICATI OBLER LK, 1981, AGING COMMUNICATION Ryan W J, 1980, ASHA, V22, P423 SCHUELL HS, 1973, DIFFERENTIAL DIAGNOS SHEWAN CM, 1988, J COMMUN DISORD, V21, P139, DOI 10.1016/0021-9924(88)90002-0 TAUB HA, 1979, EXP AGING RES, V5, P3, DOI 10.1080/03610737908257184 Winer B. J., 1971, STATISTICAL PRINCIPL YORKSTON KM, 1980, J SPEECH HEAR DISORD, V45, P27 NR 18 TC 13 Z9 13 PU TAYLOR & FRANCIS LTD PI LONDON PA ONE GUNDPOWDER SQUARE, LONDON, ENGLAND EC4A 3DE SN 0268-7038 J9 APHASIOLOGY JI Aphasiology PD JUL-AUG PY 1993 VL 7 IS 4 BP 359 EP 382 DI 10.1080/02687039308249516 PG 24 WC Clinical Neurology SC Neurosciences & Neurology GA LQ909 UT WOS:A1993LQ90900003 ER PT J AU PRING, T HAMILTON, A HARWOOD, A MACBRIDE, L AF PRING, T HAMILTON, A HARWOOD, A MACBRIDE, L TI GENERALIZATION OF NAMING AFTER PICTURE WORD MATCHING TASKS - ONLY ITEMS APPEARING IN THERAPY BENEFIT SO APHASIOLOGY LA English DT Article ID SEMANTIC ERRORS; APHASIA; RETRIEVAL; COMPREHENSION; ANOMIA AB The ability of dysphasic subjects to name pictures has been shown to benefit from carrying out simple semantic discrimination tasks. Previous experiments have failed to find generalization of this improvement to related items even when these are used as distractors in the tasks. To improve the possibility of such generalization an experiment was carried out in which sets of items were drawn from a single functionally related category. Improvement was found for items directly targeted in the therapy task and for items which appeared as distractors. The former improved significantly more than the latter. Related items which did not appear in the therapy did not improve. Thus generalization is limited to items which appear during the therapy task. RP PRING, T (reprint author), CITY UNIV LONDON,DEPT CLIN COMMUN STUDIES,NORTHAMPTON SQ,LONDON EC1V 0HB,ENGLAND. CR BUTTERWORTH B, 1984, NEUROPSYCHOLOGIA, V22, P409, DOI 10.1016/0028-3932(84)90036-8 COLTHEART M, UNPUB ANAL ACQUIRED DAVIS A, 1991, IN PRESS NEUROPSYCHO GAINOTTI G, 1987, APHASIOLOGY, V1, P449, DOI 10.1080/02687038708248872 GAINOTTI G, 1986, BRAIN LANG, V29, P18, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(86)90031-3 HOWARD D, 1985, BRAIN, V108, P817 HOWARD D, 1985, COGNITIVE NEUROPSYCH, V2, P49, DOI 10.1080/02643298508252861 HOWARD D, 1984, COGNITIVE NEUROPSYCH, V1, P163, DOI 10.1080/02643298408252021 Howard D., 1992, PYRAMIDS PALM TREES HOWARD D, 1986, BRIT J DISORD COMMUN, V21, P89 HOWELL DC, 1982, STATISTICAL METHODS KAY J, 1987, BRAIN, V110, P613, DOI 10.1093/brain/110.3.613 Kay J., 1992, PSYCHOLINGUISTIC ASS Keppel G., 1982, DESIGN ANAL Kucera H., 1967, COMPUTATIONAL ANAL P MARSHALL J, 1993, APHASIOLOGY, V7, P177, DOI 10.1080/02687039308249505 MARSHALL J, 1990, APHASIOLOGY, V4, P167, DOI 10.1080/02687039008249068 MYERSPEASE D, 1978, CORTEX, V14, P178 Patterson K., 1983, APHASIA THERAPY PRING T, 1990, APHASIOLOGY, V4, P479, DOI 10.1080/02687039008248788 PRING TR, 1986, BRIT J DISORD COMMUN, V21, P103 PRING TR, 1983, BRIT J DISORD COMMUN, V18, P65 WIEGELCRUMP C, 1973, CORTEX, V9, P410 NR 23 TC 17 Z9 18 PU TAYLOR & FRANCIS LTD PI LONDON PA ONE GUNDPOWDER SQUARE, LONDON, ENGLAND EC4A 3DE SN 0268-7038 J9 APHASIOLOGY JI Aphasiology PD JUL-AUG PY 1993 VL 7 IS 4 BP 383 EP 394 DI 10.1080/02687039308249517 PG 12 WC Clinical Neurology SC Neurosciences & Neurology GA LQ909 UT WOS:A1993LQ90900004 ER PT J AU SPRINGER, L WILLMES, K HAAG, E AF SPRINGER, L WILLMES, K HAAG, E TI TRAINING IN THE USE OF WH-QUESTIONS AND PREPOSITIONS IN DIALOGS - A COMPARISON OF 2 DIFFERENT APPROACHES IN APHASIA THERAPY SO APHASIOLOGY LA English DT Article AB In this language treatment experiment we compared a stimulation technique and a linguistically oriented learning approach for the use of interrogative words and prepositions. These function words had to be used in a short dialogue text comprising a wh-question with an interrogative word and an elliptic answer with a temporal prepositional phrase. The text was embedded in a short description of the situational context. Twelve chronic aphasic patients took part in this two-period cross-over treatment experiment-nine had Broca's aphasia, three Wernicke's aphasia. They had a medium overall level of aphasic impairment as measured by the Aachen Aphasia Test. Nonparametric tests yielded significantly larger direct effects for the linguistically oriented learning approach (L), but significantly larger after-effects for the stimulation approach (S). Thus, the S/L sequence was more efficacious. Transfer effects to non-trained spatial function words were also present, but to a lesser degree. Methods from criterion-referenced measurement were used to assess treatment effects, both improvement and mastery, in individual patients. Aphasics with additional speech apraxia showed deviations from the overall improvement pattern. RP SPRINGER, L (reprint author), RHEIN WESTFAL TH AACHEN,FAC MED,LEHRANSTALT LOGOPAD,PAUWELSSTR 30,W-5100 AACHEN,GERMANY. CR ALBERT ML, 1973, ARCH NEUROL-CHICAGO, V29, P130 ATEN JL, 1982, J SPEECH HEAR DISORD, V47, P93 BLOMERT L, 1987, APHASIOLOGY, V1, P463, DOI 10.1080/02687038708248873 BRUNNER E, 1987, BIOMETRICAL J, V29, P907, DOI 10.1002/bimj.4710290804 DALLAL GE, 1985, PC SIZE PROGRAM SAMP Davis GA, 1981, LANGUAGE INTERVENTIO Edgington E. S., 1987, RANDOMIZATION TESTS, V2nd ENGL EM, 1979, SPRACHUBUNGEN APHASI HABBEMA JDF, 1974, 1974 COMPSTAT P COMP, P101 Hatfield F. M., 1983, APHASIA THERAPY Holland A., 1980, COMMUNICATIVE ABILIT Huber W, 1984, Adv Neurol, V42, P291 POECK K, 1989, J SPEECH HEAR DISORD, V54, P471 Popham W. J., 1978, CRITERION REFERENCED Schuell H. M., 1964, APHASIA ADULTS DIAGN SHEWAN CM, 1986, TREATMENT APHASIA LA Siegel S., 1956, NONPARAMETRIC STATIS SPRINGER L, 1980, THERAPIE SPRACH STIM THOMPSON CK, 1986, J SPEECH HEAR RES, V29, P193 WEIGL I, 1979, STUDIEN SPRACHTHERAP, P491 WENIGER D, 1987, APHASIOLOGY, V1, P215, DOI 10.1080/02687038708248838 Wilcox RR, 1976, J EDUC STATIST, V1, P359 WILMES K, 1990, APHASIOLOGY, V4, P415 NR 23 TC 16 Z9 16 PU TAYLOR & FRANCIS LTD PI LONDON PA ONE GUNDPOWDER SQUARE, LONDON, ENGLAND EC4A 3DE SN 0268-7038 J9 APHASIOLOGY JI Aphasiology PD MAY-JUN PY 1993 VL 7 IS 3 BP 251 EP 270 DI 10.1080/02687039308249509 PG 20 WC Clinical Neurology SC Neurosciences & Neurology GA KZ653 UT WOS:A1993KZ65300002 ER PT J AU ANNONI, JM COT, F RYALLS, J LECOURS, AR AF ANNONI, JM COT, F RYALLS, J LECOURS, AR TI PROFILE OF THE APHASIC POPULATION IN A MONTREAL GERIATRIC HOSPITAL - A 6-YEAR STUDY SO APHASIOLOGY LA English DT Article ID STROKE PATIENTS; AGE; SEX; ORGANIZATION; EVOLUTION; LANGUAGE; SEVERITY AB A retrospective analysis is presented for 117 aphasic patients in a geriatric hospital, aged between 50 and 91 years, who were previously examined with the MT86 battery (Nespoulous et al. 1986). Patients were divided into two groups according to age (upper limit: 70 years). Neurological signs, types of aphasia and individual symptoms (comprehension, fluency, paraphasias) were recorded for each group. The elderly group had more Wernicke's aphasics, fewer Broca's aphasics and fewer written language deficits. While comprehension, semantic and phonemic transformations remained in constant proportion in both groups, fluency increased in the elderly group. The neurological and neuroradiological pictures remained constant. In a selected sub-population of right-handed patients with single left lesions, a naming task failed to demonstrate a modification in the frequency of semantic and phonemic paraphasias as ageing increased. The results are discussed in the light of different theories on the change in aphasic symptomatology as a function of age. C1 COTE NEIGES HOSP,RES CTR,MONTREAL,PQ,CANADA. RP ANNONI, JM (reprint author), UNIV GENEVA,HOP CANTONAL,DEPT NEUROL,CH-1211 GENEVA 4,SWITZERLAND. CR Annett M., 1985, LEFT RIGHT HAND BRAI AU R, 1991, ACQUIRED APHASIA, P405 BASSO A, 1987, CORTEX, V23, P475 BASSO A, 1985, BRAIN LANG, V26, P201, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(85)90039-2 BASSO A, 1980, CORTEX, V16, P631 BELAND R, 1990, APHASIOLOGY, V4, P436 BELAND R, IN PRESS APHASIOLOGY BROWN JW, 1976, BRAIN LANG, V3, P482, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(76)90043-2 BROWN JW, 1975, NEUROPSYCHOLOGIA, V13, P107, DOI 10.1016/0028-3932(75)90054-8 BRUST JCM, 1976, STROKE, V7, P167 CASTROCALDAS A, 1984, BRAIN LANG, V23, P126, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(84)90011-7 Code C, 1987, APHASIOLOGY, V1, P339, DOI 10.1080/02687038708248854 Collins M, 1986, DIAGNOSIS TREATMENT COPPENS P, 1991, APHASIOLOGY, V5, P279, DOI 10.1080/02687039108248529 COREN S, 1991, PSYCHOL BULL, V109, P90, DOI 10.1037/0033-2909.109.1.90 CYRSTAFFORD C, 1989, ACTES C CORPORATION DAVIS G, 1981, AGING COMMUNICATION, P207 DELEVAL J, 1989, NEUROLOGY, V39, P1532 DERENZI E, 1980, CORTEX, V16, P627 DERIBEAUCOURT BD, 1988, REEDUCATION SEMIOLOG ESLINGER PJ, 1981, J NEUROL NEUROSUR PS, V44, P377, DOI 10.1136/jnnp.44.5.377 GOODENOUGHTREPN.C, 1989, ASSISTIVE TECHNOLOGY, V1, P81 HABIB M, 1987, BRAIN LANG, V31, P245, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(87)90072-1 Hecaen H., 1963, GAUCHERS PREVALENCE JOANETTE Y, 1983, REV NEUROL, V139, P657 JOANETTE Y, 1989, HDB NEUROPSYCHOLOGY, V2, P436 JOANETTE Y, 1982, REV NEUROL-FRANCE, V138, P575 JULIEN M, 1990, ACTES C CORPORATION KERTESZ A, 1977, BRAIN, V100, P1, DOI 10.1093/brain/100.1.1 KERTESZ A, 1977, ARCH NEUROL-CHICAGO, V34, P50 KERTESZ A, 1981, BRAIN, V104, P117, DOI 10.1093/brain/104.1.117 LECOURS R, 1979, APHASIE MAYO NE, 1989, STROKE, V20, P351 MCGLONE J, 1977, BRAIN, V100, P775, DOI 10.1093/brain/100.4.775 MICELI G, 1981, ACTA NEUROL SCAND, V64, P370 Nespoulous J. L., 1986, PROTOCOLE MONTREAL T OBLER LK, 1978, BRAIN LANG, V6, P318, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(78)90065-2 PONCET M, 1975, JOURNEES ETUDE PATHO SAH AL, 1976, DHEW HRA7614017 PUBL SATZ P, 1980, NEUROPSYCHOLOGY LEFT, P185 SKA B, 1987, J CLIN EXP NEUROPSYC, V9, P754, DOI 10.1080/01688638708405214 SORGATO P, 1990, NEUROPSYCHOLOGY, V4, P165 1991, RESEAU INT CIDH, V4, P11 1991, DONNEES CAUSES HOSPI NR 44 TC 4 Z9 4 PU TAYLOR & FRANCIS LTD PI LONDON PA ONE GUNDPOWDER SQUARE, LONDON, ENGLAND EC4A 3DE SN 0268-7038 J9 APHASIOLOGY JI Aphasiology PD MAY-JUN PY 1993 VL 7 IS 3 BP 271 EP 284 DI 10.1080/02687039308249510 PG 14 WC Clinical Neurology SC Neurosciences & Neurology GA KZ653 UT WOS:A1993KZ65300003 ER PT J AU DELLASALA, S LORENZI, L SPINNLER, H ZUFFI, M AF DELLASALA, S LORENZI, L SPINNLER, H ZUFFI, M TI COMPONENTS IN THE BREAKDOWN OF VERBAL COMMUNICATION IN ALZHEIMERS-DISEASE SO APHASIOLOGY LA English DT Article ID TOKEN TEST; SEQUENTIAL ANALYSES; SENILE DEMENTIA; LANGUAGE; IMPAIRMENT; DIAGNOSIS; MEMORY; AGE; COMPREHENSION; RETRIEVAL AB A retrospective study was conducted on 66 Alzheimer patients and 66 age-, education- and sex-matched healthy controls. The broad aim was to gain further understanding of the verbal communication disorders of Alzheimer patients by comparing two tests for their sensitivity to Alzheimer's disease; namely an 'active' and a 'passive' oral language test; respectively a classic Semantically cued Word Generation (SWG), and a Sentence Comprehension Test, the Token Test (TT). The results show that nearly half of our Alzheimer patients are below cut-off on each test, that only a quarter were impaired both on TT on SWG (often patients impaired on one test were not impaired on the other), and that the two tests were poorly correlated in both healthy controls and Alzheimer patients. Nevertheless, the two tests have a comparable specificity in telling Alzheimer patients apart from matched healthy controls. The different processing sub-components for word generation and sentence comprehension and the impact Alzheimer's disease has on them are discussed. These findings are interpreted in terms of a two-component (namely, verbal, or aphasic, and extra-verbal, or dysexecutive) view of the language disorders of Alzheimer patients, and single cases are shown with a 'dissociated' performance on the two tests. C1 UNIV MILAN,OSPED SAN PAOLO BARONA,NEUROL CLIN 1,VIA A STARABBA RUDINI 8,I-20142 MILAN,ITALY. CLIN LAVORO FDN,REHABIL MED CTR,DEPT NEUROL,NEUROPSYCHOL UNIT,VERUNO,ITALY. CR AJURIAGUERRA J, 1975, F LANGUAGE DEV, P323 ALBERONI M, 1992, INT J GERIATR PSYCH, V7, P639, DOI 10.1002/gps.930070905 Alzheimer A., 1907, ALLG Z PSYCHIAT, V64, P146 APPELL J, 1982, BRAIN LANG, V17, P73, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(82)90006-2 AU R, 1988, APHASIOLOGY, V2, P161, DOI 10.1080/02687038808248901 Baddeley A., 1991, J CLIN EXPT NEUROPSY, V13, P341 BADDELEY A, 1984, J EXP PSYCHOL GEN, V113, P518, DOI 10.1037//0096-3445.113.4.518 Baddeley A. D., 1986, WORKING MEMORY BADDELEY AD, 1990, HUMAM MEMORY THEORY BADDELEY AD, 1973, Q J EXPT PSYCHOL, V33, P433 BADDELEY AD, 1982, PSYCHOL REV, V89, P708, DOI 10.1037//0033-295X.89.6.708 Baddeley AD, 1974, PSYCHOL LEARNING MOT, V8 BANDERA L, 1991, NEUROPSYCHOLOGIA, V29, P291, DOI 10.1016/0028-3932(91)90043-8 Bayles K. A., 1987, COMMUNICATION COGNIT BAYLES KA, 1982, BRAIN LANG, V16, P265, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(82)90086-4 BAYLES KA, 1985, BRAIN LANG, V25, P102, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(85)90123-3 BECKER JT, 1988, J CLIN EXP NEUROPSYC, V10, P739, DOI 10.1080/01688638808402811 BECKER JT, 1988, ARCH NEUROL-CHICAGO, V45, P263 BOLLER F, 1966, BRAIN, V89, P815, DOI 10.1093/brain/89.4.815 BOLLER F, 1979, AUDITORY COMPREHENSI CAPITANI E, 1988, DEV NEUROPSYCHOL, V4, P325 CAPITANI E, 1986, NEUROLOGY, P61 CAPITANI E, 1990, CORTEX, V26, P133 CHUI HC, 1985, NEUROLOGY, V35, P1544 COHEN G, 1983, BRIT J PSYCHOL, V74, P239 COHEN R, 1976, NERVENARZT, V47, P357 Critchley M., 1970, APHASIOLOGY OTHER AS CUMMINGS JL, 1985, NEUROLOGY, V35, P394 DELLASALA S, 1992, THEORETICAL PERSPECT, P451 DELLASALA S, 1986, ITAL J NEUROL SCI, V7, P27, DOI 10.1007/BF02230415 DELLASALA S, 1985, UNPUB P WORKSHOP CLI, P20 DELLASALA S, IN PRESS HDB NEUROPS, V8 DERENZI E, 1978, CORTEX, V14, P41 DERENZI E, 1962, BRAIN, V85, P665, DOI 10.1093/brain/85.4.665 DERENZI E, 1966, LAVORO NEUROPSICHIAT, V12, P1 EMERY OB, 1985, EXP AGING RES, V11, P3 Gavazzi P., 1990, NORMALITA PATOLOGIA, P148 HARRIS GJ, 1974, J EXP CHILD PSYCHOL, V17, P452, DOI 10.1016/0022-0965(74)90055-1 HART S, 1988, APHASIOLOGY, V2, P195, DOI 10.1080/02687038808248906 Hart S, 1990, NEUROPSYCHOLOGY DEME HART S, 1985, THESIS U LONDON HARTJE W, 1973, NEUROPSYCHOLOGIA, V11, P119, DOI 10.1016/0028-3932(73)90072-9 HECAEN H, 1981, REV NEUROL, V137, P277 HEILMAN KM, 1976, BRAIN, V99, P415, DOI 10.1093/brain/99.3.415 HIER DB, 1985, BRAIN LANG, V25, P117, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(85)90124-5 HOLLAND AL, 1986, J NEUROLINGUIST, V2, P163, DOI 10.1016/S0911-6044(86)80010-0 HORNER J, 1992, BRAIN LANG, V42, P77, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(92)90057-L HUFF FJ, 1986, BRAIN LANG, V28, P235, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(86)90103-3 HUFF FJ, 1987, NEUROLOGY, V37, P1119 HUFF FJ, 1990, HDB NEUROPSYCHOLOGY, V4, P251 HUGHES CP, 1982, BRIT J PSYCHIAT, V140, P566, DOI 10.1192/bjp.140.6.566 Irigaray L., 1973, LANGAGE DEMENTS JORM AF, 1986, PSYCHOL MED, V16, P77 KEMPLER D, 1987, J SPEECH HEAR RES, V30, P343 KREINDLE.A, 1971, BRAIN, V94, P375, DOI 10.1093/brain/94.2.375 KREMIN H, 1984, INT NEUROPSYCHOLOGIC LEISCHNE.A, 1974, ARCH PSYCHIAT NERVEN, V219, P53, DOI 10.1007/BF00342995 LESSER R, 1976, NEUROPSYCHOLOGIA, V14, P79, DOI 10.1016/0028-3932(76)90009-9 Luria A. R., 1966, HIGHER CORTICAL FUNC Mackenzie J. K., 1979, Acta Crystallographica, Section A (Crystal Physics, Diffraction, Theoretical and General Crystallography) MARTIN A, 1986, J CLIN EXP NEUROPSYC, V8, P594, DOI 10.1080/01688638608405178 MARTIN A, 1983, BRAIN LANG, V19, P124, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(83)90059-7 McCarthy R. A., 1990, COGNITIVE NEUROPSYCH MCCRAE RR, 1987, PSYCHOL AGING, V2, P130, DOI 10.1037/0882-7974.2.2.130 MCKHANN G, 1984, NEUROLOGY, V34, P939 MILLER E, 1975, PSYCHOL MED, V5, P255 MURDOCH BE, 1987, BRAIN LANG, V31, P122, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(87)90064-2 NAUGLE RI, 1985, J NERV MENT DIS, V10, P594 NEARY D, 1986, J NEUROL NEUROSUR PS, V49, P229, DOI 10.1136/jnnp.49.3.229 Nebes R D, 1986, Psychol Aging, V1, P261, DOI 10.1037//0882-7974.1.3.261 NICKERSON RS, 1980, P NEBR S MOT, V28, P73 OBER BA, 1986, J CLIN EXP NEUROPSYC, V8, P75, DOI 10.1080/01688638608401298 Orgass B., 1966, CORTEX, V2, P222 PERRET E, 1974, NEUROPSYCHOLOGIA, V12, P323, DOI 10.1016/0028-3932(74)90047-5 POECK K, 1979, AUDITORY COMPREHENSI, P107 RAMIER AM, 1970, REV NEUROL, V123, P17 ROSENBERRY T L, 1980, Neurochemistry International, V2, P135, DOI 10.1016/0197-0186(80)90020-0 ROSS GW, 1990, APHASIOLOGY, V4, P339, DOI 10.1080/02687039008249087 SCHAIE KW, 1977, DEV PSYCHOL, V13, P649, DOI 10.1037//0012-1649.13.6.649 Schmitt F A, 1989, Clin Geriatr Med, V5, P545 Shallice T., 1988, NEUROPSYCHOLOGY MENT Shallice T., 1987, COGNITIVE NEUROPSYCH, P111 SHINDLER AG, 1984, BRAIN LANG, V23, P148, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(84)90013-0 SJOGREN H, 1952, ACTA PSYCHIATR SCA S, V82, P68 SMITH ST, 1986, CORTEX, V22, P627 SPINNLER H, 1988, J NEUROL, V235, P258, DOI 10.1007/BF00314172 Spinnler H, 1987, ITALIAN J NEUROLO S8, V6, P21 SPINNLER H, 1991, HDB NEUROPSYCHOLOGY, V5, P79 SPREEN O, 1965, ARCH NEUROL-CHICAGO, V13, P84 STERNBER.S, 1966, SCIENCE, V153, P652, DOI 10.1126/science.153.3736.652 SWIHART AA, 1989, DEV NEUROPSYCHOL, V5, P69 Swisher L P, 1969, Cortex, V5, P264 TALLAL P, 1975, Cortex, V11, P196 VYGOTSKII LS, 1962, LANGUAGE THOUGHT WALKER SA, 1988, APHASIOLOGY, V2, P175, DOI 10.1080/02687038808248902 WHITAKER H, 1972, J MINNESOTA SPEECH H, V11, P51 Whitaker H.A., 1971, REPRESENTATION LANGU WILCOCK GK, 1989, J NEUROL NEUROSUR PS, V52, P693, DOI 10.1136/jnnp.52.6.693 Wilks SS, 1941, ANN MATH STAT, V12, P91, DOI 10.1214/aoms/1177731788 Pogacar S, 1984, R I Med J, V67, P181 1987, DIAGNOSTIC STATISTIC, P103 NR 101 TC 7 Z9 7 PU TAYLOR & FRANCIS LTD PI LONDON PA ONE GUNDPOWDER SQUARE, LONDON, ENGLAND EC4A 3DE SN 0268-7038 J9 APHASIOLOGY JI Aphasiology PD MAY-JUN PY 1993 VL 7 IS 3 BP 285 EP 300 DI 10.1080/02687039308249511 PG 16 WC Clinical Neurology SC Neurosciences & Neurology GA KZ653 UT WOS:A1993KZ65300004 ER PT J AU BOLLINGER, RL MUSSON, ND HOLLAND, AL AF BOLLINGER, RL MUSSON, ND HOLLAND, AL TI A STUDY OF GROUP COMMUNICATION INTERVENTION WITH CHRONICALLY APHASIC PERSONS SO APHASIOLOGY LA English DT Article AB Aten et al. (1982) demonstrated that a group of mild moderate chronically aphasic individuals made statistically significant improvement on the CADL subsequent to group treatment emphasizing functional communication skills. However, no improvement was apparent on the PICA. The present study investigated the effects of a relatively more structured group treatment programme on the communication ability of chronically aphasic patients. Ten aphasics, a minimum of 18 months post-onset, participated in a 60-week programme that included two series of 20 weeks of group treatment and 10 weeks of treatment withdrawal. The chronic aphasic subjects in this study did make gains in overall communication ability after 20 weeks of structured group treatment, and initial gains were retained throughout treatment withdrawals. Reinitiation of structured treatment after a no-treatment interval resulted in a significant gain in communication ability as measured by the PICA. Significant CADL gains were limited to the first treatment interval, probably reflecting the broad functional communication context of the group intervention and the validity of the CADL in assessing factors of functional communication adequacy. The pattern of overall PICA improvement suggests that group treatment effected continued enhancement of the relatively discrete modality-specific communication processes measured by that instrument. Thus, while the communication treatment emphasis was broadly similar in the two studies, the careful structuring of the group communication intervention in the present study apparently enhanced the skills tested by the PICA. C1 UNIV ARIZONA,DEPT SPEECH & HEARING SCI,TUCSON,AZ 85721. RP BOLLINGER, RL (reprint author), DEPT VET AFFAIRS MED CTR,AUDIOL & SPEECH PATHOL SERV 126,1201 NW 16TH ST,MIAMI,FL 33125, USA. CR ATEN JL, 1982, J SPEECH HEAR DISORD, V47, P93 BROOKSHIRE RH, 1978, INTRO APHASIA BRUST JCM, 1976, STROKE, V7, P167 DAVIS GA, 1983, SURVEY APHASIA EISENSON J, 1973, ADULT APHASIA HOLLAND AL, 1980, COMMUNICATION ABILIT KEARNS KP, 1986, LANGUAGE INTERVENTIO, P304 KERTESZ A, 1977, BRAIN, V100, P1, DOI 10.1093/brain/100.1.1 POECK K, 1989, J SPEECH HEAR DISORD, V54, P471 Porch B. E., 1981, PORCH INDEX COMMUNIC Shewan C. M., 1979, AUDITORY COMPREHENSI Spreen O., 1991, COMPENDIUM NEUROPSYC WERTZ RT, 1976, RATIONALE ADULT APHA, P44 WERTZ RT, 1981, J SPEECH HEAR RES, V24, P580 NR 14 TC 14 Z9 15 PU TAYLOR & FRANCIS LTD PI LONDON PA ONE GUNDPOWDER SQUARE, LONDON, ENGLAND EC4A 3DE SN 0268-7038 J9 APHASIOLOGY JI Aphasiology PD MAY-JUN PY 1993 VL 7 IS 3 BP 301 EP 313 DI 10.1080/02687039308249512 PG 13 WC Clinical Neurology SC Neurosciences & Neurology GA KZ653 UT WOS:A1993KZ65300005 ER PT J AU CRAIG, HK HINCKLEY, JJ WINKELSETH, M CARRY, L WALLEY, J BARDACH, L HIGMAN, B HILFINGER, P SCHALL, C SHEIMO, D AF CRAIG, HK HINCKLEY, JJ WINKELSETH, M CARRY, L WALLEY, J BARDACH, L HIGMAN, B HILFINGER, P SCHALL, C SHEIMO, D TI QUANTIFYING CONNECTED SPEECH SAMPLES OF ADULTS WITH CHRONIC APHASIA SO APHASIOLOGY LA English DT Article AB This study quantifies connected speech samples of post-acute adults with mild, moderate and severe levels of aphasia. Yorkston and Beukelman (1980) established utterance production values for 50 adults with mild and moderate aphasic impairments. The present study reports mean ana standard deviation syllable and utterance content values for severe impairments as well, based on the performance profiles of 103 adults with aphasia. RP CRAIG, HK (reprint author), UNIV MICHIGAN,COMMUN DISORDERS CLIN,RESIDENTIAL APHASIA PROGRAM,ANN ARBOR,MI 48109, USA. CR Bloom L, 1978, LANGUAGE DEV LANGUAG Davis G, 1985, ADULT APHASIA REHABI Goodglass H., 1972, BOSTON DIAGNOSTIC AP HINCKLEY JJ, 1992, APHASIOLOGY, V6, P257, DOI 10.1080/02687039208248596 Hollingshead A. B., 1975, 4 FACTOR INDEX SOCIA Lahey M., 1988, LANGUAGE DISORDERS L Levinson Stephen C., 1983, PRAGMATICS LUND N, 1988, ASSESSING CHILDRENS Miller J.F., 1981, ASSESSING LANGUAGE P Porch B. E., 1967, PORCH INDEX COMMUNIC PRUTTING CA, 1987, J SPEECH HEAR DISORD, V52, P105 PRUTTING CA, 1983, PRAGMATIC ASSESSMENT TERRELL B Y, 1989, Seminars in Speech and Language, V10, P282, DOI 10.1055/s-2008-1064269 ULATOWSKA H K, 1989, Seminars in Speech and Language, V10, P298, DOI 10.1055/s-2008-1064270 YORKSTON KM, 1980, J SPEECH HEAR DISORD, V45, P27 NR 15 TC 11 Z9 11 PU TAYLOR & FRANCIS LTD PI LONDON PA ONE GUNDPOWDER SQUARE, LONDON, ENGLAND EC4A 3DE SN 0268-7038 J9 APHASIOLOGY JI Aphasiology PD MAR-APR PY 1993 VL 7 IS 2 BP 155 EP 163 DI 10.1080/02687039308249503 PG 9 WC Clinical Neurology SC Neurosciences & Neurology GA KP793 UT WOS:A1993KP79300002 ER PT J AU SELINGER, M WALKER, KA PRESCOTT, TE DAVIS, RE AF SELINGER, M WALKER, KA PRESCOTT, TE DAVIS, RE TI A POSSIBLE EXPLANATION OF PROBLEM-SOLVING DEFICITS BASED ON RESOURCE-ALLOCATION THEORY SO APHASIOLOGY LA English DT Article ID INTELLIGENCE; APHASIA AB This investigation examined non-verbal problem-solving abilities. Two groups of visual-spatial puzzles were administered to 10 left-CVA patients, 10 right-CVA patients and 10 normal subjects. The puzzles were divided into named and unnamed groups to examine the effects of non-language stimuli on test performance. Results indicated significant differences, with right-CVA patients having the greatest difficulty on all puzzles, left-CVA patients having the greatest difficulty with unnamed puzzles and making errors on some named puzzles and normal subjects making significantly fewer errors but having a response pattern similar to the left-CVA patients. The findings imply that, in terms of resource allocation theory, when the task utilized the competence of the left hemisphere for naming in conjunction with the visual-spatial competence of the right hemisphere, each hemisphere's resources were utilized and scores on the puzzles increased. C1 NO MICHIGAN UNIV,MARQUETTE,MI 49855. RP SELINGER, M (reprint author), DENVER VAMC 126,1055 CLERMONT ST,DENVER,CO 80220, USA. CR Allen G. J., 1976, COMMUNITY PSYCHOL SC BAILEY S, 1981, BRIT J DISORD COMMUN, V16, P193 BASSO A, 1981, BRAIN, V104, P721, DOI 10.1093/brain/104.4.721 BASSO A, 1985, NEUROPSYCHOLOGIA, V23, P51, DOI 10.1016/0028-3932(85)90043-0 BOROD JC, 1982, CORTEX, V18, P199 Burgemeister B., 1972, COLUMBIA MENTAL MATU COHEN R, 1980, BRAIN LANG, V10, P331, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(80)90060-7 DERENZI E, 1966, CORTEX, V2, P400 DZURILLA TJ, 1971, J ABNORM PSYCHOL, V78, P107, DOI 10.1037/h0031360 FRIEDMAN A, 1981, J EXP PSYCHOL HUMAN, V7, P1031, DOI 10.1037//0096-1523.7.5.1031 GAINOTTI G, 1986, J CLIN EXP NEUROPSYC, V8, P37, DOI 10.1080/01688638608401295 Goodglass H., 1972, BOSTON DIAGNOSTIC AP HAAS J, 1982, J NEUROL, V227, P209, DOI 10.1007/BF00313388 MADIGAN S, 1982, ANOVA, V2 MERTZGARCIA J, 1986, J COMMUN DISORD, V19, P395 Milner B., 1963, ARCH NEUROL-CHICAGO, V9, P100, DOI DOI 10.1001/ARCHNEUR.1963.00460070100010 Neisser U, 1967, COGNITIVE PSYCHOL NORMAN DA, 1975, COGNITIVE PSYCHOL, V7, P44, DOI 10.1016/0010-0285(75)90004-3 Porch B. E., 1967, PORCH INDEX COMMUNIC PRESCOTT TE, 1987, CLIN APHASIOLOGY, V17, P249 PRESCOTT TE, 1984, CLIN APHASIOLOGY, V14, P235 RAVEN JC, 1968, PROGR COLORED MATRIC SMITH MD, 1980, CORTEX, V16, P51 VILKKI J, 1988, CORTEX, V24, P119 WALKER HM, 1953, STATISTICAL INFERENC ZANGWILL OL, 1975, RELATION NONVERBAL C 1981, SUPERMIND 1981, MIGHTYMIND NR 28 TC 3 Z9 3 PU TAYLOR & FRANCIS LTD PI LONDON PA ONE GUNDPOWDER SQUARE, LONDON, ENGLAND EC4A 3DE SN 0268-7038 J9 APHASIOLOGY JI Aphasiology PD MAR-APR PY 1993 VL 7 IS 2 BP 165 EP 175 DI 10.1080/02687039308249504 PG 11 WC Clinical Neurology SC Neurosciences & Neurology GA KP793 UT WOS:A1993KP79300003 ER PT J AU MARSHALL, J PRING, T CHIAT, S AF MARSHALL, J PRING, T CHIAT, S TI SENTENCE PROCESSING THERAPY - WORKING AT THE LEVEL OF THE EVENT SO APHASIOLOGY LA English DT Article ID COMPREHENSION; AGRAMMATISM; REPLICATION; RETRIEVAL; DEFICITS; APHASIA AB This paper describes the assessment and treatment of a dysphasic subject with severe impairments in sentence production. Investigations revealed poor verb production and reduced access to the verb argument information. Further investigations suggested additional problems at the level of event processing. Errors were elicited on a verb/picture matching task and on a video assessment which required the identification of participant roles from interactive events. Therapy aimed to improve event processing. The subject was asked to identify the agent and theme in video events by selecting relevant photographs. Photo selection was also used to focus on the nature of the verb. Evaluation showed that therapy improved the subject's ability to produce two argument descriptions of action pictures. The structural skills generalized to representations of events which had not been targeted in therapy. The gains in speech production were reflected in a second evaluation procedure in which naive and familiar observers were asked to judge the content of the subject's output. The subject's time post-illness and lack of change on a picture-naming control suggest that gains were specific to the content of therapy. RP MARSHALL, J (reprint author), CITY UNIV LONDON,DEPT CLIN COMMUN STUDIES,NORTHAMPTON SQ,LONDON EC1V 0HB,ENGLAND. CR BERNDT RS, 1981, ACQUIRED APHASIA BLACK M, IN PRESS NEUROLINGUI BOCK JK, 1987, PROGR PSYCHOL LANGUA Bradley D. C., 1980, BIOL STUDIES MENTAL BYNG S, 1988, COGNITIVE NEUROPSYCH, V5, P629, DOI 10.1080/02643298808253277 DELL GS, 1986, PSYCHOL REV, V93, P283, DOI 10.1037//0033-295X.93.3.283 Garrett M. F., 1982, NORMALITY PATHOLOGY Garrett M. F., 1980, LANGUAGE PRODUCTION, V1 Gentner D., 1981, COGNITION BRAIN THEO, V4, P161 Gentner D., 1982, LANGUAGE DEV, V2 Goodglass H., 1976, STUDIES NEUROLINGUIS, V1 Howard D., 1985, CURRENT PERSPECTIVES JONES EV, 1986, BRIT J DISORD COMMUN, V21, P63 Kay J., 1992, PSYCHOLINGUISTIC ASS KEAN M, 1980, BIOL STUDIES MENTAL KOLK HH, 1985, AGRAMMATISM LEDORZE G, 1991, APHASIOLOGY, V5, P63 LINEBARGER MC, 1983, COGNITION, V13, P361, DOI 10.1016/0010-0277(83)90015-X MCCARTHY R, 1985, NEUROPSYCHOLOGIA, V23, P709, DOI 10.1016/0028-3932(85)90079-X MICELI G, 1983, BRAIN LANG, V19, P65, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(83)90056-1 NICKELS L, 1991, BRIT J DISORD COMMUN, V26, P175 Pinker Steven, 1989, LEARNABILITY COGNITI PRING T, UNPUB GENERALISATION SAFFRAN EM, 1980, LANGUAGE PRODUCTION, V1 SAFFRAN EM, 1988, APHASIOLOGY, V2, P389, DOI 10.1080/02687038808248943 Schwartz M. F., 1987, LANG COGNITIVE PROC, V2, P85, DOI 10.1080/01690968708406352 SCHWARTZ MF, 1987, COGNITIVE NEUROPSYCH SCHWARTZ MF, 1980, BRAIN LANG, V10, P249, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(80)90055-3 STEMBERGER JP, 1987, PROGR PSYCHOL LANGUA NR 29 TC 37 Z9 37 PU TAYLOR & FRANCIS LTD PI LONDON PA ONE GUNDPOWDER SQUARE, LONDON, ENGLAND EC4A 3DE SN 0268-7038 J9 APHASIOLOGY JI Aphasiology PD MAR-APR PY 1993 VL 7 IS 2 BP 177 EP 199 DI 10.1080/02687039308249505 PG 23 WC Clinical Neurology SC Neurosciences & Neurology GA KP793 UT WOS:A1993KP79300004 ER PT J AU DELOCHE, G DORDAIN, M KREMIN, H AF DELOCHE, G DORDAIN, M KREMIN, H TI REHABILITATION OF CONFRONTATION NAMING IN APHASIA - RELATIONS BETWEEN ORAL AND WRITTEN MODALITIES SO APHASIOLOGY LA English DT Article ID LANGUAGE AB This study presents a microcomputer-assisted rehabilitation programme for picture confrontation naming impairments. The results reported concern two aphasic patients with inverse pretherapeutic dependencies between oral and written naming mechanisms. The surface dysgraphic's written naming responses were often mediated by access to phonological word forms, whereas the conduction aphasic's oral responses often relied on covert finding of orthographic word forms. The rehabilitation technique focused exclusively on written naming from the keyboard, without oral training. Improvements were obtained in both cases, with various generalizations to non-drilled items, untrained (oral) modality and handwriting. These beneficial effects were still present 1 year post-therapy. Microcomputer-delivered cues thus seem to be a promising technique for the rehabilitation of oral and written naming difficulties in some aphasic patients. C1 HOP FONTMAURE,INSERM,CHAMALIERES,FRANCE. CNRS,INSERM,U302,F-75005 PARIS,FRANCE. RP DELOCHE, G (reprint author), HOP LA PITIE SALPETRIERE,DIV CLERAMBAULT,INSERM,47 BD HOP,F-75651 PARIS 13,FRANCE. CR BEAUVOIS MF, 1981, BRAIN, V104, P21, DOI 10.1093/brain/104.1.21 BRUCE C, 1987, BRIT J DISORD COMMUN, V22, P191 BUB D, 1982, BRAIN, V105, P697, DOI 10.1093/brain/105.4.697 DELOCHE G, 1980, J VERB LEARN VERB BE, V19, P525, DOI 10.1016/S0022-5371(80)90584-8 Deloche G, 1976, Acta Neurol Belg, V76, P201 LHERMITT.F, 1974, REV NEUROL, V130, P21 Ellis A. W., 1982, NORMALITY PATHOLOGY, P113 Geschwind N., 1967, CORTEX, V3, P97 Goodglass H, 1972, ASSESSMENT APHASIA R GUYARD H, 1990, APHASIOLOGY, V4, P631, DOI 10.1080/02687039008248514 HIER DB, 1977, BRAIN LANG, V4, P115, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(77)90010-4 HILLIS AE, 1989, ARCH PHYS MED REHAB, V70, P632 HOWARD D, 1985, BRAIN, V108, P817 HOWARD D, 1985, COGNITIVE NEUROPSYCH, V2, P49, DOI 10.1080/02643298508252861 Howard D, 1984, Adv Neurol, V42, P263 Kaplan E, 1976, BOSTON NAMING TEST KATZ RC, 1986, APHASIA TREATMENT MI Kremin H., 1985, SURFACE DYSLEXIA NEU, P105 KREMIN H, 1989, 12TH INT NEUR SOC EU Metz-Lutz M. N., 1991, REV NEUROPSYCHOL, V1, P73 MICHEL F, 1979, LYON MED, V241, P141 Morton J, 1980, COGNITIVE PROCESS, P117 Nespoulous J. L., 1986, PROTOCOLE MONTREAL T PODRAZA BL, 1977, J SPEECH HEAR RES, V20, P669 RIDDOCH MJ, 1987, VISUAL OBJECT PROCES, P107 SASANUMA S, 1986, FOLIA PHONIATR, V38, P121 Siegel S., 1956, NONPARAMETRIC STATIS SNODGRASS JG, 1980, J EXP PSYCHOL-HUM L, V6, P174, DOI 10.1037/0278-7393.6.2.174 TERS F, 1975, VOCABULAIRE ORTHOGRA UNO A, 1985, HIGHER CORTICAL FUNC, V5, P893, DOI 10.2496/apr.5.893 WAPNER W, 1979, BRAIN LANG, V7, P363, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(79)90029-4 NR 31 TC 23 Z9 23 PU TAYLOR & FRANCIS LTD PI LONDON PA ONE GUNDPOWDER SQUARE, LONDON, ENGLAND EC4A 3DE SN 0268-7038 J9 APHASIOLOGY JI Aphasiology PD MAR-APR PY 1993 VL 7 IS 2 BP 201 EP 216 DI 10.1080/02687039308249506 PG 16 WC Clinical Neurology SC Neurosciences & Neurology GA KP793 UT WOS:A1993KP79300005 ER PT J AU HILLIS, AE AF HILLIS, AE TI THE ROLE OF MODELS OF LANGUAGE PROCESSING IN REHABILITATION OF LANGUAGE IMPAIRMENTS SO APHASIOLOGY LA English DT Article ID DEFICITS; OUTPUT AB The results of treatment for acquired dyslexia in a patient, P.S., are presented, cognitive analysis of the patient's performance provides evidence for proposing relatively selective impairments within the reading process to the orthographic input lexicon and to one or more components of sublexical processes for converting print to sound. Results of several contrasting treatment programmes for his deficits are reported, along with results of the same treatment approaches for patients with the same 'diagnosis' (i.e. proposed locus of impairment in the cognitive processes underlying reading) or with different 'diagnoses'. The results illustrate that the relationship between the 'diagnosis' and successful treatment is not simple. Rather, the reported results indicate the following departures from a 1:1 relationship between the locus of damage and the effective intervention: (1) contrasting treatment approaches can be equally appropriate for a given locus of damage, but the approaches may affect different aspects of language performance; (2) a given treatment strategy may be successful for some patients but not for others with the same putative level of damage (although this may be because the damage can take various forms); and (3) a given treatment strategy can be equally appropriate for several different levels of damage, perhaps in part because separate components of the treatment affect different levels of processing. These illustrations then serve as the basis for discussing the types of predictions that are possible regarding the effects of particular interventions on the basis of postulating a specific locus of disruption in the reading (or other cognitive) process in the patient to be treated. C1 JOHNS HOPKINS UNIV,SCH MED,BALTIMORE,MD 21205. RP HILLIS, AE (reprint author), JOHNS HOPKINS UNIV,DEPT COGNIT SCI,BALTIMORE,MD 21218, USA. CR Behrmann M, 1987, S Afr J Commun Disord, V34, P3 BEHRMANN M, 1987, COGN NEUROPSYCHOL, V4, P365, DOI 10.1080/02643298708252044 BERNDT RS, 1991, 1991 NIDCD WORKSH TR BERNDT RS, 1987, BEHAV RES METH INSTR, V19, P1, DOI 10.3758/BF03207663 BERNDT RS, 1992, IN PRESS COGNITIVE N Byng S., 1986, COMMUNICATION HANDIC CARAMAZZA A, 1986, COGNITIVE NEUROPSYCH, V3, P37, DOI 10.1080/02643298608252669 CARAMAZZA A, 1991, JUN NIDCD WORKSH TRE Caramazza A., 1989, COGNITIVE APPROACHES, P383 CODE C, 1983, APHASIA THERAPY Coltheart M., 1989, COGNITIVE APPROACHES COLTHEART M, 1992, IN PRESS COGNITIVE N DEPARTZ MP, 1986, COGNITIVE NEUROPSYCH, V3, P149, DOI 10.1080/02643298608252674 ELLIS AW, 1992, IN PRESS COGNITIVE N GOODMAN RA, 1986, UNPUB J HOPKINS U DY HATFIELD FM, 1983, APHASIA THERAPY, P157 HILLIS AE, 1992, IN PRESS COGNITIVE N HILLIS AE, 1991, BRAIN LANG, V40, P106, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(91)90119-L HILLIS AE, 1992, IN PRESS BRAIN HILLIS AE, 1990, CLIN APHASIOLOGY 198, P255 HOWARD D, 1985, BRAIN, V108, P817 HOWARD D, 1985, COGNITIVE NEUROPSYCH, V2, P42 Howard D., 1987, APHASIA THERAPY HIST Kremin H., 1985, SURFACE DYSLEXIA NEU, P105 Margolin D. I., 1992, COGNITIVE NEUROPSYCH MITCHUM CC, 1988, ADV CLIN REHABILITAT, P3 MITCHUM CC, 1992, IN PRESS COGNITIVE N MOSS S, 1987, ANN CONVENTION AM SP MOSS S, 1987, ANN C INT NEUROPSYCH PATTERSON KE, 1983, APHASIA THERAPY, P76 RAPP B, 1992, IN PRESS METHODOLOGI RAPP BC, 1991, COGNITIVE NEUROPSYCH, V8, P275, DOI 10.1080/02643299108253375 SERON X, 1989, COGNITIVE APPROACHES, P17 WILSON B, 1992, IN PRESS APPLIED COG NR 34 TC 50 Z9 51 PU TAYLOR & FRANCIS LTD PI LONDON PA ONE GUNDPOWDER SQUARE, LONDON, ENGLAND EC4A 3DE SN 0268-7038 J9 APHASIOLOGY JI Aphasiology PD JAN-FEB PY 1993 VL 7 IS 1 BP 5 EP 26 DI 10.1080/02687039308249497 PG 22 WC Clinical Neurology SC Neurosciences & Neurology GA KG795 UT WOS:A1993KG79500002 ER PT J AU RAYMER, AM THOMPSON, CK JACOBS, B LEGRAND, HR AF RAYMER, AM THOMPSON, CK JACOBS, B LEGRAND, HR TI PHONOLOGICAL TREATMENT OF NAMING DEFICITS IN APHASIA - MODEL-BASED GENERALIZATION ANALYSIS SO APHASIOLOGY LA English DT Article ID WORD MATCHING TASKS; RETRIEVAL; SINGLE; ANOMIA AB A phonologically based treatment was implemented to train oral picture naming in four aphasic subjects with severe word-retrieval deficits. An initial assessment based on current cognitive neuropsychological models of naming indicated different levels of phonological and/or semantic deficits underlying naming failure across the subjects. Using a single-subject multiple baseline design across behaviours and subjects, the effects of treatment were evaluated by daily probing of both trained and untrained items across lexical tasks: oral naming, oral reading, and written naming. Results indicated successful acquisition of trained naming targets for the four subjects, and varied patterns of response generalization to naming of untrained phonologically and semantically related pictures, and to oral reading and written naming for the same words. Baseline levels of oral reading performance were noted to predict success in oral naming treatment. Differences in generalization patterns across tasks are discussed with regard to the varying functional levels of breakdown noted across subjects. This investigation demonstrates the utility of cognitive models in guiding the development of appropriate treatment strategies and generalization measures, and the importance of incorporating single-subject experimental designs in documenting changes associated with treatment. C1 UNIV FLORIDA,DEPT COMMUN PROC & DISORDERS,GAINESVILLE,FL 32611. VET ADM MED CTR,AUDIOL & SPEECH PATHOL SERV,GAINESVILLE,FL 32608. CR CARAMAZZA A, 1984, BRAIN LANG, V14, P120 Caramazza A., 1989, COGNITIVE APPROACHES, P383 CONNELL PJ, 1986, J SPEECH HEAR DISORD, V51, P214 Ellis A. W., 1988, HUMAN COGNITIVE NEUR Francis WN, 1982, FREQUENCY ANAL ENGLI Goodglass H, 1983, ASSESSMENT APHASIA R, V2nd HILLIS AE, 1989, ANN M AM SPEECH LANG HILLIS AE, 1990, COGNITIVE NEUROPSYCH, V7, P191, DOI 10.1080/02643299008253442 HILLIS AE, 1991, CLIN APHASIOLOGY, V19 HILLIS AE, 1989, ARCH PHYS MED REHAB, V70, P632 HOWARD D, 1989, COGNITIVE APPROACHES, P39 HOWARD D, 1985, BRAIN, V108, P817 HUMPHREYS GW, 1988, COGNITIVE NEUROPSYCH, V5, P67, DOI 10.1080/02643298808252927 HUNTLEY RA, 1986, J COMMUN DISORD, V19, P261, DOI 10.1016/0021-9924(86)90032-8 Kaplan E, 1983, BOSTON NAMING TEST KAY J, 1987, BRAIN, V110, P613, DOI 10.1093/brain/110.3.613 Kertesz A., 1982, W APHASIA BATTERY Lesser R., 1989, COGNITIVE APPROACHES, P65 MARSHALL J, 1990, APHASIOLOGY, V4, P167, DOI 10.1080/02687039008249068 McReynolds L. V., 1983, SINGLE SUBJECT EXPT MICELI G, 1991, CORTEX, V27, P57 PEASE D M, 1978, Cortex, V14, P178 PRING T, 1990, APHASIOLOGY, V4, P479, DOI 10.1080/02687039008248788 Ratcliff G., 1982, NORMALITY PATHOLOGY, P147 Rothi L J, 1991, Clin Commun Disord, V1, P7 SCHWARTZ MF, 1979, BRAIN LANG, V7, P277, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(79)90024-5 SERON X, 1979, CORTEX, V15, P149 SERON X, 1989, COGNITIVE APPROACHES SHALICE T, 1988, NEUROPSYCHOLOGY MENT THOMPSON C, 1981, CLIN APH C P, P35 THOMPSON CK, 1988, GEN STRATEGIES COMMU, P82 THOMSPN CK, 1990, CLIN APHASIOLOGY, V18, P195 WEIDNER WE, 1983, J COMMUN DISORD, V16, P111, DOI 10.1016/0021-9924(83)90042-4 WIEGEL-CRUMP C, 1973, Cortex, V9, P411 NR 34 TC 67 Z9 67 PU TAYLOR & FRANCIS LTD PI LONDON PA ONE GUNDPOWDER SQUARE, LONDON, ENGLAND EC4A 3DE SN 0268-7038 J9 APHASIOLOGY JI Aphasiology PD JAN-FEB PY 1993 VL 7 IS 1 BP 27 EP 53 DI 10.1080/02687039308249498 PG 27 WC Clinical Neurology SC Neurosciences & Neurology GA KG795 UT WOS:A1993KG79500003 ER PT J AU ALIMINOSA, D MCCLOSKEY, M GOODMANSCHULMAN, R SOKOL, SM AF ALIMINOSA, D MCCLOSKEY, M GOODMANSCHULMAN, R SOKOL, SM TI REMEDIATION OF ACQUIRED DYSGRAPHIA AS A TECHNIQUE FOR TESTING INTERPRETATIONS OF DEFICITS SO APHASIOLOGY LA English DT Article ID GRAPHEMIC BUFFER; AGRAPHIA AB This article describes a brain-damaged patient, J.E.S., whose pattern of impaired spelling suggested deficits affecting the graphemic output lexicon, the graphemic buffer, and the phoneme-grapheme conversion process. A remediation study was undertaken to test the assumptions of graphemic output lexicon and graphemic buffer impairment. The results supported the conclusion of an output lexicon deficit, but raised questions about the hypothesized buffer deficit. The study accordingly illustrates a way in which remediation procedures may be used to test interpretations of deficits, and the models upon which these interpretations are based. C1 BALTIMORE CITY PUBL SCH SYST,BALTIMORE,MD. MASSACHUSETTS GEN HOSP,BOSTON,MA 02114. RP ALIMINOSA, D (reprint author), JOHNS HOPKINS UNIV,DEPT COGNIT SCI,BALTIMORE,MD 21218, USA. CR BEAUVOIS MF, 1981, BRAIN, V104, P21, DOI 10.1093/brain/104.1.21 CARAMAZZA A, 1986, COGNITIVE NEUROPSYCH, V3, P37, DOI 10.1080/02643298608252669 CARAMAZZA A, 1987, COGNITION, V26, P59, DOI 10.1016/0010-0277(87)90014-X Goodglass H., 1983, REVISED BOSTON NAMIN Goodglass H., 1972, BOSTON DIAGNOSTIC AP Goodman R. A., 1986, LANG COGNITIVE PROC, V1, P263, DOI 10.1080/01690968608404678 Goodman R. A., 1985, J HOPKINS U DYSGRAPH Goodman R. A., 1986, NEW TRENDS GRAPHEMIC, P300 GOODMAN RA, 1986, COGNITIVE NEUROPSYCH, V3, P179, DOI 10.1080/02643298608252675 HILLIS AE, 1989, BRAIN LANG, V36, P208, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(89)90062-X MCCLOSKEY M, 1971, UNPUB STRUCTURE OUTP MICELI G, 1985, BRAIN LANG, V25, P187, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(85)90080-X POSTERARO L, 1988, BRAIN LANG, V35, P274, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(88)90112-5 SHALLICE T, 1981, BRAIN, V104, P413, DOI 10.1093/brain/104.3.413 WING AM, 1989, COGNITIVE PROCESS, P25 NR 15 TC 37 Z9 37 PU TAYLOR & FRANCIS LTD PI LONDON PA ONE GUNDPOWDER SQUARE, LONDON, ENGLAND EC4A 3DE SN 0268-7038 J9 APHASIOLOGY JI Aphasiology PD JAN-FEB PY 1993 VL 7 IS 1 BP 55 EP 69 DI 10.1080/02687039308249499 PG 15 WC Clinical Neurology SC Neurosciences & Neurology GA KG795 UT WOS:A1993KG79500004 ER PT J AU MITCHUM, CC HAENDIGES, AN BERNDT, RS AF MITCHUM, CC HAENDIGES, AN BERNDT, RS TI MODEL-GUIDED TREATMENT TO IMPROVE WRITTEN SENTENCE PRODUCTION - A CASE-STUDY SO APHASIOLOGY LA English DT Article ID AGRAMMATISM; APHASIA AB Impaired production of both spoken and written sentences was studied in a case of chronic aphasia. Assessment of the production impairment, guided by reference to a model of the processes normally involved in the production of spoken sentences, revealed two specific points of disturbance: (1) poor retrieval of lexical main verbs and (2) poor production of the morphological elements linked to verbs. Two interventions were targeted at the early stages of sentence construction and limited to practice in the written modality. Generalization of treatment-induced processing changes in spoken sentence production is discussed in support of the hypothesis that the intervention tasks isolated pre-phonetic and pre-articulatory aspects of sentence production. Expansion of the model of normal, spoken sentence production is proposed in order to accommodate details regarding the nature of processing requirements in written sentence production. RP MITCHUM, CC (reprint author), UNIV MARYLAND,SCH MED,DEPT NEUROL,22 S GREENE ST,BALTIMORE,MD 21201, USA. CR BERNDT RS, UNPUB VERB PRODUCTIO BERNDT RS, 1992, APHASIA THERAPY CURR BOCK JK, 1987, PROGR PSYCHOL LANGUA, P337 BYNG S, 1988, COGNITIVE NEUROPSYCH, V5, P629, DOI 10.1080/02643298808253277 Ellis A. W., 1982, NORMALITY PATHOLOGY, P113 Francis WN, 1982, FREQUENCY ANAL ENGLI Fromkin V., 1973, SPEECH ERRORS LINGUI Garrett M., 1980, LANGUAGE PRODUCTION, V1, P177 Garrett M. F., 1984, BIOL PERSPECTIVES LA, P172 Goodglass H, 1983, ASSESSMENT APHASIA R, V2nd Goodglass H, 1972, ASSESSMENT APHASIA R HELMESTABROOKS N, 1986, BRIT J DISORD COMMUN, V21, P39 HOLLAND AL, 1971, ACTA SYMBOLICA, V2, P34 JONES EV, 1986, BRIT J DISORD COMMUN, V21, P63 Kaplan E, 1983, BOSTON NAMING TEST LEDORZE G, 1991, APHASIOLOGY, V5, P63 Levelt W. J. M., 1989, SPEAKING MEHTA C, 1991, STATXACT STATISTICAL MITCHUM CC, 1992, IN PRESS COGNITIVE N MITCHUM CC, 1992, IN PRESS APHASIA THE SAFFRAN EM, 1989, BRAIN LANG, V37, P440, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(89)90030-8 SCHWARTZ MR, 1992, IN PRESS NIH MONOGRA Shallice T., 1988, NEUROPSYCHOLOGY MENT THOMPSON CK, 1992, IN PRESS APHASIA THE THOMPSON CK, 1989, GENERALIZATION STRAT ZINGESER LB, 1990, BRAIN LANG, V39, P14, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(90)90002-X NR 26 TC 31 Z9 31 PU TAYLOR & FRANCIS LTD PI LONDON PA ONE GUNDPOWDER SQUARE, LONDON, ENGLAND EC4A 3DE SN 0268-7038 J9 APHASIOLOGY JI Aphasiology PD JAN-FEB PY 1993 VL 7 IS 1 BP 71 EP 109 DI 10.1080/02687039308249500 PG 39 WC Clinical Neurology SC Neurosciences & Neurology GA KG795 UT WOS:A1993KG79500005 ER PT J AU THOMPSON, CK SHAPIRO, LP ROBERTS, MM AF THOMPSON, CK SHAPIRO, LP ROBERTS, MM TI TREATMENT OF SENTENCE PRODUCTION DEFICITS IN APHASIA - A LINGUISTIC-SPECIFIC APPROACH TO WH-INTERROGATIVE TRAINING AND GENERALIZATION SO APHASIOLOGY LA English DT Article ID SUBJECT EXPERIMENTAL-DESIGNS; FLEXIBILITY; AGRAMMATISM AB The present research examines the effects of a linguistic-specific treatment on acquisition and generalization of wh-interrogative structures in two aphasic subjects presenting with deficit patterns consistent with agrammatism. The underlying linguistic representation of sentence structures selected for treatment and generalization was considered based on aspects of Chomsky's (1981) Government Binding (GB) theory, and a linguistic-based, wh-movement treatment strategy was implemented. Using a single-subject multiple-baseline design across behaviours and subjects, the effects of treatment were explored by examining generalization patterns across wh question forms requiring wh-movement (movement of a direct object NP to COMP). Within question form generalization also was evaluated by examining formulation of untrained sentences of varied complexity-with complexity defined in terms of the number of phrasal nodes in the d-structure representation of sentences. Results indicated that for both subjects the heuristic strategy was successful in facilitating generalization from more to less complex interrogative sentences, and that for one subject generalization across wh forms was noted. These findings suggested that disrupted grammatical/linguistic processes and representations involved in translating d-structure to s-structure representations may explain some sentence production deficits seen in agrammatism, and support the use of wh-movement treatment for ameliorating this deficit pattern. Findings from this study highlight the utility of controlled single-subject experiments for examining the acquisition and generalization effects of treatment, not only for determining efficacious treatments for agrammatism, but also for providing insight into the relation between and among linguistic structures. C1 UNIV FLORIDA,GAINESVILLE,FL 32611. FLORIDA ATLANTIC UNIV,BOCA RATON,FL 33431. CR Berndt R.S., 1991, ACQUIRED APHASIA, P223 BYNG S, 1988, COGNITIVE NEUROPSYCH, V5, P629, DOI 10.1080/02643298808253277 CANSECOGONZALEZ E, 1991, BRAIN LANG, V39, P391 Caramazza A., 1989, COGNITIVE APPROACHES, P383 Chapey R., 1986, LANGUAGE INTERVENTIO Chomsky N., 1986, KNOWLEDGE LANGUAGE I Chomsky Noam, 1981, LECTURES GOVT BINDIN CLIFTON C, 1991, J MEM LANG, V30, P296 CONNELL PJ, 1986, J SPEECH HEAR DISORD, V51, P214 DOYLE PJ, 1987, J SPEECH HEAR DISORD, V52, P143 Dunn L. M., 1981, PEABODY PICTURE VOCA ECKMAN FR, 1988, APPL LINGUIST, V9, P1, DOI 10.1093/applin/9.1.1 FRIEDRICI A, 1992, IN PRESS BRAIN LANGU Garrett M. F., 1976, NEW APPROACHES LANGU, P231 GIERUT JA, 1990, J SPEECH HEAR RES, V44, P540 Goodglass H., 1976, STUDIES NEUROLINGUIS, V1, P237 GRODZINSKY T, 1990, THEORETICAL LANGUAGE HELMESTABROOKS N, 1981, J SPEECH HEAR DISORD, V46, P442 HOLLAND AL, 1971, ACTA SYMBOLICA, V2, P34 HORNER J, 1984, READING COMPREHENSIO JONES EV, 1986, BRIT J DISORD COMMUN, V21, P63 Kaplan E., 1983, BOSTON NAMING TEST KEARNS KP, 1986, J SPEECH HEAR DISORD, V51, P204 KEARNS KP, 1984, J SPEECH HEAR DISORD, V49, P152 Kertesz A., 1982, W APHASIA BATTERY Lasnik Howard, 1988, COURSE GB SYNTAX LEC LEDORZE G, 1991, APHASIOLOGY, V5, P63 MacDonald M. C., 1989, LANG COGNITIVE PROC, V4, P35, DOI 10.1080/01690968908406356 McReynolds L. V., 1983, SINGLE SUBJECT EXPT MCREYNOLDS LV, 1986, J SPEECH HEAR DISORD, V51, P194 MITCHUM C, 1991, WORKSHOP APHASIA TRE NAESER MA, 1975, BRIT J DISORD COMMUN, V10, P70 PARISI D, 1987, COGNITIVE NEUROPSYCH SAFFRAN EM, 1991, WORKSHOP APHASIA TRE SAFFRAN EM, 1980, BRAIN LANG, V10, P263, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(80)90056-5 SHAPIRO LP, 1990, BRAIN LANG, V38, P21, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(90)90100-U SHAPIRO LP, 1992, IN PRESS BRAIN LANGU SHAPIRO LP, 1987, COGNITION, V27, P219, DOI 10.1016/S0010-0277(87)80010-0 SHEWAN CM, 1976, J COMMUN DISORD, V9, P191, DOI 10.1016/0021-9924(76)90010-1 SHEWAN CM, 1981, AUDITORY COMPREHENSI THOMPSON CK, 1986, J SPEECH HEAR RES, V29, P193 THOMPSON CK, 1982, CLIN APHASIOLOGY C P WAMBAUGH JL, 1989, J SPEECH HEAR DISORD, V54, P509 NR 43 TC 53 Z9 53 PU TAYLOR & FRANCIS LTD PI LONDON PA ONE GUNDPOWDER SQUARE, LONDON, ENGLAND EC4A 3DE SN 0268-7038 J9 APHASIOLOGY JI Aphasiology PD JAN-FEB PY 1993 VL 7 IS 1 BP 111 EP 133 DI 10.1080/02687039308249501 PG 23 WC Clinical Neurology SC Neurosciences & Neurology GA KG795 UT WOS:A1993KG79500006 ER PT J AU GANDOUR, J PONGLORPISIT, S KHUNDADORN, F DECHONGKIT, S BOONGIRD, P BOONKLAM, R AF GANDOUR, J PONGLORPISIT, S KHUNDADORN, F DECHONGKIT, S BOONGIRD, P BOONKLAM, R TI STOP VOICING IN THAI AFTER UNILATERAL BRAIN-DAMAGE SO APHASIOLOGY LA English DT Article ID ONSET TIME; VOWEL PRODUCTION; APHASIA; SPEECH AB Word-initial bilabial stops (/b p ph/), alveolar stops (/d t th/), and velar stops (/k kh/) in Thai were produced by 20 normal adults (10 young, 10 old), 12 non-aphasic patients with unilateral right hemisphere lesions, and 17 aphasic patients with unilateral left hemisphere lesions (nine fluent, eight non-fluent). Voice onset time (VOT) was measured from broad-band spectrograms. Relative frequency distributions of VOT values indicated minimal or no overlap between homorganic stop consonants for normal speakers, only sporadic occurrences of overlap for right hemisphere speakers, slightly more overlap for left fluent speakers, and even more overlap for left non-fluent speakers. By group, mean VOTs of homorganic stop consonants differed for all groups except /d t/ for the left non-fluent. By voicing category, mean VOTs of /b d/ for the left non-fluent group were shorter than those of other groups, and mean VOT of /k/ was longer than those of other groups. Mean VOTs of /ph th kh/ for the old normal group were shorter than those of the young normal and left hemisphere groups. Variability in VOT for the left non-fluent group was larger than that for normal groups only. Though not satistically significant, the left fluent and right hemisphere groups were also more variable in VOT production than normal speakers. Across groups, variability in VOT was smaller for voiceless unaspirated stops, larger for voiced unaspirated, and intermediate for voiceless aspirated stops. Findings are discussed in relation to issues pertaining to phonetic deficits in non-fluent aphasic patients. C1 PRASART NEUROL HOSP,DEPT NEUROL,BANGKOK,THAILAND. PRAMONGKUTKLAO HOSP,DEPT REHABIL MED,BANGKOK,THAILAND. RAMATHIBODI HOSP,SPEECH CLIN,BANGKOK 4,THAILAND. RAMATHIBODI HOSP,DEPT NEUROL,BANGKOK 4,THAILAND. RP GANDOUR, J (reprint author), PURDUE UNIV,DEPT AUDIOL & SPEECH SCI,HEAVILON HALL,W LAFAYETTE,IN 47907, USA. CR BAUM SR, 1990, BRAIN LANG, V39, P33, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(90)90003-Y BLUMSTEIN SE, 1977, NEUROPSYCHOLOGIA, V15, P371, DOI 10.1016/0028-3932(77)90089-6 Blumstein S.E., 1987, PHONETIC APPROACHES, P3 GANDOUR J, 1982, LINGUISTICS TIBETOBU, V6, P65 GANDOUR J, 1992, BRAIN LANG, V42, P337, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(92)90105-N GANDOUR J, 1985, LINGUISTICS TIBETO B, V8, P68 GANDOUR J, 1984, BRAIN LANG, V23, P177, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(84)90063-4 Goodglass H, 1983, ASSESSMENT APHASIA R, V2nd KEWLEYPORT D, J PHONETICS, V2, P195 KLATT DH, 1975, J SPEECH HEAR RES, V18, P686 LISKER L, 1964, WORD, V20, P384 MCNEIL MR, 1990, BRAIN LANG, V38, P135, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(90)90106-Q Ryalls J., 1987, PHONETIC APPROACHES, P23 RYALLS JH, 1986, BRAIN LANG, V29, P48, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(86)90033-7 SWEETING PM, 1982, J SPEECH HEAR RES, V25, P129 WESTBURY JR, 1983, J ACOUST SOC AM, V73, P1322, DOI 10.1121/1.389236 NR 16 TC 15 Z9 15 PU TAYLOR & FRANCIS LTD PI LONDON PA ONE GUNDPOWDER SQUARE, LONDON, ENGLAND EC4A 3DE SN 0268-7038 J9 APHASIOLOGY JI Aphasiology PD NOV-DEC PY 1992 VL 6 IS 6 BP 535 EP 547 DI 10.1080/02687039208249490 PG 13 WC Clinical Neurology SC Neurosciences & Neurology GA JX493 UT WOS:A1992JX49300002 ER PT J AU HUDSON, LJ MURDOCH, BE AF HUDSON, LJ MURDOCH, BE TI SPONTANEOUSLY GENERATED NARRATIVES OF CHILDREN TREATED FOR POSTERIOR-FOSSA TUMOR SO APHASIOLOGY LA English DT Article ID ACQUIRED APHASIA; LANGUAGE; CHILDHOOD; COMPREHENSION; DISCOURSE; DEFICITS; COHESION; STUDENTS; ADULTS AB Sixteen children who had undergone treatment for posterior fossa tumour and 16 age- and sex-matched controls spontaneously generated a narrative in response to a character figurine. Narratives were analysed for story grammar composition, cohesion and developmental level. Although, as a group, the children treated for tumour performed significantly below the controls on a standardized language test, they produced narratives that were similar to those of their controls. Cohesive adequacy was the only narrative feature which revealed a significant difference in performance between subject and control groups. The children treated for tumour evidenced a higher percentage of erroneous cohesive ties in their narratives than did the controls, while the controls produced more complete cohesive ties than did the tumour subjects. RI Murdoch, Bruce/C-1397-2012 CR Applebee Arthur N., 1978, CHILDS CONCEPT STORY Bloom L, 1978, LANGUAGE DEV LANGUAG BLOOM L, 1975, REV CHILD DEV RES, V4 BOTVIN GJ, 1977, DEV PSYCHOL, V13, P377, DOI 10.1037//0012-1649.13.4.377 COOPER JA, 1987, J SPEECH HEAR DISORD, V52, P251 DENNIS M, 1980, LANGUAGE DEV APHASIA ERNESTBARON CR, 1987, J SPEECH HEAR RES, V30, P44 FITZGERALD J, 1983, J READING BEHAV, V15, P1 Halliday Michael, 1976, COHESION ENGLISH HAMMILL DD, 1987, TEST ADOLESCENT LANG, V2 HARTLEY LL, 1986, AM SPEECH LANGUAGE H HARTLEY LL, 1990, APHASIOLOGY, V4, P353, DOI 10.1080/02687039008249088 HOLM S, 1979, SCAND J STAT, V6, P65 HUDSON LJ, 1989, APHASIOLOGY, V3, P1, DOI 10.1080/02687038908248972 Jordan F M, 1988, Brain Inj, V2, P179, DOI 10.3109/02699058809150943 JORDAN FM, 1991, J SPEECH HEAR RES, V34, P572 LEES JA, 1990, APHASIOLOGY, V4, P463, DOI 10.1080/02687039008248787 LILES BZ, 1985, J SPEECH HEAR RES, V28, P123 LILES BZ, 1987, J SPEECH HEAR RES, V30, P185 MENTIS M, 1987, J SPEECH HEAR RES, V30, P88 MERRITT DD, 1987, J SPEECH HEAR RES, V30, P539 Newcomer P, 1982, TEST LANGUAGE DEV OLLEY L, 1989, AUSTR J HUMAN COMMUN, V17, P43 Owens R. E., 1988, LANGUAGE DEV INTRO PAGE JL, 1985, TOPICS LANGUAGE MAR, P16 ROTH FP, 1989, J SPEECH HEAR RES, V32, P67 ROTH FP, 1986, J SPEECH HEAR DISORD, V51, P8 ROTH FP, 1989, AM SPEECH LANGUAGE H SATZ P, 1981, ACQUIRED APHASIA Stein N. L., 1979, NEW DIRECTIONS DISCO SWARTZLANDER P, 1989, AM SPEECH LANGUAGE H WESTBY C, 1985, COMMUNICATION SKILLS WESTBY C, 1984, LANGUAGE LEARNING DI Wiig E., 1984, LANGUAGE ASSESSMENT WOODS BT, 1979, ANN NEUROL, V6, P405, DOI 10.1002/ana.410060505 NR 35 TC 1 Z9 1 PU TAYLOR & FRANCIS LTD PI LONDON PA ONE GUNDPOWDER SQUARE, LONDON, ENGLAND EC4A 3DE SN 0268-7038 J9 APHASIOLOGY JI Aphasiology PD NOV-DEC PY 1992 VL 6 IS 6 BP 549 EP 566 DI 10.1080/02687039208249491 PG 18 WC Clinical Neurology SC Neurosciences & Neurology GA JX493 UT WOS:A1992JX49300003 ER PT J AU MARSHALL, RC NEUBURGER, SI PHILLIPS, DS AF MARSHALL, RC NEUBURGER, SI PHILLIPS, DS TI EFFECTS OF FACILITATION AND CUEING ON LABELING OF NOVEL STIMULI BY APHASIC SUBJECTS SO APHASIOLOGY LA English DT Article ID WORD MATCHING TASKS; RETRIEVAL; IMAGERY; MEMORY; THERAPY AB Facilitation and cueing are integral to the stimulation approaches to aphasia rehabilitation, but the degree to which these techniques affect untrained responses is rarely documented. This study determined the effects of facilitation and cueing training on aphasic subjects' labelling of novel stimuli. Twenty-three aphasic adults were trained on facilitation and cueing tasks designed to simulate those used in aphasia therapy. Oral responses were elicited by repetition or sentence-completion cues from the examiner, or with self-cues developed by the subject. Effects of training were assessed with probes administered after each block of training and 1 week after training (follow-up). Normal subjects had little difficulty with training tasks or the probes. Aphasic subjects improved significantly on the training tasks and the probes, but their rate and amount of improvement differed across training conditions. Overall performance on training tasks and probes favoured auditory and combined conditions. Non-rehearsal deleteriously affected training task and probe performance. Aphasic subjects did significantly better on training tasks involving repetition and determinate and indeterminate sentence completion than a self-cue task, but the self-cue training resulted in higher probe means than the repetition and determinate sentence completion task. Although training led to significantly improved probe scores in all conditions, probe means dropped significantly when training was discontinued. The amount of decline approached probe one levels for all conditions except the self-cue condition. The superiority of the self-cue task is discussed in terms of Craik and Lockhart's (1972) levels of processing hypothesis, the need to provide aphasic persons more time for stimulus processing, and subjects' potential use of imagery strategies. Some potential applications to aphasia therapy are presented. C1 OREGON HLTH SCI UNIV,PORTLAND,OR 97201. RP MARSHALL, RC (reprint author), VET AFFAIRS MED CTR,SPEECH PATHOL 126,3710 SW US VET HOSP RD,PORTLAND,OR 97207, USA. CR ATKINSON RC, 1968, PSYCHOL LEARN MOTIV, V2, P241 BASILI AG, 1980, BRAIN LANG, V9, P362, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(80)90155-8 BASSO A, 1979, ARCH NEUROL-CHICAGO, V36, P190 BASSO A, 1978, MANAGEMENT APHASIA, P9 BROOKSHIRE RH, 1986, INTRO APHASIA Carson DH, 1968, CORTEX, V4, P92 CRAIK FIM, 1975, J EXP PSYCHOL GEN, V104, P268, DOI 10.1037//0096-3445.104.3.268 CRAIK FIM, 1972, J VERB LEARN VERB BE, V11, P671, DOI 10.1016/S0022-5371(72)80001-X CRAIK FM, 1979, PERSPECTIVES MEMORY, P435 Darley F. L., 1982, APHASIA DAVIS AG, 1983, SURVEY ADULT APHASIA DERENZI E, 1978, BRAIN LANG, V6, P14, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(78)90039-1 DUFFY JR, 1986, LANGUAGE INTERVENTIO, P187 GARDINER G, 1972, LANG SPEECH, V15, P342 GOLDENBERG G, 1987, NEUROPSYCHOLOGIA, V25, P473, DOI 10.1016/0028-3932(87)90072-8 Goodglass H, 1983, ASSESSMENT APHASIA R, V2nd Hoodin R., 1983, CLIN APHASIOLOGY C P, P62 HORNER J, 1979, CLIN APHASIOLOGY, P101 HOWARD D, 1985, BRAIN, V108, P817 HOWARD D, 1985, COGNITIVE NEUROPSYCH, V2, P49, DOI 10.1080/02643298508252861 JONES MK, 1974, NEUROPSYCHOLOGIA, V12, P21, DOI 10.1016/0028-3932(74)90023-2 KUSHNER D, 1977, J SPEECH HEAR DISORD, V42, P296 LINEBAUGH C, 1977, CLIN APHASIOLOGY, P19 MARSHALL J, 1990, APHASIOLOGY, V4, P167, DOI 10.1080/02687039008249068 MARSHALL RC, 1985, J NEUROLOGICAL COMMU, V2, P8 NORMAN DA, 1970, MODELS HUM MEMORY, P223 PATTERSON KE, 1983, APHASIA THERAPY, P76 PODRAZA BL, 1977, J SPEECH HEAR RES, V20, P669 Porch B. E., 1981, PORCH INDEX COMMUNIC PRING T, 1990, APHASIOLOGY, V4, P479, DOI 10.1080/02687039008248788 ROSENBEK J, 1989, APHASIA CLIN APPROCH Schuell H, 1964, APHASIA ADULTS Spreen O, 1977, NEUROSENSORY CTR COM THOMPSON C, 1981, CLIN APH C P, P35 THOMPSON CK, 1986, BRAIN LANG, V28, P141, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(86)90097-0 THORNDIKE EL, 1963, TEACHERS WORD BOOK 3 WEIGELCRUMP C, 1973, CORTEX, V9, P410 Wepman JA, 1953, J SPEECH HEAR DISORD, V18, P4 WEPMAN JM, 1972, J SPEECH HEAR DISORD, V37, P203 NR 39 TC 19 Z9 19 PU TAYLOR & FRANCIS LTD PI LONDON PA ONE GUNDPOWDER SQUARE, LONDON, ENGLAND EC4A 3DE SN 0268-7038 J9 APHASIOLOGY JI Aphasiology PD NOV-DEC PY 1992 VL 6 IS 6 BP 567 EP 583 DI 10.1080/02687039208249492 PG 17 WC Clinical Neurology SC Neurosciences & Neurology GA JX493 UT WOS:A1992JX49300004 ER PT J AU COPPENS, P ROBEY, RR AF COPPENS, P ROBEY, RR TI CROSSED APHASIA - NEW PERSPECTIVES SO APHASIOLOGY LA English DT Article ID RIGHT-HANDED PATIENT; LANGUAGE; HEMISPHERE; AGRAPHIA; LESION; LATERALIZATION; TOMOGRAPHY; DEXTRALS; ALEXIA AB Crossed aphasia reflects an unusual lateralization pattern characterized by a dissociation between manual and language hemispheric dominance in a right-handed individual. In order to circumscribe the syndrome of crossed aphasia, authors have developed stringent exclusion criteria to define that syndrome. We believe that such an approach artificially created a homogeneous syndrome. As an alternative to the rigorous exclusion criteria approach, we propose to broaden the definition of crossed aphasia to accommodate the various demonstrated aphasic symptoms. The interest in crossed aphasia can then shift from the search for a universal symptom complex to different subgroups of patients. Indeed, there now appears to be overwhelming evidence (including Wada experiments) to indicate that crossed aphasia can either be the mirror image of uncrossed aphasia or indicate a bilateral language representation pattern. Two patients are presented and their symptoms arc discussed in the light of the literature. One of our patients is the only one to our knowledge to evidence affective prosody impairments. We argue that this latter symptom be added to the list of associated signs to be assessed as part of a crossed aphasia battery. C1 SO ILLINOIS UNIV,EDWARDSVILLE,IL 62026. RP COPPENS, P (reprint author), MOORHEAD STATE UNIV,MOORHEAD,MN 56563, USA. RI Robey, Randall/G-1199-2010 CR ABOOBAKER F, 1987, REV NEUROL, V143, P294 ALEXANDER MP, 1989, BRAIN, V112, P953, DOI 10.1093/brain/112.4.953 ANGELERGUES R., 1962, REV NEUROL [PARIS], V107, P543 APRIL RS, 1980, ARCH NEUROL-CHICAGO, V37, P342 APRIL RS, 1977, ARCH NEUROL-CHICAGO, V34, P766 ASSAL G, 1977, OTONEUROOPHTALMOLOGI, V49, P321 ASSAL G, 1982, REV NEUROL, V138, P507 ASSAL G, 1981, ARCH NEUROL-CHICAGO, V38, P455 Barroche G, 1981, Rev Otoneuroophtalmol, V53, P389 Barroche G, 1979, Rev Otoneuroophtalmol, V51, P251 BASSO A, 1985, CORTEX, V21, P25 BISHOP DVM, 1990, CORTEX, V26, P153 Bramwell B, 1899, LANCET, V1, P1473, DOI 10.1016/S0140-6736(01)50703-5 BROWN JW, 1987, APHASIOLOGY, V1, P435, DOI 10.1080/02687038708248866 BROWN JW, 1973, NEUROLOGY, V23, P907 BROWN JW, 1976, NEUROLOGY, V26, P183 CARR MS, 1981, BRAIN LANG, V14, P190, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(81)90075-4 DELREUX V, 1989, REV NEUROL, V145, P725 DEMEURISSE G, 1986, CORTEX, V22, P305 LHERMITT.F, 1974, REV NEUROL, V130, P21 FAGLIA L, 1990, ITAL J NEUROL SCI, V11, P131, DOI 10.1007/BF02335556 FAGLIA L, 1990, ITAL J NEUROL SCI, V11, P51, DOI 10.1007/BF02334905 FOROGLOU G, 1975, SCHWEIZ ARCH NEUROL, V117, P205 FOURNET F, 1987, REV NEUROL, V143, P214 Goodglass H, 1983, ASSESSMENT APHASIA R, V2nd HABIB M, 1983, NEUROPSYCHOLOGIA, V21, P413, DOI 10.1016/0028-3932(83)90029-5 HAMASAKI T, 1987, REV NEUROL, V143, P47 HECAEN H, 1971, REV NEUROL, V124, P319 HENDERSON VW, 1983, BRAIN, V106, P837, DOI 10.1093/brain/106.4.837 Hooper H. E., 1983, HOOPER VISUAL ORG TE JOANETTE Y, 1982, REV NEUROL-FRANCE, V138, P575 Kaplan E, 1983, BOSTON NAMING TEST KARANTH P, 1988, BRAIN LANG, V34, P169, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(88)90130-7 Kennedy F., 1916, AM J MED SCI, V152, P849, DOI 10.1097/00000441-191612000-00006 KLONOFF PS, 1987, BARROW NEUROLOGICAL, V3, P22 LECOURS AR, 1980, REV NEUROL, V136, P591 LORING DW, 1990, J CLIN EXP NEUROPSYC, V12, P340, DOI 10.1080/01688639008400979 MENDELSOHN S, 1988, J NEUROLINGUIST, V3, P261, DOI 10.1016/0911-6044(88)90016-4 NAGARAJA D, 1989, CLIN NEUROL NEUROSUR, V91, P153, DOI 10.1016/S0303-8467(89)80037-X Osterrieth PA, 1944, ARCH PSYCHOLOGIE, V30, P205 PARADIS M, 1990, BRAIN LANG, V39, P576, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(90)90163-B PERANI D, 1988, CORTEX, V24, P171 PILLON B, 1979, REV NEUROL, V135, P15 PUEL M, 1982, REV NEUROL, V138, P587 RAVEN JC, 1963, COLOURED PROGRESSIVE REINVANG I, 1987, APHASIOLOGY, V1, P423, DOI 10.1080/02687038708248865 RETIF J, 1987, 82E COMPT REND C PSY ROTHI LJG, 1987, BRAIN LANG, V30, P181, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(87)90036-8 SOLIN D, 1989, BRAIN LANG, V36, P92, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(89)90054-0 SWEET EWS, 1984, NEUROLOGY, V34, P475 TROJANOWSKI JQ, 1980, NEUROLOGY, V30, P709 URBAIN E, 1978, REV NEUROL, V134, P751 WALKERBATSON D, 1988, BRAIN LANG, V33, P311, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(88)90071-5 WECHSLER AF, 1976, BRAIN LANG, V3, P164, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(76)90014-6 Wechsler D, 1981, WECHSLER ADULT INTEL YARNELL PR, 1981, BRAIN LANG, V12, P128, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(81)90009-2 ZANGWILL OL, 1979, NEUROPSYCHOLOGIA, V17, P167, DOI 10.1016/0028-3932(79)90007-1 NR 57 TC 14 Z9 14 PU TAYLOR & FRANCIS LTD PI LONDON PA ONE GUNDPOWDER SQUARE, LONDON, ENGLAND EC4A 3DE SN 0268-7038 J9 APHASIOLOGY JI Aphasiology PD NOV-DEC PY 1992 VL 6 IS 6 BP 585 EP 596 DI 10.1080/02687039208249493 PG 12 WC Clinical Neurology SC Neurosciences & Neurology GA JX493 UT WOS:A1992JX49300005 ER PT J AU FRADIS, A MIHAILESCU, L JIPESCU, I AF FRADIS, A MIHAILESCU, L JIPESCU, I TI THE DISTRIBUTION OF MAJOR GRAMMATICAL CLASSES IN THE VOCABULARY OF ROMANIAN APHASIC PATIENTS SO APHASIOLOGY LA English DT Article ID COMPREHENSION AB A corpus of 2500 words was collected from 10 aphasics (seven Broca's and three Wernicke's) and 10 normal controls by means of a standard interview. The four ma or grammatical classes were studied: nouns, adjectives, verbs and adverbs. In terms of vocabulary items, aphasic patients showed a smaller number of nouns, adjectives and verbs, but a larger number of adverbs. At the same time a higher frequency of noun, adjective and adverb tokens was revealed, but not of verbs. It has been ascertained that aphasics preserved 'basic words' from the four grammatical classes; their vocabulary reduction resulted from the reduced proportion of non-basic words. The type-token ratio showed that verbal creativity was lower in aphasics than in controls. However, in normals, as in aphasics, verbal creativity was higher in non-basic words than in basic ones. The results are explained by various constraints: semantic, contextual, syntactic and grammatical classes which are effective to some degree even in aphasics' speech. RP FRADIS, A (reprint author), INST NEUROL & PSYCHIAT,OP61,CP 61-80,R-7550 BUCHAREST,ROMANIA. CR BAXTER DM, 1985, NEUROPSYCHOLOGIA, V23, P653, DOI 10.1016/0028-3932(85)90066-1 CARAMAZZA A, 1988, ANNU REV NEUROSCI, V11, P395, DOI 10.1146/annurev.neuro.11.1.395 CARAMAZZA A, 1984, BRAIN LANG, V21, P9, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(84)90032-4 French NR, 1930, BELL SYST TECH J, V9, P290 GARRETT M, 1980, LANGUAGE PRODUCTION, V1, P77 GOODGLASS H, 1976, CORTEX, V12, P145 GUIRAUD P, 1954, CARACTERES STATISTIQ Kreindler A, 1983, Hum Neurobiol, V2, P171 LINEBARGER MC, 1983, COGNITION, V13, P361, DOI 10.1016/0010-0277(83)90015-X MCCARTHY R, 1985, NEUROPSYCHOLOGIA, V23, P709, DOI 10.1016/0028-3932(85)90079-X MICELI G, 1984, CORTEX, V20, P207 MICELI G, 1988, APHASIOLOGY, V2, P351, DOI 10.1080/02687038808248937 PFEFFER AJ, 1964, BASIC SPOKEN GERMAN ROSENBERG B, 1985, BRAIN LANG, V26, P287, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(85)90044-6 TREISMAN AM, 1965, J VERB LEARN VERB BE, V4, P118, DOI 10.1016/S0022-5371(65)80095-0 WEPMAN JM, 1956, J SPEECH HEAR DISORD, V21, P468 WULFECK BB, 1988, J SPEECH HEAR RES, V31, P72 ZIPF GK, 1965, PSYCHOBIOL LANGUAGE NR 18 TC 3 Z9 3 PU TAYLOR & FRANCIS LTD PI LONDON PA ONE GUNDPOWDER SQUARE, LONDON, ENGLAND EC4A 3DE SN 0268-7038 J9 APHASIOLOGY JI Aphasiology PD SEP-OCT PY 1992 VL 6 IS 5 BP 477 EP 489 DI 10.1080/02687039208249485 PG 13 WC Clinical Neurology SC Neurosciences & Neurology GA JM660 UT WOS:A1992JM66000002 ER PT J AU VANMOURIK, M VERSCHAEVE, M BOON, P PAQUIER, P VANHARSKAMP, F AF VANMOURIK, M VERSCHAEVE, M BOON, P PAQUIER, P VANHARSKAMP, F TI COGNITION IN GLOBAL APHASIA - INDICATORS FOR THERAPY SO APHASIOLOGY LA English DT Article ID RECURRING UTTERANCES; CT-SCAN; SPONTANEOUS-RECOVERY; LANGUAGE; HEMIPARESIS; LESION; REHABILITATION; PATIENT; SKILLS; SPEECH AB In clinical practice we are frequently confronted with global aphasics who show communicative urge, whose mobility is such that they meet other people to communicate with, and who are motivated for language therapy. The regular methods for the assessment of language deficits are unsuited for these patients: the tasks are too complex; the instructions are too difficult and their performances show an invariable zero profile. Additionally, these methods do not throw any light on the associated neuropsychological deficits of memory, attention, visual and auditory non-verbal recognition, which are known to influence success with language-oriented treatment. We present the Global Aphasic Neuropsychological Battery (GANBA), which enables the clinician to assess attention and concentration, memory, intelligence, visual and auditory recognition and language comprehension for severely impaired aphasic patients. The results of 17 global aphasics are presented. The gravity of the associated cognitive disturbances seems an important parameter for the choice of treatment. Three treatment regimes, based on the level of cognitive performances, are presented. C1 STICHTING AFASIE ROTTERDAM,ROTTERDAM,NETHERLANDS. MED FAC ROTTERDAM,ROTTERDAM,NETHERLANDS. CAPELSE VERPLEEGHUIZEN,ROTTERDAM,NETHERLANDS. UNIV LIMBURG HOSP,DEPT MED PSYCHOL,MAASTRICHT,NETHERLANDS. UNIV HOSP ANTWERP,DEPT EAR NOSE THROAT,ANTWERP,BELGIUM. UNIV ROTTERDAM,HOSP DIJKZIGT,DEPT NEUROL,ROTTERDAM,NETHERLANDS. RP VANMOURIK, M (reprint author), STICHTING STREEKZIEKENHUIS WALCHEREN,DEPT CLIN PSYCHOL,POSTBUS 640,4330 AP MIDDELBURG,NETHERLANDS. CR ABRAHAMOGTEROP F, 1972, LOGOPEDIE FONIATRIE, V44, P243 ASSAL G, 1983, REV NEUROL, V139, P569 BASSO A, 1985, J NEUROL NEUROSUR PS, V48, P407, DOI 10.1136/jnnp.48.5.407 BASSO A, 1979, ARCH NEUROL-CHICAGO, V36, P190 Becker R, 1987, Psychiatr Neurol Med Psychol (Leipz), V39, P79 Benton A. L., 1968, CORTEX, V4, P344 BENTON AL, 1978, ARCH NEUROL-CHICAGO, V35, P364 BERTHIER ML, 1990, BRAIN LANG, V38, P449, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(90)90127-3 BLANKEN G, 1990, CORTEX, V26, P41 BLAUWVANMOURIK M, 1988, AFASIE EEN MULTIDISC Bliss C. K., 1965, SEMANTOGRAPHY BOROD JC, 1982, CORTEX, V18, P199 Cappa S F, 1983, Hum Neurobiol, V2, P129 Carson DH, 1968, CORTEX, V4, P92 Chapey R., 1981, LANGUAGE INTERVENTIO CHIARELLO C, 1982, BRAIN, V105, P29, DOI 10.1093/brain/105.1.29 COLLINS M, 1985, DIAGNOSIS TREATMENT DARLEY FL, 1972, J SPEECH HEAR DISORD, V37, P3 DEBLESER R, 1985, CORTEX, V21, P405 DELEVAL J, 1989, NEUROLOGY, V39, P1532 DERENZI E, 1962, BRAIN, V85, P665, DOI 10.1093/brain/85.4.665 DERENZI E, 1991, BRAIN, V114, P1719 Diller L., 1974, REHABILITATION MONOG, V50 EDELMAN GM, 1984, PROGR APHASIOLOGY FROSTIG M, 1964, PERCEPT MOTOR SKILL, V19, P463 GAINOTTI G, 1986, J CLIN EXP NEUROPSYC, V8, P37, DOI 10.1080/01688638608401295 GLASS AV, 1973, NEUROPSYCHOLOGIA, V11, P95, DOI 10.1016/0028-3932(73)90069-9 GLOZMAN ZM, 1989, KORSAKOVA, V9, P103 Goodglass H, 1972, ASSESSMENT APHASIA R HELMESTABROOKS N, 1982, J SPEECH HEAR DISORD, V47, P385 HERRMANN M, 1989, BRAIN LANG, V37, P339, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(89)90022-9 Hirano T, 1990, Rinsho Shinkeigaku, V30, P50 HOLLAND AL, 1985, P CLIN APHASIOLOGY C HOUGHTON PM, 1980, P CLIN APHASIOLOGY C Howard D., 1988, MISSING MEANING COGN JOHANNSENHORBACH H, 1985, BRAIN LANG, V24, P74, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(85)90098-7 KERTESZ A, 1977, BRAIN, V100, P1, DOI 10.1093/brain/100.1.1 Kertesz A., 1979, APHASIA ASS DISORDER KREINDLE.A, 1971, BRAIN, V94, P375, DOI 10.1093/brain/94.2.375 Lang C. J. G., 1989, NEUROPSYCHOLOGIA, V25, P619 LEGATT AD, 1987, NEUROLOGY, V37, P201 LENDREM W, 1985, J NEUROL NEUROSUR PS, V48, P743, DOI 10.1136/jnnp.48.8.743 LOMAS J, 1989, J SPEECH HEAR DISORD, V54, P113 NAESER MA, 1990, ARCH NEUROL-CHICAGO, V47, P425 NAESER MA, 1982, ARCH NEUROL-CHICAGO, V39, P2 PASHEK GV, 1988, CORTEX, V24, P411 PIENIADZ JM, 1983, CORTEX, V19, P371 POECK K, 1984, BRAIN, V107, P199, DOI 10.1093/brain/107.1.199 Porch B. E., 1967, PORCH INDEX COMMUNIC Raven JC, 1979, MANUAL RAVENS PROGR SANDS E, 1969, Archives of Physical Medicine and Rehabilitation, V50, P202 SCARPA M, 1987, CORTEX, V23, P331 Schulze H A, 1987, Psychiatr Neurol Med Psychol (Leipz), V39, P66 STACHOWIAK FJ, 1977, J NEUROL, V214, P75, DOI 10.1007/BF02430346 TRANEL D, 1987, ARCH NEUROL-CHICAGO, V44, P304 VANHARSKAMP F, 1989, GEZOND ZIJN IS OUDER VANHARSKAMP F, 1991, APHASIOLOGY, V5, P529, DOI 10.1080/02687039108248558 VANHORN G, 1982, NEUROLOGY, V32, P403 VERSCHAEVE M, 1991, INPRESS UITGANGSPUNT VIGNOLO LA, 1986, CORTEX, V22, P55 VISCHBRINK E, 1989, AFASIETHERAPIE WARRINGTON EK, 1983, BRAIN, V106, P859, DOI 10.1093/brain/106.4.859 WEINRICH M, 1989, BRAIN LANG, V36, P391, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(89)90075-8 WILLMES K, 1984, NERVENARZT, V55, P62 Wilson BA, 1985, RIVERMEAD BEHAVIOURA NR 65 TC 25 Z9 25 PU TAYLOR & FRANCIS LTD PI LONDON PA ONE GUNDPOWDER SQUARE, LONDON, ENGLAND EC4A 3DE SN 0268-7038 J9 APHASIOLOGY JI Aphasiology PD SEP-OCT PY 1992 VL 6 IS 5 BP 491 EP 499 DI 10.1080/02687039208249486 PG 9 WC Clinical Neurology SC Neurosciences & Neurology GA JM660 UT WOS:A1992JM66000003 ER PT J AU BAUM, SR AF BAUM, SR TI THE INFLUENCE OF WORD-LENGTH ON SYLLABLE DURATION IN APHASIA - ACOUSTIC ANALYSES SO APHASIOLOGY LA English DT Article ID VOICE-ONSET TIME; VOWEL PRODUCTION; SPEECH; APRAXIA; PATIENT AB The current study examined the phenomenon of syllable duration reduction in words of increasing length in non-fluent and fluent aphasic patients and normal control subjects. Subjects produced four repetitions of 10 sets of three words each: a monosyllabic root word, a two-syllable word containing the root word, and a three-syllable word containing the root word. Acoustic analyses revealed that normal speakers consistently reduce root syllable duration in two-syllable words as compared to one-syllable words; a further reduction in root syllable duration occurs for three-syllable words relative to two-syllable words. Both non-fluent and fluent aphasic patients demonstrated a reduction in root syllable duration in two-syllable words as compared to monosyllabic words; for the non-fluent aphasics this reduction was smaller in magnitude than that exhibited by normals. Further, root durations were not further decreased in three-syllable as compared to two-syllable words for either aphasic group. Results are interpreted as indicative of a deficit in the implementation of a rule of temporal control in the non-fluent aphasic group, related to limitations on maximum speaking rate in these patients. Several alternative explanations are considered for the fluent patients' results. RP BAUM, SR (reprint author), MCGILL UNIV, SCH HUMAN COMMUN DISORDERS, 1266 PINE AVE W, MONTREAL H3G 1A8, QUEBEC, CANADA. CR Alajouanine T., 1939, SYNDROME DESINTEGRAT BAUM S, 1990, J NEUROLINGUIST, V5, P321, DOI 10.1016/0911-6044(90)90017-S BAUM S, 1990, RATE SPEECH EFFECTS BAUM SR, 1990, BRAIN LANG, V39, P33, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(90)90003-Y BLUMSTEIN SE, 1977, NEUROPSYCHOLOGIA, V15, P371, DOI 10.1016/0028-3932(77)90089-6 BLUMSTEIN SE, 1980, BRAIN LANG, V9, P153, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(80)90137-6 Blumstein S.E., 1987, PHONETIC APPROACHES, P3 COLLINS M, 1983, J SPEECH HEAR RES, V26, P224 DISIMONI FG, 1977, J SPEECH HEAR DISORD, V42, P257 FOWLER CA, 1983, J EXP PSYCHOL GEN, V112, P386, DOI 10.1037//0096-3445.112.3.386 Galaburda A.M., 1982, NEURAL MODELS LANGUA, P435 Goodglass H, 1983, ASSESSMENT APHASIA R, V2nd ITOH M, 1979, BRAIN LANG, V7, P227, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(79)90019-1 ITOH M, 1980, BRAIN LANG, V11, P66, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(80)90110-8 KATZ WF, 1987, PHONETIC APPROACHES, P221 Kent R. D., 1987, PHONETIC APPROACHES, P181 KENT RD, 1983, J SPEECH HEAR RES, V26, P231 KENT RD, 1982, BRAIN LANG, V15, P259, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(82)90060-8 KLATT DH, 1976, J ACOUST SOC AM, V59, P1208, DOI 10.1121/1.380986 KLATT DH, 1973, J ACOUST SOC AM, V54, P1102, DOI 10.1121/1.1914322 LEHISTE I, 1972, J ACOUST SOC AM, V51, P2018, DOI 10.1121/1.1913062 MERTUS J, 1989, BLISS USERS MANUAL Ryalls J., 1987, PHONETIC APPROACHES, P23 RYALLS JH, 1986, BRAIN LANG, V29, P48, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(86)90033-7 SHEWAN C, 1984, APRAXIA SPEECH, P197 TULLER B, 1987, PHONETIC APPROACHES, P243 TULLER B, 1984, NEUROPSYCHOLOGIA, V22, P547, DOI 10.1016/0028-3932(84)90019-8 NR 27 TC 30 Z9 30 PU PSYCHOLOGY PRESS PI HOVE PA 27 CHURCH RD, HOVE BN3 2FA, EAST SUSSEX, ENGLAND SN 0268-7038 J9 APHASIOLOGY JI Aphasiology PD SEP-OCT PY 1992 VL 6 IS 5 BP 501 EP 513 DI 10.1080/02687039208249487 PG 13 WC Clinical Neurology SC Neurosciences & Neurology GA JM660 UT WOS:A1992JM66000004 ER PT J AU BASSO, A AF BASSO, A TI PROGNOSTIC FACTORS IN APHASIA SO APHASIOLOGY LA English DT Article ID SEX-DIFFERENCES; LANGUAGE RECOVERY; STROKE PATIENTS; SPEECH-THERAPY; BRAIN-LESIONS; REHABILITATION; COMPREHENSION; ORGANIZATION; SEVERITY; PATTERNS AB This paper reviews the literature on prognostic factors related to recovery from aphasia. These can be regrouped under two headings: anagraphical and neurological factors. Age, sex and handedness are the anagraphical factors considered. Aetiology, site and extent of lesion, and severity and type of aphasia are the neurological ones. The effects of aphasia therapy are considered separately in more detail. Finally, the literature on patterns of recovery in groups of patients and in individual patients is reviewed. It is concluded that personal factors (age, sex, handedness) play a minor role in recovery from aphasia. Initial severity of aphasia and rehabilitation are the most important factors. RP BASSO, A (reprint author), UNIV MILAN,NEUROL CLIN,VIA F SFORZA 35,I-20122 MILAN,ITALY. CR ALAJOUANINE T, 1957, Encephale, V46, P1 ANDERSON TP, 1970, REHABILITATION PREDI BASSO A, 1987, NEUROPSYCHOL REHABIL, P294 BASSO A, 1979, ARCH NEUROL-CHICAGO, V36, P190 BASSO A, 1982, CORTEX, V18, P469 BASSO A, 1990, BRAIN LANG, V38, P233, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(90)90113-U BASSO A, 1982, BEHAV BRAIN RES, V6, P115, DOI 10.1016/0166-4328(82)90009-2 BASSO A, 1980, CORTEX, V16, P631 BASSO A, 1975, REV NEUROL, V131, P607 BOROD JC, 1990, APHASIOLOGY, V4, P561, DOI 10.1080/02687039008248507 BROIDA H, 1977, ARCH PHYS MED REHAB, V58, P248 BRUNNER RJ, 1982, BRAIN LANG, V16, P281, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(82)90087-6 BUTFIELD E, 1946, J NEUROL NEUROSUR PS, V9, P75, DOI 10.1136/jnnp.9.2.75 BYNG S, 1988, COGNITIVE NEUROPSYCH, V5, P629, DOI 10.1080/02643298808253277 BYNG S, 1986, COMMUNICATION HANDIC, P191 Coltheart M., 1983, APHASIA THERAPY, P193 DAVID R, 1983, J NEUROL NEUROSUR PS, V46, P692 DAVID R, 1982, J NEUROL NEUROSUR PS, V45, P957, DOI 10.1136/jnnp.45.11.957 DEMEURISSE G, 1985, EUR NEUROL, V24, P134, DOI 10.1159/000115774 DEMEURISSE G, 1980, STROKE, V11, P455 DENES G, 1982, BRAIN, V105, P543, DOI 10.1093/brain/105.3.543 DEPARTZ MP, 1986, COGNITIVE NEUROPSYCH, V3, P149, DOI 10.1080/02643298608252674 DERENZI E, 1980, CORTEX, V16, P627 GLONING K, 1976, RECOVERY APHASICS, P57 HAGEN C, 1973, ARCH PHYS MED REHAB, V54, P454 HANSON WR, 1978, BRIT J DISORD COMMUN, V13, P59 HARTMAN J, 1987, ARCH NEUROL-CHICAGO, V44, P646 HATFIELD FM, 1983, APHASIA THERAPY, P157 HOWARD D, 1986, BRIT J DISORD COMMUN, V21, P89 JOANETTE V, 1989, HDB NEUROPSYCHOL, V2, P173 JONES EV, 1986, BRIT J DISORD COMMUN, V21, P63 KEENAN JS, 1974, J SPEECH HEAR DISORD, V39, P257 Kenin M, 1972, Cortex, V8, P56 KERTESZ A, 1977, BRAIN, V100, P1, DOI 10.1093/brain/100.1.1 Kertesz A., 1979, APHASIA ASS DISORDER KERTESZ A, 1979, BRAIN LANG, V8, P34, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(79)90038-5 Leischner A, 1967, Nervenarzt, V38, P199 LEVITA E, 1978, PERCEPT MOTOR SKILL, V47, P151 LINCOLN NB, 1984, LANCET, V1, P1197 LINCOLN NB, 1982, BEHAV PSYCHOTHER, V10, P162 LOMAS J, 1978, BRAIN LANG, V5, P388, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(78)90034-2 LUDLOW CL, 1986, BRAIN, V109, P55, DOI 10.1093/brain/109.1.55 Luria AR, 1970, TRAUMATIC APHASIA MARKS M, 1957, NEUROLOGY, V7, P837 MARSHALL RC, 1982, FOLIA PHONIATR, V34, P304 MCGLONE J, 1977, BRAIN, V100, P775, DOI 10.1093/brain/100.4.775 MCGLONE J, 1980, BEHAV BRAIN SCI, V3, P215 MEIKLE M, 1979, BRIT MED J, V2, P87 MESSERLI P, 1976, RECOVERY APHASICS, P124 MICELI G, 1981, ACTA NEUROL SCAND, V64, P370 MOHR JP, 1978, NEUROLOGY, V28, P311 NAESER MA, 1987, ARCH NEUROL-CHICAGO, V44, P73 NAGATA K, 1986, STROKE, V17, P417 NEWCOMBE F, 1973, NEUROPSYCHOLOGIA, V11, P399, DOI 10.1016/0028-3932(73)90026-2 OBLER LK, 1978, BRAIN LANG, V6, P318, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(78)90065-2 PASHEK GV, 1988, CORTEX, V24, P411 PIZZAMIGLIO L, 1985, BRAIN LANG, V25, P213, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(85)90081-1 POECK K, 1989, J SPEECH HEAR DISORD, V54, P471 PRINS RS, 1978, BRAIN LANG, V6, P192, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(78)90058-5 RUBENS AB, 1977, RATIONALE ADULT APHA, P28 SANDS E, 1969, Archives of Physical Medicine and Rehabilitation, V50, P202 SARNO MT, 1971, ARCH PHYS MED REHAB, V51, P175 SARNO MT, 1980, LANGUAGE COMMUNICATI SARNO MT, 1981, BRAIN LANG, V13, P1, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(81)90124-3 SARNO MT, 1985, J NERV MENT DIS, V173, P605, DOI 10.1097/00005053-198510000-00005 SARNO MT, 1970, J SPEECH HEAR RES, V13, P607 SELNES OA, 1983, ANN NEUROL, V13, P558, DOI 10.1002/ana.410130515 SUBIRANA A, 1969, HDB CLIN NEUROLOGY, V4, P248 VIGNOLO LA, 1964, CORTEX, V1, P344 Wepman J. M., 1951, RECOVERY APHASIA WERTZ RT, 1986, ARCH NEUROL-CHICAGO, V43, P653 WERTZ RT, 1981, J SPEECH HEAR RES, V24, P580 NR 72 TC 58 Z9 60 PU TAYLOR & FRANCIS LTD PI LONDON PA ONE GUNDPOWDER SQUARE, LONDON, ENGLAND EC4A 3DE SN 0268-7038 J9 APHASIOLOGY JI Aphasiology PD JUL-AUG PY 1992 VL 6 IS 4 BP 337 EP 348 DI 10.1080/02687039208248605 PG 12 WC Clinical Neurology SC Neurosciences & Neurology GA JG673 UT WOS:A1992JG67300002 ER PT J AU METTER, EJ JACKSON, CA KEMPLER, D HANSON, WR AF METTER, EJ JACKSON, CA KEMPLER, D HANSON, WR TI TEMPOROPARIETAL CORTEX AND THE RECOVERY OF LANGUAGE COMPREHENSION IN APHASIA SO APHASIOLOGY LA English DT Article ID POSITRON EMISSION TOMOGRAPHY; COMPUTED-TOMOGRAPHY AB Recovering aphasic patients were studied to determine if changes in comprehension were linked to improvement in temporoparietal regional glucose metabolism. Eight aphasic patients were evaluated at two points in time, using (F-18)-fluorodeoxyglucose with positron emission tomography to determine resting cerebral glucose metabolism, and by the Western Aphasia Battery (WAB) to determine language function. Significant correlations were found between changes over time of left and right temporoparietal regions with the change in the comprehension score from the WAB. The high correlations between the left and right temporoparietal metabolic rates do not allow for a conclusion as to the extent of contribution of either region to the improvement in comprehension. A single-case analysis demonstrated that a true understanding of the role of functional improvement (as measured by glucose metabolism) requires a more complex model that considers interactions between structural damage and the consequence of that damage on other brain regions. C1 VET ADM MED CTR,SEPULVEDA,CA 91343. SCH GERONTOL,LOS ANGELES,CA. UNIV SO CALIF,SCH MED,LOS ANGELES,CA 90033. RP METTER, EJ (reprint author), NIA,GERONTOL RES CTR,4940 EASTERN AVE,BALTIMORE,MD 21224, USA. CR BENSON DF, 1978, APHASIA ALEXIA AGRAP Caramazza A., 1985, AGRAMMATISM KERTESZ A, 1977, BRAIN, V100, P1, DOI 10.1093/brain/100.1.1 Kertesz A., 1982, W APHASIA BATTERY Kinsbourne M, 1971, Trans Am Neurol Assoc, V96, P141 KNOPMAN DS, 1984, ANN NEUROL, V15, P530, DOI 10.1002/ana.410150604 MAZZIOTTA JC, 1982, J COMPUT ASSIST TOMO, V6, P848, DOI 10.1097/00004728-198208000-00043 METTER EJ, 1988, ARCH NEUROL-CHICAGO, V45, P1229 METTER EJ, 1987, NEUROLOGY, V37, P1599 METTER EJ, 1990, ARCH NEUROL-CHICAGO, V47, P1235 PHELPS ME, 1979, ANN NEUROL, V6, P371, DOI 10.1002/ana.410060502 SHEWAN CM, 1984, BRAIN LANG, V23, P272, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(84)90068-3 1985, SAS USERS GUIDE STAT NR 13 TC 19 Z9 20 PU TAYLOR & FRANCIS LTD PI LONDON PA ONE GUNDPOWDER SQUARE, LONDON, ENGLAND EC4A 3DE SN 0268-7038 J9 APHASIOLOGY JI Aphasiology PD JUL-AUG PY 1992 VL 6 IS 4 BP 349 EP 358 DI 10.1080/02687039208248606 PG 10 WC Clinical Neurology SC Neurosciences & Neurology GA JG673 UT WOS:A1992JG67300003 ER PT J AU CAPPA, SF VALLAR, G AF CAPPA, SF VALLAR, G TI THE ROLE OF THE LEFT AND RIGHT HEMISPHERES IN RECOVERY FROM APHASIA SO APHASIOLOGY LA English DT Article ID DICHOTIC-LISTENING PATTERNS; COMPUTED TOMOGRAPHIC SCAN; CEREBRAL BLOOD-FLOW; MOUTH ASYMMETRY; AUDITORY COMPREHENSION; EAR PREFERENCE; WERNICKES AREA; LANGUAGE; STROKE; SPEECH AB The respective contributions of the left and right cerebral hemispheres in the recovery from aphasia are a matter of debate. This paper is devoted to a review of several different sources of related clinical and experimental evidence: bilateral lesion cases, laterality studies in aphasics, neurophysiological and neuroimaging investigations. The data collected with these different approaches provide converging evidence for the contribution of both hemispheres to the process of language recovery. Time post-onset, as well as a number of lesion-related and individual differences, modulate the relative contribution of each hemisphere in the individual case. C1 UNIV MILAN,IST CLIN NEUROL,I-20122 MILAN,ITALY. RP CAPPA, SF (reprint author), UNIV BRESCIA,BRESCIA,ITALY. RI Vallar, Giuseppe/K-8443-2012 OI Vallar, Giuseppe/0000-0001-7015-0117 CR ANDREWS RJ, 1991, STROKE, V22, P943 ASTRUP J, 1981, STROKE, V12, P723 BASSO A, 1989, CORTEX, V25, P555 BERLIN CI, 1977, LATERALIZATION NERVO, P303 BERLIN CI, 1972, J ACOUST SOC AM, V52, P702, DOI 10.1121/1.1913162 BETTINARDI V, 1991, J COMPUT ASSIST TOMO, V15, P886, DOI 10.1097/00004728-199109000-00034 BOSLEY TM, 1987, ANN NEUROL, V21, P444, DOI 10.1002/ana.410210505 BOUMA A, 1988, J CLIN EXP NEUROPSYC, V10, P709, DOI 10.1080/01688638808402809 BRADSHAW JL, 1981, BEHAV BRAIN SCI, V4, P51 BROADBENT DE, 1954, J EXP PSYCHOL, V47, P191, DOI 10.1037/h0054182 BUSHNELL DL, 1989, ARCH NEUROL-CHICAGO, V46, P665 CAMBIER J, 1983, REV NEUROL, V139, P55 CAPPA S F, 1991, Neurology, V41, P369 CAPPA SF, 1990, NEUROPSYCHOLOGIA, V28, P503, DOI 10.1016/0028-3932(90)90076-Z CASTROCALDAS A, 1980, BRAIN LANG, V10, P145, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(80)90045-0 CHOLLET F, 1991, ANN NEUROL, V29, P636 CROSSON B, 1981, CORTEX, V17, P249 CUMMINGS JL, 1979, NEUROLOGY, V29, P1547 CZOPF J, 1972, ARCH PSYCHIAT NERVEN, V216, P162, DOI 10.1007/BF00346417 DAMASIO H, 1979, NEUROLOGY, V29, P644 DEMEURISSE G, 1985, EUR NEUROL, V24, P134, DOI 10.1159/000115774 DEMEURISSE G, 1991, CORTEX, V27, P285 Demeurisse G, 1987, APHASIOLOGY, V1, P301, DOI 10.1080/02687038708248851 DUARA R, 1987, J CEREBR BLOOD F MET, V7, P266 FEENEY DM, 1986, STROKE, V17, P817 Finger S, 1982, BRAIN DAMAGE RECOVER FRISTON KJ, 1990, J CEREBR BLOOD F MET, V10, P458 GOODGLASS H, 1967, CORTEX, V3, P295 GOWERS W, 1895, MANUALE MALATTIE SIS GRAVES R, 1983, NEUROPSYCHOLOGIA, V21, P641, DOI 10.1016/0028-3932(83)90062-3 GRAVES R, 1985, ARCH NEUROL-CHICAGO, V42, P249 GRAVES R, 1982, NEUROPSYCHOLOGIA, V20, P371, DOI 10.1016/0028-3932(82)90037-9 GRAVES R, 1990, INT J PSYCHOL, V25, P179, DOI 10.1080/00207599008247856 GRAVES RE, 1988, VISIBLE LANG, V22, P128 HEISS WD, 1991, J CEREB BLOOD FLOW M, V11, pS660 HUBLET C, 1976, PERCEPTION, V5, P3, DOI 10.1068/p050003 JACKSON H, 1915, BRAIN, V38, P80 JOHNSON JP, 1977, J SPEECH HEAR RES, V20, P116 KERTESZ A, 1979, BRAIN LANG, V8, P34, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(79)90038-5 Kimura D., 1967, CORTEX, V3, P163 KIMURA D, 1961, CAN J PSYCHOLOGY, V15, P166, DOI 10.1037/h0083219 KIMURA D, 1961, CAN J PSYCHOLOGY, V15, P156, DOI 10.1037/h0083218 KINSBOUR.M, 1971, ARCH NEUROL-CHICAGO, V25, P302 KNOPMAN DS, 1984, NEUROLOGY, V34, P1461 KNOPMAN DS, 1984, ANN NEUROL, V15, P530, DOI 10.1002/ana.410150604 KNOPMAN DS, 1983, NEUROLOGY, V33, P1170 Kuttner H, 1930, ARCH PSYCHIAT NERVEN, V91, P691, DOI 10.1007/BF01815662 LENDREM W, 1985, J NEUROL NEUROSUR PS, V48, P743, DOI 10.1136/jnnp.48.8.743 LEVINE DN, 1979, NEUROLOGY, V29, P227 LINEBAUGH CW, 1978, J SPEECH HEAR RES, V21, P598 MILNER B, 1968, SCIENCE, V161, P184, DOI 10.1126/science.161.3837.184 MOORE BD, 1988, J CLIN EXP NEUROPSYC, V10, P380, DOI 10.1080/01688638808408246 MOORE WH, 1974, PERCEPT MOTOR SKILL, V39, P1003 MOORE WH, 1975, PERCEPT MOTOR SKILL, V40, P379 MORAIS J, 1975, COGNITION, V3, P127, DOI 10.1016/0010-0277(74)90016-X MORAIS J, 1975, J EXP PSYCHOL HUMAN, V1, P253, DOI 10.1037//0096-1523.1.3.253 Moutier F., 1908, APHASIE BROCA NAESER MA, 1987, ARCH NEUROL-CHICAGO, V44, P73 NAESER MA, 1990, ARCH NEUROL-CHICAGO, V47, P425 NICCUM N, 1986, BRAIN LANG, V28, P273, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(86)90105-7 NICCUM N, 1986, BRAIN LANG, V28, P289, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(86)90106-9 NICCUM N, 1986, BRAIN LANG, V28, P303, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(86)90107-0 NICCUM N, 1991, J CLIN EXP NEUROPSYC, V13, P614, DOI 10.1080/01688639108401076 Nielsen JM, 1946, AGNOSIA APRAXIA APHA OGDEN JA, 1985, NEUROPSYCHOLOGIA, V23, P143, DOI 10.1016/0028-3932(85)90100-9 OJEMANN GA, 1978, BRAIN LANG, V6, P239, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(78)90061-5 OXBURY JM, 1969, CORTEX, V5, P31 PAPANICOLAOU AC, 1987, ARCH NEUROL-CHICAGO, V45, P1025 PAPANICOLAOU AC, 1984, NEUROSURGERY, V14, P412 PAPANICOLAOU AC, 1987, ARCH NEUROL-CHICAGO, V44, P521 PETTIT JM, 1979, BRAIN LANG, V7, P191, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(79)90016-6 PORTER RJ, 1983, CEREBRAL HEMISPHERE, P177 RIZZOLATTI G, 1979, NEUROPSYCHOLOGIA, V17, P323, DOI 10.1016/0028-3932(79)90078-2 RIZZOLATTI G, 1982, NEUROPSYCHOLOGIA, V20, P447, DOI 10.1016/0028-3932(82)90043-4 SCHULHOF.C, 1969, NEUROPSYCHOLOGIA, V7, P149, DOI 10.1016/0028-3932(69)90012-8 SELNES OA, 1983, ANN NEUROL, V13, P558, DOI 10.1002/ana.410130515 SELNES OA, 1985, ANN NEUROL, V17, P549, DOI 10.1002/ana.410170604 SHANKS J, 1976, CORTEX, V12, P100 SILVER FL, 1988, NEUROLOGY, V38, P730 SMITH A, 1975, NEUROLOGY, V25, P813 Sparks R, 1970, Cortex, V6, P249 Sparks R., 1968, CORTEX, V4, P3 STUDDERT.M, 1970, J ACOUST SOC AM, V48, P579, DOI 10.1121/1.1912174 VALLAR G, 1988, NEUROPSYCHOLOGIA, V26, P511, DOI 10.1016/0028-3932(88)90108-X VALLAR G, 1990, CEREBRAL CONTROL SPE, P387 VALLAR G, 1988, J NEUROL NEUROSUR PS, V51, P1269, DOI 10.1136/jnnp.51.10.1269 VALLAR G, 1988, APHASIOLOGY, V2, P463, DOI 10.1080/02687038808248953 WEILLER C, 1990, ARCH NEUROL-CHICAGO, V47, P1085 WYLER F, 1987, J CLIN EXP NEUROPSYC, V9, P105, DOI 10.1080/01688638708405351 ZAIDEL E., 1985, DUAL BRAIN HEMISPHER, P205 NR 90 TC 39 Z9 39 PU TAYLOR & FRANCIS LTD PI LONDON PA ONE GUNDPOWDER SQUARE, LONDON, ENGLAND EC4A 3DE SN 0268-7038 J9 APHASIOLOGY JI Aphasiology PD JUL-AUG PY 1992 VL 6 IS 4 BP 359 EP 372 DI 10.1080/02687039208248607 PG 14 WC Clinical Neurology SC Neurosciences & Neurology GA JG673 UT WOS:A1992JG67300004 ER PT J AU WALLESCH, CW BAK, T SCHULTEMONTING, J AF WALLESCH, CW BAK, T SCHULTEMONTING, J TI ACUTE APHASIA - PATTERNS AND PROGNOSIS SO APHASIOLOGY LA English DT Article ID STROKE PATIENTS; RECOVERY AB Sixty-seven patients who had suffered from aphasia for less than 15 days were investigated with a shortened version of the Aachen Aphasia Test and clinical neurological examination. Another 30 acute aphasics were excluded because their assessment could not be completed in one session. The data were interpreted by means of cluster, discriminant and regression analysis. The clusters reflected mainly degree of impairment. In addition, mainly phonology, repetition and Token Test were used for cluster assignment. The clusters proved to be unstable with respect to long-term development. The best predictor for degree of chronic impairment was the ability to communicate. C1 UNIV FREIBURG,INST MED BIOMETR & MED INFORMAT SCI,W-7800 FREIBURG,GERMANY. RP WALLESCH, CW (reprint author), UNIV FREIBURG,DEPT NEUROL,HANSASTR 9,W-7800 FREIBURG,GERMANY. CR DIXON WJ, 1981, BMDP STATISTICAL SOF Enderby P, 1987, Int Rehabil Med, V8, P162 Enderby P M, 1987, Int Rehabil Med, V8, P166 HENLEY S, 1985, J NEUROL NEUROSUR PS, V48, P1, DOI 10.1136/jnnp.48.1.1 HOLM S, 1979, SCAND J STAT, V6, P65 HUBER W, 1984, PROGR APHASIOLOGY Huber W., 1983, AACHENER APHASIE TES KERTESZ A, 1987, INT REHABILITATION M, V6, P122 KERTESZ A, 1988, FUNCTIONAL RECOVERY Kertesz A., 1979, APHASIA ASS DISORDER Kertesz A., 1982, W APHASIA BATTERY KERTESZ A, 1977, BRAIN LANG, V4, P1, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(77)90001-3 LEGHSMITH JA, 1987, J NEUROL NEUROSUR PS, V50, P1488, DOI 10.1136/jnnp.50.11.1488 LEISCHNER A, 1979, APHASIEN SPRACHENTWI LISHMAN WA, 1987, ORGANIC PSYCHIATRY LOMAS J, 1978, BRAIN LANG, V5, P388, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(78)90034-2 SPEHLMANN R, 1981, EGG PRIMER VIGNOLO L, 1988, APHASIA WALLESCH CW, 1992, IN PRESS CEREBRAL IS 1988, SPSS PLUS V2 0 BASE NR 20 TC 3 Z9 3 PU TAYLOR & FRANCIS LTD PI LONDON PA ONE GUNDPOWDER SQUARE, LONDON, ENGLAND EC4A 3DE SN 0268-7038 J9 APHASIOLOGY JI Aphasiology PD JUL-AUG PY 1992 VL 6 IS 4 BP 373 EP 385 DI 10.1080/02687039208248608 PG 13 WC Clinical Neurology SC Neurosciences & Neurology GA JG673 UT WOS:A1992JG67300005 ER PT J AU MAZZONI, M VISTA, M PARDOSSI, L AVILA, L BIANCHI, F MORETTI, P AF MAZZONI, M VISTA, M PARDOSSI, L AVILA, L BIANCHI, F MORETTI, P TI SPONTANEOUS EVOLUTION OF APHASIA AFTER ISCHEMIC STROKE SO APHASIOLOGY LA English DT Article ID RECOVERY; LANGUAGE; COMPREHENSION; HEMISPHERE; LESIONS; SPEECH; FLUENCY; SCAN AB The relatively few studies concerning spontaneous recovery from aphasia yield contradictory findings because of the large number of influencing factors. We have assessed a selected sample of 45 patients, none of whom received language therapy, in order to determine such patients' chances of spontaneous recovery in relation to type and severity of aphasia and size of lesion. Our results show comprehension to have the best recovery, independent of type and severity of aphasia. Expression shows a lower recovery, especially for non-fluent aphasics; their performance is also negatively influenced by oral apraxia. In addition, the overall severity of aphasia, associated with large lesions, is a negative prognostic factor for recovery of expression. C1 CNR,INST CLIN PHYSIOL,EPIDEMIOL & BIOSTAT UNIT,I-56100 PISA,ITALY. RP MAZZONI, M (reprint author), UNIV PISA,IST CLIN NEUROL,NEUROPSYCHOL LAB,VIA ROMA 67,I-56126 PISA,ITALY. CR ARMITAGE P, 1971, STATISTICAL METHODS BASSO A, 1979, ARCH NEUROL-CHICAGO, V36, P190 BASSO A, 1977, PAZIENTE AFASICO BASSO A, 1990, MANUALE NEUROPSICOLO BASSO A, 1980, CORTEX, V16, P631 BRUNNER RJ, 1982, BRAIN LANG, V16, P281, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(82)90087-6 CAMBIER J, 1983, REV NEUROL, V139, P55 CARLOMAGNO S, 1989, PRAGMATICA COMMUNICA CROCKETT HG, 1951, B LOS ANGELES NEUROL, V16, P41 De Renzi E., 1966, CORTEX, V2, P50 DEMEURISSE G, 1980, STROKE, V11, P455 DIXON WJ, 1983, BMDP STATISTICAL SOF Enderby P, 1987, Int Rehabil Med, V8, P162 GARDNER H, 1975, Cortex, V11, P155 GAZZANIG.MS, 1967, BRAIN, V90, P131, DOI 10.1093/brain/90.1.131 Goodglass H., 1964, CORTEX, V1, P133, DOI [10.1016/S0010-9452(64)80018-6, DOI 10.1016/S0010-9452(64)80018-6] GOTT PS, 1973, J NEUROL NEUROSUR PS, V36, P1082, DOI 10.1136/jnnp.36.6.1082 HARTMAN J, 1981, ANN NEUROL, V9, P89, DOI 10.1002/ana.410090119 KERTESZ A, 1977, BRAIN, V100, P1, DOI 10.1093/brain/100.1.1 KNOPMAN DS, 1984, NEUROLOGY, V34, P1461 KNOPMAN DS, 1983, NEUROLOGY, V33, P1170 LENDREM W, 1985, J NEUROL NEUROSUR PS, V48, P743, DOI 10.1136/jnnp.48.8.743 LEVINE DN, 1979, NEUROLOGY, V29, P927 LHERMITTE F, 1973, Cortex, V9, P436 LOMAS J, 1978, BRAIN LANG, V24, P411 LUDLOW CL, 1986, BRAIN, V109, P55, DOI 10.1093/brain/109.1.55 MAZZOCCHI F, 1979, CORTEX, V15, P627 MOHR JP, 1978, NEUROLOGY, V28, P311 NAESER MA, 1987, ARCH NEUROL-CHICAGO, V44, P73 Nielsen JM, 1946, AGNOSIA APRAXIA APHA OLDFIELD RC, 1971, NEUROPSYCHOLOGIA, V9, P97, DOI 10.1016/0028-3932(71)90067-4 PASHEK GV, 1988, CORTEX, V24, P411 PICKERSGILL MJ, 1983, J NEUROL NEUROSUR PS, V46, P130, DOI 10.1136/jnnp.46.2.130 PRINS RS, 1978, BRAIN LANG, V6, P192, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(78)90058-5 SANDS E, 1969, Archives of Physical Medicine and Rehabilitation, V50, P202 SEIGEL S, 1956, NONPARAMETRIC STATIS SELNES OA, 1983, ANN NEUROL, V13, P58 SMITH A, 1966, J NEUROL NEUROSUR PS, V29, P467, DOI 10.1136/jnnp.29.5.467 STACHOWIAK FJ, 1977, BRAIN LANG, V4, P177, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(77)90016-5 VIGNOLO LA, 1964, CORTEX, V1, P344 WADE DT, 1986, J NEUROL NEUROSUR PS, V49, P11, DOI 10.1136/jnnp.49.1.11 WAPNER W, 1981, BRAIN LANG, V14, P15, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(81)90061-4 YARNELL P, 1976, STROKE, V7, P516 Zollinger R, 1935, ARCH NEURO PSYCHIATR, V34, P1055 NR 44 TC 16 Z9 16 PU TAYLOR & FRANCIS LTD PI LONDON PA ONE GUNDPOWDER SQUARE, LONDON, ENGLAND EC4A 3DE SN 0268-7038 J9 APHASIOLOGY JI Aphasiology PD JUL-AUG PY 1992 VL 6 IS 4 BP 387 EP 396 DI 10.1080/02687039208248609 PG 10 WC Clinical Neurology SC Neurosciences & Neurology GA JG673 UT WOS:A1992JG67300006 ER PT J AU KOHN, SE SMITH, KL ALEXANDER, MP AF KOHN, SE SMITH, KL ALEXANDER, MP TI A LONGITUDINAL COMPARISON OF THE ORAL READING AND REPETITION OF NOUNS IN ACUTE FLUENT APHASICS SO APHASIOLOGY LA English DT Article AB The oral reading and repetition of nouns was tested in six fluent aphasics at two different times, with the initial testing occurring at least within the first 6 months post-stroke. Results revealed that oral reading was initially more impaired than repetition, and that the latter resolved much more quickly. C1 BOSTON UNIV,SCH MED,DEPT NEUROL,BOSTON,MA 02118. RP KOHN, SE (reprint author), BRAINTREE REHABIL HOSP,DEPT NEUROL,APHASIA PROGRAM,250 POND ST,BRAINTREE,MA 02184, USA. CR Francis WN, 1982, FREQUENCY ANAL ENGLI FRIEDMAN RB, 1990, BRAIN LANG, V38, P278, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(90)90115-W Goodglass H, 1983, ASSESSMENT APHASIA R, V2nd Kertesz A., 1982, W APHASIA BATTERY KOHN SE, 1988, PHONOLOGICAL PROCESS, P93 KOHN SE, 1989, APHASIOLOGY, V3, P209, DOI 10.1080/02687038908248992 NR 6 TC 3 Z9 3 PU TAYLOR & FRANCIS LTD PI LONDON PA ONE GUNDPOWDER SQUARE, LONDON, ENGLAND EC4A 3DE SN 0268-7038 J9 APHASIOLOGY JI Aphasiology PD JUL-AUG PY 1992 VL 6 IS 4 BP 397 EP 401 DI 10.1080/02687039208248610 PG 5 WC Clinical Neurology SC Neurosciences & Neurology GA JG673 UT WOS:A1992JG67300007 ER PT J AU SIMMONS, NN BUCKINGHAM, HW AF SIMMONS, NN BUCKINGHAM, HW TI RECOVERY IN JARGON APHASIA SO APHASIOLOGY LA English DT Article ID JARGON APHASIA; LANGUAGE AB Characteristics of jargonaphasia and jargonagraphia were studied longitudinally in one individual in order to track patterns of recovery and relate findings to theories on the 'source' of deficits. Theories which explain the source of 'jargon' based entirely on phonological or graphemic mapping problems were not supported in this case. It was found that written language followed a recovery pattern similar to that of verbal expression, evolving from 'undifferentiated jargon' to fluent, circumlocutory expression characteristic of lexical retrieval deficits. C1 LOUISIANA STATE UNIV,136B COATES HALL,BATON ROUGE,LA 70803. CR ALAJOUANINE T, 1956, BRAIN, V79, P1, DOI 10.1093/brain/79.1.1 Bayles K., 1984, LANGUAGE DISORDERS A, P209 BAYLES KA, 1982, BRAIN LANG, V16, P265, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(82)90086-4 BROWN JW, 1979, NEUROBIOLOGY SOCIAL, P133 BUCKINGHAM HW, 1976, NEOLOGISTIC JARGON A BUCKINGHAM HW, 1981, JARGONAPHASIA, P39 BUTTERWORTH B, 1988, UNPUB PARAGRAMMATISM BUTTERWORTH B, 1979, BRAIN LANG, V8, P133, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(79)90046-4 ELLIS AW, 1983, COGNITION, V15, P111, DOI 10.1016/0010-0277(83)90036-7 ELLIS AW, 1985, PROGR PSYCHOL LANGUA, V2, P107 GREEN E, 1989, LANG SPEECH, V12, P102 KERTESZ A, 1977, BRAIN, V100, P1, DOI 10.1093/brain/100.1.1 Kertesz A, 1970, Cortex, V6, P362 Kertesz A., 1979, APHASIA ASS DISORDER Lecours A.R., 1982, PERSPECTIVES MENTAL, P217 LECOURS AR, 1976, STUDIES NEUROLINGUIS, V2, P95 MARIN OM, 1976, ORIGINS EVOLUTION LA, P868 Obler L. K., 1981, AGING COMMUNICATION, P107 PANZERI M, 1987, NEUROPSYCHOLOGIA, V25, P919, DOI 10.1016/0028-3932(87)90096-0 PERECMAN E, 1989, BRAIN LANG, V36, P49, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(89)90051-5 PERECMAN E, 1981, JARGONAPHASIA, P177 PEREZFIRMAT G, 1985, CRITICA HISPANICA, V7, P176 Peuser G., 1981, JARGONAPHASIA, P259 PICK A, 1973, PAHASIA, P53 Porch B. E., 1967, PORCH INDEX COMMUNIC WEINSTEIN E A, 1974, Cortex, V10, P75 NR 26 TC 7 Z9 7 PU TAYLOR & FRANCIS LTD PI LONDON PA ONE GUNDPOWDER SQUARE, LONDON, ENGLAND EC4A 3DE SN 0268-7038 J9 APHASIOLOGY JI Aphasiology PD JUL-AUG PY 1992 VL 6 IS 4 BP 403 EP 414 DI 10.1080/02687039208248611 PG 12 WC Clinical Neurology SC Neurosciences & Neurology GA JG673 UT WOS:A1992JG67300008 ER PT J AU FERRO, JM AF FERRO, JM TI THE INFLUENCE OF INFARCT LOCATION ON RECOVERY FROM GLOBAL APHASIA SO APHASIOLOGY LA English DT Article ID ANATOMOCLINICAL CORRELATIONS; LOCALIZATION; HEMIPARESIS; TOMOGRAPHY; LANGUAGE; LESIONS; CLASSIFICATION AB The influence of the anatomical location of the cerebral infarcts causing global aphasia on recovery was studied on a sample of 54 global aphasics with first-ever strokes imaged by computerized tomography. Lesions causing global aphasia could be grouped into five types, with different outcomes: type 1, large pre- and postrolandic middle cerebral artery (MCA) infarcts had a very poor prognosis, type 2 (prerolandic), type 3 (subcortical), type 4 (parietal) and type 5 (double frontal and temporal lesion) had a variable outcome, improving in general to Broca's or transcortical aphasia. Some cases with type 2 and 3 infarcts recovered completely. The best prognosis was observed in the subcortical group. Age and skull asymmetries had a minor influence on this pattern of evolution. Global aphasics have a variable potential for recovery, that should be taken into consideration when evaluating possible treatments for this severe language disorder. RP FERRO, JM (reprint author), UNIV LISBON,HOSP ST MARIA,CTR ESTUDOS EGAS MONIZ,DEPT NEUROL ST MARIA,P-1600 LISBON,PORTUGAL. CR ALEXANDER MP, 1990, NEUROLOGY, V40, P352 BARON JC, 1985, NEURORADIOLOGY, V27, P509 BASSO A, 1985, BRAIN LANG, V26, P201, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(85)90039-2 BENTON AL, 1962, ARCH NEUROL-CHICAGO, V7, P347 BENTON AL, 1969, J NEUROL SCI, V9, P39, DOI 10.1016/0022-510X(69)90057-4 BOGOUSSLAVSKY J, 1988, ARCH NEUROL-CHICAGO, V45, P143 CARAMAZZA A, 1984, BRAIN LANG, V21, P9, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(84)90032-4 DAMASIO AR, 1982, ARCH NEUROL-CHICAGO, V39, P15 DAMASIO H, 1983, ARCH NEUROL-CHICAGO, V40, P138 Damasio H., 1981, ACQUIRED APHASIA, P27 DELEVAL J, 1989, NEUROLOGY, V39, P1532 EDELMAN G, 1987, APHASIOLOGY, V1, P75, DOI 10.1080/02687038708248813 FERRO J, 1986, THESIS FM LISBOA LIS FERRO JM, 1983, NEUROLOGY, V33, P1106 FERRO JM, 1987, J CLIN EXP NEUROPSYC, V9, P365, DOI 10.1080/01688638708405057 FERRO JM, 1983, J NEUROL NEUROSUR PS, V46, P943, DOI 10.1136/jnnp.46.10.943 GESCHWIND N, 1975, TXB MED, P555 Goodglass H, 1972, ASSESSMENT APHASIA R HAYWARD RW, 1977, RADIOLOGY, V123, P653 Kertesz A., 1979, APHASIA ASS DISORDER KERTESZ A, 1979, BRAIN LANG, V8, P34, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(79)90038-5 LECOURS AR, 1980, REV NEUROL, V136, P591 LEGATT AD, 1987, NEUROLOGY, V37, P201 LEMAY M, 1977, J NEUROL SCI, V32, P243, DOI 10.1016/0022-510X(77)90239-8 MAZZOCCHI F, 1979, CORTEX, V15, P627 MESULAM MM, 1990, ANN NEUROL, V28, P597, DOI 10.1002/ana.410280502 METTER EJ, 1987, APHASIOLOGY, V1, P3, DOI 10.1080/02687038708248808 Mohr JP, 1986, STROKE PATHOPHYSIOLO, V1, P377 NAESER M, 1982, ARCH NEUROL-CHICAGO, V39, P1 Naeser M.A., 1983, LOCALIZATION NEUROPS, P63 OJEMANN GA, 1978, BRAIN LANG, V6, P239, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(78)90061-5 POECK K, 1984, BRAIN, V107, P199, DOI 10.1093/brain/107.1.199 SARNO MT, 1981, BRAIN LANG, V12, P1 Shallice T, 1979, J CLIN NEUROPSYCHOLO, V1, P183, DOI DOI 10.1080/01688637908414450 TRANEL D, 1987, ARCH NEUROL-CHICAGO, V44, P304 VANHORN G, 1982, NEUROLOGY, V32, P403 VIGNOLO LA, 1986, CORTEX, V22, P55 WEILLER C, 1990, ARCH NEUROL-CHICAGO, V47, P1085 NR 38 TC 12 Z9 12 PU TAYLOR & FRANCIS LTD PI LONDON PA ONE GUNDPOWDER SQUARE, LONDON, ENGLAND EC4A 3DE SN 0268-7038 J9 APHASIOLOGY JI Aphasiology PD JUL-AUG PY 1992 VL 6 IS 4 BP 415 EP 430 DI 10.1080/02687039208248612 PG 16 WC Clinical Neurology SC Neurosciences & Neurology GA JG673 UT WOS:A1992JG67300009 ER PT J AU MARTINS, IP FERRO, JM AF MARTINS, IP FERRO, JM TI RECOVERY OF ACQUIRED APHASIA IN CHILDREN SO APHASIOLOGY LA English DT Article ID GLUCOSE-METABOLISM; CHILDHOOD APHASIA; LANGUAGE; LESIONS; SPEECH; BRAIN AB We report a longitudinal study of 32 children (younger than 15 years) with acquired aphasia secondary to unilateral focal brain lesions, and study the factors responsible for the prognosis of aphasia. Poor outcome was associated with infectious aetiology, lesion onset after age 7 years, fluent speech, poor auditory comprehension and damage to Wernicke's area. Conversely, vascular and traumatic aetiology and the presence of mutism or hemiparesis were associated with a better recovery. However, as some of these factors tended to cluster, we performed a multivariable regression analysis. This analysis showed that only three of the variables could predict the prognosis: infectious aetiology, poor verbal comprehension, and involvement of Wernicke's area were all associated with a poor outcome. Age at lesion onset, in contrast, did not account for aphasia recovery. These data suggest therefore that recovery from aphasia depends much more upon the integrity of certain brain areas (left posterior language areas) than upon an hypothetic age-related plasticity. Long-term consequences of aphasia on school achievement were, however, quite ominous, for most children subsequently failed at school, including those who had recovered completely. RP MARTINS, IP (reprint author), HOSP SANTA MARIA,CTR ESTUDOS EGAS MONIZ,NEUROBEHAV UNIT,P-1600 LISBON,PORTUGAL. CR ALAJOUAN.T, 1965, BRAIN, V88, P653, DOI 10.1093/brain/88.4.653 ARAM DM, 1987, BRAIN LANG, V31, P61, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(87)90061-7 ARAM DM, 1988, LANG COMMUN, P171 BISHOP DVM, 1981, DEV MED CHILD NEUROL, V23, P251 CARTER RL, 1982, SCIENCE, V218, P797, DOI 10.1126/science.7134973 CRANBERG LD, 1987, NEUROLOGY, V37, P1165 Curwen M. P., 1977, MANUAL REYNELL DEV L DENNIS M, 1976, BRAIN LANG, V3, P303 DERENZI E, 1962, BRAIN, V85, P665, DOI 10.1093/brain/85.4.665 FERRO JM, 1979, SOCIEDADE PORTUGUESA, P154 FERRO JM, 1986, THESIS FM LISBOA Freud S, 1968, INFANTILE CEREBRAL P Goodglass H, 1972, ASSESSMENT APHASIA R Guttmann E, 1942, BRAIN, V65, P205, DOI 10.1093/brain/65.2.205 HAYWARD RW, 1977, RADIOLOGY, V123, P653 HECAEN H, 1983, NEUROPSYCHOLOGIA, V21, P581, DOI 10.1016/0028-3932(83)90055-6 KARBE H, 1990, J NEUROL, V237, P19, DOI 10.1007/BF00319662 Kertesz A., 1979, APHASIA ASS DISORDER LENNEBERG E, 1967, BIOL F LANGUAGE LOONEN MCB, 1990, ARCH NEUROL-CHICAGO, V47, P1324 MARTINS IP, 1991, ACQUIRED APHASIA CHI METTER EJ, 1989, ARCH NEUROL-CHICAGO, V46, P27 MOLFESE DL, 1975, BRAIN LANG, V2, P356, DOI 10.1016/S0093-934X(75)80076-9 PAPANICOLAOU AC, 1990, ARCH NEUROL-CHICAGO, V47, P562 RIVA D, 1991, ACQUIRED APHASIA CHI, P213 SATZ P, 1988, NEUROPSYCHOLOGIA, V26, P345, DOI 10.1016/0028-3932(88)90087-5 SATZ P, 1981, ACQUIRED APHASIA, P399 VANDONGEN HR, 1988, CLIN ASPECTS ACQUIRE VANHOUT A, 1991, ACQUIRED APHASIA CHI, P163 VARGHAKHADEM F, 1991, BRAIN, V114, P473, DOI 10.1093/brain/114.1.473 VARGHAKHADEM F, 1985, BRAIN, V108, P677, DOI 10.1093/brain/108.3.677 WOODS BT, 1978, ANN NEUROL, V3, P273, DOI 10.1002/ana.410030315 NR 32 TC 22 Z9 22 PU TAYLOR & FRANCIS LTD PI LONDON PA ONE GUNDPOWDER SQUARE, LONDON, ENGLAND EC4A 3DE SN 0268-7038 J9 APHASIOLOGY JI Aphasiology PD JUL-AUG PY 1992 VL 6 IS 4 BP 431 EP 438 DI 10.1080/02687039208248613 PG 8 WC Clinical Neurology SC Neurosciences & Neurology GA JG673 UT WOS:A1992JG67300010 ER PT J AU HINCKLEY, JJ CRAIG, HK AF HINCKLEY, JJ CRAIG, HK TI A COMPARISON OF PICTURE-STIMULUS AND CONVERSATIONAL ELICITATION CONTEXTS - RESPONSES TO COMMENTS BY ADULTS WITH APHASIA SO APHASIOLOGY LA English DT Article AB The purpose of this study was to compare responses to comments of adults with aphasia and those with normal language in two elicitation contexts, picture-stimulus and spontaneous conversation. The results indicate that picture-stimulus elicitation is a valid method for assessing responses to comments among adults with aphasia. The potential uses of the picture-stimulus method at specific points in the intervention process are discussed. RP HINCKLEY, JJ (reprint author), UNIV MICHIGAN,COMMUNICAT DISORDERS CLIN,111 E CATHERINE ST,ANN ARBOR,MI 48109, USA. CR BATES E, 1983, CAN J PSYCHOL, V37, P59, DOI 10.1037/h0080695 CRAIG HK, 1986, J SPEECH HEAR RES, V28, P375 Davis G, 1985, ADULT APHASIA REHABI EASTERBROOK A, 1982, BRIT J DISORD COMMUN, V17, P93 GERBER S, 1989, Seminars in Speech and Language, V10, P263, DOI 10.1055/s-2008-1064268 Goodglass H, 1972, ASSESSMENT APHASIA R GUILFORD AM, 1982, J COMMUN DISORD, V15, P337, DOI 10.1016/0021-9924(82)90001-6 HERRMANN M, 1989, BRAIN LANG, V37, P339, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(89)90022-9 Holland A., 1980, COMMUNICATIVE ABILIT JONES LV, 1966, SPOKEN WORD COUNT Kertesz A., 1982, W APHASIA BATTERY Levinson Stephen C., 1983, PRAGMATICS PRUTTING CA, 1987, J SPEECH HEAR DISORD, V52, P105 PRUTTING CA, 1983, PRAGMATIC ASSESSMENT SACKS H, 1974, LANGUAGE, V50, P696, DOI 10.2307/412243 Sarno MT, 1969, FUNCTIONAL COMMUNICA TERRELL B Y, 1989, Seminars in Speech and Language, V10, P282, DOI 10.1055/s-2008-1064269 ULATOWSKA H K, 1989, Seminars in Speech and Language, V10, P298, DOI 10.1055/s-2008-1064270 1969, SPECIFICATIONS AUDIO NR 19 TC 2 Z9 2 PU TAYLOR & FRANCIS LTD PI LONDON PA ONE GUNDPOWDER SQUARE, LONDON, ENGLAND EC4A 3DE SN 0268-7038 J9 APHASIOLOGY JI Aphasiology PD MAY-JUN PY 1992 VL 6 IS 3 BP 257 EP 272 DI 10.1080/02687039208248596 PG 16 WC Clinical Neurology SC Neurosciences & Neurology GA JD473 UT WOS:A1992JD47300002 ER PT J AU PARR, S AF PARR, S TI EVERYDAY READING AND WRITING PRACTICES OF NORMAL ADULTS - IMPLICATIONS FOR APHASIA ASSESSMENT SO APHASIOLOGY LA English DT Article AB The everyday reading and writing practices of 50 non-neurologically damaged adults were surveyed using a semi-structured interview formal. Thc subjects rated the elicited activities in terms of the frequency with which they were performed and their relative importance. Data analysis made it possible to rank the 131 cited activities using an index of importance. Each of the top-ranking activities was then considered in terms of its representativeness for each individual subject. They were found to represent only a small percentage of each individual's total range of activities. Group differences were considered in terms of age, sex, marital status, education and social class. Few significant differences were found between the various groups which were compared. Incidental findings regarding some subjects' use of social networks were also taken into account. The results suggest that everyday reading and writing practices typical of a normal adult cannot be predicted. The implications for existing functional assessments of acquired reading and writing disorders are discussed in the light of developments within current literacy research. An ethnographic approach is suggested as a more appropriate framework for assessment. C1 UNITED BRISTOL HOSP TRUST,BRISTOL,AVON,ENGLAND. CR Agar M. H., 1980, PROFESSIONAL STRANGE BARRETT RA, 1984, CULTURE CONDUCT EXCU BYNG S, 1990, APHASIOLOGY, V4, P67, DOI 10.1080/02687039008249055 FINGERET A, 1983, ADULT EDUC QUART, V33, P133 Green G., 1982, AUSTR J HUMAN COMMUN, V10, P11 Hatfield M. H., 1987, APHASIA THERAPY Holland A., 1980, COMMUNICATIVE ABILIT LaPointe L. L., 1979, READING COMPREHENSIO LEVINE K, 1982, HARVARD EDUC REV, V52, P249 Parr S., 1991, J NEUROLINGUIST, V6, P213, DOI 10.1016/0911-6044(91)90008-7 Sarno MT, 1969, FUNCTIONAL COMMUNICA SKINNER C, 1984, EDINBURGH FUNCTIONAL SMITH L, 1985, BRIT J DISORD COMMUN, V20, P31 Street Brian, 1984, LITERACY THEORY PRAC Stubbs M., 1985, OTHER LANGUAGES ENGL SZWED J, 1981, WRITING NATURE DEV T VARENNE H, 1986, ACQUISITION LITERACY WAGNER DA, 1986, ACQUISITION LITERACY 1988, STROKE 1980, CLASSIFICATION POPUL 1977, WORKING TOGETHER APP NR 21 TC 11 Z9 11 PU TAYLOR & FRANCIS LTD PI LONDON PA ONE GUNDPOWDER SQUARE, LONDON, ENGLAND EC4A 3DE SN 0268-7038 J9 APHASIOLOGY JI Aphasiology PD MAY-JUN PY 1992 VL 6 IS 3 BP 273 EP 283 DI 10.1080/02687039208248597 PG 11 WC Clinical Neurology SC Neurosciences & Neurology GA JD473 UT WOS:A1992JD47300003 ER PT J AU PINEDA, D ARDILA, A AF PINEDA, D ARDILA, A TI LASTING MUTISM ASSOCIATED WITH BUCCOFACIAL APRAXIA SO APHASIOLOGY LA English DT Article ID BILATERAL PERISYLVIAN SOFTENINGS; OPERCULAR SYNDROME; SPEECH; APHASIA; HEMISPHERE; CONDUCTION; LANGUAGE; LESIONS; APHEMIA AB A right-handed 56-year-old male patient suddenly presented with mutism, and right hemiparesis. Hemiparesis quickly evolved and disappeared, and language slightly improved- However, 7 months later a total mutism and a very severe buccofacial apraxia associated with a mild aphasia were observed. A CT scan disclosed two almost homologous infarction areas: a left frontal opercular and a right orbitofrontal gyrus infarction area. Several months later the patient passed away without any further change in his speech disorder. It is asserted that transient mutism can be associated with unilateral left damage, but lasting mutism associated with buccofacial apraxia requires bilateral lesions. C1 INST COLOMBIANO NEUROPSICOL,APARTADO AEREO 17021,BOGOTA,COLOMBIA. HOSP SAN VINCENTE DE PAUL,MEDELLIN,COLOMBIA. CR Adams RD, 1985, PRINCIPLES NEUROLOGY ALEXANDER MP, 1987, BRAIN, V110, P961, DOI 10.1093/brain/110.4.961 ALEXANDER MP, 1989, BRAIN LANG, V37, P656, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(89)90118-1 ARDILA A, 1989, J PSYCHOLINGUIST RES, V18, P163 Ardila A., 1990, J NEUROLINGUIST, V5, P1, DOI 10.1016/0911-6044(90)90028-W BROWN JW, 1972, APHASIA APROXIA AGNO BUCKINGHAM HW, 1991, ACQUIRED APHASIA, P271 Cappa S. F., 1987, APHASIOLOGY, V1, P35, DOI 10.1080/02687038708248809 CARTER GJ, 1985, BRAIN LANG, V24, P204 CUMMINGS JL, 1983, J NERV MENT DIS, V171, P255, DOI 10.1097/00005053-198304000-00010 DAVID AS, 1984, J NEUROL NEUROSUR PS, V47, P1342, DOI 10.1136/jnnp.47.12.1342 De Renzi E., 1966, CORTEX, V2, P50 GESCHWIND N, 1985, HDB CLIN NEUROLOGY, V1, P423 GOODGLASS H, 1979, EVALUACION AFASIA TR GROSWASSER Z, 1988, BRAIN LANG, V34, P157, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(88)90129-0 JACKSON HH, 1874, SELECTED WRITINGS, P153 KOHN SE, 1984, BRAIN LANG, V23, P97, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(84)90009-9 LECOURS AR, 1976, BRAIN LANG, V3, P88, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(76)90008-0 LEVIN HS, 1983, ARCH NEUROL-CHICAGO, V40, P601 LEVINE DN, 1979, NEUROLOGY, V29, P927 Luria A. R., 1966, HIGHER CORTICAL FUNC Luria A. R., 1976, BASIC PROBLEMS NEURO MARIANI C, 1980, J NEUROL, V223, P269, DOI 10.1007/BF00313341 MONOI H, 1983, BRAIN LANG, V20, P175, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(83)90041-X NAESER MA, 1989, BRAIN, V112, P1, DOI 10.1093/brain/112.1.1 ROSENBEK JC, APRAXIA SPEECH SCHIFF HB, 1983, ARCH NEUROL-CHICAGO, V40, P720 STARKSTEIN SE, 1988, BRAIN LANG, V34, P253, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(88)90137-X SUSSMAN NM, 1983, J NEUROSURG, V59, P514, DOI 10.3171/jns.1983.59.3.0514 TOGNOLA G, 1980, NEUROPSYCHOLOGIA, V18, P257, DOI 10.1016/0028-3932(80)90122-0 VILLA G, 1984, ITAL J NEUROL SCI, V5, P77, DOI 10.1007/BF02043975 VONCRAMON D, 1981, NEUROPSYCHOLOGIA, V19, P801, DOI 10.1016/0028-3932(81)90092-0 ZIEGLER W, 1986, BRAIN LANG, V28, P34 ZIEGLER W, 1985, BRAIN LANG, V26, P117, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(85)90032-X NR 34 TC 7 Z9 7 PU TAYLOR & FRANCIS LTD PI LONDON PA ONE GUNDPOWDER SQUARE, LONDON, ENGLAND EC4A 3DE SN 0268-7038 J9 APHASIOLOGY JI Aphasiology PD MAY-JUN PY 1992 VL 6 IS 3 BP 285 EP 292 DI 10.1080/02687039208248598 PG 8 WC Clinical Neurology SC Neurosciences & Neurology GA JD473 UT WOS:A1992JD47300004 ER PT J AU ZESIGER, P MAYER, E AF ZESIGER, P MAYER, E TI LEFT UNILATERAL DYSGRAPHIA IN A PATIENT WITH AN ATYPICAL PATTERN OF HANDEDNESS - A COGNITIVE ANALYSIS SO APHASIOLOGY LA English DT Article ID AGRAPHIA; RECOGNITION; ERRORS; HAND AB Certain patients with a lesion of the corpus callosum have been reported as exhibiting unusual writing difficulties with their non-dominant hand. This deficit has been termed unilateral agraphia and classically interpreted as a disconnection between left-hemisphere language centres and right-hemisphere motor areas. The present study was designed to investigate the writing abilities of both hands of a corpus callosum-lesioned patient with an atypical pattern of handedness (mostly left-handed but right-handed for writing) who showed sequelae of a left unilateral dysgraphia. For this purpose the patient was asked to produce 416 words in oral spelling, right-handed and left-handed writing with or without visual feedback. The results show that in all modalities the patient produces some phonologically plausible errors most likely related to pre-morbid spelling difficulties; however, in the left-handed writing modalities (particularly without vision), he makes a considerable number of non-phonologically plausible errors. These are mostly letter substitutions characterized by a spatial similarity between the letter to be produced and the one actually formed. This pattern of deficit is discussed in the context of cognitive models of writing, and of current theories concerning handwriting movement control. C1 UNIV GENEVA,HOP CANTONAL,DEPT NEUROL,NEUROPSYCHOL UNIT,CH-1211 GENEVA 4,SWITZERLAND. RP ZESIGER, P (reprint author), UNIV GENEVA,FAC PSYCHOL & EDUC SCI,24 RUE GEN DUFOUR,CH-1211 GENEVA 4,SWITZERLAND. CR BAXTER DM, 1986, J NEUROL NEUROSUR PS, V49, P369, DOI 10.1136/jnnp.49.4.369 BEAUVOIS MF, 1981, BRAIN, V104, P21, DOI 10.1093/brain/104.1.21 BLACK SE, 1989, APHASIOLOGY, V3, P265, DOI 10.1080/02687038908248994 CARAMAZZA A, 1987, COGNITION, V26, P59, DOI 10.1016/0010-0277(87)90014-X CARAMAZZA A, 1990, COGNITION, V37, P243, DOI 10.1016/0010-0277(90)90047-N DEBASTIANI P, 1989, COGNITIVE NEUROPSYCH, V6, P25, DOI 10.1080/02643298908253283 DUNNRANK.P, 1968, J VERB LEARN VERB BE, V7, P990, DOI 10.1016/S0022-5371(68)80057-X Ellis A. W., 1988, LANG COGNITIVE PROC, V3, P99, DOI 10.1080/01690968808402084 Ellis A. W., 1982, NORMALITY PATHOLOGY, P113 GAZZANIGA MS, 1970, DISECTED BRAIN GERSH F, 1981, ARCH NEUROL-CHICAGO, V38, P634 GESCHWIND N, 1962, NEUROLOGY, V12, P675 GILMORE GC, 1979, PERCEPT PSYCHOPHYS, V25, P425, DOI 10.3758/BF03199852 Goodman R. A., 1986, NEW TRENDS GRAPHEMIC, P300 GOODMAN RA, 1986, COGNITIVE NEUROPSYCH, V3, P179, DOI 10.1080/02643298608252675 GUARD O, 1985, Encephale, V11, P211 GUR RE, 1984, NEUROLOGY, V34, P904 HATFIELD FM, 1983, Q J EXP PSYCHOL-A, V35, P451 JENNETT B, 1975, LANCET, V1, P480 Juilland Alphonse, 1970, FREQUENCY DICT FRENC LEBRUN Y, 1987, APHASIOLOGY, V1, P317, DOI 10.1080/02687038708248852 LIEPMANN H, 1907, J PSYCHOL NEUROLOGIE, V10, P214 MARGOLIN DI, 1984, Q J EXP PSYCHOL-A, V36, P459 MAYER E, 1988, NEUROPSYCHOLOGIA, V26, P851, DOI 10.1016/0028-3932(88)90054-1 OLDFIELD RC, 1971, NEUROPSYCHOLOGIA, V9, P97, DOI 10.1016/0028-3932(71)90067-4 PANCHAUD A, 1986, THESIS U GENEVA Patterson K., 1985, SURFACE DYSLEXIA PATTERSON K, 1989, COGNITIVE NEUROPSYCH, V6, P1, DOI 10.1080/02643298908253282 Rapp B. C., 1989, READ WRIT, V1, P3, DOI 10.1007/BF00178834 ROELTGEN DP, 1985, APPL PSYCHOLINGUIST, V6, P205, DOI 10.1017/S0142716400006184 RUBENS AB, 1977, ARCH NEUROL-CHICAGO, V34, P750 SHALLICE T, 1988, NEUROPSYCHOLOGY MENT, P130, DOI 10.1017/CBO9780511526817.007 Sperry RW, 1969, HDB CLINICAL NEUROLO, P273 SUEN CY, 1983, ACTA PSYCHOL, V54, P295, DOI 10.1016/0001-6918(83)90042-2 SUGISHITA M, 1980, BRAIN LANG, V9, P215, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(80)90142-X TABUCHI AM, 1988, THESIS U SORBONNE NO TISSOT R, 1974, SYNDROMES DISCONNEXI, P309 VANGALEN GP, 1991, HUM MOVEMENT SCI, V10, P165, DOI 10.1016/0167-9457(91)90003-G VANGALEN GP, 1990, ACTA PSYCHOL, V74, P259, DOI 10.1016/0001-6918(90)90008-4 WATSON RT, 1983, BRAIN, V106, P391, DOI 10.1093/brain/106.2.391 WRIGHT CE, 1990, ATTENTION PERFORM, V23, P294 YAMADORI A, 1980, ARCH NEUROL-CHICAGO, V37, P88 ZANGWILL OL, 1954, BRAIN, V77, P510, DOI 10.1093/brain/77.4.510 NR 43 TC 6 Z9 6 PU TAYLOR & FRANCIS LTD PI LONDON PA ONE GUNDPOWDER SQUARE, LONDON, ENGLAND EC4A 3DE SN 0268-7038 J9 APHASIOLOGY JI Aphasiology PD MAY-JUN PY 1992 VL 6 IS 3 BP 293 EP 307 DI 10.1080/02687039208248599 PG 15 WC Clinical Neurology SC Neurosciences & Neurology GA JD473 UT WOS:A1992JD47300005 ER PT J AU PAQUIER, P VANVUGT, P BAL, P VANDONGEN, HR PARIZEL, PM CRETEN, W MARTIN, JJ AF PAQUIER, P VANVUGT, P BAL, P VANDONGEN, HR PARIZEL, PM CRETEN, W MARTIN, JJ TI DEEP DYSLEXIA IN A DUTCH-SPEAKING PATIENT SO APHASIOLOGY LA English DT Article ID HEMISPHERE; ACCESS AB A left-handed, Dutch-speaking woman of average intelligence became aphasic after having sustained a left frontotemporal cerebrovascular accident. As she had made semantic paralexias while reading isolated words during a routine aphasiological assessment, we wanted to know whether she could be characterized as 'deep dyslexic', and whether the deep dyslexia symptom complex described in English-speaking patients would recur in a Dutch-speaking patient. We subsequently administered two experimental reading tests in order to investigate the organization of five situational lexical-semantic categories, and to analyse the types of reading errors affecting different word classes. Our findings, which indicate that the patient is a deep dyslexic reader, shed light upon three theoretical issues: (1) the occurrence of individual differences within the symptom complex, (2) the plurimodality of certain features first thought to be specific to reading, and (3) the underlying causes of the semantic paralexias. C1 ERASMUS UNIV,HOSP DIJKZIGT,DEPT NEUROL,ROTTERDAM,NETHERLANDS. UNIV INSTELLING ANTWERP,DEPT ROMANCE PHILOL,NEUROLINGUIST UNIT,B-2610 WILRIJK,BELGIUM. UNIV INSTELLING ANTWERP,DEPT DIDACT,B-2610 WILRIJK,BELGIUM. ANTWERP UNIV HOSP,DEPT EARS NOSE & THROAT,EDEGEM,BELGIUM. ANTWERP UNIV HOSP,DEPT NEUROL,EDEGEM,BELGIUM. ANTWERP UNIV HOSP,DEPT RADIOL,EDEGEM,BELGIUM. ANTWERP STATE UNIV CTR,BIOMED PHYS SECT,B-2020 ANTWERP,BELGIUM. RP PAQUIER, P (reprint author), ANTWERP UNIV HOSP,DEPT NEUROL,DIV NEUROLINGUIST,WILRIJKST 10,B-2650 EDEGEM,BELGIUM. CR ALLPORT DA, 1981, PHILOS T ROY SOC B, V295, P397, DOI 10.1098/rstb.1981.0148 BARRY C, 1991, CHARACTERISTICS APHA, P178 Coltheart M., 1980, DEEP DYSLEXIA, P22 Coltheart M., 1987, DEEP DYSLEXIA DENBOOGAART PU, 1975, WOORDFREQUENTIES GES, V3 Fillmore C. J., 1968, UNIVERSALS LINGUIST, P1 FRIEDMAN RB, 1982, NEUROPSYCHOLOGIA, V20, P559, DOI 10.1016/0028-3932(82)90029-X Goodglass H, 1983, ASSESSMENT APHASIA R, V2nd Huber W., 1983, AACHENER APHASIE TES KREMIN H, 1984, DYSLEXIA GLOBAL ISSU, P273 Marie P, 1906, SEM MED, V26, P241 OMBREDANE A, 1950, APHASIE ELABORATION PAIVIO A, 1968, J EXP PSYCHOL, V76, P1, DOI 10.1037/h0025327 PATTERSON K, 1989, BRAIN, V112, P39, DOI 10.1093/brain/112.1.39 Raven JC, 1958, STANDARD PROGR MATRI SCHWEIGER A, 1989, BRAIN LANG, V37, P73, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(89)90102-8 Shallice T., 1988, NEUROPSYCHOLOGY MENT Shallice T, 1980, DEEP DYSLEXIA, P119 VANVUGT P, 1986, THESIS U ANTWERP BEL VANVUGT P, 1991, UNPUB NATO ADV STUDY WARRINGTON EK, 1979, BRAIN, V102, P43, DOI 10.1093/brain/102.1.43 NR 21 TC 0 Z9 0 PU TAYLOR & FRANCIS LTD PI LONDON PA ONE GUNDPOWDER SQUARE, LONDON, ENGLAND EC4A 3DE SN 0268-7038 J9 APHASIOLOGY JI Aphasiology PD MAY-JUN PY 1992 VL 6 IS 3 BP 309 EP 320 DI 10.1080/02687039208248600 PG 12 WC Clinical Neurology SC Neurosciences & Neurology GA JD473 UT WOS:A1992JD47300006 ER PT J AU MARK, VW THOMAS, BE BERNDT, RS AF MARK, VW THOMAS, BE BERNDT, RS TI FACTORS ASSOCIATED WITH IMPROVEMENT IN GLOBAL APHASIA SO APHASIOLOGY LA English DT Article ID COMPUTED TOMOGRAPHIC SCAN; CT-SCAN; INTRACEREBRAL HEMORRHAGE; AUDITORY COMPREHENSION; IMPROVED RECOVERY; LESION; LOCALIZATION; PROGNOSIS; HEMIPARESIS; STROKE AB This study evaluates the correlation of initial aphasia examination and several neuroradiologic variables with language recovery 1 year after the onset of global aphasia in 13 patients. Initial performance on language tests-particularly, auditory-verbal comprehension-is strongly correlated with outcome, while the neuroradiologic measures are not. While cerebral tissue characteristics may influence linguistic capabilities either acutely or chronically in the global aphasic patient, the initial language assessment appears to be more reliably associated with improvement than are CT indices of lesion characteristics. C1 UNIV MARYLAND,SCH MED,BALTIMORE,MD 21201. CR BASSO A, 1989, CORTEX, V25, P555 BOGOUSSLAVSKY J, 1988, ARCH NEUROL-CHICAGO, V45, P143 CHUI C, 1980, J NEUROL NEUROSUR PS, V43, P873 CUMMINGS JL, 1979, NEUROLOGY, V29, P1547 Damasio H., 1989, LESION ANAL NEUROPSY DELEVAL J, 1989, NEUROLOGY, V39, P1532 DOUGLAS MA, 1982, STROKE, V13, P488 FIESCHI C, 1988, STROKE, V19, P192 HELWEGLARSEN S, 1984, STROKE, V15, P1045 HOLLAND AL, 1985, CLIN APHASIOLOGY, P169 HORN VB, 1982, NEUROLOGY, V32, P403 KERTESZ A, 1977, BRAIN, V100, P1, DOI 10.1093/brain/100.1.1 Kertesz A., 1979, APHASIA ASS DISORDER KERTESZ A, 1979, BRAIN LANG, V8, P34, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(79)90038-5 Kertesz A., 1982, W APHASIA BATTERY KERTESZ A, 1989, J CLIN EXPT NEUROPSY, V11, P67 KNOPMAN DS, 1984, NEUROLOGY, V34, P1461 KNOPMAN DS, 1983, NEUROLOGY, V33, P1170 LEGATT AD, 1987, NEUROLOGY, V37, P201 LEVINE DN, 1984, NEUROLOGY, V34, P577 MAZZOCCHI F, 1978, CORTEX, V14, P136 MAZZOCCHI F, 1979, CORTEX, V15, P627 MEHLER M F, 1988, Neurology, V38, P263 MURDOCH BE, 1986, J COMMUN DISORD, V19, P311, DOI 10.1016/0021-9924(86)90025-0 NAESER MA, 1978, NEUROLOGY, V28, P545 NAESER MA, 1987, ARCH NEUROL-CHICAGO, V44, P73 NAESER MA, 1990, ARCH NEUROL-CHICAGO, V47, P425 NEW PFJ, 1975, COMPUTED TOMOGRAPHY PASHEK GV, 1988, CORTEX, V24, P411 PIENIADZ JM, 1983, CORTEX, V19, P371 PIZZAMIGLIO L, 1985, BRAIN LANG, V25, P213, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(85)90081-1 POECK K, 1984, BRAIN, V107, P199, DOI 10.1093/brain/107.1.199 SARNO MT, 1981, BRAIN LANG, V13, P1, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(81)90124-3 SCARPA M, 1987, CORTEX, V23, P331 SCOTT WR, 1985, ARCH NEUROL-CHICAGO, V42, P133 SELNES OA, 1983, ANN NEUROL, V13, P558, DOI 10.1002/ana.410130515 SELNES OA, 1984, BRAIN LANG, V21, P72, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(84)90037-3 STEINER I, 1984, STROKE, V15, P279 STEINMETZ H, 1990, BRAIN LANG, V38, P515, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(90)90135-4 TRANEL D, 1987, ARCH NEUROL-CHICAGO, V44, P304 NR 40 TC 10 Z9 10 PU TAYLOR & FRANCIS LTD PI LONDON PA ONE GUNDPOWDER SQUARE, LONDON, ENGLAND EC4A 3DE SN 0268-7038 J9 APHASIOLOGY JI Aphasiology PD MAR-APR PY 1992 VL 6 IS 2 BP 121 EP 134 DI 10.1080/02687039208248584 PG 14 WC Clinical Neurology SC Neurosciences & Neurology GA HM655 UT WOS:A1992HM65500001 ER PT J AU HUDSON, LJ MURDOCH, BE AF HUDSON, LJ MURDOCH, BE TI CHRONIC LANGUAGE DEFICITS IN CHILDREN TREATED FOR POSTERIOR-FOSSA TUMOR SO APHASIOLOGY LA English DT Article ID ACUTE LYMPHOCYTIC-LEUKEMIA; CENTRAL NERVOUS-SYSTEM; ACQUIRED APHASIA; CRANIAL IRRADIATION; CEREBELLAR ORIGIN; CHILDHOOD; MEDULLOBLASTOMA; RADIOTHERAPY; IMPAIRMENT; SURVIVORS AB Twenty children who had been treated for posterior fossa tumour at least 12 months before the present study were administered a comprehensive battery of language tests. Six children experienced surgery as the only form of tumour treatment while 14 children received CNS prophylaxis following craniotomy. When compared with a group of 20 matched control subjects, the children treated for tumour demonstrated a mild language impairment in the areas of auditorY comprehension, oral expression and high level language abilities. Confrontation naming, rapid naming and word fluency abilities of tumour subjects were not significantly different from controls. Results are discussed with reference to tumour type, age at diagnosis, hydrocephalus, tumour treatment and academic implications. RI Murdoch, Bruce/C-1397-2012 CR ALAJOUAN.T, 1965, BRAIN, V88, P653, DOI 10.1093/brain/88.4.653 ARAM DM, 1987, BRAIN LANG, V31, P61, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(87)90061-7 ARAM DM, 1986, BRAIN LANG, V27, P75, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(86)90006-4 ARAM DM, 1987, BRAIN LANG, V323, P137 BAMFORD FN, 1976, CANCER, V37, P1149, DOI 10.1002/1097-0142(197602)37:2+<1149::AID-CNCR2820370825>3.0.CO;2-C BASSO A, 1990, CORTEX, V26, P501 BORING CC, 1991, CA-CANCER J CLIN, V41, P19, DOI 10.3322/canjclin.41.1.19 BROUWERS P, 1985, J PEDIATR-US, V106, P723, DOI 10.1016/S0022-3476(85)80343-7 BURNS MS, 1984, J SPEECH HEAR DISORD, V49, P107 BYERS RK, 1962, PEDIATRICS, V29, P376 CARTER RL, 1982, SCIENCE, V218, P797, DOI 10.1126/science.7134973 COOPER JA, 1987, J SPEECH HEAR DISORD, V52, P251 COPELAND DR, 1985, PEDIATRICS, V75, P745 DANOFF B F, 1982, Cancer, V49, P1580, DOI 10.1002/1097-0142(19820415)49:8<1580::AID-CNCR2820490810>3.0.CO;2-7 DAVIS PC, 1986, AM J ROENTGENOL, V147, P587 DiSimoni F., 1978, TOKEN TEST CHILDREN DUFFNER PK, 1985, CANCER, V56, P1841, DOI 10.1002/1097-0142(19851001)56:7+<1841::AID-CNCR2820561325>3.0.CO;2-C HAMMILL DD, 1987, TEST ADOLESCENT LANG, V2 HAMMILL DD, 1982, TEST LANGUAGE DEV IN HECAEN H, 1983, NEUROPSYCHOLOGIA, V21, P581, DOI 10.1016/0028-3932(83)90055-6 HECAEN H, 1976, BRAIN LANG, V3, P114, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(76)90009-2 HUDSON LJ, 1992, APHASIOLOGY, V6, P17, DOI 10.1080/02687039208248574 HUDSON LJ, 1989, APHASIOLOGY, V3, P1, DOI 10.1080/02687038908248972 Jordan F M, 1988, Brain Inj, V2, P179, DOI 10.3109/02699058809150943 Kaplan E, 1983, BOSTON NAMING TEST LANSKY SB, 1984, AM J PEDIAT HEMATOL, V6, P183 LEBARON S, 1988, CANCER, V62, P1215, DOI 10.1002/1097-0142(19880915)62:6<1215::AID-CNCR2820620629>3.0.CO;2-C LEE KF, 1977, COMPUT TOMOGR, V1, P103 LEES JA, 1990, APHASIOLOGY, V4, P463, DOI 10.1080/02687039008248787 MEADOWS AT, 1981, LANCET, V2, P1015 MULHERN RK, 1985, MED PEDIATR ONCOL, V13, P318, DOI 10.1002/mpo.2950130604 Newcomer P, 1982, TEST LANGUAGE DEV PACKER RJ, 1989, J NEUROSURG, V70, P707, DOI 10.3171/jns.1989.70.5.0707 PAINTER MJ, 1975, NEUROLOGY, V25, P189 PEARSON ADJ, 1983, ARCH DIS CHILD, V58, P133 REKATE HL, 1985, ARCH NEUROL-CHICAGO, V42, P697 RIVA D, 1989, CHILD NERV SYST, V5, P107, DOI 10.1007/BF00571120 Russell DS, 1989, PATHOLOGY TUMORS NER, V5th SEMEL E, 1982, CLIN EVALUATION LANG SILVERMAN CL, 1984, CANCER, V54, P825, DOI 10.1002/1097-0142(19840901)54:5<825::AID-CNCR2820540511>3.0.CO;2-L TAYLOR HG, 1987, J PEDIATR PSYCHOL, V12, P395, DOI 10.1093/jpepsy/12.3.395 VANDONGEN HR, 1985, ANN NEUROL, V17, P306, DOI 10.1002/ana.410170316 VANHOUT A, 1985, DEV MED CHILD NEUROL, V27, P231 VARGHAKHADEM F, 1985, BRAIN, V108, P677, DOI 10.1093/brain/108.3.677 VOLCAN I, 1986, ARCH NEUROL-CHICAGO, V43, P313 Wiig E., 1985, TEST LANGUAGE COMPET NR 46 TC 9 Z9 9 PU TAYLOR & FRANCIS LTD PI LONDON PA ONE GUNDPOWDER SQUARE, LONDON, ENGLAND EC4A 3DE SN 0268-7038 J9 APHASIOLOGY JI Aphasiology PD MAR-APR PY 1992 VL 6 IS 2 BP 135 EP 150 DI 10.1080/02687039208248585 PG 16 WC Clinical Neurology SC Neurosciences & Neurology GA HM655 UT WOS:A1992HM65500002 ER PT J AU DEAN, EC AF DEAN, EC TI MICROCOMPUTERS AND APHASIA SO APHASIOLOGY LA English DT Article RP DEAN, EC (reprint author), QUEEN MARGARET COLL,DEPT SPEECH PATHOL & THERAPY,CLERWOOD TERRACE,EDINBURGH EH12 8TS,SCOTLAND. CR BRUCE C, 1987, BRIT J DISORD COMMUN, V22, P191 FUNNELL E, 1989, APHASIOLOGY, V3, P279, DOI 10.1080/02687038908248995 MILLER S, 1986, SPEECH THERAPY PRACT, V1, P26 WIRZ S, 1992, UNPUB UNDERSTANDING NR 4 TC 0 Z9 0 PU TAYLOR & FRANCIS LTD PI LONDON PA ONE GUNDPOWDER SQUARE, LONDON, ENGLAND EC4A 3DE SN 0268-7038 J9 APHASIOLOGY JI Aphasiology PD MAR-APR PY 1992 VL 6 IS 2 BP 151 EP 153 DI 10.1080/02687039208248586 PG 3 WC Clinical Neurology SC Neurosciences & Neurology GA HM655 UT WOS:A1992HM65500003 ER PT J AU LOVERSO, FL PRESCOTT, TE SELINGER, M AF LOVERSO, FL PRESCOTT, TE SELINGER, M TI MICROCOMPUTER TREATMENT APPLICATIONS IN APHASIOLOGY SO APHASIOLOGY LA English DT Article AB Utilization of microcomputers for treatment of the aphasic adult, while very seductive, continues to be in need of efficacy research. Data based research regarding the use of microcomputers as a viable treatment medium should describe: for whom is this type of treatment appropriate; what specific type of microcomputer treatment software is applicable; when should treatment begin and end; and where can treatment be accomplished? Yet, data based research in aphasiology concerning treatment efficacy remains sparse. This research explores which of two delivery systems, clinician and clinician/assisted microcomputer, is more effective in bringing aphasic patients to a criterion performance. Using an alternating treatment design with multiple internal and external generization probes, 20 aphasic patients were studied. Data for the first 10 patients indicate certain aphasia types and severity levels demonstrated that the clinician was the more effective and efficient delivery system for both fluent and non-fluent aphasic patients in the moderate to marked ranges of severity. This paper will focus on clinical issues regarding the treatment program we utilized different treatment delivery systems, treatment generalization, aphasia treatment generalization by aphasia type, and future research trends in using microcomputers with this population of patients. C1 VET ADM MED CTR,DENVER,CO 80220. RP LOVERSO, FL (reprint author), BRAINTREE REHABIL HOSP,BRAINTREE,MA 02184, USA. CR DARLEY FL, 1972, J SPEECH HEAR DISORD, V37, P3 GIGLEY H, 1982, CLIN APHASIOLOGY Gruber J., 1976, LEXICAL STRUCTURES S HORNER J, 1990, CLIN APHASIOLOGY, V20 Jackendoff Ray S., 1972, SEMANTIC INTERPRETAT KATZ AC, 1987, APHASIOLOGY, V1, P160 Loverso F L, 1988, J Rehabil Res Dev, V25, P47 Porch B. E., 1967, PORCH INDEX COMMUNIC WARREN A, 1989, CLIN APHASIOLOGY, V19 WILSON KJ, 1984, HDB MICROCOMPUTER AP NR 10 TC 18 Z9 19 PU TAYLOR & FRANCIS LTD PI LONDON PA ONE GUNDPOWDER SQUARE, LONDON, ENGLAND EC4A 3DE SN 0268-7038 J9 APHASIOLOGY JI Aphasiology PD MAR-APR PY 1992 VL 6 IS 2 BP 155 EP 163 DI 10.1080/02687039208248587 PG 9 WC Clinical Neurology SC Neurosciences & Neurology GA HM655 UT WOS:A1992HM65500004 ER PT J AU KATZ, RC WERTZ, RT AF KATZ, RC WERTZ, RT TI COMPUTERIZED HIERARCHICAL READING TREATMENT IN APHASIA SO APHASIOLOGY LA English DT Article AB Computerized reading activities, were presented to 43 chronic aphasic subjects who were no longer receiving speech-language therapy in an attempt to determine the effectiveness of computer-provided treatment. Subjects were randomly assigned to one of three conditions: 78-hours of Computer Reading Treatment, 78-hours of Computer Stimulation ('non-language' activities), or No Treatment. Clinician interaction was minimal. Treatment software automatically adjusted task difficulty in response to subject performance by incorporating traditional treatment procedures, such as heirarchically arranged tasks and measurement of performance on baseline and generalization stimulus sets, in conjunction with complex branching algorithms. Three administrations of standardized tests at baseline, three months and six months revealed improved scores (p < 0.05) for the Treatment group. Additionally, the Treatment group made more improvement (p < 0.05) on the Porch Index of Communicative Ability Overall score than the other two groups. No statistically significant differences in improvement were measured between the Stimulation and No Treatment groups. Results suggest that 1) computerized reading treatment can be administered with minimal assistance from a clinician, 2) improvement on the computerized treatment tasks generalizes to improvement on non-computer language performance, 3) improvement results from the specific language content of the software and not simply the stimulation provided by the computer, and 4) chronic aphasic patients can improve performance through computerized treatment. C1 DEPT VET AFFAIRS MED CTR,AUDIOL & SPEECH PATHOL SERV,MARTINEZ,CA. RP KATZ, RC (reprint author), DEPT VET AFFAIRS MED CTR,AUDIOL & SPEECH PATHOL SERV,PHOENIX,AZ, USA. CR Bengtson V L, 1973, Geriatrics, V28, ppassim BROOKSHIRE RH, 1967, J SPEECH HEAR DISORD, V32, P215 COSTELLO JM, 1977, J SPEECH HEAR DISORD, V42, P3 DARLEY FL, 1972, J SPEECH HEAR DISORD, V37, P3 ENDERBY P, 1987, APHASIOLOGY, V1, P151, DOI 10.1080/02687038708248826 HOLLAND A, 1970, J SPEECH HEAR DISORD, V35, P377 KATZ RC, 1984, CLIN APH C P MINN, P65 Katz RC, 1991, CLIN APHASIOLOGY, V19, P243 Kertesz A., 1982, W APHASIA BATTERY LAPOINTE LL, 1977, J SPEECH HEAR DISORD, V42, P90 LOVERSO FL, 1985, CLIN APHASIOLOGY, P189 LYNCH WJ, 1983, COGNITIVE REHABILITA, V1, P19 Malec J, 1984, COGNITIVE REHABILITA, V2, P18 ODOR JP, 1988, J MENT DEFIC RES, V32, P247 Porch B. E., 1981, PORCH INDEX COMMUNIC, V2 Schuell H, 1964, APHASIA ADULTS SCHUELL H, 1974, APHASIA THEORY THERA SELINGER M, 1987, CLIN APHASIOLOGY 198, P136 WERTZ RT, 1981, SEMINARS SPEECH LANG, V2, P315, DOI 10.1055/s-0028-1095025 NR 19 TC 11 Z9 11 PU TAYLOR & FRANCIS LTD PI LONDON PA ONE GUNDPOWDER SQUARE, LONDON, ENGLAND EC4A 3DE SN 0268-7038 J9 APHASIOLOGY JI Aphasiology PD MAR-APR PY 1992 VL 6 IS 2 BP 165 EP 177 DI 10.1080/02687039208248588 PG 13 WC Clinical Neurology SC Neurosciences & Neurology GA HM655 UT WOS:A1992HM65500005 ER PT J AU VANMOURIK, M VANDESANDTKOENDERMAN, WME AF VANMOURIK, M VANDESANDTKOENDERMAN, WME TI MULTICUE SO APHASIOLOGY LA English DT Article ID WORD AB Wordfinding disturbances are frequently observed in all types of aphasia, Naming therapy using cueing techniques, can be an important aspect of the rehabilitation process, aiming at the facilitation of the wordfinding process. The relative effect of different types of cueing seems to be related to the locus of the impairment in the process of wordfinding. With respect to the effect of such therapy, however, clinicians often report that patients remain dependent on the cues given by the therapist and many of them will only benefit from cueing therapy' within the therapeutic situation. The idea behind the computer program 'Multicue' is to teach the patient which type of cueing can help to find a word. In a naming task, the patient can choose from a list which one of nine types of cues he or she wants to be shown. Cues all have a distinct function for the retrieval process: some cues are related to the particular picture to be named and give specific semantic and phonological information ('filled' cues), whereas others give a general hint ('empty' cues). The program is flexible: the patient can ask for any cue in any order and the amount of time spent on retrieving the word is indefinite. In a crossover design patients were trained by speech therapists and with Multicue. In our presentation we will describe the program and results with the patients will be discussed. RP VANMOURIK, M (reprint author), STICHTING AFASIE,POSTBUS 1738,3000 DR ROTTERDAM,NETHERLANDS. CR BRUCE C, 1987, BRIT J DISORD COMMUN, V22, P191 COLBY KM, 1981, BRAIN LANG, V14, P272, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(81)90079-1 HOWARD D, 1984, COGNITIVE NEUROPSYCH, V1, P163, DOI 10.1080/02643298408252021 MARSHALL J, 1990, APHASIOLOGY, V4, P167, DOI 10.1080/02687039008249068 ROBERTSON I, 1990, APHASIOLOGY, V4, P381, DOI 10.1080/02687039008249090 SNODGRASS JG, 1980, J EXP PSYCHOL-HUM L, V6, P174, DOI 10.1037/0278-7393.6.2.174 THOMPSON CK, 1986, BRAIN LANG, V28, P141, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(86)90097-0 NR 7 TC 9 Z9 9 PU TAYLOR & FRANCIS LTD PI LONDON PA ONE GUNDPOWDER SQUARE, LONDON, ENGLAND EC4A 3DE SN 0268-7038 J9 APHASIOLOGY JI Aphasiology PD MAR-APR PY 1992 VL 6 IS 2 BP 179 EP 183 DI 10.1080/02687039208248589 PG 5 WC Clinical Neurology SC Neurosciences & Neurology GA HM655 UT WOS:A1992HM65500006 ER PT J AU STEELE, RD KLECZEWSKA, MK CARLSON, GS WEINRICH, M AF STEELE, RD KLECZEWSKA, MK CARLSON, GS WEINRICH, M TI COMPUTERS IN THE REHABILITATION OF CHRONIC, SEVERE APHASIA - C-VIC 2.0 CROSS-MODAL STUDIES SO APHASIOLOGY LA English DT Article ID VISUAL COMMUNICATION AB We describe the C-VIC 2.0 system for use by severe, chronic aphasic patients, and give an account of its use in helping a globally aphasic patient in a cooking-related task. In this controlled study, we conducted cross-modal comparisons of acontextual execution of single steps, delivered in C-VIC, spoken, and written modalities. We report results of the experiment, and discuss the findings along with some of their possible implications. C1 UNIV MARYLAND,KIERNAN HOSP,BALTIMORE,MD 21201. ALTA BATES HERRICK HOSP,BERKELEY,CA. SRI INT,MENLO PK,CA 94025. RP STEELE, RD (reprint author), TOLFA CORP,1860 EMBARCADERO RD,SUITE 210,PALO ALTO,CA 94303, USA. CR CAPLAN D, 1985, COGNITION, V21, P117, DOI 10.1016/0010-0277(85)90048-4 COLBY KM, 1981, BRAIN LANG, V14, P272, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(81)90079-1 GARDNER H, 1976, NEUROPSYCHOLOGIA, V14, P275, DOI 10.1016/0028-3932(76)90023-3 Goodglass H, 1983, ASSESSMENT APHASIA R, V2nd KATZ RC, 1987, APHASIOLOGY, V1, P141, DOI 10.1080/02687038708248825 LOVERSO FL, 1985, CLIN APHASIOLOGY, P189 Steele R. D., 1987, CLIN APHASIOLOGY 198, P46 STEELE RD, 1989, NEUROPSYCHOLOGIA, V27, P409, DOI 10.1016/0028-3932(89)90048-1 WEINRICH M, 1989, APHASIOLOGY, V3, P501, DOI 10.1080/02687038908249018 WEINRICH M, 1989, BRAIN LANG, V36, P391, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(89)90075-8 NR 10 TC 8 Z9 8 PU TAYLOR & FRANCIS LTD PI LONDON PA ONE GUNDPOWDER SQUARE, LONDON, ENGLAND EC4A 3DE SN 0268-7038 J9 APHASIOLOGY JI Aphasiology PD MAR-APR PY 1992 VL 6 IS 2 BP 185 EP 194 DI 10.1080/02687039208248590 PG 10 WC Clinical Neurology SC Neurosciences & Neurology GA HM655 UT WOS:A1992HM65500007 ER PT J AU WERTZ, RT DRONKERS, NF BERNSTEINELLIS, E STERLING, LK SHUBITOWSKI, Y ELMAN, R SHENAUT, GK KNIGHT, RT DEAL, JL AF WERTZ, RT DRONKERS, NF BERNSTEINELLIS, E STERLING, LK SHUBITOWSKI, Y ELMAN, R SHENAUT, GK KNIGHT, RT DEAL, JL TI POTENTIAL OF TELEPHONIC AND TELEVISION TECHNOLOGY FOR APPRAISING AND DIAGNOSING NEUROGENIC COMMUNICATION DISORDERS IN REMOTE SETTINGS SO APHASIOLOGY LA English DT Article AB Telephonic and television technology was employed in a simulation study to determine its potential for providing appraisal and diagnosis of patients who suffer neurogenic communication disorders and reside in remote settings. Traditional, face-to-face appraisal and diagnosis was compared with appraisal and diagnosis by closed circuit television and computer-controlled video laserdisc over the telephone. Significant agreement in diagnosis among the three appraisal conditions and essentially the same performance on appraisal measures in all conditions suggests either closed circuit television or computer-controlled video laserdisc over the telephone could be substituted for traditional, face-to-face appraisal and diagnosis to reach patients who reside where traditional services do not exist. C1 DEPT VET AFFAIRS MED CTR,COLUMBIA,MO. RP WERTZ, RT (reprint author), DEPT VET AFFAIRS MED CTR,AUDIOL & SPEECH PATHOL,150 MUIR RD,MARTINEZ,CA 94553, USA. CR DISIMONI FG, 1980, J SPEECH HEAR RES, V23, P511 HOLTZAPPLE P, 1988, CLIN APHASIOLOGY, V18, P117 Kertesz A., 1982, W APHASIA BATTERY Porch B. E., 1967, PORCH INDEX COMMUNIC VAUGHN GR, 1981, EFFICACY REMOTE DELI Vaughn G R, 1976, ASHA, V18, P13 VAUGHN GR, 1977, TEL COMMUNICOLOGY OU Werts R, 1987, CLIN APHASIOLOGY, V17, P117 Wertz RT, 1984, APRAXIA SPEECH ADULT NR 9 TC 19 Z9 19 PU TAYLOR & FRANCIS LTD PI LONDON PA ONE GUNDPOWDER SQUARE, LONDON, ENGLAND EC4A 3DE SN 0268-7038 J9 APHASIOLOGY JI Aphasiology PD MAR-APR PY 1992 VL 6 IS 2 BP 195 EP 202 DI 10.1080/02687039208248591 PG 8 WC Clinical Neurology SC Neurosciences & Neurology GA HM655 UT WOS:A1992HM65500008 ER PT J AU PYFERS, L AF PYFERS, L TI SESAME - AN INTERACTIVE VIDEO LEXICON SO APHASIOLOGY LA English DT Article AB 'Sesame interactive video thesaurus' is an interactive video system that gives access to a large picture database on video disc and a large verbal database on hard disc. The system can be used as a reference centre by patients and therapists, but also as a training and learning environment for the aphasic adult. The program allows easy access to picture, lexical and grammatical information. Search-cues include orthographic and/or semantic information. Operation is by keyboard and/or mouse. Lexical information is stored in a semantic relational database developed to simulate the semantic networking in the human mind. It allows the user to browse through lexical networks with a minimum of effort. Data are organized in categories and subcategories, are connected through relationships and descriptions, and appear in alphabetic cohorts so that recognition (i.e. reproduction) of data is sufficient for retrieval. A pilot-version of the program has been tested with aphasic patients. This included an evaluation of the user friendliness of the program and qualitative and quantitative data regarding the use of the program by therapists and patients. Learning effects included in the evaluation were the specific information and strategies acquired while using the program, and their generalizability to everyday communication. RP PYFERS, L (reprint author), UNIV UTRECHT,DEPT PSYCHONOM,POSTBOX 80140,3508 TC UTRECHT,NETHERLANDS. CR AITCHINSON J, 1987, WORDS MIND de Vries A. K., 1981, NIEUWE STREEFLIJST W DEKLEIJN P, 1983, BASISWOORDENBOEK NED VANDERMADEVANBE.IJ, 1973, NEDERLANDSE WOORDASS NR 4 TC 0 Z9 0 PU TAYLOR & FRANCIS LTD PI LONDON PA ONE GUNDPOWDER SQUARE, LONDON, ENGLAND EC4A 3DE SN 0268-7038 J9 APHASIOLOGY JI Aphasiology PD MAR-APR PY 1992 VL 6 IS 2 BP 203 EP 205 DI 10.1080/02687039208248592 PG 3 WC Clinical Neurology SC Neurosciences & Neurology GA HM655 UT WOS:A1992HM65500009 ER PT J AU PETHERAM, B AF PETHERAM, B TI A SURVEY OF THERAPISTS ATTITUDES TO COMPUTERS IN THE HOME-BASED TREATMENT OF ADULT APHASICS SO APHASIOLOGY LA English DT Article AB In order to enable a wide cross-section of practising speech therapists to have an influence on the design of a computer-based therapy system that the author is developing, a questionnaire was compiled and distributed. Questions addressed two main areas: current practice in the setting of homework (the results of which are being published separately) and requirements and concerns arising from the potential application of computers to this area of therapy, the results of which form the basis of this paper. Of 1220 questionnaires that were distributed, 572 were completed and returned. Responses reported here result from questions on: the amount of use a therapist might make of such a system; the relative importance of various possible features; the significance of potential benefits; and the nature of any problems that might arise. Results are presented in tabular form and it is argued that they highlight issues which need to be addressed if computers are to be widely adopted, as well as offering encouragement for efforts in this area. C1 BRISTOL POLYTECH,DEPT COMP STUDIES & MATH,BRISTOL,ENGLAND. CR AVISON DE, 1988, INFORMATION SYSTEM D ENDERBY P, UNPUB APHASIOLOGY GRANT G, 1990, PRIVATE REPORT INFOR KINSEY C, 1990, APHASIOLOGY, V4, P281, DOI 10.1080/02687039008249080 KINSEY C, 1986, BRIT J DISORD COMMUN, V21, P125 PETHERAM B, 1988, INT DISABILITY STUDI, V4, P73 PETHERAM BL, 1991, J NEUROLINGUIST, V6, P177, DOI 10.1016/0911-6044(91)90006-5 NR 7 TC 7 Z9 7 PU TAYLOR & FRANCIS LTD PI LONDON PA ONE GUNDPOWDER SQUARE, LONDON, ENGLAND EC4A 3DE SN 0268-7038 J9 APHASIOLOGY JI Aphasiology PD MAR-APR PY 1992 VL 6 IS 2 BP 207 EP 212 DI 10.1080/02687039208248593 PG 6 WC Clinical Neurology SC Neurosciences & Neurology GA HM655 UT WOS:A1992HM65500010 ER PT J AU HUDSON, LJ MURDOCH, BE AF HUDSON, LJ MURDOCH, BE TI LANGUAGE RECOVERY FOLLOWING SURGERY AND CNS PROPHYLAXIS FOR THE TREATMENT OF CHILDHOOD MEDULLOBLASTOMA - A PROSPECTIVE-STUDY OF 3 CASES SO APHASIOLOGY LA English DT Article ID RADIATION-THERAPY; BRAIN-TUMORS; CHILDREN; CANCER; CALCIFICATION; RADIOTHERAPY; IRRADIATION; LEUKEMIA; MATTER AB The preliminary findings of a prospective study aimed at investigating changes in the language abilities of a group of children treated for posterior fossa tumours are reported. The results indicated that there is considerable variation in the effects of tumour treatment on language abilities in the period up to 28 months post-treatment, with the presence of residual language deficits being a possible, but not inevitable, outcome. Severe semantic-lexical deficits detected immediately post-treatment improved dramatically in the first six months after treatment. RP HUDSON, LJ (reprint author), UNIV QUEENSLAND,DEPT SPEECH & HEARING,ST LUCIA,QLD 4072,AUSTRALIA. RI Murdoch, Bruce/C-1397-2012 CR BLOOM HJG, 1990, INT J RADIAT ONCOL, V18, P723 BROADBENT VA, 1981, CANCER, V48, P26, DOI 10.1002/1097-0142(19810701)48:1<26::AID-CNCR2820480107>3.0.CO;2-U BROUWERS P, 1985, J PEDIATR-US, V106, P723, DOI 10.1016/S0022-3476(85)80343-7 BROWN PD, 1989, INT J EPIDEMIOL, V18, P546, DOI 10.1093/ije/18.3.546 CURNES JT, 1986, AM J ROENTGENOL, V147, P119 DANOFF B F, 1982, Cancer, V49, P1580, DOI 10.1002/1097-0142(19820415)49:8<1580::AID-CNCR2820490810>3.0.CO;2-7 DAVIS PC, 1986, AM J ROENTGENOL, V147, P587 DEREUCK J, 1975, EUR NEUROL, V13, P481, DOI 10.1159/000114704 DiSimoni F., 1978, TOKEN TEST CHILDREN DOOMS GC, 1986, RADIOLOGY, V158, P149 DUFFNER PK, 1985, CANCER, V56, P1841, DOI 10.1002/1097-0142(19851001)56:7+<1841::AID-CNCR2820561325>3.0.CO;2-C HAMMILL DD, 1982, TEST LANGUAGE DEV IN HUDSON LJ, 1989, APHASIOLOGY, V3, P1, DOI 10.1080/02687038908248972 JEREB B, 1982, CANCER, V50, P2941, DOI 10.1002/1097-0142(19821215)50:12<2941::AID-CNCR2820501239>3.0.CO;2-6 Kaplan E, 1983, BOSTON NAMING TEST KUN LE, 1983, J NEUROSURG, V58, P1, DOI 10.3171/jns.1983.58.1.0001 LANNERING B, 1990, CANCER, V66, P604, DOI 10.1002/1097-0142(19900801)66:3<604::AID-CNCR2820660334>3.0.CO;2-L LEE KF, 1977, COMPUT TOMOGR, V1, P103 LEE YY, 1985, RADIOLOGY, V154, P677 LICHTOR T, 1984, SURG NEUROL, V21, P373, DOI 10.1016/0090-3019(84)90117-4 MARKS JE, 1981, INT J RADIAT ONCOL, V7, P243 MCWHIRTER WR, 1990, INT J CANCER, V45, P1002, DOI 10.1002/ijc.2910450603 MULHERN RK, 1985, MED PEDIATR ONCOL, V13, P318, DOI 10.1002/mpo.2950130604 NEWCOMER PL, 1982, TST LANGUAGE DEV PRI PACKER RJ, 1989, J NEUROSURG, V70, P707, DOI 10.3171/jns.1989.70.5.0707 PAINTER MJ, 1975, NEUROLOGY, V25, P189 PARKIN DM, 1988, INT J CANCER, V42, P511, DOI 10.1002/ijc.2910420408 PEARSON ADJ, 1983, ARCH DIS CHILD, V58, P133 PRICE DB, 1988, J COMPUT ASSIST TOMO, V12, P45, DOI 10.1097/00004728-198801000-00007 SILVERMAN CL, 1984, CANCER, V54, P825, DOI 10.1002/1097-0142(19840901)54:5<825::AID-CNCR2820540511>3.0.CO;2-L TAYLOR HG, 1987, J PEDIATR PSYCHOL, V12, P395, DOI 10.1093/jpepsy/12.3.395 TSURUDA JS, 1987, AM J ROENTGENOL, V149, P165 WRIGHT TL, 1976, NEUROLOGY, V26, P540 NR 33 TC 12 Z9 12 PU TAYLOR & FRANCIS LTD PI LONDON PA ONE GUNDPOWDER SQUARE, LONDON, ENGLAND EC4A 3DE SN 0268-7038 J9 APHASIOLOGY JI Aphasiology PD JAN-FEB PY 1992 VL 6 IS 1 BP 17 EP 28 DI 10.1080/02687039208248574 PG 12 WC Clinical Neurology SC Neurosciences & Neurology GA HH549 UT WOS:A1992HH54900002 ER PT J AU CRARY, MA WERTZ, RT DEAL, JL AF CRARY, MA WERTZ, RT DEAL, JL TI CLASSIFYING APHASIAS - CLUSTER-ANALYSIS OF WESTERN APHASIA BATTERY AND BOSTON DIAGNOSTIC APHASIA EXAMINATION RESULTS SO APHASIOLOGY LA English DT Article ID NEUROPSYCHOLOGICAL RESEARCH; PATIENT CLASSIFICATION; NUMERICAL TAXONOMY AB The Western Aphasia Battery (WAB) and the Boston Diagnostic Aphasia Examination (BDAE) are designed to classify the aphasias. Previous report indicate that patients classified as demonstrating one type of aphasia on one test may be classified as having a different type of aphasia on the other test. We investigated this discrepancy by analysing the same patients' performance on each test with a statistical clustering procedure. Results indicated that cluster profiles showed poor agreement with the original classification on both tests. Only 30% of the patients' original classification on the WAB and 38% of patients' original classification on the BDAE corresponded with the classifications obtained in the cluster analysis. The BDAE system for classification resulted in more homogeneous clusters than the WAB system for classification. These results are discussed in reference to differences between the classification systems used by the respective aphasia examinations. C1 DEPT VET AFFAIRS MED CTR,AUDIOL SPEECH & PATHOL SERV,MARTINEZ,CA. DEPT VET AFFAIRS MED CTR,AUDIOL & SPEECH PATHOL SERV,COLUMBIA,MO. RP CRARY, MA (reprint author), UNIV FLORIDA,J HILLIS MILLER HLTH CTR,CTR HLTH SCI,DEPT COMMUN DISORDERS,BOX J174,GAINESVILLE,FL 32610, USA. CR Albert M. L., 1981, CLIN ASPECTS DYSPHAS Benson DF, 1979, APHASIA ALEXIA AGRAP CARAMAZZA A, 1989, BRAIN COGNITION, V10, P256, DOI 10.1016/0278-2626(89)90056-0 CARAMAZZA A, 1984, BRAIN LANG, V21, P9, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(84)90032-4 Darley F. L., 1982, APHASIA Goodglass H, 1972, ASSESSMENT APHASIA R Henderson V W, 1987, Bull Clin Neurosci, V52, P70 Kertesz A., 1979, APHASIA ASS DISORDER KERTESZ A, 1980, PSYCHOL RES-PSYCH FO, V41, P179, DOI 10.1007/BF00308655 Kertesz A., 1982, W APHASIA BATTERY KERTESZ A, 1977, BRAIN LANG, V4, P1, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(77)90001-3 MORRIS R, 1981, Journal of Clinical Neuropsychology, V3, P79, DOI 10.1080/01688638108403115 RISSER AH, 1985, J CLIN EXP NEUROPSYC, V7, P463, DOI 10.1080/01688638508401277 WERTZ RT, 1984, CLIN APHASIOLOGY C P ZURIF EB, 1989, BRAIN COGNITION, V10, P237, DOI 10.1016/0278-2626(89)90055-9 NR 15 TC 7 Z9 7 PU TAYLOR & FRANCIS LTD PI LONDON PA ONE GUNDPOWDER SQUARE, LONDON, ENGLAND EC4A 3DE SN 0268-7038 J9 APHASIOLOGY JI Aphasiology PD JAN-FEB PY 1992 VL 6 IS 1 BP 29 EP 36 DI 10.1080/02687039208248575 PG 8 WC Clinical Neurology SC Neurosciences & Neurology GA HH549 UT WOS:A1992HH54900003 ER PT J AU VANLANCKER, D NICKLAY, CKH AF VANLANCKER, D NICKLAY, CKH TI COMPREHENSION OF PERSONALLY RELEVANT (PERL) VERSUS NOVEL LANGUAGE IN 2 GLOBALLY APHASIC PATIENTS SO APHASIOLOGY LA English DT Article ID RECOVERY; FAMILIAR; SPEECH AB Standard, special, and tailor-made tests were given to two patients with global aphasia to test the hypothesis that such patients can recognize personally relevant language material despite deficient comprehension of novel language. Standard and special tests assessed recognition of spoken or written names of familiar-famous persons and landmarks, as well as novel objects, photographs and line drawings. Tests tailor-made for each subject presented names of familiar-intimate persons and personal belongings. Both patients recognized names for familiar-famous and familiar-intimate persons and landmarks, whatever the response mode, consistently better than non-personal words, while no advantage was found for names of personal belonging. In the patient who was retested 2 years post-onset of stroke, recovery of novel word comprehension has improved to the level originally observed for personally relevant language material. These results yield further information on the role of personal relevance (PERL) in cerebral processing and have implications for treatment of severely aphasic individuals. C1 MOREHEAD STATE UNIV,MOREHEAD,KY 40351. UNIV SO CALIF,LOS ANGELES,CA 90089. RP VANLANCKER, D (reprint author), VET AFFAIRS OUTPATIENT CLIN,425 S HILL ST,LOS ANGELES,CA 90013, USA. CR ALBERT MS, 1979, ARCH NEUROL-CHICAGO, V36, P211 AMES LJ, 1978, DRAW 50 FAMOUS FACES Benton A. L., 1983, CONTRIBUTIONS NEUROP CHAPEY R, 1986, LANGUAGE INTERVENTIO, P2 COLLINS M, 1990, APHASIA RELATED NEUR, P113 Collins M, 1986, DIAGNOSIS TREATMENT Cummings J. L., 1985, CLIN NEUROPSYCHIATRY Dunn L. M., 1959, PEABODY PICTURE VOCA EDELMAN G, 1984, ADV NEUROLOGY PROGR, P277 GOODGLASS H, 1988, STEVENS HDB EXPT PSY, P860 HOLLAND A, 1989, 27TH ANN M AC APH SA HOLLAND AL, 1977, J SPEECH HEAR DISORD, V42, P307 HUNT DP, 1990, CLIN APHASIOLOGY C KEMPLER D, 1985, UNPUB FAMILIAR NOVEL Kertesz A., 1979, APHASIA ASS DISORDER Kertesz A., 1982, W APHASIA BATTERY LANDIS T, 1986, ARCH NEUROL-CHICAGO, V43, P132 LaPointe L. L., 1979, READING COMPREHENSIO MALONE DR, 1982, J NEUROL NEUROSUR PS, V45, P820, DOI 10.1136/jnnp.45.9.820 MARSHALL R, 1986, LANGUAGE INTERVENTIO, P370 MCKENNA P, 1978, J NEUROL NEUROSUR PS, V41, P571, DOI 10.1136/jnnp.41.6.571 MOLLOY R, 1990, DISCOURSE ABILITY BR, V6, P113 PRINS RS, 1978, BRAIN LANG, V6, P192, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(78)90058-5 Raven JC, 1976, COLOURED PROGR MATRI SARNO MT, 1979, STROKE, V10, P663 SHEWAN CM, 1984, BRAIN LANG, V23, P272, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(84)90068-3 SHEWAN CM, 1986, LANGUAGE INTERVENTIO, P28 TIERNEY T, 1987, TRAVEL TOURIST ILLUS Van Lancker D R, 1982, Brain Cogn, V1, P185, DOI 10.1016/0278-2626(82)90016-1 VANLANCKER D, 1991, CLIN APHASIOLOGY, V20, P181 VANLANCKER D, 1990, BRAIN LANG, V39, P511, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(90)90159-E VANLANCKER D, 1991, IN PRESS BRAIN COGNI VANLANCKER DR, 1987, BRAIN LANG, V32, P265, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(87)90128-3 VANLANCKER DR, 1989, J CLIN EXP NEUROPSYC, V11, P665, DOI 10.1080/01688638908400923 WALLACE GL, 1985, J SPEECH HEAR DISORD, V50, P385 WAPNER W, 1979, J SPEECH HEAR RES, V29, P765 WARRINGTON EK, 1987, BRAIN, V110, P1273, DOI 10.1093/brain/110.5.1273 WECHSLER A, 1973, NEUROLOGY, V73, P130 NR 38 TC 16 Z9 16 PU TAYLOR & FRANCIS LTD PI LONDON PA ONE GUNDPOWDER SQUARE, LONDON, ENGLAND EC4A 3DE SN 0268-7038 J9 APHASIOLOGY JI Aphasiology PD JAN-FEB PY 1992 VL 6 IS 1 BP 37 EP 61 DI 10.1080/02687039208248576 PG 25 WC Clinical Neurology SC Neurosciences & Neurology GA HH549 UT WOS:A1992HH54900004 ER PT J AU FRATTALI, CM AF FRATTALI, CM TI FUNCTIONAL ASSESSMENT OF COMMUNICATION - MERGING PUBLIC-POLICY WITH CLINICAL VIEWS SO APHASIOLOGY LA English DT Article ID APHASIC PATIENTS; SPOUSES; SCALE RP FRATTALI, CM (reprint author), AMER SPEECH LANGUAGE HEARING ASSOC,DIV HLTH SERV,10801 ROCKVILLE PIKE,ROCKVILLE,MD 20852, USA. CR ATEN JL, 1986, LANGUAGE INTERVENTIO BEHRMANN M, 1984, BRIT J DISORD COMMUN, V19, P155 BESS FH, 1989, J SPEECH HEAR RES, V32, P795 BEUKELMAN DR, 1984, FUNCTIONAL ASSESSMEN CAREY RG, 1982, ARCH PHYS MED REHAB, V63, P367 CORNELIUS B, 1990, MULTISTATE NURSING H FORER S, 1990, FUNCTIONAL ASSESSMEN Frattali C, 1989, ASHA, V31, P70 FROMM D, 1989, J SPEECH HEAR DISORD, V54, P535 Goodglass H, 1972, ASSESSMENT APHASIA R GRANGER C, 1990, JUN C SPONS BUFF GEN HAFFEY W, 1988, NEUROPSYCHOLOGY EVER HARTLEY LL, 1990, AM SPEECH LANGUAGE H HARVEY RF, 1979, PECS PATIENT EVALUAT HEINEMANN AW, 1989, REHABILITATION I CHI HELMICK JW, 1976, J SPEECH HEAR DISORD, V41, P238 Holland A., 1980, COMMUNICATIVE ABILIT HOSEK S, 1986, CHARGES OUTCOMES REH HOUGHTON PM, 1982, P CLIN PHASIOLOGY C KANE RA, 1981, ASSESSING ELDERLY KANE RL, IN PRESS NATIONAL ST KANE RL, 1987, PAC NATIONAL STUDY P KATZ S, 1963, JAMA-J AM MED ASSOC, V185, P101 Katz S., 1963, JAMA-J AM MED ASSOC, V185, P94 Kertesz A., 1982, W APHASIA BATTERY LARKINS PG, 1987, ASHA, V24, P21 LAW M, 1989, AM J OCCUP THER, V43, P522 Lincoln N B, 1982, Int Rehabil Med, V4, P114 LOMAS J, 1989, J SPEECH HEAR DISORD, V54, P113 LUBINSKI R, 1988, COMMUNICATION BEHAVI MALINOFF RL, 1989, EAR HEARING, V10, P354, DOI 10.1097/00003446-198912000-00006 McDowell I, 1987, MEASURING HLTH GUIDE MORRIS JN, 1990, GERONTOLOGIST, V30, P293 MURRAY J, 1984, J COMMUN DISORD, V1, P33 Porch B. E., 1971, PORCH INDEX COMMUNIC RAO P, 1990, P RES S COMMUNICATIO RAPPAPORT M, 1982, ARCH PHYS MED REHAB, V63, P118 Sarno MT, 1969, FUNCTIONAL COMMUNICA SARNO MT, 1983, RECENT ADV REHABILIT SARNO MT, 1965, ARCH PHYSICAL MED RE, V46, P101 SHEWAN CM, 1984, J COMMUN DISORD, V17, P175, DOI 10.1016/0021-9924(84)90010-8 SKENES LL, 1985, J COMMUN DISORD, V18, P461, DOI 10.1016/0021-9924(85)90033-4 SWISHER L, 1979, EVALUATION APPRAISAL SWOPE M, 1973, GOOD SAMARITAN REHAB 1990, FUNCTIONAL COMMUNICA 1990, GUIDE USE UNION DATA 1990, REPORT TASK FORCE ME 1991, ACCREDITATION MANUAL 1990, COMMUNICATION HEARIN 1986, IMPROVING QUALITY CA 1991, STANDARDS MANUAL ORG 1990, PERSPECTIVE FUNCTION 1989, 87 HLTH CAR FIN ADM 1989, HCFA321089 HLTH CAR 1978, WORKING DOCUMENT PAT 1988, ACCESS QUALITY CARE NR 56 TC 36 Z9 37 PU TAYLOR & FRANCIS LTD PI LONDON PA ONE GUNDPOWDER SQUARE, LONDON, ENGLAND EC4A 3DE SN 0268-7038 J9 APHASIOLOGY JI Aphasiology PD JAN-FEB PY 1992 VL 6 IS 1 BP 63 EP 83 DI 10.1080/02687039208248577 PG 21 WC Clinical Neurology SC Neurosciences & Neurology GA HH549 UT WOS:A1992HH54900005 ER PT J AU CHAPEY, R AF CHAPEY, R TI FUNCTIONAL COMMUNICATION ASSESSMENT AND INTERVENTION - SOME THOUGHTS ON THE STATE-OF-THE-ART SO APHASIOLOGY LA English DT Article RP CHAPEY, R (reprint author), CUNY BROOKLYN COLL,BROOKLYN,NY 11210, USA. CR [Anonymous], 1977, WEBSTERS NEW COLLEGI CAZDEN C, 1976, URBAN REV, V9, P74, DOI 10.1007/BF02173510 CHAPEY R, 1988, INT PERSPECTIVES COM Chapey R., 1986, LANGUAGE INTERVENTIO Chomsky Noam, 1957, SYNTACTIC STRUCTURES CRAIG HK, 1983, PRAGMATIC ASSESSMENT English H., 1958, COMPREHENSIVE DICT P FRATTALI C, 1992, APHASIOLOGY GOODMAN P, 1971, SPEAKING LANGUAGE DE Guilford JP., 1967, NATURE HUMAN INTELLI HOLLAND AL, 1975, J SPEECH HEAR DISORD, V40, P514 LINDFORS JW, 1987, CHILDRENS LANGAUGE L LUBINSKI R, 1986, CASE STUDIES APHASIA LUCAS E, 1980, SEMANTIC PRAGMATIC L Lund N. J., 1983, ASSESSING CHILDRENS MUMA JR, 1975, J SPEECH HEAR DISORD, V40, P296 Neisser Ulric, COGNITIVE PSYCHOL Ochs Elinor, 1979, DEV PRAGMATICS PRUTTING CA, 1979, J SPEECH HEAR DISORD, V44, P3 PRUTTING CA, 1983, PRAGMATIC ASSESSMENT Searle John R., 1969, SPEECH ACTS SMITH F, 1975, COMPREHENSION LEARNI Warren S. F., 1985, TEACHING FUNCTIONAL Wepman J M, 1976, ASHA, V18, P131 WEPMAN JM, 1972, J SPEECH HEAR DISORD, V37, P203 NR 25 TC 7 Z9 7 PU TAYLOR & FRANCIS LTD PI LONDON PA ONE GUNDPOWDER SQUARE, LONDON, ENGLAND EC4A 3DE SN 0268-7038 J9 APHASIOLOGY JI Aphasiology PD JAN-FEB PY 1992 VL 6 IS 1 BP 85 EP 93 DI 10.1080/02687039208248578 PG 9 WC Clinical Neurology SC Neurosciences & Neurology GA HH549 UT WOS:A1992HH54900006 ER PT J AU SACCHETT, C MARSHALL, J AF SACCHETT, C MARSHALL, J TI FUNCTIONAL ASSESSMENT OF COMMUNICATION - IMPLICATIONS FOR THE REHABILITATION OF APHASIC PEOPLE - REPLY SO APHASIOLOGY LA English DT Article ID THERAPY C1 CITY UNIV LONDON,DEPT SPEECH THERAPY,LONDON EC1V 0HB,ENGLAND. RP SACCHETT, C (reprint author), QUEEN MARYS HOSP,DEPT SPEECH THERAPY,SIDCUP DA14 6LT,ENGLAND. CR ATEN JL, 1982, J SPEECH HEAR DISORD, V47, P93 BYNG S, 1988, COGNITIVE NEUROPSYCH, V5, P629, DOI 10.1080/02643298808253277 Byng S., 1986, COMMUNICATION HANDIC BYNG S, 1990, APHASIOLOGY, V4, P67, DOI 10.1080/02687039008249055 COOK K, 1991, BRIT APHASIOLOGY SOC COPELAND M, 1989, APHASIOLOGY, V3, P301, DOI 10.1080/02687038908249001 DAVID R, 1982, J NEUROL NEUROSUR PS, V45, P957, DOI 10.1136/jnnp.45.11.957 FAWCUS M, 1991, APHASIA TREATMENT FI Holland A., 1980, COMMUNICATIVE ABILIT Howard D., 1987, APHASIA THERAPY HIST JONES EV, 1986, BRIT J DISORD COMMUN, V21, P63 LINCOLN NB, 1984, LANCET, V1, P1197 MARSHALL J, 1989, SUM P C BRIT APH SOC, P88 MARSHALL J, 1991, APHASIA TREATMENT FI PULVERMULLER F, 1991, APHASIOLOGY, V5, P39, DOI 10.1080/02687039108248518 SARNO MT, 1969, MEASUREMENT FUNCTION SKINNER C, 1984, EDINBURGH FUNCTIONAL 1991, COMMUNICATING QUALIT NR 18 TC 7 Z9 7 PU TAYLOR & FRANCIS LTD PI LONDON PA ONE GUNDPOWDER SQUARE, LONDON, ENGLAND EC4A 3DE SN 0268-7038 J9 APHASIOLOGY JI Aphasiology PD JAN-FEB PY 1992 VL 6 IS 1 BP 95 EP 100 DI 10.1080/02687039208248579 PG 6 WC Clinical Neurology SC Neurosciences & Neurology GA HH549 UT WOS:A1992HH54900007 ER PT J AU SCHERZER, E AF SCHERZER, E TI FUNCTIONAL ASSESSMENT - A CLINICAL PERSPECTIVE SO APHASIOLOGY LA English DT Article C1 NEUROTRAUMATOL REHABIL CTR,VIENNA,AUSTRIA. CR SCHERZER E, 1981, 3RD P EUR REG C REH NR 1 TC 2 Z9 2 PU TAYLOR & FRANCIS LTD PI LONDON PA ONE GUNDPOWDER SQUARE, LONDON, ENGLAND EC4A 3DE SN 0268-7038 J9 APHASIOLOGY JI Aphasiology PD JAN-FEB PY 1992 VL 6 IS 1 BP 101 EP 103 DI 10.1080/02687039208248580 PG 3 WC Clinical Neurology SC Neurosciences & Neurology GA HH549 UT WOS:A1992HH54900008 ER PT J AU WORRALL, L AF WORRALL, L TI FUNCTIONAL COMMUNICATION ASSESSMENT - AN AUSTRALIAN PERSPECTIVE SO APHASIOLOGY LA English DT Article RP WORRALL, L (reprint author), UNIV QUEENSLAND,DEPT SPEECH & HEARING,ST LUCIA,QLD 4072,AUSTRALIA. RI Worrall, Linda/D-2579-2010 OI Worrall, Linda/0000-0002-3283-7038 CR BOYCOTT N, 1991, AUSTR ASS SPEECH HEA BOYCOTT N, 1990, AUSTR ASS SPEECH HEA BYNG S, 1990, APHASIOLOGY, V4, P67, DOI 10.1080/02687039008249055 Davis GA, 1981, LANGUAGE INTERVENTIO FRATTALI CM, 1991, APHASIOLOGY, V6, P63 Holland A., 1980, COMMUNICATIVE ABILIT Jensen MP, 2001, INT CLASSIFICATION I SKINNER C, 1984, EDINBURGH FUNCTIONAL SMITH L, 1986, B COLLEGE SPEECH THE, V409, P10 SMITHWORRALL L, 1990, AUSTR J HUMAN COMMUN, V18, P53 NR 10 TC 10 Z9 10 PU TAYLOR & FRANCIS LTD PI LONDON PA ONE GUNDPOWDER SQUARE, LONDON, ENGLAND EC4A 3DE SN 0268-7038 J9 APHASIOLOGY JI Aphasiology PD JAN-FEB PY 1992 VL 6 IS 1 BP 105 EP 110 DI 10.1080/02687039208248581 PG 6 WC Clinical Neurology SC Neurosciences & Neurology GA HH549 UT WOS:A1992HH54900009 ER PT J AU FRATTALI, CM AF FRATTALI, CM TI BEYOND BARRIERS - A REPLY SO APHASIOLOGY LA English DT Article RP FRATTALI, CM (reprint author), AMER SPEECH LANGUAGE HEARING ASSOC,ROCKVILLE,MD 20852, USA. CR BATAVIA A, 1991, MAY SESS NAT HLTH PO Frattali C, 1991, ASHA, V33, P12 HOLLAND AL, 1975, J SPEECH HEAR DISORD, V40, P514 Jensen MP, 2001, INT CLASSIFICATION I LOMAS J, 1989, J SPEECH HEAR DISORD, V54, P113 SMITH L, 1986, B COLLEGE SPEECH THE, V409, P10 SMITHWORRALL L, 1990, AUSTR J HUMAN COMMUN, V18, P53 1988, CODE FAIR TESTING PR 1991, UPDATE FUNCTIONAL AS 1990, REHAB BRIEF, V11, P1 NR 10 TC 1 Z9 1 PU TAYLOR & FRANCIS LTD PI LONDON PA ONE GUNDPOWDER SQUARE, LONDON, ENGLAND EC4A 3DE SN 0268-7038 J9 APHASIOLOGY JI Aphasiology PD JAN-FEB PY 1992 VL 6 IS 1 BP 111 EP 116 DI 10.1080/02687039208248582 PG 6 WC Clinical Neurology SC Neurosciences & Neurology GA HH549 UT WOS:A1992HH54900010 ER PT J AU KENNEDY, M MURDOCH, BE AF KENNEDY, M MURDOCH, BE TI PATTERNS OF SPEECH AND LANGUAGE RECOVERY FOLLOWING LEFT STRIATO-CAPSULAR HEMORRHAGE SO APHASIOLOGY LA English DT Article ID STROKE PATIENTS; BASAL GANGLIA; THALAMIC HEMORRHAGE; COMPUTED-TOMOGRAPHY; SUBCORTICAL APHASIA; LESIONS AB The speech and language abilities of four subjects with CT scan documented dominant hemisphere striato-capsular haemorrhages were assessed at three, six and twelve months post-onset in order to document patterns of speech and language recovery. At three months post-onset, all the subjects studied presented with some aphasic features although the pattern of language disorder exhibited by the group was heterogeneous. At twelve months post-onset, all four had some degree of long-lasting deficit detected by the assessments used in the current study. The striato-capsular aphasics assessed here had variable lesion sites and aphasia types and did not display a homogeneous pattern of recovery, nor did they recover to the same extent. It is suggested that similar prognostic variables (e.g. size of the lesion, severity of the language disorder at onset) are operational in the recovery of aphasia whether the lesion site is cortical or subcortical. The possible mechanisms underlying the observed aphasias are discussed. RP KENNEDY, M (reprint author), UNIV QUEENSLAND,DEPT SPEECH & HEARING,BRISBANE 4072,AUSTRALIA. RI Murdoch, Bruce/C-1397-2012 CR ALEXANDER MP, 1987, BRAIN, V110, P961, DOI 10.1093/brain/110.4.961 ALEXANDER MP, 1980, NEUROLOGY, V30, P1193 BRUNNER RJ, 1982, BRAIN LANG, V16, P281, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(82)90087-6 CAPPA SF, 1979, CORTEX, V15, P121 CARAMAZZA A, 1989, BRAIN COGNITION, V10, P256, DOI 10.1016/0278-2626(89)90056-0 CARAMAZZA A, 1983, CEREBRAL HEMISPHERE CHESSON AL, 1983, BRAIN LANG, V19, P306, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(83)90073-1 CORBETT AJ, 1986, ARCH NEUROL-CHICAGO, V43, P964 CROSSON B, 1985, BRAIN LANG, V25, P257, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(85)90085-9 DAMASIO AR, 1982, ARCH NEUROL-CHICAGO, V39, P15 Darley F. L., 1982, APHASIA DELISA JA, 1982, AM FAMILY PHYSIC NOV, P207 DEMEURISSE G, 1985, EUR NEUROL, V24, P134, DOI 10.1159/000115774 DEMEURISSE G, 1980, STROKE, V11, P455 FROMM D, 1985, ARCH NEUROL-CHICAGO, V42, P943 GLOSSER G, 1982, BRAIN LANG, V15, P95, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(82)90050-5 Goodglass H, 1972, ASSESSMENT APHASIA R HANSON WR, 1989, APHASIOLOGY, V3, P19, DOI 10.1080/02687038908248973 HOLLAND AL, 1989, J SPEECH HEAR RES, V32, P232 Kaplan E., 1983, ASSESSMENT APHASIA R Kenin M, 1972, Cortex, V8, P56 KENNEDY M, 1989, APHASIOLOGY, V3, P221, DOI 10.1080/02687038908248997 KERTESZ A, 1977, BRAIN, V100, P1, DOI 10.1093/brain/100.1.1 Kertesz A., 1979, APHASIA ASS DISORDER Kertesz A., 1982, W APHASIA BATTERY KERTESZ A, 1988, ADV NEUROLOGY, V42 LASSEN NA, 1983, J CEREB BLOOD FLO S1, V3, P602 LENDREM W, 1985, J NEUROL NEUROSUR PS, V48, P743, DOI 10.1136/jnnp.48.8.743 LIEBERMAN R, 1986, ARCH PHYS MED REHAB, V67, P410 LOMAS J, 1978, BRAIN LANG, V5, P388, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(78)90034-2 MURDOCH BE, 1986, AUSTR J HUMAN COMMUN, V14, P5 NAESER MA, 1982, ARCH NEUROL-CHICAGO, V39, P15 OJEMANN G, 1976, STUDIES NEUROLINGUIS, V1 OLSEN TS, 1986, BRAIN, V109, P393, DOI 10.1093/brain/109.3.393 RUBENS AB, 1977, RATIONALE ADULT APHA SARNO MT, 1971, ARCH PHYSICAL MED RE, V52, P202 SCHIFF HB, 1983, ARCH NEUROL-CHICAGO, V40, P720 SMITH SR, 1988, BRAIN LANG, V36, P314 Spreen O., 1969, NEUROSENSORY CTR COM Starkstein S. E., 1988, APHASIOLOGY, V2, P1, DOI 10.1080/02687038808248883 VALLAR G, 1988, APHASIOLOGY, V2, P463, DOI 10.1080/02687038808248953 WADE DT, 1986, J NEUROL NEUROSUR PS, V49, P11, DOI 10.1136/jnnp.49.1.11 WALLESCH CW, 1985, BRAIN LANG, V25, P357, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(85)90090-2 Wallesch C. W., 1988, APHASIA WODARZ R, 1980, NEURORADIOLOGY, V19, P245 YANG BJ, 1989, BRAIN LANG, V37, P145, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(89)90105-3 YORKSTON KM, 1980, J SPEECH HEAR DISORD, V45, P27 NR 47 TC 1 Z9 1 PU TAYLOR & FRANCIS LTD PI LONDON PA ONE GUNDPOWDER SQUARE, LONDON, ENGLAND EC4A 3DE SN 0268-7038 J9 APHASIOLOGY JI Aphasiology PD NOV-DEC PY 1991 VL 5 IS 6 BP 489 EP 510 DI 10.1080/02687039108248555 PG 22 WC Clinical Neurology SC Neurosciences & Neurology GA GY405 UT WOS:A1991GY40500001 ER PT J AU LAPOINTE, LL ERICKSON, RJ AF LAPOINTE, LL ERICKSON, RJ TI AUDITORY VIGILANCE DURING DIVIDED TASK ATTENTION IN APHASIC INDIVIDUALS SO APHASIOLOGY LA English DT Article ID SUSTAINED ATTENTION AB Little research has been reported on auditory vigilance skills of aphasic individuals, particularly under a dual task paradigm designed to divide attention. Six aphasic males and six gender and age-matched control subjects listened to two, twenty-minute 400 word lists and were asked to identify a target word that was randomly interspersed 50 times. During Condition A, subjects were only required to remain auditorily vigilant and identify target words. During Condition B subjects were required to listen for and identify target words while simultaneously conducting a card sorting task. Aphasic and non-brain-damaged subjects performed similarly under Condition A, auditory vigilance alone. For the dual task, divided attention condition, the non-aphasic group performed virtually the same as in Condition A. The aphasic group revealed significantly less accurate performance under Condition B's dual task requirements. Apparently the added task of card sorting so divided or preoccupied the attention of most aphasic subjects that the auditory targets could not be identified readily. These findings lend support to the notion that deficient processing superimposed upon linguistic deficit may be a useful model for understanding the nature of aphasia and perhaps offers a germinal explanation of the variability so characteristic of aphasic performance. C1 PHOENIX BAPTIST HOSP,WESTERN REHAB SERV,PHOENIX,AZ. RP LAPOINTE, LL (reprint author), ARIZONA STATE UNIV,DEPT SPEECH & HEARING SCI,TEMPE,AZ 85287, USA. CR ARVEDSON JC, 1986, ANN M AM SPEECH LANG CAMPBELL TF, 1985, J SPEECH HEAR RES, V28, P513 FELDMAN DS, 1987, STATVIEW, V2 GIAMBRA LM, 1988, PSYCHOL AGING, V3, P75, DOI 10.1037//0882-7974.3.1.75 GLOSSER G, 1988, J SPEECH HEAR DISORD, V53, P115 GRADY CL, 1989, ARCH NEUROL-CHICAGO, V46, P317 GRANT DA, 1981, WISCONSIN CARD SORTI HOLLAND AL, 1982, J SPEECH HEAR DISORD, V47, P50 Kahneman D., 1973, ATTENTION EFFORT Kewman D G, 1988, Brain Inj, V2, P131, DOI 10.3109/02699058809150937 LACHMAN R, 1979, COGNITIVE PSYCHOL IN LANZETTA TM, 1987, HUM FACTORS, V29, P625 LAPOINTE LL, 1989, CLIN APHASIOLOGY, V18, P1 LAPOINTE LL, 1974, ACADEMY APHASIA M WA MCNEIL MR, 1982, SPEECH LANGUAGE HEAR, V2 MCNEIL MR, 1986, APHASIA NATURE ASSES, V7, P123 Porch B. E., 1981, PORCH INDEX COMMUNIC SIMMONS NN, 1989, CLIN APHASIOLOGY, V18, P19 Wickens C.D., 1984, VARIETIES ATTENTION WILCOX MJ, 1983, TOP LANG DISORD, V3, P35 Wood RL, 1986, J HEAD TRAUMA REHAB, V1, P43, DOI 10.1097/00001199-198609000-00008 WOOD RL, 1990, TRAUMATIC BRAIN INJU NR 22 TC 34 Z9 35 PU TAYLOR & FRANCIS LTD PI LONDON PA ONE GUNDPOWDER SQUARE, LONDON, ENGLAND EC4A 3DE SN 0268-7038 J9 APHASIOLOGY JI Aphasiology PD NOV-DEC PY 1991 VL 5 IS 6 BP 511 EP 520 DI 10.1080/02687039108248556 PG 10 WC Clinical Neurology SC Neurosciences & Neurology GA GY405 UT WOS:A1991GY40500002 ER PT J AU FRIEDMAN, RB ROBINSON, SR AF FRIEDMAN, RB ROBINSON, SR TI WHOLE-WORD TRAINING THERAPY IN A STABLE SURFACE ALEXIC PATIENT - IT WORKS SO APHASIOLOGY LA English DT Article ID READING ALOUD; ACTIVATION AB An experimental therapy which focuses on whole-word reading was developed for trial with a surface alexic patient whose reading deficit had been stable for several years. The patient practised reading a group of words with ambiguous vowels. A control group of words with the same ambiguous vowels were never studied but were tested at each session. The patient's reading of the studied words improved steadily over the training sessions. Performance on the control words varied considerably throughout the study. It is concluded that impaired access to orthographic entries in the lexicon can be repaired with practice, but that generalization to similar words is more difficult to achieve. C1 GEORGE WASHINGTON UNIV,DEPT SPEECH & HEARING,WASHINGTON,DC 20052. RP FRIEDMAN, RB (reprint author), NINCDS,COGNIT NEUROSCI SECT,MED NEUROL BRANCH,BLDG 10 RM 5C-422,BETHESDA,MD 20892, USA. CR Coltheart M., 1989, COGNITIVE APPROACHES COLTHEART M, 1981, VISIBLE LANG, V15, P245 FRIEDMAN RB, 1990, BRAIN LANG, V38, P278, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(90)90115-W FRIEDMAN RB, IN PRESS COGNITIVE N Funnell E., 1987, LANGUAGE PERCEPTION GLOSSER G, 1990, CORTEX, V26, P343 GLUSHKO RJ, 1979, J EXP PSYCHOL HUMAN, V5, P674, DOI 10.1037//0096-1523.5.4.674 Goodglass H, 1983, ASSESSMENT APHASIA R, V2nd Kaplan E, 1983, BOSTON NAMING TEST KAY J, 1981, Q J EXP PSYCHOL-A, V33, P397 KERTESZ A, 1977, BRAIN, V100, P1, DOI 10.1093/brain/100.1.1 Patterson K., 1985, SURFACE DYSLEXIA Siegel S., 1956, NONPARAMETRIC STATIS NR 13 TC 3 Z9 3 PU TAYLOR & FRANCIS LTD PI LONDON PA ONE GUNDPOWDER SQUARE, LONDON, ENGLAND EC4A 3DE SN 0268-7038 J9 APHASIOLOGY JI Aphasiology PD NOV-DEC PY 1991 VL 5 IS 6 BP 521 EP 527 DI 10.1080/02687039108248557 PG 7 WC Clinical Neurology SC Neurosciences & Neurology GA GY405 UT WOS:A1991GY40500003 ER PT J AU VANHARSKAMP, F VISCHBRINK, EG AF VANHARSKAMP, F VISCHBRINK, EG TI GOAL RECOGNITION IN APHASIA THERAPY SO APHASIOLOGY LA English DT Article ID COMMUNICATION; ADULTS; TESTS AB Aphasia therapy is a multidimensional process. A distinction is made between guidance and structural aphasia therapy. For the application of structural therapy patient selection and goal recognition are necessary prerequisites. The delineation of the final therapeutic goal requires a multiaxial description of the patients analogous to the DSM III-R, system, reflecting the underlying disease, the language disorder, the concomitant neuropsychological and speech disorders and the responsiveness to therapeutic intervention. An improvement of communication in real life, the final goal of aphasia therapy, requires a succession of methods in view of the following subgoals: knowledge of verbal and nonverbal skills, communication with an informed partner, communication with an inexperienced partner and communication in real life. RP VANHARSKAMP, F (reprint author), UNIV HOSP ROTTERDAM DIJKZIGT,DEPT NEUROL,H 660 MOLEWATERPLEIN 40,3015 GD ROTTERDAM,NETHERLANDS. CR BEELE KA, 1984, BRIT J DISORD COMMUN, V19, P169 BLOMERT L, 1987, APHASIOLOGY, V1, P463, DOI 10.1080/02687038708248873 BUSCH CR, 1988, J SPEECH HEAR DISORD, V53, P475 BYNG S, 1990, APHASIOLOGY, V4, P67, DOI 10.1080/02687039008249055 CRYSTAL D, 1984, LINGUISTIC ENCOUNTER DAVIS AG, 1981, LANGUAGE INTERVENTIO DEBLESER R, 1986, PRAGMATICS ED DEELMAN BG, 1981, SAN TEST EEN AFASIET EDWARDS S, 1989, FUNCTIONAL EVALUATIO ELLIS AW, 1985, PROGR PSYCHOL LANGUA, V2 ENDERBY P, 1989, BRIT J DISORD COMMUN, V24, P301 GOLPER L, 1983, C P Goodglass H, 1972, ASSESSMENT APHASIA R SPARKS R, 1974, Cortex, V10, P303 HELMESTABROOKS N, 1982, J SPEECH HEAR DISORD, V47, P385 HOLLAND AL, 1975, C P Howard D., 1987, APHASIA THERAPY HIST HUBER W, 1984, ADV NEUROLOGY KATSUKINAKAMURA J, 1988, J SPEECH HEAR DISORD, V53, P408 KAY J, 1990, PSYCHOLINGUISTIC ASS LESSER R, 1985, CURRENT PERSPECTIVES LESSER R, 1987, APHASIOLOGY, V1, P189, DOI 10.1080/02687038708248836 LOMAS J, 1987, MED CARE, V25, P764, DOI 10.1097/00005650-198708000-00009 LONGERICH MC, 1954, APHASIA THERAPEUTICS Marshall R. C., 1987, APHASIOLOGY, V1, P59, DOI 10.1080/02687038708248812 NAESER MA, 1985, CORTEX, V21, P203 SARNO MT, 1965, ARCH PHYSICAL MED RE, V46, P101 SCHERZER E, 1988, 1ST P EUR C APH VIEN Schuell H, 1965, MINNESOTA TEST DIFFE SHEWAN CM, 1984, J COMMUN DISORD, V17, P175, DOI 10.1016/0021-9924(84)90010-8 SPRINGER L, 1986, SPRACHE-STIMME-GEHOR, V10, P205 Stemberger J. P., 1985, PROGR PSYCHOL LANGUA, V1 THOMPSON CK, 1984, C P WEIGL E, 1970, SIGN LANGUAGE CULTUR WEPMAN JM, 1972, J SPEECH HEAR DISORD, V37, P203 WHURR R, 1974, APHASIA SCREENING TE WIELAERT S, 1990, COMMUNICATIE PROFIEL 1987, DIAGNOSTIC STATISTIC NR 38 TC 8 Z9 8 PU TAYLOR & FRANCIS LTD PI LONDON PA ONE GUNDPOWDER SQUARE, LONDON, ENGLAND EC4A 3DE SN 0268-7038 J9 APHASIOLOGY JI Aphasiology PD NOV-DEC PY 1991 VL 5 IS 6 BP 529 EP 539 DI 10.1080/02687039108248558 PG 11 WC Clinical Neurology SC Neurosciences & Neurology GA GY405 UT WOS:A1991GY40500004 ER PT J AU PACHALSKA, M AF PACHALSKA, M TI GROUP-THERAPY FOR APHASIA PATIENTS SO APHASIOLOGY LA English DT Article AB The main goal of the present paper is to specify the aims, methods and efficacy of group therapy. The paper gives a review of available literature on the above topics in an attempt to specify their nature. Three basic aims of group therapy may be distinguished: communicative, psychological and social. Discussion of various approaches concerned with the methodology permits the singling out of four main strategies of group therapy: educational, communicative, psychosocial, and holistic. The characteristics and efficacy of the above methods are presented. The ideas on group therapy have been brought together in the hope of stimulating further development in the treatment of aphasic persons. Moreover, controlled studies will enable further evaluation of current techniques in order to make our therapeutic work as efficient as possible. RP PACHALSKA, M (reprint author), ACAD PHYS EDUC,INST REHABIL,PLANU 6-LETNIEGO 62A,KRAKOW,POLAND. CR Agranowitz A, 1954, Q J SPEECH, V40, P170 BARNES JE, 1988, APHASIA TODAY BERLIN JW, 1985, PROBLEMS THEORY THER BEYN ES, 1964, APHASIA ITS MANAGEME BLOOM LM, 1962, J SPEECH HEAR DISORD, V27, P11 BORENSTEIN P, 1987, SCAND J REHABIL MED, V19, P51 BOROVENKO TG, 1985, PROBLEMS THEORY THER BUDNY J, 1988, SPRACHHEILARBEIT, V33, P71 CARLOMAGNO S, 1988, APHASIA TODAY, P81 CHAPEY R, 1981, LANGUAGE INTERVENTIO, P95 CODE C, 1989, APHASIA THERAPY STUD CORBIN ML, 1951, J SPEECH HEAR DISORD, V6, P21 DAFFLITTI JG, 1974, INT J GROUP PSYCHOTH, V25, P323 DAVIS GA, 1985, LANGUAGE INTERVENTIO, P169 DAVIS GA, 1985, ADULT APHASIA REHABI, P167 EDMONSTONE EA, 1988, IN PRESS 2ND NAT APH EISENSON J, 1973, ADULT APHASIA ASSESS EISENSON J, 1985, LANGUAGE INTERVENTIO, P169 EISENSON J, 1979, STUDIEN SPRACHTHERAP, P361 FAWCUS M, 1989, APHASIA THERAPY, P113 FAWCUS M, 1979, SPRACHE-STIMME-GEHOR, V3, P12 FRANK F, 1987, 1ST P EUR C APH VIEN, P67 HOLLAND A, 1975, AM SPEECH HEARING AS KACZMAREK BLJ, 1987, IN PRESS 3RD PANH S KARILAHTI M, 1987, 1ST P EUR C APH VIEN, P138 KEARNS K, 1986, LANGUAGE INTERVENTIO KLIPPI A, 1987, 1ST P EUR C APH VIEN, P156 KNAPIK H, 1989, IN PRESS 3RD NAT C A KRAKOVSKAYA TM, 1984, 1ST INT APH REH C CR KUZAKPACHALSKA M, 1982, AM J SOCIAL PSYCHIAT, V2, P51 KUZAKPACHALSKA M, 1978, 2ND P POL S REH AWF, P79 LEBRUN Y, 1989, STUDIES DISORDERS CO MARUSZEWSKI M, 1974, PATIENT APHASIA HIS PACHALSKA M, 1984, 1ST P INT APH REH C, P365 PACHALSKA M, 1990, IN PRESS LANGUAGE OR PACHALSKA M, 1988, APHASIA TODAY, P119 PACHALSKA M, 1986, MONOGRAPH PUBL AWF, V28 PACHALSKA M, 1989, IN PRESS COMPLEX APH PACHALSKA M, 1983, 20TH WORLD C SOC PSY PACHALSKI A, 1984, IN PRESS 1ST P INT A Searle John R., 1969, SPEECH ACTS Searle JR, 1975, SYNTAX SEMANTICS VISEL TG, 1985, PROBLEMS THEORY THER Wilcox M. J., 1977, CLIN APHASIOLOGY C P, P166 WILCOX MJ, 1978, ANN CONVENTION AM SP NR 45 TC 3 Z9 4 PU TAYLOR & FRANCIS LTD PI LONDON PA ONE GUNDPOWDER SQUARE, LONDON, ENGLAND EC4A 3DE SN 0268-7038 J9 APHASIOLOGY JI Aphasiology PD NOV-DEC PY 1991 VL 5 IS 6 BP 541 EP 554 DI 10.1080/02687039108248559 PG 14 WC Clinical Neurology SC Neurosciences & Neurology GA GY405 UT WOS:A1991GY40500005 ER PT J AU FAWCUS, M AF FAWCUS, M TI MANAGING GROUP-THERAPY - FURTHER CONSIDERATIONS SO APHASIOLOGY LA English DT Article RP FAWCUS, M (reprint author), CITY UNIV LONDON,CTR CLIN COMMUN STUDIES,NORTHAMPTON SQ,LONDON EC1V 0HB,ENGLAND. CR BRINDLEY P, 1989, APHASIOLOGY, V3, P695, DOI 10.1080/02687038908249037 Davis A. G., 1985, ADULT APHASIA REHABI FAWCUS M, 1989, APHASIA THERAPY FAWCUS M, 1987, 9TH P NAT C COLL SPE KEARNS K, 1986, LANGUAGE INTERVENTIO KRAAT AW, 1990, APHASIOLOGY, V4, P321, DOI 10.1080/02687039008249086 WILCOX JM, 1978, AM SPEECH LANGUAGE H NR 7 TC 0 Z9 0 PU TAYLOR & FRANCIS LTD PI LONDON PA ONE GUNDPOWDER SQUARE, LONDON, ENGLAND EC4A 3DE SN 0268-7038 J9 APHASIOLOGY JI Aphasiology PD NOV-DEC PY 1991 VL 5 IS 6 BP 555 EP 557 DI 10.1080/02687039108248560 PG 3 WC Clinical Neurology SC Neurosciences & Neurology GA GY405 UT WOS:A1991GY40500006 ER PT J AU ATEN, JL AF ATEN, JL TI GROUP-THERAPY FOR APHASIC PATIENTS - LETS SHOW IT WORKS SO APHASIOLOGY LA English DT Article RP ATEN, JL (reprint author), VET ADM MED CTR,AUDIOL SPEECH PATHOL SERV 126,LONG BEACH,CA 90822, USA. CR ATEN JL, 1982, J SPEECH HEAR DISORD, V47, P93 HARTMAN J, 1987, ARCH NEUROL-CHICAGO, V44, P646 KEARNS KP, 1986, LANGUAGE INTERVENTIO, P304 WERTZ RT, 1981, J SPEECH HEAR RES, V24, P580 NR 4 TC 2 Z9 2 PU TAYLOR & FRANCIS LTD PI LONDON PA ONE GUNDPOWDER SQUARE, LONDON, ENGLAND EC4A 3DE SN 0268-7038 J9 APHASIOLOGY JI Aphasiology PD NOV-DEC PY 1991 VL 5 IS 6 BP 559 EP 561 DI 10.1080/02687039108248561 PG 3 WC Clinical Neurology SC Neurosciences & Neurology GA GY405 UT WOS:A1991GY40500007 ER PT J AU SPRINGER, L AF SPRINGER, L TI FACILITATING GROUP REHABILITATION SO APHASIOLOGY LA English DT Article RP SPRINGER, L (reprint author), RHEIN WESTFAL TH AACHEN,FAC MED,SCH LOGOPED,PAUWELSSTR 30,W-5100 AACHEN,GERMANY. CR BONGARTZ R, 1990, SPRACH STIMME GEHOR, V4, P181 Davis G, 1985, ADULT APHASIA REHABI FAWCUS M, 1989, APHASIA THERAPY HINCKELDEY SV, 1983, SPRACH STIMME GEHOR, V7, P101 KEARNS K, 1986, LANGUAGE INTERVENTIO NR 5 TC 2 Z9 2 PU TAYLOR & FRANCIS LTD PI LONDON PA ONE GUNDPOWDER SQUARE, LONDON, ENGLAND EC4A 3DE SN 0268-7038 J9 APHASIOLOGY JI Aphasiology PD NOV-DEC PY 1991 VL 5 IS 6 BP 563 EP 565 DI 10.1080/02687039108248562 PG 3 WC Clinical Neurology SC Neurosciences & Neurology GA GY405 UT WOS:A1991GY40500008 ER PT J AU WERTZ, RT AF WERTZ, RT TI APHASIOLOGY 1990 - A VIEW FROM THE COLONIES SO APHASIOLOGY LA English DT Article ID LANGUAGE TREATMENT; SPEECH; REHABILITATION; THERAPY; FUTURE; STROKE; TRIAL RP WERTZ, RT (reprint author), DEPT VET AFFAIRS MED CTR,150 MUIR RD,MARTINEZ,CA 94553, USA. CR Albert M. L., 1981, CLIN ASPECTS DYSPHAS ALBERT ML, 1988, HOSP PRACT, V23, P31 ALEXANDER MP, 1990, 4TH INT APH REH C ED BACHMAN DL, 1990, APHASIOLOGY, V4, P407, DOI 10.1080/02687039008249091 BASSO A, 1979, ARCH NEUROL-CHICAGO, V36, P190 BASSO A, 1985, BRAIN LANG, V26, P201, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(85)90039-2 BERTONI B, 1990, 4TH INT APH REH C ED BLOMERT L, 1990, 4TH INT APH REH C ED BROOKSHIRE RH, 1983, J SPEECH HEAR DISORD, V48, P342 BYNG S, 1990, APHASIOLOGY, V4, P67, DOI 10.1080/02687039008249055 CUBELLI R, 1990, 4TH INT APH REH C ED Damasio H., 1989, LESION ANAL NEUROPSY Darley F. L., 1982, APHASIA DAVID R, 1982, J NEUROL NEUROSUR PS, V45, P957, DOI 10.1136/jnnp.45.11.957 DUFFY JR, 1987, P C CLIN APHASIOLOGY, P349 GLINDEMANN R, 1990, 4TH INT APH REH C ED Goodglass H, 1983, ASSESSMENT APHASIA R, V2nd Holland A., 1980, COMMUNICATIVE ABILIT HORNER J, 1990, CLIN APHASIOLOGY HOWARD D, 1986, BRIT J DISORD COMMUN, V21, P89 HUFGARD J, 1990, 4TH INT APH REH C ED JACKSON JH, 1958, 4TH INT APH REH C ED, V2, P129 KATZ RC, 1990, 4TH INT APH REH C ED Kertesz A., 1979, APHASIA ASS DISORDER LINCOLN NB, 1984, LANCET, V1, P1197 LOVERSO FL, 1990, 4TH INT APH REH C ED MACLENNON DL, 1990, CLIN APHASIOLOGY C S MEIKLE M, 1979, BRIT MED J, V2, P87 METTER EJ, 1984, BRAIN LANG, V21, P187, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(84)90046-4 MILLER N, 1990, 4TH INT APH REH C ED MURDOCH BE, 1988, APHASIOLOGY, V2, P437, DOI 10.1080/02687038808248952 NENONEN T, 1990, 4TH INT APH REH C ED PACHALSKA M, 1990, 4TH INT APH REH C ED PENN C, 1990, 4TH INT APH REH C ED PETHERAM B, 1990, 4TH INT APH REH C ED PIERCE RS, 1990, 4TH INT APH REH C ED Porch B. E., 1967, PORCH INDEX COMMUNIC PYFERS L, 1990, 4TH INT APH REH C ED RADONJICMIHOLIC V, 1990, 4TH INT APH REH C ED REPO M, 1990, 4TH INT APH REH C ED ROBERTSON I, 1990, 4TH INT APH REH C ED ROBERTSON I, 1990, APHASIOLOGY, V4, P381, DOI 10.1080/02687039008249090 Rosenbek J.C., 1989, APHASIA CLIN APPROAC SADOWSKA M, 1990, 4TH INT APH REH C ED SAPOLSKY RM, 1987, DISCOVERY JUL, P42 Sarno M. T., 1969, REHABILITATION MONOG, V42 SASANUMA S, 1990, 4TH INT APH REH C ED SCHUELI H, 1964, APHASIA ADULTS DIAGN SHEWAN CM, 1984, BRAIN LANG, V23, P272, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(84)90068-3 SPRINGER L, 1990, 4TH INT APH REH C ED STEELE RD, 1989, NEUROPSYCHOLOGIA, V27, P409, DOI 10.1016/0028-3932(89)90048-1 STOFFEL AM, 1990, 4TH INT APH REH C ED VANBLAUW MM, 1990, 4TH INT APH REH C ED VANVUGT P, 1990, 4TH INT APH REH C ED VIGNOLO LA, 1986, CORTEX, V22, P55 WEINRICH M, 1987, APHASIOLOGY, V1, P119, DOI 10.1080/02687038708248823 WENIGER D, 1990, APHASIOLOGY, V4, P301, DOI 10.1080/02687039008249084 WERTZ RT, 1991, CLIN APHASIOLOGY, V19, P21 WERTZ RT, 1986, ARCH NEUROL-CHICAGO, V43, P653 WERTZ RT, 1987, CLIN APHASIOLOGY, V17 WERTZ RT, 1981, J SPEECH HEAR RES, V24, P580 WHURR R, 1990, 4TH INT APH REH C ED WILLMES K, 1990, 4TH INT APH REH C ED NR 63 TC 1 Z9 1 PU TAYLOR & FRANCIS LTD PI LONDON PA ONE GUNDPOWDER SQUARE, LONDON, ENGLAND EC4A 3DE SN 0268-7038 J9 APHASIOLOGY JI Aphasiology PD JUL-OCT PY 1991 VL 5 IS 4-5 BP 311 EP 322 DI 10.1080/02687039108248532 PG 12 WC Clinical Neurology SC Neurosciences & Neurology GA GF464 UT WOS:A1991GF46400002 ER PT J AU FEYEREISEN, P AF FEYEREISEN, P TI COMMUNICATIVE-BEHAVIOR IN APHASIA SO APHASIOLOGY LA English DT Article ID COMPREHENSION; CONTEXT; HEMISPHERE; DISCOURSE; SPEECH; ADULTS; CUES C1 CATHOLIC UNIV LOUVAIN,B-1348 LOUVAIN,BELGIUM. RI Feyereisen, Pierre/D-4645-2009 CR BECK AR, 1984, BRAIN LANG, V22, P320, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(84)90097-X Bock J. K., 1987, PROGR PSYCHOL LANGUA, V3, P337 BOWERS D, 1987, NEUROPSYCHOLOGIA, V25, P317, DOI 10.1016/0028-3932(87)90021-2 BROOKSHIRE RH, 1984, BRAIN LANG, V21, P21, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(84)90033-6 Brownell H. H., 1988, RIGHT HEMISPHERE CON, P19 BUSCH CR, 1988, J SPEECH HEAR DISORD, V53, P475 CARAMAZZA A, 1976, BRAIN LANG, V3, P572, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(76)90048-1 CLARK HH, 1986, COGNITION, V22, P1, DOI 10.1016/0010-0277(86)90010-7 CLARK HH, 1989, COGNITIVE SCI, V13, P259, DOI 10.1207/s15516709cog1302_7 Feyereisen P., 1988, APHASIOLOGY, V2, P21, DOI 10. 1080/02687038808248884 FEYEREISEN P., 1990, CEREBRAL CONTROL SPE, V70, P279 FEYEREISEN P, 1991, FUNDAMENTALS NONVERB, P31 FEYERISEN P, 1988, APHASIA, P46 GAINOTTI G, 1976, BRAIN LANG, V3, P451, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(76)90039-0 HATFIELD FM, 1977, NEUROPSYCHOLOGIA, V15, P717, DOI 10.1016/0028-3932(77)90001-X HUPET M, 1991, BRIT J PSYCHOL ISAACS EA, 1987, J EXP PSYCHOL GEN, V116, P26, DOI 10.1037/0096-3445.116.1.26 KIMELMAN MDZ, 1987, J SPEECH HEAR RES, V30, P295 KOEMEDALUTZ M, 1987, BRAIN LANG, V30, P321, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(87)90106-4 KRAUSS RM, 1977, SCI AM, V236, P100 LI EC, 1990, BRAIN LANG, V38, P48, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(90)90101-L MEUSE S, 1985, J COMMUN DISORD, V18, P11 NICHOLAS LE, 1981, J SPEECH HEAR RES, V24, P292 PEASE D M, 1978, Cortex, V14, P178 PIERCE RS, 1985, J SPEECH HEAR RES, V28, P250 ROTHI LJG, 1986, J NEUROL NEUROSUR PS, V49, P451, DOI 10.1136/jnnp.49.4.451 SERON X, 1982, J COMMUN DISORD, V15, P223, DOI 10.1016/0021-9924(82)90035-1 SERON X, 1980, PSYCHOL BELG, V20, P205 Shallice T., 1988, NEUROPSYCHOLOGY MENT TOMPKINS CA, 1987, BRAIN COGNITION, V6, P361, DOI 10.1016/0278-2626(87)90133-3 Van Lancker D., 1987, PROGR PSYCHOL LANGUA, V3, P49 VANLANCKER DR, 1987, BRAIN LANG, V32, P265, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(87)90128-3 VENUS CA, 1987, J COMMUN DISORD, V20, P477, DOI 10.1016/0021-9924(87)90035-9 WILLIAMS SE, 1982, BRAIN LANG, V17, P92, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(82)90007-4 ZINGESER LB, 1988, COGNITIVE NEUROPSYCH, V5, P473, DOI 10.1080/02643298808253270 NR 35 TC 9 Z9 9 PU TAYLOR & FRANCIS LTD PI LONDON PA ONE GUNDPOWDER SQUARE, LONDON, ENGLAND EC4A 3DE SN 0268-7038 J9 APHASIOLOGY JI Aphasiology PD JUL-OCT PY 1991 VL 5 IS 4-5 BP 323 EP 333 DI 10.1080/02687039108248533 PG 11 WC Clinical Neurology SC Neurosciences & Neurology GA GF464 UT WOS:A1991GF46400003 ER PT J AU ANDREEWSKY, E DESI, M PARISSE, C AF ANDREEWSKY, E DESI, M PARISSE, C TI DEEP DYSLEXIA - THEORETICAL IMPLICATIONS FOR READING AND REHABILITATION SO APHASIOLOGY LA English DT Article RP ANDREEWSKY, E (reprint author), HOP LA PITIE SALPETRIERE,TLNP,INSERM,47 BD HOP,F-75651 PARIS 13,FRANCE. CR Andreewsky E, 1975, Cortex, V11, P379 Coltheart M., 1980, DEEP DYSLEXIA DELOCHE G, 1981, CORTEX, V17, P147 HENDERSON L, 1987, ATTENTION PERFORM, V12, P171 Lakoff G., 1980, METAPHORS WE LIVE MARCEL AJ, 1983, COGNITIVE PSYCHOL, V15, P197, DOI 10.1016/0010-0285(83)90009-9 MICHEL F, 1983, BRAIN LANG, V18, P212, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(83)90016-0 PARISSE C, 1987, CYBERNETICS SYSTEM P, V1, P185 SCHWARTZ MF, 1981, BRAIN LANG, V10, P249 VYGOTSKII LS, 1982, SOBRANIE SOCHINENII, V1 Winograd T., 1986, UNDERSTANDING COMPUT NR 11 TC 0 Z9 0 PU TAYLOR & FRANCIS LTD PI LONDON PA ONE GUNDPOWDER SQUARE, LONDON, ENGLAND EC4A 3DE SN 0268-7038 J9 APHASIOLOGY JI Aphasiology PD JUL-OCT PY 1991 VL 5 IS 4-5 BP 335 EP 339 DI 10.1080/02687039108248534 PG 5 WC Clinical Neurology SC Neurosciences & Neurology GA GF464 UT WOS:A1991GF46400004 ER PT J AU BERTONI, B STOFFEL, AM WENIGER, D AF BERTONI, B STOFFEL, AM WENIGER, D TI COMMUNICATING WITH PICTOGRAPHS - A GRAPHIC APPROACH TO THE IMPROVEMENT OF COMMUNICATIVE INTERACTIONS SO APHASIOLOGY LA English DT Article ID APHASIA; SYSTEM AB Attempts have been made to improve the communicative abilities of severely impaired aphasics by teaching them a non-verbal communication system. The results from studies in which aphasics were trained to use alternative symbol systems have not been too encouraging. The possibility of teaching aphasic patients to communicate with the aid of pictographs has remained unexplored. A therapy programme aimed at training aphasic patients with little or no usable speech to convey messages pictorially is introduced. The programme proceeds from the receptive and expressive use of pictographs encountered in everyday life to the spontaneous production of line-drawings in response to questions. RP BERTONI, B (reprint author), UNIV ZURICH,KANTONSSPITAL,NEUROPSYCHOL ABT,NEUROL KLIN,HALDENBACH D,FRAUENKLIN STR 26,CH-8091 ZURICH,SWITZERLAND. CR COEHLO CA, 1987, BRAIN LANG, V31, P328 COELHO CA, 1990, APHASIOLOGY, V4, P1, DOI 10.1080/02687039008249050 COHEN R, 1980, BRAIN LANG, V10, P331, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(80)90060-7 Feyereisen P., 1988, APHASIOLOGY, V2, P21, DOI 10. 1080/02687038808248884 FUNNELL E, 1989, APHASIOLOGY, V3, P279, DOI 10.1080/02687038908248995 GAINOTTI G, 1983, BRAIN, V106, P613, DOI 10.1093/brain/106.3.613 GARDNER H, 1976, NEUROPSYCHOLOGIA, V14, P275, DOI 10.1016/0028-3932(76)90023-3 Goldstein K, 1941, PSYCHOL MONOGR, V53, P1 HATFIELD FM, 1974, NEUROPSYCHOLOGIA, V12, P389, DOI 10.1016/0028-3932(74)90055-4 SPARKS R, 1974, Cortex, V10, P303 HELMESTABROOKS N, 1982, J SPEECH HEAR DISORD, V47, P385 JOHANNSENHORBACH H, 1985, BRAIN LANG, V24, P74, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(85)90098-7 LYON JG, 1987, TOP LANG DISORD, V8, P61 Sawyer-Woods L, 1987, APHASIOLOGY, V1, P287, DOI 10.1080/02687038708248848 Smith L., 1987, APHASIOLOGY, V1, P127, DOI 10.1080/02687038708248824 SWINDELL CS, 1988, BRAIN COGNITION, V7, P16, DOI 10.1016/0278-2626(88)90018-8 VANSOMMERS P, 1989, COGNITIVE NEUROPSYCH, V6, P117, DOI 10.1080/02643298908253416 NR 17 TC 7 Z9 7 PU TAYLOR & FRANCIS LTD PI LONDON PA ONE GUNDPOWDER SQUARE, LONDON, ENGLAND EC4A 3DE SN 0268-7038 J9 APHASIOLOGY JI Aphasiology PD JUL-OCT PY 1991 VL 5 IS 4-5 BP 341 EP 353 DI 10.1080/02687039108248535 PG 13 WC Clinical Neurology SC Neurosciences & Neurology GA GF464 UT WOS:A1991GF46400005 ER PT J AU CARLOMAGNO, S COLOMBO, A CASADIO, P EMANUELLI, S RAZZANO, C AF CARLOMAGNO, S COLOMBO, A CASADIO, P EMANUELLI, S RAZZANO, C TI COGNITIVE APPROACHES TO WRITING REHABILITATION IN APHASICS - EVALUATION OF 2 TREATMENT STRATEGIES SO APHASIOLOGY LA English DT Article AB Chronic aphasic patients received each of two rehabilitation programmes that were devised for writing disturbances according to dual route models of writing function. The phonological treatment stimulated non-lexical phoneme to grapheme conversion procedures whereas patients were stimulated to use whole word form by the visual-semantic treatment. Overall results showed that the effect of both treatment procedures was significant and stable over time. However, when single case improvement was taken into account, almost all patients were found to respond only to one treatment. These results are consistent with a view that models of human cognitive functions are suitable for planning therapies for neuropsychological disturbances. C1 CTR RIC CLIN SANTA LUCIA,ROME,ITALY. RP CARLOMAGNO, S (reprint author), NAPLES UNIV,IST SCI NEUROL,VIA PANSINI 5,I-80131 NAPLES,ITALY. CR BEHRMANN M, 1987, COGN NEUROPSYCHOL, V4, P365, DOI 10.1080/02643298708252044 Carlomagno S, 1989, COGNITIVE APPROACHES, P175 CARLOMAGNO S, 1991, IN PRESS COGNITIVE N Coltheart M., 1984, ORTHOGRAPHIES READIN, P67 Davis A. G., 1985, ADULT APHASIA REHABI HATFIELD MF, 1976, RECOVERY APHASICS, P65 HATFIELD MF, 1984, APHASIA THERAPY, P157 HATFIELD MF, 1984, ADV NEUROL, V42, P121 PIZZAMIGLIO L, 1985, BRAIN LANG, V25, P213, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(85)90081-1 SERON X, 1980, J SPEECH HEAR DISORD, V45, P45 SNODGRASS JG, 1980, J EXP PSYCHOL-HUM L, V6, P174, DOI 10.1037/0278-7393.6.2.174 NR 11 TC 2 Z9 2 PU TAYLOR & FRANCIS LTD PI LONDON PA ONE GUNDPOWDER SQUARE, LONDON, ENGLAND EC4A 3DE SN 0268-7038 J9 APHASIOLOGY JI Aphasiology PD JUL-OCT PY 1991 VL 5 IS 4-5 BP 355 EP 360 DI 10.1080/02687039108248536 PG 6 WC Clinical Neurology SC Neurosciences & Neurology GA GF464 UT WOS:A1991GF46400006 ER PT J AU KACZMAREK, BLJ AF KACZMAREK, BLJ TI APHASIA IN AN ARTIST - A DISORDER OF SYMBOLIC PROCESSING SO APHASIOLOGY LA English DT Article AB This paper presents a study of a prominent Polish painter who suffered from a left brain stroke resulting in hemiparesis and aphasia. His drawing abilities were preserved on the performance level but he was not able to create the highly symbolic pictures he used to paint before the stroke. A neuropsychological examination, using Luria's approach, revealed a kinetic aphasia with some features of the frontal syndrome. The patient exhibited difficulties with reproducing and developing narratives, with understanding a moral of the story as well as with connecting components of a picture into a sensible whole. He was also unable to produce new associations of a word giving a series of its derivations instead. The patient was given appropriate treatment. Samples of pictures produced before and during the illness as well as after 'Symbolic Thought Therapy' reflect changes occuring in his cognitive abilities. The patient's problems are discussed against a background of differences in the mode of information processing by the left and right hemispheres taking into consideration the reports of artistic productions following brain lesions. It is also suggested that apart from the left-right dichotomy we should take into account the differences in functioning of the anterior and posterior brain areas. C1 ACAD PHYS EDUC,INST REHABIL,KRAKOW,POLAND. RP KACZMAREK, BLJ (reprint author), UNIV MARIA CURIE SKLODOWSKA,INST PSYCHOL,PL LITEWSKI 5,PL-20080 LUBLIN,POLAND. CR ALAJOUANINE T, 1948, BRAIN, V17, P229 BAKKER DJ, 1986, DYSLEXIA ITS NEUROPS Bonvincini G., 1926, WIEN MED WOCHENSCHR, V76, P88 BRADSHAW JL, 1989, HEMISPHERIC SPECIALI BROWN JW, 1979, NEUROBIOLOGY SOCIAL BROWN JW, 1982, NEURAL MODELS LANGUA CASSIRER E, 1962, ESSAY MAN INTRO Code C., 1987, LANGUAGE APHASIA RIG GARDNER H, 1981, ACQUIRED APHASIA GARDNER H., 1983, COGNITIVE PROCESSING HELMESTABROOKS N, 1983, COGNITIVE PROCESSING KACZMAREK BLJ, 1984, BRAIN LANG, V21, P52, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(84)90035-X KACZMAREK BLJ, 1986, HAVE NAMING DIFFICUL KACZMAREK BLJ, 1986, FRONTAL LOBES LANGUA KNAPIK H, IN PRESS POSTEPY REH LEICHNER A, 1974, PSYCHOPATHOLOGIE MUS MORICE R, IN PRESS ARCH NEUROL PACHALSKA M, 1990, 1ST P INT APH REH C PACHALSKA M, 1986, COMPLEX MODEL REHABI PACHALSKA M, IN PRESS POSTEPY REH PENG FCC, 1981, CURRENT ISSUES NEURO Pontius A A, 1976, Adolescence, V11, P509 REINVANG J, 1987, APHASIOLOGY, V1, P423 NR 23 TC 13 Z9 13 PU TAYLOR & FRANCIS LTD PI LONDON PA ONE GUNDPOWDER SQUARE, LONDON, ENGLAND EC4A 3DE SN 0268-7038 J9 APHASIOLOGY JI Aphasiology PD JUL-OCT PY 1991 VL 5 IS 4-5 BP 361 EP 371 DI 10.1080/02687039108248537 PG 11 WC Clinical Neurology SC Neurosciences & Neurology GA GF464 UT WOS:A1991GF46400007 ER PT J AU KLIPPI, A AF KLIPPI, A TI CONVERSATIONAL DYNAMICS BETWEEN APHASICS SO APHASIOLOGY LA English DT Article AB The aim of this study was to determine how aphasic patients take part in conversations, the manner in which their conversations proceed, and how they compensate for their disabilities in maintaining conversational flow. The aphasia group studied contained five aphasics with different symptoms. Four conversations (54 minutes) were videotaped through a one-way mirror and subsequently transcribed. The analysis was based on a seven-category system (moves) and conversational flow was described in terms of active and reactive utterances. The results showed that, using the number of moves and total speech time as criteria, individual speakers varied greatly in their degree of participation in discussions and had different interactive profiles. The speakers were divided into two groups according to the type and severity of aphasia. It was discovered that the groups did not differ in conversational behaviour in terms of active and reactive moves, but the non-fluent speakers differed from the fluent aphasics in their use of deviant conversational moves. There was therefore no clear relation between the type and severity of aphasia and participation in discussions. Implications for aphasia therapy are discussed. RP KLIPPI, A (reprint author), UNIV HELSINKI,DEPT PHONET,VIRONICATU 1 B,SF-00170 HELSINKI 17,FINLAND. CR HERRMANN M, 1989, BRAIN LANG, V37, P339, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(89)90022-9 MATTHEWS C, 1987, CLIN APHASIOLOGY, P221 Penn C., 1987, APHASIOLOGY, V1, P235, DOI 10.1080/02687038708248840 NR 3 TC 12 Z9 12 PU TAYLOR & FRANCIS LTD PI LONDON PA ONE GUNDPOWDER SQUARE, LONDON, ENGLAND EC4A 3DE SN 0268-7038 J9 APHASIOLOGY JI Aphasiology PD JUL-OCT PY 1991 VL 5 IS 4-5 BP 373 EP 378 DI 10.1080/02687039108248538 PG 6 WC Clinical Neurology SC Neurosciences & Neurology GA GF464 UT WOS:A1991GF46400008 ER PT J AU SILVAST, M AF SILVAST, M TI APHASIA THERAPY DIALOGS SO APHASIOLOGY LA English DT Article AB The interaction between the speech therapist and the aphasic was explored by videotaping a 15-minute sample from a therapy session. Six aphasic-therapist pairs served as subjects in the study. A middle five-minute segment of each conversation was extracted for analysis, which focused on the use of interactional space and different communicative functions in therapy conversations. The results showed that during the conversation therapists had a regulatory role which was manifested in their frequent use of requests for information and clarification. Aphasics had more speech time but were in a responsive role in the conversation; 79% of the aphasics' communicative functions were extended answers, answers and minimal responses. In addition, the longer speech time of aphasics can be explained by their frequent trouble-indicating behaviour during speaking (e.g., pauses, interjections and repeats). These preliminary results on aphasia therapy conversation suggest that the role of the therapist in conversation should be re-evaluated if conversation is used as a method for rehabilitating aphasics' communicative performance. RP SILVAST, M (reprint author), UNIV HELSINKI,DEPT PHONET,VIRONKATU 1 B,SF-00170 HELSINKI 17,FINLAND. CR COPELAND M, 1989, APHASIOLOGY, V3, P301, DOI 10.1080/02687038908249001 CRAIG HK, 1989, J SPEECH HEAR DISORD, V54, P334 GREEN G, 1984, BRIT J DISORD COMMUN, V19, P35 GURLAND GB, 1982, CLIN APHASIOLOGY C P LINELL P, 1987, COMMUNICATION LUBINSKI R, 1980, CLIN APHASIOLOGY C P SACKS H, 1974, LANGUAGE, V50, P606 SCHENBERG S, 1980, CLIN APHASIOLOGY C P SCHLENCK KJ, 1987, BRAIN LANG, V30, P226, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(87)90100-3 SORJONEN ML, 1988, ISOSUINEN NAINEN TUT NR 10 TC 18 Z9 18 PU TAYLOR & FRANCIS LTD PI LONDON PA ONE GUNDPOWDER SQUARE, LONDON, ENGLAND EC4A 3DE SN 0268-7038 J9 APHASIOLOGY JI Aphasiology PD JUL-OCT PY 1991 VL 5 IS 4-5 BP 383 EP 390 DI 10.1080/02687039108248540 PG 8 WC Clinical Neurology SC Neurosciences & Neurology GA GF464 UT WOS:A1991GF46400010 ER PT J AU SPRINGER, L GLINDEMANN, R HUBER, W WILLMES, K AF SPRINGER, L GLINDEMANN, R HUBER, W WILLMES, K TI HOW EFFICACIOUS IS PACE-THERAPY WHEN LANGUAGE SYSTEMATIC TRAINING IS INCORPORATED SO APHASIOLOGY LA English DT Article AB The traditional PACE approach was compared with a modified PACE approach, which incorporated a semantic classification task for the training of lexical-semantic difficulties. In a cross-over design, four patients were treated over a period of five weeks. The modified PACE approach was found to have a more effective impact on the improvement of both verbal naming and general communicative behaviour. C1 RHEIN WESTFAL TH AACHEN,DEPT NEUROL,W-5100 AACHEN,GERMANY. RP SPRINGER, L (reprint author), RHEIN WESTFAL TH AACHEN,FAC MED,SCH LOGOPAED,W-5100 AACHEN,GERMANY. CR Clerebaut N., 1984, REEDUCATION ORTHOPHO, V22, P329 Davis G, 1985, ADULT APHASIA REHABI Davis GA, 1981, LANGUAGE INTERVENTIO DAVIS GA, 1980, CLIN APHASIOLOGY C P EDELMAN G, 1987, PROMOTING APHASICS C Edgington E. S., 1987, RANDOMIZATION TESTS, V2nd FAWCUS M, 1990, APHASIOLOGY, V4, P207, DOI 10.1080/02687039008249071 GLINDEMANN R, 1989, SPRACHE-STIMME-GEHOR, V13, P188 Hatfield F. M., 1983, APHASIA THERAPY HOWARD D, 1985, BRAIN, V108, P817 HUBER W, 1984, PROGR APHASIOLOGY Schuell H. M., 1964, APHASIA ADULTS DIAGN SERON X, 1979, CORTEX, V15, P148 SHEWAN D, 1986, TREATMENT APHASIA LA SPRINGER L, 1980, THERAPIE SPRACH SPRE SPRINGER L, 1986, SPRACHE-STIMME-GEHOR, V10, P22 WENIGER D, 1980, APHASIA ASSESSMENT T WIEGEL-CRUMP C, 1973, Cortex, V9, P411 NR 18 TC 16 Z9 16 PU TAYLOR & FRANCIS LTD PI LONDON PA ONE GUNDPOWDER SQUARE, LONDON, ENGLAND EC4A 3DE SN 0268-7038 J9 APHASIOLOGY JI Aphasiology PD JUL-OCT PY 1991 VL 5 IS 4-5 BP 391 EP 399 DI 10.1080/02687039108248541 PG 9 WC Clinical Neurology SC Neurosciences & Neurology GA GF464 UT WOS:A1991GF46400011 ER PT J AU TUOMAINEN, J LAINE, M AF TUOMAINEN, J LAINE, M TI MULTIPLE ORAL REREADING TECHNIQUE IN REHABILITATION OF PURE ALEXIA SO APHASIOLOGY LA English DT Article ID BY-LETTER READER AB Three pure alexic patients were given reading practice with the multiple oral re-reading (MOR) technique (Moyer 1979). All patients read single words relatively fast, but differed from each other in the reading speed of texts. In addition, two of the patients (HT and TT) had no significant memory or visuospatial deficit whereas one patient (PA) exhibited severe memory and visuospatial problems. The results showed in HT and TT a notable increase in reading speed of texts after therapy when compared to baseline measures. In relationship to text reading, single word reading became significantly faster only in patient HT. Patient PA did not benefit from MOR. The difference in the recovery of word reading versus text reading suggests that MOR does not primarily affect the functioning of the damaged word-form system. Instead, the increase in reading speed may be attributed to top-down processes, which facilitate the recognition of words in a sentence frame. Furthermore, it is suggested that this kind of top-down facilitation can take place only when the normal direct reading route via the word-form system is at least partially functioning and the patient does not have severe memory and/or visual problems, which presumably hinder understanding and memorizing of texts. RP TUOMAINEN, J (reprint author), UNIV TURKU,CENT HOSP,DEPT NEUROL,SF-20520 TURKU 52,FINLAND. CR BUB DN, 1989, BRAIN LANG, V36, P357, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(89)90073-4 DOCTOR EA, 1990, CORTEX, V26, P247 Goodglass H., 1983, BOSTON DIAGNOSTIC AP, V2nd LAINE M, 1987, UNPUB BOSTONIN DIAGN MOODY S, 1988, CORTEX, V24, P473 MOYER SB, 1979, CORTEX, V15, P139 PATTERSON K, 1982, Q J EXP PSYCHOL-A, V34, P411 SAUKKONEN P, 1979, FREQUENCY DICT FINNI TSVETKOVA LS, 1982, APHASIETHERAPIE BEI TUOMAINEN J, 1988, KIELITIETEELLISIA TU, V12 WARRINGTON EK, 1980, BRAIN, V103, P99, DOI 10.1093/brain/103.1.99 NR 11 TC 16 Z9 16 PU TAYLOR & FRANCIS LTD PI LONDON PA ONE GUNDPOWDER SQUARE, LONDON, ENGLAND EC4A 3DE SN 0268-7038 J9 APHASIOLOGY JI Aphasiology PD JUL-OCT PY 1991 VL 5 IS 4-5 BP 401 EP 409 DI 10.1080/02687039108248542 PG 9 WC Clinical Neurology SC Neurosciences & Neurology GA GF464 UT WOS:A1991GF46400012 ER PT J AU WHURR, R LORCH, M AF WHURR, R LORCH, M TI THE USE OF A PROSTHESIS TO FACILITATE WRITING IN APHASIA AND RIGHT HEMIPLEGIA SO APHASIOLOGY LA English DT Article ID AGRAPHIA AB Two case studies are presented which demonstrate the therapeutic utility of a new prosthesis to aid the treatment of agraphia in hemiplegic aphasics. C1 UNIV LONDON,BIRBECK COLL,LONDON WC1H OPD,ENGLAND. RP WHURR, R (reprint author), NATL HOSP NEUROL & NEUROSURG,DEPT SPEECH THERAPY,QUEEN SQ,LONDON WC1N 3BG,ENGLAND. RI Lorch, Marjorie/F-8493-2010 OI Lorch, Marjorie/0000-0001-8505-8815 CR BROWN JW, 1986, J NEUROLINGUISTICS, V2, P89, DOI 10.1016/S0911-6044(86)80005-7 BROWN JW, 1989, APHASIOLOGY, V3, P709, DOI 10.1080/02687038908249038 BROWN JW, 1983, BRAIN LANG, V19, P204, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(83)90065-2 FONTANA H, 1988, THESIS NATIONAL HOSP FRIEDLAND J, 1990, APHASIOLOGY, V4, P241, DOI 10.1080/02687039008249077 LEISCHNER A, 1983, BRAIN LANG, V18, P1, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(83)90001-9 LEISCHNER A, 1970, REHABILITATION APHAS LORCH M, 1991, GRAZER LINGUISTICS S, V35, P177 THREADGILL L, 1989, THESIS NATIONAL HOSP WHURR R, 1974, APHASIA SCREEING TES NR 10 TC 7 Z9 7 PU TAYLOR & FRANCIS LTD PI LONDON PA ONE GUNDPOWDER SQUARE, LONDON, ENGLAND EC4A 3DE SN 0268-7038 J9 APHASIOLOGY JI Aphasiology PD JUL-OCT PY 1991 VL 5 IS 4-5 BP 411 EP 418 DI 10.1080/02687039108248543 PG 8 WC Clinical Neurology SC Neurosciences & Neurology GA GF464 UT WOS:A1991GF46400013 ER PT J AU CARLOMAGNO, S LOSANNO, N EMANUELLI, S CASADIO, P AF CARLOMAGNO, S LOSANNO, N EMANUELLI, S CASADIO, P TI EXPRESSIVE LANGUAGE RECOVERY OR IMPROVED COMMUNICATIVE SKILLS - EFFECTS OF PACE THERAPY ON APHASICS REFERENTIAL COMMUNICATION AND STORY RETELLING SO APHASIOLOGY LA English DT Article ID ADULTS AB Eight chronic aphasics received a P.A.C.E. therapy programme. All patients received aphasia testing as pre/post therapy evaluation. In order to assess their communicative abilities in face to face setting, referential communication and story retelling tasks were also given. Results showed that aphasics' referential communication abilities improved whereas standard aphasia parameters did not. Furthermore, when story retellings were submitted to naive listeners, those produced after treatment were judged to be more informative. It is suggested that P.A.C.E. therapy can improve communicative skills even in those aphasic patients who do not show language improvement. C1 CTR RIC CLIN SANTA LUCIA,ROME,ITALY. RP CARLOMAGNO, S (reprint author), NAPLES UNIV,IST SCI NEUROL,VIA PANSINI 5,I-80131 NAPLES,ITALY. CR Bush C. R., 1988, J SPEECH HEAR DISORD, V53, P475 CARLOMAGNO S, 1988, APHASIA TODAY CLARK HH, 1986, COGNITION, V22, P1, DOI 10.1016/0010-0277(86)90010-7 Davis G, 1985, ADULT APHASIA REHABI Feyereisen P., 1988, APHASIOLOGY, V2, P21, DOI 10. 1080/02687038808248884 GLEASON JB, 1980, J SPEECH HEAR RES, V23, P370 HOLLAND AL, 1982, J SPEECH HEAR DISORD, V47, P50 PIZZAMIGLIO L, 1985, BRAIN LANG, V25, P213, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(85)90081-1 SHEWAN CM, 1988, J COMMUN DISORD, V21, P103, DOI 10.1016/0021-9924(88)90001-9 YORKSTON KM, 1980, J SPEECH HEAR DISORD, V45, P27 NR 10 TC 10 Z9 10 PU TAYLOR & FRANCIS LTD PI LONDON PA ONE GUNDPOWDER SQUARE, LONDON, ENGLAND EC4A 3DE SN 0268-7038 J9 APHASIOLOGY JI Aphasiology PD JUL-OCT PY 1991 VL 5 IS 4-5 BP 419 EP 424 DI 10.1080/02687039108248544 PG 6 WC Clinical Neurology SC Neurosciences & Neurology GA GF464 UT WOS:A1991GF46400014 ER PT J AU PAQUIER, P VANDONGEN, HR AF PAQUIER, P VANDONGEN, HR TI 2 CONTRASTING CASES OF FLUENT APHASIA IN CHILDREN SO APHASIOLOGY LA English DT Article ID ACQUIRED CONDUCTION APHASIA; CHILDHOOD APHASIA; LATERALIZATION; LANGUAGE AB Two children showing distinct clinical pictures of fluent aphasia are described in the acute stage and in a 2-year follow-up. Case 1 showed global aspontaneity with fluent outbursts, severe-and lasting-oral comprehension defects, severely disturbed repetition of spoken language, and severe-and lasting-word-finding difficulties without conduites d'approche and without benefit from prompting. In contrast, case 2 showed continuous and logorrhoeic fluent utterances, mild oral comprehension problems only in the initial stage, mild repetition difficulties in the initial stage, and mild-but lasting-word-finding difficulties with conduites d'approche and with benefit from prompting. Our observations challenge the traditional description of acquired childhood aphasia, and demonstrate the diversity of clinical features existing within fluent childhood aphasia. C1 UNIV HOSP ROTTERDAM DIJKZIGT,DEPT NEUROL,DIJKZIGT,NETHERLANDS. ANTWERP UNIV HOSP,DEPT EAR NOSE & THROAT,DIV NEUROLINGUIST,EDEGEM,BELGIUM. RP PAQUIER, P (reprint author), ANTWERP UNIV HOSP,DEPT NEUROL,WILRIJKSTR 10,B-2650 EDEGEM,BELGIUM. CR ALAJOUAN.T, 1965, BRAIN, V88, P653, DOI 10.1093/brain/88.4.653 BASSER LS, 1962, BRAIN, V85, P427, DOI 10.1093/brain/85.3.427 BERNHARDT M, 1885, ARCH PATHOLOGISCHE A, V102, P26 BISHOP D, 1984, COGNITIVE NEUROPSYCH, V1, P233, DOI 10.1080/02643298408252024 Bishop D. V. M., 1983, TROG TEST RECEPTION BROWN JW, 1976, BRAIN LANG, V3, P482, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(76)90043-2 BROWN JW, 1976, NEUROLOGY, V26, P183 Clarus A., 1874, JB KINDERHEILKUNDE, V7, P369 CRANBERG LD, 1987, NEUROLOGY, V37, P1165 DERENZI E, 1962, BRAIN, V85, P665, DOI 10.1093/brain/85.4.665 Freud S, 1897, INFANTILE CEREBRALLA FUMIERE M, 1989, THESIS SCHOLA PARAME GADDES WH, 1985, LEARNING DISABILITIE GESCHWIND N, 1974, BOSTON STUDIES PHILO, V16, P467 Goodglass H, 1983, ASSESSMENT APHASIA R, V2nd Guttmann E, 1942, BRAIN, V65, P205, DOI 10.1093/brain/65.2.205 HECAEN H, 1976, BRAIN LANG, V3, P114, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(76)90009-2 HYND GW, 1990, 13TH EUR C INT NEUR IMMERZEEL W, 1985, 54 ER U ROTT DEP NEU Kaplan E, 1983, BOSTON NAMING TEST Kerschensteiner M, 1972, Cortex, V8, P233 KERTESZ A, 1985, HDB CLIN NEUROLOGY, V45, P287 KLEIMAN MB, 1981, BRAIN DYSFUNCTION CH, P79 KREINDLE.A, 1971, BRAIN, V94, P375, DOI 10.1093/brain/94.2.375 LANDAU WM, 1957, NEUROLOGY, V7, P523 LENNEBERG E, 1967, BIOL F LANGUAGE LOONEN MCB, 1990, ARCH NEUROL-CHICAGO, V47, P1324 MAKINO A, 1988, SURG NEUROL, V29, P393, DOI 10.1016/0090-3019(88)90048-1 MARTINS IP, 1987, DEV MED CHILD NEUROL, V29, P532 MARTINS IP, 1982, J SOC CIENCIAS MED L, V146, P63 MARTINS IP, 1981, 4TH EUR C INT NEUR S MARTINS IP, 1990, NATO ADV RES WORKSHO PAQUIER P, 1989, APHASIOLOGY, V3, P667, DOI 10.1080/02687038908249032 TANABE H, 1989, ACTA NEUROL SCAND, V80, P314 VANDONGEN HR, 1988, CLIN ASPECTS ACQUIRE VANDONGEN HR, 1985, ANN NEUROL, V17, P306, DOI 10.1002/ana.410170316 VANDONGEN HR, 1988, NEUROPSYCHOLOGIA, V26, P629, DOI 10.1016/0028-3932(88)90119-4 VANHOUT A, 1990, THESIS CATHOLIC U LO VANHOUT A, 1986, BRAIN LANG, V29, P268, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(86)90048-9 VANHOUT A, 1985, DEV MED CHILD NEUROL, V27, P231 VIGNOLO L, 1988, APHASIA, P227 VISCHBRINK EG, 1984, BRAIN LANG, V23, P258, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(84)90067-1 WOODS BT, 1978, ANN NEUROL, V3, P273, DOI 10.1002/ana.410030315 NR 43 TC 13 Z9 14 PU TAYLOR & FRANCIS LTD PI LONDON PA ONE GUNDPOWDER SQUARE, LONDON, ENGLAND EC4A 3DE SN 0268-7038 J9 APHASIOLOGY JI Aphasiology PD MAY-JUN PY 1991 VL 5 IS 3 BP 235 EP 245 DI 10.1080/02687039108248526 PG 11 WC Clinical Neurology SC Neurosciences & Neurology GA GC240 UT WOS:A1991GC24000002 ER PT J AU HAARMANN, HJ KOLK, HHJ AF HAARMANN, HJ KOLK, HHJ TI SYNTACTIC PRIMING IN BROCAS APHASICS - EVIDENCE FOR SLOW ACTIVATION SO APHASIOLOGY LA English DT Article ID AGRAMMATIC APHASICS; WORD RECOGNITION; COMPREHENSION AB Recently, several investigators have suggested that the parsing system of Broca's aphasics is affected by a resource limitation which could involve (1) a reduction in the size of a syntactic buffer, (2) slow activation of syntactic information, or (3) fast decay of syntactic information. The results of a syntactic-priming experiment, which varied the SOA (stimulus- onset asynchrony: 300, 700 and 1100 ms) between a prime fragment and target presented for lexical decision, provided support for the slow-activation hypothesis. A group of 13 age-matched controls showed syntactic priming, that is, significantly faster response times in the grammatical condition than in the ungrammatical condition, at all three SOAs. A group of 13 Broca's aphasics, on the other hand, showed significant syntactic priming only at the 110 ms SOA. C1 CATHOLIC UNIV NIJMEGEN,NIJMEGEN INST COGNIT RES & INFORMAT TECHNOL,NIJMEGEN,NETHERLANDS. RP HAARMANN, HJ (reprint author), MAX PLANCK INST PSYCHOLINGUIST,POB 310,6500 AH NIJMEGEN,NETHERLANDS. CR Anderson J. R., 1983, ARCHITECTURE COGNITI Atkinson R., 1968, PSYCHOL LEARNING MOT, V2 BAUM SR, 1988, APHASIOLOGY, V2, P117, DOI 10.1080/02687038808248898 BLUMSTEIN SE, 1983, BRAIN LANG, V18, P115, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(83)90010-X Bradley D. C., 1980, BIOL STUDIES MENTAL Caplan D., 1988, DISORDERS SYNTACTIC CAPLAN D, 1986, COGNITIVE NEUROPSYCH, V3, P129, DOI 10.1080/02643298608252672 CRAIN S, 1984, ACADEMY APHASIA LOS FRAZIER L, IN PRESS BRAIN LANGU Friederici A D, 1989, J Cogn Neurosci, V1, P262, DOI 10.1162/jocn.1989.1.3.262 FRIEDERICI AD, 1988, APHASIOLOGY, V2, P279, DOI 10.1080/02687038808248924 Gigley H. M., 1983, COGNITION BRAIN THEO, V6, P39 GIGLEY HM, 1982, THESIS U MASSACHUSET Goodglass H, 1972, ASSESSMENT APHASIA R GOODMAN GO, 1981, MEM COGNITION, V9, P580, DOI 10.3758/BF03202352 GRAETZ P, 1991, LOGOPEDIE FONIATRIE, P58 HAARMANN HJ, 1991, COGNITIVE SCI, V15, P49, DOI 10.1207/s15516709cog1501_2 HAGOORT P, 1989, J CLIN EXPT NEUROPSY, V11, P357 HOFSTEDE B, UNPUB AGRAMMATIC SPE HUBER W, 1990, OCT AC APH BALT Huber W., 1983, AACHENER APHASIE TES Kirk RE, 1982, EXPT DESIGN PROCEDUR KOLK HHJ, 1985, COGNITIVE NEUROPSYCH, V2, P347, DOI 10.1080/02643298508252666 KOLK HHJ, 1985, CORTEX, V21, P47 LAPOINTE SG, 1985, BRAIN LANG, V24, P100, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(85)90100-2 LINEBARGER MC, 1983, COGNITION, V13, P361, DOI 10.1016/0010-0277(83)90015-X MARTIN RC, 1989, COGNITION, V32, P157, DOI 10.1016/0010-0277(89)90002-4 MILBERG WP, 1985, OCT AC APH PITTSB POECK K, 1975, AKTUELLE NEUROLOGIE, V2, P159 SALTHOUSE TA, 1988, DEV REV, V8, P238, DOI 10.1016/0273-2297(88)90006-8 SCHWARTZ MF, 1980, BRAIN LANG, V10, P249, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(80)90055-3 SEIDENBERG MS, 1984, MEM COGNITION, V12, P315, DOI 10.3758/BF03198291 SHANKWEILER D, 1989, Language and Cognitive Processes, V4, P1, DOI 10.1080/01690968908406355 TYLER LK, 1985, BRAIN LANG, V26, P259, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(85)90042-2 VANKRUYSBERGEN N, 1989, ST, V4, P42 WEST RF, 1986, MEM COGNITION, V14, P104, DOI 10.3758/BF03198370 WRIGHT B, 1984, MEM COGNITION, V12, P31, DOI 10.3758/BF03196995 NR 37 TC 56 Z9 57 PU TAYLOR & FRANCIS LTD PI LONDON PA ONE GUNDPOWDER SQUARE, LONDON, ENGLAND EC4A 3DE SN 0268-7038 J9 APHASIOLOGY JI Aphasiology PD MAY-JUN PY 1991 VL 5 IS 3 BP 247 EP 263 DI 10.1080/02687039108248527 PG 17 WC Clinical Neurology SC Neurosciences & Neurology GA GC240 UT WOS:A1991GC24000003 ER PT J AU MCELDUFF, KM DRUMMOND, SS AF MCELDUFF, KM DRUMMOND, SS TI COMMUNICATIVE FUNCTIONS OF AUTOMATIC SPEECH IN NONFLUENT DYSPHASIA SO APHASIOLOGY LA English DT Article ID NEUROLINGUISTIC ANALYSIS; APHASIC PATIENTS; UTTERANCES AB Communicative functions of automatic speech were examined for four acute non-fluent dysphasic subjects and four matched, non-aphasic controls were examined. Verbal output was elicited using different contexts and conversational partners: picture description, dyads, and triads. Results revealed that dysphasic subjects produced a significantly greater number of automatic utterances, primarily representative of recurring utterances, and that they were revised frequently by the dysphasic subjects. Relative to the analysed communicative function categories, the data revealed significant differences between the two groups for the speech act category of 'answer' and for the discourse strategy of 'conversational repair'. Discussions relate to establishing the similarities and dissimilarities between the two groups in their use of automatic speech for communication; the linguistic characteristics of automatic speech; and the effect of paralinguistic variables and context. C1 UNIV ARKANSAS MED SCI HOSP,UALR,2801 S UNIV AVE,LITTLE ROCK,AR 72204. ARKANSAS CHILDRENS HOSP,LITTLE ROCK,AR 72204. CR ALAJOUANINE T, 1956, BRAIN, V79, P1, DOI 10.1093/brain/79.1.1 CHAPMAN R, 1982, SPEECH LANGUAGE HEAR, V1 CODE C, 1982, CORTEX, V18, P141 Critchley M., 1970, APHASIOLOGY OTHER AS Davis G, 1985, ADULT APHASIA REHABI DEBLESER R, 1984, ADV NEUROLOGY, V42 Dore J., 1974, J PSYCHOLINGUISTIC R, V4, P343, DOI DOI 10.1007/BF01068169 Dore J., 1975, J CHILD LANG, V2, P21 DORE J, 1978, CHILDRENS LANGUAGE, V1 GOLDSTEIN K, 1948, LANGUAGE LANGUAGE DI Goodglass H, 1983, ASSESSMENT APHASIA R, V2nd GOWERS WR, 1885, DIAGNOSIS DISEASES B HALLIDAY MAK, 1975, LEARNING HOW MEAN JACKSON JH, 1874, BRAIN, V38, P8 KACZMAREK BLJ, 1984, BRAIN LANG, V21, P52, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(84)90035-X LAMANDELLA JT, 1977, STUDIES NEUROLINGUIS, V3 LENNEBERG E, 1967, BIOL F LANGUAGE LUCAS E, 1980, SEMANTIC PRAGMATIC L LURIA AR, 1980, HIGHER CORTICAL FUNC, V2 OWENS RE, 1978, NOV ANN M AM SPEECH POECK K, 1984, BRAIN, V107, P199, DOI 10.1093/brain/107.1.199 PRUTTING CA, 1983, PRAGMATIC ASSESSMENT ROTH FP, 1984, J SPEECH HEAR DISORD, V49, P2 Sarno M., 1981, ACQUIRED APHASIA Tough J., 1977, DEV MEANING WAGENAAR E, 1975, BRAIN LANG, V2, P281, DOI 10.1016/S0093-934X(75)80071-X WERNICKE C, 1906, DTSCH KLINIK AM EI 1, V6 WOLLNER S, 1983, TOP LANG DISORD, V4, P1 NR 28 TC 5 Z9 5 PU TAYLOR & FRANCIS LTD PI LONDON PA ONE GUNDPOWDER SQUARE, LONDON, ENGLAND EC4A 3DE SN 0268-7038 J9 APHASIOLOGY JI Aphasiology PD MAY-JUN PY 1991 VL 5 IS 3 BP 265 EP 278 DI 10.1080/02687039108248528 PG 14 WC Clinical Neurology SC Neurosciences & Neurology GA GC240 UT WOS:A1991GC24000004 ER PT J AU COPPENS, P AF COPPENS, P TI WHY ARE WERNICKES APHASIA PATIENTS OLDER THAN BROCAS - A CRITICAL-VIEW OF THE HYPOTHESES SO APHASIOLOGY LA English DT Article ID THALAMIC HEMORRHAGE; BASAL GANGLIA; ACQUIRED APHASIA; LESION SITES; AGE; LANGUAGE; STROKE; SEX; SEVERITY; CHILDREN AB As a group, Wernicke's aphasia patients are often reported to be older than Broca's. Various explanations have been proposed for this phenomenon. These include (a) a change in aetiology or locus of lesions across the life span, (b) a lifelong language lateralization process, (c) a selection bias, and (d) cognitive changes associated with normal ageing. A critical review of these hypotheses led to the conclusion that a selection bias and the presence of cognitive changes in ageing were the most reasonable explanations for the mean age difference between Broca's and Wernicke's aphasia patients. RP COPPENS, P (reprint author), SO ILLINOIS UNIV,DEPT COMMUN DISORDERS & SCI,CARBONDALE,IL 62901, USA. CR ALEXANDER MP, 1987, BRAIN, V110, P961, DOI 10.1093/brain/110.4.961 ALEXANDER MP, 1980, NEUROLOGY, V30, P1193 ARAM DM, 1983, ARCH NEUROL-CHICAGO, V40, P614 BASSO A, 1987, CORTEX, V23, P475 BASSO A, 1985, BRAIN LANG, V26, P201, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(85)90039-2 BASSO A, 1980, CORTEX, V16, P631 BROWN JW, 1983, J NERV MENT DIS, V171, P431, DOI 10.1097/00005053-198307000-00007 BROWN JW, 1986, LANGUAGE INTERVENTIO, P12 BROWN JW, 1975, NEUROPSYCHOLOGIA, V13, P107, DOI 10.1016/0028-3932(75)90054-8 BRUYN RPM, 1989, J NEUROL, V236, P21, DOI 10.1007/BF00314212 CARLSSON CA, 1968, J NEUROSURG, V29, P242, DOI 10.3171/jns.1968.29.3.0242 Code C, 1987, APHASIOLOGY, V1, P339, DOI 10.1080/02687038708248854 CROSSON B, 1985, BRAIN LANG, V25, P257, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(85)90085-9 DAMASIO AR, 1982, ARCH NEUROL-CHICAGO, V39, P15 ESLINGER PJ, 1981, J NEUROL NEUROSUR PS, V44, P377, DOI 10.1136/jnnp.44.5.377 EWINGCOBBS L, 1985, SPEECH LANGUAGE EVAL, P97 FASANARO AM, 1987, J NEUROL, V234, P421, DOI 10.1007/BF00314089 HABIB M, 1987, BRAIN LANG, V31, P245, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(87)90072-1 HARASYMIW SJ, 1981, BRAIN LANG, V12, P190, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(81)90012-2 HOLLAND AL, 1985, AGEING BRAIN JENKYN LR, 1981, NEUROLOGY, V31, P1202 JOANETTE Y, 1983, REV NEUROL, V139, P657 KERTESZ A, 1977, BRAIN, V100, P1, DOI 10.1093/brain/100.1.1 KERTESZ A, 1981, BRAIN, V104, P117, DOI 10.1093/brain/104.1.117 KERTESZ A, 1979, BRAIN LANG, V8, P34, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(79)90038-5 LHERMITTE F, 1984, ADV NEUROLOGY, V42 MARTINS IP, 1987, DEV MED CHILD NEUROL, V29, P532 Mateer C. A., 1983, LANGUAGE FUNCTIONS B, P171 MICELI G, 1981, ACTA NEUROL SCAND, V64, P370 MOHR JP, 1975, BRAIN LANG, V2, P3, DOI 10.1016/S0093-934X(75)80050-2 NAESER MA, 1982, ARCH NEUROL-CHICAGO, V39, P2 OBLER LK, 1978, BRAIN LANG, V6, P318, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(78)90065-2 OBLER LK, 1984, NEUROPSYCHOLOGIA, V22, P235, DOI 10.1016/0028-3932(84)90066-6 PEACH RK, 1987, COMMUNICATION DISORD, P238 PUEL M, 1986, REV NEUROL, V142, P431 REYNOLDS AF, 1979, BRAIN LANG, V7, P62, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(79)90006-3 ROBIN DA, 1990, J SPEECH HEAR DISORD, V55, P90 Schechter I, 1985, Scand J Rehabil Med Suppl, V12, P60 VANDONGEN HR, 1985, ANN NEUROL, V17, P306, DOI 10.1002/ana.410170316 VANHOUT A, 1986, BRAIN LANG, V29, P268, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(86)90048-9 VANHOUT A, 1985, DEV MED CHILD NEUROL, V27, P231 VARGHAKHADEM F, 1985, BRAIN, V108, P677, DOI 10.1093/brain/108.3.677 VISCHBRINK EG, 1984, BRAIN LANG, V23, P258, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(84)90067-1 WALLESCH CW, 1985, BRAIN LANG, V25, P357, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(85)90090-2 WALLESCH CW, 1983, BRAIN LANG, V20, P286, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(83)90046-9 NR 45 TC 8 Z9 8 PU TAYLOR & FRANCIS LTD PI LONDON PA ONE GUNDPOWDER SQUARE, LONDON, ENGLAND EC4A 3DE SN 0268-7038 J9 APHASIOLOGY JI Aphasiology PD MAY-JUN PY 1991 VL 5 IS 3 BP 279 EP 290 DI 10.1080/02687039108248529 PG 12 WC Clinical Neurology SC Neurosciences & Neurology GA GC240 UT WOS:A1991GC24000005 ER PT J AU GANDOUR, J MARSHALL, RC KIM, SY NEUBURGER, S AF GANDOUR, J MARSHALL, RC KIM, SY NEUBURGER, S TI ON THE NATURE OF CONDUCTION APHASIA - A LONGITUDINAL CASE-STUDY SO APHASIOLOGY LA English DT Article AB A longitudinal investigation is reported of an English-speaking conduction aphasic as an attempt to provide fresh insights into some unresolved issues pertaining to this syndrome. Data were collected from specially designed single word and sentence production tasks on picture naming, oral reading and repetition, conversational and expository speech, as well as standard aphasia test protocols on seven separate occasions over a six-month period. Significant changes took place gradually during the six-month recovery period that cannot be ascribed merely to an across-the-board decrease in the severity of his aphasic syndrome. The patient's naming and reading performance improved substantially over the first six months, whereas repetition remained disproportionately impaired. These findings are brought to bear on notions related to proposed subgroups of conduction aphasia and the evolution of aphasic syndromes. C1 VET ADM MED CTR,PORTLAND,OR 97207. OREGON HLTH SCI UNIV,DEPT NEUROL,PORTLAND,OR 97201. RP GANDOUR, J (reprint author), PURDUE UNIV,MD STEER AUDIOL & SPEECH LANGUAGE CTR,DEPT AUDIOL & SPEECH SCI,W LAFAYETTE,IN 47907, USA. CR ALLEN GD, 1988, J INT PHONETIC ASS, V0018 BENSON DF, 1973, ARCH NEUROL-CHICAGO, V28, P339 BUCKINGHAM HW, 1989, CHARACTERISTICS APHA, P89 CAPLAN D, 1986, COGNITIVE NEUROPSYCH, V3, P99, DOI 10.1080/02643298608252671 CARAMAZZA A, 1981, BRAIN LANG, V14, P235, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(81)90078-X GOLDSTEIN K, 1948, LANGUAGE LANGUAGE DI Goodglass H, 1983, ASSESSMENT APHASIA R, V2nd GREEN E, 1977, STUDIES NEUROLINGUIS, V2, P123 JOANETTE Y, 1980, BRAIN LANG, V11, P30, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(80)90107-8 Kaplan E, 1983, BOSTON NAMING TEST KERTESZ A, 1977, BRAIN, V100, P1, DOI 10.1093/brain/100.1.1 KOHN SE, 1984, BRAIN LANG, V23, P97, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(84)90009-9 KOHN SE, 1989, APHASIOLOGY, V3, P209, DOI 10.1080/02687038908248992 PASHEK GV, 1988, CORTEX, V24, P411 Porch B. E., 1981, PORCH INDEX COMMUNIC SHALLICE T, 1977, BRAIN LANG, V4, P479, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(77)90040-2 Spreen O., 1969, NEUROSENSORY CTR COM Wernicke C., 1874, APHASISCHE SYMPTOMEN YORKSTON KM, 1980, J SPEECH HEAR DISORD, V45, P27 NR 19 TC 5 Z9 5 PU TAYLOR & FRANCIS LTD PI LONDON PA ONE GUNDPOWDER SQUARE, LONDON, ENGLAND EC4A 3DE SN 0268-7038 J9 APHASIOLOGY JI Aphasiology PD MAY-JUN PY 1991 VL 5 IS 3 BP 291 EP 306 DI 10.1080/02687039108248530 PG 16 WC Clinical Neurology SC Neurosciences & Neurology GA GC240 UT WOS:A1991GC24000006 ER PT J AU BERTHIER, ML RUIZ, A MASSONE, MI STARKSTEIN, SE LEIGUARDA, RC AF BERTHIER, ML RUIZ, A MASSONE, MI STARKSTEIN, SE LEIGUARDA, RC TI FOREIGN ACCENT SYNDROME - BEHAVIORAL AND ANATOMICAL FINDINGS IN RECOVERED AND NON-RECOVERED PATIENTS SO APHASIOLOGY LA English DT Article ID PRECENTRAL GYRUS; RIGHT-HEMISPHERE; APHASIA; LESION; LOCALIZATION; LANGUAGE; APHEMIA AB Four right-handed monolingual Spanish-speaking patients who developed a foreign accent syndrome (FAS) during the recovery period from a non-fluent aphasia or an aphemia are reported. The FAS resolved rapidly (within 2 months) in two patients, both with small stroke lesions in the posterior margin of the left middle frontal gyrus. In the other two patients, who had lesions involving the middle portion of the left precentral gyrus and the white matter underlying the right sensory-motor cortex, the FAS lasted more than 1 year. Phonetic and fundamental frequency (F0) analysis showed atypical articulatory and prosodic patterns in the two patients with a long-lasting FAS, but only abnormal prosodic features in the two recovered cases. These findings suggest that: (1) a selective involvement of specific portions of Brodmann's areas 4 and 6, and/or its subcortical projections, may account for the peculiar combination of segmental and prosodic deficits underlying the FAS; and (2) recovery seems to be related to small variations in lesion location, since a transient FAS was associated with damage to cortical areas implicated in the modulation of speech prosody (i.e. premotor cortex), while a longer-lasting FAS was associated with damage restricted to areas mainly related to articulation (i.e. precentral gyrus). C1 HOSP CLIN BARCELONA,NEUROL SERV,E-08036 BARCELONA,SPAIN. CONSEJO NACL INVEST CIENT & TECN,NATL COUNCIL SCI & TECH RES,BUENOS AIRES,ARGENTINA. JOHNS HOPKINS UNIV,SCH MED,DEPT PSYCHIAT & BEHAV SCI,BALTIMORE,MD 21205. CR ALEXANDER MP, 1987, BRAIN, V110, P961, DOI 10.1093/brain/110.4.961 ARDILLA A, 1988, APHASIOLOGY, V5, P21 ARONSON AE, 1985, CLIN VOICE DISORDERS, P119 BLUMSTEIN SE, 1987, BRAIN LANG, V31, P215, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(87)90071-X BORKOWSK.JG, 1967, NEUROPSYCHOLOGIA, V5, P135, DOI 10.1016/0028-3932(67)90015-2 Cooper W. E., 1981, FUNDAMENTAL FREQUENC Critchley M, 1962, REGIONAL ACCENT DEMO, P182 DAMASIO AR, 1982, ARCH NEUROL-CHICAGO, V39, P15 De Renzi E., 1966, CORTEX, V2, P50 DERENZI E, 1962, BRAIN, V85, P665, DOI 10.1093/brain/85.4.665 EBELING U, 1986, J NEUROL, V233, P73, DOI 10.1007/BF00313850 GRAFFRADFORD NR, 1986, BRAIN LANG, V28, P86, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(86)90093-3 GURD JM, 1988, NEUROPSYCHOLOGIA, V26, P237, DOI 10.1016/0028-3932(88)90077-2 HENDERSON VW, 1985, ARCH NEUROL-CHICAGO, V42, P1210 KENT RD, 1982, BRAIN LANG, V15, P259, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(82)90060-8 Kertesz A., 1982, W APHASIA BATTERY KIDO DK, 1980, RADIOLOGY, V135, P373 KNOPMAN DS, 1983, NEUROLOGY, V33, P1170 KUSHNER M, 1987, BRAIN LANG, V31, P201, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(87)90070-8 LECOURS AR, 1976, BRAIN LANG, V3, P88, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(76)90008-0 Levine DN, 1983, LOCALIZATION NEUROPS, P185 MANRIQUE AMB, 1982, FONOAUDIOLOGICA BUEN, V28, P20 MANRIQUE AMB, 1980, FONOAUDIOLOGICA BUEN, V28, P80 MANRIQUE AMB, 1983, J PHONETICS, V11, P117 MANRIQUE AMB, 1979, FONOAUDIOLOGICA BUEN, V25, P120 MASDEU JC, 1983, NEUROLOGY, V33, P519 MASSONE AM, 1982, 104TH M AC SOC AM OR MASSONE MI, 1985, 110TH M AC SOC AM MASSONE MI, 1989, ESTUDIOS FONETICA EX, P13 Matsui T, 1978, ATLAS HUMAN BRAIN CO MAZZOCCHI F, 1978, CORTEX, V14, P136 MICELI G, 1983, BRAIN LANG, V19, P65, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(83)90056-1 MOHR JP, 1978, NEUROLOGY, V33, P519 MONRADKROHN GH, 1947, BRAIN, V70, P405, DOI 10.1093/brain/70.4.405 Penfield W., 1959, SPEECH BRAIN MECH, P119 Pick A, 1919, Z GESAMTE NEUROL PSY, V45, P230, DOI 10.1007/BF02871733 ROSS ED, 1981, ARCH NEUROL-CHICAGO, V38, P561 RYALLS J, 1985, FOLIA PHONIATR, V37, P160 SCHIFF HB, 1983, ARCH NEUROL-CHICAGO, V40, P720 STARKSTEIN SE, 1988, BRAIN LANG, V34, P253, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(88)90137-X TONKONOGY J, 1981, ARCH NEUROL-CHICAGO, V38, P486 TONKONOGY JM, 1986, VASCULAR APHASIA, P69 TROJANOWSKI JQ, 1980, NEUROLOGY, V30, P709 Wechsler D, 1981, WECHSLER ADULT INTEL Wechsler D, 1945, J PSYCHOL, V19, P87 WEINTRAUB S, 1981, ARCH NEUROL-CHICAGO, V38, P742 Whitaker H., 1982, NATO ADV STUDY I D, V9, P168 WHITTY CWM, 1964, J NEUROL NEUROSUR PS, V27, P507, DOI 10.1136/jnnp.27.6.507 NR 48 TC 28 Z9 28 PU TAYLOR & FRANCIS LTD PI LONDON PA ONE GUNDPOWDER SQUARE, LONDON, ENGLAND EC4A 3DE SN 0268-7038 J9 APHASIOLOGY JI Aphasiology PD MAR-APR PY 1991 VL 5 IS 2 BP 129 EP 147 DI 10.1080/02687039108249478 PG 19 WC Clinical Neurology SC Neurosciences & Neurology GA FZ001 UT WOS:A1991FZ00100002 ER PT J AU VARLEY, R AF VARLEY, R TI REFERENCE, SENSE AND ANTONYMY IN THE ASSESSMENT OF LEXICAL SEMANTIC ABILITIES IN APHASIA SO APHASIOLOGY LA English DT Article ID COMPREHENSION; IMAGERY AB Lexical semantic abilities in aphasia and following right-hemisphere damage were investigated. The performance of subject groups was examined across reference and sense tasks. Reference tasks involve matching a word to some extra-linguistic entity. Sense tasks involve intra-linguistic relations. The sense relation of antonymy was studied in detail and the hierarchy of difficulty across six antonym subclasses was established. Sense tasks were found to be more effective in differentiating aphasic from non-aphasic groups. No evidence was found of differential impairments of lexical semantic processing across fluent and non-fluent forms of aphasia. The right-hemisphere-damaged group showed no evidence of lexical deficits on the convergent semantic tasks used in this study. C1 UNIV HONG KONG,DEPT SPEECH & HEARING SCI,HONG KONG,HONG KONG. CR BISHOP D, 1984, COGNITIVE NEUROPSYCH, V1, P233, DOI 10.1080/02643298408252024 Blumstein S., 1973, JANUA LINGUARUM SERI, V153 BUCKINGHAM H, 1981, ACQUIRED APHASIA CARAMAZZA A, 1976, BRAIN LANG, V3, P41, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(76)90005-5 Chapey R., 1981, LANGUAGE INTERVENTIO CHIARELLO C, 1985, BRAIN LANG, V26, P146, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(85)90034-3 COLTHEART M, 1980, UNPUB ANAL ACQUIRED Cruse D. A., 1986, LEXICAL SEMANTICS CRUSE DA, 1976, LINGUA, V38, P281, DOI 10.1016/0024-3841(76)90015-2 Crystal D., 1982, PROFILING LINGUISTIC DEROUESN.J, 1972, INT J MENT HEALTH, V1, P14 DRUMMOND SS, 1981, CORTEX, V17, P63 FARAH MJ, 1986, NEUROPSYCHOLOGIA, V24, P541, DOI 10.1016/0028-3932(86)90098-9 FARAH MJ, 1984, COGNITION, V18, P245, DOI 10.1016/0010-0277(84)90026-X FILLMORE Charles, 1968, UNIVERSALS LINGUISTI Francis WN, 1982, FREQUENCY ANAL ENGLI GAINOTTI G, 1983, COGNITIVE PROCESSING GARDNER H, 1978, BRAIN LANG, V6, P307 GARDNER H, 1973, NEUROPSYCHOLOGIA, V11, P213, DOI 10.1016/0028-3932(73)90010-9 GOODGLASS H, 1976, BRAIN LANG, V3, P359, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(76)90032-8 Goodglass H, 1972, ASSESSMENT APHASIA R Goodglass H, 1972, Cortex, V8, P191 Guilford JP., 1967, NATURE HUMAN INTELLI HIER DB, 1980, APPL PSYCHOLINGUIST, V1, P279, DOI 10.1017/S0142716400000564 JAKOBSON R, 1943, SELECTED WRITINGS, V2 JOANETTE Y, 1988, BRAIN LANG, V34, P54, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(88)90124-1 Kimura D., 1974, HEMISPHERE FUNCTION LEACH C, 1979, INTRO STATISTICS NON Leech Geoffrey, 1981, SEMANTICS LESSER R, 1974, Cortex, V10, P247 LYONS J, 1968, INTRO THEORETICAL LI Lyons John, 1977, SEMANTICS GAINOTTI G, 1983, NEUROPSYCHOLOGIA, V21, P693, DOI 10.1016/0028-3932(83)90069-6 PAIVIO A, 1968, J EXP PSYCHOL, V76, P1, DOI 10.1037/h0025327 Palmer F. R., 1981, SEMANTICS NEW OUTLIN Saussure F., 1916, COURS LINGUISTIQUE G Schuell H, 1965, MINNESOTA TEST DIFFE ULATOWSKA HK, 1981, BRAIN LANG, V13, P345, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(81)90100-0 WARRINGTON EK, 1981, PHILOS T ROY SOC B, V295, P411, DOI 10.1098/rstb.1981.0149 WHITEHOUSE PJ, 1981, BRAIN LANG, V14, P315, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(81)90083-3 Winner E., 1977, BRAIN, V100, P719 ZAIDEL E, 1978, LANGUAGE ACQUISITION ZURIF EB, 1974, BRAIN LANG, V1, P167, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(74)90032-7 NR 43 TC 4 Z9 4 PU TAYLOR & FRANCIS LTD PI LONDON PA ONE GUNDPOWDER SQUARE, LONDON, ENGLAND EC4A 3DE SN 0268-7038 J9 APHASIOLOGY JI Aphasiology PD MAR-APR PY 1991 VL 5 IS 2 BP 149 EP 170 DI 10.1080/02687039108249479 PG 22 WC Clinical Neurology SC Neurosciences & Neurology GA FZ001 UT WOS:A1991FZ00100003 ER PT J AU BOYLE, M COELHO, CA KIMBAROW, ML AF BOYLE, M COELHO, CA KIMBAROW, ML TI WORD FLUENCY TASKS - A PRELIMINARY-ANALYSIS OF VARIABILITY SO APHASIOLOGY LA English DT Article AB This investigation was a preliminary attempt to examine the response variability on word fluency measures that had been reported in previous studies. Three word fluency tasks were administered to five acute aphasic left CVA subjects, five chronic aphasic left CVA subjects, five acute nonaphasic right CVA subjects and five neurologically normal subjects during five sessions over a maximum 2-week period. All groups demonstrated response variability in the total number of words produced on each of the three word fluency tasks across the five sessions, confirming previous investigations that suggested that a single administration of such tasks is not a reliable measure of an individual's performance. Implications for interpreting a subject's score on word fluency tasks are discussed. C1 ST JOHNS UNIV,DEPT SPEECH COMMUN SCI & THEATRE,JAMAICA,NY 11439. GAYLORD HOSP,WALLINGFORD,CT. CLEVELAND HEARING & SPEECH CTR,CLEVELAND,OH. CR ADAMOVICH BLB, 1984, CLIN APHASIOLOGY C P, P124 BASSO A, 1979, ARCH NEUROL-CHICAGO, V36, P190 BAYLES K, 1987, COMMUNICATIVE COGNIT BORKOWSK.JG, 1967, NEUROPSYCHOLOGIA, V5, P135, DOI 10.1016/0028-3932(67)90015-2 BROOKSHIRE RH, 1986, INTRO APHASIA Burns MS, 1985, RIC EVALUATION COMMU BUTFIELD E, 1946, J NEUROL NEUROSUR PS, V9, P75, DOI 10.1136/jnnp.9.2.75 BUTTERS N, 1986, CORTEX, V22, P11 COELHO C, 1984, ANN CONVENTION AM SP COELHO C, 1987, CLIN APHASIOLOGY, V17, P233 Davis G. A., 1983, SURVEY ADULT APHASIA Goodglass H, 1983, ASSESSMENT APHASIA R, V2nd Goodglass H., 1983, BOSTON DIAGNOSTIC AP, V2nd KAY TE, 1984, ANN CONVENTION AM SP Kertesz A., 1979, APHASIA ASS DISORDER KERTESZ A, 1979, BRAIN, V100, P1 Kertesz A., 1982, W APHASIA BATTERY SPREEN O, 1968, NEUROSENSORY CTR COM VISSER SL, 1987, ELECTROEN CLIN NEURO, V66, P1, DOI 10.1016/0013-4694(87)90131-3 WERTZ R, 1985, ANN CONVENTION AM SP NR 20 TC 9 Z9 9 PU TAYLOR & FRANCIS LTD PI LONDON PA ONE GUNDPOWDER SQUARE, LONDON, ENGLAND EC4A 3DE SN 0268-7038 J9 APHASIOLOGY JI Aphasiology PD MAR-APR PY 1991 VL 5 IS 2 BP 171 EP 182 DI 10.1080/02687039108249480 PG 12 WC Clinical Neurology SC Neurosciences & Neurology GA FZ001 UT WOS:A1991FZ00100004 ER PT J AU MURDOCH, BE KENNEDY, M MCCALLUM, W SIDDLE, KJ AF MURDOCH, BE KENNEDY, M MCCALLUM, W SIDDLE, KJ TI PERSISTENT APHASIA FOLLOWING A PURELY SUBCORTICAL LESION - A MAGNETIC-RESONANCE-IMAGING STUDY SO APHASIOLOGY LA English DT Article ID MIDDLE CEREBRAL-ARTERY; BASAL GANGLIA; LANGUAGE; SPEECH; INFARCTIONS; OCCLUSION; DAMAGE; STROKE; BRAIN AB The case is presented of a 65-year-old man who developed a significant and persistent aphasia subsequent to a cerebrovascular accident involving the straito-capsular region. The findings of a neuroradiological examination and a series of language tests are described. Both computed tomography and magnetic resonance imaging demonstrated the presence of a large subcortical infarct centred on the region of the left basal ganglia and internal capsule and involving the white matter adjacent to the body of the left lateral ventricle. Neither imaging technique showed extension of the lesion to involve the cerebral cortex. Possible mechanisms whereby subcortical infarcts can cause language problems are discussed. C1 PRINCESS ALEXANDRA HOSP,DEPT SPEECH THERAPY,WOOLLOONGABBA,QLD 4102,AUSTRALIA. PRINCESS ALEXANDRA HOSP,DEPT DIAGNOST RADIOL,WOOLLOONGABBA,QLD 4102,AUSTRALIA. UNIV QUEENSLAND,DEPT SPEECH & HEAR,BRISBANE,QLD 4072,AUSTRALIA. RI Murdoch, Bruce/C-1397-2012 CR ADAMS HP, 1983, STROKE, V14, P947 ALEXANDER MP, 1987, BRAIN, V110, P961, DOI 10.1093/brain/110.4.961 BARON JCD, 1986, BRAIN, V119, P1243 BOGOUSSLAVSKY J, 1986, NEUROLOGY, V36, P373 BOZZAO L, 1989, STROKE, V20, P735 BRUNNER RJ, 1982, BRAIN LANG, V16, P281, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(82)90087-6 CAPLAN L, 1985, NEUROLOGY, V35, P975 CAPPA SF, 1979, CORTEX, V15, P121 CAPPA SF, 1983, CORTEX, V19, P227 CROISILE B, 1989, ANN NEUROL, V25, P313, DOI 10.1002/ana.410250324 CROSSON B, 1985, BRAIN LANG, V25, P257, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(85)90085-9 CROSSON B, 1986, BRAIN LANG, V29, P301, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(86)90050-7 DAMASIO AR, 1982, ARCH NEUROL-CHICAGO, V39, P15 DEWITT LD, 1985, NEUROLOGY, V35, P861 Goodglass H, 1972, ASSESSMENT APHASIA R Kaplan E., 1983, ASSESSMENT APHASIA R KENNEDY M, 1989, APHASIOLOGY, V3, P221, DOI 10.1080/02687038908248997 Kertesz A., 1982, W APHASIA BATTERY LASSEN NA, 1983, J CEREB BLOOD FLO S1, V3, P602 LEVINE RL, 1988, ARCH NEUROL-CHICAGO, V45, P1074 LURIA AR, 1977, BRAIN LANG, V4, P432, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(77)90036-0 METTER EJ, 1983, BRAIN LANG, V19, P33, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(83)90054-8 METTER EJ, 1986, NEUROLOGY, V36, P1115 MURDOCH BE, 1986, AUSTR J HUMAN COMMUN, V14, P5 NAESER MA, 1982, ARCH NEUROL-CHICAGO, V39, P15 PERANI D, 1987, BRAIN, V110, P1211, DOI 10.1093/brain/110.5.1211 RIKLAN M, 1975, BRAIN LANG, V2, P45, DOI 10.1016/S0093-934X(75)80053-8 SKYHOJOLSEN T, 1986, BRAIN, V109, P393 SMITH SR, 1989, BRAIN LANG, V36, P314, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(89)90068-0 Spreen O., 1969, NEUROSENSORY CTR COM WALLESCH CW, 1985, BRAIN LANG, V25, P357, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(85)90090-2 WALLESCHE CW, 1988, APHASIA WEINRICH M, 1987, APHASIOLOGY, V1, P119, DOI 10.1080/02687038708248823 WHURR R, 1976, APHASIA SCREENING TE WODARZ R, 1980, NEURORADIOLOGY, V19, P245 YANG BJ, 1989, BRAIN LANG, V37, P145, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(89)90105-3 YORKSTON KM, 1980, J SPEECH HEAR DISORD, V45, P27 NR 37 TC 1 Z9 1 PU TAYLOR & FRANCIS LTD PI LONDON PA ONE GUNDPOWDER SQUARE, LONDON, ENGLAND EC4A 3DE SN 0268-7038 J9 APHASIOLOGY JI Aphasiology PD MAR-APR PY 1991 VL 5 IS 2 BP 183 EP 197 DI 10.1080/02687039108249481 PG 15 WC Clinical Neurology SC Neurosciences & Neurology GA FZ001 UT WOS:A1991FZ00100005 ER PT J AU LAMBIER, JD BRADLEY, D AF LAMBIER, JD BRADLEY, D TI THE EFFECT OF PHYSICAL SIMILARITY ON PANTOMIME RECOGNITION IN APHASIA SO APHASIOLOGY LA English DT Article ID AUDITORY COMPREHENSION; BRAIN INJURY; CLASSIFICATION; ACCESS AB The ability of both anterior and posterior aphasic subjects to recognize pantomimes relative to normal controls was examined via a task requiring a 'yes/no' judgement as to whether a presented pantomime and pictured object 'went together' or not. Pantomine-object combinations were classified as physically similar or dissimilar on the basis of their construction from sets of pantomime pairs rated for similarity. Results indicated a highly significant effect for physical similarity with similar pantomimes being more difficult to recognize than dissimilar, and a significant effect for decision type such that 'non-matching', pantomime-object combinations were harder to recognize than 'matching' cases. Overall, anterior aphasic subjects performed at an equivalent level to their normal controls. In contrast, posterior aphasic subjects performed more poorly than controls across all conditions of the experiment, representing a quantitative rather than qualitatively different performance pattern. Further analyses examining the high error rate amongst normal subjects revealed a significant correlation between age and error rate. Results are discussed in light of processing demands of the task dictated by the temporal nature of pantomimic stimuli and the degree of ambiguity inherent in the pantomime. A role for semantic processing in pantomime recognition and effects of ageing on pantomime recognition are suggested. C1 LA TROBE UNIV,LINCOLN SCH HLTH SCI,DEPT COMMUN DISORDERS,CARLTON,VIC 3053,AUSTRALIA. MONASH UNIV,DEPT PSYCHOL,MELBOURNE,VIC 3004,AUSTRALIA. CR BAKER E, 1981, NEUROPSYCHOLOGIA, V19, P1, DOI 10.1016/0028-3932(81)90039-7 Benton A. L., 1983, CONTRIBUTIONS NEUROP BLUMSTEIN SE, 1977, NEUROPSYCHOLOGIA, V15, P19, DOI 10.1016/0028-3932(77)90111-7 BUHR RD, 1983, NEUROPSYCHOLOGIA, V21, P607, DOI 10.1016/0028-3932(83)90058-1 CARAMAZZA A, 1982, BRAIN LANG, V15, P161, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(82)90054-2 CERELLA J, 1985, PSYCHOL BULL, V98, P67, DOI 10.1037//0033-2909.98.1.67 DANILOFF JK, 1983, J SPEECH HEAR DISORD, V48, P103 DUFFY JR, 1984, BRAIN LANG, V21, P291, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(84)90053-1 Duffy R. J., 1981, J SPEECH HEAR RES, V46, P70 DUFFY RJ, 1975, J SPEECH HEAR RES, V18, P115 FERRO JM, 1980, J CLIN NEUROPSYCHOLO, V2, P177 DARCAIS GBF, 1987, PSYCHOL RES-PSYCH FO, V49, P153 GAINOTTI G, 1976, BRAIN LANG, V3, P451, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(76)90039-0 Goodglass H, 1983, ASSESSMENT APHASIA R, V2nd GOODGLASS H, 1976, BRAIN LANG, V3, P359, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(76)90032-8 KLATZKY RL, 1987, J MOTOR BEHAV, V19, P187 Neisser U, 1967, COGNITIVE PSYCHOL OLDFIELD RC, 1971, NEUROPSYCHOLOGIA, V9, P97, DOI 10.1016/0028-3932(71)90067-4 PATTERSON K, 1975, J EXP PSYCHOL HUMAN, V1, P246 REED SK, 1972, COGNITIVE PSYCHOL, V3, P382, DOI 10.1016/0010-0285(72)90014-X RIDDOCH KJ, 1988, COGNITIVE NEUROPSYCH, V5, P3 RIDDOCH MJ, 1987, COGNITIVE NEUROPSYCH, V4, P131, DOI 10.1080/02643298708252038 ROBERTSON LC, 1986, NEUROPSYCHOLOGIA, V24, P363, DOI 10.1016/0028-3932(86)90021-7 SERON X, 1979, NEUROPSYCHOLOGIA, V17, P661, DOI 10.1016/0028-3932(79)90041-1 STANKOV L, 1988, PSYCHOL AGING, V3, P59, DOI 10.1037//0882-7974.3.1.59 SWINNEY DA, 1979, J VERB LEARN VERB BE, V18, P645, DOI 10.1016/S0022-5371(79)90355-4 VARNEY NR, 1978, J NEUROL NEUROSUR PS, V41, P564, DOI 10.1136/jnnp.41.6.564 VARNEY NR, 1982, BRAIN LANG, V15, P32, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(82)90044-X VARNEY NR, 1987, CORTEX, V23, P699 WAYLAND S, 1985, BRAIN COGNITION, V4, P356, DOI 10.1016/0278-2626(85)90027-2 WAYLAND S, 1985, BRAIN COGNITION, V4, P338, DOI 10.1016/0278-2626(85)90026-0 WHITEHOUSE P, 1978, BRAIN LANG, V5, P63 NR 32 TC 3 Z9 3 PU TAYLOR & FRANCIS LTD PI LONDON PA ONE GUNDPOWDER SQUARE, LONDON, ENGLAND EC4A 3DE SN 0268-7038 J9 APHASIOLOGY JI Aphasiology PD JAN-FEB PY 1991 VL 5 IS 1 BP 23 EP 37 DI 10.1080/02687039108248517 PG 15 WC Clinical Neurology SC Neurosciences & Neurology GA EW307 UT WOS:A1991EW30700002 ER PT J AU PULVERMULLER, F ROTH, VM AF PULVERMULLER, F ROTH, VM TI COMMUNICATIVE APHASIA TREATMENT AS A FURTHER DEVELOPMENT OF PACE THERAPY SO APHASIOLOGY LA English DT Article AB We call communicative any treatment approach to language rehabilitation in which the client trains to perform speech acts relevant in everyday conversations. First, PACE therapy as one form of communicative treatment is discussed. Since we see some problems in the application of PACE, we outline an approach comprising several communicative treatment settings that are in various aspects similar to everyday conversation. In order to make it obvious that this approach is an application of basic ideas included in the Wittgenstein philosophy, such treatment settings are called language games. We outline principles of the language game approach and give examples for such games. Finally, the results of a therapy study are presented. The technique introduced has been applied to a group of eight chronic aphasics. Significant improvements in the Token Test were observed in five of these. The necessity of further investigation of the efficacy of aphasia treatment procedures is emphasized. C1 MAX PLANCK INST BIOL CYBERNET,W-7400 TUBINGEN,GERMANY. UNIV CONSTANCE,FAK PHILOSOPHY,W-7750 CONSTANCE,GERMANY. CR ATEN JL, 1986, LANGUAGE INTERVENTIO, P266 ATEN JL, 1982, J SPEECH HEAR DISORD, V47, P93 AUSTIN JL, 1962, SO THINGS WORDS Clerebaut N., 1984, REEDUCATION ORTHOPHO, V22, P329 Davis G, 1985, ADULT APHASIA REHABI DAVIS GA, 1986, LANGUAGE INTERVENTIO, P251 DERENZI E, 1962, BRAIN, V85, P665, DOI 10.1093/brain/85.4.665 DUFFY JR, 1986, LANGUAGE INTERVENTIO, P187 FRITZ G, 1982, KOHARENZ GRUNDFAGEN FRITZ G, 1990, PHILOS LANGUAGE HDB GOLDSTEIN K, 1948, LANGUAGE LANGUAGE DI GREEN G, 1984, BRIT J DISORD COMMUN, V19, P35 Huber W., 1983, AACHENER APHASIE TES POECK K, 1989, J SPEECH HEAR DISORD, V54, P471 Pulvermuller F., 1988, APHASIE VERWANDTE GE, V1, P17 PULVERMULLER F, 1990, BEITRAGE INTERDISZIP, P55 PULVERMULLER F, 1987, SPRACHE-STIMME-GEHOR, V11, P115 PULVERMULLER F, 1989, SPRACHE-STIMME-GEHOR, V13, P32 PULVERMULLER F, 1990, SPRACHUBUNGSSPIELE Pulvermuller F., 1990, APHASISCHE KOMMUNIKA ROTH VM, 1982, HIRNKLINISCHE INFORM, V5, P10 ROTH VM, 1982, STIL KOMPONENTEN WIR, V2, P116 ROTH VM, 1989, KOMMUNIKATION TROTZ ROTH VM, 1984, SPRACHTHERAPIE, P25 SCHUELL H, 1974, APHASIA THEORY THERA Searle John R., 1969, SPEECH ACTS Searle J.R., 1979, EXPRESSION MEANING SHEWMAN CM, 1986, TREATMENT APHASIA LA Wittgenstein Ludwig, 1953, PHILOS INVESTIGATION NR 29 TC 26 Z9 28 PU TAYLOR & FRANCIS LTD PI LONDON PA ONE GUNDPOWDER SQUARE, LONDON, ENGLAND EC4A 3DE SN 0268-7038 J9 APHASIOLOGY JI Aphasiology PD JAN-FEB PY 1991 VL 5 IS 1 BP 39 EP 50 DI 10.1080/02687039108248518 PG 12 WC Clinical Neurology SC Neurosciences & Neurology GA EW307 UT WOS:A1991EW30700003 ER PT J AU LI, EC CANTER, GJ AF LI, EC CANTER, GJ TI VARIETIES OF ERRORS PRODUCED BY APHASIC PATIENTS IN PHONEMIC CUEING SO APHASIOLOGY LA English DT Article ID NAMING PERFORMANCE; SINGLE-PATIENT; PICTURE AB This study investigated the types of verbal errors produced by aphasic patients when phonemic cueing was administered. Subjects consisted of 40 aphasic patients-10 each of Broca's, conduction, Wernicke's and anomic aphasics. Phonemic cueing was employed following failure to name on confrontation. Prior to phonemic cueing the most frequent naming errors were related words in Broca's aphasics, multiple responses and extended circumlocutions in Wernicke's aphasics, related words and multiple responses in conduction aphasics and related words in anomic aphasics. These errors predominated prior to correct and incorrect response to cueing. A separate analysis examined naming errors surrounding unsuccessful cueing response. In these instances the prevalence of related words and inadequate responses prior to cueing shifted to a significantly greater proportion of phonemic errors, semantic-phonemic errors, multiple responses and neologisms following cueing. These patterns of performance suggest that phonemic cueing intervents at the semantic level of processing. C1 CALIF STATE UNIV FULLERTON,DEPT SPEECH COMMUN,FULLERTON,CA 92634. NORTHWESTERN UNIV,CHICAGO,IL 60611. CR BENSON F, 1979, STUDIES NEUROLINGUIS, V4 Butterworth B, 1989, LEXICAL REPRESENTATI CARAMAZZA A, 1986, BRAIN COGNITION, V5, P41, DOI 10.1016/0278-2626(86)90061-8 CARAMAZZA A, 1988, COGNITIVE NEUROPSYCH, V5, P517, DOI 10.1080/02643298808253271 CARAMAZZA A, 1989, BRAIN COGNITION, V10, P256, DOI 10.1016/0278-2626(89)90056-0 Goodglass H, 1972, ASSESSMENT APHASIA R HOWARD D, 1985, COGNITIVE NEUROPSYCH, V2, P49, DOI 10.1080/02643298508252861 HOWARD D, 1984, COGNITIVE NEUROPSYCH, V1, P163, DOI 10.1080/02643298408252021 KOHN SE, 1985, BRAIN LANG, V24, P266, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(85)90135-X Lesser R., 1989, COGNITIVE APPROACHES LI E, 1983, CLIN APHASIOLOGY C P LI EC, 1987, J COMMUN DISORD, V20, P469, DOI 10.1016/0021-9924(87)90034-7 LI EC, 1990, BRAIN LANG, V38, P48, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(90)90101-L LOVE RJ, 1977, J SPEECH HEAR DISORD, V42, P170 Luria AR, 1970, TRAUMATIC APHASIA PEASE D, 1978, CORTEX, V14, P128 SCHWARTZ MF, 1987, COGNITIVE NEUROPSYCH Thorndike E., 1944, TEACHERS WORD BOOK 3 WILLIAMS SE, 1982, BRAIN LANG, V17, P92, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(82)90007-4 WILLIAMS SE, 1987, BRAIN LANG, V32, P124, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(87)90120-9 ZURIF EB, 1989, BRAIN COGNITION, V10, P237, DOI 10.1016/0278-2626(89)90055-9 NR 21 TC 2 Z9 2 PU TAYLOR & FRANCIS LTD PI LONDON PA ONE GUNDPOWDER SQUARE, LONDON, ENGLAND EC4A 3DE SN 0268-7038 J9 APHASIOLOGY JI Aphasiology PD JAN-FEB PY 1991 VL 5 IS 1 BP 51 EP 61 DI 10.1080/02687039108248519 PG 11 WC Clinical Neurology SC Neurosciences & Neurology GA EW307 UT WOS:A1991EW30700004 ER PT J AU LEDORZE, G JACOB, A CODERRE, L AF LEDORZE, G JACOB, A CODERRE, L TI APHASIA REHABILITATION WITH A CASE OF AGRAMMATISM - A PARTIAL REPLICATION SO APHASIOLOGY LA English DT Article ID BROCAS APHASIA; SYNTAX; STIMULATION AB A replication of Jones' (1986) therapy study was attempted with a young agrammatic aphasic subject (M.G.) who had demonstrated little improvement in 6 months of traditional treatment directed at improving oral expression. At the end of therapy the patient's verbal output was very limited, and consisted mainly of nouns. He was hypothesized to have a problem accessing verbs and in obtaining access to the meaning relations attached to them. The experimental therapy was directed towards focusing his attention on verbs and on verbal meaning relations in sentences. In particular, the actor, the patient and the locative arguments were emphasized. M.G. was seen 14 and 15 months post-CVA before therapy began. He did not change in oral expression or written language comprehension during this period. Therapy lasted 1 month. M. G.'s performance improved greatly in terms of the number of verbs and the number of verb and argument combinations produced for both control and experimental items. Maintenace of a high performance for the treated and control items was also observed 1 month after therapy had ended. Some improvement in a spontaneous narrative task was also observed immediately after therapy had ended, but it was not maintained after therapy was discontinued for a month. In a control task of written language comprehension the patient's behaviour did not change across the four observation times. These results essentially support those of Jones. C1 CTR HOSP COTE DES NEIGES,CTR RECH,MONTREAL,QUEBEC,CANADA. CTR HOSP STE MARIE,TROIS RIVIERES,QUEBEC,CANADA. UNIV MONTREAL,FAC MED,ECOLE ORTHOPHONIE & AUDIOL,MONTREAL H3C 3J7,QUEBEC,CANADA. RI Le Dorze, Guylaine/A-1790-2014 CR BYNG S, 1988, COGNITIVE NEUROPSYCH, V5, P629, DOI 10.1080/02643298808253277 CYRSTAFFORD C, 1986, J NEUROLINGUISTICS, V2, P47, DOI 10.1016/S0911-6044(86)80004-5 DANIEL WW, 1978, APPLIED NONPARAMETRI DANIEL WW, 1987, BIOSTATISTICS F ANAL DOYLE PJ, 1987, J SPEECH HEAR DISORD, V52, P143 Garrett M. F., 1982, NORMALITY PATHOLOGY GLEASON JB, 1975, BRAIN LANG, V2, P451, DOI 10.1016/S0093-934X(75)80083-6 Goodglass H, 1972, ASSESSMENT APHASIA R Hegde M. N., 1987, CLIN RES COMMUNICATI HELMESTABROOKS N, 1981, J SPEECH HEAR DISORD, V46, P422 HELMESTABROOKS N, 1986, BRIT J DISORD COMMUN, V21, P39 HOLLAND AL, 1971, ACTA SYMBOLICA, V2, P34 HOLLAND AL, 1988, LANGUAGE COMMUNICATI Howard D., 1987, APHASIA THERAPY HIST JONES EV, 1986, BRIT J DISORD COMMUN, V21, P63 Lecours A. R., 1979, APHASIE McReynolds L. V., 1983, SINGLE SUBJECT EXPT MYERSON R, 1972, LANG SPEECH, V15, P40 NAESER MA, 1975, BRIT J DISORD COMMUN, V10, P70 NESPOULOUS JL, 1986, MONTREAL TOULOUSE LI OBLER LK, 1979, UNPUB ACTION NAMING Siegel S., 1988, NONPARAMETRIC STATIS THOMPSON CK, 1986, J SPEECH HEAR RES, V29, P193 FOKES SENTENCE BUILD NR 24 TC 22 Z9 22 PU TAYLOR & FRANCIS LTD PI LONDON PA ONE GUNDPOWDER SQUARE, LONDON, ENGLAND EC4A 3DE SN 0268-7038 J9 APHASIOLOGY JI Aphasiology PD JAN-FEB PY 1991 VL 5 IS 1 BP 63 EP 85 PG 23 WC Clinical Neurology SC Neurosciences & Neurology GA EW307 UT WOS:A1991EW30700005 ER PT J AU LEBRUN, Y DEVREUX, F ROUSSEAU, JJ AF LEBRUN, Y DEVREUX, F ROUSSEAU, JJ TI LANGUAGE AND SPEECH IN A CASE OF PERIVENOUS ENCEPHALOMYELITIS SO APHASIOLOGY LA English DT Article AB The neurolinguistic deficits observed in a case of perivenous encephalomyelitis affecting the centrum semiovale of the cerebral hemispheres are reported, and shown to be reminiscent both of the verbal disorders found in some patients with extrapyramidal diseases and the verbal disturbances that may result from a frontal cortical or a thalamic lesion. The sympotomatology is explained in terms of a partial disconnection between the cortex, the basal ganglia and the diencephalon. C1 CTR HOSP ST ODE,DEPT NEUROL,BACONFOY,BELGIUM. VRIJE UNIV BRUSSELS,SCH MED,DEPT NEUROLINGUIST,B-1090 BRUSSELS,BELGIUM. CR LEBRUN Y, 1986, BRAIN LANG, V27, P247, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(86)90019-2 MARIE P, 1906, SEMAINE MED, V26, P491 MICHEL D, 1982, REV NEUROL, V138, P533 OJEMANN GA, 1968, BRAIN, V91, P99, DOI 10.1093/brain/91.1.99 NR 4 TC 3 Z9 3 PU TAYLOR & FRANCIS LTD PI LONDON PA ONE GUNDPOWDER SQUARE, LONDON, ENGLAND EC4A 3DE SN 0268-7038 J9 APHASIOLOGY JI Aphasiology PD JAN-FEB PY 1991 VL 5 IS 1 BP 87 EP 95 DI 10.1080/02687039108248521 PG 9 WC Clinical Neurology SC Neurosciences & Neurology GA EW307 UT WOS:A1991EW30700006 ER PT J AU HERRMANN, M WALLESCH, CW AF HERRMANN, M WALLESCH, CW TI EXPECTATIONS OF PSYCHOSOCIAL ADJUSTMENT IN APHASIA - A MAUT STUDY WITH THE CODE-MULLER SCALE OF PSYCHOSOCIAL ADJUSTMENT SO APHASIOLOGY LA English DT Article RP HERRMANN, M (reprint author), UNIV FREIBURG,DEPT REHABIL PSYCHOL,BELFORTSTR 16,W-7800 FREIBURG,GERMANY. RI Herrmann, Manfred/H-3931-2011 NR 0 TC 12 Z9 12 PU TAYLOR & FRANCIS LTD PI LONDON PA ONE GUNDPOWDER SQUARE, LONDON, ENGLAND EC4A 3DE SN 0268-7038 J9 APHASIOLOGY JI Aphasiology PD NOV-DEC PY 1990 VL 4 IS 6 BP 527 EP 538 DI 10.1080/02687039008248505 PG 12 WC Clinical Neurology SC Neurosciences & Neurology GA EN392 UT WOS:A1990EN39200001 ER PT J AU SHERRATT, SM PENN, C AF SHERRATT, SM PENN, C TI DISCOURSE IN A RIGHT-HEMISPHERE BRAIN-DAMAGED SUBJECT SO APHASIOLOGY LA English DT Article RP SHERRATT, SM (reprint author), UNIV WITWATERSRAND,DEPT SPEECH PATHOL & AUDIOL,PO WITS 2050,JOHANNESBURG 2001,SOUTH AFRICA. NR 0 TC 21 Z9 21 PU TAYLOR & FRANCIS LTD PI LONDON PA ONE GUNDPOWDER SQUARE, LONDON, ENGLAND EC4A 3DE SN 0268-7038 J9 APHASIOLOGY JI Aphasiology PD NOV-DEC PY 1990 VL 4 IS 6 BP 539 EP 560 DI 10.1080/02687039008248506 PG 22 WC Clinical Neurology SC Neurosciences & Neurology GA EN392 UT WOS:A1990EN39200002 ER PT J AU BOROD, JC CARPER, JM NAESER, M AF BOROD, JC CARPER, JM NAESER, M TI LONG-TERM LANGUAGE RECOVERY IN LEFT-HANDED APHASIC PATIENTS SO APHASIOLOGY LA English DT Article RP BOROD, JC (reprint author), CUNY QUEENS COLL,DEPT PSYCHOL,NSB-E318,FLUSHING,NY 11367, USA. NR 0 TC 6 Z9 6 PU TAYLOR & FRANCIS LTD PI LONDON PA ONE GUNDPOWDER SQUARE, LONDON, ENGLAND EC4A 3DE SN 0268-7038 J9 APHASIOLOGY JI Aphasiology PD NOV-DEC PY 1990 VL 4 IS 6 BP 561 EP 572 DI 10.1080/02687039008248507 PG 12 WC Clinical Neurology SC Neurosciences & Neurology GA EN392 UT WOS:A1990EN39200003 ER PT J AU SOMMERS, LM PIERCE, RS AF SOMMERS, LM PIERCE, RS TI NAMING AND SEMANTIC JUDGMENTS IN DEMENTIA OF THE ALZHEIMER TYPE SO APHASIOLOGY LA English DT Article C1 KENT STATE UNIV,SCH SPEECH PATHOL & AUDIOL,KENT,OH 44242. NR 0 TC 9 Z9 9 PU TAYLOR & FRANCIS LTD PI LONDON PA ONE GUNDPOWDER SQUARE, LONDON, ENGLAND EC4A 3DE SN 0268-7038 J9 APHASIOLOGY JI Aphasiology PD NOV-DEC PY 1990 VL 4 IS 6 BP 573 EP 586 DI 10.1080/02687039008248508 PG 14 WC Clinical Neurology SC Neurosciences & Neurology GA EN392 UT WOS:A1990EN39200004 ER PT J AU MARK, VW CHOBOR, KL AF MARK, VW CHOBOR, KL TI INFLUENCES ON THE SPEECH COMPREHENSION DEFICIT IN CORTICAL AUDITORY DISORDER SO APHASIOLOGY LA English DT Article RP MARK, VW (reprint author), UNIV MARYLAND,DEPT NEUROL,22 S GREENE ST,BALTIMORE,MD 21201, USA. NR 0 TC 0 Z9 0 PU TAYLOR & FRANCIS LTD PI LONDON PA ONE GUNDPOWDER SQUARE, LONDON, ENGLAND EC4A 3DE SN 0268-7038 J9 APHASIOLOGY JI Aphasiology PD NOV-DEC PY 1990 VL 4 IS 6 BP 587 EP 598 DI 10.1080/02687039008248509 PG 12 WC Clinical Neurology SC Neurosciences & Neurology GA EN392 UT WOS:A1990EN39200005 ER PT J AU GUYARD, H MASSON, V QUINIOU, R AF GUYARD, H MASSON, V QUINIOU, R TI COMPUTER-BASED APHASIA TREATMENT MEETS ARTIFICIAL-INTELLIGENCE SO APHASIOLOGY LA English DT Article C1 UNIV RENNES 1,IRISA,CAMPUS BEAULIEU,F-35042 RENNES,FRANCE. NR 0 TC 2 Z9 2 PU TAYLOR & FRANCIS LTD PI LONDON PA ONE GUNDPOWDER SQUARE, LONDON, ENGLAND EC4A 3DE SN 0268-7038 J9 APHASIOLOGY JI Aphasiology PD NOV-DEC PY 1990 VL 4 IS 6 BP 599 EP 613 DI 10.1080/02687039008248510 PG 15 WC Clinical Neurology SC Neurosciences & Neurology GA EN392 UT WOS:A1990EN39200006 ER PT J AU HIRSON, A CHIAT, S AF HIRSON, A CHIAT, S TI WHERE THE INTELLIGENT THERAPIST FEARS TO TREAD - COMMENTARY ON GUYARD ET-AL SO APHASIOLOGY LA English DT Article RP HIRSON, A (reprint author), CITY UNIV LONDON,DEPT CLIN COMMUN STUDIES,NORTHAMPTON SQ,LONDON EC1V 0HB,ENGLAND. NR 0 TC 0 Z9 0 PU TAYLOR & FRANCIS LTD PI LONDON PA ONE GUNDPOWDER SQUARE, LONDON, ENGLAND EC4A 3DE SN 0268-7038 J9 APHASIOLOGY JI Aphasiology PD NOV-DEC PY 1990 VL 4 IS 6 BP 615 EP 619 DI 10.1080/02687039008248511 PG 5 WC Clinical Neurology SC Neurosciences & Neurology GA EN392 UT WOS:A1990EN39200007 ER PT J AU KATZ, RC AF KATZ, RC TI INTELLIGENT COMPUTERIZED TREATMENT OR ARTIFICIAL APHASIA THERAPY SO APHASIOLOGY LA English DT Article RP KATZ, RC (reprint author), VET AFFAIRS OUTPATIENT CLIN,AUDIOL & SPEECH PATHOL SERV 126,425 S HILL ST,LOS ANGELES,CA 90013, USA. NR 0 TC 0 Z9 0 PU TAYLOR & FRANCIS LTD PI LONDON PA ONE GUNDPOWDER SQUARE, LONDON, ENGLAND EC4A 3DE SN 0268-7038 J9 APHASIOLOGY JI Aphasiology PD NOV-DEC PY 1990 VL 4 IS 6 BP 621 EP 624 DI 10.1080/02687039008248512 PG 4 WC Clinical Neurology SC Neurosciences & Neurology GA EN392 UT WOS:A1990EN39200008 ER PT J AU BAKERVANDENGOORBERGH, L BAKER, K AF BAKERVANDENGOORBERGH, L BAKER, K TI ARTIFICIAL-INTELLIGENCE ENTERS SPEECH-THERAPY - COMMENT SO APHASIOLOGY LA English DT Article C1 CITY UNIV LONDON,DEPT CLIN COMMUN STUDIES,LONDON EC1V 0HB,ENGLAND. NR 0 TC 0 Z9 0 PU TAYLOR & FRANCIS LTD PI LONDON PA ONE GUNDPOWDER SQUARE, LONDON, ENGLAND EC4A 3DE SN 0268-7038 J9 APHASIOLOGY JI Aphasiology PD NOV-DEC PY 1990 VL 4 IS 6 BP 625 EP 629 PG 5 WC Clinical Neurology SC Neurosciences & Neurology GA EN392 UT WOS:A1990EN39200009 ER PT J AU GUYARD, H MASSON, V QUINIOU, R AF GUYARD, H MASSON, V QUINIOU, R TI INTRODUCING ARTIFICIAL-INTELLIGENCE INTO APHASIOLOGICAL DATA-ANALYSIS - ANSWERS SO APHASIOLOGY LA English DT Article RP GUYARD, H (reprint author), UNIV RENNES 2,6 AV GASTON BERGER,F-35043 RENNES,FRANCE. NR 0 TC 2 Z9 2 PU TAYLOR & FRANCIS LTD PI LONDON PA ONE GUNDPOWDER SQUARE, LONDON, ENGLAND EC4A 3DE SN 0268-7038 J9 APHASIOLOGY JI Aphasiology PD NOV-DEC PY 1990 VL 4 IS 6 BP 631 EP 635 DI 10.1080/02687039008248514 PG 5 WC Clinical Neurology SC Neurosciences & Neurology GA EN392 UT WOS:A1990EN39200010 ER PT J AU BELAND, R LECOURS, AR AF BELAND, R LECOURS, AR TI THE MT-86 BETA-APHASIA BATTERY - A SUBSET OF NORMATIVE DATA IN RELATION TO AGE AND LEVEL OF SCHOOL EDUCATION SO APHASIOLOGY LA English DT Article C1 CTR HOSP COTE DES NEIGES, CTR RECH, THEOPHILEALAJOUANINE LAB, 4565 CHEMIN QUEEN MARY, MONTREAL H3W 1W5, QUEBEC, CANADA. NR 0 TC 34 Z9 34 PU ROUTLEDGE JOURNALS, TAYLOR & FRANCIS LTD PI ABINGDON PA 4 PARK SQUARE, MILTON PARK, ABINGDON OX14 4RN, OXFORDSHIRE, ENGLAND SN 0268-7038 EI 1464-5041 J9 APHASIOLOGY JI Aphasiology PD SEP-OCT PY 1990 VL 4 IS 5 BP 439 EP 462 DI 10.1080/02687039008248786 PG 24 WC Clinical Neurology SC Neurosciences & Neurology GA EC234 UT WOS:A1990EC23400001 ER PT J AU LEES, JA NEVILLE, BGR AF LEES, JA NEVILLE, BGR TI ACQUIRED APHASIA IN CHILDHOOD - CASE-STUDIES OF 5 CHILDREN SO APHASIOLOGY LA English DT Article RP LEES, JA (reprint author), GUYS & ST THOMAS HOSP,NEWCOMEN CHILD DEV CTR,DEPT SPEECH THERAPY,LONDON SE1 9RT,ENGLAND. NR 0 TC 13 Z9 13 PU TAYLOR & FRANCIS LTD PI LONDON PA ONE GUNDPOWDER SQUARE, LONDON, ENGLAND EC4A 3DE SN 0268-7038 J9 APHASIOLOGY JI Aphasiology PD SEP-OCT PY 1990 VL 4 IS 5 BP 463 EP 478 DI 10.1080/02687039008248787 PG 16 WC Clinical Neurology SC Neurosciences & Neurology GA EC234 UT WOS:A1990EC23400002 ER PT J AU CRAENHALS, A RUYMBEKE, AMR RECTEM, D SERON, X LATERRE, EC AF CRAENHALS, A RUYMBEKE, AMR RECTEM, D SERON, X LATERRE, EC TI IS SLOWLY PROGRESSIVE APHASIA ACTUALLY A NEW CLINICAL ENTITY SO APHASIOLOGY LA English DT Article RP CRAENHALS, A (reprint author), CLIN UNIV ST LUC,FAC MED,SERV NEUROL,AVE HIPPOCRATE 10-1350,B-1200 BRUSSELS,BELGIUM. NR 0 TC 18 Z9 18 PU TAYLOR & FRANCIS LTD PI LONDON PA ONE GUNDPOWDER SQUARE, LONDON, ENGLAND EC4A 3DE SN 0268-7038 J9 APHASIOLOGY JI Aphasiology PD SEP-OCT PY 1990 VL 4 IS 5 BP 485 EP 509 DI 10.1080/02687039008248789 PG 25 WC Clinical Neurology SC Neurosciences & Neurology GA EC234 UT WOS:A1990EC23400004 ER PT J AU WALLESCH, CW AF WALLESCH, CW TI AN EARLY DETAILED DESCRIPTION OF APHASIA IN A DEAF-MUTE - LEISCHNER,ANTON DIE APHASIE-DER-TAUBSTUMMEN (1943) SO APHASIOLOGY LA English DT Article RP WALLESCH, CW (reprint author), DEPT NEUROL,HANSASTR 9,W-7800 FREIBURG,GERMANY. NR 0 TC 3 Z9 3 PU TAYLOR & FRANCIS LTD PI LONDON PA ONE GUNDPOWDER SQUARE, LONDON, ENGLAND EC4A 3DE SN 0268-7038 J9 APHASIOLOGY JI Aphasiology PD SEP-OCT PY 1990 VL 4 IS 5 BP 511 EP 518 DI 10.1080/02687039008248790 PG 8 WC Clinical Neurology SC Neurosciences & Neurology GA EC234 UT WOS:A1990EC23400005 ER PT J AU BLOMERT, L AF BLOMERT, L TI WHAT FUNCTIONAL ASSESSMENT CAN CONTRIBUTE TO SETTING GOALS FOR APHASIA THERAPY SO APHASIOLOGY LA English DT Article RP BLOMERT, L (reprint author), IWAL,INST DYSLEXIA,AMALIASTR 5,1052 GM AMSTERDAM,NETHERLANDS. NR 0 TC 16 Z9 16 PU TAYLOR & FRANCIS LTD PI LONDON PA ONE GUNDPOWDER SQUARE, LONDON, ENGLAND EC4A 3DE SN 0268-7038 J9 APHASIOLOGY JI Aphasiology PD JUL-AUG PY 1990 VL 4 IS 4 BP 307 EP 320 DI 10.1080/02687039008249085 PG 14 WC Clinical Neurology SC Neurosciences & Neurology GA DT690 UT WOS:A1990DT69000002 ER PT J AU KRAAT, AW AF KRAAT, AW TI AUGMENTATIVE AND ALTERNATIVE COMMUNICATION - DOES IT HAVE A FUTURE IN APHASIA REHABILITATION SO APHASIOLOGY LA English DT Article RP KRAAT, AW (reprint author), CUNY QUEENS COLL,CTR SPEECH & HEARING,AUGMENTAT COMMUN PROGRAM,65-30 KISSENA BLVD,FLUSHING,NY 11367, USA. NR 0 TC 34 Z9 34 PU TAYLOR & FRANCIS LTD PI LONDON PA ONE GUNDPOWDER SQUARE, LONDON, ENGLAND EC4A 3DE SN 0268-7038 J9 APHASIOLOGY JI Aphasiology PD JUL-AUG PY 1990 VL 4 IS 4 BP 321 EP 338 DI 10.1080/02687039008249086 PG 18 WC Clinical Neurology SC Neurosciences & Neurology GA DT690 UT WOS:A1990DT69000003 ER PT J AU ROSS, GW CUMMINGS, JL BENSON, DF AF ROSS, GW CUMMINGS, JL BENSON, DF TI SPEECH AND LANGUAGE ALTERATIONS IN DEMENTIA SYNDROMES - CHARACTERISTICS AND TREATMENT SO APHASIOLOGY LA English DT Article C1 VET ADM MED CTR,NEUROBEHAV UNIT,BLDG 256B,BRENTWOOD DIV,11301 WILSHIRE BLVD,LOS ANGELES,CA 90073. NR 0 TC 12 Z9 12 PU TAYLOR & FRANCIS LTD PI LONDON PA ONE GUNDPOWDER SQUARE, LONDON, ENGLAND EC4A 3DE SN 0268-7038 J9 APHASIOLOGY JI Aphasiology PD JUL-AUG PY 1990 VL 4 IS 4 BP 339 EP 352 DI 10.1080/02687039008249087 PG 14 WC Clinical Neurology SC Neurosciences & Neurology GA DT690 UT WOS:A1990DT69000004 ER PT J AU HARTLEY, LL LEVIN, HS AF HARTLEY, LL LEVIN, HS TI LINGUISTIC DEFICITS AFTER CLOSED HEAD-INJURY - A CURRENT APPRAISAL SO APHASIOLOGY LA English DT Article RP HARTLEY, LL (reprint author), GALVESTON INST HUMAN COMMUN,TRANSIT LEARNING COMMUNITY,1528 PO,GALVESTON,TX 77550, USA. NR 0 TC 25 Z9 25 PU TAYLOR & FRANCIS LTD PI LONDON PA ONE GUNDPOWDER SQUARE, LONDON, ENGLAND EC4A 3DE SN 0268-7038 J9 APHASIOLOGY JI Aphasiology PD JUL-AUG PY 1990 VL 4 IS 4 BP 353 EP 370 DI 10.1080/02687039008249088 PG 18 WC Clinical Neurology SC Neurosciences & Neurology GA DT690 UT WOS:A1990DT69000005 ER PT J AU WAHRBORG, P BORENSTEIN, P AF WAHRBORG, P BORENSTEIN, P TI THE APHASIC PERSON AND HIS HER FAMILY - WHAT ABOUT THE FUTURE SO APHASIOLOGY LA English DT Article RP WAHRBORG, P (reprint author), PSYCHOMEDICA CONSULTING,BOX 53176,S-40015 GOTHENBURG,SWEDEN. NR 0 TC 12 Z9 12 PU TAYLOR & FRANCIS LTD PI LONDON PA ONE GUNDPOWDER SQUARE, LONDON, ENGLAND EC4A 3DE SN 0268-7038 J9 APHASIOLOGY JI Aphasiology PD JUL-AUG PY 1990 VL 4 IS 4 BP 371 EP 379 DI 10.1080/02687039008249089 PG 9 WC Clinical Neurology SC Neurosciences & Neurology GA DT690 UT WOS:A1990DT69000006 ER PT J AU BACHMAN, DL ALBERT, ML AF BACHMAN, DL ALBERT, ML TI THE PHARMACOTHERAPY OF APHASIA - HISTORICAL-PERSPECTIVE AND DIRECTIONS FOR FUTURE-RESEARCH SO APHASIOLOGY LA English DT Article RP BACHMAN, DL (reprint author), MED UNIV S CAROLINA,DEPT NEUROL,171 ASHLEY AVE,CHARLESTON,SC 29425, USA. NR 0 TC 5 Z9 5 PU TAYLOR & FRANCIS LTD PI LONDON PA ONE GUNDPOWDER SQUARE, LONDON, ENGLAND EC4A 3DE SN 0268-7038 J9 APHASIOLOGY JI Aphasiology PD JUL-AUG PY 1990 VL 4 IS 4 BP 407 EP 413 DI 10.1080/02687039008249091 PG 7 WC Clinical Neurology SC Neurosciences & Neurology GA DT690 UT WOS:A1990DT69000008 ER PT J AU WILLMES, K AF WILLMES, K TI STATISTICAL-METHODS FOR A SINGLE-CASE STUDY APPROACH TO APHASIA THERAPY RESEARCH SO APHASIOLOGY LA English DT Article RP WILLMES, K (reprint author), RHEIN WESTFAL TH AACHEN,DEPT NEUROL,PAUWELSSTR 30,W-5100 AACHEN,GERMANY. NR 0 TC 26 Z9 26 PU TAYLOR & FRANCIS LTD PI LONDON PA ONE GUNDPOWDER SQUARE, LONDON, ENGLAND EC4A 3DE SN 0268-7038 J9 APHASIOLOGY JI Aphasiology PD JUL-AUG PY 1990 VL 4 IS 4 BP 415 EP 436 DI 10.1080/02687039008249092 PG 22 WC Clinical Neurology SC Neurosciences & Neurology GA DT690 UT WOS:A1990DT69000009 ER PT J AU FRIEDLAND, J AF FRIEDLAND, J TI ACCESSING LANGUAGE IN AGRAPHIA - AN EXAMINATION OF HEMIPLEGIC WRITING SO APHASIOLOGY LA English DT Article RP FRIEDLAND, J (reprint author), UNIV TORONTO,DEPT REHABIL MED,256 MCCAUL ST,TORONTO M5T 1W5,ONTARIO,CANADA. NR 0 TC 4 Z9 4 PU TAYLOR & FRANCIS LTD PI LONDON PA ONE GUNDPOWDER SQUARE, LONDON, ENGLAND EC4A 3DE SN 0268-7038 J9 APHASIOLOGY JI Aphasiology PD MAY-JUN PY 1990 VL 4 IS 3 BP 241 EP 257 DI 10.1080/02687039008249077 PG 17 WC Clinical Neurology SC Neurosciences & Neurology GA DH410 UT WOS:A1990DH41000003 ER PT J AU MITCHUM, CC RITGERT, BA SANDSON, J BERNDT, RS AF MITCHUM, CC RITGERT, BA SANDSON, J BERNDT, RS TI THE USE OF RESPONSE ANALYSIS IN CONFRONTATION NAMING SO APHASIOLOGY LA English DT Article RP MITCHUM, CC (reprint author), UNIV MARYLAND,SCH MED,DEPT NEUROL,22 S GREENE ST,BALTIMORE,MD 21201, USA. NR 0 TC 31 Z9 31 PU TAYLOR & FRANCIS LTD PI LONDON PA ONE GUNDPOWDER SQUARE, LONDON, ENGLAND EC4A 3DE SN 0268-7038 J9 APHASIOLOGY JI Aphasiology PD MAY-JUN PY 1990 VL 4 IS 3 BP 261 EP 280 DI 10.1080/02687039008249079 PG 20 WC Clinical Neurology SC Neurosciences & Neurology GA DH410 UT WOS:A1990DH41000005 ER PT J AU KINSEY, C AF KINSEY, C TI ANALYSIS OF DYSPHASICS BEHAVIOR IN COMPUTER AND CONVENTIONAL THERAPY ENVIRONMENTS SO APHASIOLOGY LA English DT Article RP KINSEY, C (reprint author), FRENCHAY HOSP,SPEECH THERAPY RES UNIT,APHASIA COMP TEAM,BRISTOL BS16 1LE,AVON,ENGLAND. NR 0 TC 3 Z9 3 PU TAYLOR & FRANCIS LTD PI LONDON PA ONE GUNDPOWDER SQUARE, LONDON, ENGLAND EC4A 3DE SN 0268-7038 J9 APHASIOLOGY JI Aphasiology PD MAY-JUN PY 1990 VL 4 IS 3 BP 281 EP 291 DI 10.1080/02687039008249080 PG 11 WC Clinical Neurology SC Neurosciences & Neurology GA DH410 UT WOS:A1990DH41000006 ER PT J AU PIERCE, RS JARECKI, J CANNITO, M AF PIERCE, RS JARECKI, J CANNITO, M TI SINGLE WORD COMPREHENSION IN APHASIA - INFLUENCE OF ARRAY SIZE, PICTURE RELATEDNESS AND SITUATIONAL CONTEXT SO APHASIOLOGY LA English DT Article RP PIERCE, RS (reprint author), KENT STATE UNIV,SCH SPEECH PATHOL & AUDIOL,KENT,OH 44242, USA. NR 0 TC 5 Z9 5 PU TAYLOR & FRANCIS LTD PI LONDON PA ONE GUNDPOWDER SQUARE, LONDON, ENGLAND EC4A 3DE SN 0268-7038 J9 APHASIOLOGY JI Aphasiology PD MAR-APR PY 1990 VL 4 IS 2 BP 155 EP 165 DI 10.1080/02687039008249067 PG 11 WC Clinical Neurology SC Neurosciences & Neurology GA DD229 UT WOS:A1990DD22900002 ER PT J AU MARSHALL, J POUND, C WHITETHOMSON, M PRING, T AF MARSHALL, J POUND, C WHITETHOMSON, M PRING, T TI THE USE OF PICTURE WORD MATCHING TASKS TO ASSIST WORD RETRIEVAL IN APHASIC PATIENTS SO APHASIOLOGY LA English DT Article C1 QUEEN MARYS HOSP,DEPT SPEECH THERAPY,SIDCUP,ENGLAND. NR 0 TC 77 Z9 78 PU TAYLOR & FRANCIS LTD PI LONDON PA ONE GUNDPOWDER SQUARE, LONDON, ENGLAND EC4A 3DE SN 0268-7038 J9 APHASIOLOGY JI Aphasiology PD MAR-APR PY 1990 VL 4 IS 2 BP 167 EP 184 DI 10.1080/02687039008249068 PG 18 WC Clinical Neurology SC Neurosciences & Neurology GA DD229 UT WOS:A1990DD22900003 ER PT J AU BASSO, A RAZZANO, C FAGLIONI, P ZANOBIO, ME AF BASSO, A RAZZANO, C FAGLIONI, P ZANOBIO, ME TI CONFRONTATION NAMING, PICTURE DESCRIPTION AND ACTION NAMING IN APHASIC PATIENTS SO APHASIOLOGY LA English DT Article RP BASSO, A (reprint author), IST CLIN NEUROL,VIA F SFORZA 35,I-20122 MILAN,ITALY. NR 0 TC 20 Z9 21 PU TAYLOR & FRANCIS LTD PI LONDON PA ONE GUNDPOWDER SQUARE, LONDON, ENGLAND EC4A 3DE SN 0268-7038 J9 APHASIOLOGY JI Aphasiology PD MAR-APR PY 1990 VL 4 IS 2 BP 185 EP 195 DI 10.1080/02687039008249069 PG 11 WC Clinical Neurology SC Neurosciences & Neurology GA DD229 UT WOS:A1990DD22900004 ER PT J AU SPEEDIE, L ODONNELL, W RABINS, P PEARLSON, G POGGI, M ROTHI, LJG AF SPEEDIE, L ODONNELL, W RABINS, P PEARLSON, G POGGI, M ROTHI, LJG TI LANGUAGE PERFORMANCE DEFICITS IN ELDERLY DEPRESSED-PATIENTS SO APHASIOLOGY LA English DT Article RP SPEEDIE, L (reprint author), HERZOG HOSP,DEPT GERIATR MED,DIV NEUROGERIATR,POB 140,IL-91001 JERUSALEM,ISRAEL. NR 0 TC 4 Z9 4 PU TAYLOR & FRANCIS LTD PI LONDON PA ONE GUNDPOWDER SQUARE, LONDON, ENGLAND EC4A 3DE SN 0268-7038 J9 APHASIOLOGY JI Aphasiology PD MAR-APR PY 1990 VL 4 IS 2 BP 197 EP 205 DI 10.1080/02687039008249070 PG 9 WC Clinical Neurology SC Neurosciences & Neurology GA DD229 UT WOS:A1990DD22900005 ER PT J AU CAPPA, SF STERZI, R AF CAPPA, SF STERZI, R TI INFARCTION IN THE TERRITORY OF THE ANTERIOR CHOROIDAL ARTERY - A CAUSE OF TRANSCORTICAL MOTOR APHASIA SO APHASIOLOGY LA English DT Article RP CAPPA, SF (reprint author), UNIV BRESCIA,SPEDALI CIVILI NEUROL 2,NEUROL CLIN,I-20125 BRESCIA,ITALY. NR 0 TC 3 Z9 3 PU TAYLOR & FRANCIS LTD PI LONDON PA ONE GUNDPOWDER SQUARE, LONDON, ENGLAND EC4A 3DE SN 0268-7038 J9 APHASIOLOGY JI Aphasiology PD MAR-APR PY 1990 VL 4 IS 2 BP 213 EP 217 DI 10.1080/02687039008249072 PG 5 WC Clinical Neurology SC Neurosciences & Neurology GA DD229 UT WOS:A1990DD22900007 ER PT J AU COELHO, CA DUFFY, RJ AF COELHO, CA DUFFY, RJ TI SIGN ACQUISITION IN 2 APHASIC SUBJECTS WITH LIMB APRAXIA SO APHASIOLOGY LA English DT Article RP COELHO, CA (reprint author), GAYLORD HOSP,DEPT COMMUN DISORDERS,POB 400,WALLINGFORD,CT 06492, USA. NR 0 TC 10 Z9 10 PU TAYLOR & FRANCIS LTD PI LONDON PA ONE GUNDPOWDER SQUARE, LONDON, ENGLAND EC4A 3DE SN 0268-7038 J9 APHASIOLOGY JI Aphasiology PD JAN-FEB PY 1990 VL 4 IS 1 BP 1 EP 8 DI 10.1080/02687039008249050 PG 8 WC Clinical Neurology SC Neurosciences & Neurology GA CN924 UT WOS:A1990CN92400001 ER PT J AU WATAMORI, TS SASANUMA, S UEDA, S AF WATAMORI, TS SASANUMA, S UEDA, S TI RECOVERY AND PLASTICITY IN CHILD-ONSET APHASICS - ULTIMATE OUTCOME AT ADULTHOOD SO APHASIOLOGY LA English DT Article RP WATAMORI, TS (reprint author), TOKYO METROPOLITAN GERIATR HOSP & INST GERONTOL,LANGUAGE & COMMUN RES SECT,35-2 SAKAECHO,TOKYO 173,JAPAN. NR 0 TC 14 Z9 14 PU TAYLOR & FRANCIS LTD PI LONDON PA ONE GUNDPOWDER SQUARE, LONDON, ENGLAND EC4A 3DE SN 0268-7038 J9 APHASIOLOGY JI Aphasiology PD JAN-FEB PY 1990 VL 4 IS 1 BP 9 EP 30 DI 10.1080/02687039008249051 PG 22 WC Clinical Neurology SC Neurosciences & Neurology GA CN924 UT WOS:A1990CN92400002 ER PT J AU GAO, S BENSON, DF AF GAO, S BENSON, DF TI APHASIA AFTER STROKE IN NATIVE CHINESE SPEAKERS SO APHASIOLOGY LA English DT Article C1 BEIJING MED UNIV,HOSP TEACHING 1,DEPT NEUROL,BEIJING,PEOPLES R CHINA. NR 0 TC 7 Z9 8 PU TAYLOR & FRANCIS LTD PI LONDON PA ONE GUNDPOWDER SQUARE, LONDON, ENGLAND EC4A 3DE SN 0268-7038 J9 APHASIOLOGY JI Aphasiology PD JAN-FEB PY 1990 VL 4 IS 1 BP 31 EP 43 DI 10.1080/02687039008249052 PG 13 WC Clinical Neurology SC Neurosciences & Neurology GA CN924 UT WOS:A1990CN92400003 ER PT J AU NORTHEN, B HOPCUTT, B GRIFFITHS, H AF NORTHEN, B HOPCUTT, B GRIFFITHS, H TI PROGRESSIVE APHASIA WITHOUT GENERALIZED DEMENTIA SO APHASIOLOGY LA English DT Article C1 MANCHESTER ROYAL INFIRM,DEPT SPEECH THERAPY,YORK HOUSE,OXFORD RD,MANCHESTER M13 9WL,LANCS,ENGLAND. NR 0 TC 14 Z9 14 PU TAYLOR & FRANCIS LTD PI LONDON PA ONE GUNDPOWDER SQUARE, LONDON, ENGLAND EC4A 3DE SN 0268-7038 J9 APHASIOLOGY JI Aphasiology PD JAN-FEB PY 1990 VL 4 IS 1 BP 55 EP 65 DI 10.1080/02687039008249054 PG 11 WC Clinical Neurology SC Neurosciences & Neurology GA CN924 UT WOS:A1990CN92400005 ER PT J AU BYNG, S KAY, J EDMUNDSON, A SCOTT, C AF BYNG, S KAY, J EDMUNDSON, A SCOTT, C TI APHASIA TESTS RECONSIDERED SO APHASIOLOGY LA English DT Article RP BYNG, S (reprint author), NATL HOSP,COLL SPEECH SCI,CHANDLER HOUSE,2 WAKEFIELD ST,LONDON WC1N 1PG,ENGLAND. NR 0 TC 34 Z9 34 PU TAYLOR & FRANCIS LTD PI LONDON PA ONE GUNDPOWDER SQUARE, LONDON, ENGLAND EC4A 3DE SN 0268-7038 J9 APHASIOLOGY JI Aphasiology PD JAN-FEB PY 1990 VL 4 IS 1 BP 67 EP 91 DI 10.1080/02687039008249055 PG 25 WC Clinical Neurology SC Neurosciences & Neurology GA CN924 UT WOS:A1990CN92400006 ER PT J AU KERTESZ, A AF KERTESZ, A TI WHAT SHOULD BE THE CORE OF APHASIA TESTS - (THE AUTHORS PROMISE BUT FAIL TO DELIVER) SO APHASIOLOGY LA English DT Article RP KERTESZ, A (reprint author), UNIV WESTERN ONTARIO,ST JOSEPHS HOSP,DEPT CLIN NEUROL SCI,LONDON N6A 4V2,ONTARIO,CANADA. NR 0 TC 5 Z9 5 PU TAYLOR & FRANCIS LTD PI LONDON PA ONE GUNDPOWDER SQUARE, LONDON, ENGLAND EC4A 3DE SN 0268-7038 J9 APHASIOLOGY JI Aphasiology PD JAN-FEB PY 1990 VL 4 IS 1 BP 97 EP 101 DI 10.1080/02687039008249057 PG 5 WC Clinical Neurology SC Neurosciences & Neurology GA CN924 UT WOS:A1990CN92400008 ER PT J AU DAVID, RM AF DAVID, RM TI APHASIA ASSESSMENT - THE ACID TESTS SO APHASIOLOGY LA English DT Article RP DAVID, RM (reprint author), BIRMINGHAM POLYTECH,SCH SPEECH THERAPY,BIRMINGHAM,ENGLAND. NR 0 TC 8 Z9 8 PU TAYLOR & FRANCIS LTD PI LONDON PA ONE GUNDPOWDER SQUARE, LONDON, ENGLAND EC4A 3DE SN 0268-7038 J9 APHASIOLOGY JI Aphasiology PD JAN-FEB PY 1990 VL 4 IS 1 BP 103 EP 107 DI 10.1080/02687039008249058 PG 5 WC Clinical Neurology SC Neurosciences & Neurology GA CN924 UT WOS:A1990CN92400009 ER PT J AU WENIGER, D AF WENIGER, D TI DIAGNOSTIC-TESTS AS TOOLS OF ASSESSMENT AND MODELS OF INFORMATION-PROCESSING - A GAP TO BRIDGE SO APHASIOLOGY LA English DT Article RP WENIGER, D (reprint author), UNIV ZURICH,DEPT NEUROL,CH-8006 ZURICH,SWITZERLAND. NR 0 TC 2 Z9 2 PU TAYLOR & FRANCIS LTD PI LONDON PA ONE GUNDPOWDER SQUARE, LONDON, ENGLAND EC4A 3DE SN 0268-7038 J9 APHASIOLOGY JI Aphasiology PD JAN-FEB PY 1990 VL 4 IS 1 BP 109 EP 113 DI 10.1080/02687039008249059 PG 5 WC Clinical Neurology SC Neurosciences & Neurology GA CN924 UT WOS:A1990CN92400010 ER PT J AU KAY, J BYNG, S EDMUNDSON, A SCOTT, C AF KAY, J BYNG, S EDMUNDSON, A SCOTT, C TI MISSING THE WOOD AND THE TREES - A REPLY SO APHASIOLOGY LA English DT Article RP KAY, J (reprint author), EXETER UNIV,DEPT PSYCHOL,PERRY RD,EXETER EX2 4QG,ENGLAND. NR 0 TC 3 Z9 3 PU TAYLOR & FRANCIS LTD PI LONDON PA ONE GUNDPOWDER SQUARE, LONDON, ENGLAND EC4A 3DE SN 0268-7038 J9 APHASIOLOGY JI Aphasiology PD JAN-FEB PY 1990 VL 4 IS 1 BP 115 EP 122 DI 10.1080/02687039008249060 PG 8 WC Clinical Neurology SC Neurosciences & Neurology GA CN924 UT WOS:A1990CN92400011 ER PT J AU LOHMAN, T ZIGGAS, D PIERCE, RS AF LOHMAN, T ZIGGAS, D PIERCE, RS TI WORD FLUENCY PERFORMANCE ON COMMON CATEGORIES BY SUBJECTS WITH CLOSED HEAD-INJURIES SO APHASIOLOGY LA English DT Article C1 KENT STATE UNIV,MUSIC & SPEECH SPEECH PATHOL & AUDIOL,KENT,OH 44242. NR 0 TC 4 Z9 4 PU TAYLOR & FRANCIS LTD PI LONDON PA ONE GUNDPOWDER SQUARE, LONDON, ENGLAND EC4A 3DE SN 0268-7038 J9 APHASIOLOGY JI Aphasiology PD DEC PY 1989 VL 3 IS 8 BP 685 EP 693 DI 10.1080/02687038908249036 PG 9 WC Clinical Neurology SC Neurosciences & Neurology GA CA060 UT WOS:A1989CA06000001 ER PT J AU BRINDLEY, P COPELAND, M DEMAIN, C MARTYN, P AF BRINDLEY, P COPELAND, M DEMAIN, C MARTYN, P TI A COMPARISON OF THE SPEECH OF 10 CHRONIC BROCA APHASICS FOLLOWING INTENSIVE AND NON-INTENSIVE PERIODS OF THERAPY SO APHASIOLOGY LA English DT Article RP BRINDLEY, P (reprint author), MILTON KEYNES DIST GEN HOSP,DEPT SPEECH THERAPY,STANDING WAY,MILTON KEYNES MK6 5LD,ENGLAND. NR 0 TC 20 Z9 20 PU TAYLOR & FRANCIS LTD PI LONDON PA ONE GUNDPOWDER SQUARE, LONDON, ENGLAND EC4A 3DE SN 0268-7038 J9 APHASIOLOGY JI Aphasiology PD DEC PY 1989 VL 3 IS 8 BP 695 EP 707 DI 10.1080/02687038908249037 PG 13 WC Clinical Neurology SC Neurosciences & Neurology GA CA060 UT WOS:A1989CA06000002 ER PT J AU BROWN, JW CHOBOR, KL AF BROWN, JW CHOBOR, KL TI THERAPY WITH A PROSTHESIS FOR WRITING IN APHASIA SO APHASIOLOGY LA English DT Article C1 NYU MED CTR,NEW YORK,NY 10016. NR 0 TC 5 Z9 5 PU TAYLOR & FRANCIS LTD PI LONDON PA ONE GUNDPOWDER SQUARE, LONDON, ENGLAND EC4A 3DE SN 0268-7038 J9 APHASIOLOGY JI Aphasiology PD DEC PY 1989 VL 3 IS 8 BP 709 EP 715 DI 10.1080/02687038908249038 PG 7 WC Clinical Neurology SC Neurosciences & Neurology GA CA060 UT WOS:A1989CA06000003 ER PT J AU TANRIDAG, O ONGEL, C AF TANRIDAG, O ONGEL, C TI TRANSCORTICAL MOTOR APHASIA DUE TO A RIGHT-HEMISPHERE LESION IN A RIGHT-HANDED MAN SO APHASIOLOGY LA English DT Article RP TANRIDAG, O (reprint author), GULHANE ASKERI TIP AKD,NOROLOJI ABD,ANKARA,TURKEY. NR 0 TC 3 Z9 3 PU TAYLOR & FRANCIS LTD PI LONDON PA ONE GUNDPOWDER SQUARE, LONDON, ENGLAND EC4A 3DE SN 0268-7038 J9 APHASIOLOGY JI Aphasiology PD DEC PY 1989 VL 3 IS 8 BP 717 EP 721 DI 10.1080/02687038908249039 PG 5 WC Clinical Neurology SC Neurosciences & Neurology GA CA060 UT WOS:A1989CA06000004 ER PT J AU DAVIS, GA AF DAVIS, GA TI THE COGNITIVE CLOUD AND LANGUAGE DISORDERS SO APHASIOLOGY LA English DT Article RP DAVIS, GA (reprint author), UNIV MASSACHUSETTS,DEPT COMMUN DISORDERS,ARNOLD HOUSE,AMHERST,MA 01003, USA. NR 0 TC 3 Z9 3 PU TAYLOR & FRANCIS LTD PI LONDON PA ONE GUNDPOWDER SQUARE, LONDON, ENGLAND EC4A 3DE SN 0268-7038 J9 APHASIOLOGY JI Aphasiology PD DEC PY 1989 VL 3 IS 8 BP 723 EP 733 DI 10.1080/02687038908249040 PG 11 WC Clinical Neurology SC Neurosciences & Neurology GA CA060 UT WOS:A1989CA06000005 ER PT J AU MARSHALL, JC AF MARSHALL, JC TI CARVING THE COGNITIVE CHICKEN - COMMENTARY SO APHASIOLOGY LA English DT Article RP MARSHALL, JC (reprint author), RADCLIFFE INFIRM,NEUROPSYCHOL UNIT,OXFORD OX2 6HE,ENGLAND. NR 0 TC 5 Z9 5 PU TAYLOR & FRANCIS LTD PI LONDON PA ONE GUNDPOWDER SQUARE, LONDON, ENGLAND EC4A 3DE SN 0268-7038 J9 APHASIOLOGY JI Aphasiology PD DEC PY 1989 VL 3 IS 8 BP 735 EP 740 DI 10.1080/02687038908249041 PG 6 WC Clinical Neurology SC Neurosciences & Neurology GA CA060 UT WOS:A1989CA06000006 ER PT J AU MILBERG, W AF MILBERG, W TI BIOLOGICAL CONSTRAINTS ON THE DESCRIPTION OF COGNITIVE FUNCTIONS - A SILVER LINING IN THE CLOUD SO APHASIOLOGY LA English DT Article RP MILBERG, W (reprint author), VET ADM MED CTR W ROXBURY,CTR EDUC & CLIN,GERIATR RES,BOSTON,MA 02132, USA. NR 0 TC 0 Z9 0 PU TAYLOR & FRANCIS LTD PI LONDON PA ONE GUNDPOWDER SQUARE, LONDON, ENGLAND EC4A 3DE SN 0268-7038 J9 APHASIOLOGY JI Aphasiology PD DEC PY 1989 VL 3 IS 8 BP 741 EP 744 DI 10.1080/02687038908249042 PG 4 WC Clinical Neurology SC Neurosciences & Neurology GA CA060 UT WOS:A1989CA06000007 ER PT J AU WALLESCH, CW AF WALLESCH, CW TI LANGUAGE AND COGNITION PROBLEMS OF THEIR VIVISECTION SO APHASIOLOGY LA English DT Article RP WALLESCH, CW (reprint author), UNIV FREIBURG,DEPT NEUROL,HANSASTR 9,D-7800 FREIBURG,FED REP GER. NR 0 TC 1 Z9 1 PU TAYLOR & FRANCIS LTD PI LONDON PA ONE GUNDPOWDER SQUARE, LONDON, ENGLAND EC4A 3DE SN 0268-7038 J9 APHASIOLOGY JI Aphasiology PD DEC PY 1989 VL 3 IS 8 BP 745 EP 749 DI 10.1080/02687038908249043 PG 5 WC Clinical Neurology SC Neurosciences & Neurology GA CA060 UT WOS:A1989CA06000008 ER PT J AU AU, R AF AU, R TI COGNITIVE CLOUD - THUNDERHEADS ON THE HORIZON SO APHASIOLOGY LA English DT Article RP AU, R (reprint author), BOSTON UNIV,SCH MED,DEPT NEUROL,APHASIA RES CTR,BOSTON,MA 02118, USA. NR 0 TC 1 Z9 1 PU TAYLOR & FRANCIS LTD PI LONDON PA ONE GUNDPOWDER SQUARE, LONDON, ENGLAND EC4A 3DE SN 0268-7038 J9 APHASIOLOGY JI Aphasiology PD DEC PY 1989 VL 3 IS 8 BP 751 EP 753 DI 10.1080/02687038908249044 PG 3 WC Clinical Neurology SC Neurosciences & Neurology GA CA060 UT WOS:A1989CA06000009 ER PT J AU BRADLEY, D AF BRADLEY, D TI COGNITIVE SCIENCE AND THE LANGUAGE COGNITION DISTINCTION SO APHASIOLOGY LA English DT Article RP BRADLEY, D (reprint author), MONASH UNIV,DEPT PSYCHOL,CLAYTON,VIC 3168,AUSTRALIA. NR 0 TC 0 Z9 0 PU TAYLOR & FRANCIS LTD PI LONDON PA ONE GUNDPOWDER SQUARE, LONDON, ENGLAND EC4A 3DE SN 0268-7038 J9 APHASIOLOGY JI Aphasiology PD DEC PY 1989 VL 3 IS 8 BP 755 EP 757 DI 10.1080/02687038908249045 PG 3 WC Clinical Neurology SC Neurosciences & Neurology GA CA060 UT WOS:A1989CA06000010 ER PT J AU DAVIS, GA AF DAVIS, GA TI ON CARVED CHICKENS, SILVER LININGS, VIVISECTION, AND THUNDERHEADS - REPLY SO APHASIOLOGY LA English DT Article RP DAVIS, GA (reprint author), UNIV MASSACHUSETTS,DEPT COMMUN DISORDERS,ARNOLD HOUSE,AMHERST,MA 01003, USA. NR 0 TC 1 Z9 1 PU TAYLOR & FRANCIS LTD PI LONDON PA ONE GUNDPOWDER SQUARE, LONDON, ENGLAND EC4A 3DE SN 0268-7038 J9 APHASIOLOGY JI Aphasiology PD DEC PY 1989 VL 3 IS 8 BP 759 EP 765 DI 10.1080/02687038908249046 PG 7 WC Clinical Neurology SC Neurosciences & Neurology GA CA060 UT WOS:A1989CA06000011 ER PT J AU HADAR, U AF HADAR, U TI SENSORY MOTOR FACTORS IN THE CONTROL OF JARGON IN CONDUCTION APHASIA SO APHASIOLOGY LA English DT Article RP HADAR, U (reprint author), CHARING CROSS & WESTMINSTER MED SCH,ACAD UNIT NEUROSCI,ST DUNSTANS RD,LONDON W6 8RP,ENGLAND. NR 0 TC 2 Z9 2 PU TAYLOR & FRANCIS LTD PI LONDON PA ONE GUNDPOWDER SQUARE, LONDON, ENGLAND EC4A 3DE SN 0268-7038 J9 APHASIOLOGY JI Aphasiology PD OCT-NOV PY 1989 VL 3 IS 7 BP 593 EP 610 DI 10.1080/02687038908249026 PG 18 WC Clinical Neurology SC Neurosciences & Neurology GA AR166 UT WOS:A1989AR16600001 ER PT J AU CRARY, MA HAAK, NJ MALINSKY, AE AF CRARY, MA HAAK, NJ MALINSKY, AE TI PRELIMINARY PSYCHOMETRIC EVALUATION OF AN ACUTE APHASIA SCREENING PROTOCOL SO APHASIOLOGY LA English DT Article RP CRARY, MA (reprint author), UNIV FLORIDA,HLTH SCI CTR,DEPT COMMUNICAT DISORDERS,BOX J-174,GAINESVILLE,FL 32610, USA. NR 0 TC 20 Z9 20 PU TAYLOR & FRANCIS LTD PI LONDON PA ONE GUNDPOWDER SQUARE, LONDON, ENGLAND EC4A 3DE SN 0268-7038 J9 APHASIOLOGY JI Aphasiology PD OCT-NOV PY 1989 VL 3 IS 7 BP 611 EP 618 DI 10.1080/02687038908249027 PG 8 WC Clinical Neurology SC Neurosciences & Neurology GA AR166 UT WOS:A1989AR16600002 ER PT J AU LI, EC WILLIAMS, SE AF LI, EC WILLIAMS, SE TI THE EFFICACY OF 2 TYPES OF CUES IN APHASIC PATIENTS SO APHASIOLOGY LA English DT Article RP LI, EC (reprint author), CALIF STATE UNIV FULLERTON,DEPT SPEECH COMMUN EC 199,FULLERTON,CA 92634, USA. NR 0 TC 7 Z9 7 PU TAYLOR & FRANCIS LTD PI LONDON PA ONE GUNDPOWDER SQUARE, LONDON, ENGLAND EC4A 3DE SN 0268-7038 J9 APHASIOLOGY JI Aphasiology PD OCT-NOV PY 1989 VL 3 IS 7 BP 619 EP 626 DI 10.1080/02687038908249028 PG 8 WC Clinical Neurology SC Neurosciences & Neurology GA AR166 UT WOS:A1989AR16600003 ER PT J AU BENKE, T KERTESZ, A AF BENKE, T KERTESZ, A TI HEMISPHERIC MECHANISMS OF MOTOR SPEECH SO APHASIOLOGY LA English DT Article RP BENKE, T (reprint author), KLIN NEUROL INNSBRUCK,ANICHSTR 35,A-6020 INNSBRUCK,AUSTRIA. NR 0 TC 6 Z9 6 PU TAYLOR & FRANCIS LTD PI LONDON PA ONE GUNDPOWDER SQUARE, LONDON, ENGLAND EC4A 3DE SN 0268-7038 J9 APHASIOLOGY JI Aphasiology PD OCT-NOV PY 1989 VL 3 IS 7 BP 627 EP 641 DI 10.1080/02687038908249029 PG 15 WC Clinical Neurology SC Neurosciences & Neurology GA AR166 UT WOS:A1989AR16600004 ER PT J AU LUZZATTI, C WILLMES, K TARICCO, M COLOMBO, C CHIESA, G AF LUZZATTI, C WILLMES, K TARICCO, M COLOMBO, C CHIESA, G TI LANGUAGE DISTURBANCES AFTER SEVERE HEAD-INJURY - DO NEUROLOGICAL OR OTHER ASSOCIATED COGNITIVE DISORDERS INFLUENCE TYPE, SEVERITY AND EVOLUTION OF THE VERBAL IMPAIRMENT - A PRELIMINARY-REPORT SO APHASIOLOGY LA English DT Article C1 UNIV MILAN,NEUROL CLIN 1,I-20122 MILAN,ITALY. NR 0 TC 4 Z9 4 PU TAYLOR & FRANCIS LTD PI LONDON PA ONE GUNDPOWDER SQUARE, LONDON, ENGLAND EC4A 3DE SN 0268-7038 J9 APHASIOLOGY JI Aphasiology PD OCT-NOV PY 1989 VL 3 IS 7 BP 643 EP 653 DI 10.1080/02687038908249030 PG 11 WC Clinical Neurology SC Neurosciences & Neurology GA AR166 UT WOS:A1989AR16600005 ER PT J AU PETTIT, JM MCNEIL, MR KEITH, RL AF PETTIT, JM MCNEIL, MR KEITH, RL TI THE USE OF NOVEL AND REAL-WORD STIMULI IN THE ASSESSMENT OF ENGLISH MORPHOLOGY IN ADULTS WITH APHASIA SO APHASIOLOGY LA English DT Article C1 UNIV MAINE,CONLEY SPEECH & HEARING CTR,ORONO,ME 04473. NR 0 TC 1 Z9 1 PU TAYLOR & FRANCIS LTD PI LONDON PA ONE GUNDPOWDER SQUARE, LONDON, ENGLAND EC4A 3DE SN 0268-7038 J9 APHASIOLOGY JI Aphasiology PD OCT-NOV PY 1989 VL 3 IS 7 BP 655 EP 665 DI 10.1080/02687038908249031 PG 11 WC Clinical Neurology SC Neurosciences & Neurology GA AR166 UT WOS:A1989AR16600006 ER PT J AU PAQUIER, P SAERENS, J PARIZEL, PM VANDONGEN, H DELAPORTE, C DEMOOR, J AF PAQUIER, P SAERENS, J PARIZEL, PM VANDONGEN, H DELAPORTE, C DEMOOR, J TI ACQUIRED READING DISORDER SIMILAR TO PURE ALEXIA IN A CHILD WITH RUPTURED ARTERIOVENOUS MALFORMATION SO APHASIOLOGY LA English DT Article RP PAQUIER, P (reprint author), ANTWERP UNIV HOSP,DIV NEUROLINGUIST,DEPT NEUROL,WILRIJKSTR 10,B-2520 EDEGEM,BELGIUM. NR 0 TC 13 Z9 13 PU TAYLOR & FRANCIS LTD PI LONDON PA ONE GUNDPOWDER SQUARE, LONDON, ENGLAND EC4A 3DE SN 0268-7038 J9 APHASIOLOGY JI Aphasiology PD OCT-NOV PY 1989 VL 3 IS 7 BP 667 EP 676 DI 10.1080/02687038908249032 PG 10 WC Clinical Neurology SC Neurosciences & Neurology GA AR166 UT WOS:A1989AR16600007 ER PT J AU WEINRICH, M STEELE, RD KLECZEWSKA, M CARLSON, GS BAKER, E WERTZ, RT AF WEINRICH, M STEELE, RD KLECZEWSKA, M CARLSON, GS BAKER, E WERTZ, RT TI REPRESENTATIONS OF VERBS IN A COMPUTERIZED VISUAL COMMUNICATION-SYSTEM SO APHASIOLOGY LA English DT Article RP WEINRICH, M (reprint author), VET ADM MED CTR,DEPT NEUROL 127,3801 MIRANDA BLVD,PALO ALTO,CA 94304, USA. NR 0 TC 10 Z9 10 PU TAYLOR & FRANCIS LTD PI LONDON PA ONE GUNDPOWDER SQUARE, LONDON, ENGLAND EC4A 3DE SN 0268-7038 J9 APHASIOLOGY JI Aphasiology PD SEP PY 1989 VL 3 IS 6 BP 501 EP 512 DI 10.1080/02687038908249018 PG 12 WC Clinical Neurology SC Neurosciences & Neurology GA AM228 UT WOS:A1989AM22800001 ER PT J AU HERRMANN, M WALLESCH, CW AF HERRMANN, M WALLESCH, CW TI PSYCHOSOCIAL CHANGES AND PSYCHOSOCIAL ADJUSTMENT WITH CHRONIC AND SEVERE NON-FLUENT APHASIA SO APHASIOLOGY LA English DT Article RP HERRMANN, M (reprint author), UNIV FREIBURG,DEPT REHABIL PSYCHOL,BELFORSTR 16,D-7800 FREIBURG,FED REP GER. RI Herrmann, Manfred/H-3931-2011 NR 0 TC 47 Z9 47 PU TAYLOR & FRANCIS LTD PI LONDON PA ONE GUNDPOWDER SQUARE, LONDON, ENGLAND EC4A 3DE SN 0268-7038 J9 APHASIOLOGY JI Aphasiology PD SEP PY 1989 VL 3 IS 6 BP 513 EP 526 DI 10.1080/02687038908249019 PG 14 WC Clinical Neurology SC Neurosciences & Neurology GA AM228 UT WOS:A1989AM22800002 ER PT J AU ILLES, J METTER, EJ DENNINGS, R JACKSON, C KEMPLER, D HANSON, WR AF ILLES, J METTER, EJ DENNINGS, R JACKSON, C KEMPLER, D HANSON, WR TI SPONTANEOUS LANGUAGE PRODUCTION IN MILD APHASIA - RELATIONSHIP TO LEFT PREFRONTAL GLUCOSE HYPOMETABOLISM SO APHASIOLOGY LA English DT Article RP ILLES, J (reprint author), EEG SYST LAB,51 FED STR,SAN FRANCISCO,CA 94107, USA. NR 0 TC 0 Z9 0 PU TAYLOR & FRANCIS LTD PI LONDON PA ONE GUNDPOWDER SQUARE, LONDON, ENGLAND EC4A 3DE SN 0268-7038 J9 APHASIOLOGY JI Aphasiology PD SEP PY 1989 VL 3 IS 6 BP 527 EP 537 DI 10.1080/02687038908249020 PG 11 WC Clinical Neurology SC Neurosciences & Neurology GA AM228 UT WOS:A1989AM22800003 ER PT J AU NEILS, J JACOBSON, GP PRIVITERA, M AF NEILS, J JACOBSON, GP PRIVITERA, M TI COMPUTERIZED EEG TOPOGRAPHY AND RECOVERY FROM STROKE SO APHASIOLOGY LA English DT Article RP NEILS, J (reprint author), UNIV CINCINNATI,DEPT COMMUN,COMMUN DISORDERS PROGRAM,332 BRAUNSTEIN,ML379,CINCINNATI,OH 45221, USA. NR 0 TC 0 Z9 0 PU TAYLOR & FRANCIS LTD PI LONDON PA ONE GUNDPOWDER SQUARE, LONDON, ENGLAND EC4A 3DE SN 0268-7038 J9 APHASIOLOGY JI Aphasiology PD SEP PY 1989 VL 3 IS 6 BP 539 EP 551 DI 10.1080/02687038908249021 PG 13 WC Clinical Neurology SC Neurosciences & Neurology GA AM228 UT WOS:A1989AM22800004 ER PT J AU HOUGH, MS AF HOUGH, MS TI CATEGORY CONCEPT GENERATION IN APHASIA - THE INFLUENCE OF CONTEXT SO APHASIOLOGY LA English DT Article RP HOUGH, MS (reprint author), E CAROLINA UNIV,SCH ALLIED HLTH SCI,DEPT SPEECH LANGUAGE & AUDITORY PATHOL,GREENVILLE,NC 27858, USA. NR 0 TC 5 Z9 5 PU TAYLOR & FRANCIS LTD PI LONDON PA ONE GUNDPOWDER SQUARE, LONDON, ENGLAND EC4A 3DE SN 0268-7038 J9 APHASIOLOGY JI Aphasiology PD SEP PY 1989 VL 3 IS 6 BP 553 EP 568 DI 10.1080/02687038908249022 PG 16 WC Clinical Neurology SC Neurosciences & Neurology GA AM228 UT WOS:A1989AM22800005 ER PT J AU NICHOLAS, LE BROOKSHIRE, RH MACLENNAN, DL SCHUMACHER, JG PORRAZZO, SA AF NICHOLAS, LE BROOKSHIRE, RH MACLENNAN, DL SCHUMACHER, JG PORRAZZO, SA TI REVISED ADMINISTRATION AND SCORING PROCEDURES FOR THE BOSTON NAMING TEST AND NORMS FOR NON-BRAIN-DAMAGED ADULTS SO APHASIOLOGY LA English DT Article RP NICHOLAS, LE (reprint author), VET ADM MED CTR,SPEECH PATHOL SERV 127A,MINNEAPOLIS,MN 55417, USA. NR 0 TC 47 Z9 47 PU TAYLOR & FRANCIS LTD PI LONDON PA ONE GUNDPOWDER SQUARE, LONDON, ENGLAND EC4A 3DE SN 0268-7038 J9 APHASIOLOGY JI Aphasiology PD SEP PY 1989 VL 3 IS 6 BP 569 EP 580 DI 10.1080/02687038908249023 PG 12 WC Clinical Neurology SC Neurosciences & Neurology GA AM228 UT WOS:A1989AM22800006 ER PT J AU ELLIS, AW YOUNG, AW CRITCHLEY, EMR AF ELLIS, AW YOUNG, AW CRITCHLEY, EMR TI INTRUSIVE AUTOMATIC OR NONPROPOSITIONAL INNER SPEECH FOLLOWING BILATERAL CEREBRAL INJURY - A CASE-REPORT SO APHASIOLOGY LA English DT Article RP ELLIS, AW (reprint author), UNIV YORK,DEPT PSYCHOL,YORK YO1 5DD,N YORKSHIRE,ENGLAND. RI Young, Andy/G-2189-2011 OI Young, Andy/0000-0002-1202-6297 NR 0 TC 7 Z9 7 PU TAYLOR & FRANCIS LTD PI LONDON PA ONE GUNDPOWDER SQUARE, LONDON, ENGLAND EC4A 3DE SN 0268-7038 J9 APHASIOLOGY JI Aphasiology PD SEP PY 1989 VL 3 IS 6 BP 581 EP 585 DI 10.1080/02687038908249024 PG 5 WC Clinical Neurology SC Neurosciences & Neurology GA AM228 UT WOS:A1989AM22800007 ER PT J AU BRANCHEREAU, L NESPOULOUS, JL AF BRANCHEREAU, L NESPOULOUS, JL TI SYNTACTIC PARSING AND THE AVAILABILITY OF PREPOSITIONS IN AGRAMMATIC PATIENTS SO APHASIOLOGY LA English DT Article RP BRANCHEREAU, L (reprint author), CTR HOSP COTES DES NEIGES, CTR RECH, LAB THEOPHILE ALAJOUANINE, 4565 CHEMIN REINE MARIE, MONTREAL H3W 1W5, QUEBEC, CANADA. NR 0 TC 5 Z9 5 PU ROUTLEDGE JOURNALS, TAYLOR & FRANCIS LTD PI ABINGDON PA 4 PARK SQUARE, MILTON PARK, ABINGDON OX14 4RN, OXFORDSHIRE, ENGLAND SN 0268-7038 EI 1464-5041 J9 APHASIOLOGY JI Aphasiology PD JUL-AUG PY 1989 VL 3 IS 5 BP 411 EP 422 DI 10.1080/02687038908249003 PG 12 WC Clinical Neurology SC Neurosciences & Neurology GA AJ892 UT WOS:A1989AJ89200001 ER PT J AU SILVERI, MC CARLOMAGNO, S NOCENTINI, U CHIEFFI, S GAINOTTI, G AF SILVERI, MC CARLOMAGNO, S NOCENTINI, U CHIEFFI, S GAINOTTI, G TI SEMANTIC FIELD INTEGRITY AND NAMING ABILITY IN ANOMIC PATIENTS SO APHASIOLOGY LA English DT Article RP SILVERI, MC (reprint author), UNIV CATTOLICA SACRO CUORE, INST NEUROL, NEUROPSYCHOL SERV, LARGO A GEMELLI 8, I-00168 ROME, ITALY. NR 0 TC 3 Z9 3 PU PSYCHOLOGY PRESS PI HOVE PA 27 CHURCH RD, HOVE BN3 2FA, EAST SUSSEX, ENGLAND SN 0268-7038 J9 APHASIOLOGY JI Aphasiology PD JUL-AUG PY 1989 VL 3 IS 5 BP 423 EP 434 DI 10.1080/02687038908249004 PG 12 WC Clinical Neurology SC Neurosciences & Neurology GA AJ892 UT WOS:A1989AJ89200002 ER PT J AU WALLESCH, CW HAAS, JC BLANKEN, G AF WALLESCH, CW HAAS, JC BLANKEN, G TI ON THE NEUROLOGICAL STATUS OF SPEECH AUTOMATISMS AND ITS SIGNIFICANCE FOR NEUROLINGUISTIC MODELS SO APHASIOLOGY LA English DT Article RP WALLESCH, CW (reprint author), UNIV FREIBURG,DEPT NEUROL,HANSASTR 9,D-7800 FREIBURG,FED REP GER. NR 0 TC 3 Z9 3 PU TAYLOR & FRANCIS LTD PI LONDON PA ONE GUNDPOWDER SQUARE, LONDON, ENGLAND EC4A 3DE SN 0268-7038 J9 APHASIOLOGY JI Aphasiology PD JUL-AUG PY 1989 VL 3 IS 5 BP 435 EP 447 DI 10.1080/02687038908249005 PG 13 WC Clinical Neurology SC Neurosciences & Neurology GA AJ892 UT WOS:A1989AJ89200003 ER PT J AU ZIEGLER, W HOOLE, P AF ZIEGLER, W HOOLE, P TI A COMBINED ACOUSTIC AND PERCEPTUAL ANALYSIS OF THE TENSE LAX OPPOSITION IN APHASIC VOWEL PRODUCTION SO APHASIOLOGY LA English DT Article RP ZIEGLER, W (reprint author), MAX PLANCK INST PSYCHIAT,DEPT NEUROPSYCHOL,KRAEPELINSTR 2,MUNICH 40,FED REP GER. NR 0 TC 9 Z9 9 PU TAYLOR & FRANCIS LTD PI LONDON PA ONE GUNDPOWDER SQUARE, LONDON, ENGLAND EC4A 3DE SN 0268-7038 J9 APHASIOLOGY JI Aphasiology PD JUL-AUG PY 1989 VL 3 IS 5 BP 449 EP 463 DI 10.1080/02687038908249006 PG 15 WC Clinical Neurology SC Neurosciences & Neurology GA AJ892 UT WOS:A1989AJ89200004 ER PT J AU OCHIPA, C ROTHI, LJG AF OCHIPA, C ROTHI, LJG TI RECOVERY AND EVOLUTION OF A SUBTYPE OF CROSSED APHASIA SO APHASIOLOGY LA English DT Article RP OCHIPA, C (reprint author), VET ADM MED CTR,AUDIOL SPEECH PATHOL SERV,GAINESVILLE,FL 32602, USA. NR 0 TC 5 Z9 5 PU TAYLOR & FRANCIS LTD PI LONDON PA ONE GUNDPOWDER SQUARE, LONDON, ENGLAND EC4A 3DE SN 0268-7038 J9 APHASIOLOGY JI Aphasiology PD JUL-AUG PY 1989 VL 3 IS 5 BP 465 EP 472 DI 10.1080/02687038908249007 PG 8 WC Clinical Neurology SC Neurosciences & Neurology GA AJ892 UT WOS:A1989AJ89200005 ER PT J AU WAHRBORG, P AF WAHRBORG, P TI APHASIA AND FAMILY-THERAPY SO APHASIOLOGY LA English DT Article RP WAHRBORG, P (reprint author), PSYCHOMEDICA CONSULTING,BOX 53176,S-41500 GOTHENBURG,SWEDEN. NR 0 TC 13 Z9 13 PU TAYLOR & FRANCIS LTD PI LONDON PA ONE GUNDPOWDER SQUARE, LONDON, ENGLAND EC4A 3DE SN 0268-7038 J9 APHASIOLOGY JI Aphasiology PD JUL-AUG PY 1989 VL 3 IS 5 BP 479 EP 482 DI 10.1080/02687038908249009 PG 4 WC Clinical Neurology SC Neurosciences & Neurology GA AJ892 UT WOS:A1989AJ89200007 ER PT J AU KENNEDY, M MURDOCH, BE AF KENNEDY, M MURDOCH, BE TI SPEECH AND LANGUAGE DISORDERS SUBSEQUENT TO SUBCORTICAL VASCULAR-LESIONS SO APHASIOLOGY LA English DT Article C1 UNIV QUEENSLAND,DEPT SPEECH & HEARING,ST LUCIA,QLD 4067,AUSTRALIA. RI Murdoch, Bruce/C-1397-2012 NR 0 TC 9 Z9 9 PU TAYLOR & FRANCIS LTD PI LONDON PA ONE GUNDPOWDER SQUARE, LONDON, ENGLAND EC4A 3DE SN 0268-7038 J9 APHASIOLOGY JI Aphasiology PD JUN PY 1989 VL 3 IS 4 BP 221 EP 247 DI 10.1080/02687038908248997 PG 27 WC Clinical Neurology SC Neurosciences & Neurology GA U7134 UT WOS:A1989U713400001 ER PT J AU FUKUZAWA, K TATSUMI, I SASANUMA, S FUKUSAKO, Y ITOH, M AF FUKUZAWA, K TATSUMI, I SASANUMA, S FUKUSAKO, Y ITOH, M TI LEXICAL SEMANTIC MEMORY AND CONFRONTATION NAMING IN APHASIC PATIENTS SO APHASIOLOGY LA English DT Article RP FUKUZAWA, K (reprint author), TOKYO METROPOLITAN GERIATR HOSP,DEPT REHABIL RES,COMMUN RES SECT,35-2 SAKAECHO,ITABASHI KU,TOKYO,JAPAN. NR 0 TC 0 Z9 0 PU TAYLOR & FRANCIS LTD PI LONDON PA ONE GUNDPOWDER SQUARE, LONDON, ENGLAND EC4A 3DE SN 0268-7038 J9 APHASIOLOGY JI Aphasiology PD JUN PY 1989 VL 3 IS 4 BP 249 EP 265 DI 10.1080/02687038908248998 PG 17 WC Clinical Neurology SC Neurosciences & Neurology GA U7134 UT WOS:A1989U713400002 ER PT J AU MOORE, WH AF MOORE, WH TI HEMISPHERIC ALPHA ASYMMETRIES OF APHASIC AND NORMAL SUBJECTS - RESULTS FROM RECOGNITION AND RECALL TASKS USING VISUALLY PRESENTED WORDS OF HIGH AND LOW IMAGERY SO APHASIOLOGY LA English DT Article RP MOORE, WH (reprint author), CALIF STATE UNIV LONG BEACH,COMMUNICAT DISORDERS,LONG BEACH,CA 90840, USA. NR 0 TC 2 Z9 2 PU TAYLOR & FRANCIS LTD PI LONDON PA ONE GUNDPOWDER SQUARE, LONDON, ENGLAND EC4A 3DE SN 0268-7038 J9 APHASIOLOGY JI Aphasiology PD JUN PY 1989 VL 3 IS 4 BP 267 EP 283 DI 10.1080/02687038908248999 PG 17 WC Clinical Neurology SC Neurosciences & Neurology GA U7134 UT WOS:A1989U713400003 ER PT J AU BRYAN, KL AF BRYAN, KL TI LANGUAGE PROSODY AND THE RIGHT-HEMISPHERE SO APHASIOLOGY LA English DT Article RP BRYAN, KL (reprint author), NATL HOSP,COLL SPEECH SCI,CHANDLER HOUSE,2 WAKEFIELD ST,LONDON WC1N 1PG,ENGLAND. NR 0 TC 52 Z9 52 PU TAYLOR & FRANCIS LTD PI LONDON PA ONE GUNDPOWDER SQUARE, LONDON, ENGLAND EC4A 3DE SN 0268-7038 J9 APHASIOLOGY JI Aphasiology PD JUN PY 1989 VL 3 IS 4 BP 285 EP 299 DI 10.1080/02687038908249000 PG 15 WC Clinical Neurology SC Neurosciences & Neurology GA U7134 UT WOS:A1989U713400004 ER PT J AU FRANKLIN, S AF FRANKLIN, S TI DISSOCIATIONS IN AUDITORY WORD COMPREHENSION - EVIDENCE FROM 9 FLUENT APHASIC PATIENTS SO APHASIOLOGY LA English DT Article RP FRANKLIN, S (reprint author), UNIV LONDON UNIV COLL,DEPT PSYCHOL,GOWER ST,LONDON WC1E 6BT,ENGLAND. RI Franklin, Sue/F-9775-2011 NR 0 TC 67 Z9 68 PU TAYLOR & FRANCIS LTD PI LONDON PA ONE GUNDPOWDER SQUARE, LONDON, ENGLAND EC4A 3DE SN 0268-7038 J9 APHASIOLOGY JI Aphasiology PD APR-MAY PY 1989 VL 3 IS 3 BP 189 EP 207 DI 10.1080/02687038908248991 PG 19 WC Clinical Neurology SC Neurosciences & Neurology GA U3725 UT WOS:A1989U372500002 ER PT J AU KOHN, SE AF KOHN, SE TI THE NATURE OF THE PHONEMIC STRING DEFICIT IN CONDUCTION APHASIA SO APHASIOLOGY LA English DT Article RP KOHN, SE (reprint author), MASSACHUSETTS GEN HOSP,NEUROLINGUIST LAB,15 RIVER ST,BOSTON,MA 02108, USA. NR 0 TC 47 Z9 47 PU TAYLOR & FRANCIS LTD PI LONDON PA ONE GUNDPOWDER SQUARE, LONDON, ENGLAND EC4A 3DE SN 0268-7038 J9 APHASIOLOGY JI Aphasiology PD APR-MAY PY 1989 VL 3 IS 3 BP 209 EP 239 DI 10.1080/02687038908248992 PG 31 WC Clinical Neurology SC Neurosciences & Neurology GA U3725 UT WOS:A1989U372500003 ER PT J AU BYNG, S BLACK, M AF BYNG, S BLACK, M TI SOME ASPECTS OF SENTENCE PRODUCTION IN APHASIA SO APHASIOLOGY LA English DT Article RP BYNG, S (reprint author), UNIV LONDON BIRKBECK COLL,DEPT PSYCHOL,MALET ST,LONDON WC1E 7HX,ENGLAND. NR 0 TC 34 Z9 35 PU TAYLOR & FRANCIS LTD PI LONDON PA ONE GUNDPOWDER SQUARE, LONDON, ENGLAND EC4A 3DE SN 0268-7038 J9 APHASIOLOGY JI Aphasiology PD APR-MAY PY 1989 VL 3 IS 3 BP 241 EP 263 DI 10.1080/02687038908248993 PG 23 WC Clinical Neurology SC Neurosciences & Neurology GA U3725 UT WOS:A1989U372500004 ER PT J AU BLACK, SE BEHRMANN, M BASS, K HACKER, P AF BLACK, SE BEHRMANN, M BASS, K HACKER, P TI SELECTIVE WRITING IMPAIRMENT - BEYOND THE ALLOGRAPHIC CODE SO APHASIOLOGY LA English DT Article RP BLACK, SE (reprint author), UNIV TORONTO,SUNNYBROOK MED CTR,NEUROL A4,2075 BAYVIEW AVE,TORONTO M4N 3M5,ONTARIO,CANADA. NR 0 TC 29 Z9 29 PU TAYLOR & FRANCIS LTD PI LONDON PA ONE GUNDPOWDER SQUARE, LONDON, ENGLAND EC4A 3DE SN 0268-7038 J9 APHASIOLOGY JI Aphasiology PD APR-MAY PY 1989 VL 3 IS 3 BP 265 EP 277 DI 10.1080/02687038908248994 PG 13 WC Clinical Neurology SC Neurosciences & Neurology GA U3725 UT WOS:A1989U372500005 ER PT J AU FUNNELL, E ALLPORT, A AF FUNNELL, E ALLPORT, A TI SYMBOLICALLY SPEAKING - COMMUNICATING WITH BLISSYMBOLS IN APHASIA SO APHASIOLOGY LA English DT Article RP FUNNELL, E (reprint author), UNIV LONDON BIRKBECK COLL,DEPT PSYCHOL,MALET ST,LONDON WC1E 7HX,ENGLAND. NR 0 TC 11 Z9 11 PU TAYLOR & FRANCIS LTD PI LONDON PA ONE GUNDPOWDER SQUARE, LONDON, ENGLAND EC4A 3DE SN 0268-7038 J9 APHASIOLOGY JI Aphasiology PD APR-MAY PY 1989 VL 3 IS 3 BP 279 EP 300 DI 10.1080/02687038908248995 PG 22 WC Clinical Neurology SC Neurosciences & Neurology GA U3725 UT WOS:A1989U372500006 ER PT J AU SCOTT, C BYNG, S AF SCOTT, C BYNG, S TI COMPUTER-ASSISTED REMEDIATION OF A HOMOPHONE COMPREHENSION DISORDER IN SURFACE DYSLEXIA SO APHASIOLOGY LA English DT Article RP SCOTT, C (reprint author), TRANSPORT ACCID COMMISS REHABIL CTR,DEPT SPEECH PATHOL,POB 59,GLEN WAVERLEY,VIC 3150,AUSTRALIA. NR 0 TC 26 Z9 26 PU TAYLOR & FRANCIS LTD PI LONDON PA ONE GUNDPOWDER SQUARE, LONDON, ENGLAND EC4A 3DE SN 0268-7038 J9 APHASIOLOGY JI Aphasiology PD APR-MAY PY 1989 VL 3 IS 3 BP 301 EP 320 DI 10.1080/02687038908248996 PG 20 WC Clinical Neurology SC Neurosciences & Neurology GA U3725 UT WOS:A1989U372500007 ER PT J AU MOORE, WH AF MOORE, WH TI LANGUAGE RECOVERY IN APHASIA - A RIGHT-HEMISPHERE PERSPECTIVE SO APHASIOLOGY LA English DT Article RP MOORE, WH (reprint author), CALIF STATE UNIV LONG BEACH,DEPT COMMUN DISORDERS,LONG BEACH,CA 90840, USA. NR 0 TC 3 Z9 3 PU TAYLOR & FRANCIS LTD PI LONDON PA ONE GUNDPOWDER SQUARE, LONDON, ENGLAND EC4A 3DE SN 0268-7038 J9 APHASIOLOGY JI Aphasiology PD MAR PY 1989 VL 3 IS 2 BP 101 EP 110 DI 10.1080/02687038908248980 PG 10 WC Clinical Neurology SC Neurosciences & Neurology GA T8715 UT WOS:A1989T871500001 ER PT J AU BATES, E WULFECK, B AF BATES, E WULFECK, B TI COMPARATIVE APHASIOLOGY - A CROSS-LINGUISTIC APPROACH TO LANGUAGE BREAKDOWN SO APHASIOLOGY LA English DT Article RP BATES, E (reprint author), UNIV CALIF SAN DIEGO,DEPT PSYCHOL,LA JOLLA,CA 92093, USA. NR 0 TC 34 Z9 34 PU TAYLOR & FRANCIS LTD PI LONDON PA ONE GUNDPOWDER SQUARE, LONDON, ENGLAND EC4A 3DE SN 0268-7038 J9 APHASIOLOGY JI Aphasiology PD MAR PY 1989 VL 3 IS 2 BP 111 EP 142 DI 10.1080/02687038908248981 PG 32 WC Clinical Neurology SC Neurosciences & Neurology GA T8715 UT WOS:A1989T871500002 ER PT J AU NESPOULOUS, JL VILLIARD, P LECOURS, AR AF NESPOULOUS, JL VILLIARD, P LECOURS, AR TI WHAT IS TO BE DONE WITH LINGUISTIC VARIABILITY CROSS-LINGUISTIC OR OTHERWISE WHEN DEALING WITH (APHASIC) PATHOLOGICAL DATA SO APHASIOLOGY LA English DT Article RP NESPOULOUS, JL (reprint author), UNIV MONTREAL,DEPT LINGUIST & PHILOL,MONTREAL H3C 3J7,QUEBEC,CANADA. NR 0 TC 4 Z9 4 PU TAYLOR & FRANCIS LTD PI LONDON PA ONE GUNDPOWDER SQUARE, LONDON, ENGLAND EC4A 3DE SN 0268-7038 J9 APHASIOLOGY JI Aphasiology PD MAR PY 1989 VL 3 IS 2 BP 151 EP 154 DI 10.1080/02687038908248983 PG 4 WC Clinical Neurology SC Neurosciences & Neurology GA T8715 UT WOS:A1989T871500004 ER PT J AU NIEMI, J LAINE, M AF NIEMI, J LAINE, M TI THE ENGLISH-LANGUAGE BIAS IN NEUROLINGUISTICS - NEW LANGUAGES GIVE NEW PERSPECTIVES SO APHASIOLOGY LA English DT Article RP NIEMI, J (reprint author), UNIV JOENSUU,DEPT PHONET & GEN LINGUIST,SF-80101 JOENSUU,FINLAND. NR 0 TC 5 Z9 5 PU TAYLOR & FRANCIS LTD PI LONDON PA ONE GUNDPOWDER SQUARE, LONDON, ENGLAND EC4A 3DE SN 0268-7038 J9 APHASIOLOGY JI Aphasiology PD MAR PY 1989 VL 3 IS 2 BP 155 EP 159 DI 10.1080/02687038908248984 PG 5 WC Clinical Neurology SC Neurosciences & Neurology GA T8715 UT WOS:A1989T871500005 ER PT J AU BATES, E WULFECK, B AF BATES, E WULFECK, B TI COMPARING APPROACHES TO COMPARATIVE APHASIOLOGY - REPLY SO APHASIOLOGY LA English DT Article RP BATES, E (reprint author), UNIV CALIF SAN DIEGO,LA JOLLA,CA 92093, USA. NR 0 TC 10 Z9 10 PU TAYLOR & FRANCIS LTD PI LONDON PA ONE GUNDPOWDER SQUARE, LONDON, ENGLAND EC4A 3DE SN 0268-7038 J9 APHASIOLOGY JI Aphasiology PD MAR PY 1989 VL 3 IS 2 BP 161 EP 168 DI 10.1080/02687038908248985 PG 8 WC Clinical Neurology SC Neurosciences & Neurology GA T8715 UT WOS:A1989T871500006 ER PT J AU HUDSON, LJ MURDOCH, BE OZANNE, AE AF HUDSON, LJ MURDOCH, BE OZANNE, AE TI POSTERIOR-FOSSA TUMORS IN CHILDHOOD - ASSOCIATED SPEECH AND LANGUAGE DISORDERS POST-SURGERY SO APHASIOLOGY LA English DT Article C1 UNIV QUEENSLAND,DEPT SPEECH & HEARING,ST LUCIA,QLD 4067,AUSTRALIA. RI Murdoch, Bruce/C-1397-2012 NR 0 TC 32 Z9 32 PU TAYLOR & FRANCIS LTD PI LONDON PA ONE GUNDPOWDER SQUARE, LONDON, ENGLAND EC4A 3DE SN 0268-7038 J9 APHASIOLOGY JI Aphasiology PD JAN-FEB PY 1989 VL 3 IS 1 BP 1 EP 18 DI 10.1080/02687038908248972 PG 18 WC Clinical Neurology SC Neurosciences & Neurology GA T1757 UT WOS:A1989T175700001 ER PT J AU HANSON, WR METTER, EJ RIEGE, WH AF HANSON, WR METTER, EJ RIEGE, WH TI THE COURSE OF CHRONIC APHASIA SO APHASIOLOGY LA English DT Article RP HANSON, WR (reprint author), VET ADM MED CTR,16111 PLUMMER ST,SEPULVEDA,CA 91343, USA. NR 0 TC 12 Z9 14 PU TAYLOR & FRANCIS LTD PI LONDON PA ONE GUNDPOWDER SQUARE, LONDON, ENGLAND EC4A 3DE SN 0268-7038 J9 APHASIOLOGY JI Aphasiology PD JAN-FEB PY 1989 VL 3 IS 1 BP 19 EP 29 DI 10.1080/02687038908248973 PG 11 WC Clinical Neurology SC Neurosciences & Neurology GA T1757 UT WOS:A1989T175700002 ER PT J AU MCNEIL, MR DIONIGI, CM LANGLOIS, A PRESCOTT, TE AF MCNEIL, MR DIONIGI, CM LANGLOIS, A PRESCOTT, TE TI A MEASURE OF REVISED TOKEN TEST ORDINALITY AND INTERVALITY SO APHASIOLOGY LA English DT Article RP MCNEIL, MR (reprint author), UNIV WISCONSIN,DEPT COMMUN DISORDERS,175 WILLOW DR,MADISON,WI 53706, USA. NR 0 TC 4 Z9 4 PU TAYLOR & FRANCIS LTD PI LONDON PA ONE GUNDPOWDER SQUARE, LONDON, ENGLAND EC4A 3DE SN 0268-7038 J9 APHASIOLOGY JI Aphasiology PD JAN-FEB PY 1989 VL 3 IS 1 BP 31 EP 40 DI 10.1080/02687038908248974 PG 10 WC Clinical Neurology SC Neurosciences & Neurology GA T1757 UT WOS:A1989T175700003 ER PT J AU DIESFELDT, HFA AF DIESFELDT, HFA TI SEMANTIC IMPAIRMENT IN SENILE DEMENTIA OF THE ALZHEIMER TYPE SO APHASIOLOGY LA English DT Article RP DIESFELDT, HFA (reprint author), STICHTING VERPLEEGHUIZEN NEDERLAND,DEPT PSYCHOGERIATR,NAARDERSTR 81,1251 BG LAREN,NETHERLANDS. NR 0 TC 11 Z9 11 PU TAYLOR & FRANCIS LTD PI LONDON PA ONE GUNDPOWDER SQUARE, LONDON, ENGLAND EC4A 3DE SN 0268-7038 J9 APHASIOLOGY JI Aphasiology PD JAN-FEB PY 1989 VL 3 IS 1 BP 41 EP 54 DI 10.1080/02687038908248975 PG 14 WC Clinical Neurology SC Neurosciences & Neurology GA T1757 UT WOS:A1989T175700004 ER PT J AU VALDOIS, S JOANETTE, Y NESPOULOUS, JL AF VALDOIS, S JOANETTE, Y NESPOULOUS, JL TI INTRINSIC ORGANIZATION OF SEQUENCES OF PHONEMIC APPROXIMATIONS - A PRELIMINARY-STUDY SO APHASIOLOGY LA English DT Article RP VALDOIS, S (reprint author), CTR HOSP COTES DES NEIGES, CTR RECH, THEOPHILE ALAJOUANINE LAB, 4565 CHEMIN REINE MARIE, MONTREAL H3W 1W5, QUEBEC, CANADA. NR 0 TC 18 Z9 18 PU ROUTLEDGE JOURNALS, TAYLOR & FRANCIS LTD PI ABINGDON PA 4 PARK SQUARE, MILTON PARK, ABINGDON OX14 4RN, OXFORDSHIRE, ENGLAND SN 0268-7038 EI 1464-5041 J9 APHASIOLOGY JI Aphasiology PD JAN-FEB PY 1989 VL 3 IS 1 BP 55 EP 73 DI 10.1080/02687038908248976 PG 19 WC Clinical Neurology SC Neurosciences & Neurology GA T1757 UT WOS:A1989T175700005 ER PT J AU KASHIWAGI, T KASHIWAGI, A AF KASHIWAGI, T KASHIWAGI, A TI RECOVERY PROCESS OF A JAPANESE ALEXIC WITHOUT AGRAPHIA SO APHASIOLOGY LA English DT Article RP KASHIWAGI, T (reprint author), KYOWAKAI HOSP,DEPT REHABIL,KISHIBE KITA 1-24-1,SUITA,OSAKA 564,JAPAN. NR 0 TC 13 Z9 13 PU TAYLOR & FRANCIS LTD PI LONDON PA ONE GUNDPOWDER SQUARE, LONDON, ENGLAND EC4A 3DE SN 0268-7038 J9 APHASIOLOGY JI Aphasiology PD JAN-FEB PY 1989 VL 3 IS 1 BP 75 EP 91 DI 10.1080/02687038908248977 PG 17 WC Clinical Neurology SC Neurosciences & Neurology GA T1757 UT WOS:A1989T175700006 ER PT J AU WAHRBORG, P BORENSTEIN, P AF WAHRBORG, P BORENSTEIN, P TI FAMILY-THERAPY IN FAMILIES WITH AN APHASIC MEMBER SO APHASIOLOGY LA English DT Article RP WAHRBORG, P (reprint author), UNIV GOTHENBURG,DEPT PSYCHOL,BOX 14158,S-40020 GOTHENBURG,SWEDEN. NR 0 TC 12 Z9 12 PU TAYLOR & FRANCIS LTD PI LONDON PA ONE GUNDPOWDER SQUARE, LONDON, ENGLAND EC4A 3DE SN 0268-7038 J9 APHASIOLOGY JI Aphasiology PD JAN-FEB PY 1989 VL 3 IS 1 BP 93 EP 98 DI 10.1080/02687038908248978 PG 6 WC Clinical Neurology SC Neurosciences & Neurology GA T1757 UT WOS:A1989T175700007 ER PT J AU SCHWEIGER, A BROWNE, JW AF SCHWEIGER, A BROWNE, JW TI MINDS, MODELS AND MODULES SO APHASIOLOGY LA English DT Article RP SCHWEIGER, A (reprint author), UNIV CALIF LOS ANGELES,DEPT PSYCHOL,LOS ANGELES,CA 90024, USA. NR 0 TC 3 Z9 3 PU TAYLOR & FRANCIS LTD PI LONDON PA ONE GUNDPOWDER SQUARE, LONDON, ENGLAND EC4A 3DE SN 0268-7038 J9 APHASIOLOGY JI Aphasiology PD NOV-DEC PY 1988 VL 2 IS 6 BP 531 EP 543 DI 10.1080/02687038808248964 PG 13 WC Clinical Neurology SC Neurosciences & Neurology GA Q8065 UT WOS:A1988Q806500001 ER PT J AU BLANKEN, G DITTMANN, J HAAS, JC WALLESCH, CW AF BLANKEN, G DITTMANN, J HAAS, JC WALLESCH, CW TI PRODUCING SPEECH AUTOMATISMS (RECURRING UTTERANCES) - LOOKING FOR WHAT IS LEFT SO APHASIOLOGY LA English DT Article RP BLANKEN, G (reprint author), UNIV FREIBURG,DEPT NEUROL,HANSASTR 9,D-7800 FREIBURG,FED REP GER. NR 0 TC 16 Z9 16 PU TAYLOR & FRANCIS LTD PI LONDON PA ONE GUNDPOWDER SQUARE, LONDON, ENGLAND EC4A 3DE SN 0268-7038 J9 APHASIOLOGY JI Aphasiology PD NOV-DEC PY 1988 VL 2 IS 6 BP 545 EP 556 DI 10.1080/02687038808248965 PG 12 WC Clinical Neurology SC Neurosciences & Neurology GA Q8065 UT WOS:A1988Q806500002 ER PT J AU HAAS, JC BLANKEN, G MEZGER, G WALLESCH, CW AF HAAS, JC BLANKEN, G MEZGER, G WALLESCH, CW TI IS THERE AN ANATOMICAL BASIS FOR THE PRODUCTION OF SPEECH AUTOMATISMS SO APHASIOLOGY LA English DT Article C1 UNIV FREIBURG,DEPT NEUROL,HANSASTR 9,D-7800 FREIBURG,FED REP GER. NR 0 TC 5 Z9 5 PU TAYLOR & FRANCIS LTD PI LONDON PA ONE GUNDPOWDER SQUARE, LONDON, ENGLAND EC4A 3DE SN 0268-7038 J9 APHASIOLOGY JI Aphasiology PD NOV-DEC PY 1988 VL 2 IS 6 BP 557 EP 565 DI 10.1080/02687038808248966 PG 9 WC Clinical Neurology SC Neurosciences & Neurology GA Q8065 UT WOS:A1988Q806500003 ER PT J AU GENTILINI, M FAGLIONI, P DERENZI, E AF GENTILINI, M FAGLIONI, P DERENZI, E TI ARE BODY PART NAMES SELECTIVELY DISRUPTED BY APHASIA SO APHASIOLOGY LA English DT Article C1 UNIV MODENA,DEPT NEUROL,I-41100 MODENA,ITALY. NR 0 TC 3 Z9 3 PU TAYLOR & FRANCIS LTD PI LONDON PA ONE GUNDPOWDER SQUARE, LONDON, ENGLAND EC4A 3DE SN 0268-7038 J9 APHASIOLOGY JI Aphasiology PD NOV-DEC PY 1988 VL 2 IS 6 BP 567 EP 575 DI 10.1080/02687038808248967 PG 9 WC Clinical Neurology SC Neurosciences & Neurology GA Q8065 UT WOS:A1988Q806500004 ER PT J AU PIERCE, RS AF PIERCE, RS TI INFLUENCE OF PRIOR AND SUBSEQUENT CONTEXT ON COMPREHENSION IN APHASIA SO APHASIOLOGY LA English DT Article RP PIERCE, RS (reprint author), KENT STATE UNIV,SCH SPEECH PATHOL & AUDIOL,KENT,OH 44242, USA. NR 0 TC 8 Z9 8 PU TAYLOR & FRANCIS LTD PI LONDON PA ONE GUNDPOWDER SQUARE, LONDON, ENGLAND EC4A 3DE SN 0268-7038 J9 APHASIOLOGY JI Aphasiology PD NOV-DEC PY 1988 VL 2 IS 6 BP 577 EP 582 DI 10.1080/02687038808248968 PG 6 WC Clinical Neurology SC Neurosciences & Neurology GA Q8065 UT WOS:A1988Q806500005 ER PT J AU VALLAR, G PAPAGNO, C CAPPA, SF AF VALLAR, G PAPAGNO, C CAPPA, SF TI LATENT DYSPHASIA AFTER LEFT-HEMISPHERE LESIONS - A LEXICAL SEMANTIC AND VERBAL MEMORY DEFICIT SO APHASIOLOGY LA English DT Article RP VALLAR, G (reprint author), OSPED POLICLIN,IST CLIN NEUROL,VIA F SFORZA 35,I-20122 MILANO,ITALY. RI Vallar, Giuseppe/K-8443-2012; papagno, costanza/K-8460-2012 OI Vallar, Giuseppe/0000-0001-7015-0117; papagno, costanza/0000-0002-3659-6294 NR 0 TC 17 Z9 17 PU TAYLOR & FRANCIS LTD PI LONDON PA ONE GUNDPOWDER SQUARE, LONDON, ENGLAND EC4A 3DE SN 0268-7038 J9 APHASIOLOGY JI Aphasiology PD SEP-OCT PY 1988 VL 2 IS 5 BP 463 EP 478 DI 10.1080/02687038808248953 PG 16 WC Clinical Neurology SC Neurosciences & Neurology GA Q0461 UT WOS:A1988Q046100002 ER PT J AU BURTON, E BURTON, A LUCAS, D AF BURTON, E BURTON, A LUCAS, D TI THE USE OF MICROCOMPUTERS WITH APHASIC PATIENTS SO APHASIOLOGY LA English DT Article RP BURTON, E (reprint author), NE LONDON POLYTECH, DEPT PSYCHOL, GREEN, LONDON E15 4LZ, ENGLAND. NR 0 TC 2 Z9 2 PU PSYCHOLOGY PRESS PI HOVE PA 27 CHURCH RD, HOVE BN3 2FA, EAST SUSSEX, ENGLAND SN 0268-7038 J9 APHASIOLOGY JI Aphasiology PD SEP-OCT PY 1988 VL 2 IS 5 BP 479 EP 491 DI 10.1080/02687038808248954 PG 13 WC Clinical Neurology SC Neurosciences & Neurology GA Q0461 UT WOS:A1988Q046100003 ER PT J AU ARDILA, A ROSSELLI, M ARDILA, O AF ARDILA, A ROSSELLI, M ARDILA, O TI FOREIGN ACCENT - AN APHASIC EPIPHENOMENON SO APHASIOLOGY LA English DT Article RP ARDILA, A (reprint author), MIAMI INST PSYCHOL,1401 SW 1ST ST,MIAMI,FL 33135, USA. NR 0 TC 39 Z9 39 PU TAYLOR & FRANCIS LTD PI LONDON PA ONE GUNDPOWDER SQUARE, LONDON, ENGLAND EC4A 3DE SN 0268-7038 J9 APHASIOLOGY JI Aphasiology PD SEP-OCT PY 1988 VL 2 IS 5 BP 493 EP 499 DI 10.1080/02687038808248955 PG 7 WC Clinical Neurology SC Neurosciences & Neurology GA Q0461 UT WOS:A1988Q046100004 ER PT J AU LINCOLN, N AF LINCOLN, N TI USING THE PICA IN CLINICAL-PRACTICE - ARE WE FLOGGING A DEAD HORSE SO APHASIOLOGY LA English DT Article RP LINCOLN, N (reprint author), NOTTINGHAM GEN HOSP,STROKE RES UNIT,PK ROW,NOTTINGHAM NG1 6HA,ENGLAND. RI Lincoln, Nadina/B-9149-2009 NR 0 TC 3 Z9 3 PU TAYLOR & FRANCIS LTD PI LONDON PA ONE GUNDPOWDER SQUARE, LONDON, ENGLAND EC4A 3DE SN 0268-7038 J9 APHASIOLOGY JI Aphasiology PD SEP-OCT PY 1988 VL 2 IS 5 BP 501 EP 506 DI 10.1080/02687038808248956 PG 6 WC Clinical Neurology SC Neurosciences & Neurology GA Q0461 UT WOS:A1988Q046100005 ER PT J AU CROCKETT, D PURVES, B AF CROCKETT, D PURVES, B TI DONT THROW OUT THE PORCH WITH THE BATHWATER - A 2ND LOOK AT THE FUTURE OF THE PICA SO APHASIOLOGY LA English DT Article RP CROCKETT, D (reprint author), UNIV BRITISH COLUMBIA,DEPT PSYCHIAT,DIV PSYCHOL,2255 WESTBROOK MALL,VANCOUVER V6T 2AI,BC,CANADA. NR 0 TC 1 Z9 1 PU TAYLOR & FRANCIS LTD PI LONDON PA ONE GUNDPOWDER SQUARE, LONDON, ENGLAND EC4A 3DE SN 0268-7038 J9 APHASIOLOGY JI Aphasiology PD SEP-OCT PY 1988 VL 2 IS 5 BP 507 EP 510 DI 10.1080/02687038808248957 PG 4 WC Clinical Neurology SC Neurosciences & Neurology GA Q0461 UT WOS:A1988Q046100006 ER PT J AU DISIMONI, F MERSON, RM AF DISIMONI, F MERSON, RM TI TO BE OR NOT TO BE - THE PICA IS THE QUESTION SO APHASIOLOGY LA English DT Article RP DISIMONI, F (reprint author), HAHNEMANN UNIV,DEPT OTORHINOLARYNGOL,GRAD PROGRAM SPEECH PATHOL & AUDIOL,BROAD & VINE,PHILADELPHIA,PA 19102, USA. NR 0 TC 0 Z9 0 PU TAYLOR & FRANCIS LTD PI LONDON PA ONE GUNDPOWDER SQUARE, LONDON, ENGLAND EC4A 3DE SN 0268-7038 J9 APHASIOLOGY JI Aphasiology PD SEP-OCT PY 1988 VL 2 IS 5 BP 511 EP 513 PG 3 WC Clinical Neurology SC Neurosciences & Neurology GA Q0461 UT WOS:A1988Q046100007 ER PT J AU MARTIN, AD AF MARTIN, AD TI THE PICA REVISITED SO APHASIOLOGY LA English DT Article RP MARTIN, AD (reprint author), NYU,SHIMKIN HALL 729,NEW YORK,NY 10003, USA. NR 0 TC 0 Z9 0 PU TAYLOR & FRANCIS LTD PI LONDON PA ONE GUNDPOWDER SQUARE, LONDON, ENGLAND EC4A 3DE SN 0268-7038 J9 APHASIOLOGY JI Aphasiology PD SEP-OCT PY 1988 VL 2 IS 5 BP 515 EP 519 DI 10.1080/02687038808248959 PG 5 WC Clinical Neurology SC Neurosciences & Neurology GA Q0461 UT WOS:A1988Q046100008 ER PT J AU BENTON, A AF BENTON, A TI PITRES AND AMNESIC APHASIA SO APHASIOLOGY LA English DT Article C1 UNIV IOWA,IOWA CITY,IA 52242. NR 0 TC 2 Z9 2 PU TAYLOR & FRANCIS LTD PI LONDON PA ONE GUNDPOWDER SQUARE, LONDON, ENGLAND EC4A 3DE SN 0268-7038 J9 APHASIOLOGY JI Aphasiology PD MAY-AUG PY 1988 VL 2 IS 3-4 BP 209 EP 214 DI 10.1080/02687038808248911 PG 6 WC Clinical Neurology SC Neurosciences & Neurology GA N4737 UT WOS:A1988N473700002 ER PT J AU ALBERT, ML AF ALBERT, ML TI NEUROBIOLOGICAL ASPECTS OF APHASIA THERAPY SO APHASIOLOGY LA English DT Article RP ALBERT, ML (reprint author), VET ADM MED CTR JAMAICA PLAIN,127,150 S HUNTINGTON AVE,BOSTON,MA 02130, USA. NR 0 TC 2 Z9 2 PU TAYLOR & FRANCIS LTD PI LONDON PA ONE GUNDPOWDER SQUARE, LONDON, ENGLAND EC4A 3DE SN 0268-7038 J9 APHASIOLOGY JI Aphasiology PD MAY-AUG PY 1988 VL 2 IS 3-4 BP 215 EP 218 DI 10.1080/02687038808248912 PG 4 WC Clinical Neurology SC Neurosciences & Neurology GA N4737 UT WOS:A1988N473700003 ER PT J AU ALEXANDER, MP AF ALEXANDER, MP TI VARIABILITY IN THE SYNDROME OF BROCA APHASIA IN A REHABILITATION HOSPITAL - IMPLICATIONS FOR RESEARCH STRATEGIES SO APHASIOLOGY LA English DT Article RP ALEXANDER, MP (reprint author), BRAINTREE HOSP,APHASIA PROGRAM,250 POND ST,BRAINTREE,MA 02184, USA. NR 0 TC 3 Z9 3 PU TAYLOR & FRANCIS LTD PI LONDON PA ONE GUNDPOWDER SQUARE, LONDON, ENGLAND EC4A 3DE SN 0268-7038 J9 APHASIOLOGY JI Aphasiology PD MAY-AUG PY 1988 VL 2 IS 3-4 BP 219 EP 223 DI 10.1080/02687038808248913 PG 5 WC Clinical Neurology SC Neurosciences & Neurology GA N4737 UT WOS:A1988N473700004 ER PT J AU BACHMAN, DL MORGAN, A AF BACHMAN, DL MORGAN, A TI THE ROLE OF PHARMACOTHERAPY IN THE TREATMENT OF APHASIA - PRELIMINARY-RESULTS SO APHASIOLOGY LA English DT Article RP BACHMAN, DL (reprint author), VET ADM MED CTR JAMAICA PLAIN,150 S HUNTINGTON AVE,BOSTON,MA 02130, USA. NR 0 TC 17 Z9 17 PU TAYLOR & FRANCIS LTD PI LONDON PA ONE GUNDPOWDER SQUARE, LONDON, ENGLAND EC4A 3DE SN 0268-7038 J9 APHASIOLOGY JI Aphasiology PD MAY-AUG PY 1988 VL 2 IS 3-4 BP 225 EP 228 DI 10.1080/02687038808248914 PG 4 WC Clinical Neurology SC Neurosciences & Neurology GA N4737 UT WOS:A1988N473700005 ER PT J AU BENSON, DF AF BENSON, DF TI ANOMIA IN APHASIA SO APHASIOLOGY LA English DT Article RP BENSON, DF (reprint author), UNIV CALIF LOS ANGELES,SCH MED,DEPT NEUROL,710 WESTWOOD PLAZA,LOS ANGELES,CA 90024, USA. NR 0 TC 7 Z9 8 PU TAYLOR & FRANCIS LTD PI LONDON PA ONE GUNDPOWDER SQUARE, LONDON, ENGLAND EC4A 3DE SN 0268-7038 J9 APHASIOLOGY JI Aphasiology PD MAY-AUG PY 1988 VL 2 IS 3-4 BP 229 EP 235 DI 10.1080/02687038808248915 PG 7 WC Clinical Neurology SC Neurosciences & Neurology GA N4737 UT WOS:A1988N473700006 ER PT J AU BERNDT, RS AF BERNDT, RS TI CATEGORY-SPECIFIC DEFICITS IN APHASIA SO APHASIOLOGY LA English DT Article RP BERNDT, RS (reprint author), UNIV MARYLAND,SCH MED,DEPT NEUROL,22 S GREENE ST,BALTIMORE,MD 21218, USA. NR 0 TC 8 Z9 8 PU TAYLOR & FRANCIS LTD PI LONDON PA ONE GUNDPOWDER SQUARE, LONDON, ENGLAND EC4A 3DE SN 0268-7038 J9 APHASIOLOGY JI Aphasiology PD MAY-AUG PY 1988 VL 2 IS 3-4 BP 237 EP 240 DI 10.1080/02687038808248916 PG 4 WC Clinical Neurology SC Neurosciences & Neurology GA N4737 UT WOS:A1988N473700007 ER PT J AU BROWN, JW AF BROWN, JW TI THE LANGUAGE OF NEUROLOGY SO APHASIOLOGY LA English DT Article C1 NYU MED CTR,NEW YORK,NY 10016. NR 0 TC 0 Z9 0 PU TAYLOR & FRANCIS LTD PI LONDON PA ONE GUNDPOWDER SQUARE, LONDON, ENGLAND EC4A 3DE SN 0268-7038 J9 APHASIOLOGY JI Aphasiology PD MAY-AUG PY 1988 VL 2 IS 3-4 BP 241 EP 245 DI 10.1080/02687038808248917 PG 5 WC Clinical Neurology SC Neurosciences & Neurology GA N4737 UT WOS:A1988N473700008 ER EF